Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
C-3651(A) - PSA for Consulting Services in Connection with Selection of Construction Contract for Newport Terrace Landfill Gas System Modifications
AMENDMENT NO. FIVE TO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH l.� SCS ENGINEERS, INTERNATIONAL, LLC 9 FOR CONSULTING SERVICES FOR NEWPORT TERRACE LANDFILL GAS SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS THIS AMENDMENT NO. FIVE TO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT, is entered into as of this N day of V/ , 2009, by and between the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a Municipal Corporation ("CITY"), and SCS ENGINEERS INTERNATIONAL, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company whose address is 3900 Kilroy Airport Way, Suite 100, Long Beach, California, 90808-6816 ("CONSULTANT"), and is made with reference to the following: RECITALS: A. On December 31, 2006, CITY and CONSULTANT entered into a Professional Services Agreement, hereinafter referred to as "AGREEMENT", for the selection of qualified construction contractors to bid for the Newport Terrace Landfill Gas System Modifications, hereinafter referred to as "PROJECT". B. CITY and CONSULTANT have entered into four separate AMENDMENTS of the AGREEMENT, the latest dated January 13, 2009. C. CITY desires to enter into this AMENDMENT NO. FIVE to reflect additional services not included in the AGREEMENT or prior AMENDMENTS and to extend the term of the AGREEMENT to June 30, 2009. D. CITY desires to compensate CONSULTANT for additional professional services needed for PROJECT. E. CITY and CONSULTANT mutually desire to amend AGREEMENT, hereinafter referred to as "AMENDMENT NO. FIVE" as provided here below. NOW, THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed by and between the undersigned parties as follows: 1. In addition to the services to be provided pursuant to the AGREEMENT and prior AMENDMENTS, CONSULTANT shall diligently perform all the services described in AMENDMENT NO. FIVE, including, but not limited to, all work set forth in the Scope of Services attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference. The City may elect to delete certain tasks of the Scope of Services at its sole discretion. 2. City shall pay Consultant for the services on a time and expense not -to -exceed basis in accordance with the provisions of this Section and the Schedule of Billing Rates attached to the AGREEMENT. Consultant's compensation for all work performed in accordance with this AMENDMENT NO. FIVE, including all reimbursable items and subconsultant fees, shall not exceed Eleven Thousand Dollars and no/100 ($11,000.00) without prior written authorization from City. 3. The term of the AGREEMENT shall be extended to August 31, 2009. 4. Except as expressly modified herein, all other provisions, terms, and covenants set forth in AGREEMENT shall remain unchanged and shall be in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AIV��NDMENT NO. FIVE on the date first above written. � \ APD AS TO FORM: By:PROV e,— Mynette D. Beauchamp Assistant City Attorney for the City of Newport Beach ATTEST: By: 4L-r� Leilani Brown, City Clerk for the City of Newport Beach Attachment: Exhibit A — Scope of Services CITY O NEWPORT BEA�H, A Muvibi al C1rpdr'atio / A 2d"ward D. SelicFi Vl/ i Mayor for the City of Newport Beach SCS ENGINEERS INTERNATIONAL, LLC By. i Mark Beizer, Senior Vice President By: Curtis Jag Vice Pres e t/ ief Financial Officer EXHIBIT A Environmental Consultants and Contractors ENGINEERSOeCae May 20, 2009 File No. 01201221.08 Mr. Gail Pickart, PE City of Newport Beach 3300 Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, CA 92658-8915 3900 Kilroy Airport Way 562 426-9544 Suite 100 FAX 562 427-0805 Long Beach, CA 90806-6816 www.scsengineers.com Subject: Proposal for Extension on Initial Operations Contract, Newport Terrace Dear Mr. Pickart: This letter constitutes a proposal for SCS Engineers (SCS) to assist the City of Newport Beach by continuing our operation of the newly -upgraded landfill gas system the Newport Terrace Condominiums. The system has been operating since April 2008 and was formally accepted by the City on May 28, 2008. Since then SCS has been supervising and staffing system operation under Amendments Nos. 3 and 4 to our contract. Those scopes envisioned our operating the system for through March 31, 2009 at a combined authorization of $98,925.00. It appears at this time that the city will have its new long-term O&M contractor on board starting July 1, in effect about three additional months beyond what was contemplated in the last amendment. You have requested that SCS submit a proposal to the city to extend our current contract and add sufficient fees to cover us through June 30, 2009. For your information, our costs billed to the city under Amendments 3 and 4 have totaled $91,932.01 through April 30 (i.e., a balance of $6,992.99). We expect to exceed our budget before the end of May. SCOPE OF WORK SCS proposes to continue our operational oversight, and perform the following activities: • Perform monitoring of migration probes. • Perform monitoring of system operational parameters (applied vacuum at wells, total system flow and applied vacuums). Adjust extraction well flows and vacuum distribution in response to probe readings. • Visual and mechanical inspection of system components (carbon vessels, flame arrestors, blowers, condensate traps, control panel and station metering, et. al.). Perform periodic maintenance (e.g., change compressor oil). • Routinely perform field instrument monitoring of NMOCs and sulfur removal at the inlet and outlets of the treatment units. Offices Nationwide Mr. Gail Pickart May 20, 2009 Page 2 • Perform lab analysis of gas samples from treatment system inlet and outlet (required per conditions of AQMD Permit). • Monitor operation of automated condensate management system (pneumatic sumps, pumps). • Liaison and reporting monitoring results to regulators (LEA, AQMD) We also expect to continue to provide assistance toward bringing the new contractor on board. We expect to work with the new contractor during a transition phase in June, provide them with additional historical documentation and site information, as well as conduct on-site training (so that they will be familiar with the mechanical system and the setting). We estimate the additional budget, beyond the current balance, necessary to cover our services through June 30 to be $11,000.00. (Note: this amount includes lab work for April as well as May and June -- April has not yet been billed. It also includes an allowance of $1500 to cover the change -out of the motor heaters that you have been discussing with Steve Croasdale; this may have to be adjusted pending upcoming meeting). If this proposal is acceptable, we assume the City will process the appropriate contract amendment. We look forward to our continuing relationship with the City of Newport Beach. If you have any questions about this proposal, please call the undersigned. Sincerely, Mark B. Beizer, P Senior Vice President SCS ENGINEERS MBB/jml Attachments ;�661 ((� AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH SCS ENGINEERS INTERNATIONAL, LLC FOR CONSULTING SERVICES IN CONNECTION WITH THE NEWPORT TERRACE LANDFILL GAS SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS THIS AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT, is entered into as of this I -'JH day of J Id, , 200, by and between the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a Municipal Corp ration ("CITY"), and SCS ENGINEERS INTERNATIONAL, LLC a Delaware Limited Liability Company whose address is 3900 Kilroy Airport Way, Suite 100, Long Beach, California, 90808-6816 ("CONSULTANT"), and is made with reference to the following: RECITALS: A. On December 31, 2006, CITY and CONSULTANT entered into a Professional Services Agreement, hereinafter referred to as "AGREEMENT", for selection of qualified construction contractors to bid the Newport Terrace Landfill Gas System Modifications hereinafter referred to as "PROJECT". B. CITY and CONSULTANT have entered into three separate AMENDMENTS of the AGREEMENT, the latest dated May 27, 2008. C. CITY desires to enter into this AMENDMENT NO. FOUR to reflect additional services not included in the AGREEMENT or prior AMENDMENTS and to extend the term of the AGREEMENT to March 31, 2009. D. CITY desires to compensate CONSULTANT for additional professional services needed for PROJECT. E. CITY and CONSULTANT mutually desire to amend AGREEMENT, hereinafter referred to as "AMENDMENT NO. FOUR, as provided here below. NOW, THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed by and between the undersigned parties as follows: 1. In addition to the services to be provided pursuant to the AGREEMENT and AMENDMENTS NO. ONE THROUGH THREE, CONSULTANT shall diligently perform all the services described in AMENDMENT NO. FOUR including, but not limited to, all work set forth in the Scope of Services attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference. The City may elect to delete certain tasks of the Scope of Services at its sole discretion. 2. City shall pay Consultant for the services on a time and expense not -to -exceed basis in accordance with the provisions of this Section and the Schedule of Billing Rates attached to the AGREEMENT. Consultant's compensation for all work performed in accordance with this AMENDMENT NO. FOUR, including all reimbursable items and subconsultant fees, shall not exceed FIFTY-FOUR THOUSAND Dollars and no/100 ($54,000.00) without prior written authorization from City. 3. The term of the AGREEMENT shall be extended to March 31, 2009. 4. Except as expressly modified herein, all other provisions, terms, and covenants set forth in AGREEMENT and prior AMENDMENTS shall remain unchanged and shall be in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDMENT NO. FOUR on the date first above written. n APPROVED AS TO FORM: C� City Attorney for the City of Newport Beach ATTEST: � r By. � 4*W,,/ Leilani Brown, City Clerk Attachments: Exhibit A — Scope of Services for the City of Newport Beach CONSULTANT: By. (Corporat0 icer) Title: 151r. V;C— Fve 3': e.,' Print Name: 1.4 V 01_ r�Q (z e -C By: 61" ( ina'4fficer) Title: Print Name. EXHIBIT A 3900 Kilroy Airport 4"•13y 562 4 26 -9544 Suite 100 FAX 562 427-0805 Long Beach, CA 90806-6816 www scsengineers. coin October 1, 2008 File No. 0 120122 1.08 Mr. Gail Pickart, PE City of Newport Beach 3300 Newport Boulevard Nexy-port Beach, CA 92658-8915 Subject: Proposal for Extension on Initial Operations Contract, Newport Terrace Dear Mr. Pickart: This letter constitutes a proposal for SCS Engineers (SCS) to assist the City of Newport Beach by continuing our operation of the newly -upgraded landfill gas system the Newport Terrace Condominiums. The system has been operating since April 2008 and was formally accepted by the City on May 28, 2008. Since then SCS has been supervising and staffing system operation under Amendment No. 3 to our contract. That scope envisioned our operating the system for tAvo to three months and extended our agreement to October 1. You have requested a proposal for us to extend our operations work, while the city goes through the process of procuring a long term operations consultant/contractor. For your information, our costs billed to the city under Amendment No. 3 have totaled $42,257.53 through August 31 (three full months of operation plus the O&M Manual, etc.). We expect to exceed our budget of $44,925.00 by the end of September. SCOPE OF WORK SCS proposes to continue our operational oversight, and perform the following activities: • Perform monitoring of migration probes. • Perform monitoring of system operational parameters (applied vacuum at wells, total system flow and applied vacuums). Adjust extraction well flows and vacuum distribution in response to probe readings. • Visual and mechanical inspection of system components (carbon vessels, (lame arrestors, blowers, condensate traps, control panel and station metering, et. al.). Perform periodic maintenance (e.g., change compressor oil). • Routinely perform field instrument monitoring of NMOCs and sulfur removal at the inlet and outlets of the treatment units. • Perform lab analysis of gas samples from treatment system inlet and outlet (required per conditions of AQMD Permit). Offices Nationwide a Mr. Gail Pickart October 1, 2008 Page 2 M0111tor operation of automated condensate management system (pneumatic sumps, pumps). • Liaison and reportim-, monitoring results to regulators (LEA, AQN/1D) We have estimated the cost based on performing these routine services at $5,500.00 per month (see attached tabular breakdovv;n of hours and costs). We also request the cite include in our authorization the following items: Finalize O&M Manual, assist city in procurement of O&M contractor, and prepare information packet for LEA in response to the email from Dean Clarke on August 22 (including, as -built drawings, construction documentation). Estimated cost: $8,000 Budget for changing the carbon adsorption media. There are indications from recent sampling data that the activated carbon needs to be replaced. We intend to perform additional testing of treated gas to confirm this. We have received a proposal from Baker Corporation (attached) for as much as $6,992 to replace the carbon in both vessels with virgin coconut. The higher price may bejustified if it extends the life of the media. Our overall cost includes our administrative charge and coordination with the subcontractor. Estimated cost: $9,000.00 • Balance of September O&h/f charges: $4,000.00 This is an estimate of the shortfall on fees under the current budget. Hence, the overall budget we request may be summarized as $21,000 for the one-time items above plus $5,500 per month for routine services until the city enters into a longer term agreement with an operations contractor. The city can decide how many months this amendment should cover. The city may want to consider- adding a contingency amount for unforeseen call - outs or mechanical failure (although failures may be covered by contractor warranties, there would likely be some engineering activity and coordination. If this proposal is acceptable, we assume the City will process the appropriate contract amendment. We look forward to our continuing relationship with the City of Newport Beach. If you have any questions about this proposal, please call the undersigned. Sincerely, Mark B. Belzer, P Senior Vice President SCS ENGINEERS MBB/jml Attachments 05 2 O W U W f -- F- O d W Z F' O U cl Z Q w O LL LL W w O m Q J 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 OIM N N O D� 69 O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 000 O O O O N O O Lo O �"' LO CD (h V (o E9 C O O O Q 0CO 0 V V' aJ O cf 7 N u) O LO CD CY)69 M M r 64 N O O CO U 0 0 O O O E v LO M a U) 69 ffl 69 b9 to 69 UA (f3 O N O (fl 69 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O O O O O O O N M u u v v v o ui o y O 0 O N N N N (D m r c0 f` w O CV7 CD N C O 69 (f� D esu N 1- n co NO a oco N O N 00 (r) b9 ui n 10 O N (D 0 Y F 69 � 69 u) N b9 6Ln Lo M9 V V O N N N .- OI CD N N N V% (R N N N O D� p O O (D CD N N N V O 69 69 LO CD (h V (o E9 CO V M N (A M M r 64 N O O M u) - p 0 0 O O O O O b V' O N M (p (f) ui (f3 O N O (fl M N r N N N O OO O 0 O N N N dj 6M9 GcD o(D (q EA M O (D O t- co N Ln (D (D N 69 ul N 69 64 1- n co NO O oco N O N 00 (D O N (D OD O Y b9 69 � 69 u) N b9 6Ln Lo M9 N V% (R f9 F- V O f- N A O O O O O O O N N O 47 M 69 69 69 619 V) `- co n M 69 in N �- O c- ON(D N O O o O O 69 69 O O LO N O Lo EH 69 6q 69 64 N N N O m O OO O (D (D O o ON N N N N r` N 69 69 co co V O X69 m O7 0007 W v ()69 to (fly N N V f` V b9 (9 64 64 64 Lf) u-)Lo 69 D 0 o oo 0 69 69 0 00 (D o0 N N (D c- lD 09 v) oi 64 (D O O (D O t` 00 O O O O O m m f� t� N c - CD N r- V O V CO In 00 In 69 � (� (� N N GO N W N 64 (0 D U > U YO a n m F� m O 7 _ 7 F- U Q o u O (0 O O L L N (0 _� = d U N o0 (17 (D N OO O O o7 m O O .. (H 69 U 69 69 69 �- N N N (O N (0 C a C C C f0 C D o O O m cm: a U— E O (U a O O O �_ N O O C m U U U O L a _ (0 N O @ N U O 7 y (n U vl C (U N a O O O a U7 W U7 d d d O (n Q N W N L (D (Ca 1] 7 (B C N O m 7 0 a J F- 2 o 0 0 L I N L- .o .o u E O (o m Q a U C I v_ O O _ N~ N ' (� O _ F'- m U 0 n 02 n E (n 'ami -°o � m o 0 d is �(ncna(o iLlZF6 O 0') oF< U �_�a 0 0 0 U)< tel f � F-�U li AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH SCS ENGINEERS INTERNATIONAL, LLD FOR CONSULTING SERVICES IN CONNECTION WITH SELECTION OF CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR FOR NEWPORT TERRACE LANDFILL GAS SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS THIS AMENDMENT NO. 3 T9 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT, entered into this AM day of 2008, by and between the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a munici al corporation ( "City ") and SCS ENGINEERS INTERNATIONAL, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company, whose principal place of business is 3900 Kilroy Airport Way, Suite 100, Long Beach, California, 90808 -6816 ( "Consultant "), is made with reference to the following: RECITALS A. On December 31, 2006, City and Consultant entered into a Professional Services Agreement, hereinafter referred to as "Agreement," for selection of qualified construction contractors to bid the Newport Terrace Landfill Gas System Modifications. B. On July 10, 2007, City and Consultant executed Amendment No. 1 to Agreement for observation and support services during construction of the Newport Terrace Landfill Gas System Modifications. C. On January 22, 2008, City and Consultant executed Amendment No. 2 to Agreement for extended observation and support services during construction of the Newport Terrace Landfill Gas System Modifications. D. City desires to have Consultant provide start-up support services in connection with the operation and maintenance of the gas system modifications at Newport Terrace Landfill. E. City desires to compensate Consultant for continuing and additional professional services to be rendered to City. F. City and Consultant mutually desire to amend Agreement, hereinafter referred to as "Amendment No. 3 ", as provided herebelow. NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows: 1. Consultant shall provide the services outlined in the April 22, 2008 proposal from Consultant attached hereto as "Exhibit A" and incorporated in full by this reference. 2. Total additional compensation for services performed pursuant to this Amendment No. 3 for all work performed, including all reimbursable items and subconsultant fees, shall not exceed Forty -Four Thousand Nine Hundred Twenty -Five Dollars and no/100 ($44,925.00) as outlined in Exhibit A. 3. The term of the Agreement is extended to October 1, 2008. 4. Except as expressly modified herein, all other provisions, terms, and covenants set forth in Agreement shall remain unchanged and shall be in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 3 on the date first above written. APPROVED AS TO FORM: Aaron C. Harp, Assistant City Attorney for the City of Newport Beach ATTEST: By: '� , " r" , /� , 4: � LaVonne Harkless, City Clerk , i�M77 �., Attachment: Exhibit A - Proposal CITY VI EWPOFT�EACH A M,a q,� pal o at'o,A B`. dward Se ich, Mayor for the City of Newport Beach CONSULTANT: By: X� (Corporate Offi?YZ e ) Title: 5v .yf` s, �4- Print Name: 144. ok✓- By: (Financial Officer) Title: Print Name: f:\users\pbw\shared\agreements\fy 07-08\scs-newport terrace Ifg-amend-ldoc 2 I Environmental Consultants • 3900 Kilroy Airport Way • 562 426 -9544 and Contractors Suite 100 FAX 562 427 -0805 Long Beach, CA 90806 -6816 www.scsengineers.com SCS ENGINEERS April 22, 2008 File No. 01201221.07 Mr. Gail Pickart, PE City of Newport Beach 3300 Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, CA 92658 -8915 Subject: Proposal to Perform Initial Operations for Newport Terrace Landfill Gas System Modifications Dear Mr. Pickart: This letter constitutes a proposal (revised from original January 31 version sent to Aaron Harp) for SCS Engineers (SCS) to assist the City of Newport Beach in the initial start-up operations of the modified landfill gas (LFG) control system at the Newport Terrace Condominiums. Construction of the system modifications, including new collection piping, a number of new extraction wells, and a completely re- outfitted gas treatment facility, although largely complete, is now expected to be accepted by the city in May. At that point, the contractor will have demonstrated mechanical completion — that the equipment installed is capable of meeting the performance specifications (e.g., flow rates, applied vacuum and discharge pressure, functionality of mechanical and electrical equipment). After the system is accepted by its owner (the City and/or NCA) it will need to be operated, maintained, and monitored. There will be an initial period of relatively intense operations, probably about 60 days, during which the extraction of gas from the landfill (applied vacuum) is balanced to achieve the objectives of the system, i.e., the reduction of methane concentrations in compliance monitoring probes to acceptable levels (below 5% by volume, per state regulations). In addition, a "source test" would be performed pursuant to the SCAQMD Permit, whereby samples of treated gas are collected and analyzed to demonstrate that permit conditions (adsorption of non - methane organic compounds, NMOCs) are being met. After the initial operations the long -term operation, maintenance, and monitoring (OM &M) may begin. This letter presents our proposal for the initial operations. SCS would also be interested in performing the longer term OM &M, and can prepare a proposal for those services at a later date. SCOPE OF WORK During the initial operations, SCS would (in general) do the following: Perfonn background (pre- startup) monitoring: methane and pressure in monitoring probes; static pressures and gas concentrations in extraction wells. Offices Nationwide 0 • Mr. Gail Pickart • April 22, 2008 Page 2 9 • Initiate system operation with all flow control valves in full open position. • Start up the collection system (blowers). • Monitor flow rates achieved and distribution of applied vacuum throughout wellheads. • Begin closing extraction well control valves to achieve a balance of applied vacuums through the well - field. • Routinely monitor NMOC and sulfur removal in the treatment units. • Perform lab analysis of gas samples from treatment system inlet and outlet (required monthly per conditions of AQMD Permit). • Monitor operation of automated condensate management system (pneumatic sumps, pumps). • Modify condensate trap risers to make them flush with surface. Prepare Operation and Maintenance Manual. This document would compile all available system construction and equipment information and permit conditions, and provide operations and troubleshooting guidance for future system operators. We would provide forms for future reporting of monitoring and operating data. The immediate operational goal will be to reduce methane concentrations in compliance monitoring probes to be below 5% by volume (several probes have had higher methane concentrations in recent months). Once that has been accomplished, a secondary goal will be to reduce the long -term cost of operation by reducing the flow rate of collected gas, and to potentially reduce the hours of operation of the system. (The system is controlled by a 7 -day, 24 -hour timer, allowing less - than -full -time operation.) These measures would hopefully reduce the rate of carbon consumption in the treatment system, and also reduce power consumption. ESTIMATED COST AND SCHEDULE We estimate the following level of effort and cost: Scope Item Estimated Cost Week 1 Two full -time technicians, 3 days at site (each 24 hours @ $80) $3,840 Weeks 2 to 4 One tech, twice weekly, full -day visits (48 hours @ $80) $3,840 Weeks 5 to 9 Twice weekly, half -day visits (50 hours @$80) $4,000 Modification of four condensate risers $2,800 Preparation of O &M Manual, lump sum $7,500 Vehicles and equipment (1 1 days @ $295) $3,245 • Mr. Gail Pickart • • April 22, 2008 Page 3 Note that we have not allowed for costs related to replacement (regeneration) of carbon in the adsorption units, or for the Sulfa -Treat system. We believe it unlikely that this would be needed within the first few months. This also does not address costs such as electrical power, condensate disposal (to the city sewer system) or any other internal city costs. This scope envisions a 2 -month schedule for this initial operations project. If this proposal is acceptable, we assume the City will process the appropriate contracting instrument. We look forward to our continuing relationship with the City of Newport Beach. If you have any questions about this proposal, please call the undersigned. Sincerely, Mark B. Beizer, P Senior Vice President SCS ENGINEERS MBB1jml Scope Item Estimated Cost AQMD source test $6,000 Laboratory (gas analyses): 2 months (sulfur and VOC analyses) $1,200 Management and coordination, liaison to LEA, SCAQMD $12,500 Total Estimate $44,925 Note that we have not allowed for costs related to replacement (regeneration) of carbon in the adsorption units, or for the Sulfa -Treat system. We believe it unlikely that this would be needed within the first few months. This also does not address costs such as electrical power, condensate disposal (to the city sewer system) or any other internal city costs. This scope envisions a 2 -month schedule for this initial operations project. If this proposal is acceptable, we assume the City will process the appropriate contracting instrument. We look forward to our continuing relationship with the City of Newport Beach. If you have any questions about this proposal, please call the undersigned. Sincerely, Mark B. Beizer, P Senior Vice President SCS ENGINEERS MBB1jml AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH SCS ENGINEERS FOR CONSULTING SERVICES IN CONNECTION WITH SELECTION OF CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR FOR NEWPORT TERRACE LANDFILL GAS SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT, entered into this day of �'Xtnua -V 2008, by and between the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a municipal corporation ( "City ") and SCS ENGINEERS INTERNATIONAL, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company, an corporation whose principal place of business is 3900 Kilroy Airport Way, Suite 100, Long Beach, California, 90808 -6816 ( "Consultant'), is made with reference to the following: RECITALS A. On December 31, 2006, City and Consultant entered into a Professional Services Agreement, hereinafter referred to as "Agreement," for selection of qualified construction contractors to bid the Newport Terrace Landfill Gas System Modifications. B. On July 10, 2007, City and Consultant executed Amendment No. 1 to Agreement for observation and support services during construction o fthe Newport Terrace Landfill Gas Modifications. C. City desires to have Consultant provide additional construction support services in connection with the construction of the gas system modifications at Newport Terrace Landfill. D. City desires to compensate Consultant for continuing and additional professional services to be rendered to City. E. City and Consultant mutually desire to amend Agreement, hereinafter referred to as "Amendment No. 2 ", as provided herebelow. NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows: Consultant shall provide the services outlined in the December 19, 2007 proposal from Consultant attached hereto as "Exhibit A" and incorporated in full by this reference. 2. Total additional compensation for services performed pursuant to this Amendment No. 2 for all work performed, including all reimbursable items and subconsultant fees, shall not exceed Thirty Two Thousand Eight Hundred Thirty Eight Dollars and no /100 ($32,838.00) as outlined in Exhibit A. 3. Except as expressly modified herein, all other provisions, terms, and covenants set forth in Agreement shall remain unchanged and shall be in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 2 on the date first above written. APPROVED AS TO FORM: _." C Aaron C. Harp, Assistant City Attorney for the City of Newport Beach ATTEST: By'.� M, 1('�4" aVonne Harkless, City Clerk Attachment: Exhibit A — Proposal CITY O,R'.-N'EWPOR BEACH A Mu�c�i al�r�por lore, 1=awara bellcn, Mayor for the City of Newport Beach CONSULTANT: By: / (Corporate Of ' er) Title: 51(. V1 e — / v -e 0( e_�� Print Name: l `�` �`- (`er LPr By: 0, \,6< (Fi is Officer) Title: —\V IA Print Name:6t-?"A'A f:\users\pbw\shared\agreements\fy 07-08\scs-newport terrace Ifg-amend-2.doc Environmental Consultants • December 19, 2007 File No. 01201221.07 Mr. Gail Pickart, PE City of Newport Beach Department of Public Works 3300 Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, California 92658 -8915 3900 Kilroy Airport Way. Suite 100 Long Beach, CA 90806 -6816 562 426 -9544 FAX 562 427 -0805 www.scseng ineers.com RECEIVE ULL 2 t 2007 Public W(_ ;I xa Jepartmenl City of Ncw,vort Beach Subject: Request for Additional Budget -- Construction Related Services for Newport Terrace Landfill Gas System Modifications Dear Mr. Pickart: Pursuant to our recent discussions, we are hereby requesting addition budget of $32,500 be added to our current authorizations for performing construction oversight supporting installation of modifications to the Newport Terrace LFG System. We are currently performing under Amendment No. 1 (July 10, 2007) to a Professional Services Agreement (December 31, 2006). Amendment No. 1authorized $83,162 for a series of construction- related - services (CRS) tasks. Amendment No. 1 was based on our proposal of July 2, 2007. As of our most recent invoice, SCS has billed the City $68,136.71. We are now estimating that our final cost by the time construction is complete, will be about $116,000 — which would be an overall increase over the original budget of $32,838. This additional cost will be incurred as a result of the progress of the work and the need to address various issues at the site. More specifically: • Our original estimate of the inspector's time necessary at the site was 387hours; we now estimate the total will be 455 hours. With truck expenses, this would amount to an additional $7,000. Our original estimate of the design engineer's (Sr. Technical Manager — S. Kothary) time for site visits, shop drawing review, clarifications and consulting was 64 hours. As of November 30 he had spent 60 hours on the project (not including the pre - construction task) and we now estimate the total will be 160 hours. With mileage and incidental costs, this would amount to an additional $18,000. • Additional project management and coordination associated with the above, plus additional subcontractor support: we estimate $7,500. Offices Nationwide EXHIBIT A F7 December 19, 2007 Mr. Gail Pickart, PE Page Two These additional hours result from the field installation taking longer than originally anticipated, and the more - than - anticipated involvement by Mr. Kothary. We originally envisioned the underground construction requiring about seven weeks, but it's just now being completed after 13 weeks (since mid - September). During this extended period Mr. Kothary was asked to attend the weekly meetings — we had estimated 8 such meetings but we just completed the 12th and there will be a need for an additional four (or more). Several additional site visits and office engineering time also became necessary due to a number of issues arising in the field, including the relocation/redesign of the 19°" Avenue condensate sump, several small realignments due to field conditions, modification of the utility connection to the blower building, etc. (Note: this request for additional construction oversight budget should not be confused with a separate proposal that is being prepared to cover post - construction activities). If this additional budget is approved, SCS will continue to bill the city on a time -and- materials basis per our current Fee Schedule. If you have any questions about this request, please call Shashi Kothary or the undersigned. Sincerely, Mark Beizer, PE Sr. Vice Preside oject Director SCS ENGINEERS { • • c -�w-5 I CA) AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH SCS ENGINEERS FOR CONSULTING SERVICES IN CONNECTION WITH SELECTION OF CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR FOR NEWPORT TERRACE LANDFILL GAS SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT, entered into this 10tl� day of 2007, by and between the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a4nun1cipal corporation ( "City ") and SCS ENGINEERS, an corporation whose principal place of business is 3900 Kilroy Airport Way, Suite 100, Long Beach, California, 90808 -6816 ( "Consultant"), is made with reference to the following: RECITALS A. On December 31, 2006, City and Consultant entered into a Professional Services Agreement, hereinafter referred to as "Agreement," for selection of qualified construction contractors to bid the Newport Terrace Landfill Gas System Modifications. B. City desires to have Consultant provide construction support services in connection with the construction of the gas system modifications at Newport Terrace Landfill. C. City desires to compensate Consultant for additional professional services to be rendered to City. D. City and Consultant mutually desire to amend Agreement, hereinafter referred to as "Amendment No. 1 ", as provided herebelow. NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows: 1. Consultant shall provide the services outlined in the July 2, 2007 proposal from Consultant attached hereto as "Exhibit A" and incorporated in full by this reference. 2. Total additional compensation for services performed pursuant to this Amendment No. 2 for all work performed, including all reimbursable items and subconsultant fees, shall not exceed Eighty Three Thousand One Hundred Sixty Two Dollars ($83,162) as outlined in Exhibit A. 3. The term of Agreement shall be extended to June 30, 2008. '4. Except as expressly modified herein, all other provisions, terms, and covenants set forth in Agreement shall remain unchanged and shall be in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 on the date first above written. APPROVED AS TO FORM: A,, C_ 1 Aaron C. Harp, Assistant City Attorney for the City of Newport Beach ATTEST- By:1�- -PU� LaVon aI ss, 11 City Clerk PORT 9 o. X C'9L1 FORS Attachment: Exhibit A — Proposal f:\users\pbw\shared\agreements\fy 07-08\scs-newport terrace Ifg-1.doc CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH A Mu ' ' al rp ration By: Steve Rosan Uy, May r for the City of Newpo each CONSULTANT: By: /1-4!7�7= (CorporateOfficer) f� Title: Print Name:k- By: (Financial Officer) Title: �/ I PR�SviDfN`�"/o of/64 Print Name: L) ff 9j ad Environmental Consultants July 2, 2007 File No. 01201221.07 3900 Kilroy Airport Way 562 426-9544 Suite 100 FAX 562 427-0805 Long Beach, CA 90806-6816 http://www.scsengineers.com Mr. Aaron C. Harp Assistant City Attorney City of Newport Beach 3300 Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, California 92658-8915 Subject: Proposal to Perform Construction Related Services for Newport Terrace Landfill Gas System Modifications Dear Mr. Harp: This letter constitutes a proposal for SCS Engineers (SCS) to perform a variety of construction related services supporting installation of the modifications to the Newport Terrace LFG System. As you know, the city recently received construction bids and is moving toward award of a contract. The city will require a number of services during and immediately after construction in order to assure that the system is installed properly, with minimum disruptions to the residents. This proposal describes a scope of work for the construction phase and our estimated cost of those services. Note that SCS will be working as an agent of the city. The intent of our work will be to provide assurance to the city that construction proceeds in conformance to the approved plans and specifications and applicable permits. SCS understands that at times our staff will be the only representative of the city at the jobsite. However, SCS will not be directing the contractor. If SCS observes work that is not in conformance to the plans, specifications and permits, SCS will advise the contractor and try to have the contractor correct the situation. If the contractor is not responsive or other problems arise, SCS will advise the city -- any action toward suspending work or mandating a change in the contractor's mode of operation would have to come directly from the city to the contractor. For this reason we understand that the city will identify a contract administrator who will work with SCS and who will enforce, as appropriate, the city's authority over the contractor. SCOPE OF WORK Task 1. Pre -Construction Activities • Conduct pre -construction meeting at site. • Coordinate with NCA representatives. • Review and approve contractor submittals (shop drawings, catalog cuts, etc.). • Review and approve contractor Health and Safety Plan. Offices Nationwide 0 9 Mr. Aaron Harp - Assistant City Attorney July 2, 2007 Page 2 Task 2. Construction Inspection (Compliance with Plans and Specifications) • Full -time inspection of construction of buried elements (wells, buried header — we assume this will entail 35 working days for a staff professional, nine -hour days). • Logging of well boreholes (to be performed by SCS inspector). • Sampling groundwater, if encountered (4 samples are assumed). This was required by the Regional Water Quality Control Board during its review of the plans. • Periodic inspections during construction of above - ground elements, including the blower facility (assume 6 weeks @ 2 days per week, 6 hours per day). • Periodic site visits by design engineer (8 assumed, 5 -hours per visit). • Issue clarifications; review change order requests, if any (assumed 24 hours for Sr. Tech. Mgr). Task 3. Final Inspection and Testino • Observe contractor testing of mechanical components. • Perform final inspection; issue punch list. • Issue certification of final construction. • Assume two full days for Sr. Tech Mgr. and inspector. Task 4. Prepare As -Built Drawings SCS will prepare a record set of as -built drawings based on the marked -up set maintained by the contractor at the site. Task 5. Project Coordination This task encompasses overall coordination between the city, the NCA, and the LEA and other regulatory agencies (SCAQMD, RWQCB). We anticipate there will be a regular need for reporting and communications between the parties, interaction with residents, updating project schedules, and general troubleshooting (based on the history of the project). ESTIMATED COSTS Our total costs for construction oversight (Tasks 1 through 5) are estimated at $83,162. This Is based on an assumed construction duration of 100 working days (approximately 4.5 months), of which the SCS inspector will be at the site for 47 days. We have indicated our assumptions for the labor effort for individual tasks in the narrative above. We have also attached a spreadsheet with our estimated labor hours and costs for the work. 0 0 Mr. Aaron Harp - Assistant City Attorney July 2, 2007 Page 3 If this proposal is acceptable, we assume the City will process the appropriate contracting instrument. We look forward to our continuing relationship with the City of Newport Beach. If you have any questions about this proposal, please call the undersigned. Sincerely, Mark B. Beizer, P Senior Vice President SCS ENGINEERS Enclosure • • PROPOSAL FEE ESTIMATE -- NEWPORT TERRACE LFG SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION RELATED SERVICES July 2, 2007 _ ;Rate: ,.. PERSONNEL 1 2 3 4 5 Total $ /Hr)' Amount $ Principal 4 0 0 0 24 28 225 6300 Project Director 0 0 0 0 0 0 190 0 Sr. Technical Manager 24 64 16 10 0 114 170 19380 Project Manager 0 0 0 0 0 0 150 0 Sr. Proj. Professional 0 0 0 0 0 0 130 0 Pro'. Professional 0 0 0 0 0 0 110 0 Staff Professional 12 387 16 0 0 415 90 37350 Project Adminstrator 0 0 0 0 0 0 80 0 Sr. Engineering Technician 0 16 0 0 0 16 75 1200 Desi ner /Detailer 0 32 0 16 0 48 75 3600 Adminstrative /Secretarial 0 0 0 0 8 8 65 520 Technician 0 0 0 0 0 0 65 0 Subtotals (Hrs) 40 499 32 26 32 629 $68,350 Labor Cost Per Task (S) 6060 49310 4160 2900 5920 Unit OTHER DIRECT COSTS ODD 2 Total Cost Amount ($ Subcontractors: Consultants $ -- architect, 1 1600 1000 2400 0 0 5000 1 5000 Laboratory 0 1200 0 0 1200 1 1200 Travel: Auto Mileage (half-days) 2 0 0 0 0 2 40 80 Auto Mileage >100 mi 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.25 0 Auto Mileage (full days) 0 55 0 0 0 55 80 4400 Repro & Blueprints $ 0 0 0 200 0 200 1 200 Laboratory ($ 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 Equipment $ 0 2000 0 0 0 2000 1 2000 Misc. Supplies $ 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 Total ODC Per Task ($) Total Cost Per Task ($) Tasks: 1. Pre - construction 2. Construction Observation 3. Final inspection 4. As -built drawings 5. Project Coordination 1680 8600 2400 200 0 Total ODC 12880 Admin (15% ODC) 1932 7992 59200 6920 3130 5920 TOTAL ESTIMATE $83,162 Newport Terrace Landfill Operation and Maintenance Manual Landfill Gas Control System Prepared for: City of Newport Beach Utilities Department 3300 Newport Boulevard P.O. Box 1768 Newport Beach, CA 92658-8915 and Newport Condominium Association Action Community Management 29B Technology Drive, Suite 100 Irvine, CA 92618 Prepared by: SCS ENGINEERS 3900 Kilroy Airport Way Suite 100 Long Beach, CA 90806-6816 (562) 426-9544 File No. 01 201 221.08 March 13, 2009 Offices Nationwide www.scsengineers.com Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual Newport Terrace Landfill Operation and Maintenance Manual Landfill Gas Control System Prepared for: City of Newport Beach Utilities Department 3300 Newport Boulevard P.O. Box 1768 Newport Beach, CA 92658-8915 .J Newport Condominium Association Action Community Management 29B Technology Drive, Suite 100 Irvine, CA 92618 Prepared by: SCS ENGINEERS 3900 Kilroy Airport Way Suite 100 Long Beach, CA 90806-6816 (562) 426-9544 File No. 01 201 221.08 March 13, 2009 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual Table of Contents Section Page 1 Introduction.............................................................................................................................................. 1 1.1 Operation and Maintenance Manual Objectives..................................................................1 1.2 Applicable Permits and Regulations........................................................................................1 1.2.1 No. F8501 1, Issued November 6, 2006 (Appendix C) ........................................1 1.2.2 No. F85012, Issued November 2, 2006 (Appendix D) ........................................2 1.2.3 Rule 1150.1 Compliance Plan, Issued December 17, 1999 (Appendix G)......2 1.2.4 California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 27 .....................................................2 1.3 Site Location and Physical Description.....................................................................................3 1.4 Site Owner/Operator................................................................................................................6 1.5 Landfill Gas Hazards..................................................................................................................6 1.5.1 Landfill Gas Levels at Newport Terrace.................................................................8 2 Description of LFG Control System...................................................................................................10 2.1 System Objectives and General Description....................................................................... 10 2.2 Monitoring Probes.....................................................................................................................1 1 2.3 Extraction Wells........................................................................................................................ 15 2.4 Blower Station........................................................................................................................... 16 2.4.1 Moisture Separating Tank.......................................................................................16 2.4.2 Blowers........................................................................................................................16 2.4.3 Activated Carbon Adsorption Units....................................................................... 16 2.4.4 Sulfatreat System...................................................................................................... 17 2.5 Site Security...............................................................................................................................17 3 LFG Condensate Handling System...................................................................................................18 3.1 LFG Condensate........................................................................................................................ 18 3.2 Gas Condensate Handling System Description...................................................................18 3.3 Handling LFG Condensate......................................................................................................18 4 System Operation................................................................................................................................19 4.1 Operational Criteria................................................................................................................19 4.2 System Start-up.........................................................................................................................19 4.3 System Shutdown...................................................................................................................... 20 4.4 Operation Schedule................................................................................................................. 20 4.5 Remote Monitoring by City.....................................................................................................21 5 System Monitoring...............................................................................................................................22 5.1 Monitoring Criteria................................................................................................................... 22 5.2 Monitoring Equipment..............................................................................................................22 5.2.1 Combustible Gas Monitoring Instrument...............................................................22 5.2.2 Photo Ionization Detector (PID)...............................................................................22 5.2.3 Hydrogen Sulfide Measurement............................................................................ 23 5.2.4 Pressure/Vacuum Gauges.......................................................................................23 5.2.5 Miscellaneous.............................................................................................................23 5.3 Monitoring Procedures.............................................................................................................23 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual 5.3.1 Carbon Adsorption Units (Each)..............................................................................25 6.2 Maintenance 5.3.2 Sulfatreat System......................................................................................................25 6.2.1 5.3.3 Extraction Wells (Each)............................................................................................ 26 Blowers........................................................................................................................31 5.3.3.1 Pressure/Vacuum......................................................................................26 6.2.3 Flame Arrestor...........................................................................................................32 5.3.3.2 Gas Composition......................................................................................26 6.2.4 5.3.4 Monitoring Probes (Each).........................................................................................26 6.2.5 Electrical Controls......................................................................................................32 5.3.4.1 Pressure/Vacuum......................................................................................26 6.2.6 Gauges and Sampling Ports...................................................................................32 5.3.4.2 Methane Concentration...........................................................................26 6.2.7 5.4 Monitoring Records and Schedule......................................................................................... 27 5.5 Reporting to Regulatory Agencies.........................................................................................28 6 System Maintenance...........................................................................................................................31 6.1 Maintenance Criteria............................................................................................................... 31 6.2 Maintenance Procedures.........................................................................................................31 Carbon Adsorption Units..........................................................................................33 6.2.1 Compressor.................................................................................................................31 Sulfatreat System......................................................................................................33 6.2.2 Blowers........................................................................................................................31 In -Line Flow Meter.....................................................................................................33 6.2.3 Flame Arrestor...........................................................................................................32 Automated Condensate Sumps...............................................................................33 6.2.4 Moisture Separator...................................................................................................32 33 6.2.5 Electrical Controls......................................................................................................32 6.2.6 Gauges and Sampling Ports...................................................................................32 6.2.7 Piping, Valves, and Fittings.....................................................................................32 6.2.8 Extraction Wells........................................................................................................ 32 6.2.9 Monitoring Probes.....................................................................................................32 6.2.10 Carbon Adsorption Units..........................................................................................33 6.2.1 1 Sulfatreat System......................................................................................................33 6.2.1 2 In -Line Flow Meter.....................................................................................................33 6.2.13 Automated Condensate Sumps...............................................................................33 6.3 Maintenance Records and Schedule..................................................................................... 33 7 Data Management and Evaluation..................................................................................................35 7.1 The Data — Collection, Assessment, and Management...................................................... 35 7.2 Data Collection..........................................................................................................................35 8 Safety....................................................................................................................................................37 8.1 Contact Information..................................................................................................................37 9 Listing of Permits..................................................................................................................................38 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual List of Figures No. 1 Project Site Location............................................................................................................................4 2 Probe Locations and Outline of Fill Areas.......................................................................................5 List of Tables No. 1 Typical Landfill Gas Components.....................................................................................................7 2 Non -Methane Organic Compounds Detected at Newport Terrace...........................................8 3 Monitoring Probe Data....................................................................................................................1 1 4 Extraction Well Casing Depths.......................................................................................................16 5aMonitoring Schedule.........................................................................................................................27 5b Summary of Regulatory Reporting Requirements.......................................................................29 6a Summary of Routine Maintenance of Equipment.........................................................................34 6b Preventative Maintenance Schedule for GX4.............................................................................34 Appendices A System Drawings B Gas Extraction Well Boring Logs C SCAQMD Permit To Construct/Operate — Collection System D SCAQMD Permit to Construct/Operate — Treatment System E Monitoring Forms F Contact Information G Rule 1 150.1 Compliance Plan H Instrumentation and Equipment Literature on CD: DXA120 DAQSTANDARD DXAdvanced Electronic Manual Operation Guide User's Manual Communication Interface Manual User's Manual for DAQSTANDARD for DXAdvanced Series 454FT User's Guide Flow Units Conversion Table Quick Start Guide Series 454FT — Insertion Mass Flow Transmitter User's Guide State Diagram Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual INTRODUCTION 1.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL OBJECTIVES The City of Newport Beach (City) has entered into an agreement with Newport Condominium Association, Inc. (NCA) to operate and maintain the LFG collection and control system at the Newport Terrace Landfill. The purpose of this manual is to familiarize the reader with and to provide step-by-step instructions for the operation, maintenance, and monitoring of the Landfill Gas (LFG) control system at the Newport Terrace site. It is recommended that qualified, experienced professionals operate, maintain, and monitor the system, especially if LFG is detected at or outside the property boundary or if the system is modified significantly. It is further recommended that this manual be updated periodically to reflect the current operating conditions, such as for a change in operation, when extensive reconstruction or modifications have been made, when maintenance or monitoring events provide new information, changes in regulations, or other important events occur that may affect the monitoring regime. At a minimum, the manual should be reviewed annually to determine if modifications are needed. 1.2 APPLICABLE PERMITS AND REGULATIONS The LFG system at Newport Terrace operates under the following permits issued by the South Coast Air Quality Management District (AQMD): 1.2.1 No. F85011, Issued November 6, 2006 (Appendix C) This "Permit to Construct/Operate" principally addresses the LFG treatment (carbon adsorption and system, setting requirements for operation, monitoring and reporting). A summary of requirements follows. • LFG flow through the treatment system shall not exceed 375 standard cubic feet per minute (scfin). • Concentration of total non -methane organic compounds (TNMOC) in inlet gas (before treatment) shall not exceed 250 parts per million by volume (ppmv) measured as hexane. • Concentration of TNMOC after treatment shall not exceed 20 ppmv measured as hexane at 3 percent oxygen, or shall be reduced by at least 98 percent by weight (relative to inlet concentration). • Annual source test required (see Item #10 in Permit, Appendix C). • Monthly sampling of inlet and treated gas for volatile organic compounds (methane and TNMOC) and Toxic Air Contaminants (TACs). Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual • Monthly sampling of Sulfa -Treat system exhaust for sulfur compounds (as hydrogen sulfide). • Emissions at the treatment exhaust shall not exceed the following concentrations: - Chloroform 0.10 ppmv - Vinyl Chloride 0.17 ppmv - Hydrogen Sulfide 0.1 ppmv • If TNMOC concentration at the outlet of the primary (lead) adsorber exceeds 20 ppmv, the carbon in the primary adsorber shall be replaced or the vessels rotated (see Item #16 in Permit). 1.2.2 No. F85012, Issued November 2, 2006 (Appendix D) This "Permit to Construct/Operate" principally addresses the LFG collection. It sets conditions for the construction/installation of extraction wells and collection piping, principally to prevent nuisances and air quality impacts during underground construction (drilling and trenching). The Permit allows for a control system of up to 75 vertical extraction wells (the newly installed system has 15). The future construction of additional wells (if needed for additional control and/or replacement of failed wells) would need to conform to this Permit. 1.2.3 Rule 1150.1 Compliance Plan, Issued December 17, 1999 (Appendix G) AQMD Rule 1150.1 addresses surface emissions and lateral (subsurface) migration of LFG. All of the surface emissions monitoring requirements contained in Rule 115 0. 1 have been waived by the AQMD for the Newport Terrace site (see Appendix G). Monthly perimeter probe monitoring is required, which is duplicative of requirements under CCR Title 27 (see next section). However, the Rule 1150.1 Plan does add these requirements to the routine probe monitoring: • Obtain laboratory analyses of a gas sample from a monitoring probe: - Toxic air contaminants (TAC) from the probe with the highest concentration during any one of the monthly monitoring events during the quarter. - Total Organic Compounds (TOCs) — if the TOC concentration measured with a Flame Ionization Device or approved alternative instrument exceeds 5 percent by volume in any of the probes, a single sample from the probe with the highest concentration (from the monthly monitoring events during the quarter). 1.2.4 California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 27 These regulations govern subsurface lateral gas migration, and are administered by the local enforcement agency (LEA), in this case the Orange County Environmental Health. Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual Conformance requires monthly monitoring and reporting of perimeter gas migration probes. Methane concentrations in the probes may not exceed 5 percent by volume. 1.3 SITE LOCATION AND PHYSICAL DESCRIPTION The Newport Terrace Landfill (Newport Terrace) is located at corner of Balboa Boulevard and 19th Street in the City of Newport Beach, CA (see Figure 1). The site contains the Newport Terrace Condominium complex that consists of 62 residential buildings containing between two to eight condominium units each, parking garages and ancillary buildings. All units are residential use and many families live in them. It is assumed that most are owner -occupied; however, some are rental units. The condominium complex was constructed at the site in 1972; prior to that, it was vacant land partially used for aggregate mining and land -filling (until 1967). A portion of the condominium complex overlies an inactive municipal solid waste (MSW) landfill, operated in the 1960's and 1970's. The landfill actually has two distinct areas: (1) the main landfill, and (2) the "rubble fill," which received principally inert waste. The areas are delineated on Figure 2. An LFG system was installed in landfill areas in the early 1980's to protect the surrounding residential improvements. A substantial reconstruction/replacement of the LFG system was initiated in September 2007 and completed in May 2008. The new system consists of 15 gas extraction wells, associated underground collection piping, four pneumatic condensate traps, and an indoor treatment facility consisting of blowers, hydrogen sulfide removal and carbon adsorption equipment. The system also contains cross -connections to allow extraction from portions of the previously existing gas control system. In addition, about 40 gas migration monitoring wells (including about 80 probes) exist at the site. A complete set of as -built drawings of the reconstructed LFG system is contained in Appendix A. The new system was constructed pursuant to corrective action ordered by the Orange County Local Enforcement Agency (LEA), the California Integrated Waste Management Board (CIWMB), and permits from the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual r14,]me i. rfvJecE ORU LOGauon. 4 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual N GRAPHIC SCALE 4 200 400 SCALE IN FEET Wr2 MTT 0 eouNCARY UNE SLOWM srnnaN E::]0 _�_ � 1 .J`... • �' CP– CDUW r sw�p"nOE O o I1YINn60NG 4"F- a vEHT S7AC1r C ItL p �1; LAN FILL U S _ C i GDIPPER 81 II CT.w — o ItUj CP -16 40" I 16� i ��� �-,►. - � � � rx I 1` a I pnoL n!�FA �'- 5 ■� L W I�`11 I 54MMERMlALIG C'r. i r..,. P-29 r '' v�s�Y nave PJ61 •' p C.P–ii _WO FL -'P Ij • 5 I CPQ 1 C – FZo GquRz � P co –. III 7� .. C_3 C 1 — – — F Fr -` UNDEVELOPED LAND f H A L E O A e L V D Figure 2. Probe Locations and Outline of Fill Areas. 5 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual 1.4 SITE OWNER/OPERATOR The City of Newport Beach both owns and operates the LFG control system, although the NCA owns the property. The contact person for the City is: George Murdoch City of Newport Beach Utilities Department 3300 Newport Boulevard P.O. Box 1768 Newport Beach, CA 92658-8915 (949) 644-3011 1.5 LANDFILL GAS HAZARDS LFG is produced as part of the decomposition processes that occur following the burial of organic refuse materials. LFG contains methane which is a flammable gas — if exposed to an ignition source, methane is explosive at concentrations between 5 and 15 percent v/v, the so- called lower and upper explosive limits (LEL and UEL). An LFG mixture is flammable at higher methane concentrations. Production of LFG can create pressure within the landfill which acts as a driving force, pushing LFG into surrounding soils, which can result in off-site subsurface movement (migration). The placement of cover soil or other means of capping (i.e., pavement or landscaping) over the landfill site or adjacent areas reduces free venting of LFG to the atmosphere and promotes lateral LFG migration toward off-site locations. Methane migrating through soils from landfill sites may pose a safety threat if it is allowed to infiltrate into an enclosed space, and is ignited by a spark or other ignition source. Methane can accumulate in buildings above the ground surface, particularly in wall spaces. The distance and speed of LFG migration are functions of the rate of gas generation, characteristics of the landfill cover (which regulates internal pressure buildup), the elevation of groundwater, and the permeability of adjacent soils. The composition of the waste and the availability of moisture are the principle factors determining the amount of LFG generated. Construction debris with low organic content produces a small volume of gas, whereas municipal wastes with a high organic content can produce substantial volumes of LFG. The age of the landfill also affects the rate of gas generation. Decomposition of refuse, and the resulting gas generation, will slow over time as the organic fraction of the waste is consumed. It has been observed that significant gas production and the potential for a migration problem may proceed for 20 to 50 years after the placement of refuse in the landfill site. The LFG system at Newport Terrace was installed to control potential off-site subsurface migration. As generated, LFG is primarily composed of 45 to 60 percent methane and 40 to 55 percent carbon dioxide. In older landfills, such as Newport Terrace, the LFG is often naturally diluted 0 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual with nitrogen and oxygen due to air intrusion into the waste mass. LFG also includes small amounts of ammonia, sulfides, hydrogen, carbon monoxide, and non -methane organic compounds (NMOCs) such as trichloroethylene, benzene, and vinyl chloride. Table 1 lists typical landfill gases, their percent by volume, and their characteristics. NMOCs consist of hazardous air pollutants (HAPS) and volatile organic compounds (VOCs), which can react with sunlight to form ground -level ozone (smog) if uncontrolled. Some of the NMOCs also are odorous. Rule 1150.1 identifies a list of specific Toxic Air Contaminants (TACs) which must be sampled for within collected and treated gas, as well as at probes (see Section 1.2.1 and 1.2.3). Table 1. Typical Landfill Gas Components Component Percent by Characteristics Volume Methane 45-60 Methane is a naturally occurring gas. It is colorless odorless, and can be explosive. Landfills are the single largest source of U.S. man-made methane emissions. Carbon Dioxide 40-55 Carbon dioxide is naturally found at small concentrations in the atmosphere (0.03%). It is colorless, odorless, and slightly acidic. Nitrogen 2-5 Nitrogen comprises approximately 79% of the atmosphere. It is odorless, tasteless, and colorless. Oxygen 0.1-1 Oxygen comprises approximately 21 % of the atmosphere. It is odorless, tasteless, and colorless. Ammonia 0.1-1 Ammonia is a colorless gas with a pungent odor. Non -Methane Organic 0.01-0.6 NMOCs are organic compounds (i.e., compounds Compounds (NMOCs) that contain carbon). (Methane is an organic compound but is not considered an NMOC.) NMOCs may occur naturally or be formed by synthetic chemical processes. NMOCs most commonly found in landfills include acrylonitrile, benzene, 1,1-dichloroethane, 1,2 -cis dichloroethylene, dichloromethane, carbonyl sulfide, ethyl -benzene, hexane, methyl ethyl ketone, tetrachloroethylene, toluene, trichloroethylene, vinyl chloride, and xylenes. Hydrogen Sulfide 0-1 Hydrogen sulfide and other sulfur compounds (e.g., dimethyl sulfide, mercaptans) are commonly found in landfills that give the landfill gas mixture its rotten -egg smell. Sulfides can cause unpleasant odors even at very low concentrations. 7 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual Table 1. Typical Landfill Gas Components Component Percent by Characteristics 10.0 Volume 2.0 Hydrogen 0-0.2 Hydrogen is an odorless, colorless gas. Carbon Monoxide 0-0.2 Carbon monoxide is an odorless, colorless gas. Source: Tchobangolous, Theisen, and Vigil 1993; EPA 1995. 1.5.1 Landfill Gas Levels at Newport Terrace At Newport Terrace, with the installation of the new vertical wells and collection piping, the concentration of methane in the collected gas is averaging about 4 to 5 percent. (Before the 2007-08 modification of the system, the gas collected usually contained methane concentrations under 1.0 percent by volume, because (a) the collection piping had deteriorated over the years, allowing air intrusion; and (b) the original trench collectors were very shallow, and the system was located at the margins of refuse burial, possibly in native soil.) At Newport Terrace, based on monitoring performed since start-up of the new system, total NMOCs have been detected in the area of 40 ppmv (after carbon adsorption the concentrations have been reduced to under 10 ppmv). TACs in the collected gas have been consistently been detected at the levels (parts per billion, ppbv) shown in Table 2. Table 2. Non -Methane Organic Compounds Detected at Newport Terrace Compound Average Level Detected (ppbv) Benzene 10.0 Chlorobenzene 2.0 Dichlorobenzenes 15.0 Dichloromethane 1.5 Perchloroethylene 3.0 Toluene 50.0 Tricholorothene 3.0 Chloroform 10.0 Vinyl Chloride 5.0 m+p xylenes 90.0 o -xylene 30.0 8 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual After treatment, all levels decline to single -digit ppbv or non-detectable, with the exception of Vinyl Chloride, which remains at the 5.0 ppbv level, but well below the AQMD permit standard of 170 ppbv (0.17 ppmv). Hydrogen sulfide has not been detected in significant amounts. Title 27 of the California Code of Regulations (27 CCR), Section 20917, requires all municipal solid waste landfill operators to ensure that the concentration of methane gas generated from their landfill does not exceed 1.25 percent (by volume in air) in all on-site enclosed structures, excluding LFG control structures, nor 5 percent (by volume in air) in soils at the property boundary. Further, air quality regulations have been adopted which limit the amount of LFG that can be released into the atmosphere. SCAQMD Rule 1150.1 supports Title 27 by requiring subsurface monitoring, but also addresses surface emissions monitoring (although Newport Terrace is largely exempt due to its age.) 0 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual 2 DESCRIPTION OF LFG CONTROL SYSTEM 2.1 SYSTEM OBJECTIVES AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION The primary objective of the Newport Terrace LFG system is to maintain methane concentrations of no more than 5 percent at the property boundary. The secondary objective of the system is to reduce emissions of non -methane organic compounds (NMOCs) of the collected LFG to less than 20 parts per million by volume (ppmv) (measured as hexane at 3 percent oxygen) or 98 percent destruction, thereby protecting air quality. The reduction of NMOC emissions is accomplished via the newly installed carbon adsorption units. These objectives meet the goals of regulations which govern the site, primarily those summarized below: • California Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 27, Section 20917 et seq. This code requires the site owner to monitor for the presence or movement of subsurface LFG toward off-site locations. The monitoring is typically accomplished through installation of probes at the property boundary. This code also requires the owner to maintain a methane concentration of 5 percent or less at the property boundary and a methane concentration of 25 percent or less within on-site structures. The Local Enforcement Agency (LEA) administers the above regulation for the state. The LEA for the Newport Terrace site is the: Orange County Health Care Agency Environmental Health Division 1241 East Dyer Road, Suite 120 Santa Ana, CA 92705 (714) 433-6000 • South Coast Air Quality Management District (AOMD) Rule 1150.1 Compliance Plan. The Newport Terrace site applied for a Rule 1150.1 Compliance Plan (Application #355993) which was approved on December 17, 1999. This plan describes compliance procedures for control of gaseous emissions from municipal solid waste landfills. The plan may be referenced in Appendix G. South Coast Air Quality Management District 21865 Copley Drive Diamond Bar, CA 91765 (909) 396-2000 IM Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual The Newport Terrace LFG Control System consists of three major components: • Monitoring Probes. Thirty-nine multi -depth monitoring wells, three containing three nested probes and the rest containing two probes, have been installed around the site boundary. (Note: These probes were all in place prior to the 2007-08 system upgrade.) • Extraction Wells. Fifteen vertical extraction wells have been installed at the landfill. These extraction wells were constructed in 2008. The previously installed horizontal collectors are connected to the new system, and can be utilized in conjunction with the new wells, although their condition is not known. • Blower Station. A blower station is located in the Northwest corner and contains blower equipment, activated carbon adsorption units, a Sulfatreat system, and condensate separation equipment, all installed as part of the 2007-08 construction. Record drawings for the system installed in 2008 are attached in Appendix A. 2.2 MONITORING PROBES Monitoring probes are located outside of refuse around the site perimeter. (These probes were part of the original LFG system and pre -date the 2008 construction). All the probes are multi - depth and contain casings which are capable of providing readings for different subsurface zones. Five of the probes contain three casings. The data that is known about the probes, including depth where available, is listed in Table 3. Probe locations are shown on Figure 2. Table 3. Monitoring Probe Data Probe Material Depth (ft) Notes CP -01A 1/2 PVC 8.51 CP -01 B 1/2 PVC 25.3 CP -01 C 40.23 PVC CP -02A Tubing CP -02B Tubing CP -03A Tubing CP -03B Tubing CP -04A Tubing CP -05A Tubing CP -05B Tubing CP -06A Tubing Vault cover broken, not marked Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual Table 3. Monitoring Probe Data Probe Material Depth (ft) Notes CP -06B Tubing Vault cover broken, not marked CP -07A 3/4 PVC 9.31 CP -07B 3/4 PVC 25.25 CP -07C 3/4 PVC 40.26 CP -08A 3/4 PVC 10.23 CP -08B 3/4 PVC 25.26 CP -08C 3/4 PVC 39.92 CP -09A 3/4 PVC CP -09B 3/4 PVC 21.2 CP -09C 3/4 PVC 38.95 CP-l0A Tubing CP -10B Tubing CP -1 1 A Tubing CP -1 1 B Tubing CP -12A - CP -12B - CP -13A Tubing CP -13B Tubing CP -14A Tubing CP -14B Tubing CP -15A Tubing No Valves CP -16A Tubing CP -16B Tubing CP -17A Tubing CP -17B Tubing CP -18A 1/2 PVC 15 CP -18B 1/2 PVC 23 CP -19A Tubing 12 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual Table 3. Monitoring Probe Data Probe Material Depth (ft) Notes CP -19B Tubing CP -20A Tubing CP -20B Tubing CP -21 A 3/4 PVC CP -21 B 3/4 PVC CP -22A - CP -22B - CP -23A 1/2 PVC CP -23B 1/2 PVC CP -23C 1/2 PVC CP -1C Tubing CP -4B Tubing CP -7C 3/4 PVC CP -8C 3/4 PVC CP -9C 3/4 PVC P-1 A Tubing P-1 B Tubing P -7A Tubing P -7B Tubing P -8A Tubing P -8B Tubing P -9A Tubing P -9B Tubing P -14A Tubing P -14B Tubing P -15A Tubing P-1 5B Tubing P-1 6A Tubing 13 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual Table 3. Monitoring Probe Data Probe Material Depth (ft) Notes P -16B Tubing P-21 A Tubing P-21 B Tubing P -25A Tubing P -25B Tubing P -27A Tubing Plugged P -26A Tubing P -26B Tubing P -27B Tubing P -28A Tubing P -28B Tubing Water Blocked P -30A 5 P -30B 15 P-31 A 3/4 PVC 5 P-31 B 3/4 PVC 15 P -32A 3/4 PVC 5 P -32B 3/4 PVC 15 P -33A 1/2 PVC 5 P -33B 1/2 PVC 15 14 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual 2.3 EXTRACTION WELLS The vertical extraction wells (EW) numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 are located within the refuse footprint (boring logs confirm intercepting refuse). EW 6 through 11 are in soils outside the perimeter of refuse placement. EW 12, 13, 14 and 15 were completed in the rubble fill area. The wells depths are shown in Table 4, and each contains a casing perforated in the lower 1/3 zone, approximately (see boring logs, Appendix B). Table 4. Extraction Well Casing Depths Well No. Depth (ft) EW -1 30 EW -2 30 EW -3 20 EW -4 29 EW -5 29 EW -6 29 EW -7 29 EW -8 29 EW -9 29 EW -10 29 EW -1 1 29 EW -12 29 EW -13 20 EW -14 23 EW -15 20 The extraction well casing is made of 3 -inch -diameter solid Schedule 80 PVC pipe, with the bottom third made of 3 -inch -diameter slotted Schedule 80 PVC pipe (a detail is shown in the system drawings, Appendix A). The well casing is installed straight and plumb in the center of the 18 -inch diameter borehole (except wells EW -12 through EW -15, which have 12 -inch boreholes). The annular space surrounding the slotted well casing is filled with specified filter pack consisting of clean gravel backfill 1 foot above the top of the slotted casing. The gravel backfill is then covered with a 1 -foot layer of clean soil, followed by a 3 -foot bentonite plug. The casing is backfilled with soil up to 4 feet 6 inches below ground surface, and an additional 2 - foot bentonite plug is then placed. The well is completed by installing a valve box with concrete surround and a gravel base. A control valve and monitoring tubing with labcock valves are also installed with a valve box. Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual 2.4 BLOWER STATION The blower station is located within a building with locking doors. Four blowers, a moisture separating tank, two activated carbon adsorber units, a sulfatreat system, and electrical controls are located within the blower station. Highlights of the major blower station components are given below. 2.4.1 Moisture Separating Tank The first equipment LFG reaches in the station is the moisture separator (knockout) vessel. The LFG is introduced into the knockout near the midpoint and exhausted at the top. While rising through the tank, condensate and particulates are removed from the gas stream through a filter (demister). This condensate drains from the knockout bottom to a pipe and flows by gravity to the condensate sump (CS -1). 2.4.2 Blowers Four blowers are installed in the station. There are two CP404M HZS blowers and two CP808 LFG blowers. Information on the blowers is provided below. Manufacturer: Rotron; Saugerties, NY 12477 Motor Model Numbers: HzS blowers: CP-404FQ58MLR - 1.0 hp 115/230 V, 60 Hz, 1 Phase 107 cfm capacity each LFG Blowers: CP-808FX5MWLR - 5.5 hp 230 V, 60 Hz, 1 Phase 300 cfm capacity each Type: Sealed Regenerative w/Explosion- Proof Motor 2.4.3 Activated Carbon Adsorption Units Two skid mounted activated carbon adsorption units (vessels), installed in series, are located within the blower station, each containing 2,000 lbs of material. The carbon is R 4X8 series granular activated carbon (GAC) from Baker Filtration. The purpose of the activated carbon is to remove the non -methane organic compounds (NMOCs) of the LFG by adsorption. A sampling port is provided at the exhaust side of each unit to monitor the carbon performance. Upon detection of unacceptable levels of NMOCs at the first vessel exhaust which is specified in the AQMD permit as 20 ppm as hexane (see Appendix D), the material is considered exhausted and the unit contents must be removed and reloaded with fresh (regenerated) GAC. The LFG passes through each adsorption unit in series, and the units are intended to operate as a primary unit and secondary unit. When carbon in the primary becomes "saturated," i.e., can no longer adsorb NMOCs, "breakthrough" will be detected and the secondary unit becomes the principal adsorber. Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual At that point, fresh carbon should be ordered for the primary unit; and after it has been replaced, the flow should be reversed (using the available valves), so that the secondary unit becomes the primary. (For example, if the system is running with gas flowing from Vessel A to Vessel B, when the gas exiting Vessel A exceeds 20 ppm NMOCs, replacement carbon should be ordered and put into Vessel A, then the system should be reversed such that the gas flows from Vessel B to Vessel A.) The LFG control system must be shut down during unloading and reloading of carbon. 2.4.4 Sulfatreat System One skid mounted sulfur absorber is located within the blower station, containing 2,000 lbs of material ("Sulfatreat"). The purpose of the Sulfatreat system is to remove the sulfur compounds of the LFG collected in header line `B". A sampling port is provided at the exhaust and intake sides to monitor the Sulfatreat performance. The discharge of the Sulfatreat system is into the carbon adsorption units. Upon detection of unacceptable levels of sulfur measured as H2S at the Sulfatreat exhaust ("breakthrough") which is specified in the AQMD permit — a maximum of 0. ] ppmv sulfur at the exhaust of the carbon system (see Appendix D) — the material is considered exhausted and the unit contents must be removed and reloaded with fresh Sulfatreat material. The LFG control system serving Line B is shut down during unloading and reloading of Sulfatreat material in the unit. 2.5 SITE SECURITY The blower facility is contained within a lockable building — keys are maintained by the city staff and its contractors. The building doors are connected to an alarm system — entry sends a signal to the city Utilities Department. Authorized personnel are issued two keys — one to enter the building and a second to suppress the alarm. The operations contractor is be responsible for ensuring appropriate signage is placed on the exterior of the blower facility (e.g. "Keep Out"). Well control valves, monitoring probes, condensate sumps are contained in valve/utility boxes as illustrated on the as-builts (see Appendix A), and require a lifting tool and wrench to access. 17 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual 3 LFG CONDENSATE HANDLING SYSTEM 3.1 LFG CONDENSATE LFG condensate is a liquid which develops as LFG cools while flowing in the collection system. It is mostly water but contains some dissolved organics and often is acidic (due to carbon dioxide in the LFG). LFG condensate must be removed from the collection piping system or it could collect in low points and cause gas flow blockage. 3.2 GAS CONDENSATE HANDLING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Condensate collection facilities are shown on Sheets 3 (location) and 5 (details) of the system drawings (Appendix A). To collect and remove LFG condensate, four sumps (CS -1 through -4) are incorporated into the collection header (Line A), and a moisture knockout is located in the blower station. The sumps are pneumatic in operation — air is supplied from a compressor in the blower station and via HDPE pipes in the collection header trenches. When the liquid level in the sump reaches a certain point, a float -control valve activates the air supply to the pneumatic pump, and liquid is pumped back into the header to continue flowing downhill to the next sump/low point, where the process is repeated. At the downhill end of the header system (past EW 11), the liquid is pumped out of the last trap to a discharge line which runs north into an existing city sewer manhole in the condominium development in Seabird Court. For Line B, condensate is allowed to drain back into EW 14. In the blower station, all gas travels through the condensate knockouts (one each for Line A and B). The condensate flows by gravity to CS -1 where it is pumped into the header to ultimately flow to the city sewer. 3.3 HANDLING LFG CONDENSATE LFG condensate may contain many trace chemicals and be highly biologically active. Appropriate protective gloves and splash protection equipment should always be employed when working with LFG condensate. Operating personnel should always avoid direct skin contact. 18 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual 4 SYSTEM OPERATION 4.1 OPERATIONAL CRITERIA The Newport Terrace LFG Control System operational criteria are based on the system design, regulatory requirements, and past experience with other LFG extraction systems. The criteria summarized below follow the AQMD Permit to Construct/Operate (PTO) (see Appendices C and D): • Methane concentration shall be maintained at less than 5 percent by volume at all perimeter probes. • The concentration of total NMOCs at the final outlet of the carbon adsorption units shall not exceed 20 ppmv or achieve 98 percent destruction removal efficiency. • The sulfur concentration, measured as H2S at the final outlet of the carbon adsorption unit shall be below 0.1 ppmv. A more extensive discussion of permitting requirements is presented in Section 1.2. 4.2 SYSTEM START-UP The system requires start up upon power shutdown, carbon adsorption unit replacement, blower maintenance, or other operation interruption. Only qualified, experienced staff is recommended as operators to start the system using the following guidelines: 1. Check for alarms before entering blower house. 2. Check the system instrumentation for malfunctions (Yokogawa recorder, Kurz flowmeter, Raco autodialer, General Monitors gas detectors), which are indicated by trouble -lights on the control panel. 3. Check air compressor pressure (normal operating pressure is 100 psig). 4. Confirm main gas inlet valve HV -1 is open. 5. Confirm inlet and outlet valves (HV -2 and 3 or HV -4 and 5) are open for the selected blower. 6. Confirm valves for the Carbon vessels are set correctly (for V-1 primary and V-2 secondary, valve position is as follows: HV -6, 9, 10, and 13 open; valves HV -7, 8, 11, and 12 closed). 7. Confirm hydrogen sulfide gas inlet valve HV -14 is open. 110 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual 8. Confirm inlet and outlet valves (HV -15 and 16 or HV -17 and 18) are open for the selected Sulfatreat blower. 9. Confirm Sulfatreat outlet valve HV -19 is open. 10. Select Blower No. 1 or Blower No. 2 for the methane system and select Blower No. 3 or Blower No. 4 for the hydrogen sulfide system. (Note: Use hours meters on blowers to balance long-term usage.) 11. Turn the blower control selector switches to "AUTO." 12. Confirm that selected blowers are operating. 13. Confirm that operating parameters are within acceptable limits. For the initially installed equipment, the following should apply: - Main system —vacuum maximum 60 inches; flow between 200 scfm and 300 scfm (maximum under SCAQMD Permit). - H2S system — vacuum maximum 45 inches; flow between 40 to 80 scfm. - Inlet gas temperature maximum below 140°F. Use the following procedure to shutdown the treatment system: 14. Turn blowers I through 4 to the "OFF" position. 15. Close inlet valves HV -1 and HV -14. 4.3 SYSTEM SHUTDOWN It will be necessary to periodically shut the system down for repair or service. Use the following procedure to shutdown the treatment system: 1. Turn blowers 1 through 4 to the "OFF" position (on control panels). 2. Close inlet valves HV -1 and HV -14. 3. Additional steps may be required for extensive maintenance or repair activities. 4.4 OPERATION SCHEDULE The blower station is equipped with a timer for an automatic start up and shutdown to allow the system to operate a minimal amount of hours while still preventing methane concentrations above 5 percent at the perimeter. 20 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual The operating schedule (as of October 2008) is 10 hours per day, 7 days per week. It may be possible over time to reduce these hours to minimize operating costs and system wear, while meeting regulatory performance goals. Iteratively, the system flow should be reduced while watching probe methane concentrations — until monitoring data suggest that further reductions in operating times could result in methane exceeding the 5 percent limit. Changes to the operating schedule should be discussed with and approved by city staff. 4.5 REMOTE MONITORING BY CITY Remote monitoring of the on-site alarm systems within the equipment building will be handled by the Utilities Department. Such monitoring will be accomplished by wireless means with a telephone land -line connection as backup. Information relative to power outage, blower failure, gas detection, and unauthorized building entry is transmitted to the city's SCADA system on a real-time basis which is continuously monitored. Operation and maintenance of remote monitoring equipment are the responsibility of the Utilities Department. Operation and maintenance of the on-site alarm system within the equipment building are the responsibility of the O&M contractor. The O&M contractor shall provide contact information to the Utilities Department so that alarms detected by the remote monitoring can be relayed to the O&M contractor for response on a "24/7" basis. The contact information must be kept current during the O&M contract term. 21 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual 5 SYSTEM MONITORING 5.1 MONITORING CRITERIA Routine monitoring is scheduled at the Newport Terrace LFG Control System to check its conformance with the regulatory criteria and permits described in Section 3 of this report, as follows: • Methane concentration shall be maintained at less than 5 percent by volume at all perimeter probes. • The concentration of total NMOCs at the final outlet of the carbon units shall not exceed 20 ppmv or achieve 98 percent destruction removal efficiency. • Sulfur concentration measured as H2S at the final outlet of the carbon adsorption system shall not exceed 0.1 ppm. In addition, monitoring is performed to keep the system running at its optimum efficiency. Experienced, qualified LFG technical staff is recommended to perform the monitoring tasks. 5.2 MONITORING EQUIPMENT Monitoring techniques described in this manual involve commonly used battery-operated instruments which have proven to be easy to use and provide reliable results. The following monitoring equipment is needed to perform recommended monitoring. Alternative equipment may be utilized if it can provide suitable, dependable data. 5.2.1 Combustible Gas Monitoring Instrument For monitoring methane at the extraction wells, monitoring probes, and the blower station, a portable combustible gas analyzer is necessary. At a minimum, the gas analyzer must be capable of measuring methane in percent by volume and percent LEL. Instruments are available which measure methane as well as oxygen, carbon dioxide, pressure, vacuum, and temperature, but these are more expensive. Measurement of carbon monoxide and temperature may be considered optional and warranted under special conditions, such as suspicion of subsurface combustion. Gas instruments are to be calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer's procedures and schedules. There are numerous portable gas instruments available. However, the preferred instrument is the Landtec GEM -2000. This instrument is recommended and detects methane, oxygen, carbon dioxide, and nitrogen, as well as static pressure and flow rate. 5.2.2 Photo Ionization Detector (PID) A PID is recommended (referred to as an organic vapor analyzer in the SCAQMD Permit to Operate) to measure the emission at the carbon adsorption unit exhaust. A PID measures all organic components in the gas stream, except methane. 22 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual Either of the following instruments may be considered appropriate for this site: Thermo Electron TVA 1000B Vapor Analyzer www.thermo.com MiniRAE 2000 RAESales@raesystems.com 5.2.3 Hydrogen Sulfide Measurement Drager tubes or H2S detectors are used to measure the sulfur emissions as H2S. A bag sample needs to be taken from the outlet of the Sulfatreat system for testing for H2S. A Drager tube or other instrument is used to determine if the sulfur emissions are above 0.2 ppmv. A bag sample can be taken using a sampling box. SCS recommends taking bag samples to measure the sulfur emissions at the rubble fill wells (EW -12, EW -13, EW -14, and EW -15). 5.2.4 Pressure/Vacuum Gauges Portable pressure/vacuum gauges are required for field measurements at the extraction wells and monitoring probes. Appropriate, permanent gauges are installed on-line at the blower station piping. (Note: The GEM 2000 allows direct reading of static and differential pressures and so can service this purpose.) The ranges of pressure/vacuum typically encountered at sites such as Newport Terrace would be from 0 to 30 inches -water column. Magnehelics or a digital manometer may also be used for pressure measurements. 5.2.5 Miscellaneous Tedlar bags will be required for LFG samples taken at the carbon adsorption unit inlets and emission sample at the outlet of the final carbon adsorption unit. Tedlar bag and Drager Tube that can measure down to 0.2 ppmv H2S or equivalent equipment is necessary to measure the inlet and exhaust of the Sulfatreat system. Gas samples from the inlet are analyzed for VOCs and speciated for Toxic Air Contaminants (TACs, as defined in SCAQMD Rule 1150.1) and the gas samples from the exhaust of the carbon system are analyzed for chloroform, vinyl chloride, and hydrogen sulfide in the laboratory in accordance with the AQMD permit. 5.3 MONITORING PROCEDURES Monitoring procedures include visual inspection, meter reading, and testing with field instruments. Monitoring results should be recorded directly into the instrument (if capable) or onto an inspection form (Appendix E). 23 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual The system is monitored for the following items: 24 Subject Method Methane Inlet System Inlet separator Differential pressure, in H2O Gauge reading Inlet gas temperature Temperature, OF Gauge reading Inlet gas pressure Pressure, in H2O Gauge reading Blower discharge temperature Temperature, OF Gauge reading 1-12S Inlet System Inlet Separator Differential pressure, in H2O Gauge reading Sulfatreat discharge temperature Temperature, OF Gauge reading Sulfatreat discharge pressure Pressure, in H2O Gauge reading Blower discharge pressure Pressure, in H2O Gauge reading Instrumentation - Operating System Gas flowrate Flowrate, SUM Kurz meter Total gas flow Volume, SCF Kurz meter Major gases (CH4, CO2, N2, 02) Percent by volume GEM 2000 (inst. test) 1-12S concentration ppm Drager Tube (inst. test) Air compressor pressure Pressure, psi Gauge reading Air compressor hours Elapsed time, hr Gauge reading Blowers (H -O -A) Lead blowers Note switch position Blower hours (each) Elapsed time, hr Gauge reading Blower Station Automated Safety Monitoring Percent combustibles - percent LEL - General Monitors Sensor/Alarm 1-12S concentration- ppm 1-12S - General Monitors Sensor/Alarm Carbon Adsorbers Vessel No. 1 inlet NMOC Concentration PID Instrument test Vessel No. 1 outlet NMOC Concentration PID Instrument test Vessel No. 2 outlet NMOC Concentration PID Instrument test Sulfatreat System outlet Sulfur Concentration (as 1-12S) Drager Tube or other inst. 24 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual Extraction Wells (each) Pressure/Vacuum Instrument test Temperature Instrument test Methane Instrument test Oxygen Instrument test Carbon Dioxide Instrument test Monitoring Probes (each) Pressure/Vacuum Instrument test Methane Instrument test Oxygen Instrument test Carbon Dioxide Instrument test All instrument readings are taken at cock valve hose fittings under the procedures noted below. 5.3.1 Carbon Adsorption Units (Each) 1. Connect Tedlar bag to V-1 inlet (SP -3) and fill bag. 2. Connect PID to Tedlar bag. 3. Open sample valve and record instrument reading upon stabilization (i.e., when gauge reading holds steady for several seconds). 4. Repeat for V-1 outlet (SP -8) and V-2 outlet (SP -9). 5.3.2 Sulfatreat System 1. Connect sample box with Tedlar bag inside to Sulfatreat vessel outlet (SP -6). 2. Start sample pump and fill Tedlar bag. 3. Connect Tedlar bag to H2S monitoring instrument to Drager tube. 4. For instrument: open sample valve and record instrument reading upon stabilization (i.e., when gauge reading holds steady for several seconds). 5. For Drager tube: break off the tip of Drager tube using the Drager tool. 6. Insert the Drager tube into the Drager pump. 7. Attach the Drager pump to the Tedlar bag. 25 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual 8. Open the Tedlar bag and slowly pump the gas out of the Tedlar bag using the Drager tube, making sure the pump counter clicks over. 9. Record the number of pumps. 10. Record the reading on the Drager tube and calculate the H2S concentration. 5.3.3 Extraction Wells (Each) It is important to take vacuum/pressure readings before methane or other gas chemistry readings. 5.3.3.1 Pressure/Vacuum 11. Connect pressure gauge hose to the sampling port fittings on the well side of flow control valve. 12. Record instrument reading upon stabilization (i.e., when gauge reading holds steady for several seconds). 13. Repeat pressure/vacuum reading Steps 1 and 2 for sampling port on header side of gate valve. 5.3.3.2 Gas Composition 14. Follow instrument manufacturer's procedure for startup and calibration of combustible gas monitoring equipment. 15. Record instrument reading for methane, carbon dioxide, oxygen and balance gas, if included, upon stabilization (i.e., when gauge reading holds steady for several seconds). 5.3.4 Monitoring Probes (Each) It is important to take vacuum/pressure readings before methane or other gas chemistry readings. 5.3.4.1 Pressure/Vacuum 1. Connect pressure gauge hose to shallowest cock valve hose fitting. 2. Open cock valve and record instrument reading upon stabilization (i.e., when gauge reading holds steady for several seconds). Close cock valve. 3. Repeat pressure/vacuum reading Steps 1 and 2 for all subsurface zone cock valves. 5.3.4.2 Methane Concentration 4. Follow instrument manufacturer's procedure for startup and calibration of combustible gas monitoring equipment. 5. Record instrument reading for methane, carbon dioxide, oxygen and balance gas, if included, upon stabilization. 26 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual 6. Close cock valve. 7. Remove hose and instrument. 8. Repeat Steps 4 through 8 for all subsurface zone cock valves. 5.4 MONITORING RECORDS AND SCHEDULE The probes are monitored monthly for TOCs (reported as methane) and lab analyzed quarterly for TACs. A Tedlar bag sample needs to be lab analyzed for TOCs quarterly. All other monitoring events happen monthly except the source test which is performed annually (see Table 5b). Table 5a. Monitoring Schedule Field measurements should be recorded directly either directly into monitoring instruments that have data logging capability (e.g., GEM), or onto paper monitoring forms (see example forms, Appendix E). If monitoring data is recorded on the instrument, that data should be uploaded to a data management system which can be queried for trends and reporting. Original records shall be saved for a minimum of 2 years in accordance with the SCAQMD Permits. In practice however, all data should be securely stored electronically for future use, which may be assumed to be for 20 years or more. In addition to the reporting required by regulatory agencies (LEA and SCAQMD), monitoring and maintenance data should always be sent to the City of Newport Beach and the Newport Condominium Association. 27 Monthly Quarterly Annually Collect and lab analyze sample from inlet and outlet of carbon x system for VOCs and TACs Monitor Sulfatreat exhaust for 1-12S with Drager Tubes x Monitor TNMOC concentration at each carbon adsorber outlet x with PID Monitor boundary probes for TOCs (as methane) using x portable instrument Collect sample(s) from boundary probe(s) for lab x analysis of TACs and TOC Source Test x Field measurements should be recorded directly either directly into monitoring instruments that have data logging capability (e.g., GEM), or onto paper monitoring forms (see example forms, Appendix E). If monitoring data is recorded on the instrument, that data should be uploaded to a data management system which can be queried for trends and reporting. Original records shall be saved for a minimum of 2 years in accordance with the SCAQMD Permits. In practice however, all data should be securely stored electronically for future use, which may be assumed to be for 20 years or more. In addition to the reporting required by regulatory agencies (LEA and SCAQMD), monitoring and maintenance data should always be sent to the City of Newport Beach and the Newport Condominium Association. 27 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual 5.5 REPORTING TO REGULATORY AGENCIES Monitoring results are required to be reported to two regulatory agencies, the solid waste local enforcement agency (LEA), and the South Coast Air Quality Management District. The following table summarizes reporting requirements to the SCAQMD and LEA: 28 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual TABLE 51— SUNIMARV OF REGULATORY REPORTING REClt Requlred Teat Test Regulatory Regulatory Agency Regulatory Monitoring Event Procedure Frequency Agency r4otlflcatlon Report AgOn Cy Permit Nb. and Elate Source Test Test Inlet gas (before Annual S❑ Vih G4ast 1) Written Notice — IQ Due 30 days after testing to No. P85011 Carbon Adsorbers) and AQMO days prior to test. AUMEl 111212005 Ftnal Outlet Gag for 2) Agency Approval — following Compounds: Prior approval to testing Report the fol lowing: A. Methane and analysis methods 30 1) Operational hours of B. TNMaCs days prEor to testing. carbon C. TACs (Rule 115o-1) 2) Final cutlet gas cont. O. Total Sulfur (Hydrogen S) Calculations to Sulfide) demonstrate that outlet gas E. Moisture Content did not gxe69d 20 ppmv as F. Temperature measured as hexane at 3! G. Flow Rate oxygen or reduced by g8-.6 H. oxygen by weight - Volatile Organic Test Inlet and Outlet of Monthly South Coast Report the Rule 11 50 -1 � No. F85011 Compounds and Carbon Adzorbers. AQM❑ spectated TACs 17/2/2006 Speciated Toxic Conform with CARB Method Air Contaminants 422 or equivalent. Utilize (TAC) EPA Method TO 14 or other method approved by South Coast AQMo- P.4anthly Total Non- Outlet of Garbo. FAci—bcrs S—Atn Gaast No, F85o11 Methane Organic (2)- AOMO 1 1/2/2006 Compounds U.0 OVA or other approved (TNMOC) Instrument. Emissions at nutlet shall not exceed the following: 1) Chloroform 0-10 ppmv 2) Vinyl Chloride V.17 ppmv 3) Hydrogen Sulfide 0.1 ppmv Sulfatreat System Sulfur Compunds Monthly South Coast No. F85011 Exhaust I'i dro Cn SulfrdC AOMD 11/2t2006 Gas C011eetlon As Needed South Coast One weak In advance for Written with entire gas No. F85012 Wells & AQMD additional wells and collection system drawings- 1 1/2t2006 Associated Piping associated plping. Proposod well depths, pipe lengths, diameter, layouts prior to not i flock it on• Subsurface Refuse Utilise FID - If FID readings Monthly South Coast Send data to LEA Monthly. Rule 1950.1 Boundary Probes are below 51/6 volume, then AQMO and Oat. to be i—,Iuded m Compliance Plan TQC no Tedlar bag sam pt0 is LEA quarterly 1150.1 reports to 9 211 711 9 9 9 coitected. SCAgMEl. Subsurface Refuse Collect Tedlar bag sample Quarterly South Coast Analyze and report the Rule 1150.9 Boundary Probes at probe with hkghest TPC ^OF"U TACE (COre Group) Compliance Plan TAG measured concentration provided in Table 'I of 1211717 8B9 during the previous 3 Attachment A. month5- V se TO -14 Analysts Method. EZeCord5 ROtOntiOn Monthly South Coast Maintained at Action Rule 1150.9 AQMD Property Management Compliance Plan 1) Most recent year: 1 211 711999 available within 4 hours of request. 2) 2 to 5 years old: available within 48 hours of requast- I I- C4/ Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual The operator (contractor) should copy the LEA on all reports sent to the SCAQMD. In the event that any test result indicates that the regulatory agency would be agreeable to reducing the frequency of that test, the operator (contractor), with the approval of the city and the NCA, will assist the city to petition the agency for an appropriate reduction. If the reduction is granted, this manual will be immediately updated to reflect the reduction. 30 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual 6 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE 6.1 MAINTENANCE CRITERIA The purpose of a scheduled maintenance program is to provide safe and efficient operation of the system and to prevent equipment breakdowns (unscheduled maintenance). The maintenance program consists of the observation and servicing of mechanical equipment and other components. Most of the equipment at the blower station is to be maintained according to manufacturer's criteria. This equipment includes the blowers, electrical controls, activated carbon canisters, Sulfatreat system, and moisture separating tank. The remainder of the system components is to be maintained by field staff. These components include the header/lateral/blower station piping, cock valves, check valves, in-line meters, and valve boxes. The safety and orderliness of the blower building, as well as the accessible wellfield facilities (well and probe vaults) are the responsibility of the system operator. This includes preventing and repairing damage from vermin. 6.2 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Visual inspection is the typical maintenance procedure, as described below, to be performed outside of the manufacturer's requirements. In general, the operator should do a visual inspection each time they enter the blower building and/or open well -field or probe vaults. Signs of unusual deterioration, damage (including from animals) should be noted and addressed as necessary. Equipment literature, including maintenance details, are included in Appendix H. 6.2.1 Compressor An Atlas Copco GX-4 air compressor provides pressurized air for the pneumatic pumps in the condensate sumps. Maintenance principally involves checking and maintaining the oil level, and cleaning air and oil filters. However, it is important that the operator respond to signs of incipient failure (unusual wear, or sounds or smells) in order to anticipate or react quickly to equipment failure, to allow planning for equipment replacement and minimize system downtime. 6.2.2 Blowers The manufacturer requires periodic inspection and service typically based on hours of service as measured by the elapsed time meter. 31 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual 6.2.3 Flame Arrestor The flame arrestor will require disassembly and cleaning if the differential pressure exceeds two inches water -column. 6.2.4 Moisture Separator The moisture separator should be visually inspected for corrosion, weathering, leaks, seals, and pressure drop. An increase in pressure drop, measured at the sampling ports, one on each of the tank inlet and outlet pipes, indicates the unit is clogged and should be cleaned. Accumulated moisture in the separator, indicated also by an increase in pressure drop across the unit, should be drained by opening the drainage valve at the base of the unit. 6.2.5 Electrical Controls The system should be start-up tested monthly. The electrical controls should be visually inspected monthly or more frequently. 6.2.6 Gauges and Sampling Ports Permanent station gauges and sampling ports should be visually inspected for damage, proper seating and fit, and accuracy. Gauges need to be zeroed prior to recording readings. 6.2.7 Piping, Valves, and Fittings Piping, valves, and fittings within the station should be visually inspected for damage, corrosion, weathering, seal, and leaks. 6.2.8 Extraction Wells Visually inspect the wells as follows: 1. Check inside the vaults and look for damage and proper operation of the well head, later tie in (flex hose) and condensate drain. 2. Check the sampling ports and gate valve for damage, leaks, workability, and seating. 3. Check the lateral piping for damage and leaks. 4. Check the modified condensate drains for damage or leaks. 6.2.9 Monitoring Probes Visually inspect the probes as follows: 1. Check the valve box, valve box cover, and identification tags for damage. 2. Check the cock valves for damage, leaks, workability, and seating. 32 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual 6.2.10 Carbon Adsorption Units Upon detection of "breakthrough" (exceedance of NMOCs at the carbon units' final exhaust, as measured by PID), the carbon shall be replaced and/or reactivated by an approved carbon provider. The sequence of carbon change -out is discussed in Section 2.4.3. 6.2.11 Sulfatreat System When breakthrough of H2S is detected (Drager Tube reading of 0.1 ppmv), the Sulfatreat media needs to be replaced, by contacting the Sulfa -treat vendor. 6.2.12 In -Line Flow Meter The Kurz flow transmitter uses thermal conductivity to measure the rate of flow of gas passing through the pipe. The heated sensor should be removed and cleaned annually. 6.2.13 Automated Condensate Sumps The four automated sumps should be visually inspected during routine monthly monitoring. 6.3 MAINTENANCE RECORDS AND SCHEDULE Routine maintenance activities at the blower station should be performed weekly, monthly, quarterly or annually, as described above and summarized in Table Gal. Monitoring forms for these maintenance activities are included in Appendix E. All maintenance work should be promptly and neatly recorded and retained as a permanent record to track long-term changes or trends in the equipment performance. This record is used for planning future preventive maintenance or in diagnosing equipment breakdowns. Section 7 discusses data management. 1 Monitoring Forms are included in Appendix E. 33 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual TABLE 6a. SUMMARY OF ROUTINE MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT Equipment Model Appendix Warranty Scheduled Maintenance Activity Frequency Thresholds LFG system Ametek {Rotron] App H - One year Visual Observation Monthly For Full -Feature versions: clean the condensor of the dryer. blowers CP808M Section 2 For compressors with PDX filter: check the service indicator, replace the fitter if necessary. 2000 Replace the air filter. If Atlas Copco Roto -1 nject Fluid is used, change the oil. Replace the oil filter. For compressors with PDX filter: replace the filter. 4000 Clean the finned surface of the oil cooler. H2S system Ametek (Rotron) App H - One year Visual Observation Monthly blowers CP404M Section 2 Rotary Screw Atlas Capco GX-4 App H - One year See Table 6b below. See Table fib below. Compressor Section 2 Carbon Baker Corp. Keen App H - One year None. Replace Carbon As needed Carbon Vessels Air 2000 S Section 3 in sequence as replaced when described in Section exhaust 2.4.3 of O&M Manual NMOCs exceed 20 ppm Flame Groth Corp. No. App. H Section One year Remove and inspect Annually or when 2 inches water Arrestor 7628.04.11-F00 6 elements pressure drop column exceeds thresshold In-line flow Kurz 454 FT App, H Section One year Remove sensor and Annually meter 7 clean Methane General Monitors App. H Section One year Calibrate with certified Quarterly sensor and 480A controller; 10 gas controls 10001-1 Sensor Hydrogen General Monitors App. H Section One year Calibrate with certified Quarterly Sulfide sensor 2180A conroller; 8 gas and controls 50445-1 sensor Condensate Real Environmental App. H Section Five year Visual Observation Monthly sumps Products, AutoSump 09 7000; Auto Pump A4 TABLE 6b.. PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE FOR GX4 COMPRESSOR Maintenance Frequency - Running Hours Operation 50 Drain the condensate from the receiver. Check the oil level. For Floor -mounted versions: clean the prefilter on the rear side of the compressor. 500 Clean the air filter. For Full -Feature versions: check that condensate from the dryer is drained automatically. For Full -Feature versions: clean the condensor of the dryer. Check the belt tension. For compressors with PDX filter: check the service indicator, replace the fitter if necessary. 2000 Replace the air filter. If Atlas Copco Roto -1 nject Fluid is used, change the oil. Replace the oil filter. For compressors with PDX filter: replace the filter. 4000 Clean the finned surface of the oil cooler. Replace the oil separator. Have the safety valve tested. 34 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual 7 DATA MANAGEMENT AND EVALUATION 7.1 THE DATA — COLLECTION, ASSESSMENT, AND MANAGEMENT Much of the work of collecting and controlling LFG involves the collection, evaluation, and management of LFG data. This process of collecting, evaluating, and managing data may be relatively simple or very complex. The level of complexity depends on the problems that a site presents, the evaluation or control objectives, resources available, and budget constraints. The process may be as simple as measuring and recording several key parameters on a reading sheet and making immediate on the spot adjustments in the field, or as detailed as performing systematic analysis using sophisticated software employing graphing or plotting data in multiple dimensions. 7.2 DATA COLLECTION The data required by the SCAQMD Permits to Operate are as follows: • The quantity of LFG in standard cubic feet per minute being treated by the carbon adsorbers. • The concentration of TNMOCs at the combined inlet to the carbon adsorption system. • The concentration of TNMOCs at the final outlet of the carbon adsorber. • Annual source tests of the carbon adsorber system inlet and final outlet. • VOC and TAC samples collected from the inlet and outlet of the carbon adsorbers. • Sulfur compounds (measured as 1-12S) concentration at the exhaust of the Sulfatreat system. • Emissions at the exhaust of the carbon adsorbers sent to a lab to determine concentration of chloroform, vinyl chloride, and hydrogen sulfide. • Test results. • Monitoring data. • Dates of carbon replacement. Data is collected routinely using monitoring forms (either manual or electronic) for the blower facility, the wellfield, migration monitoring probes, onsite structures, etc. These data readings become a part of the facility operating record. There may be a local regulatory requirement for the length of time the records must be retained. In the absence of other guidance, a retention period of at least two years is required by the SCAQMD Permit to Operate. 35 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual The system operator (contractor) will retain all monitoring and maintenance records, as well as providing digital copies to the City of Newport Beach and the NCA. Contact information for the city and NCA are listed in Appendix F. The city and NCA will each be responsible for archiving monitoring and maintenance records. A contractor working for the city or NCA should retain data for 10 years. The city and NCA should retain data for at least as long as the landfill and LFG system are subject to regulatory oversight (i.e., indefinitely). 36 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual 8 SAFETY The principle components of LFG are methane and carbon dioxide; other gases which may be found in lesser amounts are hydrogen sulfide, organic acids and gases, and nitrogen. Hydrogen sulfide is HIGHLY TOXIC; the other acidic gases and organic vapors should also be treated as toxic and hazardous. In concentrations of 5 to 15 percent by volume in air, methane may explode when ignited by a spark or other ignition source. In addition, LFG can displace oxygen in confined spaces. Confined spaces within which oxygen levels are below 19 percent by volume should not be entered. This manual does not contain a Health and Safety Plan (HASP), nor does it contain lock -out, tag - out procedures. The LFG system operator needs to develop a site-specific HASP (including lock -out, tag -out procedures) based on analysis of the existing site conditions. 8.1 CONTACT INFORMATION Appendix F lists major stakeholder and regulatory parties contact information. 37 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual 9 LISTING OF PERMITS South Coast Air Quality Management District, Permit to Construct/Operate, No. F85011, issued November 6, 2006 (Appendix C) — no specific expiration date. South Coast Air Quality Management District, Permit to Construct/Operate, No. F85012, issued November 6, 2006 (Appendix D) — no specific expiration date. Rule 1150.1 Compliance Plan, issued December 17, 1999 (Appendix G) — no specific expiration date. As of February 2009, an application has been submitted to the AQMD to modify the Compliance Plan to indicate the change in ownership of the site and the LFG system. California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 27 — this is not a specific permit, but rather the owner/operator is required to perform monthly monitoring and submit quarterly reports to the LEA. 38 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual Appendix A System Drawings Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual Appendix B Gas Extraction Well Boring Logs Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual Appendix C SCAQMD Permit to Construct/Operate — Collection System Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual Appendix D SCAQMD Permit to Construct/Operate — Treatment System Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual Appendix E Well Field Monitoring Form Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual Appendix F Contact Information Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual Appendix G Rule 1 150.1 Compliance Plan Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual Appendix H Instrumentation and Equipment Literature (on CD) Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual Appendix A System Drawings mirmell COSTA MESA VICTORIA ST 0 a m Q � , a 19TH ST kd 17TH ST w 15TH ST ELMIL 11 LOCATION =� PACIFIC JOHN WAYNE >� AIRPORT 0 UPPER NE ORT o 1 BAY S� CITY OF IRVINE UNIVERSITY ;AVE 4 1 0-�, �,; GENERAL NOTES 1 . ALL WORK DETAILED ON THESE PLANS TO BE PERFORMED UNDER CONTRACT SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION," 2003 EDITION AND SUPPLEMENTS TO DATE, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE STATED IN THE CITY'S STANDARD SPECIAL PROVISIONS, OR IN THIS CONTRACT'S SPECIAL PROVISIONS. 2. EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES ARE SHOWN AS PER AVAILABLE RECORDS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING THE ACTUAL LOCATION AND ELEVATION IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. 3. P.C.C. SHALL BE CLASS 560-C-3250. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST CITY UTILITY (e.g. WATER VALVES, SCO, SURVEY MONUMENTS, SEWER AND STORM DRAIN MANHOLES) FRAMES AND COVERS TO FINISHED GRADE. NEWPORT TERRACE LANDFILL GAS COLLECTION AND CONTROL SYSTEM CONTRACT N0. 3651 INDEX OF SHEETS 1. TITLE SHEET 2. SITE PLAN - EXISTING AND PROPOSED LFG COLLECTION SYSTEM CALL TOLL FREE 1-800-422-4133 BEFORE YOU DIG EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS DAY NIGHT SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GAS COMPANY (800)-624-8153 ��E�N � FAS (800)-624-8153 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON COMPANY 3. PROPOSED LFG COLLECTION SYSTEM -NOTES LOCATION MAP � PACIFIC TELEPHONE COMPANY 611 611 NOT TO SCALE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH (UTILITIES DEPARTMENT) (949)-644-3011 (949)-644-3717 4. WELL SCHEDULE AND MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS ORANGE COUNTY SANITATION DISTRICT (714)-962-2411 ADELPHIA CABLE APPROVED: 5. CONDENSATE SUMP AND PIPE TRENCH DETAILS UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT (800)-422-4133 DATE: MCWD SYMBOL LEGEND SIGN DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS R.C.E. NO. 36106 6. SCHEMATIC FLOW DIAGRAM - LFG TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL SYSTEM GARAGE OPENING � POWER POLE WINDOW 7. PLAN - EXISTING BLOWER BUILDING, AND DEMOLITION, PRESERVATION AND RE -HABILITATION NOTES O SCO SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT APPROVED: DATE: =;}SMH SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE * SPRINKLER GENERAL SERVICES DIRECTOR 8. PLAN - NEW LFG COLLECTION, TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL SYSTEM v FIRE HYDRANT WM--- WATER METER BOX & SERVICE ABBREVIATIONS 9. SECTIONS nGM GAS METER AC ASPHALT CONCRETE 10. MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS VALVE DIP DUCTILE IRON PIPE VCP VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE ; 11. ARCHITECTURAL - PLOT PLAN AND GENERAL NOTES POWER POLE ANCHOR RWV RESILIENT WEDGE VALVE $��� A pI Qyp rn o r St N` MONUMENT ri c a Ilk 12. ARCHITECTURAL - SITE PLAN FE FLANGED END 1 xxx FENCE MJ MECHANICAL JOINT_ P 13. ARCHITECTURAL - DEMOLITION PLAN AND ROOF PLAN BLOCKWALL NTS NOT TO SCALE �d �rBluff g a co TREE RT RING TIGHT 14. ARCHITECTURAL - ROOF FRAMING PLAN AND EXTERIOR ELEVATION Q C3 SHRUBBERY STL STEEL leneRple 0 ak EA � 9 15. ARCHITECTURAL - REFLECTED CEILING PLAN ,,, ,,, ,,, ,,, ASPHALT PAVEMENT ABAND ABANDONED BRICKWALK IP&T IRON PIPE AND TAG f #� Tove PI n 16. ARCHITECTURAL - WALKWAY PLAN MON MONUMENT U m CONCRETE CATV CABLE TV 17. ELECTRICAL - GENERAL NOTES BUILDING DWY DRIVEWAY EXISTING CONSTRUCTION CO CLEANOUT (SEWER) Canyon Everprern 18. ELECTRICAL - PLAN — - - PROPERTY LINE ARV AIR RELIEF VALVE � �� oo s NEW CONSTRUCTION B/APPR BACK OF ALLEY APPROACH pd 19. ELECTRICAL - SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM CENTERLINE EV ELECTRICAL VALVE ' 20. ELECTRICAL - SENSOR SYSTEM AND WIRING DIAGRAM SW SIDEWALK t ---S-__- SEWER LINE WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC w1'` st 21. ELECTRICAL - MOTOR STARTER WIRING DIAGRAM AND DETAILS - -W- -- WATER LINE MLCCSP MORTAR LPIPE ED CEMENT COATEDSTEE _ PROJECT LOCATION - --G- - - GAS LINE RCSCP REINFORCED CONCRETE STEEL CYLINDER PIPE r E POWER LINE O 4"A.C. CORING INFORMATION iti Towne !3t AS -BUILT T TELEPHONE LINE MCWD MESA CONSOLIDATED WATER DISTRICT zi 2 BASED ON SURVEY INFORMATION RECEIVED FROM CATV CABLEVISION LINE w i% { INNOVATIVE CONSTRUCTION SP SPRINKLER SYSTEM SOLUTION, I N C STREET LIGHT DATE: 05-05-08 CALL TOLL FREE 1-800-422-4133 BEFORE YOU DIG EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS DAY NIGHT SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GAS COMPANY (800)-624-8153 (800)-624-8153 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON COMPANY (800)-611-1911 (800)-611-1911 PACIFIC TELEPHONE COMPANY 611 611 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH (UTILITIES DEPARTMENT) (949)-644-3011 (949)-644-3717 ORANGE COUNTY SANITATION DISTRICT (714)-962-2411 ADELPHIA CABLE (714)-338-2000 (714)-644-6222 UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT (800)-422-4133 (800)-422-4133 MCWD (949)-574-1000 (949)-631-1200 VICINITY MAP_ NOT TO SCALE PREPARED BY: APPROVED SCS ENGINEERS CITY ENGINEER R.C.E. NO. 24967 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS DATE 3900 KILROY AIRPORT WAY, SUITE 100 DESIGNED DRAWN LONG BEACH, CA 90806 S. KOTHARY L. FUENTES PH. (562) 426-9544 FAX. (562) 427-0805 CHECKED DATE M. GEYER SEP 19 200! REF: TRACT 7989 LANDFILL GAS COLLECTION AND CONTROL SYSTEM NEWPORT TERRACE LANDFILL CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH M -5374-S PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SHEET 1 OF 21 1 D 0 161 I I I I I I i i I I I I I I I I I Lu 0 0 I I I I �P-23 C i NT2 0 NT1 0 SITE PLAN - EXISTING AND PROPOSED LFG SYSTEM HEADER -LINE G -LINE A N__- GRAPHIC SCALE 80 0 80 160 APPROXIMATE SCALE IN FEET I FrFmn EW -01 NEW LFG EXTRACTION WELL 65 EXISTING VERTICAL GAS EXTRACTION WELL CP -4 EXISTING COMPLIANCE GAS MONITORING PROBE P-15 • EXISTING NON-COMPLIANCE GAS MONITORING PROBE NEW H.D.P.E. HEADER LINE EXISTING P.V.C. HEADER LINE -c—c—c—c- BELOW GRADE 2" DIA. HDPE SDR 9 CONDENSATE LINE NOTE: 2 PROVIDE TRENCH DAM AT EVERY 300'-0" O.C. ALONG THE PROPOSED HEADER/ LATERALS, AND AT LOCATIONS SHOWN, PER DETAIL. 3 25 FOR EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING SEWER LINE AND MANHOLES, REFER TO CITY DRAWINGS. NEWPORT CONDOMINIUMS 19TH STREET PLAN AND PROFILE TRACT NO. 7989 NOTE: FOR CONDENSATE AND AIR LINE, SEE SHEET 3R. AS -BUILT BASED ON SURVEY INFORMATION RECEIVED FROM INNOVATIVE CONSTRUCTION SOLUTION, INC DATE 05-05-08 C-3651 O I I I I M. ULTLN I uu1. 2, zuui I . --- - . - -. -. -- _ ....... I - .__ . - -- -- I u 11 o �2 11 0 Q Z! 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SITE PLAN - PROPOSED LFG COLLECTION SYSTEM N__- GRAPHIC SCALE 80 0 80 160 SCALE IN FEET LEGEND EW -06 LFG EXTRACTION WELL 8"0 BELOW GRADE 8" DIA. HDPE SDR 17 LFG HEADER w. CONDENSATE FLOW DIRECTION —AAAA— BELOW GRADE 2" DIA. HDPE SDR 9 AIR LINE BELOW GRADE 2" DIA. HDPE SDR 9 CONDENSATE LINE C.SA 0 CONDENSATE SUMP/PUMP NOTES 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A MINIMUM SLOPE OF 2% ALONG THE BELOW GRADE LFG HEADER/ LATERALS 2. LOCATIONS OF LFG EXTRACTION WELLS SHALL BE STAKED OUT IN THE FIELD BY THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO START OF ANY DRILLING WORK FOR THE WELLS. 3. THE LFG HEADER/LATERAL ALIGNMENT SHALL BE STAKED OUT BY THE CONTRACTOR AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE ALIGNMENT MAY BE REQUIRED TO SUIT THE FIELD CONDITIONS. 4. ALL LFG HEADERS/LATERALS SHALL BE HDPE SDR 17, UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE. 5. AUTOMATIC PNEUMATIC CONDENSATE SUMPS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AND LOCATED AT THE LOWEST POINTS ALONG THE HEADERS. LOCATIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS MAY NEED TO BE ADJUSTED IN FIELD TO SUIT THE SITE CONDITIONS. SEE DETAIL 1 55 6. CONDENSATE AND AIR LINES SHALL BE 2" HDPE SDR 11 AND SDR 9 RESPECTIVELY. 7. WHENEVER POSSIBLE, CONDENSATE AND COMPRESSED AIR CONVEYANCE LINES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE COMMON TRENCH WITH THE LFG HEADER OR LATERAL PIPING. 8. NO SIDEWALK, CURB & GUTTER, STREET, LANDSCAPING SHOWN. THEREFORE THE CONTRACTOR TO ESTIMATE QUANTITIES AFTER THE FIELD REVIEWS, AND HIS BID WILL INCLUDE REPLACING SIDEWALK, CURB & GUTTER, STREET, LANDSCAPING TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE CITY. 9. REFER TO GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES ON SHEET 5 NOTE: THE STRIP TOPOGRAPHIC MAP, ALONG THE PROPOSED ROUTES FOR LFG HEADERS AND LATERALS, PREPARED BY DULIN AND BOYTON, LICENSED SURVEYORS, INC. BASED ON THE FIELD SURVEY CONDUCTED BY THEM ON DECEMBER 28th 2005. AS -BUILT BASED ON SURVEY INFORMATION RECEIVED FROM INNOVATIVE CONSTRUCTION SOLUTION, INC DATE 05-05-08 C-3651 o I I I I M. btTLM I JtF' I`J, LUUb I . - - -.- .. -. ". -- --. . -. -.... ....I --• --. - _. __ I �1 n I 0 W 1/4" PVC COCK VALVE 4" MIN 0 N cn w Q E 0 I z 0 U w cn 0 w 0 cn N 0�0�0 � 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 0 0 0 00000c C.I. HEAVY DUTY VALVE BOX W/LOCKING TRAFFIC COVER MODEL NO. A-2989 AS MANUFACTURED BY ALHAMBRA FOUNDRY CO., OF ALHAMBRA, CALIFORNIA OR APPROVED EQUAL (TYP) CONCRETE SURROUND (f'c = 2,500psi) FINISHED GRADE IDENTIFICATION TAG 000000 SEE DETAIL 2 0000°° 4 4 o°o°o° o°o°o° o°o°o° o°o°o° °0°00 ° BENTONITE PLUG 0000°° 3'-0" MIN 12" OR 18" BORE HOLE SEE WELL SCHEDULE SOIL BACKFILL BENTONITE PLUG 3" SCH 80 PVC SOLID PIPE SOIL BACKFILL Y4" TO 1 )/2" CLEAN GRAVEL (TYP) 3"0 PVC FLOW CONTROL GATE VALVE d.. 12" 8"o PVC SCH 80 PIPE (TYP) d .. .d 8"0 HDPE SDR 17 PIPE 4" IMIN 4" IMIN 1/4" PVC COCK VALVE (TYP) 3/8" CLEAN GRAVEL (TYP.) HDPE FLANGE ADAPTER SEE DETAIL 3 44 4"x3" SCH 80 PVC REDUCER 1 1/4"0 x 1/16" THK BRASS TAG W/1/8"O HANGING HOLE �-- LFG EXTRACTION WELL NO. S.S. TIE WIRE—\ EW -01 30' ,/— WELL DEPTH DETAIL - IDENTIFICATION TAG N.T.S. IAlNLLS. BOLTS AN PVC SC FLANGED PV( ni inTii F ionni 71 nn1nE PIPE 1 IUr L I LPIINUL nuAPTER DETAIL - FLANGE ADAPTER N.T.S. 8"12" 12" TYP. 90° P. TYP. TYP. r"4 �� �0) 3" SCH 80 PVC SLOTTED PIPE SEE DETAIL 4 3"0 SCH 80 4 4 PVC PIPE SAW—CUT 2 — 1,/4"x 8" LONG SLOTS PER ROW AT 12' O.C. 3" SCH 80 PVC CAP ADJACENT ROW SHALL BE STAGGERED AT 90° DETAIL - SLOTTED PVC PIPE 4 N.T.S. 4 4 DETAIL - LFG EXTRACTION WELL N.T.S. C.I. HEAVY DUTY VALVE BOX W/LOCKING TRAFFIC COVER MODEL NO. A-2989 AS MANUFACTURED BY ALHAMBRA FOUNDRY CO., OF ALHAMBRA, CALIFORNIA OR APPROVED 2D FINISHED GRADE EQUAL (TYP) 4" 3"0 PVC FLOW CONTROL GATE VALVE MIN CONCRETE SURROUND (f'c = 2,500psi) NA ° 1 ° .d °. . '4 .° n .. 12„ [7 . A � 8" 0 HDPE SDR 17 PIPE PVC COUPLING CUT AND REMOVE THE EXISTING PVC LATERAL EXISTING PVC WELL CASING 3'-0" MIN 4" MIN 1/4" PVC COCK VALVE (TYP) 3/8" CLEAN GRAVEL (TYP.) DETAIL - CONNECTION TO EXISTING WELL N.T.S. AS -BUILT BASED ON SURVEY INFORMATION RECEIVED FROM INNOVATIVE CONSTRUCTION SOLUTION, INC DATE 05-05-08 DETAIL - LFG LATERAL CROSSING EXISTING DRAINAGE DITCH rsE N.T.S. HDPE FLANGE ADAPTER SEE DETAIL g 44 4"x3" SCH 80 PVC REDUCER LFG EXTRACTION WELL SCHEDULE WELL No. LOCATION COORDINATES ° w. WELL CASING SLOTTED DEPTH 'D 1' FT. BORE HOLE DIAMETER NORTH EAST EW -1 9 6,046,745 33 10 18" EW -2 2,182,934 I 33 10 18" EW -3 d 0 N cn w Q E 0 I z 0 U w cn 0 w 0 cn N 0�0�0 � 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 0 0 0 00000c C.I. HEAVY DUTY VALVE BOX W/LOCKING TRAFFIC COVER MODEL NO. A-2989 AS MANUFACTURED BY ALHAMBRA FOUNDRY CO., OF ALHAMBRA, CALIFORNIA OR APPROVED EQUAL (TYP) CONCRETE SURROUND (f'c = 2,500psi) FINISHED GRADE IDENTIFICATION TAG 000000 SEE DETAIL 2 0000°° 4 4 o°o°o° o°o°o° o°o°o° o°o°o° °0°00 ° BENTONITE PLUG 0000°° 3'-0" MIN 12" OR 18" BORE HOLE SEE WELL SCHEDULE SOIL BACKFILL BENTONITE PLUG 3" SCH 80 PVC SOLID PIPE SOIL BACKFILL Y4" TO 1 )/2" CLEAN GRAVEL (TYP) 3"0 PVC FLOW CONTROL GATE VALVE d.. 12" 8"o PVC SCH 80 PIPE (TYP) d .. .d 8"0 HDPE SDR 17 PIPE 4" IMIN 4" IMIN 1/4" PVC COCK VALVE (TYP) 3/8" CLEAN GRAVEL (TYP.) HDPE FLANGE ADAPTER SEE DETAIL 3 44 4"x3" SCH 80 PVC REDUCER 1 1/4"0 x 1/16" THK BRASS TAG W/1/8"O HANGING HOLE �-- LFG EXTRACTION WELL NO. S.S. TIE WIRE—\ EW -01 30' ,/— WELL DEPTH DETAIL - IDENTIFICATION TAG N.T.S. IAlNLLS. BOLTS AN PVC SC FLANGED PV( ni inTii F ionni 71 nn1nE PIPE 1 IUr L I LPIINUL nuAPTER DETAIL - FLANGE ADAPTER N.T.S. 8"12" 12" TYP. 90° P. TYP. TYP. r"4 �� �0) 3" SCH 80 PVC SLOTTED PIPE SEE DETAIL 4 3"0 SCH 80 4 4 PVC PIPE SAW—CUT 2 — 1,/4"x 8" LONG SLOTS PER ROW AT 12' O.C. 3" SCH 80 PVC CAP ADJACENT ROW SHALL BE STAGGERED AT 90° DETAIL - SLOTTED PVC PIPE 4 N.T.S. 4 4 DETAIL - LFG EXTRACTION WELL N.T.S. C.I. HEAVY DUTY VALVE BOX W/LOCKING TRAFFIC COVER MODEL NO. A-2989 AS MANUFACTURED BY ALHAMBRA FOUNDRY CO., OF ALHAMBRA, CALIFORNIA OR APPROVED 2D FINISHED GRADE EQUAL (TYP) 4" 3"0 PVC FLOW CONTROL GATE VALVE MIN CONCRETE SURROUND (f'c = 2,500psi) NA ° 1 ° .d °. . '4 .° n .. 12„ [7 . A � 8" 0 HDPE SDR 17 PIPE PVC COUPLING CUT AND REMOVE THE EXISTING PVC LATERAL EXISTING PVC WELL CASING 3'-0" MIN 4" MIN 1/4" PVC COCK VALVE (TYP) 3/8" CLEAN GRAVEL (TYP.) DETAIL - CONNECTION TO EXISTING WELL N.T.S. AS -BUILT BASED ON SURVEY INFORMATION RECEIVED FROM INNOVATIVE CONSTRUCTION SOLUTION, INC DATE 05-05-08 DETAIL - LFG LATERAL CROSSING EXISTING DRAINAGE DITCH rsE N.T.S. HDPE FLANGE ADAPTER SEE DETAIL g 44 4"x3" SCH 80 PVC REDUCER LFG EXTRACTION WELL SCHEDULE WELL No. LOCATION COORDINATES WELL DEPTH `D' FT. WELL CASING SLOTTED DEPTH 'D 1' FT. BORE HOLE DIAMETER NORTH EAST EW -1 2,183,042 6,046,745 33 10 18" EW -2 2,182,934 6,046,752 33 10 18" EW -3 2,182,747 6,046,744 30 10 18" EW -4 2,182,651 6,046,752 30 9 18" EW -5 2,182,590 6,046,745 30 9 18" EW -6 2,181,924 6,046,340 30 10 18" EW -7 2,181,931 6,046,255 30 10 18" EW -8 2,181,937 6,046,156 30 10 18" EW -9 2,181,939 6,046,053 30 10 18" EW -10 2,181,943 6,045,978 30 10 18" EW -11 2,181,939 6,045,893 30 10 18" EW -12 2,182,968 6,045,944 30 10 12" EW -13 2,182,992 6,045,941 21 10 12" EW -14 2,182,947 6,045,892 23 10 12" EW -15 2,182,971 6,045,959 20 10 12" NOTE: THE CONTRACTOR IS ADVISED THAT THE DEPTH OF THE WELL AND THE LENGTH OF PERFORATION MAY BE ADJUSTED IN THE FIELD ON THE CONDITIONS ENCOUNTERED, PARTICULARLY THE THICKNESS OF COVER MATERIAL AND DEPTH OF REFUSE. IN THE CASE OF WELLS PENETRATING NATIVE SOIL BENEATH REFUSE, IF DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CEASE DRILLING AND FILL THE LOWER PORTION OF THE WELL PENETRATING NATIVE SOIL WITH BENTONITE PLUG. THE DEPTH OF THE PLUG SHALL BE SUCH THAT THE TOP OF THE PLUG SHALL BE AT LEAST TWO (2) FEET ABOVE THE UNDISTRUBED NATIVE SOIL LAYER, IN REFUSE. C-3651 6" PVC SCH 80 BLIND FLANGE HDPE FLANGE ADAPTER 6" MIN 6 HDPE SDR 17 PIPE HDPE LEG HEADER AUTOMATIC CONDENSATE SUMP SERIES 7000 MANUFACTURED GALVANIZED NUTS AND BOLTS BY REAL ENVIRONMENTAL PRODUCTS OR APPROVED EQUAL I SOIL BACKFILL SLOPE 1/2"0 HDPE VACUUM BALANCE LINE 8" HDPE SDR 17 CROS 8"X4" HDPE REDUCER 3/8" CLEAN GRAVEL BACKFILL 4"0 HDPE SDR 17 DRAIN LINE 10"0 DOUBLE WALL HDPE SDR 17 SUMP con I � VAULT SUBMERSIBLE PUMP 0'-6" TO 1'-0" (TYP.) 4" MIN 3/8" CLEAN GRAVEL (TYP.) 3/8" CLEAN GRAVEL BACKFILL APPROX. LIMITS OF EXCAVATION /,REFUSE DETAIL - AUTOMATIC PNEUMATIC CONDENSATE SUMP AND PUMP N.T.S. C.I. HEAVY DUTY VALVE BOX W/LOCKING TRAFFIC COVER MODEL NO. A-2989 AS MANUFACTURED BY ALHAMBRA FOUNDRY CO., OF ALHAMBRA, CALIFORNIA OR APPROVED EQUAL (TYP) 0 I N CONDENSATE DISCHARGE LINE Cl, C2, AND C3=CONNECTED TO LINE—A AT LOCATION PER THES DRAWINGS, PER DETAIL C4= CONNECTED TO EXISTING SEWER AND NEW MANHOLE UNDER 19TH STREET, PER THESE DRAWINGS 1 COMPRESSED AIR INLET CONNECTED TO 2" COMPRESSED AIR LINE FROM AIR COMPRESSOR IN BLOWER BUILDING z METALLIC MARKER TAP E w 0 U 0 V) w J 0 w w cn cn w .24 w 2"0 HDPE SDR 11 CONDENSATE LINE WHERE APPLICABLE STANDARD MANHOLE COVER REFER TO CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH FINISHED GRADE DRAWING NO. STD -401—L 18" MIN. TRENCH WIDTH DETAILS - PIPE TRENCH ninr Tnrnini i AS -BUILT BASED ON SURVEY INFORMATION RECEIVED FROM INNOVATIVE CONSTRUCTION SOLUTION, INC DATE 05-05-08 F9 , k 2" HDPE SDR 9 COMPRESSED AIR LINE WHERE APPLICABLE HDPE SDR 17 LFG HEADER/ LATERAL SAND OR SELECTED GRANULAR BEDDING AND BACKFILL COMPACTED TO 95% DENSITY AT OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT WHEN PIPE IS LAID IN NATIVE SOIL AND 90% DENSITY WHEN PIPE IS OVER REFUSE FI EL iEADER/LATERAL �hT 10- 11-1 DETAIL - MANHOLE COVER nNiicUEn r'oAnE- 18" MIN. TRENCH WIDTH SECTION A 55 DETAIL - TRENCH DAM 3 25 PREPARED BY: APPROVED SCS ENGINEERS CITY ENGINEER R.C.E. NO. 24967 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS DATE 3900 KILROY AIRPORT WAY, SUITE 100 DESIGNED DRAWN LONG BEACH, CA 90806 S. KOTHARY L. FUENTES PH. (562) 426-9544 FAX. (562) 427-0805 CHECKED DATE M. GEYER SEP 19, 2006 EI LL PIPE C-3651 LANDFILL GAS COLLECTION AND CONTROL SYSTEM NEWPORT TERRACE LANDFILL CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH M -5374-S PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SHEET 5 of 21 X SOIL BACKFILL COMPACTED TO 95% DENSITY AT OPTIMUM MOISTURE _ i���i�� CONTENT WHEN PIPE IS LAID IN NATIVE SOIL AND 90% DENSITY WHEN PIPE IS OVER REFUSE FILL 18" MIN. TRENCH WIDTH DETAILS - PIPE TRENCH ninr Tnrnini i AS -BUILT BASED ON SURVEY INFORMATION RECEIVED FROM INNOVATIVE CONSTRUCTION SOLUTION, INC DATE 05-05-08 F9 , k 2" HDPE SDR 9 COMPRESSED AIR LINE WHERE APPLICABLE HDPE SDR 17 LFG HEADER/ LATERAL SAND OR SELECTED GRANULAR BEDDING AND BACKFILL COMPACTED TO 95% DENSITY AT OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT WHEN PIPE IS LAID IN NATIVE SOIL AND 90% DENSITY WHEN PIPE IS OVER REFUSE FI EL iEADER/LATERAL �hT 10- 11-1 DETAIL - MANHOLE COVER nNiicUEn r'oAnE- 18" MIN. TRENCH WIDTH SECTION A 55 DETAIL - TRENCH DAM 3 25 PREPARED BY: APPROVED SCS ENGINEERS CITY ENGINEER R.C.E. NO. 24967 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS DATE 3900 KILROY AIRPORT WAY, SUITE 100 DESIGNED DRAWN LONG BEACH, CA 90806 S. KOTHARY L. FUENTES PH. (562) 426-9544 FAX. (562) 427-0805 CHECKED DATE M. GEYER SEP 19, 2006 EI LL PIPE C-3651 LANDFILL GAS COLLECTION AND CONTROL SYSTEM NEWPORT TERRACE LANDFILL CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH M -5374-S PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SHEET 5 of 21 E 4� CHECK VALVE P,"ur) 1i-" (TYP) I IL/1VL1\ — LIINL_ U MOISTURE SEPARATOR VI VACUUM INDICATOR P PRESSURE INDICATOR SCHEMATIC FLOW DIAGRAM - LFG TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL SYSTEM XPi DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE INDICATOR N.T.S. EG LIQUID GAUGE �11L FLEX CONNECTOR E a ECT TO ING 8" QED BARGE IT STACK AS -BUILT BASED ON SURVEY INFORMATION RECEIVED FROM INNOVATIVE CONSTRUCTION SOLUTION, INC DATE 05-05-08 C-3651 O I I I I M. bt T LM I JtF' I `J, LUUb I . - - -. - .. -. ". -- - -. . -. - ........ I --.. _ _ . - - . _ _ I EXISTING BLOWER - VENT SYSTEM 1" = 15-0" :XISTING BLOWER BUILDING - DEMOLITION, PRESERVATION AND REHABILITATION NOTES 1. REFER TO ELECTRICAL NOTES (E1) FOR REMOVAL, PRESERVATION AND RE—HABILITATION OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. 2. REMOVE ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT INSIDE THE BUILDING; FOR EXAMPLE: MOTORS, BLOWERS, CANISTERS, PIPING. 3. PRESERVE ALL PIPE PENETRATING THE FLOOR TO CONNECT TO NEW EQUIPMENT PER THE PROJECT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 4. REMOVE DOORS AND DOOR FRAMES. 5. REMOVE ALL VEGETATION WITHIN 12—INCHES OF ALL EXTERIOR WALLS. 6. CUT (BORE) A 6—INCH HOLE IN WALL FOR LATERAL LINE—B (PER DRAWINGS) AND A 2—INCH HOLE IN WALL FOR DRAIN PIPE (PER DRAWINGS) 7. REMOVE CHAIN—LINK CEILNG. 8. PRESSURE WASH WALLS, BOTH INSIDE SURFACES AND OUTSIDE SURFACES, AND PREPARE SURFACES FOR NEW PAINT SYSTEM. 9. INSTALL NEW DOORS AND DOOR FRAMES AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS EXISTING CMU WALL AS -BUILT BASED ON SURVEY INFORMATION RECEIVED FROM INNOVATIVE CONSTRUCTION SOLUTION, INC DATE 05-05-08 C-3651 o I I I I M. bt T LM I JtF' I `J, LUUb I . - - -. - .. - . ". -- - -. . -. ' ........I - . _ _ . - - . _ _ I o Q a� 0 0 0 Q Z! I 0 0 0 0 0 N 2"0 BURRIED SDR 9 HDPE AIR LINE CONDENSATE SUMP NO.1 TRANSITION FITTINC EXISTING CMU WALL AIR COMPRESSER FU[ FEATURE MODEL GX AS MANUFACTURED E ATLAS COPCO C STOCKTC BLOWER BUILDING PLAN SCALE: 1 " = 15-0" PIPE SUPPORTS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED TO BE DEPICTIVE AND MAY NOT REPRESENT THE EXACT NUMBER REQUIRED TO SUPPORT THE PIPING AND APPURTENANCES IN A FIRM SUBSTANTIAL MANNER FROM THE SLAB/FINISH GRADE AT THE REQUIRED ELEVATIONS. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE SUFFICIENT NUMBER OF PIPE SUPPORTS WHERE REQUIRED OR AS RECOMMENDED BY THE PIPE MANUFACTURER. URE SEPARATOE E DETAIL ( --2-) 8 10 DVC SCH 80 90° BEND (TYP) =THANE GAS SENSOR REGENERATING BLOWER MODEL CP-808FX5MWLR -----� 4" HDPE LFG LATERAL — LINE B NOTES: 1. THE PLAN SHOWS THE BASIC LOCATIONS OF THE MAJOR COMPONENTS OF THE LFG TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL SYSTEM. THE PIPING AND VALVES ARE JUST THE REPRESENTATIONS AND SHALL BE INSTALLED AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO THE EQUIPMENT THEY ARE SERVING. THE ACTUAL EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED SUCH THAT THERE IS AN ADEQUATE ROOM ALL AROUND THE EQUIPMENT AND PIPING FOR EASY OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE SYSTEM. 2. ALL PIPING WITHIN THE BUILDING SHALL BE CPVC SCH 80 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE AN EFFORT TO INSTALL ALL THE HORIZONTAL RUNS OF THE PIPING AT A MAXIMUM ELEVATION OF 2'-0" WITHIN THE BUILDING. AS -BUILT BASED ON SURVEY INFORMATION RECEIVED FROM INNOVATIVE CONSTRUCTION SOLUTION, INC DATE 05-05-08 C-3651 O I I I I M. bt TtK I JtF' l y, LUUb I . - - -. - .. - � - -- - — . .. - ...-... I -- -- • - - -- I 4" CPVC SCH 90° BEND (T) 4" CPVC SCH TEE (T) 4" TRUE UNI BALL VALVE (T) EXISTING BELOW GRADE 8"6 PIPE I DJ SECTION a N.T.S. " —' " SCH 80 (TYP) EXISTING BELOW 8U DRAIN LINE GRADE 8"0 PIPE SECTION c N.T.S. 8 U9 :TE SLAB 4'-6"X4" HIGH) XISTING BUDDING LOOR SLAB i u) �,rvu purl 80 DRAIN LINE 4"0 CPVC SCH 80 PIPE n" A /- n\ i r- c- r- i 1 0 rl\ 1"0 CPVC SCH 80 EXIS- FLOC 1 1/2" CPVC SCH 80 TRUE UNION BALL VALVE 3"X1 1/2" CPVC SCH 80 REDUCER SECTION e N.T.S. 8 9 1 1/2" CPVC SCH 80 CHECK VALVE m a, N. 6" 'AD. ff`t rCCDMr\ I L U. l,. 4" EMBEDMENT, EXPDXY INTO EXISTING SLAB REGENERATIVE BLOWER MODEL CP-404FQ58MLR AS MANUFACTURED BY AMETEK TECHNICAL AND INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS OF KENT, OHIO OR APPROVED EQUAL SCH 80 3" CPVC SCH 80 PIPE (TYP) 3/8" RED HEAD—MIN. 6" EMBEDMENT INTO PAD 1 1/2" FLEX H OSE EXISTING BUILDING (TYP) 2'-0"X1'3"X4" HIGH FLOOR SLAB ° CONCRETE PAD ° .a 41. ° DVC SCH 80 a ° a ° a ° a a ° as ° ° a a a ° ° a s ° ° a s a P a TYP) a °a d a ° ° a NG BUILDING � SLAB D/ c r«u MEAD MIN. 6" EMBEDMENT INTO EXISTING SLAB (TYP.) AS -BUILT BASED ON SURVEY INFORMATION RECEIVED FROM INNOVATIVE CONSTRUCTION SOLUTION, INC DATE 05-05-08 SECTION —_—(& N.T.S. 8 9 #4 REBAR 12" O.C. EPDXY 4" EMBEDMENT INTO EXISTING SLAB C-3651 CN cc E Q N I 0 0 o 0 Q) Q) 0 0 U 0 0 ti w J m i Q U 0 i L 0 Q z i 0 CN 0 0 0 0 N 2"0 unn� cno 1 1 CON FROM CONDENSATE S EXISTING GRADE ADDLE 8"DIA. HDPE SDR 17 LFG HEADER DETAIL - CONNECTION OF CONDENSATE LINE TO LFG HEADER N.T.S. PVC SCH 80 COUPLING EXISTING P.V.0 HEADER/LATERAL PVC SCH 80 RE HDPE F HDPE HEADER/LA- SEE PL/ I In lr r`17r n\/n f -`n I nn TrE EXISTING PVC HEADER/LATERAL =CTION TO BE WRAPPED dIL PVC SHEETING AND D WITH S.S. STRAPS S.S. BOLTS AND BOLTS VALVE BOX PER DETAIL 7� 1 DETAIL - CONNECTION TO EXISTING LFG LATERAL N.T.S. 9 12"X8" S.S. NUTS AND BOl CONNECTION TO BE WRAPPED IN 6 MIL PVC SHEETING AND BANDED W/S.S. STRAPS LINE 8" HDPE FLANGE P.V.0 BU1 8" PVC Sun OU FL/-uvUL JrUUL VALVE BOX PER DETAIL 7 101 MOISTUR EXISTING CONCRETE SLAE 19"�- VALVE BOX PER DETAIL 7� 1 DETAIL - MOISTURE SEPARATOR N.T.S. EXISTING 12" PVC HEADER/LATERAL ALVE DETAIL - CONNECTION BETWEEN 8" LFG HEADER TO EXISTING 12" HEADER N.T.S. PROVIDE STEEL CRADLE— W/ NEOPRENE PAD PER PIPE REQUIREMENTS (TOLCO OF CORONA, CA OR APPROVED EQUAL) 2" EXISTING CONCRETE MIN. SLAB T ' RED HEAD MIN. 4" EMBEDMENT (TYP.) INTO EXISTING SLAB FAI L' MOISTUR EXISTING CONCRETE S LAE DOUBLE NUTTED U—BOLTS PER MFR'S RECOMMENDATIONS. DO NOT TIGHTEN U—BOLT ON FRP PIPING. 2 1/2"0 SCH.4O STEEL PIPE (HEIGHT VARIES) STD. PIPE FLANGE ATTACHED TO CONCRETE W/ 4 S.S. 5/8" MIN. 4" EMBEDDED STUD TYPE WEDGE ANCHORS. 2" MIN. NEW CONCRETE PAD #4 REBAR DOWELS MIN. 4 DOWELS EACH 4" EMBEDMENT INTO EXISTING SLAB W/EXPDXY DETAIL - PIPE SUPPORT ITYP.I N.T.S. AS -BUILT BASED ON SURVEY INFORMATION RECEIVED FROM INNOVATIVE CONSTRUCTION SOLUTION, INC DATE 05-05-08 �19 DETAIL - MOISTURE SEPARATOR N.T.S. CONCRETE SURROUND (f'c = 2,500psi) 'TION INLET AUGE )/u L -t -\D MIN. 4" EMBEDMENT (TYP.) INTO EXISTING SLAB C.I. HEAVY DUTY VALVE BOX W/LOCKING TRAFFIC COVER MODEL NO. A-2989 AS MANUFACTURED BY ALHAMBRA FOUNDRY CO., OF ALHAMBRA, CALIFORNIA OR APPROVED EQUAL (TYP) 14" VARIES MIN. FINISHED GRADE L 12 d. •'d .3 d a e d 0 d d%' 4" IMIN VARIES DETAIL -VALVE BOX � N.T.S. 01 C-3651 BEST PRACTICES FOR FIRE NOTES ARCHITECTURAL NOTES GENERAL NOTES PROJECT ADDRESS: CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES I. BUILDINGS UNDERGOING CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATION OR DEMOLITION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CFL ARTICLE 07 (UFC,/GFG SEG. g p I. ALL REQUIRED APPROVALS MUST BE OBTAINED FROM THE FIRE AND HAZARD PREVENTION SERVICES BEFORE THE BUILDING IS OCCUPIED. 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2001 EDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, TITLE 24, AND ALL LOCAL ORDINANCES AND NE�NFORT TERRAr.E r.ONDO5 NFNFORT 5EAGH GA ADD 2. RESS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL NEW AND EXISTING BUILDINGS IN A POSITION AS TO BE PLAINLY VISIBLE AND LEGIBLE 2. EXIT DOORS TO BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE O REGULATIONS BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE PROJECT I. ERODED SEDIMENTS AND OTHER POLLUTANTS MUST BE RETAINED ON SITE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSPORTED FROM THE SITE VIA FROM THE STREET OR ROAD FRONTING THE PROPERTY (UFC,/CFC. SEC. A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. 2. IT SHALL BE THE BUILDERS RESPONSIBILITY TO INVESTIGATE THE EXISTING SHEETFLOW, SWALES, AREA DRAINS, NATURAL DRAINAGE COURSES 3. DECOR?FHFS FOLIC, -i - AT RIALS°OHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A FLAME 3. FIRE AND/OR SMOKE DAMPER ASSEMBLIES, INCLUDING SLEEVES, AN INSTALLATION PROCEDURES SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE INSPECTIO CONDITIONS OF THE PROPOSED SITE. ANY UNUSUAL OR SPECIAL CONDITIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO ATTENTION OF THE DESIGNER IN WRITING. OR WIND. RETARDANT CONDITION. (GAL LODE REQS., TIT. 1-1, SEG. 8.08, 8.21, SERIGES 1:;)I\,/1510N PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 8. THE BUILDER SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, SUPERVISION, TOOLS, DEFERRED SUBMITTAL 2. STOCKPILES OF EARTH AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION RELATED 4. AFT LEA�NI= FIRE EXTINGUISHER WITH A MINIMUM RATING OF 2AIOBG SHALL BE PROVIDED WITHIN 75' MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE FOR EQUIPMENT, WAREHOUSING, TRANSPIRATION, TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND MATERIALS MUST BE PROTECTED FROM BEING TRANSPORTED FROM THE SITE BY THE FORGES OF WIND OR WATER. EACH 1000 50. FT. OR PORTION THEREOF ON EACH FLOOR. (UFC/GFG OTHER NECESSARY ITEMS AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK DETAILED, SHOWN OR REQUIRED. DB1`BRRBD SUBMIfifiAL(S) SHALL �B PROVIDBD FOR fiHfB 5. SEC. 1002 PLGANS AN°DASPEG°I F I C AT ONS®F°OR FIRE ATLARM SYSTEMS; FOL=L=OV I N& BUILDING COMPONENTS/F_L F_MENTS: 8. FUELS, OILS SOLVENTS AND OTHER TOXIC MATERIALS MUST BE FIRE -EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS, INCLUDING AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS 4. THE BUILDER SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE SUPERVISION FOR ALL JOB SITE STORED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THEIR L I STING AND ARE NOT TO AND WET $ DRY STANDP I PES; HALON SYSTEMS AND OTHER SPECIAL OPERATION. THE SUPERVISION SHALL HAVE THE NECESSARY KNOWLEDGE, CONTAMINATE THE SOIL AND SURFACE WATERS. ALL APPROVED TYPES OF AUTOMATIC FIRE -EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS; BASEMENT PIPE EXPERIENCE AND AUTHORITY TO CONDUCT THE REQUIRED ACTIVITIES IN STORAGE CONTAINERS ARE TO BE PROTECTED FROM THE INLETS; AND OTHER FIRE -PROTECTION SYSTEMS AND APPURTENANCES COMPLIANCE WITH THESE NOTES. BUILDING CODE DATA WEATHER. SPILLS MUST BE GLEANED UP IMMEDIATELY AND DISPOSED OF IN A PROPER MANNER. SPILLS MAY NOT BE WASHED THERETO SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO FIRE AND HAZARD PREVENTION SERVICES FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 5. THE BUILDER SHALL AT ALL TIMES KEEP THE PREMISES GLEAN AND FREE TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: V -N SPRINKLERED: ❑YES INTO THE DRAINAGE SYSTEM. 6. �IErIIS +YSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UBC/CBC SEG. c104 AND COMPLY WITH UBG STANDARDS 11-1 AND FROM AN ACCUMULATION OF WASTE MATERIAL AND RUBBISH. AT THE END OF EACH WORK DAY THE BUILDER SHALL REMOVE ALL DEBRIS FROM Z NO 4. EXCESS OR WASTE CONCRETE MAY NOT BE WASHED INTO THE PROPERTY AND LEAVE THE WORK AREA IN A BROOM GLEAN CONDITION. THE BUILDER SHALL SUPPLY THE TRASH BINS. OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: H-7 NUMBER OF STORIES: 1 7• ALL ROLLING THE WATER SUPPLY FO PUBLIC WAY OR ANY OTHER DRAINAGE SYSTEM. PROVISIONS NKLER SPRINKLER SYSTEMS AN TCHES ON ALL�THE SHALL BE MADE TO RETAIN CONCRETE WASTES ON SITE UNTIL SYSTEMS S CTRONICALLY MONIT UMBS 6. DAILY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES AND MATERIAL STORAGE SHALL BE BUILDING HEIGHT: 16 +/- FEET THEY GAN BE DISPOSED OF AS SOLID WASTE. 5. R ALAR SYSTE S ALL G DA G T G/GFG SEC. CONDUCTED SO AS TO PROVIDE FOR SAFETY OF PERSONNEL WORKING IN GOVERNING CODES: 2001 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC) q. IS�C�T"7USED THE AREA. 5. TRASH AND CONSTRUCTION RELATED SOLID WASTES MUST BE DEPOSITED INTO A COVERED RECEPTACLE TO PREVENT 7. THE BUILDER SHALL PROVIDE A TOILET, JOB PHONE, ALL TEMPORARY FACILITIES REQUIRED FOR A SAFE CONSTRUCTION OPERATION. CARE SHALL FLOOR AREA ANALYSIS CONTAMINATION of RAINWATER AND DISPERSAL BY WIND. 10. FIRE PROTECTION, INCLUDING FIRE APPARATUS ACCESS ROADS AND BE TAKEN TO PROJECT EXISTING GONSTRUGTI ON, EQUIPMENT, FURNITURE AND 4 41 100 0 OPEN YARDS: SIDES, MIN. WIDTH ft, /a INCREASE 1. SEDIMENTS AND OTHER MATERIALS MAY NOT BE TRACKED WATER SUPPLIES FOR FIRE PROTECTION, SHALL BE INSTALLED AND MADE SERVICEABLE PRIOR TO AND DURING TIME OF CONSTRUCTION. PERSONNEL IN THE AREA OF CONSTRUCTION. THE BUILDER WILL BE ALLOWED TO USE WATER a POWER AVAILABLE ON THE SITE a AT NO COST. FROM THE SITE BY VEHICLE TRAFFIC. THE CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE ROADWAY MUST BE STABILIZED SO AS TO INHIBIT 11. I I R' �1TS��IH LL7�U1�IP' I + FHPS POLICY F -16-0I FOR 8. PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS OF MATERIALS, COMPONENTS AND SPECIFIED NOTE: OPEN YARDS USED FOR FLOOR AREA INCREASE SHALL BE MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT SEDIMENTS FROM BEING DEPOSITED INTO THE PUBLIC WAY. 12 �IL-ESI�T��ilY�i�AI�ITS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY THE EQUIPMENT OTHER THAN THOSE INDICATED IN THIS DRAWING OR THE LIFE OF THE BUILDING. OCCUPANCIES H-7 ACCIDENTAL DEPOSITIONS MUST BE SWEPT UP IMMEDIATELY AND INSTALLATION OF REFLECTIVE MARKERS. (UFC,/GFG SEG. 1�10L4.8) SPEGIFICATION OR ALTERNATE METHODS OF PERFORMING THE WORK WHICH MY NOT BE WASHED DOWN BY RAIN OR OTHER MEANS. WILL RESULT IN OVERALL COST SAVINGS WITHOUT IMPAIRING THE UTILITY OR BASIC AREA, ft' 13. PROVID 0\/El::)ILLUMINATED DIRECTOR CTED IN FUNCTION, WILL BE CONSIDERED FOR EVALUATION IF SUBMITTED IN WRITING (a) PER TABLE 5-13 2500 SF - - i. ANY SLOPES WITH DISTURBED SOILS OR DENUDED OF ACCORDANCE WITH FH - OMPLETE, FULLY FOR APPROVAL BEFORE TIME OF BID. AFTER CONSTRUCTION HAS STARTED AREA INCREASE VEGETATION MUST BE STABILIZED AS TO INHIBIT EROSION BY WIND DIMENSIONED PLA G MATERI D OF CONSTRUCTION SUBSTITUTIONS APPROVAL MUST BE AUTHORIZED BY THE DESIGNER. AND WATER AND OF INSTALLATION SHALL BE SUBMITTE AND MULTIPLIER FOR (b) - - - - I ION 01. PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION, A CERTIFICATE OF CONSTRUCTION OPEN YARDS 2 (UFC/CFC SEG. cTOI.4.4) COMPLIANCE SHALL BE MADE READY FOR THE DESIGNER. THE CERTIFICATE PER SEC. 505.1 SHALL STATE THE "BASED UPON PERSONAL KNOWLEDGE, THAT THE WORK AREA INCREASE APPEARS TO HAVE BEEN PERFORMED AND MATERIALS USED AND INSTALLED MULTIPLIER FOR APPEAR IN EVERY MATERIAL RESPECT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE PLANS, SPRINKLERS (c) 1 - - - - DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS." THE CERTIFICATE MUST BE SIGNED BY THE ONE-STORY BUILDER. PER SEC. 505.3 AREA INCREASE MULTIPLIER FOR - 10. IT IS THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS THAT ALL NEW WORK SHALL MATCH EXISTING WORK IN PLACE. ANY CONFLICT WITH INTENT OF DRAWINGS AND SPRINKLERS (d) 1 - BOUNDARY LINE OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE DESIGNER'S ATTENTION. MULTI -STORY PER SEC. 505.3 - - - _ _ - - -LO 11. THE BUILDER AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITION ON THE JOB SITE PRIOR TO BEGINNING OF CONSTRUCTION AREA INCREASE } 0 �W AND REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE DESIGNER. MULTIPLIER FOR 101♦0 RECOVERY ♦___ ______i ____.�_--__---- O0BUILDINGS W-103 MULTI-STORYVAPOR (e) - FACILITY IW -102 COURT 12. THE BUILDER, AT HIS/HER OWN EXPENSE, SHALL KEEP THE PROJECT AREAS AND SURROUNDING AREA FREE FROM DUST AND OTHER NUISANCES. PER SEC. 504.2 ____ ---_ THE WORK SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE AIR POLLUTION CONTROL ALLOWABLE AREA ONE-STORY, ft 5000 SF - ' 1 I SUNpANCE`' I STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER (a)x(b)x(c) 1 1 WINDSONG CT. 1 VENT STACK I I 1D 31 THE WORK. B 5. THE BUILDER SHALL FURNISH ADEQUATE SCAFFOLDING, RACING, ALLOWABLE AREA MULTI -STORY ftZ 1 BARRICADES AND PROTECTIVE MEASURES AS REQUIRED TO SAFELY (a)x(b)x(d)x(e) w w I o I NJ's? EXECUTE ALL WORK AND SHALL BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR SAME. ♦ 32 ~ o LL' 1 1 2 1 14. CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS AND WASTES SHALL BE DEPOSITED AT AN FLOOR AREAS PER OCCUPANCY: > I -- - g J 4 o ��------------------------ II � APPROPRIATE SITE AND IN APPROPRIATE MANNER. OCCUPANCIES SUM / FLOOR CT. I "T 33! I - -------------� 15. ALL REQUIRED PERMITS SHALL BE OBTAINED BY THE BUILDER FROM AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK. PLAN CHECK FEES, FLOORS ft ft ft ft2 1 SANpFLOwER `�` 3% ENTITLEMENTS AND DISCRETIONARY PERMITS MAY BE REQUIRED AND SHALL 27 I BIGDIPPER CT. : l` 28 �.�o--� I_ ♦- -. • �` 29 ___+_- ` ` �` 4 �` BE PAID FOR BY OWNER. I1. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY BLOCKING, BACKING, BACK-UP FRAMING FOR 4th 34`� �� �'� `•` �`�` . `� �`�5 26�� Go LIGHT FIXTURES, TOILET FIXTURES, ELECTRICAL UNITS AND A/C EQUIPMENT. 3rd 2nd 1st 500 •I i'� .XI I i � .�`�, �. 25 6 10 1 R IOTO THE ISSUANCE'S OF A BUILD 7. PR35 BUILDING PERMIT, THE BUILDER SHALL SUM /OCCUPANCY 500 It � �`,;��,-� 7 .' I ------- -� 30 ` I �' - %`� I I � . I-1'�,,,`�., 8 ��'' � J I �.• 24 I '`�J'`�1w g HAVE EVIDENCE OF CURRENT WORKMAN'S' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE ON FILE WITH THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND IN A FORM IN COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 8800 OF THE CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE. G� 3611 POOL AREA �� 1 O I I w i 1 I 0J `` 23 I 0 SUMMERWALK CT. I I Q� • I 8. DIMENSIONS: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE ROUGH CONSTRUCTION UNLESS OTHERWISE 1st BASEMENT 2nd BASEMENT ------------ v_vi � I _- ---- I 37 NOTED. w ALL DIMENSIONS SHALL HAVE PREFERENCE OVER SCALE ALL DIMENSIONS OF CONCRETE OR MASONRY ARE TO THE FACE OF G� 1I W CONSTRUCTION. VICINITY MAP W- �5� I --�� DRIVE �� 22 I r - p1SCOVERY DO I q. NOT USED a ' ] ' 21co ; 20. SPECIAL NOTE TO BUILDER: IF YOU DISCOVER A CONFLICT BETWEEN DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS, THE HIGHER PRICED ; J y�L! i �` 20 ' PRODUCT OR PROCESS SHALL GOVERN (SHALL BE CHOSEN). 21. SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS FOR DEFERRED SUBMITTAL ITEMS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE TSU I LD I NO OFF 1 C I AL FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL e = ucsc�iss Ta,6er,. �cgwnal Park i ANO 19 1 1 5 = 14 BY THE PROJECT ARCH I TELT, AND NOT BY THE I ND I V I DUAL SUB -CONTRACTOR /CONSULTANT. •'Y�� � � i SAS, _ g tlenPi G� •--+---♦- --------t- • �I 16 __----Z_-� 39 ---- O� 17 ,._--- -- •-- 40 41 COU�T 42 43 44 Q��� X18 _---- __--•-- II �� `�-- __•_-- , II w I r J I� ! k 1 3 00i 22. DEFERRED SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS IN ADDITION TO THE SEAL OF THE RESPONSIBLE ENGINEER, SHALL BEAR THE SHOP DRAWINGI� APPROVAL STAMPS OF THE PROJECT ARGHITEGT, ENGINEER OF RECORD, AND THE GENERAL GONTRAGTOR ON ALL SHEETS OF PLANS X30 -E ; � s'� I, e'er ]t- E .� C w s: �' U a w 2wn Ss Sem & . BLOCK WALL �J ' ` II `� ICammu 49 45 •-----_♦__----+------+____-� � AND DOVER OF THE CALCULATIONS. 25. SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS FOR DEFERRED SUBMITTAL ITEMS SHALL BE w Genymn ' � � SI� ge Park, 0 . 46 I 47 48 O T 1 2 mQ COUR SUBMITTED IN A TIMELY MANNER THAT ALLOWS A MINIMUM OF THIRTY CALENDAR DAYS FOR THE INITIAL PLAN REVIEW TURN -AROUND.-` I I =n w,en� LJe wlsln - r I pB�Rp I 0 SE Q 0 RFSM� STARFIS ♦----------•---------♦ SO 24. DEFERRED SUBMITTAL ITEMS SHALL NOT E3E FABRICATED / INSTALLED UNTIL THEIR DESIGN AND SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. Mem vi�'�� �� � 0 0 P3 ❑eaM SS I c ss n caMerss ; rast - weamo. a _ ♦CO -N � ��5 455 01 25. PROVIDE TWO COPIES OF DEFERRED SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS FOR KID' �/''�l �/ 0 W - - - - FINAL APPROVAL. W19tl�9k - PROJECT r^'s� - a f LOCATION D `'z= Jae P -M �qf _ - - -B L V D UNDEVELOPED LAND BALBOA -- to 1 F � m. � ��'�� I � ' � TS 1,90 PLOT PLAN- NTS A-1 C-3651 A -B ILT APPROVED PREPARED BY: Fax -(562)421-2055 Phone(562)421-3100SCS THE USE OF THESE PIANS & SPECIFICATIONS SHALL DE 4195 N. VIKING WAY BASED ON SURVEY INFORMATION RECEIVED FROM RESTRICTED TO THE ORIGINALSIiEFORWHICHTHEYWERE Suite 130 PREPARED & PUBLICATION THEREOF IS D1(PRESSLY UNITED TO Long Beach ENC31NEERS LANDFILL GAS COLLECTION CITY ENGINEER R.C.E. NO. 24967 SUCH USE WHOLEORIREPRODUCTION PUBLICATION OR RE -USE TO TANYHE California 90808 NEIHOD, IN WHOLE OR IN PART IS PROHIBITED. RTL TO THE INNOVATIVE CONSTRUCTION BANS & SPECIFICATIONS RENIN IN THE JON SUMMERS, NA E-MMoil: jon.sommers®verizon.net AND CONTROL SYSTEM THESE PIANS & SPESPECIFlCATIOETS SHALLCONSTITUTE PRIMA FACIE ENDENCE OF ME ACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS. SOLUTION, INC ARCHITECT WHHPREJUDICE VISUALCONTACT WDA JONS"ERS ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS DATE NEWPORT TERRACE LANDFILL Design ArchitPlannecture DATE.- 05-05-08 AKARCHITCIS 3900 KILROY AIRPORT WAY, SUITE 100 LONG BEACH, CA 90806 DESIGNED J. SOMMERS DRAWN J. SOMMERS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH M -5374-S Engineering PH. (562) 426-9544 FAX. (562) 427-0805 CHECKED DATEPUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SHEET 11 OF 21 SEP 19, 2006 .......... .................. .................... ...................... ........................ ......................... ........................... ............................. .............................. ................................ .................................. .................................... ...................................... .......................................... ■INEINEENiESEE■ WMINE /%INEINE ■MM - EINEINE■ INEENINEINEENINE ANN 01001 EE L 0 EN MZE I NE INE INE INEINEEN■ ANNINEEN 1 DEMOL T ON N07ES DEMOL T ON NOTES RDMO\/E WOOD S 1 D I NCS, WOOD PURRI NCS, REMOVE WOOD S D NCS, WOOD FURRI NCS, WOOD FAG I A, WOOD TRIM, $ WOOD PARAPET WOOD FAG I A, WOOD TRIM, $ WOOD PARAPET GUT EXIST10 GONG SLAB AS SHOWN ON MEGHIANIGA GUT EXIST'C� GONG SLAB AS SHfOWN ON MEGH#ANIGA DRAWINGS FOR GONG PEDESTAL FOUNDATIONS FOX DRAW I NGS FOR GONG FFDF_STAL FOUNDATIONS FOf NEW EOU I PMENT NEW EOU I PMENT REMOVE EXIT'G WOOD DOORS REMOVE F-XIT'G WOOD DOORS EXIST'G ELEGTRIG SER\/I(f E $ METER EXIST'G ELE(f, TRIGMETER � I I DI EXIST'& GONG BLOCK WALLS EXIST'& GONG BLOCK WALLS TO REMAINI \\\\ / I TO REMAIN � I I REMOVE EXIST'G CHAIN LINK MATERIAL ALL SUPPORTS FROM ROOF EXIST�I�� FLOOR DRA I 4 1 TO REMAIN [E] FLOOR DRAIN REMOVE EXIST'NEW VAPO EGOVERY EOU I PMENT. SEE EOU PM T. S MEGH 2 MEGH DRAW I NGS _ . \ x E e N $� Z�)E�0 T ON FLAN N 1:7_/ SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" OOF PROP LINE I � I IR O E STalr� IN LI ATERIAL & P TS I I EXIST T \ I FLOO E] FLOOR LE E D EXIST'O CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN NEW GONSTRUGTION EXIST'0 GONSTRUGfiION TO EE REMOVED DOOR SCHEDULE 4195 N. VIKING WAY NO. W I DTH HE I OHT TH I GK. CORE T1'PF_ I°A0E FRAME � 0 yLd o v O - Engineering REMARKS 5'=0" =7'-O" =�/�" INSULATED HOI�I�OI�I METAL MST I� METAL [51 USE SE0URIT`` HINGES V / NON-REMOVAE3I=E SINS PR -3'-0" -7'=011 INSULATED HOLLOVW METAL METAL METAL [S] USE SECURITY HIN&ES N1 NON=REMOVAE3LE FINS AS -BUILT BASED ON SURVEY INFORMATION RECEIVED FROM INNOVATIVE CONSTRUCTION SOLUTION, INC DATE 05-05-08 ON THE USE OF THESE PUNS & SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE RESTRICTED TO THE ORIGINAL SITE FOR WHICH THEY WERE PREPARED & PUBUCATION THEREOF IS UPRESSLY UI TO SUCH USE. REPRODUCTION, PUBLICATION OR RE -USE BY ANY METHOD IN WHOLE OR IN PART IS PROHIBITED. TITLE TO THE AARCHITECT WITHOUT PREJUDICE. NSUALNCONACCTT Alk Wfiil THESE PIANS & SPECIFICATIONS SHALL CONSTITUTE EMMA FACE EMENCE OF THE ACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS. TC STEEL U'� ` 1111111111► ■■■■■■■■■■■■ 25'-5"5/g TLOO FLAB S(f,ALE: 1/4" -1'-0" 5E T TN SCALE: I/4" -_ 1'-0" Phone(562)421-3100 Fax(562)421-2055 E_ ail: jon.sommers@verizon.net 1V:1= 12e1:1= 101*9 k. � 1 rTUT11' � I1NJ I I I1ri1IJ%T' rm7r ,iiil I I� �'W I � 7TTM rm rr[ � ■ • h • � 3900 KILROY AIRPORT WAY, SUITE 100 LONG BEACH, CA 90806 PH. (562) 426-9544 FAX. (562) 427-0805 OOF PROP LINE LE(S)END EXIST'C� CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN NEW CONSTRUCTION EXIST'C� GONS7RUG7ION 70 5E REMOVED ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR EXISTING BUILDINGS / PORTIONS I. 1 AM THE DESIGNER/OWNER IN RESPONSIBLE CHARGE OF THIS ADDITION/ALTERATION PROJECT; I HAVE INSPECTED THE SITE/PREMISES AND DETERMINED THAT EXISTING CONDITIONS, ❑ ARE ❑ AS IMPROVEID PER THESE PLANS, WILL BE IN FULL COMPLIANCE WITH CURRENT SITE ACCESSIBILITY REOU I REMENTS TO THE EXTENT REQU I RED BY LAW. ❑ DESIGNER NAME SIGNATURE DATE ❑ OWNER (PRINT) 2. 1 AM THE DESIGNER/OWNER IN RESPONSIBLE CHARGE OF THIS ADDITION / ALTERATION PROJECT; I HAVE INSPECTED THE SITE/PREMISES AND DETERMINED THAT EXISTING RESTROOM(S) SERVING AREA(S) OF A _ATERiEATION, L[I AS IMPROVED PER THESE PLANS, WILL BE FULLY ACGESSIBL.E ACCORDING TO CURRENT REQU I REMENTS. ❑ DESIGNER NAME SIGNATURE DATE ❑ OWNER (PRINT) 3. IF THE BUILDING INSPECTOR DETERMINES NONCOMPLIANCE WITH ANY CURRENT ACCESSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF THE LAW, HE/SHE SHALL REQUIRE SUBMITTAL OF COMPLETE AND DETAILED PLANS TO THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT REVIEW DIVISION OF THE DEVELOPMENT SERVICES DEPARTMENT FOR FURTHER REVIEW. PLANS MUST CLEARLY SHOW ALL EXISTING NON -COMPLYING CONDITIONS AFFECTED BY THE REMODEL (INCLUDING SITE PLAN, FLOOR PLAN, DETAILS, ETC.) AND PROPOSED MODIFICATIONS OF DEFICIENCIES TO MEET CURRENT ACCESSIBILITY PROVISIONS. THE PLANS MUST BE STAMPED BY THE FIELD INSPECTOR PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL FOR PLAN REVIEW. A2,00 C-3651 A-3 APPROVED LANDFILL GAS COLLECTION CITY ENGINEER AND CONTROL SYSTEM R.C.E. NO. 24967 DATE NEWPORT TERRACE LANDFILL DESJ.ED AWN SOMMERS DR J. SOMMERS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH M -5374-S CHECKED DATE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SHEET 13 OF 21 SEP 19, 2006 4195 N. VIKING WAY Suite 130 Long Beach California 90808 JONSMERS Design Architecture Interiors AmikARCHIIECIS Planning Engineering SCALE: I/4" -_ 1'-0" Phone(562)421-3100 Fax(562)421-2055 E_ ail: jon.sommers@verizon.net 1V:1= 12e1:1= 101*9 k. � 1 rTUT11' � I1NJ I I I1ri1IJ%T' rm7r ,iiil I I� �'W I � 7TTM rm rr[ � ■ • h • � 3900 KILROY AIRPORT WAY, SUITE 100 LONG BEACH, CA 90806 PH. (562) 426-9544 FAX. (562) 427-0805 OOF PROP LINE LE(S)END EXIST'C� CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN NEW CONSTRUCTION EXIST'C� GONS7RUG7ION 70 5E REMOVED ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR EXISTING BUILDINGS / PORTIONS I. 1 AM THE DESIGNER/OWNER IN RESPONSIBLE CHARGE OF THIS ADDITION/ALTERATION PROJECT; I HAVE INSPECTED THE SITE/PREMISES AND DETERMINED THAT EXISTING CONDITIONS, ❑ ARE ❑ AS IMPROVEID PER THESE PLANS, WILL BE IN FULL COMPLIANCE WITH CURRENT SITE ACCESSIBILITY REOU I REMENTS TO THE EXTENT REQU I RED BY LAW. ❑ DESIGNER NAME SIGNATURE DATE ❑ OWNER (PRINT) 2. 1 AM THE DESIGNER/OWNER IN RESPONSIBLE CHARGE OF THIS ADDITION / ALTERATION PROJECT; I HAVE INSPECTED THE SITE/PREMISES AND DETERMINED THAT EXISTING RESTROOM(S) SERVING AREA(S) OF A _ATERiEATION, L[I AS IMPROVED PER THESE PLANS, WILL BE FULLY ACGESSIBL.E ACCORDING TO CURRENT REQU I REMENTS. ❑ DESIGNER NAME SIGNATURE DATE ❑ OWNER (PRINT) 3. IF THE BUILDING INSPECTOR DETERMINES NONCOMPLIANCE WITH ANY CURRENT ACCESSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF THE LAW, HE/SHE SHALL REQUIRE SUBMITTAL OF COMPLETE AND DETAILED PLANS TO THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT REVIEW DIVISION OF THE DEVELOPMENT SERVICES DEPARTMENT FOR FURTHER REVIEW. PLANS MUST CLEARLY SHOW ALL EXISTING NON -COMPLYING CONDITIONS AFFECTED BY THE REMODEL (INCLUDING SITE PLAN, FLOOR PLAN, DETAILS, ETC.) AND PROPOSED MODIFICATIONS OF DEFICIENCIES TO MEET CURRENT ACCESSIBILITY PROVISIONS. THE PLANS MUST BE STAMPED BY THE FIELD INSPECTOR PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL FOR PLAN REVIEW. A2,00 C-3651 A-3 APPROVED LANDFILL GAS COLLECTION CITY ENGINEER AND CONTROL SYSTEM R.C.E. NO. 24967 DATE NEWPORT TERRACE LANDFILL DESJ.ED AWN SOMMERS DR J. SOMMERS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH M -5374-S CHECKED DATE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SHEET 13 OF 21 SEP 19, 2006 N C E Q N I 0 O N o 0 0 cc I W Z m I Q 0 0 Q z I O N N O N O i O O N M METAL FASG I A - .4 RIDGE \/ENT A�.O DORMER TOP OF A4.0 /ENT RI DCBE GONG SHINGLES 1 I� I-2 L -- -- - -- TS B X X 4 - TS5X5X2 TS5X2X4 l_ -I FIBRE GEMENT F BRE -GEMENT TRIM SIDING I \ TS B X B X I '� WOOD GRAIN LAP - 4 +� i+ TS B X B X SIDING PATTERN 4 + _ EXI5T'G \/ENT -- T 1 GONG — Z / �� BLOCK —Int—It —ICY—It / X X TS B X X 4 i X x I --- -- -- TS5XSX4 I I I TRA FLAN SCALE: /4" -11-0' _ \_ [E] GONG BLOCK I SCALE: I/4" = I' -O" ALTEI SATE DEDUC,,T IN LIEU OF FIBRE GEMENT SIDINO I, REMOVE ALL EXIST'O EXTERIOR MOOD SIDING, FURRING TRIM $ PARAPETS. FRESSURE WASH $ DE -GREASE EX I ST'O GONGRETE BLOCK WALLS. PATCH, REPAIR $ PAINT EXTER ORTR�/���� NAME SFE I F I OAT 10 N MODEL FINISH DOLOR DETAIL(S) RIDGE A4.O AND NOTES GONG SHINGLES I I2 12 F 15RE GEMENT +ARD I FLAN 5/16, TI=I I (f,K CEDAR =__ FACTORY =__ ATTAOI-I TO �MU'S �N/ AFRI OO :�O FC, ASM -144-0125F. S 1 Z.) I NO I UL 144 X 1=1/4 SMOOTH PINS AS SUFFL I E� 5Y ET � F TOP I�� L IG�O NSR=4O _UIjII MAS FASTENING SYSTEI-IS, SOLON, OH0. 440=24E5=,5&55 [E] CMU =__ ___ FAINT =__ FRESSURE lNASH �$ DE=GREASE. SIDING I O FATC,H AS NECESSARY $ FAINT. CONCRETE SIS I NCLES I DURAL 17E SKATE 5Y 1-IONIERI IFETILE G50 ER. 2656 METAL PANED V�ILDTI-� 12" CLASS A EASG I A I FIRE RAT I NO. 22 OA STEEL AS SUFPL I EL-,) 5Y 1- IETALS, ADELANTO, GA. / _760=246=5545 MAROUEE I/2" (fDX FL"r1NOOD OVER 1- FETAL DECD ___ AFFL i" I40RIZONTALL`T". USE SUISSTRUCTURE SUFFORT GOMFONENTS 5Y 1�I�ELROY. TOP O MASO RY P I �' S 4.0 �' _O w ollo O �.O O /ENT FIN. FLO R METAL FASCIA I FIBRE GEMENT TRIM EXIST'G GONG BLOCK FIBRE GEMENT TRIM - EXIS RIDGE VENT GONG NC TOP OF BLOCK V i ^EST ELFT ON _ EAST ELE\/T ON K R SCALE: 1/4'' = I' -O" 12 2 �a RIDGE \/ENT A4.0 DORMER TOP OF 0 \/ENT RIDGE GONG SHINGLES 12 L 42 ■ww■I� ■ww■I■ ■ww■I■-------------- ■ww■I■ • r - - - ■� \/ENT / \ O / O /ENT \ / FIN. \ / FLO( SOUTH ELF\/TON SCALE: I/4" = I' -O" AS -BUILT BASED ON SURVEY INFORMATION RECEIVED FROM INNOVATIVE CONSTRUCTION SOLUTION, INC DATE 05-05-08 TOP MAS P A3.0 C-3651 A-4- PREPARED BY: APPROVED THE USE OF THESE PIANS & SPECIFICATIONS SHALL DE 4195 N. VIKING WAY ENC31NEERS LANDFILL GAS COLLECTION RESTRICTED TO THE ORIGINAL SIZE FOR WHICH THEY WERE Suite 130 Phone 562 421-3100IPREPARED & PUBUCATION THEREOF IS EXPRESSLY UNTTD TO Long Beach Fax_(562)421-2055aM ( ) SUCHUSEREPRODUCTIONPUBLICATIONORREANY E- ail:CSAND CONTROL SYSTEM NEMOD, IN WHOLE OR IN AART IS PROHIBRTD. TTLE TO'HE California 90808 jon.sommers®verizon.net CITY ENGINEER PLANS & SPECIFICATIONS RENIN IN THE JON SONNERS, Alk R.C.E. NO. 24967 THESEARCHITECT WTHOUT PREJUDICE VISUAL CONTACT WITH JONS"ERS ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS DATE THESE PIANS & SPECIFICATIONS SHALL CONSTITUTE PRIMA NEWPORT TERRACE LANDFILL FACIE ENDENCE OF THE ACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS. Design 3900 KILROY AIRPORT WAY, SUITE 100 DESIGNED DRAWN nterioesture AKARCHITCIS LONG BEACH, CA 90806 J. SONNETS J. SONNETS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH M -5374-S EnginePlanniering PH. (562) 426-9544 FAX. (562) 427-0805 CHECKED DATE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SHEET 14 OF 21 SEP 19, 2006 RIDGE VENT DORMER TOP OF VENT RIDGE A4.O GONG SHINGLES I I2 12 42 -42 UL TOP _UIjII MAS SIDING I O WOOD G � SID V i ^EST ELFT ON _ EAST ELE\/T ON K R SCALE: 1/4'' = I' -O" 12 2 �a RIDGE \/ENT A4.0 DORMER TOP OF 0 \/ENT RIDGE GONG SHINGLES 12 L 42 ■ww■I� ■ww■I■ ■ww■I■-------------- ■ww■I■ • r - - - ■� \/ENT / \ O / O /ENT \ / FIN. \ / FLO( SOUTH ELF\/TON SCALE: I/4" = I' -O" AS -BUILT BASED ON SURVEY INFORMATION RECEIVED FROM INNOVATIVE CONSTRUCTION SOLUTION, INC DATE 05-05-08 TOP MAS P A3.0 C-3651 A-4- PREPARED BY: APPROVED THE USE OF THESE PIANS & SPECIFICATIONS SHALL DE 4195 N. VIKING WAY ENC31NEERS LANDFILL GAS COLLECTION RESTRICTED TO THE ORIGINAL SIZE FOR WHICH THEY WERE Suite 130 Phone 562 421-3100IPREPARED & PUBUCATION THEREOF IS EXPRESSLY UNTTD TO Long Beach Fax_(562)421-2055aM ( ) SUCHUSEREPRODUCTIONPUBLICATIONORREANY E- ail:CSAND CONTROL SYSTEM NEMOD, IN WHOLE OR IN AART IS PROHIBRTD. TTLE TO'HE California 90808 jon.sommers®verizon.net CITY ENGINEER PLANS & SPECIFICATIONS RENIN IN THE JON SONNERS, Alk R.C.E. NO. 24967 THESEARCHITECT WTHOUT PREJUDICE VISUAL CONTACT WITH JONS"ERS ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS DATE THESE PIANS & SPECIFICATIONS SHALL CONSTITUTE PRIMA NEWPORT TERRACE LANDFILL FACIE ENDENCE OF THE ACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS. Design 3900 KILROY AIRPORT WAY, SUITE 100 DESIGNED DRAWN nterioesture AKARCHITCIS LONG BEACH, CA 90806 J. SONNETS J. SONNETS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH M -5374-S EnginePlanniering PH. (562) 426-9544 FAX. (562) 427-0805 CHECKED DATE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SHEET 14 OF 21 SEP 19, 2006 ON (P) NOTE: I. a. NEW FLASHING METAL SHALL BE MIN 22GA GI b. FLASH ALL ROOF, ROOF TO WALL INTERSECTIONS A5 WELL A5 ROOF PENETRATIONS 2. GUTTERS 4 DOWN5POUT5 SHALL BE ALUMINUM. SEE EXTER. WALL ELEVATIONS FOR DS LOCATIONS F�TTT FLAN LINE OF BLr,)O E3ELO^ SCALE: Val' =l' -O" FIBRE GEMENT SIDING [SHIP LAP. 12' LONG BLANKS] MET'L FL SH'G - m FIBRE =MENT TRIM 2 U FIBRE GEMENT — — TRIM TEAR, MATTE Tv D DOOR TRATE ��' i SCALE: S - 1'-0'' EXIST'G BLOCK WALL FABRICATE FLANGE $ SLEAVE FROMi 1' STEEL. ATTACH STEEL SCREEN TO INSIDE OF FLANGE W A i T '2 v STEEL SCREEN EXISVO GONG SLAB EXIST'G BLOCK WALL TO REMAIN CAULKING METAL DOOR FRAME SHOT PIN OR RED HEAD METAL RETAINER CLIP PER FRAME MANU. /ENT 507H O 11-I LIAR I DES OF lNAL. SC,ALE : 1 1/2'' = 1 -0 R I DOE VENT FLASH I NCS W/ "E" CLOSURES PEREORA7ED "E" rON� SHINGLES I l-1- 1 Y`L-1C/L-1 1." F__C_1i__�IIVC_7 GORRI GATED METAL DECK FEW TUBE STEEL. SEE FRAMING PLAN Fi�ET LET�TED T E D T c� FLAT rF) SCALE: 1/4" AS -BUILT BASED ON SURVEY INFORMATION RECEIVED FROM INNOVATIVE CONSTRUCTION SOLUTION, INC DATE 05-05-08 C-3651 A4.0 i N 44 Q N SUGGESTED BOMANITE/BOMACRON SPECIFICATIONS BOMANI TE CORPORATION 10 05 2p PA VING & WALKS Following are the suggested Bomanite/Bomacron specifications to assist you in the preparation of project documents. The Bomanite/Bomacron portion of the project should be separated from the balance of the concrete work in Division 3, since the work will be performed by specifically trained Bomanite contractors. Depending on the project, the Bomanite/Bomacron portion of the work may also be included in Division 2, Paving and Walks, Division 7, Roof Decks, or Division 9, Special Flooring. Additional assistance on specifications and technical service are available from your local Bomanite contractor or Bomanite Corporation. 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 Description — Bomanite/Bomacron Imprinted Concrete includes: a. Materials: Forming materials, reinforcement, concrete, dry—shake color hardener, curing compound, release agent and sealer. b. Special imprinting and texturing tools. c. Concrete placement and finish. d. Color hardener and release agent placement. e. Pressure washing to remove excess release agent. f. Curing compound application (Bomanite only). g. Sealer application. 1.02 References and Standards a. Bomanite/Bomacron Imprinted Concrete: Install in accordance with the standards and specifications of Bomanite Corporation and the American Concrete Institute (ACI). b. The contractor for this work shall be the following Bomanite licensed contractor who has been trained and equipped by Bomanite Corporation: Name of Bomanite contractor ----------------------------------- Address ----------------------------------------------------- Telephone--------------------------------------------------- Fax --------------------------------------------------------- 1.03 Definitions Bomanite: a cast—in—place concrete slab, having the surface colored and imprinted with a pattern. The work is performed on the job site by trained and experienced workmen. Bomacron: A cast—in—place concrete slab, having the surface colored, imprinted with a pattern and texture. The work is performed on the job site by trained and experienced workmen. 1.04 Related Work — to be completed by a licensed Bomanite contractor except where noted. a. Preparation work, including sub—grade preparation, finish grading, constructing formwork, placing and setting screeds, and furnishing and placement of reinforcement shall be done by a licensed Bomanite contractor or other qualified contractor. b. Provide and place concrete. c. For all pedestrian and light traffic applications, provide and apply regular grade Bomanite Color Hardener. For heavy pedestrian and vehicular traffic, provide and apply heavy duty grade Bomanite Co/or Hardener. d. Provide and apply all Bomacron release agents. Release agent is a dry powdered, colored agent used to facilitate release of the imprinting tools from concrete surface, and to provide moderate color variations to the textured surface. e. Provide and apply Bomanite and/or Bomacron imprinting tools. f. (Bomanite only) Provide and apply curing compound. g. (Optional) Provide and apply grout for imprinted joints. (Grouting option applies to Bomanite patterns only, except in special cases. Consult your local Bomanite Contractor.) h. Provide and apply sealer. i. Outside edges of all imprinted slabs shall be left uncolored unless otherwise specified in the drawings. J (Optional) Provide and apply Bomanite Con—Shield per manufacturer's recommendations. Con—Shield will prevent deterioration and spolling from deicing salts used in freeze/thaw conditions. Con—Shield will also increase the abrasion resistance of Bomanite/Bomacron. 1.05 Quality Assurance a. All Bomanite/Bomacron work shall be installed by a licensed Bomanite contractor. The Bomanite contractor shall provide a qualified foreman or supervisor who has a minimum of three years experience with imprinted and textured concrete, and who has successfully completed at least five Bomanite/Bomacron imprinted concrete installations of high quality and similar in scope to that specified herein, and located within a 100 mile radius of the proposed project. Evidence that the contractor is qualified to complete the project in a workmanlike manner as specified herein shall be submitted to, and approved by, the architect/engineer. b. All Bomanite work shall comply with the current specifications and quality standards issued by Bomanite Corporation. c. The Bomanite contractor shall provide a job site sample (referee sample) of 100 square feet minimum to be approved by the architect/engineer prior to the start of construction. Said sample shall be the standard for the balance of the work installed, and shall be protected against damage until final approval from the architect/engineer. 2.00 PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS 2.01 Concrete Mix Design a. The concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi in non—freeze areas, 3500 psi in moderate freeze—thaw areas and 4000 psi in severe freeze—thaw areas. Portland cement shall conform to ASTM C 150 Type I, ll, or V, depending on soil conditions. Aggregates shall conform to ASTM C 33. Mixing water shall be fresh, clean and potable. In freeze—thaw areas only, an air—entraining admixture complying to ASTM C 260 shall be used to achieve an entrained air content for the particular mix used in accordance with the published recommendations of the Portland Cement Association and the American Concrete Institute. No admixtures containing calcium chloride shall be permitted. 2.02 Coloring, Imprinting, Curing and Sealing Materials a. Bomanite Color Hardener: The concrete shall be colored with the following Bomanite Color Hardener color(s): -------------------------------------------- The grade of the hardener shall be: (choose one) Regular Grade or Heavy Duty Grade. b. (Optional) Bomacron Release Agent: The fol/owing Bomacron Re/ease Agent color(s) shall be applied to all concrete surfaces to be imprinted and textured:-------------------------------- Bulletin ------------------------------- Bulletin 200.6 c. Pattern: The following Bomanite (Bomacron) pattern shall be used: ------------------------------------- All imprinting tools used in the execution of this project shall be manufactured by Bomanite Corporation. d. (Optional) Reinforcement: All imprinted slabs shall conform to the guidelines and recommendations of the American Concrete Institute for reinforcement of cast—in—place concrete slabs. e. Curing: All Bomanite imprinted concrete slabs shall be cured with Bomanite Color Cure, Clear Cure or approved equal. Bomacron imprinted concrete slabs are not compatible with curing compounds, and do not typically require membrane or mechanical curing. Bomacron imprinted/textured concrete may be cured using nonstaining reinforced curing paper when necessary. f. Sealer: All Bomanite/Bomacron slabs shall be sealed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 Installation Procedures a. The area to receive Bomanite/Bomacron imprinted concrete shall have the sub—grade prepared and compacted as required by local governing authority and conditions. b. The formwork shall be installed in accordance with the drawings. The slab thickness shall be consistent with that of ordinary concrete slabs under the some conditions. (Note to specifier: Bomanite/Bomacron is most often a 4" thick or greater monolithic slab on grade. However, Bomanite may also be installed as a 2" or thicker topping over a base slab.) c. Provide reinforcement as specified. d. Control joints and/or expansion joints shall be provided in accordance with the drawings and the guidelines established by the American Concrete Institute. As with any concrete slab, Bomanite/Bomacron imprinted concrete usually contains construction joints, control joints and expansion joints. The contractor shall advise and work with the architect/engineer to determine the best location for these joints to minimize the visibility of the joints and to minimize unsightly cracking. e. The concrete shall be placed and screeded to the finished grade, and floated to a uniform surface using standard finishing techniques. f. Bomanite Color Hardener shall be applied evenly to the surface of the fresh concrete by the dry—shake method using a minimum of 60 pounds per 100 square feet. It shall be applied in two or more shakes, floated after each shake and troweled only after the final floating. g. (Optional) Bomacron Release Agent shall be applied evenly to the troweled surface prior to imprinting. (Note to the specifier: this product should be specified only if imprinted slab is Bomacron.) h. While the concrete is still in its plastic stage of set, the Bomanite/Bomacron imprinting tools shall be applied to the surface. i. Approved curing method shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations immediately after completing the imprinting process for Bomanite slabs only. Reference section 2.02. J (Optional) After initial curing period, the imprinted joints shall be grouted using a sand/cement/water mixture. k. After the initial curing period (and grouting operation, if applicable), the surface of the slab shall be sealed. CODES, CERTIFICATION All materials manufactured by Bomanite Corporation are warranted to be of uniform quality within manufacturing tolerances. Since control is not exercised over their use, no warranty, expressed or implied, is made as to the effects of such use. Bomanite Corporation's obligation under this warranty shall be limited to refunding the purchase price of that portion of the material proven to be defective. Please contact your local Bomanite contractor for available warranties on workmanship. Bomanite Corporation makes no warranty, expressed or implied, as to the quality of the workmanship by local Bomanite con tractors. OPERATION, MAINTENANCE All Bomanite/Bomacron installations should be regularly maintained by a licensed Bomanite contractor in order to maintain a top quality appearance. Every 18 to 36 months, installations should be inspected by your local Bomanite contractor, and should be cleaned and resealed as required by volume and intensity of traffic. Contact your local Bomanite contractor for the proper maintenance program in your area. The Bomanite International Society of licensed contractors is a worldwide network of specially trained and equipped professionals. Through constant exchange of new ideas, re—education and development programs, members of the Bomanite International Society continue to increase already high standards of quality and service. The activities of the Bomanite International Society are coordinated by Bomanite Corporation. The Corporation also provides services and technical assistance to its member licensees, and to architects, designers and engineers specifying Bomanite products. For more information, including a list of members of the Bomanite International Society, contact: Bomanite Corporation P.O. Box 599 Madera, California 93639-0599 Tel: (559) 673-2411 Fax: (559) 673-8246 Web site: www.bomanite.com ©Copyright 2005 Bomanite Corporation. Bomanite® and Bomacron® are registered trademarks and servicemarks with the U.S. Patent Office and other countries. All Bomanite Concrete GrophicsO patterns are copyrighted and are the property of Bomanite Corporation and cannot be copied for any purpose. IMPORTANT NOTICE: This specification guideline supersedes all Bomanite/Bomacron specifications published prior to October 2005. THE USE OF THESE PLANS & SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE RMCTED TO THE ORIGINAL SITE FOR WHICH THEY WERE PREPARED & PUBLICATION THEREOF IS EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO SUCH USE REPRODUCTION, PUBLICATION OR RE -USE BY ANY MERE, IN WHOLE OR IN PART IS PROHIBITED. TRIP TO THE PLANS & SPECIFICATIONS RENAIN IN THE JON SOMMERS, Alk ARCHITECT WITHOUT PREJUDICE VISUAL CONTACT WITH THESE PIANS & SPECIFICATIONS SHALL CONSRRTIE PRIMA FACIE ENDENCE OF THE ACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS. AS -BUILT BASED ON SURVEY INFORMATION RECEIVED FROM INNOVATIVE CONSTRUCTION SOLUTION, INC DATE 05-05-08 4195 N. VIKING WAY Suite 130 Long Beach California 90808 Phone(562)421-3100 Fax(562)421-2055 E—Mail: jon.sommers®verizon.net IZJ;1=I:7_1:1;;101*9 CHAMFER EDGE NIDTH \/ARES. SEE PLAN I/a" X " SCORE W/ CHAMFERED EDGES SUSC�RADE PREPARED a COMPACTED PER GEOTECHNICAL REPORT, 1�10516 MIN. COMPACTION OV�ALK�NAT` FAV N(� SCALE: 3/4" = I'C" APPROVED 4-1/2" COLORED I$ ST r MPED P.G. CONCRETE, 4,000 PSI PATTERN TO MATCH EXIST'(� all �WT,�i� II=11-11 S C EN S111 GNIINEERS CITY ENGINEER ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS DATE R.C.E. NO. 24967 3900 KILROY AIRPORT WAY, SUITE 100 DESIGNED LONG BEACH, CA 90806 J. SOMMERS PH. (562) 426-9544 FAX. (562) 427-0805 CHECKED 6" THK. TYPE 2 CL"13 A&GREGATE 5ASF_ T COMPACTED TO 1�15 A5,00 C-3651 A-6 LANDFILL GAS COLLECTION AND CONTROL SYSTEM NEWPORT TERRACE LANDFILL DRAWNJ. SOMMERS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH M -5374-S DATE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SHEET 16 OF 21 SEP 19, 2006 JONSMERS Design Architecture Interiors AmIkARCHITICIS Planning Fnaineenno Phone(562)421-3100 Fax(562)421-2055 E—Mail: jon.sommers®verizon.net IZJ;1=I:7_1:1;;101*9 CHAMFER EDGE NIDTH \/ARES. SEE PLAN I/a" X " SCORE W/ CHAMFERED EDGES SUSC�RADE PREPARED a COMPACTED PER GEOTECHNICAL REPORT, 1�10516 MIN. COMPACTION OV�ALK�NAT` FAV N(� SCALE: 3/4" = I'C" APPROVED 4-1/2" COLORED I$ ST r MPED P.G. CONCRETE, 4,000 PSI PATTERN TO MATCH EXIST'(� all �WT,�i� II=11-11 S C EN S111 GNIINEERS CITY ENGINEER ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS DATE R.C.E. NO. 24967 3900 KILROY AIRPORT WAY, SUITE 100 DESIGNED LONG BEACH, CA 90806 J. SOMMERS PH. (562) 426-9544 FAX. (562) 427-0805 CHECKED 6" THK. TYPE 2 CL"13 A&GREGATE 5ASF_ T COMPACTED TO 1�15 A5,00 C-3651 A-6 LANDFILL GAS COLLECTION AND CONTROL SYSTEM NEWPORT TERRACE LANDFILL DRAWNJ. SOMMERS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH M -5374-S DATE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SHEET 16 OF 21 SEP 19, 2006 GAS MONITORING SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND: 1. GAS MONITORING SYSTEM 3. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION CONTINUED (CONTINUED) 1. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN FULL COMPLIANCE TO NATIONAL ELECTRICAL A AMPERE CODE 2002 EDITION AND CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH REGULATIONS. AFF. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR A. GENERAL: A. GAS MONITORING SYSTEM CONTINUED (CONTINUED) 2. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW AND SHALL BE LISTED BY UNDERWRITERS A.I.C. C AMPERE INTERRUPTING CAPACITY CONDUIT LABORATORY. CB CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH, INSTALL AND PLACE IN OPERATING CONDITION A GAS MONITORING SYSTEM 3) METHANE GAS CONTROLLER: CH4 METHANE SUITABLE FOR CONTINUOUSLY DETECT METHANE (CH4) AND HYDROGEN SULFIDE (H2S) GASES. THE SYSTEM 3. RACEWAYS: D DEPTH SHALL BE MANUFACTURED AND INSTALLED AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED HEREIN, METHANE GAS CONTROLLER SHALL BE CAPABLE OF CONTINUOUSLY MONITORING COMBUSTIBLE GAS DISC. DISCONNECT COMPLETE WITH ALL ACCESSORIES NECESSARY FOR PROPER OPERATION. CONCENTRATION IN A REMOTE LOCATION. THE CONTROLLER SHALL CONSIST OF A REMOTE SENSING a) ABOVEGROUND CONDUIT SHALL BE ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT). (E) EXISTING ASSEMBLY AND A SOLID STATE CONTROLLER. THE CONTROLLER SHALL CONSIST OF AN INDEPENDENT WHERE EXPOSED TO PHYSICAL DAMAGE, ABOVEGROUND CONDUIT SHALL BE EMT ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING THE SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED TO MINIMIZE THE RISK TO PERSONAL AND EXPOSED FACILITIES TO CHANNEL WITH CONTROL CIRCUITRY. GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT. GND GROUND DANGEROUSLY HIGH CONCENTRATION OF METHANE AND H2S GASES. INHERENT IN THE SYSTEM DESIGN SHALL GRS GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL BE INTERNAL, CONTINUOUS SELF -DIAGNOSTICS TO INSURE THE SYSTEM BEING OPERATING PROPERLY. THE CONTROLLER SHALL FEATURE A DIGITAL DISPLAY OF GAS CONCENTRATION IN % LEL (0-99% LOWER b) UNDERGROUND CONDUIT SHALL BE PVC SCHEDULE 40. H HEIGHT EXPLOSIVE LIMIT) FOR CHANNEL. CALIBRATION SHALL BE DONE INDEPENDENTLY WITH ALARM RELAYS H2S HYDROGEN SULFIDE THE GAS MONITORING SYSTEM SHALL BE MANUFACTURED AS AN INTEGRATED SYSTEM BY GENERAL MONITORS DISABLED WHILE IN THIS MODE. c) FINAL CONNECTION TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE WEATHER PROOF HP HORSEPOWER SYSTEMS, INC. OR APPROVED EQUAL. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT. PROVIDE THE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT LENGTH NOT J -BOX JUNCTION BOX THE CONTROLLER SHALL HAVE A VARIETY OF RELAY OPTIONS, SUCH AS NORMALLY ENERGIZED OR TO EXCEED 6 FEET. KWH KILOWATT-HOURS B. SYSTEM OVERVIEW: DE -ENERGIZED HIGH AND LOW ALARMS AND LATCHING OR NON -LATCHING HIGH AND LOW ALARMS. THE d) EXPOSED CONDUITS SHALL BE INSTALLED PERPENDICULAR TO WALL, LTG LIGHTING FAULT RELAY CIRCUITRY SHALL NORMALLY BE ENERGIZED. THESE RELAYS SHALL BE EITHER DISCRETE FOR MAX MAXIMUM A GAS MONITORING PANEL SHALL BE LOCATED IN BLOWER ROOM. THE PANEL SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH ONE SINGLE CHANNEL OR COMMON TO THE CHANNEL. ALSO THE CONTROLLER SHALL BE ABLE TO PROVIDE AN CEILING AND STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. MIN MINIMUM (1) COMBUSTIBLE GAS CONTROLLER AND ONE (1) HYDROGEN SULFIDE GAS CONTROLLER. EACH CONTROLLER ANALOG OUTPUT. THE CONTROLLER MODULE MUST BE APPROVED BY THE CANADIAN STANDARDS (N) NEW SHALL BE CONNECTED WITH EACH TYPE OF GAS SENSOR ASSEMBLIES LOCATED REMOTELY INSIDE THE ROOM. ASSOCIATION (CSA) AND MUST MEET THE CSA PERFORMANCE STANDARD FOR COMBUSTIBLE GAS DETECTION. e) CONDUIT SUPPORTS INCLUDING CONDUIT HANGERS, CONDUIT STRAPS AND NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRIC MANUFACTURE ASSOCIATION THE SENSOR ASSEMBLIES SHALL DETECT GAS CONCENTRATION IN THOSE REMOTE AREAS AND TRANSMIT ANALOG THE COMBUSTIBLE GAS CONTROLLER MODULE SHALL BE SINGLE -CHANNEL COMBUSTIBLE GAS MONITOR CHANNELS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL. N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE SIGNAL PROPORTIONAL TO THE DETECTED GAS CONCENTRATION IN PERCENT OF LOWER EXPLOSIVE LIMIT (% LEL) MODEL 480A MANUFACTURED BY GENERAL MONITORS, INC. OR APPROVED EQUAL. f) P POLE FOR METHANE GAS AND IN MEASURED LEVEL OF PART PER MILLION (PPM) FOR H2S GAS TO THE GAS CONDUIT SUPPORT SHALL BE WELL DESIGNED TO HAVE SUFFICIENT SCE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON CONTROLLERS. THE GAS MONITORING PANEL SHALL EQUIP AN AUTOMATIC TELEPHONE DIALING SYSTEM TO 4) HYDROGEN SULFIDE (H2S) GAS CONTROLLER: STRENGTH TO CARRY THE WEIGHT OF CONDUITS, ENCLOSED WIRING, SW. SWITCH PROVIDE REMOTE NOTIFICATION FOR THE SYSTEM STATUS. VISUAL ALARM INSTALLED IN FRONT OF THE BLOWER FITTINGS AND PULLING FORCE DURING WIRING INSTALLATION. TC TIME CLOCK ROOM SHALL INDICATE THE GAS ALARM STATUS OF THE PRESET MONITORED GAS LEVELS. THE SYSTEM ALARM HYDROGEN SULFIDE GAS CONTROLLER SHALL BE CAPABLE OF CONTINUOUSLY MONITORING H2S GAS ABOVEGROUND PULLBOX SHALL BE NEMA -3R, ZINC -COATED SHEET STEEL TYP. TYPICAL INDICATION SHALL CONTINUELY OPERATE UNTIL THE SYSTEM RESET IS EXECUTED. CONCENTRATION IN A REMOTE LOCATION. THE CONTROLLER SHALL CONSIST OF A REMOTE SENSING g) V VOLT ASSEMBLY AND A SOLID STATE CONTROLLER. THE CONTROLLER SHALL CONSIST OF AN INDEPENDENT WITH GASKET SCREW FASTENED COVER. W WIRE 2. SUBMITTAL CHANNEL WITH CONTROL CIRCUITRY. h) PROVIDE VERTICAL EYS TYPE SEAL FITTING FOR TRANSITION OF RACEWAYS W. P. WEATHER PROOF A. GENERAL: IN AMPLE TIME FOR EACH TO SERVE ITS PURPOSE AND FUNCTIONS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT THE CONTROLLER SHALL FEATURE A DIGITAL DISPLAY OF GAS CONCENTRATION IN RANGES OF PART PER FROM UNDERGROUND TO ABOVEGROUND. THE SEAL FITTING SHALL NOT BE TO THE ENGINEER SUCH SCHEDULES, SHOP DRAWINGS, LITERATURE SAMPLES, INSTRUCTIONS, OPERATION AND MILLION (PPM). CALIBRATION SHALL BE DONE INDEPENDENTLY WITH ALARM RELAYS DISABLED WHILE IN THIS INSTALLED NO MORE THAN 18" ABOVE FINISHED GRADE.KWH UTILITY METER MAINTENANCE MANUALS, AND GUARANTEES AS ARE SPECIFIED OR REASONABLY REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION, MODE. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE GAS MONITORING SYSTEM. 4. WIRING: THE CONTROLLER SHALL HAVE A VARIETY OF RELAY OPTIONS, SUCH AS NORMALLY ENERGIZED OR B. SHOP DRAWINGS: SHOP DRAWINGS, LAYOUT DIAGRAMS, CATALOG DATA, TEST REPORTS, AND INFORMATION IN DE -ENERGIZED HIGH AND LOW ALARMS AND LATCHING OR NON -LATCHING HIGH AND LOW ALARMS. THE70A a) POWER AND CONTROL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE 600V COPPER STRANDED 2P MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER SUFFICIENT DETAIL TO SHOW COMPLETE COMPLIANCE WITH ALL SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE FURNISHED FAULT RELAY CIRCUITRY SHALL NORMALLY BE ENERGIZED. THESE RELAYS SHALL BE EITHER DISCRETE FOR CONDUCTOR THWN INSULATION. GROUND CONDUCTOR SHALL BE IN GREEN n RATING AS INDICATED TO THE ENGINEER, COVERING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE ITEMS UNDER MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT LIST. SINGLE CHANNEL OR COMMON TO THE CHANNEL. ALSO THE CONTROLLER SHALL BE ABLE TO PROVIDE AN COLOR. ANALOG OUTPUT. THE CONTROLLER MODULE MUST BE APPROVED BY THE CANADIAN STANDARDS 1. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT LIST: ASSOCIATION (CSA) AND FACTORY MUTUAL (FM). THE HYDROGEN SULFIDE GAS CONTROLLER MODULE SHALL b) SIGNAL CABLE INSTALLED FROM METHANE/H2S GAS MONITORING PANEL TO 5A DISCONNECT FUSE BE SINGLE -CHANNEL HYDROGEN SULFIDE GAS MONITOR MODEL 2180A MANUFACTURED BY GENERAL METHANE GAS SENSOR SHALL BE THREE -CONDUCTOR AWG NO.20 RATING AS INDICATED (a) GAS MONITORING PANEL: MONITORS, INC. OR APPROVED EQUAL. SHIELDED CABLE WITH COLOR CODES OF WHITE, RED AND BLACK. - COMBUSTIBLE GAS CONTROLLER - HYDROGEN SULFIDE GAS CONTROLLER 5) ENCLOSURE: c) SIGNAL CABLE INSTALLED FROM METHANE/H2S GAS MONITORING PANEL TO 30A 2P - COMBUSTIBLE GAS SENSOR ASSEMBLY - HYDROGEN SULFIDE GAS SENSOR ASSEMBLY H2S GAS SENSOR SHALL BE FOUR -CONDUCTOR AWG NO.20 SHIELDED DISCONNECT SWITCH THE ENCLOSURE SHALL BE WALL MOUNTED, NEMA -4X, KEY LOCKABLE WINDOWED DOOR WITH MOUNTING CABLE WITH COLOR CODES OF WHITE, RED, BLACK AND GREEN. — RATING AS INDICATED - INDICATING LIGHTS AND KEY OPERATED SELECTOR SWITCH BACK PANEL. APPROXIMATE DIMENSION OF THE ENCLOSURE SHALL BE 24"H x 24"W x 12"D. - STROBE LIGHT AND HORN d) TELEPHONE WIRING SHALL AWG. N0. 24 TINNED COPPER SOLID - ENCLOSURE AND COMPONENT LAYOUT A LABEL SHALL PROVIDED ON THE CONTROL PANEL WHICH PROVIDES A PHONE NUMBER OF A - WIRING DIAGRAM RESPONSIBLE CONTACT PERSON WHO WILL RESPOND IN EVENT OF A SYSTEM MALFUNCTION OR SENSOR PAIRS PVC INSULATION CABLE. r)cTWISTED MOTOR STARTER - CONNECTION DIAGRAM (b) 24VDC SYSTEM ALARM. e) ALL SIGNAL CABLES SHALL BE INSTALLED CONTINUOUSLY FROM THE GAS l SIZE AS INDICATED - 24VDC POWER SUPPLY MONITORING PANEL TO THE SENSORS WITHOUT SPLICING. - BACKUP BATTERY B. VISUAL ALARM: f) 3/4 MOTOR - FUSE AND TERMINATION BLOCK ALL WIRING SHALL BE ENCLOSED IN METAL RACEWAYS OR CONDUITS SIZE AS INDICATED - WIRING AND CONNECTION DIAGRAMS A VISUAL COMPONENT SHALL BE 24VDC SINGLE FLASHING DEVICE WEATHERPROOF STROBE LIGHT WITH RED - BACKUP BATTERY COMPUTATION DURING SWITCHING OVER TIME COLOR LENS. PROVIDE NEMA -3R J -BOX AS REQUIRED FOR MOUNTING THE COMPONENTS ON WALL. 5. CONDUIT ROUTINGS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC ONLY. THE FROM BUILDING NORMAL AC POWER TO EMERGENCY GENERATOR POWER) C. BATTER BACKUP: DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC TO THE EXTENT THAT BENDING, HEIGHTS AND EXACT LOCATIONS ARE NOT INDICATED. INSTALL OF EXPOSED CONDUIT SHALL BE WELL OFF C. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE: A QUANTITY OF FIVE (5) SHOP DRAWINGS AND DATA SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE A BATTERY BACKUP SYSTEM SHALL HAVE CAPACITY TO PROVIDE EMERGENCY POWER TO THE GAS MONITORING COORDINATED TO OTHER EQUIPMENT SUCH AS PIPES BOXES FITTINGS ETC. IN HAND AUTO � ENGINEER. THE SUBMITTAL SHALL CLEARLY INDICATE THE SPECIFIC AREA OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR SYSTEM CONTROLLER, SENSOR ASSEMBLIES AND AUTOMATIC TELEPHONE DIALING DEVICE IN THE EVENT OF ORDER TO ACHIEVE GOOD INSTALLATION APPEARANCE. 3 -POSITION SELECTOR SWITCH WHICH THE SUBMITTAL IS MADE. TWO (2) COPIES WILL BE RETURNED TO THE CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE. POWER OUTAGE FOR A PERIOD OF 24 HOURS SUPERVISORY AND 5 MINUTES ALARM. THE BATTERY BACKUP THE ENGINEER'S NOTATIONS OF THE ACTION WHICH HE/SHE HAS TAKEN WILL BE NOTED ON ALL RETURNED SHALL HAVE MINIMUM OF 1IO AMPERE -HOUR. THE 24VDC POWER FROM THE BATTERY BACKUP SHALL BE 6. ALL EQUIPMENT PANELS SHALL BE WALL MOUNTED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COPIES. AUTOMATICALLY ACCESSED BY THE CONTROLLER IF 120VAC POWER INPUT DROPS BELOW 90VAC. WHEN AC PROVIDE MOUNTING SUPPORTS ON WALL THAT SUFFICIENTLY CARRY THE MINIMUM POWER RETURNS ABOVE 90VAC THE BATTERY BACKUP SYSTEM SHALL RETURN TO STANDBY STATUS AND THE OF 200 PERCENT OF TOTAL WEIGHT OF THE PANELS. TYPES OF SUPPORTS SUCH IF, AFTER REVIEWING A SUBMITTAL FOR AN ITEM, THE ENGINEER FINDS THAT SUCH SUBMITTAL IS BATTERY SHALL BE RECHARGED. THE SYSTEM SHALL CONSIST OFA 24VDC BATTERY, CONVERTER, AND A DUAL AS SCREWS, ANCHOR BOLTS, CHANNELS, ETC., SHALL BE PROVIDED AND NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTOR UNACCEPTABLE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE THE NECESSARY CORRECTION AND SHALL RESUBMIT THE MODE CHARGING CIRCUIT. THE TWO CHARGING MODES SHALL BE A FLOAT MODE AND A FAST CHARGING MODE. CONSTRUCTED TO SUIT THE WALL CONDITION, AND TO HAVE GOOD INSTALLATION PACKAGE FOR SUCH ITEM. THE ENGINEER WILL REVIEW THE FIRST RE -SUBMITTAL FOR AN ITEM WITHOUT THE 24VDC CIRCUITS PROVIDING POWER TO THE GAS MONITORING SYSTEM SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH 10A APPEARANCE. CHARGE TO THE CONTRACTOR, HOWEVER; IF THE ENGINEER FINDS THAT THE FIRST RE -SUBMITTAL UNACCEPTABLE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR COSTS OF ALL SUBSEQUENT REVIEWS BY THE ENGINEER. SUCH 24VDC FUSES AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. NORMALLY OPEN CONTACTOR COSTS WILL BE DEDUCTED BY THE ENGINEER FROM ANY MONEY DUE TO THE CONTRACTOR. D. WIRING AND CONTACT TERMINATION: D. TECHNICAL MANUALS: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH THE ENGINEER FIVE (5) IDENTICAL SETS OF TECHNICAL ALL PANELS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH FIELD TERMINAL STRIP AND SHALL BE COMPLETELY PRE -WIRED, DEMOLITION NOTES: M 1 RELAY MANUALS FULLY DESCRIBING THE EQUIPMENT BEING FURNISHED. EACH SET SHALL BE BOUND IN A STANDARD TESTED AND INSPECTED BY THE MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE SPARE OUTPUT CONTACTS FOR GAS ALARM AND SIZE, THREE-RING, LOOSE LEAF, VINYL PLASTIC HARD COVER BINDER SUITABLE FOR BOOKSHELF STORAGE. SENSOR FAULT SIGNALS. PROVIDE LABELS FOR ALL FIELD TERMINALS. BINDER RING SIZE SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.5 INCHES. THE TECHNICAL MANUALS SHALL INCLUDE OPERATING AND 1. EXISTING METER INCLUDING UNDERGROUND SERVICE CONDUCTORS AND CONDUIT MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AS APPLICABLE FOR EACH ITEM OF THE EQUIPMENT. E. AUTOMATIC TELEPHONE DIALER: INTERIOR LIGHTING, RECEPTACLES TO REMAIN AND TO BE PROTECTED IN PLACE G INDICATING LIGHT DURING CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS R -RED AUTOMATIC TELEPHONE DIALER SHALL BE A SOLID STATE COMPONENT CAPABLE OF DIALING UP TO 16 AS SHOWN ON SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM. A -AMBER 3. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION TELEPHONE NUMBERS WITH EACH NUMBER UP TO 60 DIGITS IN LENGTH. THE DIALER SHALL BE ABLE TO DIAL PHONE NUMBERS IN BOTH STANDARD PULSE DIALING AND TOUCH TONE DTMF DIALING. ALL PHONE NUMBERS 2. ALL WIRING AND CONDUITS: FROM EXISTING METER/CB PANEL TO EXISTING BLOWER A. GAS MONITORING SYSTEM AND THE DIALER OPERATIONS SHALL BE PROGRAMMABLE. THE DIALER SHALL HAVE SPEECH MESSAGE STARTER PANELS; FROM EXISTING BLOWER STARTER PANELS TO BLOWERS; AND OFF CAPABILITY. THE DIALER SHALL HAVE OPTIONS FOR MESSAGE RECORDING FROM BOTH REMOTE TELEPHONE AND FROM EXISTING METER/CB PANEL TO EXISTING AUTO DIALER PANEL, SHALL BE A GAS MONITORING PANEL SHALL BE DESIGNED TO DETECT GAS CONCENTRATION LEVEL OF METHANE AND THE DIALER FRONT PANEL. THERE SHALL NO BE LIMIT ON THE LENGTH OF ANY PARTICULAR MESSAGE. THE REMOVED. AUTO TEST HYDROGEN SULFIDE (H2S) GASES IN REMOTE AREA. THE SYSTEM SHALL BE SERVED FROM 120VAC AND DIALER SHALL HAVE MINIMUM OF FOUR (4) INPUT CHANNEL CONTACTS. THE DIALER SHALL HAVE FUNCTION TO OPERATED ON 24VDC POWER SUPPLY AND BATTERY BACKUP SYSTEM. THE SYSTEM PANEL SHALL BE CONTAINED ACKNOWLEDGE FOR RECEIVED CALL. CONNECTION TO TELEPHONE LINE SHALL BE THROUGH A 4 -PIN RJ11 3. EXISTING BLOWER STARTER PANELS AND AUTO DIALER PANELS TO BE REMOVED. K IN NEMA -4X ENCLOSURE DESIGNED FOR WALL MOUNT AND PROVIDED WITH A KEY LOCKABLE WINDOWED DOOR. MODULAR JACK. THE AUTOMATIC TELEPHONE DIALER SHALL BE INSTALLED INSIDE THE GAS MONITORING PANEL. 3 -POSITION KEY OPERATED THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENT OF THE SYSTEM SHALL CONSIST OF THE FOLLOWING MAIN COMPONENTS: THE DEVICE SHALL BE POWERED BY 120VAC FROM POWER SUPPLY OF THE GAS MONITORING PANEL. DURING 4. EXISTING LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LIGHTING SWITCHES IN BLOWER ROOM SHALL - - SELECTOR SWITCH NORMAL POWER OUTAGE, THE DIALER SHALL BE POWERED BY 24VDC BATTERY BACKUP INSIDE THE GAS REMAIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL WIRING AND RACEWAYS TO NEW INSTALLED 1) METHANE GAS SENSOR ASSEMBLY MONITORING PANEL. THE AUTOMATIC TELEPHONE DIALER SHALL HAVE EXPANDABLE OPTIONS FOR RECORDED CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL TO COMPLETE THE CIRCUITS. TELEPHONE NUMBERS, MESSAGE CAPACITIES, AND INPUT CHANNEL CONTACTS. DETAIL AND SECTION CROSS REFERENCING CONVENTION: METHANE GAS SENSOR SHALL BE A LOW TEMPERATURE, CATALYTIC COATED, CONTINUOUS DIFFUSION TYPE, WITH DUAL MATCHED SENSOR BEADS. A WHEATSTONE BRIDGE CIRCUIT SHALL PROVIDE COMPENSATION FOR AMBIENT TEMPERATURE, PRESSURE AND HUMIDITY VARIATIONS. THE SENSOR SHALL BE CAPABLE OF MEASURING THE COMBUSTIBLE GAS CONCENTRATION IN A RANGE OF 0 TO 100 PERCENT LOWER EXPLOSIVE LIMIT (% LEL). THE SENSOR SHALL HAVE 6 -SECOND TIME CONSTANT WHEN EXPOSED TO 50 % LEL OF COMBUSTIBLE GAS. THE SENSOR SHALL HAVE ZERO DRIFT OF LESS THAN 5 PERCENT OF FULL SCALE PER YEAR. THE SENSOR MUST BE APPROVED BY CANADIAN STANDARD ASSOCIATION (CSA). SENSOR ASSEMBLY SHALL BE EXPLOSION PROOF HOUSING. THE SENSOR ASSEMBLY SHALL BE CAPABLE OF OPERATING IN CLASS 1, DIVISION 1, GROUP B, C AND D HAZARDOUS CLASSIFIED LOCATIONS. THE SENSOR SHALL BE GENERAL PURPOSE, POISON RESISTANT, STAINLESS STEEL BODY. THE SENSOR SHALL BE MODEL NO.10058-1 R MANUFACTURED BY GENERAL MONITORS, INC. OR APPROVED EQUAL. 2) HYDROGEN SULFIDE (H2S) GAS SENSOR ASSEMBLY HYDROGEN SULFIDE GAS SENSOR SHALL BE A METAL OXIDE SEMICONDUCTOR, ABSORPTION, CONTINUOUS DIFFUSION TYPE SENSOR DEVICE. THE OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF THE SENSOR SHALL BE BASED ON REDUCING OF RESISTANCE ACROSS SURFACE OF SEMICONDUCTOR AT A RATE PROPORTIONAL TO THE PRESENT OF H2S GAS CONCENTRATION. THE SENSOR SHALL BE CAPABLE OF MEASURING THE H2S GAS CONCENTRATION IN A RANGE OF 0-20, 0-50 AND 0-100 PART PER MILLION (PPM). THE SENSOR SHALL BE MANUFACTURED TO BE SENSITIVE TO H2S GAS AND BE UNAFFECTED BY HIGH CONCENTRATION OF OTHER GASES. THE SENSOR MUST BE APPROVED BY CSA AND MEET ISA S92.0.01 PART1-1998 REQUIREMENTS AS VERIFIED BY FACTORY MUTUAL (FM). SENSOR ASSEMBLY SHALL BE EXPLOSION PROOF HOUSING. THE SENSOR ASSEMBLY SHALL BE CAPABLE OF OPERATING IN CLASS 1 DIVISION 1 GROUP B, C AND D HAZARDOUS CLASSIFIED LOCATIONS. THE SENSOR SHALL BE MODEL 50448-9HT 0-20 PPM STAINLESS STEEL BODY MANUFACTURED BY GENERAL MONITORS, INC. OR APPROVED EQUAL. PROVIDE NEMA -0 ENCLOSURE WITH MESH PROTECTED BOTTOM OPENING AND DIMENSION OF 10"H X 8"W X 6"D FOR HOUSING THE SENSOR ASSEMBLY. 4. CALIBRATION: CALIBRATION SHALL BE PERFORMED IN THE FIELD AFTER COMPLETION OF SYSTEM INSTALLATION BY A CERTIFIED FACTORY -TRAINED INDIVIDUAL. THE CALIBRATION SYSTEM SHALL CONSIST OF A PRESSURE AND FLOW REGULATION SYSTEM FOR DELIVERY OF CALIBRATION GAS TO THE SENSOR. A REFILLABLE, PRESSURIZED GAS CYLINDER SHALL BE PROVIDED. A COPY OF THE MANUFACTURER'S CURRENT WRITTEN SET OF INSTRUCTIONS ON TESTING, MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE INCLUDING CALIBRATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER. CERTIFICATION BY ATTESTING TO THE PERFORMANCE AND CALIBRATION OF EACH SENSOR SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER. 5. GUARANTEE: ALL COMPONENTS OF THE GAS MONITORING SYSTEM AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE GUARANTEED IN WRITING AGAINST FAULTY WORKMANSHIP AND/OR MATERIAL FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER. AS -BUILT BASED ON SURVEY INFORMATION RECEIVED FROM INNOVATIVE CONSTRUCTION SOLUTION, INC DATE 05-05-08 'SECTION' IDENTIFICATION LETTER 'DETAIL' IDENTIFICATION NUMBER SHEET NUMBER WHICH 'SECTION' OR 'DETAIL' IS DRAWN. SHEET NUMBER WHICH 'SECTION' OR 'DETAIL' IS TAKEN MAY BY MORE THAN ONE SHEET. C-3651 I I I I I I I I EXISTING BLOWER BUILDING --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LJ --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- I I I I \ --------------- LANDFILL LANDFLL SCALE: 3/4"=l'—O" CAS COLLECTION AND CONTROL SYSTEM - ELECTRICAL PLAN AS -BUILT BASED ON SURVEY INFORMATION RECEIVED FROM INNOVATIVE CONSTRUCTION SOLUTION, INC DATE 05-05-08 '10 GND '10 GND 3 5 8 20 18 20 :XIBLE (TYP.) '#8+#8 GND (10 GND ?#8+#8 GND X10 GND X10 GND EQUIPMENT LIST: ITEM DESCRIPTION REMARKS ITEM DESCRIPTION REMARKS O EXISTING METER AND CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL SEE NOTES 1 AND 2 THIS SHEET O METHANE/H2S GAS MONITORING PANEL SEE NOTE 4 THIS SHEET. O LANDFILL GAS DUPLEX BLOWER STARTER PANEL SEE NOTE 5 THIS SHEET. O H2S GAS SENSOR SEE NOTE 4 THIS SHEET. O H2S GAS DUPLEX BLOWER STARTER PANEL SEE NOTE 5 THIS SHEET. 10 METHANE GAS SENSOR SEE NOTE 4 THIS SHEET. O4 5.5HP LANDFILL GAS BLOWER MOTORS TYPICAL FOR 2 BLOWERS 12 WEATHER PROOF 24VDC STROBE LIGHT MOUNTED ABOVE DOOR LEVEL, SEE NOTES 3 AND 4 THIS SHEET. O 1HP H2S GAS TYPICAL FOR 2 BLOWER MOTORS BLOWERS WEATHER PROOF 120VAC TYPICAL FOR 2 O STROBE LIGHT PLACES. MOUNTED ABOVE DOOR LEVEL, SEE NOTES 3 AND 5 THIS SHEET. CONDUIT TRANSITION INSTALLATION DETAIL 1 N.T.S. 18 18 UNDERGROUND CONDUIT INSTALLATION DETAIL A N.T.S. 18 18 NOTES: 1. SEE DWG. E-1 SHEET 17 FOR DEMOLITION NOTES FOR EXISTING METER AND CB PANEL. 3+#8 GND 2. SEE DWG. E-3 SHEET 19 FOR SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. ?#12+#12 GND 3. PROVIDE 6-1/2"WX2"H FOR EACH BLOWER SYSTEM STROBE LIGHT AND PROVIDE 6-1/2"WX2"H FOR GAS ALARM. SIGN SHALL BE AFFIXED 3" BELOW STROBE LIGHTS. SIGNS SHALL BE IN RED LETTER ON WHITE BACKGROUND. PROVIDE SIGN AS FOLLOWS: ?#14 a) FOR LANDFILL AND H2S GAS BLOWER SYSTEM; LANDFILL GAS H2S GAS BLOWER FAIL BLOWER FAIL 1 18 18 b) FOR LANDFILL/H2S GAS ALARM; METHANE/H2S GAS ALARM 4. SEE DWG. E-4 SHEET 20 FOR SENSOR ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION DETAILS, GAS A MONITORING PANEL CONTROL AND WIRING DIAGRAMS INCLUDING PANEL DETAILS. 18 18 5. SEE DWG. E-5 SHEET 21 FOR LANDFILL GAS AND H2S GAS DUPLEX BLOWER STARTER PANEL CONTROL DIAGRAM AND PANEL DETAILS INCLUDING BLOWER SYSTEM FAIL 1 "C—TELEPHONE NOTIFICATION. WIRING, SEE NOTE 6. TERMINATED LOCATION OF WIRING AND RACEWAYS FOR AIR COMPRESSOR TO BE 7 THIS SHEET REFERRED TO THE AIR COMPRESSOR MANUFACTURER AND TO BE VERIFIEED IN FIELD BY THE CONTRACTOR. X10 GND 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH TELEPHONE COMPANY FOR TELEPHONE #12 GND SERVICE. INSTALLATION OF ALL WIRING AND RACEWAYS INCLUDING UNDERGROUND INSTALLATION FROM POINT OF TERMINATION OF TELEPHONE UTILITY TO LANDFILL/H2S GAS MONITORING PANEL SHALL BE RESPONDED BY THE CONTRACTOR. C-3651 o I I I I M. ULILLK I JtF' I`J, 2UUb I . - - - - .. _. - __ - -. . " -.... .... I _..__ . __ _. __ I I (E) METER AND (N) CB PANEL (SEE DEMOLITION NOTES ON DWG. E-1)1 (E) 100A 120/240 10 3W SCE METER (E) UNDEGROUND SERVICE NOTES: i. \ /A)), � nA„ . nA„ . k I r METHANE/H2S GAS MONITORING PANEL NGLE LINE DIAGRAM. N.T.S. 1. SEE DWG. E-1 SHEET 17 FOR DEMOLITION NOTES FOR THE EXISTING UTILITY METER AND EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL. 2. SEE DWG. E-2 SHEET 18 FOR ELECTRICAL PLAN. 3. SEE DWG. E-4 SHEET 20 FOR METHANE/H2S GAS MONITORING PANEL WIRING DIAGRAMS AND DETAILS, SENSOR ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION DETAILS. 4. SEE DWG. E-5 SHEET 21 FOR DUPLEX BLOWER STARTER PANEL WIRING DIAGRAMS AND DETAILS. 1HP 1HP BLOWER BLOWER NO.3 NO.4 0 0 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ITEM DESCRIPTION QUANTITY REMARK ITEM DESCRIPTION QUANTITY REMARK O EXISTING 100A 120/240V 10 3W METER AND 1 (IN FRONT OF BLOWER ROOM) O STROBE LIGHTS FOR BLOWER SYSTEM FAIL 2 INSTALLED ABOVE QUANTITY NEW 100A 120/240V CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL MODE FLASHING ALARM NOTIFICATION SHALL BE WEATHERPROOF 120VAC METHANE (CH4) THE DOOR IN 15 WATTS 1 0.63 A @ 24VDC (HI ALARM) SINGLE FLASH STROBE LIGHT WITH AMBER COLOR LEN. PROVIDE NEMA -3R J -BOX AS REQUIRED FOR A FRONT OF BLOWER ROOM. GAS CONTROLLER EQUIPMENT SEQUENCE OF OPERATION PROCEDURE H2S GAS LEVEL O DUPLEX BLOWER STARTER PANEL FOR LANDFILL 2 ITEM '2' FOR (PPM) MOUNTING ON WALL. HYDROGEN SULFIDE (H2S) (IN FRONT OF BLOWER ROOM) 15 WATTS GAS BLOWERS SHALL BE NEMA SIZE 2, FULL 0.63 A @ LANDFILL GAS 0.63 A @24VDC O VOLTAGE, NON REVERSED, 240V 10 IN NEMA -3R BLOWERS AND HIGH INDICATING LIGHT ALARM INDICATING LIGHT 2 (HI ALARM) ENCLOSURE. DUPLEX BLOWER STARTER PANEL AUTOMATIC TELEPHONE ITEM '3' FOR H2S Cj TIME CLOCK CONTROL SHALL BE 120VAC, 15A 2 INSTALLED IN FOR H2S GAS BLOWERS SHALL BE NEMA SIZE 0, A GAS BLOWERS DIALER DPST CONTACTS, DIN RAIL MOUNTING TYPE, 7 DUPLEX BLOWER FULL VOLTAGE, NON REVERSED, 240V 10 IN DAY SCHEDULE WITH OVERRIDE SWTICH GAS ALARM PANEL 10 WATTS NEMA -3R ENCLOSURE. OVERLOAD RELAY SHALL - 1.25 A @24VDC RED STROBE LIGHT BE SET FOR 115% OF MOTOR NAMEPLATE FULL LOAD CURRENT. CONTROL COMPONENTS O METHANE/1-12S GAS MONITORING PANEL 1 24VDC COMPONENTS AND CONTROL DIAGRAM AS SHOWN A @24VDC TOTAL REQUIRED LOAD 4.59 A @ 24VDC ON DUPLEX AIR BLOWER CONTROL DIAGRAM THIS A @24VDC O H2S GAS SENSOR 1 MOUNTED ON = SHEET. BLOWER CONTROLS SHALL BE X (5 MIN) CALCULATION = 110.16 AH WALL AT 18" AFF. INTERLOCKED TO ALLOW ONLY ONE BLOWER (60 MIN) = 0.49 AH TOTAL REQUIRED BACKUP BATTERY FOR OPERATED AT A TIME. 110.65 AH SUPERVISORY AND ALARM MODES 10 METHANE GAS SENSOR 1 MOUNTED ON MOUNTED ON COVER - DISCONNECT SWITCHES, BATTER WITH 20% SAFETY FACTOR 132.78 AH WALL AT 84" AFF. HAND -OFF -AUTO SELECTOR SWITCHES, ELAPSED 145 AH TIMER, BLOWER RUN AND BLOWER FAIL INDICATING LIGHTS, AND OVERLOAD RESET PUSH 11 AUTO DIALER, TO BE INSTALLED IN THE 1 BUTTON. METHANE/1-12S GAS MONITORING PANEL 12 O STROBE LIGHT FOR METHANE/1-12S GAS ALARM 1 INSTALLED ABOVE O 5.5HP 240V 10 LANDFILL GAS BLOWER MOTORS 2 NOTIFICATION SHALL BE WEATHERPROOF 24VDC THE DOOR IN SINGLE FLASH STROBE LIGHT WITH RED COLOR LEN. PROVIDE NEMA -3R J -BOX AS REQUIRED FOR FRONT OF BLOWER ROOM. O 1HP 240V 10 H2S GAS BLOWER MOTORS 2 MOUNTING ON WALL. _7 5 z HP OV WER + ).2 zlizz 00 c� z 0 AS -BUILT BASED ON SURVEY INFORMATION RECEIVED FROM INNOVATIVE CONSTRUCTION SOLUTION, INC DATE 05-05-08 METHANE GAS MONITORING METHANE/1-12S GAS MONITORING SYSTEM PROCEDURE METHANE GAS LEVEL METHANE GAS METHANE/1-12S GAS STROBE LIGHT BATTERY BACKUP CALCULATION CONTROLLER MONITORING PANEL (IN FRONT OF BLOWER ROOM) COMPONENT FAULT INDICATING LIGHT POWER/MODULE QUANTITY SUPERVISORY MODE FLASHING ALARM MODE METHANE (CH4) 20 % LEL AND ABOVE 15 WATTS 1 0.63 A @ 24VDC (HI ALARM) 0.63 A @24VDC GAS CONTROLLER EQUIPMENT SEQUENCE OF OPERATION PROCEDURE H2S GAS LEVEL H2S GAS METHANE/1-12S GAS STROBE LIGHT STEP (PPM) CONTROLLER HYDROGEN SULFIDE (H2S) (IN FRONT OF BLOWER ROOM) 15 WATTS 1 0.63 A @ 24VDC 0.63 A @24VDC GAS CONTROLLER - 2 PPM AND ABOVE HIGH INDICATING LIGHT ALARM INDICATING LIGHT 2 (HI ALARM) FLASHING AUTOMATIC TELEPHONE RED STROBE FLASHING 30 WATTS 1 1.25 A @ 24VDC 1.25 A @24VDC DIALER GAS ALARM 10 WATTS 1 - 1.25 A @24VDC RED STROBE LIGHT CONTROL COMPONENTS 50 WATTS - 2.08 A @ 24VDC 2.08 A @24VDC TOTAL REQUIRED LOAD 4.59 A @ 24VDC 5.84 A @24VDC REQUIRED BACKUP BATTER = (4.59 A) X (24 HR) = (5.84A) X (5 MIN) CALCULATION = 110.16 AH (60 MIN) = 0.49 AH TOTAL REQUIRED BACKUP BATTERY FOR 110.65 AH SUPERVISORY AND ALARM MODES REQUIRED BACKUP BATTER WITH 20% SAFETY FACTOR 132.78 AH MANUFATURER TO PROVIDE 145 AH METHANE GAS MONITORING EQUIPMENT SEQUENCE OF OPERATION PROCEDURE METHANE GAS LEVEL METHANE GAS METHANE/1-12S GAS STROBE LIGHT STEP (% LEL) CONTROLLER MONITORING PANEL (IN FRONT OF BLOWER ROOM) ALL % LEL FAULT INDICATING LIGHT FAULT INDICATING LIGHT 1 (SENSOR FAULT) FLASHING FLASHING (AMBER COLOR) - 20 % LEL AND ABOVE HIGH INDICATING LIGHT ALARM INDICATING LIGHT 2 (HI ALARM) FLASHING FLASHING (RED COLOR) RED STROBE FLASHING HYDROGEN SULFIDE (H2S) GAS MONITORING EQUIPMENT SEQUENCE OF OPERATION PROCEDURE H2S GAS LEVEL H2S GAS METHANE/1-12S GAS STROBE LIGHT STEP (PPM) CONTROLLER MONITORING PANEL (IN FRONT OF BLOWER ROOM) ALL RANGE FAULT INDICATING LIGHT FAULT INDICATING LIGHT 1 (SENSOR FAULT) FLASHING FLASHING (AMBER COLOR) - 2 PPM AND ABOVE HIGH INDICATING LIGHT ALARM INDICATING LIGHT 2 (HI ALARM) FLASHING FLASHING (RED COLOR) RED STROBE FLASHING C-3651 o I I I I M. ULILLK I JtF' I`J, 2UUb I . - - — - .. -. - -- --. . " -.... .... _..__ . -- _. -- I 24" 24" METHANEZH2S GAS MONITORING PANEL_ DETAIL_ 1 18 20 N.T.S. NOTES: qLL H2S GAS SENSOR 2 18 20 SENSOR ASSEMBLY N.T.S. METHANE GAS SENSOR 3 18 20 N S TA L LAT I O N DETAILS 1. SEE DWG. E-2 SHEET 18 FOR ELECTRICAL PLAN. 2. SEE DWG. E-3 SHEET 19 FOR SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM, EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE, GAS MONITORING SYSTEM BATTERY BACKUP CALCULATION AND GAS MONITOR EQUIPMENT SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS. 3. MANUFACTURE TO UTILIZE LATCH HI -ALARM OUTPUT CONTACTS OF THE GAS CONTROLLERS FOR PROVIDING HI -ALARM SIGNAL FOR THE GAS MONITORING SYSTEM CONTROL. ALL L------------- L 120VAC - 5A METHANE GAS RA1-4 HI ALARM (SPARE) H2S GAS RA2-4 T HI ALARM (SPARE) IINJIHLLLU IN IjHJ MONITORING PANEL METHANE GAS RF1-2 SENSOR FAULT (SPARE) H2S GAS RF2-2 SENSOR FAULT (SPARE) PANEL POWER ON INDICATING LIGHT METHANE GAS HI ALARM AUX. CONTACT METHANE GAS SENSOR FAULT AUX. CONTACT H2S GAS HI ALARM AUX. CONTACT H2S GAS SENSOR FAULT AUX. CONTACT METHANE GAS SENSOR FAULT INDICATING LIGHT H2S GAS SENSOR FAULT INDICATING LIGHT METHANE GAS HI ALARM INDICATING LIGHT H2S GAS HI ALARM INDICATING LIGHT METHANE/H2S GAS ALARM FLASHING STROBE LIGHT CONTROL METHANE GAS ALARM AUTO DIALER CH1 INTERLOCKED H2S GAS ALARM AUTO DIALER CH2 INTERLOCKED (N) 3/4"C -3/C #20 SHIELDED CABLE METHANE GAS SENSOR CH4 - - - - ASSEMBLY (N) 3/4"C -4/C #20 SHIELDED CABLE H2S GAS SENSOR H2S - - - - ASSEMBLY METHANE/H2S GAS MONITORING PANEL � CH4 CONTROLLER � I I L J I I H2S CONTROLLER I I I I I I i L J i (N) 3/4"C-214 I GAS ALARM S -_-- ----_ STROBE LIGHT 1_111jto] 11111aI I TEL LINE I METHANE GAS tc H1 HI ALARM—� ❑o H2S GASH 2 HI ALARM _ SPARE CH3 I I SPARE T I CH4 (N) 3/4°C TELEPHONE I WIRING GAS MONITORING PANEL_ WIRING DIAGRAM N.T.S. (N) 3/4"C-2#10+#12 GND METHANE/H2S GAS MONITORING PANEL IVILII IrIIVL/IILJ VI"lJ IVIVIVII VI\IIVV IrIIVLL CB PANEL 20A 1P � POWER SUPPLY I -------� I IN Ll - - - - - - - - - - -- IL - - - - - - - PANEL WIRING BY MANUFACTURER PER CODE i GAS MONITORING PANEL CONTROL DIAGRAM N.T.S. AUTO DIALER ------- + i - L- - - - - - - - BATTERY BACKUP I + I 24VDC I - L— — — — — — — I PANEL WIRING BY MANUFACTURER PER CODE GAS MONITORING PANEL_ POWER SUPPLY WIRING DIAGRAM r� T_ y �l T IIII O N.T.S. IIII I O I IIII 0 0 -------- AS -BUILT 10" IIII I O I o BASED ON SURVEY INFORMATION RECEIVED FROM INNOVATIVE CONSTRUCTION IIII `-��-J IIII 6 I I I I III IIII I I A 11 I I SOLUTION, INC IF - �� �L - i METHANE GAS SENSOR DETAIL 5 DATE. 05-05-08 LMa�__---�J -� --- J 18 20 N.T.S. 8 C-3651 PREPARED BY: APPROVED LANDFILL GAS C( FRONT VIEW TOP VIEW e% ^ � """ ®i ® ®i n "'Olt H2S GAS SENSOR ASSEMBLY DETAIL 4 18 20 N.T.S. (N) I)l"C-5#8+#8 CND (N) 3/4"C-2#8+#8 GND (E) CB PANEL 0 (N) COMBINATION DUPLEX MOTOR STARTER O (N) 3/4"C W.P. 70A 2P 100A 2P M1 FLEXIBLE CONDUIT :05 5.5HP 240V 10 4 LANDFILL GAS O BLOWER NO.1 (N) 3/4"C W.P. 70A 2P 100A 2P M2 FLEXIBLE CONDUIT 5.5HP 240V 1 O y _ _____� � ___ ___� LANDFILL GAS I 'T' BLOWER NO.2 N------ --I I 10A OFF BLOWER#1 '*.-, �l �BLOWER#2 OFF HAND �\�", AUTO TC1-'I TIME CLOCK (N) 3/4"C-2#8+#8 GND -TIME CLOCK TERMINAL BLOCK (TYP.) BLOWER PANEL L BLOCK (TYP.) M1-2 C1-1 M1 RUN R ELAPSED TIMER FAIL A 0L'S BLOWER NO.1 RUN INDICATING LIGHT BLOWER NO.1 ELAPSED TIMER BLOWER NO.1 FAIL 1 INDICATING LIGHT BLOWER NO.1 MOTOR RELAY 3'-10" 2,-8„ s LANDFILL GAS DUPLEX BLOWER STARTER PANEL DETAIL 1 N.T.S. 18 21 3'-10" 2,-8„ _ � " ,\e H2S GAS DUPLEX BLOWER STARTER PANEL DETAIL 2 18 21 N.T.S. I c1 BLOWER NO.1 AUXILIARY RELAY I (N) 3/4"C-2#12+#12 GND I _ O M1-3 C1-2 O CB PANEL (N) TIME CLOCK#1 I --- s -- BLOWER FAIL STROBE 7 O _ LIGHT WITH AMBER 15A1 P 1 0 STROBE LIGHT COLOR LEN, MOUNTEDn _ 1 _ _ _ _ _ _ IN FRONT OF ABOVE DOOR IN FRONT r —r — — - 4 14 1 I M2-3 C2-3 BLOWER ROOM OF BLOWER ROOM N----- I OFF HAND � AUTO RUN I I — — TO DUPLEX LANDFILL `�,Ix M2-1 R BLOWER NO.2 RUN 1 I I TC1-1 _ — GAS BLOWER F_TC1--- INDICATING LIGHT -- STARTER PANEL, SEE DUPLEX BLOWER -� -I ELAPSED TIMER BLOWER NO.2 I TC1-2 — CONTROL DIAGRAM I - TIME CLOCK ELAPSED TIMER I I — THIS SHEET I I I L J I M2-2 C2-1 FAIL A BLOWER NO.2 FAIL INDICATING LIGHT (N) 3/4"C-2#12+#12 GND 0L'S M2 BLOWER NO.2 MOTOR RELAY I (N) TIME CLOCK#2 O c2 BLOWER NO.2 AUXILIARY RELAY i I O 1 I I I L-- ------- I 4#14 I -_T I TO DUPLEX H2S TC2-1 GAS BLOWER 1 — — STARTER PANEL, SEE I — — DUPLEX BLOWER I TC2-2 CONTROL DIAGRAM DUPLEX BLOWER STARTER CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR LANDFILL GAS BLOWERS #1  1 -- THIS SHEET (TYPICAL FOR H2S GAS BOWERS #3) NOTES: 1. SEE DWG. E-2 SHEET 18 FOR ELECTRICAL PLAN. 2. SEE DWG. E-3 SHEET 19 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR SIZES OF STARTER PANEL, MOTORS, CIRCUIT PROTECTIONS AND CONDUCTOR SIZES. AS -BUILT BASED ON SURVEY INFORMATION RECEIVED FROM INNOVATIVE CONSTRUCTION SOLUTION, INC DATE 05-05-08 TIME COCK CONTROL DIAGRAM N.T.S. C-3651 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual Appendix B Gas Extraction Well Boring Logs SCS ENGINEER'S BORING LOG 3900 Kilroy Airport Way, Suite 100 BORING NUMBER: EW -1 Page 1 of 1 Long Beach, California 90806-6816 Landfill Gas Collection System JOB NUMBER: 01201221.07 Task 2 Newport Terrace Landfill REMARKS: Newport Beach, CA Depth Completion Detail E Graphical Description Comments a� a� Log E ? _—_—_7—f Organic Topsoil 1 ti ti Yellow -Orange Sand, Poorly Graded 11/12/07 Boring Diameter: 18 in. Well Diameter: 3 in. 5 �^ ti ti Bentonite Seal 2 ti ti ti ti ti Refuse Encountered, Containing Plastic, Paper 3" dia. PVC blank 3 10 and Other Small Debris 1 o v o v 0 0 v v 4 �.. ti.. °0 °0 �..-.. v v 15 1 0 ° ° °0 0 ° ° °0 Gravel pack 10 ft. to 33 ft. v v 5 �.. ti.. °0 °0 �..-.. v v 0 0 v v 6 20 �^ 2 0 °o 0 °o °o °o 7 o 0 o ° o ° 0 ov 0 3" dia. PVC screen 25 ti 2 °o °o 8 0 0 0 o 0 O o ° ° o ° ° A � 'n O 0 O 0 9 30 3 0 0 Endcap j � °o poop ° 0°0 o° �o nDark Grey, Inorganic Silt or Clay With Some p 0 p ° Gravel Pack n 10 Plasticity L 35 Drilling Company: BC2 Environmental Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Logged By: B. Baker Date Started: 11/12/07 Date Ended: 11/12/07 Boring Diameter: 18 in. Well Diameter: 3 in. Total Depth: 33.0 ft. SCS ENGINEER'S BORING LOG 3900 Kilroy Airport Way, Suite 100 BORING NUMBER: EW -2 Page 1 of 1 Long Beach, California 90806-6816 Landfill Gas Collection System JOB NUMBER: 01201221.07 Task 2 Newport Terrace Landfill REMARKS: Newport Beach, CA Depth Completion Detail E Graphical Description Comments a� a� Log E ? _—_—_7—f Organic Topsoil Drilling Company: BC2 Environmental Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Logged By: B. Baker Date Started: ti ti Yellow -Orange Sandy Silt, Poorly Graded 11/12/07 Boring Diameter: 18 in. Well Diameter: 3 in. 5 �^ ti ti Bentonite Seal 2 ti ti ti ti ti Refuse Encountered, Containing Plastic, Paper 3" dia. PVC blank 3 10 and Other Debris 1 o v o v 0 0 v v 4 �.. ti.. °0 °0 �..-.. v v 15 1 0 ° ° °0 0 ° ° °0 Gravel pack 10 ft. to 33 ft. v v 5 �.. ti.. °0 °0 �..-.. v v 0 0 v v 6 20 �^ 2 0 °o 0 °o °o °o 7 o 0 o ° o ° 0 ov 0 3" dia. PVC screen 25 ti 2 °o °o 8 0 0 0 o 0 O o ° ° o ° ° A � 'n O 0 O 0 9 30 3 0 0 Endcap j � °o poop ° 0°0 o° �o nDark Grey, Inorganic Silt or Clay With Some p 0 p ° Gravel Pack n 10 Plasticity L 35 Drilling Company: BC2 Environmental Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Logged By: B. Baker Date Started: 11/12/07 Date Ended: 11/12/07 Boring Diameter: 18 in. Well Diameter: 3 in. Total Depth: 33.0 ft. SCS ENGINEER'S BORING LOG 3900 Kilroy Airport Way, Suite 100 BORING NUMBER: EW -3 Page 1 of 1 Long Beach, California 90806-6816 Landfill Gas Collection System JOB NUMBER: 01201221.07 Task 2 Newport Terrace Landfill REMARKS: Newport Beach, CA Depth Completion Detail E Graphical Description Comments a� a� Log E ? 0 0 — Organic Topsoil Yellowish -Orange Refuse encountered at 3 feet 30 End of Bore Hole L J 10 L 35 Drilling Company: BC2 Environmental Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Logged By: B. Baker No soil samples or drive tubes obtained Date Started: 9/21/07 ti ti 9/21/07 Boring Diameter: 18 in. ti ti 3 in. 2 ti ti v v ti ti ti ti Refuse 3 10 v v 4 1 ti ti 1 -Inch Gravel pack 15 5 ^� °0 6 20 v v 0 0 o a o a °0 °0 ti ti v v 8 2 J V 30 End of Bore Hole L J 10 L 35 Drilling Company: BC2 Environmental Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Logged By: B. Baker No soil samples or drive tubes obtained Date Started: 9/21/07 Date Ended: 9/21/07 Boring Diameter: 18 in. Well Diameter: 3 in. Bentonite Seal Total Depth: 30.0 ft. °0 °0 3" dia. PVC blank 1 0 0 0 o v v 0 0 o a o a °o °o v v 0 0 °a °a °0 °o v v 1 ° ° ° ° °0 °0 1 -Inch Gravel pack v v 0 0 °a °a °0 3" dia. PVC screen v v 0 0 o a o a °0 °0 v v Endcap 2 0°00 0° 0°00 0° 0°00 0° °,°o° 2 o° ° o° o°o Gravel Pack o°moo o° o°moo o° Total Depth: 30.0 ft. :9 SCS ENGINEER'S BORING LOG 3900 Kilroy Airport Way, Suite 100 BORING NUMBER: EW -4 Page 1 of 1 Long Beach, California 90806-6816 Landfill Gas Collection System JOB NUMBER: 01201221.07 Task 2 Newport Terrace Landfill REMARKS: Newport Beach, CA Depth Completion Detail E Graphical Description Comments a� a� Log E ? 0 0 — Organic Topsoil Yellowish -Orange g Dark -Grey Inorganic Silt or Clay with Some 30 Plasticity 35 Drilling Company: BC2 Environmental Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Logged By: B. Baker No Soil Samples Obtained Date Started: ti ti Date Ended: 5- ti ti 18 in. 2 ti ti ti ti ti ti Refuse ti ti 4 ^�^� 15- 5 ^� 0 o a °O 6 20- 0 0 7 7 ti 25 ti 0 o a °O 1 g Dark -Grey Inorganic Silt or Clay with Some 30 Plasticity 35 Drilling Company: BC2 Environmental Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Logged By: B. Baker No Soil Samples Obtained Date Started: 9/21/07 Date Ended: 9/21/07 Boring Diameter: 18 in. Well Diameter: 3 in. Bentonite Seal Total Depth: 30.0 ft. °o °o 3" dia. PVC blank 10- °O 0 0 0 0 o a °O 0 o a °O 0 0 0 o a °O 0 o a °O 1 0 ° 9 Ft to 30 Ft 1 -Inch o a °o ° a °o Gravel pack v v 0 o a °O 0 o a °O O O 0 o a °O 0 o a °O 2 0 2 °O 0 d °O O O O O °O O O O °O ° a °O a °O 3" dia. PVC screen o v 2 0 °a °o 0 °a °o o °a °O °a °O o v 0 o a 0 o a Endcap Gravel Total Depth: 30.0 ft. :9 SCS ENGINEER'S BORING LOG 3900 Kilroy Airport Way, Suite 100 BORING NUMBER: EW -5 Page 1 of 1 Long Beach, California 90806-6816 Landfill Gas Collection System JOB NUMBER: 01201221.07 Task 2 Newport Terrace Landfill REMARKS: Newport Beach, CA Depth Completion Detail E Graphical Description Comments a� a� Log E ? 0 0 — Organic Topsoil Yellowish -Orange 8 g Dark -Grey Inorganic Silt or Clay with Some 30 Plasticity 35 Drilling Company: BC2 Environmental Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Logged By: B. Baker No Soil Samples Obtained Date Started: ti ti Date Ended: 5- ti ti 18 in. 2 ti ti ti ti ti ti Refuse ti ti 4 ^�^� 15- 5 ^� 0 o a °O 6 20- 0 0 7 7 ti 8 g Dark -Grey Inorganic Silt or Clay with Some 30 Plasticity 35 Drilling Company: BC2 Environmental Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Logged By: B. Baker No Soil Samples Obtained Date Started: 9/21/07 Date Ended: 9/21/07 Boring Diameter: 18 in. Well Diameter: 3 in. Bentonite Seal Total Depth: 30.0 ft. °o °o 3" dia. PVC blank 10- °O 0 0 0 0 o a °O 0 o a °O 0 0 0 o a °O 0 o a °O 1 ° 1 -Inch Gravel pack o0 a °O oa °O v v 0 o a °O 0 o a °O O O 0 o a °O 0 o a °O 20- °O O o=, O O O °O O O O °O o a °O a °O 3" dia. PVC screen o v 2 0 °a °O 0 °a °O O O 0 o a °O 0 o a °O O O 0 o a 0 o a Endcap °o a� °o Gravel Total Depth: 30.0 ft. SCS ENGINEER'S BORING LOG 3900 Kilroy Airport Way, Suite 100 BORING NUMBER: EW -6 Page 1 of 1 Long Beach, California 90806-6816 Landfill Gas Collection System JOB NUMBER: 01201221.07 Task 2 Newport Terrace Landfill REMARKS: No refuse encountered Newport Beach, CA Depth Completion Detail E Graphical Description Comments Flush -Mount, Traffic -Rated Log a Well Box 1/4" Labcock Valve I.D. Tag 0 0 = Organic topsoil — F Concrete °o °o F3/4 to 1/2 -in. clean 0 o gravel 1 Yellowish orange sand, poorly graded Bentonite plug 1-2 L73 1 F 1 5 1-6 H7 1-8 Light brown, silty sand Olive gray, clayey sand Dark gray, inorganic silt, or clayey, fine sand with some plasticity Drilling Company: BC2 Environmental Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Logged By: B. Baker No refuse encountered. 3" dia. sch. 80 PVC blank 10- - — — Soil backfill E Bentonite plug Soil backfill o R, 0 2 Date Ended: °o 0 °o 0 Total Depth: 30.0 ft. 0 0 0 0 0 0 Well Diameter: °o O °o O ° o 0 3" dia. sch. 80 PVC °o °o slot 0 0 0 0 0= 0 0 0 °o 0 0 °o 0 0 3/4 to 1/2 -in. clean °gravel °o °o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 °o O °o O 0 ° e 0 ° a Endcap Date Started: 9/19/07 Date Ended: 9/19/07 Total Depth: 30.0 ft. Boring Diameter: 18 in. Well Diameter: 3 in. SCS ENGINEER'S BORING LOG 3900 Kilroy Airport Way, Suite 100 BORING NUMBER: EW -7 Page 1 of 1 Long Beach, California 90806-6816 Landfill Gas Collection System JOB NUMBER: 01201221.07 Task 2 Newport Terrace Landfill REMARKS: No refuse encountered Newport Beach, CA Depth Completion Detail E Graphical Description Comments Flush -Mount, Traffic -Rated Log a Well Box 1/4" Labcock Valve I.D. Tag 0 0 = Organic topsoil — F Concrete °o °o F3/4 to 1/2 -in. clean 0 o gravel 1 Yellowish orange sand, poorly graded Bentonite plug 1-2 L73 1 F 1 5 1-6 H7 1-8 Light brown, silty sand Olive gray, clayey sand Dark gray, inorganic silt, or clayey, fine sand with some plasticity Drilling Company: BC2 Environmental Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Logged By: B. Baker No refuse encountered. 3" dia. sch. 80 PVC blank 10- - — — Soil backfill E Bentonite plug Soil backfill o R, 0 2 Date Ended: °o 0 °o 0 Total Depth: 30.0 ft. 0 0 0 0 0 0 Well Diameter: °o O °o O ° o 0 3" dia. sch. 80 PVC °o °o slot 0 0 0 0 0= 0 0 0 °o 0 0 °o 0 0 3/4 to 1/2 -in. clean °gravel °o °o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 °o O °o O 0 ° e 0 ° a Endcap Date Started: 9/19/07 Date Ended: 9/19/07 Total Depth: 30.0 ft. Boring Diameter: 18 in. Well Diameter: 3 in. SCS ENGINEER'S BORING LOG 3900 Kilroy Airport Way, Suite 100 BORING NUMBER: EW -8 Page 1 of 1 Long Beach, California 90806-6816 Landfill Gas Collection System JOB NUMBER: 01201221.07 Task 2 Newport Terrace Landfill REMARKS: No refuse encountered Newport Beach, CA Depth Completion Detail E Graphical Description Comments Flush -Mount, Traffic -Rated Log a Well Box 1/4" Labcock Valve I.D. Tag 0 0 = Organic topsoil — F Concrete °o °o F3/4 to 1/2 -in. clean 0 o gravel 1 Yellowish orange sand, poorly graded Bentonite plug 1-2 L73 1 F 1 5 1-6 H7 1-8 Light brown, silty sand Olive gray, clayey sand Dark gray, inorganic silt, or clayey, fine sand with some plasticity Drilling Company: BC2 Environmental Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Logged By: B. Baker No refuse encountered. 3" dia. sch. 80 PVC blank 10- - — — Soil backfill E Bentonite plug Soil backfill o R, 0 2 Date Ended: °o 0 °o 0 Total Depth: 30.0 ft. 0 0 0 0 0 0 Well Diameter: °o O °o O ° o 0 3" dia. sch. 80 PVC °o °o slot 0 0 0 0 0= 0 0 0 °o 0 0 °o 0 0 3/4 to 1/2 -in. clean °gravel °o °o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 °o O °o O 0 ° e 0 ° a Endcap Date Started: 9/18/07 Date Ended: 9/18/07 Total Depth: 30.0 ft. Boring Diameter: 18 in. Well Diameter: 3 in. SCS ENGINEER'S BORING LOG 3900 Kilroy Airport Way, Suite 100 BORING NUMBER: EW -9 Page 1 of 1 Long Beach, California 90806-6816 Landfill Gas Collection System JOB NUMBER: 01201221.07 Task 2 Newport Terrace Landfill REMARKS: No refuse encountered Newport Beach, CA Depth Completion Detail E Graphical Description Comments Flush -Mount, Traffic -Rated Log a Well Box 1/4" Labcock Valve I.D. Tag 0 0 = Organic topsoil — F Concrete °o °o F3/4 to 1/2 -in. clean 0 o gravel 1 Yellowish orange sand, poorly graded Bentonite plug 1-2 L73 1 F 1 5 1-6 H7 1-8 Light brown, silty sand Olive gray, clayey sand Dark gray, inorganic silt, or clayey, fine sand with some plasticity Drilling Company: BC2 Environmental Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Logged By: B. Baker No refuse encountered. 3" dia. sch. 80 PVC blank 10- - — — Soil backfill E Bentonite plug Soil backfill o R, 0 2 Date Ended: °o 0 °o 0 Total Depth: 30.0 ft. 0 0 0 0 0 0 Well Diameter: °o O °o O ° o 0 3" dia. sch. 80 PVC °o °o slot 0 0 0 0 0= 0 0 0 °o 0 0 °o 0 0 3/4 to 1/2 -in. clean °gravel °o °o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 °o O °o O 0 ° e 0 ° a Endcap Date Started: 9/20/07 Date Ended: 9/20/07 Total Depth: 30.0 ft. Boring Diameter: 18 in. Well Diameter: 3 in. SCS ENGINEER'S BORING LOG 3900 Kilroy Airport Way, Suite 100 BORING NUMBER: EW -10 Page 1 of 1 Long Beach, California 90806-6816 Landfill Gas Collection System JOB NUMBER: 01201221.07 Task 2 Newport Terrace Landfill REMARKS: No refuse encountered Newport Beach, CA Depth Completion Detail E Graphical Description Comments Flush -Mount, Traffic -Rated Log a Well Box 1/4" Labcock Valve I.D. Tag 0 0 = Organic topsoil — F Concrete °o °o F3/4 to 1/2 -in. clean 0 o gravel 1 Yellowish orange sand, poorly graded Bentonite plug 1-2 L73 1 F 1 5 1-6 H7 1-8 Light brown, silty sand Olive gray, clayey sand Dark gray, inorganic silt, or clayey, fine sand with some plasticity Drilling Company: BC2 Environmental Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Logged By: B. Baker No refuse encountered. 3" dia. SCH. 80 PVC blank 10- - — — Soil backfill E Bentonite plug Soil backfill o R, 0 2 Date Ended: °o 0 °o 0 Total Depth: 30.0 ft. 0 0 0 0 0 0 Well Diameter: °o O °o O ° o 0 3" dia. SCH. 80 PVC °o °o slot 0 0 0 0 0= 0 0 0 °o 0 0 °o 0 0 3/4 to 1/2 -in. clean °gravel °o °o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 °o O °o O 0 ° e 0 ° a Endcap Date Started: 9/20/07 Date Ended: 9/20/07 Total Depth: 30.0 ft. Boring Diameter: 18 in. Well Diameter: 3 in. SCS ENGINEER'S BORING LOG 3900 Kilroy Airport Way, Suite 100 BORING NUMBER: EW -11 Page 1 of 1 Long Beach, California 90806-6816 Landfill Gas Collection System JOB NUMBER: 01201221.07 Task 2 Newport Terrace Landfill REMARKS: No refuse encountered Newport Beach, CA Depth Completion Detail E Graphical Description Comments Flush -Mount, Traffic -Rated Log a Well Box 1/4" Labcock Valve I.D. Tag 0 0 = Organic topsoil — F Concrete °o °o F3/4 to 1/2 -in. clean 0 o gravel 1 Yellowish orange sand, poorly graded Bentonite plug 1-2 L73 1 F 1 5 1-6 H7 1-8 Light brown, silty sand Olive gray, clayey sand Dark gray, inorganic silt, or clayey, fine sand with some plasticity Drilling Company: BC2 Environmental Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Logged By: B. Baker No refuse encountered. 3" dia. sch. 80 PVC blank 10- - — — Soil backfill E Bentonite plug Soil backfill o R, 0 2 Date Ended: °o 0 °o 0 Total Depth: 30.0 ft. 0 0 0 0 0 0 Well Diameter: °o O °o O ° o 0 3" dia. sch. 80 PVC °o °o slot 0 0 0 0 0= 0 0 0 °o 0 0 °o 0 0 3/4 to 1/2 -in. clean °gravel °o °o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 °o O °o O 0 ° e 0 ° a Endcap Date Started: 9/20/07 Date Ended: 9/20/07 Total Depth: 30.0 ft. Boring Diameter: 18 in. Well Diameter: 3 in. SCS ENGINEER'S BORING LOG 3900 Kilroy Airport Way, Suite 100 BORING NUMBER: EW -12 Page 1 of 1 Long Beach, California 90806-6816 Landfill Gas Collection System JOB NUMBER: 01201221.07 Task 2 Newport Terrace Landfill REMARKS: No refuse encountered Newport Beach, CA Depth Completion Detail E Graphical Description Comments Flush -Mount, Traffic -Rated Log a Well Box 1/4" Labcock Valve I.D. Tag 0 0 = Grass, Organic Topsoil — F Concrete °o °o F3/4 to 1/2 -in. clean 0 o gravel 1 Yellowish Orange Sandy Silt Bentonite plug �-2 Light Brown, Silty Sand [7-3 1 Olive Grey Clayey Sand k 1 5 1-6 F7 Olive Gray Clayey Sand, Wet F8 Drilling Company: BC2 Environmental Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Logged By: B. Baker No refuse encountered 3" dia. sch. 80 PVC blank 1 — — Soil backfill Date Started: 1 Date Ended: 9/24/07 Total Depth: 30.0 ft. Boring Diameter: 12 in. Well Diameter: Bentonite plug Soil backfill °o °o °o °o y o o 0 0 0 °o 0 0 0 °o O ° o O 0 3" dia. sch. 80 PVC °o °o slot 0 0 0 0 0 °o 0 0 0 °o Water encountered at 21 feet after 2 0 ° o 0 ° o 3/4 to 1/2 -in. clean gravel drilling and construction °o°o completed olo v 00 °oo °o°o 00 00 ° e a Endcap Date Started: 9/24/07 Date Ended: 9/24/07 Total Depth: 30.0 ft. Boring Diameter: 12 in. Well Diameter: 3 in. SCS ENGINEER'S BORING LOG 3900 Kilroy Airport Way, Suite 100 BORING NUMBER: EW -13 Page 1 of 1 Long Beach, California 90806-6816 Landfill Gas Collection System JOB NUMBER: 01201221.07 Task 2 Newport Terrace Landfill REMARKS: Newport Beach, CA Depth Completion Detail E Graphical Description Comments -2 Log E 4? 0 0 — - — - — — Grass, Organic Topsoil 0 —7 -7 -- Yellowish -Orange Silty Sand 3" dia. PVC blank 2 3 4 5 6 2 7 2 8 L9 Rubble, Concrete Drilling Company: BC2 Environmental Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Logged By: B. Baker Rubble Encountered at 21 feet Date Started: 9/25/07 Date Ended: 9/25/07 Boring Diameter: 12 in. Well Diameter: 3 in. Bentonite Seal Total Depth: 21.0 ft. 10- o=, 0 0=, o o o 15- % 3" dia. PVC screen o=, o o=, o o=' 0 o 0, Endcap 2� 0 '0 1 1/2 -inch Gravel Pack Total Depth: 21.0 ft. SCS ENGINEER'S BORING LOG 3900 Kilroy Airport Way, Suite 100 BORING NUMBER: EW -14 Page 1 of 1 Long Beach, California 90806-6816 Landfill Gas Collection System JOB NUMBER: 01201221.07 Task 2 Newport Terrace Landfill REMARKS: Newport Beach, CA Depth Completion Detail E Graphical Description Comments a� a� Log E ? 0 0 —_—_—_— Grass, Organic Topsoil 3" dia. PVC blank 1 Yellowish -Orange Sandy Silt 5 ... Bentonite Seal 1-2 �3 10j'::::;;::'::;.I::;;::� Light Brown Silty Sand F 1 5 1-6 H7 1-8 Olive Gray Clayey Sand Rubble Drilling Company: BC2 Environmental Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Logged By: B. Baker Rubble and other debris encountered at 23 feet Unable to achieve required depth Date Started: 9/24/07 Date Ended: 9/24/07 Boring Diameter: 12 in. Well Diameter: 3 in. 0 o aJ la a Gravel Pack o 0 0 0 oa oa 1 °o Flo 3" dia. PVC screen o oa oa o v 0 0 oa oa 0=, °o o v 0 0 o a o a o 2 ° °o o v 0 0 o a o a o ° °o O O 0 0 o o „ Total Depth: 23.0 ft. SCS ENGINEER'S BORING LOG 3900 Kilroy Airport Way, Suite 100 BORING NUMBER: EW -15 Page 1 of 1 Long Beach, California 90806-6816 Landfill Gas Collection System JOB NUMBER: 01201221.07 Task 2 Newport Terrace Landfill REMARKS: No refuse encountered Newport Beach, CA Depth Completion Detail E Graphical Description Comments Flush -Mount, Traffic -Rated Log a Well Box 1/4" Labcock Valve I.D. Tag 0 0— __7 Grass, Organic Topsoil 777 777 7777 7= Yellowish -Orange Silty Sand 3" dia. PVC blank 1 5 ... Bentonite Seal 1-2 L73 1 1-7 1-8 Drilling Company: BC2 Environmental Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Logged By: B. Baker 9/25/07 00 0 00 0 Boring Diameter: 12 in. Well Diameter: 0 0 s 1 v 1-7 1-8 Drilling Company: BC2 Environmental Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Logged By: B. Baker Date Started: 9/25/07 00 0 00 0 Boring Diameter: 12 in. Well Diameter: 0 0 1 v Water detected at 21 feet with o=, 0 water sounder v 0 o° 00 0 o° 0o v v 0 0o 0 0o v v 1 � ° � ° �o 3" dia. PVC screen o v v 0 o° �o 0 o° �0 v v Date Started: 9/25/07 Date Ended: 9/25/07 Boring Diameter: 12 in. Well Diameter: 3 in. Endcap Total Depth: 20.0 ft. Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual Appendix C SCAQMD Permit to Construct/Operate — Collection System From: 6443139 Page: 1/4 Date: 1/29/20072: 05: 52 PM SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT 21865 Copley Drive, Diamond Bar, CA 91765 PERMIT TO CONSTRUCT/OPERATE Page 1 Permit No. F85012 AN 460099 This initial permit must be renewed ANNUALLY unless the equipment is moved, or changes ownership. If the billing for the annual renewal fee (Rule 30 Lf) is not received by the expiration date, contact the District. Legal Owner ID 119098 or Operator: CITY OF NEWPORT BCH CITY HALL, CTY ATTY 3300 NEWPORT BLVD, P O BOX 1769 NEWPORT BEACH, CA 92658 R ECEIVED V 13 'G6 Equipment Location: END OF W 19TH ST, NEWPORT BEACH, CA 92663 [CITY OFFICE Equipment Description : LANDFILL GAS COLLECTION SYSTEM CONSISTING OF: 1. SEVENTY FIVE (75) VERTICAL LANDFILL GAS COLLECTION WELLS AND ASSOCIATED PIPING. 2. UP TO FIVE (5) LANDFILL GAS COLLECTION WELLS AND ASSOCIATED PIPING, TO BE INSTALLED AS NEEDED. 3. SIX LATERAL GAS COLLECTION LINES "B" THROUGH "F", HDPE, 0'-4" DIA. 4. TWO HEADER LINES "A" AND "B", HDPE, UP TO 0'-6" DIA. AND 0'-10" DIA, CONNECTING TO A LANDFILL GAS CONTROL SYSTEM. 5. CONDENSATE COLLECTION SUMPS, ASSOCIATED PIPING (COMMON TO A LANDFILL GAS CONTROL SYSTEM) AND A BELOW -GRADE SEWER DISCHARGE CONNECTION. 6. LANDFILL GAS BLOWERS, COMMON TO A LANDFILL GAS CONTROL SYSTEM Conditions: 1. OPERATION OF THIS EQUIPMENT SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS SUBMITTED WITH THE APPLICATION UNDER WHICH THIS PERMIT IS ISSUED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED BELOW. 2. THIS EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROPERLY MAINTAINED AND KEPT IN GOOD OPERATING CONDITION AT ALL TIMES. 3. THIS EQUIPMENT SHALL BE OPERATED AND MAINTAINED BY PERSONNEL PROPERLY TRAINED IN ITS OPERATION. 4. WELL DRILLING, DRIVING AND/OR TRENCHING SHALL NOT BE CONDUCTED BETWEEN THE HOURS OF 6 P.M. AND 7 A.M. OR ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS OR LEGAL HOLIDAYS, UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE AQMD. ORIGINAL This fax was received by FAX -CNB on Line 2 from 6443139 From: 6443139 Page: 2/4 Date: 1/29/2007 2:05:53 PM SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT Paget I 21865 Copley Drive, Diamond Bar, CA 91765 Permit No. F85012 PERMIT TO CONSTRUCTIOPERATE AIN 460099 5. WELL DRILLING, DRIVING AND/OR TRENCHING SHALL NOT BE CONDUCTED ON DAYS WHEN THE AQMD FORECASTS SECOND OR THIRD STAGE EPISODES FOR AREA NO. 18 OR WHEN THE AQMD REQUIRES COMPANIES IN AREA NO. 18 TO IMPLEMENT THEIR SECOND OR THIRD STAGE EPISODE PLANS, EPISODE FORECASTS FOR THE FOLLOWING DAY CAN BE OBTAINED BY CALLING (800) 288-7664. 6. WELL DRILLING, DRIVING AND/OR TRENCHING SHALL NOT BE CONDUCTED WHEN THE WIND SPEED IS GREATER THAN 15 M.P.H. AVERAGE (OVER 15 MINUTES) OR THE WIND SPEED INSTANTANEOUSLY EXCEEDS 25 M.P.H. 7. EACH WELL SHALL BE COMPLETED AND CAPPED THE SAME DAY ITS CONSTRUCTION COMMENCES UNLESS THE WELL HOLE IS COMPLETELY SEALED AND THE WELL CASING IS CONNECTED TO THE GAS COLLECTION HEADER TO PREVENT ANY LANDFILL GAS FROM ESCAPING INTO THE ATMOSPHERE. 8. THE CONSTRUCTION OF ANY PIPING OR WELL TRENCH WHICH EXPOSES LANDFILL TRASH TO THE ATMOSPHERE SHALL BE STAGED SUCH THAT NO MORE THAN ONE HUNDRED (100) LINEAR FEET OF TRENCH IS EXPOSED AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO BACKFILLING. 9. WELL HOLES, TRENCHES AND EXPOSED LANDFILL TRASH SHALL BE COMPLETELY COVERED TO PREVENT ANY EMISSIONS OF LANDFILL GAS TO THE ATMOSPHERE WHENEVER WORK ON THE WELL IS NOT ACTUALLY IN PROGRESS. THE COVER SHALL INCLUDE, BUT MAY NOT BE LIMITED TO A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES OF CLEAN DIRT, APPROVED FOAM OR HEAVY DUTY PLASTIC SHEETING. FOAM BY ITSELF SHALL NOT BE USED AS A NIGHT COVER IF IT IS RAINING OR RAIN IS PREDICTED BY THE NATIONAL WEATHER SERVICE PRIOR TO THE NEXT SCHEDULED WORKING DAY. 10. EACH VERTICAL WELL OR LATERAL SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A SHUT-OFF VALVE AND A SAMPLING PORT. 11. UNTIL CONNECTED TO AN OPERATING LANDFILL GAS COLLECTION SYSTEM, EACH COMPLETED WELL SHALL BE CAPPED AND ITS GAS CONTROL VALVE CLOSED TO AVOID VENTING LANDFILL GAS TO THE ATMOSPHERE. 12. EACH WELL SHALL BE SECURELY SEALED TO PREVENT ANY EMISSIONS OF LANDFILL GAS FROM AROUND THE WELL CASING. 13. FOR THE PURPOSE OF THIS PERMIT, CONSTRUCTION SPOILS ARE LANDFILL TRASH, MATERIAL THAT IS MIXED WITH LANDFILL TRASH, MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN IN CONTACT WITH LANDFILL TRASH, OR ODOROUS MATERIAL THAT IS REMOVED FROM WELL HOLES OR TRENCHES. 14. CONSTRUCTION SPOILS AND ALL WORKING AREAS BEING ACTIVELY USED FOR TRUCK AND CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT TRAFFICKING SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A MOIST CONDITION TO MINIMIZE DUST AND EMISSIONS. [I]N1"10011 This fax was received by FAX -CNB on Line 2 from 6443139 From: 6443139 Page: 3/4 Date: 1/29/2007 2:05:54 PM SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT 21865 Copley Drive, Diamond Bar, CA 91765 PERMIT TO CONSTRUCT/OPERATE Page 3 Permit No. FS5012 AIN 460099 15. ALL CONSTRUCTION SPOILS SHALL BE PROPERLY DISPOSED BY THE END OF THE WORKING DAY OR AS DEEMED NECESSARY BY AQMD PERSONNEL. 16. DURING TRANSPORT OF THE CONSTRUCTION SPOILS, NO MATERIAL SHALL EXTEND ABOVE THE SIDES OR REAR OF THE VEHICLE HAULING THE MATERIAL. 17. THE EXTERIOR OF THE VEHICLE (INCLUDING THE TIRES) HAULING THE CONSTRUCTION SPOILS SHALL BE CLEANED OFF PRIOR TO LEAVING THE WORKING SITE. 18. IF A DISTINCT ODOR LEVEL (LEVEL III OR GREATER) RESULTING FROM THE CONSTRUCTION IS DETECTED AT OR BEYOND THE PROPERTY LINE, ALL WORK SHALL CEASE UNTIL THE ODOR SOURCES ARE DETERMINED AND ELIMINATED. ODOR LEVELS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY AQMD PERSONNEL OR ON-SITE SAFETY COORDINATOR IN THE ABSENCE OF AQMD PERSONNEL. 19. DURING CONSTRUCTION, IF A CONSIDERABLE NUMBER OF COMPLAINTS ARE RECEIVED, ALL WORK SHALL CEASE AND APPROVED MITIGATION MEASURES SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED IMMEDIATELY. WORK SHALL NOT RESUME UNTIL THE EMISSIONS CAUSING THE COMPLAINTS ARE MITIGATED AND THE APPROVAL TO RESUME WORK IS RECEIVED FROM THE AQMD. 20. MITIGATION MEASURES, OTHER THAN THOSE INDICATED IN THESE CONDITIONS, WHICH ARE DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY AQMD PERSONNEL AS NECESSARY TO PROTECT THE COMFORT, REPOSE, HEALTH OR SAFETY OF THE PUBLIC SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED UPON REQUEST. 21. ALL GASES COLLECTED BY THIS SYSTEM SHALL BE VENTED TO A CONTROL SYSTEM WHICH IS IN FULL USE, CAN ADEQUATELY PROCESS THE VOLUME OF GAS COLLECTED, AND HAS BEEN ISSUED A VALID PERMIT TO CONSTRUCT OR OPERATE BY THE AQMD. 22. THE OPERATION OF THIS EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT RESULT IN THE RELEASE OF ANY RAW LANDFILL GAS INTO THE ATMOSPHERE. 23. LANDFILL GAS CONDENSATE SHALL BE COLLECTED AND CONVEYED IN AN ENCLOSED MANNER AND SHALL BE DISPOSED OF PROPERLY. THE OPERATION OF THIS EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT RESULT IN THE DISCHARGE OF ODOROUS LIQUIDS/VAPORS TO THE ATMOSPHERE. 24. THE AQMD SHALL BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING AT LEAST ONE WEEK IN ADVANCE WHEN ADDITIONAL WELLS AND THEIR ASSOCIATED PIPING WILL BE INSTALLED. THE PROPOSED WELL LOCATIONS AND ASSOCIATED PIPING SHALL BE IDENTIFIED ON A DRAWING WHICH SHOWS THE ENTIRE GAS COLLECTION SYSTEM. THE PROPOSED WELL DEPTHS, PIPE LENGTHS, DIAMETERS, AND LAYOUTS SHALL BE SUPPLIED TO THE AQMD IN THIS ADVANCE NOTIFICATION. 25. WITHIN 90 DAYS AFTER CONSTRUCTION OF A GROUP OF WELLS AND THEIR ASSOCIATED PIPING IS COMPLETE, THE PERMITTEE SHALL KEEP ON FILE AND SUBMIT UPON REQUEST, AS BUILT DRAWINGS TO THE AQMD. This fax was received by FAX -CNB on Line 2 from 6443139 From: 6443139 Page: 4/4 Date: 1/29/2007 2:05:54 PM SOUTH .COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT Page 21855 Copley Drive, Diamond Bar, CA 91765 Permit No. F85012 PERMIT TO CONSTRUCT/OPERATE AIN 460099 NOTICE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 206, THIS PERMIT TO OPERATE OR COPY SHALL BE POSTED ON OR WITHIN 8 METERS OF THE EQUIPMENT. THIS PERMIT DOES NOT AUTHORIZE THE EMISSION OF AIR CONTAMINANTS IN EXCESS OF THOSE ALLOWED BY DIVISION 26 OF THE HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA OR THE RULES OF THE AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT. THIS PERMIT CANNOT BE CONSIDERED AS PERMISSION TO VIOLATE EXISTING LAWS, ORDINANCES, REGULATIONS OR STATUTES OF OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES. EXECUTIVE OFFICER By Dorris M.Bailey/TKOI 11/2/2006 ORIGINAL This fax was received by FAX -CNB on Line 2 from 6443139 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual Appendix D SCAQMD Permit to Construct/Operate — Treatment System From: 9496443139 Page: 1/4 Date: 11/14/20061:14:00 PM r SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISIRICT Page t rj 21865 Copley Drive, Diamond Bar, CA 91765 Permit No. F85Dt1 PERMIT TO CONSTRUCTIOPERATE A/N 460102 This initial permit must he renewed. ANNUALLY unless the equipment is moved, or changes ownership. If the billing for the annual renewal Fee (Rule 301 J) is not received by the expiration date, contact the District. Legal Owner ID 119098 or Operator: CITY OF NEWPORT BCH CITY HALL, CTY ATTY 3300 NEWPORT BLVD, P O BOX 1768 NEWPORT BEACH, CA 92658 Equipment Location: END OF W 19TH ST, NEWPORT BEACH, CA 92663 Equipment Description : LANDFILL GAS CONTROL SYSTEM CONSISTING OF: 1. TWO KNOCKOUT VESSELS, ACS INDUSTRIES WITH DEMISTER PAD. 2. ADSORBER, SULFATREAT410 HP, WITH 2000 LBS OF GRANULAR MATERIAL, 7-8" H. X T-10" DIA., REMOVING SULFUR COMPOUNDS FROM LANDFILL GAS COLLECTED IN HEADER LINE B. 3. TWO BLOWERS, ONE SPARE, EACH 75 SCFM, VENTING TREATED LANDFILL GAS COLLECTED IN HEADER LINE "B" TO THE CARBON ADSORPTION SYSTEM. 4. TWO BLOWERS, ONE SPARE, EACH 300 SCFM, VENTING LANDFILL GAS COLLECTED IN HEADER LINE "A" TO THE CARBON ADSORPTION SYSTEM. 5. FLAME ARRESTOR. 6. CARBON ADSORPTION SYSTEM CONSISTING OF TWO CARBON ADSORBERS, IN SERIES, BAKER FILTRATION, MODEL NO. KLEEN AIR 20005, EACH 2000 LBS OF ACTIVATED CARBON, REMOVING TNMOCS FROM LANDFILL GAS COLLECT ED IN HEADER LINES "A" AND "B". 7. EXHAUST STACK, MINIMUM 32'-0" H. X 0'4" DIA. WITH NO RAIN CAP. Conditions : OPERATION OF THIS EQUIPMENT SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS SUBMITTED WITH THE APPLICATION UNDER WHICH THIS PERMIT IS ISSUED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED BELOW. 2. THIS EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROPERLY MAINTAINED AND KEPT IN GOOD OPERATING CONDITION AT ALL TIMES. THIS EQUIPMENT SHALL BE OPERATED AND MAINTAINED BY PERSONNEL PROPERLY TRAINED IN ITS OPERATION. IIII7;7TRYLTa" This fax was received by FAX -CNB on Line 3 from 9496443139 From: 9496443139 Page: 2/4 Date: 11/14/20061:14:01 PM auu I H L�UA,'i I AIH UVALI I Y MANA LMEN I UIS I HICT 21865 Copley Drive, Diamond Bar, CA 91765 PERMIT TO CONSTRUCT/OPERATE C MKC L Permit No - F85011 AIN 460102 4. A FLOW INDICATING AND RECORDING DEVICE SHALL. BE INSTALLED IN THE LANDFILL GAS SUPPLY LINE TO TIIE CARBON ADSORBERS TO MEASURE AND RECORD THE QUANTITY OF LANDFILL GAS (IN STANDARD CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE (SCFM) BEING TREATED BY THE CARBON ADSORBERS- 5. THE BLOWERS IN THIS EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT BE OPERATED UNLESS GASES ARE VENTED THROUGH TWO CARBON ADSORBERS CONTAINING A TOTAL OF AT LEAST 4000 LBS OF GRANULAR ACTIVATED CARBON. 6. RAW LANDFILL GAS SHALL NOT BE RELEASE TO THE ATMOSPHERE FROM THIS EQUIPMENT. 7. THE TOTAL VOLUME OF LANDFILL GAS TREATED BY THE CARBON ADSORBERS SHALL NOT EXCEED 375 SCFM. S. THE CONCENTRATION OF TOTAL NON METHANE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (TNMOC) AT THE COMBINED INLET TO THE CARBON ADSORPTION SYSTEM SHALL NOT EXCEED 250 PPMV, MEASURED AS HEXANE. 9, THE CONCENTRATION OF TNMOC AT THE FINAL OU -1 LET OF THE CARBON ADSORBERS SHALL NOT EXCEED 20 PPMV MEASURED AS HEXANE AT 3 PERCENT OXYGEN OR SHALL BE REDUCED BY AT LEAST 98 PERCENT BY WEIGHT BY THE CARBON ADSORBERS. 10. OWNER/OPERATOR SHALL CONDUCT ANNUAL SOURCE TESTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AQMD APPROVED TEST PROCEDURES AND FURNISH WRITTEN RESULTS OF SUCIi SOURCE TESTS TO THE AQMD WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER TESTING. WRITTEN NOTICE OF THE SOURCE TESTS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE AQMD 10 DAYS PRIOR TO TESTING SO THAT AN OBSERVER MAY BE PRESENT. ALL SOURCE TESTING AND ANALYTICAL METHODS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE AQMD FOR APPROVAL AT LEAST 30 DAYS PRIOR TO TIIE START OF TESTS. THE TESTS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT MAY NOT BE LIMITED TO, A TESTOF THE INLET GAS TO THE CARBON ADSORBER SYSTEM AND FINAL OUTLET OF THE CARBON ADSORBER SYSTEM FOR: A. METHANE B. TNMOC C. TAC'S (AS SPECIFIED IN RULE 1150.1) D. TOTAL SULFUR, AS 1425 E. MOISTURE CONTENT F. TEMPERATURE G. FLOW RATE H. OXYGEN FINAL REPORT SHALL INCLUDE AGE (IN OPERATIONAL IIOURS) OF THE CARBON AT TIME OF SOURCE TEST, AND CALCULATIONS TO DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIRMENTS IN CONDITION NO -9 - ORIGINAL This fax was received by FAX -CNB on Line 3 from 9496443139 From: 9496443139 Page: 3/4 Date: 11/14/20061:14:01 PM uvu i n lJVHO I /11r1 VUHLI I Y IVI/ilNHlatIVItIN I UIS I -tIU I 21865 Copley Drive, Diamond Bar, CA 91765 PERMIT TO CONSTRUCT/OPERATE rage a Permit Na. F85011 AM 460102 11. SAMPLES SHALL BE COLLECTED AND ANALYZED ONCE EACH MONTH OF OPERATION FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS AND SPECTATED FOR TAC'S AS SPECIFIED IN RULE 1150.1 AS FOLLOWS: A. SAMPLES SHALL BE COLLECTED AT THE INLET AND OUTLET OF CARBON ADSOR.BERS, B. SAMPLING SHALL CONFORM TO CARB METHOD 422 OR EQUIVALENT. SAMPLES WITH HIGH MOISTURE SHALL BE COLLECTED USING AN APPROPRIATE METHOD SUCH AS SCAQMD METHOD 25.1/25.3 OR OTHER METHODS APPROVED BY SCAQMD. C. ANALYSIS SHALL BE CONDUCTED USING EPA METHOD TO 14 OR OTHER METHOD APPROVED BY SCAQMD. 12. THIS EQUIPMENT SHALL COMPLY WITH RULE 1150.1. 13. THE EXHAUST OE THE SULFATREAT SYSTEM SHALL BE MONITORED FOR SULFUR COMPOUNDS (AS H2S) USING AN APPROVED METHOD ON A MONTHLY BASIS. WHENEVER MONITORING RESULTS INDICATE AN II2S BREAKTHROUGH, THE ADSORBER SHALL BE REPLACED ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS. MONITORING RESULTS AND ADSORBER. REPLACEMENTS SHALL BE RECORDED. 14. THE CONCENTRATION OF TOTAL NON -METHANE HYDROCARBONS SHALL BE MEASURED AND RECORDED AT THE OUTLET OF THE CARBON ADSORBERS MONTHLY USING AN ORGANIC VAPOR ANALYZER OR OTHER APPROVED METHOD. THE MONITOR SHALL BE CALIBRATED WITH OR RESULTS CORRELATED TO HEXANE, AND MAINTAINED AND CALIBRATED PER EPA METHOD 21. CALIBRATION SHALL BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO EACH MONITORING VISIT. 15, THE EMISSIONS AT THE EXHAUST OF THE CARBON ADSOR13ERS SHALL NOT EXCEED THE FOLLOWING: COMPOUND CHLOROFORM VINYL CHLORIDE HYDROGEN SULFIDE CONCEN'T'RATION (PPMV) 0.10 0-1.7 0.1 16. WHENEVER THE TNMOC CONCENTRATION AT THE OUTLET OF TIIE PRIMARY CARBON ADSORBER SYSTEM IS 20 PPMV OR GREATER, AS HEXANE, THE GRANULAR ACTIVATED CARBON IN THE CARBON ADSORBERS SHALL BE ROTATED/REPLACED AS FOLLOWS: A. PRIMARY ADSORBER REPLACED WITH EITHER FRESH CARBON OR CARBON IN SECONDARY ADSORBER, B. SECONDARY ADSORBER REPLACED WITH FRE S14 CARBON. u3.:1r�� This fax was received by FAX -CNB on Line 3 from 9496443139 From: 9496443139 Page: 4/4 Date: 11/14/20061:14:01 PM M TUU I H UUAS I AN UUALI I Y MANAGEMENT DISTRICT 21865 Copley Drive, Diamond Bar, CA 91765 PERMIT TO CONSTRUCT/OPERATE rage 4 Permit No - F85011 AIN 460102 17. ALL RECORDS, SUCH AS TEST RESULTS, MONITORING DATA AND DATES OF CARSON REPLACEMENTS SHALL BE KEPTAND MAINTAINED FOR AT LEAST TWO 'YEARS AND MADE AVAILABLE TO AQMD PERSONNEL UPON REQUEST, 18. THIS PERMIT SHALL EXPIRE IF CONSTRUCTION OF THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT COMPLETE WITHIN ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ISSUANCE OF THIS PERMIT UNLESS AN EXTENSION IS GRANTED BY THE AQMD. I`Te➢Y (N A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 206, THIS PERMIT TO OPERATE OR COPY SHALL 13F POSTED ON OR WITHIN 8 METERS OF THE EQUIPMENT. THIS PERMIT DOES NOT AUTHORIZE THE EMISSION OF AIR CONTAMINANTS IN EXCESS OF THOSE ALLOWED BY DIVISION 26 OF THE HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA OR THE RULES OF THE AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT. THIS PERMIT CANNOT BE CONSIDERED AS PERMISSION - TO VIOLATE EXISTING LAWS, ORDINANCES, REGULA2IONS OP. STATUTES OF OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES. EXECUTIVE OFFICER Ey Dorris M.Eailey/TKOI 11/2/2006 ORIGINAL This fax was received by FAX -CNB on Line 3 from 9496443139 Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual Appendix E Well Field Monitoring Form NEWPORT TERRACE GAS TREATMENT SYSTEM DATA Date and Time Temperature Personnel Baro. Press. Wind speed and Dir Weather Methane Inlet System Process Conditions Inlet Separator dP inH2O Gas Flowrate SCFM Inlet Temp OF Total Gas Flow SCF Inlet Pressure inH2O Percent Combustibles %LEL Blower Disch Temp OF H2S Concentration PPM Air Compressor Press PSI Sulfatreat Inlet System Air Compressor Hours Hrs Inlet Separator dP inH2O Lead Methane Blower Sulfatreat Disch Temp OF Lead Sulfatreat Blower Sulfatreat Disch Press inH2O Blower 1 Hours Hrs Blower Disch Press inH2O Blower 2 Hours Hrs Blower 3 Hours Hrs Inlet Gas Composition Blower 4 Hours Hrs CH4 % CO2 % Sulfatreat Inlet Gas Composition 02 % CH4 % Bal % CO2 % 02 % Activated Carbon Tanks Bal % ppm TNMOC Inlet to First Carbon Unit Sulfatreat Vessel Between Carbon Units ppm H2S Outlet of Final Carbon Unit Vessel Outlet Valve Positions No. Description Size %O en No. Description Size %O en HV -1 Main Gas Inlet HV -10 CU 1 Outlet HV -2 Blower 1 Inlet HV -11 CU 2 Inlet HV -3 Blower 1 Outlet HV -12 CU 2 Inlet Bypass HV -4 Blower 2 Inlet HV -13 CU 2 Outlet Bypass HV -5 Blower 2 Outlet HV -14 Sulfatreat System HV -6 CU 1 Outlet Bypass HV -15 Blower 3 Inlet HV -7 CU 1 Outlet HV -16 Blower 3 Outlet HV -8 ICU 2 Inlet HV -17 Blower 4 Inlet HV -9 CU 2 Inlet Bypass HV -18 Blower 4 Outlet HV -19 Discharge to Vent Comments: BlowerStation NEWPORT TERRACE LANDFILL - Extraction Well Monitorina Form Field Technician and Weather Conditions Technician Date Ambient Temp Barometric Pressure (in - Hg) General Weather Wind Speed Wind Direction Name Date Time Methane (% by vol) Carbon Dioxide (% by vol) Oxygen (% by vol) Balance Gas (% by vol) Init Static Press (Inch H2O) Adj Static Press (Inch H2O) Init Temp (Deg F) Adj Temp (Deg F) Init Flow (scfm) Adj Flow (scfm) Comments EW -01 EW -02 EW -03 EW -03 EW -04 EW -05 EW -06 EW -07 EW -08 EW -09 EW -10 EW -11 EW -12 EW -13 EW -14 EW -15 NEWPORT TERRACE LANDFILL - Monitorinq Well/Probe Data Form Field Technician and Weather Conditions Ambient Technician Date Temp Barometric Pressure (in - Hg) General Weather Wind Speed Wind Direction Probe Date Time Methane (% by vol) Carbon Dioxide (% by vol) Oxygen (% by vol) Balance Static Gas Press (% by vol) (Inch H2O) Comments CP -01A CP -01A CP -0113 CP -0113 C13 -01C - CP -02A - CP -02B - CP -03A - CP -03B - CP -04A - CP -04B - CP -05A - CP -05B - CP -06A - CP -06B - CP -07A - CP -07B - CP -08A - CP -08B - CP -08C - CP -09A - CP -09B CP -10A CP -1013 - CP -11A - CP -11B - CP -12A - Carbon Methane Dioxide I I' i t I i by I i by I (% by I I I Carbon Methane Dioxide I I' i t I i by I i by I (% by I I I Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual Appendix F Contact Information APPENDIX F LIST OF CONTACTS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH: George Murdoch Utilities Director City of Newport Beach 3300 Newport Blvd. PO Box 1768 Newport Beach, CA 92658-8915 Ph: 949-644-3011 Fax: 949-646-5204 smyrter@city.newport-beach.ca.us Aaron C. Harp Assistant City Attorney City of Newport Beach 3300 Newport Blvd. PO Box 1768 Newport Beach, CA 92658-8915 (949) 644-3131 FAX 723-3519 NEWPORT CONDOMINIUM ASSOCIATION (NCA): Julie D. McKenna, CCAM Manager of Community Services/Education jmckenna@actionlife.com Action Community Management 29B Technology Drive, Suite 100 Irvine, CA 92618 p 949.450.0202 f 949.450.4381 info@actionlife.com www.actionlife.com Anthony Silva, President The Brownfield Redevelopment Group Co. LIABILITY AND ASSET MANAGEMENT SOL UTIONS 2082 Michelson Drive, Suite 400 Irvine, CA 92612 Telephone: 949.250.9722 Fax: 949.955.9088 Mobile: 949.357.6097 e-mail: asilva@tbrgco.com LOCAL ENFORCEMENT AGENCY (LEA) Dean Clarke Hazardous Waste Specialist Environmental Health, County of Orange 1241 E. Dyer Road, Suite 120 Santa Ana, CA 92705-5611 (714) 433-6272 dclarke@ochca.com SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD) Charles Tupac, P.E. AQAC Supervisor Refinery and Waste Management Permitting Engineering and Compliance Division Phone 909-396-2684 Fax 909-396-3342 ctupac@aqmd.gov Newport Terrace Landfill — O&M Manual Appendix G Rule 1 150.1 Compliance Plan South Coast Air Quality Management 21865 E. Copley Drive, Diamond Bar, CA 91765-4182 (909) 396-2000 • http://www.agmd.gov h D 1 --- r,� District December 17, 1999 NEWPORT TERRACE CONDOMINIUM ASSOC., INC. P.O. BOX 4708 IRVINE, CA 92716 Attention: VICKY HARMON (Villageway Management) RULE 1150.1 COMPLIANCE PLAN Reference is made to your Application for a Rule 1150.1 Compliance Plan for the following landfill. Facility ID: 119098 Sector: RH Application No: 355993 Phone No: (949) 754-3242 Common Name: Newport Terrace Condominium Assoc., Inc. Location Address: END OF 19TH STREET City: NEWPORT BEACH CA 92663 South Coast Air Quality Management District (AQMD) has reviewed your application and approved the following alternatives to Rule 1150.1 requirements for your landfill. Rule 1150.1 Compliance Plans may be submitted by each owner or operator responsible for that section of the rule directly under their control, or by the owner or operator responsible for the entire landfill. Compliance under the alternative provision is achieved if only one owner or operator with responsibility submits a compliance plan for the applicable section of the rule. Only one alternative to each rule requirement shall be allowed for multiple Compliance Plans issued to one landfill. The approved alternative shall be written into each Compliance Plan. The AQMD reserves the right to deny any or all of these alternatives if it is determined that the altemative(s) allow emissions from the landfill that would not have occurred if the owner or operator was complying with the rule requirements. The Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) landfill owner or operator shall comply with this approved Compliance Plan no later than March 1, 2000. Where no Rule 1150.1 alternatives are specified below, compliance with provisions of Rule 1150.1 is required. You are further advised that other governmental agencies may require approval for the operation of this landfill and it is the responsibility of the applicant to obtain approval from each agency. This compliance plan will remain in force until either a new plan is filed and approved or the applicant is notified by the Executive Officer of revisions to this plan. The AQMD shall not be responsible or liable I(0 2000 for any losses resulting from measures required or taken pursuant to the requirements of this approved Rule 1150.1 Compliance Plan. If you have any questions regarding this matter, please phone Ted Kowalczyk, Air Quality Engineer at (909) 396-2592. cc: Dan Russell Air Quality Inspector Issue Number: 0 1-7 Sincerely, Larry M. Bowen Senior Manager (Adopted April 5, 1985)(Amended April 10, 1998) RULE 1150.1. CONTROL OF GASEOUS EMISSIONS FROM MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE LANDFILLS TABLE OF CONTENTS (a) Purpose (b) Applicability (c) Definitions (d) Active Landfill Design and Operation Requirements (e) Active Landfill Sampling and Monitoring Requirements (f) Active Landfill Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements (g) Active Landfill Compliance Schedule (h) Inactive Landfill Requirements (i) Alternatives 0) Test Methods (k) Exemptions (1) Loss of Exemption Attachment A 1.0 Subsurface Refuse Boundary Sampling Probes 2.0 Integrated Landfill Surface Sampling 3.0 Instantaneous Landfill Surface Monitoring 4.0 Landfill Gas Sample From Gas Collection System 5.0 Ambient Air Samples At The Landfill Property Boundary Figure I Portable Integrated Bag Sampler Figure 2 Typical Landfill Walk Pattern Figure 3 Quality Control Sheet Figure 4 Bag Sample Custody Form Table 1 Carcinogenic and Toxic Air Contaminants (Core Group) Table 2 Carcinogenic and Toxic Air Contaminants (Supplemental Group) The reference numbers in the left hand margin of the rule refer to sections of 40 CFR, Part 60, Subpart WWW (HSPS) . (Adopted April 5, 1985)(Amended April 10, 1998) RULE 1150.1. CONTROL OF GASEOUS EMISSIONS FROM MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE LANDFILLS (a) Purpose The rule is intended to limit Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) landfill emissions to prevent public nuisance and possible detriment to public health caused by exposure to such emissions. (b) Applicability This rule applies to each active and inactive MSW landfill. (c) Definitions Terms used but not defined in this rule have the meaning given them in 40 CFR, Part 60, Section 60.751 (Definitions): (1) ADMINISTRATOR means the Executive Officer of the South Coast Air Quality Management District (District). (2) ACTIVE LANDFILL means an MSW landfill that has received waste on or after November 8, 1987. (3) BACKGROUND means the local ambient concentration of total organic compounds (TOC) measured as methane determined by holding the instrument probe approximately 5 to 6 feet above the landfill surface. (4) CLOSED LANDFILL means a disposal facility that has ceased accepting waste and was closed in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local statutes, regulations, and ordinances in effect at the time of closure. (5) INACTIVE LANDFILL means an MSW landfill where solid waste had been disposed of before November 8, 1987 and no more subsequent solid waste disposal activity has been conducted within the disposal facility. (6) MSW LANDFILL means an entire disposal facility in a contiguous geographical space where solid waste is placed in or on land. An MSW landfill may be either active or inactive. (7) OPERATOR means the person: (A) Operating the MSW landfill, or (B) Operating the MSW landfill gas collection or control system. (8) OWNER means the person holding Title to the property. 1150.1 - 1 1 C' Rule 1150.1 (Amended April 10, 1993 (9) PERIMETER means the outer boundary of the entire waste disposal property. (10) PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER means an engineer holding a valid certificate issued by the State of California Board of Registration for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors or a state offering reciprocity with California. (11) TOXIC AIR CONTAMINANT (TAC) means an air contaminant which has been identified as a hazardous air pollutant pursuant to Section 7412 of Title 42 of the United States Code; or has been identified as a TAC by the Air Resources Board pursuant to Health and Safety Code Section 39655 through 39662, or which may cause or contribute to an increase in mortality or an increase in serious illness, or potential hazard to human health. (d) Active Landfill Design and Operation Requirements The MSW landfill owner or operator shall comply with the provisions of paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(9): (1) If a valid Permit to Construct or Permit to Operate for the collection and control system that meets the requirements of subparagraphs (d)(1)(A) 752(b)(2)(i) through (d)(1)(C) has not been issued by the District by the adoption date 752(b)(2)(i)(D) of this rule, submit a site-specific collection and control system design plan. The design plan shall be prepared by a Professional Engineer and sent to the Executive Officer with applications for Permits to Construct or Permits to Operate no later than one year after the adoption of this rule. The Executive Officer shall review the collection and control system design and either approve it, disapprove it, or request that additional information be submitted. (A) The collection and control system shall be designed to handle the maximum expected gas flow rate from the entire area of the 52(b)(2)(ii)(A)(I), (3), (a) landfill that requires control, to minimize migration of subsurface 755(a)(1) gas to comply with paragraph (d)(4), and to collect gas at an 758(b)(1)(i) extraction rate to comply with paragraphs (d)(5) and (d)(6). For the purposes of calculating the maximum expected gas generation flow rate from the landfill, one of the equations in 40 CFR, Part 60, Section 60.755(a)(1) shall be used. Another method may be used 1150.1 -2 Rule 1150.1 (B) 752(b)(2)(i)(C) 756(e) (C) 752(b)(2)(iii) n (Amended April 10, 1998 to determine the maximum gas generation flow rate, if the method has been approved by the Executive Officer. If a valid Permit to Construct or Permit to Operate has not been issued by the District for the collection and control system, the collection and control system design plan shall either conform with specifications for active collection systems in 40 CFR, Part 60, Section 60.759 or include a demonstration to the Executive Officer's satisfaction of the sufficiency of the alternative provisions describing the design and operation of the collection system, the operating parameters that would indicate proper performance, and appropriate monitoring procedures. Alternatives to this rule shall be submitted as specified in subdivision (i). The design plan shall provide for the control of collected MSW landfill emissions through the use of a collection and control system meeting the applicable requirements in clauses (d)(1)(C)(i) and (d)(1)(C)(ii): (i) Route all the collected gas to a control system designed and operated to either reduce NMOC by at least 98 percent by weight or reduce the outlet NMOC concentration to less than 20 parts per million by volume (ppmv), dry basis as hexane at 3 percent oxygen. The required reduction efficiency or ppmv shall be established by an initial source test, required under 40 CFR, Part 60, Section 60.8 and annually thereafter using the test methods specified in paragraph 0)(1). The annual source test shall be conducted no later than 45 days after the anniversary date of the initial source test. ALTERNATIVE: THIS REQUIREMENT IS NOT APPLICABLE AS LONG AS THE COLLECTED LANDFILL GAS EMITS LESS THAN ONE POUND PER DAY OF NMOC AND MEETS RULE 1150.1 EXEMPTIONS (K)(3) AND (K)(4). THE OWNER/OPERATOR SHALL SAMPLE AND ANALYZE THE VENTED LANDFILL GAS FOR NMOC AND TAC ONCE PER YEAR. SHOULD THE VENTED GAS EXCEED ONE POUND PER DAY, 1150.1 -3 I Rule 1150.1 (Amended April 10, 1998 ONE IN ONE MILLION CANCER RISK, (K)(3) OR CAUSE A NUISANCE THE OWNER/OPERATOR SHALL BE REQUIRED TO CONTROL THE COLLECTED LANDFILL GAS. (I) If a boiler or process heater is used as the control device, the landfill gas stream shall be introduced into the flame zone. Where the landfill gas is the primary fuel for the boiler or process heater, introduction of the landfill gas stream into the flame zone is not required. (II) The control device shall be operated within the operating parameter ranges established during the initial or most recent compliant source test. The operating parameters to be monitored are specified under paragraph (e)(6). (ii) Route the collected gas to a treatment system that processes the collected gas for subsequent sale or use. All emissions from any atmospheric vent from the gas treatment system shall be subject to the requirements of clause (d)(1)(C)(i). (2) Install and operate the collection and control system no later than 18 752(b)(2)(ii) months after the submittal of the design plan. (3) If the District has not issued prior written approval for subsurface refuse boundary sampling probes, design and install subsurface refuse boundary sampling probes as specified in Section 1.1, Attachment A, to determine whether landfill gas migration exists. Installation of the refuse boundary probes shall be no later than 18 months after the submittal of the collection and control design plan as specified in paragraph (d)(1). ALTERNATIVE: THE SUBSURFACE REFUSE BOUNDARY PROBES APPROVED IN THE PAST OR SUBMITTED WITH THIS APPLICATION, ARE APPROVED. ALL FUTURE DESIGNS AND INSTALLATIONS NOT MEETING THE RULE REQUIREMENTS, SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR AQMD PRE - CONSTRUCTION APPROVAL WITH A COMPLIANCE PLAN APPLICATION. (4) Operate the collection system to prevent the concentration of TOC measured as methane from exceeding live percent by volume in the 1150.1-4 Rule 1150.1 (Amended April 10, 1998 subsurface refuse boundary sampling probes constructed for the purposes of detecting lateral migration of landfill gas away from the waste mass, as determined from collected samples. (5) Operate the collection system to prevent the concentration of TOC measured as methane from exceeding 50 ppmv as determined by integrated samples taken on numbered 50,000 square foot landfill grids. (6) Operate the collection system to prevent the concentration of TOC 753(d) measured as methane from exceeding 500 ppmv above background as determined by instantaneous monitoring at any location on the landfill, except at the outlet of any control device. (7) Operate the control or treatment system at all times when the collected gas is routed to the system. In the event the collection, treatment or control 753(e) system is inoperable, the gas conveying system shall be shut down and all valves in the collection, treatment and control system contributing to venting of the gas to the atmosphere shall be closed no later than one hour after such breakdown or no later than one hour after the time the owner or operator knew or reasonably should have known of its occurrence. (8) Operate the collection, treatment and control system until all the ff 52(b)(2)(v) exemption criteria under subdivision (k) has been met and the reports specified in subparagraph (f)(2)(D) have been submitted to the Executive Officer. (9) Design, install and operate a wind speed and direction monitoring system with a continuous recorder of the requirements in subparagraphs (d)(9)(A) and (d)(9)(B), at a site which is representative of the wind speed and direction in the areas being sampled. The wind velocity shall be recorded throughout the sampling period. The wind direction transmitter shall be oriented to true north using a compass. The monitor shall be installed according to the criteria set forth in 40 CFR, Part 50. (A) For wind speed use a 3 cup assembly, with a range of 0 to 50 miles per hour, with a threshold of 0.75 mile per hour or less. (B) For wind direction use a vane, with a range of 0 to 540 degrees azimuth, with a threshold of plus-minus 2 degrees. ALTERNATIVE: NO PERMANENT METEOROLOGICAL STATION REQUIRED. THE WIND SPEED SHALL BE MEASURED WITH AN APPROVED HAND-HELD 1150.1 - 5 7 ( Rule 1150.1 (Amended April 10, 1998 ANEMOMETER DURING INTEGRATED SURFACE MONITORING. (e) Active Landfill Sampling and Monitoring Requirements The MSW landfill owner or operator shall comply with the provisions of paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(6), after installation of the landfill gas control system: (1) Monitor and collect samples for analysis as specified in Section 1.0, Attachment A, to determine the concentrations of TOC and TAC each month from the subsurface refuse boundary sampling probes, to assure continued compliance. Any measurement of 5 percent TOC by volume or greater shall be recorded as an exceedance and the actions specified in subparagraphs (e)(1)(A) through (e)(1)(C) shall be taken. ALTERNATIVE: TOC MONTHLY/TAC QUARTERLY (A) The probe shall be identified and the location recorded as specified in Section 1.6, Attachment A. (B) Adjustments to the vacuum of adjacent wells to increase the gas collection in the vicinity of the probe with the exceedance shall be made and the probe resampled no later than 10 calendar days after detecting the exceedance. (C) If the resampling of the probe shows a second exceedance, additional corrective action shall be taken and the probe shall be resampled again no later than 10 calendar days after the second exceedance. If the resampling shows a third exceedance, it is a violation unless the owner or operator determines that a new or replacement gas collection well is needed. The owner or operator must install and operate the new or replacement well no later than 45 days after detecting the third exceedance. (2) Collect monthly integrated samples for analysis as specified in Section 2.0, Attachment A, to determine the concentrations of TOC and TAC from the landfill surface, to assure continued compliance. Any reading of 50 ppmv or greater shall be recorded as an exceedance and the actions specified in subparagraphs (e)(2)(A) through (e)(2)(C) shall be taken. ALTERNATIVE: NOT REQUIRED (A) The and shall be identified and the location recorded as specified in Section 2.8, Attachment A. 1150.1 -6 (%% 4 Rule 1150.1 (Amended April 10, 1998 (B) Cover maintenance or adjustments to the vacuum of adjacent wells to increase the gas collection in the vicinity of the grid with the exceedance shall be made and the grid resampled no later than 10 calendar days after detecting the exceedance. If measurable precipitation occurs within the 10 calendar days, all resampling and analysis shall comply with Section 2.2.2, Attachment A. (C) If the resampling of the grid shows a second exceedance, additional corrective action shall be taken and the grid shall be resampled again no later than 10 calendar days after the second exceedance. If the resampling shows a third exceedance, it is a violation unless the owner or operator determines that a new or replacement gas collection well is needed. The owner or operator must install and operate the new or replacement well no later than 45 days after detecting the third exceedance. (3) Monitor instantaneously as specified in Section 3.0, Attachment A, to determine the concentration of TOC each calendar quarter, to assure 755(c) continued compliance. Any reading of 500 ppmv TOC or greater shall be 756(f) recorded as an exceedance and the actions specified in subparagraphs (e)(3)(A) through (e)(3)(C) shall be taken. Any closed landfill that has no monitored exceedances of the 500 ppmv standard in three consecutive quarterly monitoring periods may monitor annually. Any reading of 500 ppmv TOC or more above background detected during the annual monitoring or compliance inspections shall result in a return to quarterly monitoring for that landfill. ALTERNATIVE: NOT REQUIRED (A) The location of each monitored exceedance shall be marked on the landfill or identified by using a global positioning system and the location recorded as specified in Section 3.4, Attachment A. (B) Cover maintenance or adjustments to the vacuum of adjacent wells to increase the gas collection in the vicinity of each exceedance shall be made and the location shall be remonitored no later than 10 calendar days after detecting the exceedance. (C) If the remonitoring of the location shows a second exceedance, additional corrective action shall be taken and the location shall be remonitored again no later than 10 days after the second exceedance. If the remonitoring shows a third exceedance, it is a 1150.1 - 7 Rule 1150.1 (Amended April 10, 1998 violation unless the owner or operator determines that a new or replacement gas collection well is needed. The owner or operator must install and operate the new or replacement well no later than 45 days after detecting the third exceedance. (4) Collect a monthly landfill gas sample for analysis as specified in Section 4.0, Attachment A, to determine the concentrations of TOC and TAC from the main gas collection header line entering the gas treatment and/or gas control systems. ALTERNATIVE: THIS REQUIREMENT IS NOT APPLICABLE (5) Collect monthly ambient air samples for analysis as specified in Section 5.0, Attachment A, to determine the concentrations of TOC and TAC from the landfill property boundary. ALTERNATIVE: NOT REQUIRED (6) Monitor the collection and control system equipment specified under subparagraphs (e)(6)(A) and (e)(6)(B) in order to comply with subparagraph (d)(1)(C). ALTERNATIVE: THIS REQUIREMENT IS NOT APPLICABLE (A) For an enclosed combustor install, calibrate, maintain, and operate 756(b) 1 according to the manufacturer's specifications, the following equipment: (ii) A temperature monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder and having an accuracy of plus-minus 1 percent of the temperature being measured expressed in degrees Celsius or Fahrenheit. A temperature monitoring device is not required for boilers or process heaters with design heat input capacity greater than 44 megawatts. (iii) At least one gas flow rate measuring device that shall record the flow to the control device(s) at least every 15 minutes. (B) For a device other than an enclosed combustor, demonstrate compliance with subparagraph (d)(1)(C) by providing information 756(d) satisfactory to the Executive Officer describing the operation of the control device, the operating parameters that would indicate proper performance, and appropriate monitoring procedures. Alternatives to this rule shall be submitted as specified in subdivision (i). The 1150.1 - 8 x% Rule 1150.1 (Amended April 10, 1998 Executive Officer may specify additional appropriate monitoring procedures. (f) Active Landfill Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements The MSW landfill owner or operator shall keep all records up-to-date, readily accessible and maintained for at least a period of 5 years and made available to 758(a District staff upon request. Records older than 2 years may be maintained off- site, if they are retrievable no later than 4 hours after request. ALTERtNATIVE: RECORDS SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT VILLAGEWAY MGMT. AND THE MOST RECENT TWO YEARS OF RECORDS MADE AVAILABLE WITHIN 4 HOURS AFTER REQUEST. RECORDS BETWEEN 2 AND 5 YEARS OLD SHALL BE MADE AVAILABLE WITHIN 48 HOURS AFTER REQUEST. (1) The records required in subparagraphs (f)(1)(A) through (f)(1)(H) shall be maintained at the facility. (A) For the life of the control equipment as measured during the initial 758(6) source test or compliance determination: (i) The control device vendor specifications. (ii) The maximum expected gas generation flow rate as calculated in subparagraph (d)(1)(A). (iii) When seeking to demonstrate compliance with subparagraph (d)(1)(C) through the use of an enclosed combustion device other than a boiler or process heater with a design heat input capacity greater than 44 megawatts: (I) The average combustion temperature measured at least every 15 minutes and averaged over the same time period of the source test. ALTERNATIVE: THIS REQUIREMENT IS NOT APPLICABLE (II) The reduction of NMOC determined as specified in clause (d)(1)(C)(i) achieved by the control device. (iv) When seeking to demonstrate compliance with subclause (d)(I)(C)(i)(I) through the use of a boiler or process heater of any size: a description of the location at which the collected gas vent stream is introduced into the boiler or 1150.1 - 9 ?�% Rule 1150.1 (Amended April 10, 1998 process heater over the same time period of the source testing. (B) The data required to be recorded under Section 1.6, Attachment A, for subsurface refuse boundary sampling probes and all remedial actions taken for exceedances of the 5 percent TOC standard required in paragraph (d)(4). (C) The data required to be recorded under Section 2.8, Attachment A, for integrated samples and all remedial actions taken for exceedances of the 50 ppmv TOC standard required in paragraph (d)(5). (D) The data required to be recorded under Section 3.4, Attachment A, 758(e) for instantaneous monitoring and all remedial actions taken for exceedances of the 500 ppmv TOC standard required in paragraph (d)(6)• (E) The data required to be recorded under Section 4.5, Attachment A, for landfill gas samples collected from the main gas collection header line entering the gas treatment and/or gas control systems. (F) The data required to be recorded under Section 5.7, Attachment A, from ambient air collected at the landfill property boundary. (G) A description and the duration of all periods when the collection, 757(f)(3) treatment or control device was not operating for a period exceeding one hour and the length of time the system was not operating. (H) Continuous records of the equipment operating parameters specified to be monitored under paragraph (e)(6) as well as records 758(c) for periods of operation during which the parameter boundaries established during the most recent source test are exceeded. (i) The following constitute exceedances that shall be recorded: (I) For enclosed combustors except for boilers and process heaters with design heat' input capacity of 44 megawatts (150 million British thermal unit per hour) or greater, all 3 -hour periods of operation during which the average combustion temperature was more than 28° C (82° F) below the average combustion temperature during the most recent 11e0.1 - 10 Rule 1150.1 (Amended April 10, 1998 source test at which compliance with subparagraph (d)(1)(C) was determined. ALTERNATIVE: THIS REQUIREMENT IS NOT APPLICABLE (II) For boilers or process heaters, whenever there is a change in the location at which the vent stream is introduced into the flame zone as required under clause (f)(1)(A)(iv). (ii) Records of the indication of flow to the control device specified under paragraph (e)(6)(A)(ii). (iii) Each owner or operator who uses a boiler or process heater with a design heat input capacity of 44 megawatts or greater to comply with subparagraph (d)(1)(C) shall keep records of all periods of operation of the boiler or process heater. (Examples of such records could include records of steam use, fuel use, or monitoring data collected pursuant to other State, local, Tribal, or Federal regulatory requirements.) (2) The reports required in subparagraphs (f)(2)(A) through (f)(2)(D) shall be submitted to the Executive Officer (Either paper copy or electronic formats are acceptable). (A) The initial source test report no later than 180 days after start-up and each succeeding complete annual source test report no later than 45 days after the anniversary date of the initial source test, for all control systems required in subparagraph (d)(1)(C). ALTERNATIVE: THIS REQUIREMENT IS NOT APPLICABLE (B) A report no later than 45 days after the last day of each calendar quarter with the information required in clauses (f)(2)(13)(i) and (i) All exceedances of the emission standards required in paragraphs (d)(4), (d)(5) and (d)(6) in the format required under Sections 1.6, 2.8 and 3.4, Attachment A. All exceedance resampling/remonitoring and each corrective action required under paragraphs (e)(1), (e)(2) and (e)(3). 1150.1 - 11 � I Rule 1150.1 (Amended April 10, 1998 If there are no exceedances, submit a letter stating there were no exceedances for that quarter. (ii) All TAC analyses required in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(5). (C) A closure report to the Executive Officer no later than 30 days after waste acceptance cessation. The Executive Officer may request F75 -7(d—)] additional information as may be necessary to verify that permanent closure has taken place in accordance with the requirements of 40 CFR, Part 60, Section 258.60 or the applicable federal, state and local statutes, regulations, and ordinances in effect at the time of closure. If a closure report has been submitted to the Executive Officer, no additional wastes shall be placed into the landfill without filing a notification of modification as described under 40 CFR, Part 60, Section 60.7(a)(4). (C) A decommissioning report to the Executive Officer 30 days prior 757(e) to well capping, removal or cessation of operation of the collection, treatment or control equipment. The decommissioning report shall contain all of the items as specified in clauses (f)(2)(D)(i) through (f)(2)(D)(iii): (i) A copy of the closure report submitted in accordance with subparagraph (f)(2)(C). (ii) A copy of the initial source test report demonstrating that the collection and control system has been installed a minimum of 15 years. (iii) All records needed to verify the landfill meets the exemption criteria under subdivision (k). (g) Active Landfill Compliance Schedule The MSW landfill owner or operator shall comply with the active landfill requirements of this rule or submit alternatives to this rule as specified in subdivision (i) no later than 90 days after the adoption of this rule. Rule T 150.1 Compliance Plans previously submitted to the District shall remain in effect during the 90 days after the adoption of this rule, or until the owner or operator has received an approved alternative Rule 1150.1 Compliance Plan submitted as specified in subdivision (i). 1150.1 - 12 6 Rule 1150.1 (Amended April 10, 1998 (h) Inactive Landfill Requirements The MSW landfill owner or operator shall comply with either the applicable requirements in paragraphs (h)(1) and (h)(2) or submit alternatives to this rule as specified in subdivision (i). (1) Inactive landfills that have a landfill gas collection system shall meet all of the active landfill requirements. For those inactive landfills without a gas collection system and determined to need one, meet all of the active landfill requirements, except the collection and control system design plan and applications for permits shall be submitted no later than one year after notification by the Executive Officer. (2) Inactive landfills without a gas collection system: (A) Upon discovery of TOC measured as methane exceeding 500 ppmv at any location on the landfill surface, apply mitigation measures such as compaction, additional cover, and/or watering to reduce the emissions to less than 500 ppmv. The procedure used for measurement of TOC shall meet the requirements of Section 3.0, Attachment A. (B) Submit the following Data and/or meet the required action in paragraph (h)(1): (i) At any time after the adoption of this rule, but not later than 30 days after the receipt of a request, submit to the Executive Officer a screening questionnaire pursuant to California Air Resources Board Health and Safety Code (H & S) 41805.5. (ii) No later than 90 days after the date of a second request, submit to the Executive Officer a solid waste air quality assessment test (SWAT) report pursuant to H & S 41805.5, to determine whether or not a landfill gas collection and control system and/or a subsurface refuse boundary probe sampling system shall be required to be installed. (iii) If additional time is needed to provide the information' required in clauses (h)(2)(B)(i) and (h)(2)(B)(ii), a written request for an extension may be submitted in writing to the Executive Officer, indicating the amount of time that is needed to obtain such information. Such a request for an extension may be submitted to the Executive Officer no 1150.1 - 13 ; I Rule 1150.1 (i) Alternatives: (Amended April 10, 1998 later than 30 days after the receipt of the Executive Officer's requests as specified in clauses (h)(2)(13)(i) and (h)(2)(13)(ii)• (iv) Upon notification by the Executive Officer that a landfill gas collection and control system and/or a subsurface refuse boundary probe sampling system shall be required, comply with paragraph (h)(1). Because of the many site-specific factors involved in the design and operation of landfill gas systems, alternatives to the requirements, test methods, procedures, compliance measures, monitoring, recordkeeping or reporting provisions of this rule may be necessary. All alternatives to the requirements of this rule shall be submitted to the Executive Officer in a Rule 1150.1 Compliance Plan. The Executive Officer shall review the Rule 1150.1 Compliance Plan and either approve it, disapprove it, or request that additional information be submitted. The Executive Officer shall deny the plan unless he determines that it will provide equivalent levels of emission control and enforceability, as would compliance with the requirements of this rule. (j) Test Methods (1) Methods of Analysis (A) Either U.S. EPA Reference Method 25 or U.S. EPA Reference Method 18, 40 CFR, Part 60, Appendix A shall be used to 754(d) determine the efficiency of the control system in reducing NMOC by at least 98 percent by weight. If using Method 18, the minimum list of compounds to be tested shall be those published in the most recent Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors (AP -42). The equation in subparagraph 0)(1)(B) shall be used to calculate efficiency. (B) U.S. EPA Reference Method 25, 40 CFR, Part 60, Appendix A shall be used to determine the efficiency of the control system in reducing the outlet NMOC concentration to less than 20 ppmv, dry basis as hexane at 3 percent oxygen. Until, but not after District Method 25.3 has met equivalency as specified in paragraph 6)(2), U.S. EPA Reference Method 18, 40 CFR, Part 60, Appendix A 1150.1 - 14 3D_ Rule 1150.1 (Amended April 10, 1998 may be used for this source test. If using Method 18, the minimum list of compounds to be tested shall be those published in the most recent Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors (AP -42). The following equation shall be used to calculate efficiency: Control Efficiency = (NMOCi� - NMOCoJ/(NMOCiJ where, NMOL;,, = mass of NMOC entering control device NMOC.�' = mass of NMOC exiting control device (2) Equivalent Test Methods Any other method demonstrated to be equivalent and approved in writing by the Executive Officers of the District, the California Air Resources Board (CARB), and the Regional Administrator of the United States Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA), Region IX, or their designees, may be used to determine compliance with this rule. (k) Exemptions An MSW landfill may be temporarily exempt from all or any portion of the requirements of this rule if the owner or operator can demonstrate to the Executive Officer that the MSW landfill emissions meet the requirements of paragraphs (k)(1) through (k)(4). Temporary exemption may be independently determined by the Executive Officer, if the MSW landfill emissions meet the requirements of paragraphs (k)(1) through (k)(4). MSW landfills issued temporary exemption letters by the Executive Officer shall remain exempt, subject to periodic review, provided: (1) The MSW landfill complies with the requirements of paragraphs (d)(4), (d)(5) and (d)(6)- (2) The MSW landfill emits less than 55 tons per year of NMOC as specified in 40 CFR, Part 60, Section 60.752(b) or, for a closed landfill, as specified in 40 CFR, Part 60, Section 60.752(b)(2)(v)(C). (3) The MSW landfill constitutes an insignificant health risk. In making this determination the Executive Officer shall consider the listed factors in subparagraphs (k)(3)(A) through (k)(3)(G). Where not specified, in evaluating the cancer risks and hazard indexes, the Executive Officer shall be guided by the definitions in District Rule 1401 - New Source Review of Carcinogenic Air Contaminants, and Rule 1402 - Control of Toxic Air Contaminants From Existing Sources. 1150-1- 15 �� Rule 1150.1 (1) (Amended April 10, 1998 (A) The proximity to, and any adverse impacts on, residences, schools, hospitals or other locations or structures which have children, or elderly or sick persons. (B) The emission migration beyond the landfill property boundary. (C) The complaint history. (D) The age and closure date. (E) The amount and type of waste deposited. (F) That the emissions of carcinogenic air contaminants, specified in Table 1, Attachment A, from the landfill will not result in a maximum individual cancer risk greater than one in one million (1 x 10-') at any receptor location. (G) That the emissions of TAC, specified in Table 1, Attachment A, from the landfill will not result in a total acute or chronic Hazard Index of greater than 1. (4) The MSW landfill is in compliance with District Nuisance Rule 402. Such temporary exemption shall be reviewed periodically by the Executive Officer, to consider the land use surrounding the landfill and gaseous emissions, and the impact on the public. Depending upon the results of the review, the Executive Officer may extend or terminate the exemption. Loss of Exemption If an MSW landfill should have its temporary exemption terminated, the owner or operator shall comply with the active landfill requirements of this rule. 1150.1 - 16 �� Rule 1150.1 (Cont.) ATTACHMENT A (Amended April 10, 1998) 1.0 SUBSURFACE REFUSE BOUNDARY SAMPLING PROBES Paragraph (d)(4) and (e)(1) Requirements of Rule 1150.1 1.1 Subsurface Probe Design and Installation Landfills which are subject to Rule 1150.1 must install and maintain a subsurface refuse boundary probe sampling system of adequate design to determine if gas migration exists for the ultimate purpose of preventing surface emissions. The California Integrated Waste Management Board also requires the installation of refuse boundary probes for purposes of detecting and ultimately preventing subsurface migration of landfill gas past the permitted property boundary of the landfill/disposal site as well as the prevention of the accumulation of landfill gas in on-site structures. It is the District's intent that the subsurface refuse boundary probes required by paragraph (d)(3) of Rule 1150.1 be designed and installed in such a manner as to comply with the requirements of the California Integrated Waste Management Board (whenever possible) and Sections 1.1.1 through 1.1.4. 1.1.1 The probes shall be installed within the landfill property line and outside the refuse disposal area. 1.1.2 Wherever accessible, the probes shall be located no further than 100 feet from the refuse boundary. ALTERNATIVE: WHEREVER ACCESSIBLE AND THE PROBES ARE GREATER THAN 100 FEET FROM THE REFUSE, MONITOR INSTANTANEOUSLY FROM THE REFUSE BOUNDARY TO THE PROBE, USING THE GRID METHOD EVERY QUARTER AND WHEN PROBES EXCEED 2% TOC. 1.1.3 The spacing between probes shall be based on the adjacent land use no further than 1320 feet (1/4 mile) from the refuse boundary and shall be determined as follows: LAND USE Residential/Commercial Public Access Undeveloped Open Space, (No Public Access) Landfill with Liners 1150.1 - 17 �� SPACING 100 feet 500 feet 650 feet 1000 feet Rule 1150.1 (Cont.) (Attachment A Continued) (Amended April 10, 1998) 1.1.4 Each probe shall be capped, sealed, have a sampling valve and be of multiple -depth design for which the depth shall be determined based on the depth of refuse no further than 500 feet from the probe as follows: First Depth 10 feet below surface. Second Depth 25% of refuse depth or 25 feet below surface, whichever is deeper. Third Depth 50% of refuse depth or 50 feet below surface, whichever is deeper. Fourth Depth 75% of refuse depth or 75 feet below surface, whichever is deeper. Second, third, or fourth depth probes may be deleted if the required depth of such probe is deeper than the depth of the refuse. 1.2 Number of Samples All refuse boundary gas probes at each depth shall be monitored monthly for TOC measured as methane using a portable flame ionization detector (FID) meeting the requirements of Section 3.2 and with a tube connected to the probe sampling valve. In addition, samples shall be taken as specified in Section 1.2.1 or 1.2.2 to determine the concentration of both TOC and TAC. The Executive Officer may require additional probes to be sampled upon written request. 1.2.1 If the TOC concentration measured with the FID does not exceed 5% by volume in any of the probes, collect one bag sample from one probe with the highest concentration, or ALTERNATIVE: IF THE TOC CONCENTRATION MEASURED WITH THE FID OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE DOES NOT EXCEED 5% BY VOLUME IN ANY OF THE PROBES, NO BAG SAMPLES ARE REQUIRED FOR TOC ANALYSIS. HOWEVER, EACH QUARTER COLLECT ONE BAG SAMPLE FOR TAC ANALYSIS FROM THE PROBE WITH THE HIGHEST CONCENTRATION DURING ANY ONE OF THE MONTHLY MONITORING PERIODS, OR 1.2.2 If the TOC concentration measured with the FID for any of the probes exceeds 5% by volume, collect one bag sample per probe from the probes with the highest concentrations above 5% by volume, from at least five probes. 1150.1 -18 ) n Rule 1150.1 (Cont.) (Attachment A Continued) (Amended April 10, 1998) ALTERNATIVE: IF THE TOC CONCENTRATION MEASURED WITH THE FID OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE EXCEEDS 5% BY VOLUME IN ANY OF THE PROBES, EACH QUARTER COLLECT ONE BAG SAMPLE FOR TOC/TAC ANALYSIS FROM THE PROBE WITH THE HIGHEST CONCENTRATION DURING ANY ONE OF THE MONTHLY MONITORING PERIODS. 1.3 Subsurface Refuse Boundary Probe Sampling Procedure 1.3.1 Prior to collecting gas samples, evacuate the probe (the probes must be sealed during evacuation) until the TOC concentration remains constant for at least 30 seconds. 1.3.2 The constant TOC concentration shall be measured using an FID that meets the requirements in Section 3.2. ALTERNATIVE: PORTABLE ANALYZERS ON AN APPROVED LIST OF EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED BY THE AQMD MAY BE USED AS ALTERNATIVES FOR THE SAMPLER/INSTRUMENT REQUIREMENTS OF THIS RULE. 1.3.3 Collect approximately a 10 -liter gas sample in a Tedlar (Dupont trade name for polyvinyl) bag or equivalent container over a continuous ten- minute period using the evacuated container sampling procedure described in Section 7.1.1 of EPA Method 18 or direct pump sampling procedure described in Section 7.1.2 of EPA Method 18. The container shall be LIGHT -SEALED. 1.4 Subsurface Refuse Boundary Probe Analytical Procedures All samples collected shall be analyzed no later than 72 hours after collection for TOC using U.S. EPA Method 25, 40 CFR, Part 60, Appendix A analysis or a portable FID that meets the requirements in Section 3.2 and for the TAC specified in Table 1 and upon written request, Table II, using U.S. EPA Compendium Method TO -14. 1.5 Chain of Custody (Required for samples sent to the lab) A custody sheet shall accompany the bag samples. Each time a bag changes hands, it shall be logged on the custody sheet with the time of custody transfer recorded. Laboratory personnel shall record the condition of the sample (full, 1150.1 - 19 �_7 Rule 1150.1 (Cont.) (Attachment A Continued) (Amended April 10, 1998) three-fourths full, one-half full, one-fourth full, or empty). An example of a custody sheet is shown in Figure 4. 1.6 Recording the Results 1.6.1 Record the volume concentration of TOC measured as methane for each individually identified refuse boundary probe (at each depth) and the volume concentration of TAC for selected probes on a quality control sheet as shown in Figure 3. Include a topographic map drawn to scale with the location of both the refuse boundary probes and the gas collection system clearly marked and identified. 1.6.2 Maintain and submit the results as specified in subdivision (f) of Rule 1150.1. 2.0 INTEGRATED LANDFILL SURFACE SAMPLING Paragraph (d)(5) and (e)(2) Requirements of Rule 1150.1 2.1 Number of Samples The number of samples collected will depend on the area of the landfill surface. The entire landfill disposal area shall be divided into individually identified 50,000 square foot grids. One monthly sample shall be collected from each grid for analysis. Any area that the Executive Officer deems inaccessible or dangerous for a technician to enter may be excluded from the sampling grids monitored by the landfill owner or operator. To exclude an area from monitoring, the landfill owner or operator shall file a written request with the Executive Officer. Such a request shall include an explanation of the requested exclusion and photographs of the area. The Executive Officer shall notify the landfill owner or operator in writing of the decision. Any exclusion granted shall apply only to the monitoring requirement. The 50 ppmv limit specified in paragraph (d)(5) of Rule 1150.1 applies to all areas. ALTERNATIVE: THIS REQUIREMENT IS NOT APPLICABLE 2.2 Integrated Surface Sampling Conditions , 2.2.1. The average wind speed during this sampling procedure shall be five miles per hour or less. Surface sampling shall be terminated when the average wind speed exceeds five miles per hour or the instantaneous wind speed exceeds ten miles per hour. Average wind speed is determined on a 15 -minute average. 1150.1 - 2r;� Rule 1150.1 (Cont.) (Attachment A Continued) (Amended April 10, 1998) 2.2.2. Surface sampling shall be conducted when the landfill is dry. The landfill is considered dry when there has been no measurable precipitation for the preceding 72 hours prior to sampling. Most major newspapers report the amount of precipitation that has fallen in a 24-hour period throughout the Southern California area. Select the nearest reporting station that represents the landfill location or provide for measurable precipitation collection at the MSW landfill wind monitoring station. ALTERNATIVE: THIS REQUIREMENT IS NOT APPLICABLE 2.3 Integrated Surface Sampler Equipment Description An integrated surface sampler is a portable self-contained unit with its own internal power source. The integrated sampler consists of a stainless steel collection probe, a rotameter, a pump, and a 10 -liter Tedlar bag enclosed in a LIGHT -SEALED CONTAINER to prevent photochemical reactions from occurring during sampling and transportation. The physical layout of the sampler is shown in Figure 1. An alternate integrated surface sampler may be used, provided that the landfill owner or operator can show an equivalency with the sampler specifications in Section 2.4 and shown in Figure 1. All alternatives shall be submitted as specified in subdivision (i) of Rule 1150.1. ALTERNATIVE: THIS REQUIREMENT IS NOT APPLICABLE 2.4 Integrated Surface Sampler Equipment Specifications 2.4.1 Power: Batteries or any other power source. 2.4.2 Pump: The diaphragm shall be made of non -lubricated Viton (Dupont trade name for co -polymer of hexafluoropropylene and vinylidene fluoride) rubber. 2.4.3 Bag: One 10 -liter Tedlar bag with a valve. The Tedlar bag shall be contained in a LIGHT -SEALED CONTAINER. The valve shall be leak free and constructed of aluminum, stainless steel, or non-reactive plastic with a Viton or Buna-N (butadiene acrylonitrile co -polymer) o -ring seal. 2.4.4 Rotameter: The rotameter shall be made of borosilicate glass or other non-reactive material and have a flow range of approximately 0 -to -1 liter per minute. The scale shall be in milliliters or an equivalent unit. The graduations shall be spaced to facilitate accurate flow readings. 1150.1 -21 �(/ I Rule 1150.1 (Cont.) (Amended April 10, 1998) (Attachment A Continued) 2.4.5 Air Flow Control Orifice: Needle valve in the rotameter. 2.4.6 Funnel: 316 stainless steel. 2.4.7 Fittings, Tubing and Connectors: 316 stainless steel or Teflon. 2.5 Integrated Surface Sampling Procedure 2.5.1 An integrated surface sampler as described in Section 2.4 shall be used to collect a surface sample approximately 8 -to -10 liters from each grid. 2.5.2 During sampling, the probe shall be placed 0 -to -3 inches above the landfill surface. 2.5.3 The sampler shall be set at a flow rate of approximately 333 cubic centimeters per minute 2.5.4 Walk through a course of approximately 2,600 linear feet over a continuous 25 -minute period. Figure 2 shows a walk pattern for the 50,000 square foot grid. ALTERNATIVE: THIS REQUIREMENT IS NOT APPLICABLE 2.6 Integrated Surface Sample Analytical Procedures All samples collected shall be analyzed no later than 72 hours after collection for TOC using U.S. EPA Method 25, 40 CFR, Part 60, Appendix A analysis or a portable FID that meets the requirements in Section 3.2. In addition, the samples specified in Section 2.6.1 or 2.6.2 must be analyzed no later than 72 hours after collection for the TAC specified in Table 1 and upon written request, Table II, using U.S. EPA Compendium Method TO -14. 2.6.1 Ten percent of all samples which have a concentration of TOC greater than 50 ppmv as methane, or 2.6.2 Two samples if all samples are 50 ppmv or less of TOC or two samples if there are less than 20 samples above 50 ppmv. ALTERNATIVE: THIS REQUIREMENT IS NOT APPLICABLE The Executive Officer may require more samples to be tested for TAC if he determines there is a potential nuisance or public health problem. 2.7 Chain of Custody (Required for samples sent to the lab) A custody sheet shall accompany the bag samples. Each time a bag changes hands, it shall be logged on the custody sheet with the time of custody transfer recorded. Laboratory personnel shall record the condition of the sample (full, three-fourths full, one-half full, one-fourth full, or empty). An example of a custody sheet is shown in Figure 4. 1150.1 -22 q 0 Rule 1150.1 (Cont.) (Amended April 10, 1998) (Attachment A Continued) 2.8 Recording the Results 2.8.1 Record the volume concentration of both TOC measured as methane for each grid and the volume concentration for the required TAC on a quality control sheet as shown in Figure 3. Include a topographic map drawn to scale with the location of the grids and the gas collection system clearly marked and identified. 2.8.2 Record the wind speed during the sampling period using the wind speed and direction monitoring system required in paragraph (d)(9) of Rule 1150.1. 2.8.3 Maintain and submit the results as specified in subdivision (f) of Rule 1150.1. 3.0 INSTANTANEOUS LANDFILL SURFACE MONITORING Subparagraph (d)(6) and (e)(3) Requirements of Rule 1150.1 3.1 Monitoring Area The entire landfill disposal area shall be monitored once each calendar quarter. Any area of the landfill that the Executive Officer deems as inaccessible or dangerous for a technician to enter may be excluded from the area to be monitored by the landfill owner or operator. To exclude an area from monitoring, the landfill owner or operator shall file a petition with the Executive Officer. Such a request shall include an explanation of why the area should be excluded and photographs of the area. Any excluded area granted shall only apply to the monitoring requirement. The 500 ppmv limit specified in paragraph (d)(6) of Rule 1150.1 applies to all areas. ALTERNATIVE: THIS REQUIREMENT IS NOT APPLICABLE 3.2 Equipment Description and Specifications A portable FID shall be used to instantaneously measure the concentration of TOC measured as methane at any location on the landfill. The FID shall meet the specifications listed in Sections 3.2.1 through 3.2.4 and shall be kept in good operating condition. 3.2.1 The portable analyzer shall meet the instrument specifications provided in Section 3 of U.S. EPA Method 21, except that: 3.2.1.1 "Methane" shall replace all references to VOC. 1150.1-23 L4 Rule 1150.1 (Cont.) (Amended April 10, 1998) (Attachment A Continued) 3.2.1.2 A response time of 15 seconds or shorter shall be used instead 33 3.4 of 30 seconds. 3.2.1.3 A precision of 3% or better shall be used instead of 10%. In addition the instrument shall meet the specifications in Sections 3.2.1.4 through 3.2.1.6. 3.2.1.4 A minimum detectable limit of 5 ppmv (or lower). 3,2.1.5 A flame -out indicator, audible and visual. 3.2.1.6 Operate at an ambient temperature of 0 - 50° C. 3.2.2 The calibration gas shall be methane, diluted to a nominal concentration of 10,000 ppmv in air for subsurface refuse boundary probe monitoring and sample analysis to comply with paragraph (e)(1) of Rule 1150.1, 50 ppmv in air for integrated sample analyses to comply with paragraph (e)(2) of Rule 1150.1 and 500 ppmv in air for instantaneous monitoring to comply with paragraph (e)(3) of Rule 1150.1. 3.2.3 To meet the performance evaluation requirements in Section 3.1.3 of U.S. EPA Method 21, the instrument evaluation procedures of Section 4.4 of U.S. EPA Method 21 shall be used. 3.2.4 The calibration procedures provided in Section 4.2 of U.S. EPA Method 21 shall be followed at the beginning of each day before commencing a surface monitoring survey. Monitoring Procedures 3.3.1 The owner or operator shall monitor the landfill disposal area for TOC measured as methane using the described portable equipment. 3.3 .2 The sampling probe shall be placed at a distance of 0-3 inches above any location of the landfill to take the readings. 3.3.3 At a minimum, an individually identified 50,000 square foot grid shall be used and a walk pattern as illustrated in Figure 2 shall be implemented including areas where visual observations indicate elevated concentrations of landfill gas, such as distressed vegetation and cracks or seeps in the cover. ALTERNATIVE: THIS REQUIREMENT IS NOT APPLICABLE Recording the Results 1150.1-24 �� Rule 1150.1 (Cont.) (Amended April 10, 1998) (Attachment A Continued) 3.4.1 Record the location and concentration of TOC measured as methane for any instantaneous reading of 500 ppmv or greater on a topographic map of the landfill, drawn to scale with the location of both the grids and the gas collection system clearly marked and identified. 3.4.2 Maintain and submit the results as specified in subdivision (f) of Rule 1150.1. 4.0 LANDFILL GAS SAMPLE FROM GAS COLLECTION SYSTEM Subparagraph (e)(4) Requirement of Rule 1150.1 4.1 Number of Samples Collect one monthly sample of landfill gas for analysis from the main gas collection header line entering the gas treatment and/or gas control system(s). 4.2 Sampling Procedure Collect approximately a 10 -liter sample in a Tedlar bag or equivalent container over a continuous ten-minute period. 4.3 Analytical Procedures Samples collected shall be analyzed no later than 72 hours after collection for TOC using U.S. EPA Method 25, 40 CFR, Part 60, Appendix A analysis and for the TAC specified in Table 1 and upon written request, Table II, using U.S. EPA Compendium Method TO -14. 4.4 Chain of Custody (Required for samples sent to the lab) A custody sheet shall accompany the bag samples. Each time a bag changes hands, it shall be logged on the custody sheet with the time of custody transfer recorded. Laboratory personnel shall record the condition of the sample (full, three-fourths full, one-half full, one-fourth full, or empty). An example of a custody sheet is shown in Figure 4. 4.5 Recording the Results 4.5.1 Record the volume concentration of both TOC measured as methane and the volume concentration for the required TAC on a quality control sheet as shown in Figure 3. Include a topographic map drawn to scale with the location of the gas collection and control system clearly marked and identified. 4.5.2 Maintain and submit the results as specified in subdivision (f) of Rule 1150.1. 1150.1 - 25 q Rule 1150.1 (Cont.) (Attachment A Continued) 5.0 AMBIENT AIR SAMPLES BOUNDARY (Amended April 10, 1998) AT THE LANDFILL PROPERTY Subparagraph (e)(5) Requirement of Rule 1150.1 5.1 Number of Samples Monthly ambient air samples shall be collected for analysis at the landfill property boundary from both an upwind and downwind sampler sited to provide good meteorological exposure to the predominant offshore (drainage land breeze) and onshore (sea breeze) wind flow patterns. The upwind and downwind samples shall be collected simultaneously over two 12 hour periods beginning between 9:00 a.m. and 10:00 a.m., and 9:00 p.m. and 10:00 p.m. on the same day or different days. ALTERNATIVE: THIS REQUIREMENT IS NOT APPLICABLE 5.2 Ambient Air Sampling Conditions Ambient air sampling shall be conducted on days when stable (offshore drainage) and unstable (onshore sea breeze) meteorological conditions are representative for the season. Preferable sampling conditions are characterized by the following meteorological conditions: 5.2.1 Clear cool nights with wind speeds of two miles per hour or less, and 5.2.2 Onshore sea breezes with wind speeds ten miles per hour or less. No sampling will be conducted if the following adverse meteorological conditions exist: 5.2.3 Rain, 5.2.4 Average wind speeds greater than 15 miles per hour for any 30 -minute period, or 5.2.5 Instantaneous wind speeds greater than 25 miles per hour. Continuously recorded on-site wind speed and direction measurements required in paragraph (d)(9) of Rule 1150.1 will characterize the micrometeorology of the site and serve to verify that the meteorological criteria have been met during sampling. 5.3 Ambient Air Sampler Equipment Description An ambient air sampling unit consists of a 10 -liter Tedlar bag, a DC -operated pump, stainless steel capillary tubing to control the sample rate to the bag, a bypass valve to control the sample flow rate (and minimize back pressure on the pump), a Rotameter for flow indication to aid in setting the flow, a 24-hour clock 1150.1 -26 q Rule 1150.1 (Cont.) (Attachment A Continued) (Amended April 10, 1998) timer to shut off the sampler at the end of the 24-hour sampling period, and associated tubing and connections (made of stainless steel, Teflon, or borosilicate glass to minimize contamination and reactivity). The physical layout of the sampler is shown in Figure 5. An alternate ambient air sampler may used, provided that the landfill owner or operator can show an equivalency with the sampler specifications in Section 5.3 and shown in Figure 5. All alternatives shall be submitted as specified in subdivision (i) of Rule 1150.1. 5.4 Ambient Air Sampler Equipment Specifications The equipment used when conducting air samples at any landfill property boundary shall meet the following specifications: 5.4.1 Power: one 12V DC marine battery. The marine battery provides 12V DC to the pump and the clock. 5.4.2 Pump: one 12V DC pump. The diaphragm shall be made of non- lubricated Viton rubber. The maximum pump unloaded flow rate shall be 4.5 liters per minute. 5.4.3 Bag: One 10 -liter Tedlar bag with a valve. The Tedlar bag shall be enclosed in a LIGHT -SEALED CONTAINER. The valve is a push-pull type constructed of aluminum and stainless steel, with a Viton or Buna-N (butadiene acrylonitrile co -polymer) o -ring seal. ALTERNATIVE: THIS REQUIREMENT IS NOT APPLICABLE 5.4.4 Rotameter - made of borosilicate glass and has a flow range of 3 -to -50 cubic centimeters per minute. The scale is in millimeters (nun) with major graduations (labeled) every 5 mm and minor graduations every 1 mm. 5.4.5 Air flow control orifice: 316 stainless steel capillary tubing. 5.4.6 Bypass valve. 5.4.7 Fittings, tubing, and connectors -- 315 stainless steel or Teflon. 5.4.8 Clock timer with an accuracy of better than I%. 5.5 Ambient Air Sample Analytical Procedures ' Samples collected must be analyzed no later than 72 hours after collection for TOC using U.S. EPA Method 25, 40 CFR, Part 60, Appendix A analysis or a portable FID that meets the requirements in Section 3.2 and for the TAC specified 1150.1-27 4v) Rule 1150.1 (Cont.) (Attachment A Continued) (Amended April 10, 1998) - in Table 1 and upon written request, Table II, using U.S. EPA Compendium Method TO -14. 5.6 Chain of Custody (Required for samples sent to the lab) A custody sheet shall accompany the bag samples. Each time a bag changes hands, it shall be logged on the custody sheet with the time of custody transfer recorded. Laboratory personnel shall record the condition of the sample (full, three-fourths full, one-half full, one-fourth full, or empty). An example of a custody sheet is shown in Figure 4. 5.7 Recording the Results 5.7.1 Record the volume concentration of TOC measured as methane and the volume concentration of TAC for each sample on a quality control sheet as shown in Figure 3. Include a topographic map drawn to scale with the location of both the upwind and downwind samplers and the gas collection and control system clearly marked and identified. 5.7.2 Record the wind speed and direction during the 24-hour sampling period using the wind speed and direction monitoring system required in paragraph (d)(9) of Rule 1150.1. 5.7.3 Maintain and submit the results as specified in subdivision (f) of Rule 1150.1. a 1150.1 -28 14((? Rule 1150.1 (Cont.) ( (Attachment A Continued) Amended April 10, 1998) rnysiCai Layout Figure 1 1150.1-29 5001 Rule 1150.1 (Cont.) (Attachment A Continued) Typical Landfill Walk Pattern for a 50,000 Square Foot Grid (Amended April 10, 1998) Figure 2 1150.1-30 1� Rule 1150.1 (Cont.) (Attachment A Continued) (Amended April 10, 1998) QUALITY CONTROL SHEET • Prior to use, the Tedlar bag system shall be leak checked, evacuated and filled with purified nitrogen three times to flush out the old sample. • All samples must be kept in LIGHT -SEALED CONTAINERS to avoid photochemical reactions. „rOPERATIOlrCp TS Grid or Date Wind Time Time I.D.# Valve Rotameter Pump probe tl Speed On Off Open Reading (On/Off) Signature: Figure 3 1150.1-31 Rule 1150.1 (Cont.) (Attachment A Continued) BAG SAMPLE CUSTODY FORM Project Date: (Amended April 10, 1998) Bags Prepared By: Bags Taken Out By: Bags Taken to Lab By Bags Received In Lab By: * P = 1/2 full to full, 0 = Overfull (Bulging), L = 1/4 to 1/2 full, G = Less than 1/4 full but contains some sample, N = No sample at all. Figure 4 1150.1-32 Time: Date: Time: Time Rule 1150.1 (Cont.) (Attachment A Continued) (Amended April 10, 1998) 1150.1-33 Sample Bag .IR SAMPLER i,y-n.ai "ayOUt Rule 1150.1 (Cont.) (Attachment A Continued) (Amended April 10, 1998) TABLE 1 - CARCINOGENIC AND TOXIC AIR CONTAMINANTS (Core Group) Paragraph (e)(2), Subparagraphs (k)(3)(F) and (k)(3)(G) Requirements of Rule 1150.1 1. Benzene CA 2. Benzyl Chloride C6HSH2CI 3. Chlorobenzene C6H5C1 4. 1,2 Dibromoethane (Ethylene Dibromide) BrCH2CH2Br 5. Dichlorobenzene C6H4Cl2 6. 1,1 Dichloroethane (Ethylidene Chloride) CH3CHCl2 7. 1,2 Dichloroethane (Ethylene Dichloride) CIHZHZCI 8. 1,1 Dichloroethene (Vinylidene Chloride) CHZ: CC12 9. Dichloromethane (Methylene Chloride) CH2Cl2 10. Hydrogen Sulfide HZS 11. Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene) C12C : CC12 12. Tetrachloromethane (Carbon Tetrachloride) CC14 13. Toluene C6HSCH3 14. 1,1,1 Trichloroethane (Methyl Chloroform) CH3CC13 15. Trichloroethylene CHC1 : CC12 16. Trichloromethane (Chloroform) CHC13 17. Vinyl Chloride CHZ: CHC1 18. Xylene C6H4(CH3)2 1150.1 - 34 ("' Rule 1150.1 (Cont.) (Attachment A Continued) (Amended April 10, 1998) TABLE 2 - CARCINOGENIC AND TOXIC AIR CONTAMINANTS (Supplemental Group) Paragraph (e)(2), Subparagraphs (k)(3)(F) and (k)(3)(G) Requirements of Rule 1150.1 1. Acetaldehyde CH3CHO 2. Acrolein CH2CHCHO 3. Acrylonitrile H2C : CHCN 4. Allyl Chloride H2C : CHCH2C1 5. Bromomethane (Methyl Bromide) CH313r 6. Chlorinated Phenols 7. Chloroprene H2C : CHCC1 : CH2 8. Cresol CH3C6H4OH 9. Dialkyl Nitrosamines 10. 1,4 - Dioxane OCH2CH2OCH2CH2 11. Epichlorohydrin CH2OCHCH2C1 12. Ethylene Oxide CH2CH2O 13. Formaldehyde HCHO 14. Hexachlorocyclopentadiene C5C16 15. Nitrobenzene C6H5NO2 16. Phenol C6H5OH 17. Phosgene COC12 18. Polychlorinated Dibenzo-P-Dioxin 19. Polychlorinated Dibenzo Furan 20. Polychlorinated Biphenols 21. Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons 22. Propylene Oxide CH2-CH-CH3 23. Tetrahydrothiophene CH2CH2CH2CH2S 24. Thiophene CHCHCHCHS 1� 1150.1-35 A Division of 4306 West 190th Street, Torrance, CA 90504 Activated Carbon and Specialty Media Tel: 310.303-3700 ♦ Fax: 310.406-3001 Pollution Control Systems and Filtration Equipment Rental MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET I. PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION TRADE NAME: SulfaTreat® 410 HMIS Hazard Ratings H: 0 MANUFACTURER'S NAME & ADDRESS: F: 0 The SulfaTreat Company R: 0 17998 Chesterfield Airport Rd. Suite 215 P: Chesterfield, MO. 63005 EMERGENCY PHONE: 1-800-726-7687 or 1-314-532-2189 FAX: 1-314-532-2764 II. HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS Chemical Names CAS Numbers % Exposure Limits in Air (Units) None N/A, Proprietary N/A N/A III. CHEMICAL & PHYSICAL PROPERTIES Vapor Density (Air = 1) N/A Melting Point or Range OF N/A Specific Gravity 1.1 Boiling Point or Range OF N/A Solubility in Water Nil Evaporation Rate (BuAcetate=l) N/A Vapor Pressure, mmHg @20 °C 0 VOC (EPA Method 24) 0 pH N/A Appearance & Odor Black, Granular, Odorless Solid IV. SHIPPING REGULATIONS DOT Proper Shipping Name: N/A DOT Hazard Class: N/A DOT I.D. Number: N/A DOT Hazardous Substance: N/A V. FLAMMABILITY & EXPLOSIVE PROPERTIES Flash Point °F: N/A Auto Ignition Temperature °F: N/A Flammability limits in Air, Volume %: LEL (Lower): N/A UEL (Upper): N/A Fire Extinguishing Materials: N/A Special Fire fighting Procedures: None Unusual Fire & Explosion Hazards:None Hazardous Products formed by Fire: None VI. HEALTH HAZARD INFORMATION SYMPTOMS OF OVEREXPOSURE (for each potential route of exposure) Inhalation: Overexposure to dust may irritate the nasal passage, Eyes: May cause eye irritation similar to dust. Skin: Contact with skin has no effect. Absorbed through skin: None Swallowed: No significant effect under normal exposure. Significant ingestion may require purging. HEALTH EFFECTS OR RISKS FROM EXPOSURE: Acute: No acute effects to health are known. Not toxic. LD50 greater than 3990 mg/kg (Highest practical test level). Chronic: No chronic effects to health known. FIRST AID: EMERGENCY PROCEDURES Eye Contact: Flush with water Skin Contact: Wash with soap and water Ingestion: Purge if necessary Inhalation: Remove to fresh air SUSPECTED CANCER AGENT: NO - The product ingredients are. not found in the following lists: ACGIH, NIOSH, OSHA, NTP or IARC. MEDICAL CONDITIONS AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE: None Known. VII. REACTIVITY DATA Stability: Stable: X Unstable: Conditions to Avoid: N/A Incompatibility (Materials to avoid): Strong oxidizers Hazardous decomposition products (Including combustion products): Irritating gases Hazardous polymerization: Will not occur. VIII. SPILL, LEAK & DISPOSAL PROCEDURES Spill Response Procedures (include employee protection measures): No special procedures required. Preparing Waste for Disposal (container types, neutralization, etc.) No special procedures required. Recommended Methods of Disposal: Dispose of all wastes in accordance with Federal, State & Local regulations. Not listed as a material banned from land disposal according to RCRA. IX. SPECIAL HANDLING INFORMATION Ventilation & Engineering Controls: No Special Requirements. Respiratory Protection (type): NIOSH/MSHA approved dust mask (TC -21C-132). Eye Protection: None required. Gloves (specify material): None required. Other Clothing & Equipment: No special requirements. Work Practices, Hygienic Practices: No special requirements, avoid excessive dust inhalation. Other Handling & Storage Requirements: No special requirements. Protective measures during maintenance of contaminated equipment: N/A X. REGULATORY INFORMATION US EPA - TSCA Chemicals in this product are listed on the TSCA inventory. Chemicals in this product are not on the Health & Safety Reporting List, are not under a Chemical Test Rule or listed in TSCA Section 12b, or have SNRU under TSCA. USA EPA- SARA This product has no RQ or TPQ under Section 302 and are not reportable under Section 313. US EPA - Clean Air Act This product does not contain any hazardous air pollutants or Class 1 and Class 2 Ozone depletors. US EPA - Clean Water Act None of the chemicals in this product are listed as Hazardous Substances, Priority Pollutants or Toxic Pollutants under the CWA. Canada This product is not listed on Canada's Ingredient Disclosure List. X. PREPARATION INFORMATION Revision Date: November 25, 1998 Baker Filtration Corporate Offices 4306 W. 190`h Street, Torrance, California 90504 Phone: 310.303.3 700 ♦ Fax: 310.406.3001 %G'06 BAKER Technical Information Manual � GENERAL INFORAM77ON WEIC7H7SAND MEASURES �» Max Flowrate IOOOS: 600 cfm 2000S: 600 cfm » Max. Pressure: I' 15 psi •Specialty Media r e Volume » Max Temp 150'F ... 20005: 67 cu ft __ » Height 10005 66" 20005 . ...__.�_... _..._..__..__ 92" _ _...,._ _-_ __ ----- .._ r777 ��� - Diameter. __ » Inlet a - _ Shipping Wt*: .... 1000S: ...._... �.,_:-..�... 1800 Ibs. - 2800 Ibs (drum+media) 2000S: 3050 Ibs. - 5050 Ibs. Outlet (*Media dependenlJ FILTER MEDIA ..... .............. » Types: ..._ Activated Carbon ............................... •Specialty Media Volume IOOOS: 34 cu ft ... 20005: 67 cu ft 'Weight* r IOOOS: 1000 Ibs 2000 Ibs. L�i(-Meda dependen4. a 20005: 2000 Ibs 4000 tbs. A41SCELLANEOLIS DATA » Inlet 4 4' FNPT .........�' Outlet 4 FNPT y>! Interior ; Double -layered epoxy coating Coating » Internals: ....€ PVC inlet diffuser a d.�..ws 3 ...... » Media Top manway (neoprene gasket( Access PRESSURE DROP DA TA 0 25 ❑ 20 w (D r 15 L7 C 10 U) W 5 af n EN.AI R-20005 NAR -1 100 200 300 400 500 600 FLOW (CFM) ANOTES: I. In the presence of activated carbon, some contaminants may oxidize, polymerize or otherwise react resulting in the release of heat and become a potential fire hazard. Extreme care should be taken in the design and operation of such applications. 2. Wet activated carbon preferentially removes oxygen from air. In closed or partially closed containers and vessels, oxygen depletion may reach hazardous levels. If workers are to enter a vessel containing carbon, appropriate procedures for potentially low oxygen spaces must be followed, including all federal and state requirements. 3020 Old Ranch Parkway • Suite 220 • Seal Beach, CA • 562-430-6262 A Division of 4306 West 190th Street, Torrance, CA 90504 Activated Carbon and Specialty Media Tel: 310.303-3700 ♦ Fax: 310.406-3001 Pollution Control Systems and Filtration Equipment Rental MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET DATE OF ISSUE: June 6, 2005 SECTION I- GENERAL INFORMATION MANUFACTURER NAME: Baker Filtration 310.303.3700 4306 West 190th Street, Torrance, CA 90504 CHEMICAL NAMES & SYNONYMS: Activated Carbon, Activated Coconut, Activated Charcoal, Char TRADE NAMES & SYNONYMS: Activated Carbon CHEMICAL FAMILY: Amorphous Carbon, Activated Coconut FORMULA: Carbon atom in a crystallite structure has an infinite molecular weight, Anthracite Coal, Sub -Bituminous Coal, Bituminous Coal CAS NO. 7440-440 SECTION II- HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS CHEMICAL NAME (Ingredients) [% TLV (Units)]: No Hazardous Ingredients HAZARDOUS MIXTURES OF OTHER LIQUIDS, SOLIDS, OR GASSES [% TLV (Units)]: LIQUIDS Activated Carbons that have adsorbed other carbon or non -carbon liquids or gasses may lower or raise the ignition point and must be laboratory checked for ignition point when expended. SECTION III- PHYSICAL DATA BOILING POINT (DEG F): 4200 SPECIFIC GRAVITY (H20-1):1.8-2.1 VAPOR PRESSURE (MM HG) N/A PERCENT VOLATILE BY VOLUME: none VAPOR DENSITY (AIR= 1): N/A EVAPORATION RATE: none SOLUBILITY IN WATER: insoluble IGNITION TEMPERATURE: 600 deg C APPEARANCE & ODOR: Odorless, black granular solid SECTION IV- FIRE HAZARD & EXPLOSIVE DATA FLASH POINT (method used): none FLAMMABLE LIMITS: Lower Explosive Limit: N/A Upper Explosive Limit: N/A EXTINGUISHED MEDIA: Use media for class A fires: Foam, multipurpose dry chemical and water type extinguishers. SPECIAL FIRE FIGHTING PROCEDURES: none UNUSUAL FIRE & EXPLOSION HAZARDS: Provide for the handling of dry flowing solids in grounded equipment to prevent build up of static electric charge especially when explosive dust or vapor mixtures may exist in confined areas. Also provide for pressure relief devices following the principles set forth in the National Fire Protection Association Explosion Preventing Guide NFPS68-1854. SECTION V- HEALTH HAZARD DATA THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUE: Avoid exposure to dust levels 15 mg per cubic meter. (Federal), 10 mg per cubic meter (California State). EFFECTS OF OVEREXPOSURE: Temporary dryness to mucous membrane causing coughing and minor nose and throat irritation. EMERGENCY AND FIRST AID PROCEDURES: Wash mouth with water -no other treatment required. Use protective respiratory equipment to avoid inhaling carbon dust. SECTION VI- REACTIVITY DATA STABILITY: UNSTABLE STABLE-> X CONDITIONS TO AVOID: Activated Carbon is chemically inert INCOMPATABILITY (Materials to avoid): none HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS: none HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION: MAY OCCUR—> WILL NOT OCCUR—>X SECTION VII- SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURES STEPS TO BE TAKEN IN CASE MATERIAL IS RELEASED OR SPILLED: Spills can create nuisance dust and house keeping problems. Vacuuming is best clean up procedure. WASTE DISPOSAL METHOD: Wet or dry activated carbon is best disposed of by landfill. SECTION VIII -PROTECTION INFORMATION RESPIRATORY PROTECTION (Specify Type): Respiratory classifications table G-2 part 1910.93 (OESHA) Rules & Regulations. VENTILATION: LOCAL EXHAUST: Vacuum to control dust PROTECTIVE GLOVES: None required EYE PROTECTION: For airborne dust OTHER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT: Protective clothing should be worn during handling to protect against airborne dust. SECTION IX- SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN IN HANDLING AND STORING: Packaged activated carbon is not resistant to weather or outside storage and requires indoor Type I and Type II storage facilities. OTHER PRECAUTIONS: Check oxygen content of atmosphere of any vessel containing activated carbon before allowing entry of personnel. SECTION X- TRANSPORTATION DATA PROPER SHIPPING (Article) NAME: Steam Activated Carbon, Non -Regulated OR Carbon, Activated, Non -Regulated DOT CLASSIFICATION: NMFC 40560 / DOT MARKING: N/A / DOT PLACARD: N/A EMERGENCY ACCIDENT PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES: Contact: Baker Filtration Phone: 310.303.3700 PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN IN TRANSPORTATION: N/A The information contained herein is based on data considered accurate in light of current formulation. However, no warranty is expressed or implied regarding the accuracy of this data or the results to be obtained from the use thereof. Baker Filtration Corporate Offices 4306 W. 190`h Street, Torrance, California 90504 Phone: 310.303.3700 0 Fax: 310.406.3001 Instruction Book GX 2, GX 3, GX 4, GX 5 Copyright Notice Any unauthorized use or copying of the contents or any part thereof is prohibited. This applies in particular to trademarks, model denominations, part numbers and drawings. Date Printed .................... 06/06/2006 Atlas Copco www.afascopco.com Table of contents 1 Safety precautions......................................................................................... 4 1.1 SAFETY ICONS........................................................................................................................ 4 1.2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DURING INSTALLATION.................................................................................. 4 1.3 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DURING OPERATION...................................................................................... 6 1.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DURING MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR..................................................................... 7 2 General description...................................................................................... 10 2.1 INTRODUCTION....................................................................................................................... 10 2.2 AIR FLOW............................................................................................................................. 14 2.3 OIL SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................... 17 2.4 REGULATING SYSTEM...............................................................................................................18 2.5 CONTROL PANEL....................................................................................................................19 2.6 PROTECTION OF COMPRESSOR....................................................................................................20 2.7 AIR DRYER............................................................................................................................ 21 3 Installation.................................................................................................. 22 3.1 INSTALLATION PROPOSAL..........................................................................................................22 3.2 DIMENSION DRAWINGS.............................................................................................................25 3.3 ELECTRIC CABLE SIZE...............................................................................................................27 3.4 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS........................................................................................................28 3.5 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS.............................................................................................................29 3.6 PICTOGRAPHS........................................................................................................................ 31 4 Operating instructions.................................................................................. 33 4.1 INITIAL START-UP....................................................................................................................33 4.2 STARTING.............................................................................................................................35 4.3 STOPPING.............................................................................................................................38 4.4 TAKING OUT OF OPERATION.......................................................................................................39 2 7 Problem solving............................................................................................ 50 7.1 PROBLEM SOLVING.................................................................................................................. 50 8 Technical data.............................................................................................53 8.1 READINGS ON CONTROL PANEL................................................................................................... 53 8.2 SETTINGS FOR OVERLOAD RELAY AND FUSES.................................................................................. 54 8.3 REFERENCE CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS..................................................................................... 55 8.4 COMPRESSOR DATA................................................................................................................ 55 9 Instructions for use of air receiver..................................................................58 9.1 INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE............................................................................................................ 58 10 PED............................................................................................................59 10.1 PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVES............................................................................................... 59 3 5 Maintenance................................................................................................41 5.1 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE.......................................................................................... 41 5.2 DRIVE MOTOR....................................................................................................................... 42 5.3 OIL SPECIFICATIONS................................................................................................................ 42 5.4 OIL, FILTER AND SEPARATOR CHANGE.......................................................................................... 42 5.5 PDX FILTER CHANGE............................................................................................................... 44 5.6 STORAGE AFTER INSTALLATION................................................................................................... 45 5.7 SERVICE KITS........................................................................................................................ 45 6 Adjustments and servicing procedures............................................................46 6.1 AIR FILTER............................................................................................................................ 46 6.2 COOLERS..............................................................................................................................47 6.3 SAFETY VALVE...................................................................................................................... 47 6.4 BELT SET EXCHANGE AND TENSIONING......................................................................................... 48 7 Problem solving............................................................................................ 50 7.1 PROBLEM SOLVING.................................................................................................................. 50 8 Technical data.............................................................................................53 8.1 READINGS ON CONTROL PANEL................................................................................................... 53 8.2 SETTINGS FOR OVERLOAD RELAY AND FUSES.................................................................................. 54 8.3 REFERENCE CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS..................................................................................... 55 8.4 COMPRESSOR DATA................................................................................................................ 55 9 Instructions for use of air receiver..................................................................58 9.1 INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE............................................................................................................ 58 10 PED............................................................................................................59 10.1 PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVES............................................................................................... 59 3 Instruction manual 1 Safety precautions 1.1 Safety icons Explanation 1.2 Safety precautions during installation All responsibility for any damage or injury resulting from neglecting these precautions, or non -observance of the normal caution and care required for installation, operation, maintenance and repair, even if not expressly stated, will be disclaimed by the manufacturer. General precautions 1 . The operator must employ safe working practices and observe all related local work safety requirements and regulations. 2. If any of the following statements does not comply with local legislation, the stricter of the two shall apply. 3. Installation, operation, maintenance and repair work must only be performed by authorised, trained, specialised personnel. 4. The compressor is not considered capable of producing air of breathing quality. For air of breathing quality, the compressed air must be adequately purified according to local legislation and standards. 5. Before any maintenance, repair work, adjustment or any other non -routine checks, stop the compressor, press the emergency stop button, switch off the voltage and depressurise the compressor. In addition, the power isolating switch must be opened and locked. 6. Never play with compressed air. Do not apply the air to your skin or direct an air stream at people. Never use the air to clean dirt from your clothes. When using the air to clean equipment, do so with extreme caution and wear eye protection. 4 Instruction manual Precautions during installation 1. The machine must only be lifted using suitable equipment in accordance with local safety regulations. Loose or pivoting parts must be securely fastened before lifting. It is strictly forbidden to dwell or stay in the risk zone under a lifted load. Lifting acceleration and deceleration must be kept within safe limits. Wear a safety helmet when working in the area of overhead or lifting equipment. 2. Place the machine where the ambient air is as cool and clean as possible. If necessary, install a suction duct. Never obstruct the air inlet. Care must be taken to minimise the entry of moisture at the inlet air. 3. Any blanking flanges, plugs, caps and desiccant bags must be removed before connecting the pipes. 4. Air hoses must be of correct size and suitable for the working pressure. Never use frayed, damaged or worn hoses. Distribution pipes and connections must be of the correct size and suitable for the working pressure. 5. The aspirated air must be free of flammable fumes, vapours and particles, e.g. paint solvents, that can lead to internal fire or explosion. 6. Arrange the air intake so that loose clothing worn by people cannot be sucked in. 7. Ensure that the discharge pipe from the compressor to the aftercooler or air net is free to expand under heat and that it is not in contact with or close to flammable materials. 8. No external force may be exerted on the air outlet valve; the connected pipe must be free of strain. 9. If remote control is installed, the machine must bear a clear sign stating: DANGER: This machine is remotely controlled and may start without warning. The operator has to make sure that the machine is stopped and that the isolating switch is open and locked before any maintenance or repair. As a further safeguard, persons switching on remotely controlled machines shall take adequate precautions to ensure that there is no one checking or working on the machine. To this end, a suitable notice shall be affixed to the start equipment. 10. Air-cooled machines must be installed in such a way that an adequate flow of cooling air is available and that the exhausted air does not recirculate to the compressor air inlet or cooling air inlet. 11. The electrical connections must correspond to the local codes. The machines must be earthed and protected against short circuits by fuses in all phases. A lockable power isolating switch must be installed near the compressor. 12. On machines with automatic start -stop system or if the automatic restart function after voltage failure is activated, a sign stating "This machine may start without warning" must be affixed near the instrument panel. 13. In multiple compressor systems, manual valves must be installed to isolate each compressor. Non - return valves (check valves) must not be relied upon for isolating pressure systems. 14. Never remove or tamper with the safety devices, guards or insulation fitted on the machine. Every pressure vessel or auxiliary installed outside the machine to contain air above atmospheric pressure must be protected by a pressure -relieving device or devices as required. 15. Pipework or other parts with a temperature in excess of 80°C (176°F) and which may be accidentally touched by personnel in normal operation must be guarded or insulated. Other high- temperature pipework must be clearly marked. 16. For water-cooled machines, the cooling water system installed outside the machine has to be protected by a safety device with set pressure according to the maximum cooling water inlet pressure. 5 Instruction manual 17. If the ground is not level or can be subject to variable inclination, consult the manufacturer. Also consult following safety precautions: Safety precautions during operation and Safety precautions during maintenance. These precautions apply to machinery processing or consuming air or inert gas. Processing of any other gas requires additional safety precautions typical to the application which are not included herein. Some precautions are general and cover several machine types and equipment; hence some statements may not apply to your machine. 1.3 Safety precautions during operation All responsibility for any damage or injury resulting from neglecting these precautions, or non -observance of the normal caution and care required for installation, operation, maintenance and repair, even if not expressly stated, will be disclaimed by the manufacturer. General precautions 1. The operator must employ safe working practices and observe all related local work safety requirements and regulations. 2. If any of the following statements does not comply with local legislation, the stricter of the two shall apply. 3. Installation, operation, maintenance and repair work must only be performed by authorised, trained, specialised personnel. 4. The compressor is not considered capable of producing air of breathing quality. For air of breathing quality, the compressed air must be adequately purified according to local legislation and standards. 5. Before any maintenance, repair work, adjustment or any other non -routine checks, stop the compressor, press the emergency stop button, switch off the voltage and depressurise the compressor. In addition, the power isolating switch must be opened and locked. 6. Never play with compressed air. Do not apply the air to your skin or direct an air stream at people. Never use the air to clean dirt from your clothes. When using the air to clean equipment, do so with extreme caution and wear eye protection. Precautions during operation 1. Use only the correct type and size of hose end fittings and connections. When blowing through a hose or air line, ensure that the open end is held securely. A free end will whip and may cause injury. Make sure that a hose is fully depressurized before disconnecting it. 2. Persons switching on remotely controlled machines shall take adequate precautions to ensure that there is no one checking or working on the machine. To this end, a suitable notice shall be affixed to the remote start equipment. 3. Never operate the machine when there is a possibility of taking in flammable or toxic fumes, vapours or particles. 6 Instruction manual 4. Never operate the machine below or in excess of its limit ratings. 5. Keep all bodywork doors shut during operation. The doors may be opened for short periods only, e.g. to carry out routine checks. Wear ear protectors when opening a door. 6. People staying in environments or rooms where the sound pressure level reaches or exceeds 90 dB(A) shall wear ear protectors. 7. Periodically check that: • All guards are in place and securely fastened • All hoses and/or pipes inside the machine are in good condition, secure and not rubbing • There are no leaks • All fasteners are tight • All electrical leads are secure and in good order • Safety valves and other pressure -relief devices are not obstructed by dirt or paint • Air outlet valve and air net, i.e. pipes, couplings, manifolds, valves, hoses, etc. are in good repair, free of wear or abuse 8. If warm cooling air from compressors is used in air heating systems, e.g. to warm up a workroom, take precautions against air pollution and possible contamination of the breathing air. 9. Do not remove any of, or tamper with, the sound -damping material. 10. Never remove or tamper with the safety devices, guards or insulations fitted on the machine. Every pressure vessel or auxiliary installed outside the machine to contain air above atmospheric pressure shall be protected by a pressure -relieving device or devices as required. Also consult following safety precautions: Safety precautions during installation and Safety precautions during maintenance. These precautions apply to machinery processing or consuming air or inert gas. Processing of any other gas requires additional safety precautions typical to the application which are not included herein. Some precautions are general and cover several machine types and equipment; hence some statements may not apply to your machine. 1.4 Safety precautions during maintenance or repair All responsibility for any damage or injury resulting from neglecting these precautions, or non -observance of the normal caution and care required for installation, operation, maintenance and repair, even if not expressly stated, will be disclaimed by the manufacturer. General precautions 1. The operator must employ safe working practices and observe all related local work safety requirements and regulations. 7 Instruction manual 2. If any of the following statements does not comply with local legislation, the stricter of the two shall apply. 3. Installation, operation, maintenance and repair work must only be performed by authorised, trained, specialised personnel. 4. The compressor is not considered capable of producing air of breathing quality. For air of breathing quality, the compressed air must be adequately purified according to local legislation and standards. 5. Before any maintenance, repair work, adjustment or any other non -routine checks, stop the compressor, press the emergency stop button, switch off the voltage and depressurise the compressor. In addition, the power isolating switch must be opened and locked. 6. Never play with compressed air. Do not apply the air to your skin or direct an air stream at people. Never use the air to clean dirt from your clothes. When using the air to clean equipment, do so with extreme caution and wear eye protection. Precautions during maintenance or repair 1 . Always wear safety glasses. 2. Use only the correct tools for maintenance and repair work. 3. Use only genuine spare parts. 4. All maintenance work shall only be undertaken when the machine has cooled down. 5. A warning sign bearing a legend such as "work in progress; do not start" shall be attached to the starting equipment. 6. Persons switching on remotely controlled machines shall take adequate precautions to ensure that there is no one checking or working on the machine. To this end, a suitable notice shall be affixed to the remote start equipment. 7. Close the compressor air outlet valve before connecting or disconnecting a pipe. 8. Before removing any pressurized component, effectively isolate the machine from all sources of pressure and relieve the entire system of pressure. 9. Never use flammable solvents or carbon tetrachloride for cleaning parts. Take safety precautions against toxic vapours of cleaning liquids. 10. Scrupulously observe cleanliness during maintenance and repair. Keep dirt away by covering the parts and exposed openings with a clean cloth, paper or tape. 11. Never weld or perform any operation involving heat near the oil system. Oil tanks must be completely purged, e.g. by steam -cleaning, before carrying out such operations. Never weld on, or in any way modify, pressure vessels. 12. Whenever there is an indication or any suspicion that an internal part of a machine is overheated, the machine shall be stopped but no inspection covers shall be opened before sufficient cooling time has elapsed; this to avoid the risk of spontaneous ignition of the oil vapour when air is admitted. 13. Never use a light source with open flame for inspecting the interior of a machine, pressure vessel, etc. 14. Make sure that no tools, loose parts or rags are left in or on the machine. 15. All regulating and safety devices shall be maintained with due care to ensure that they function properly. They may not be put out of action. 8 Instruction manual 16. Before clearing the machine for use after maintenance or overhaul, check that operating pressures, temperatures and time settings are correct. Check that all control and shut -down devices are fitted and that they function correctly. If removed, check that the coupling guard of the compressor drive shaft has been reinstalled. 17. Every time the separator element is renewed, examine the discharge pipe and the inside of the oil separator vessel for carbon deposits; if excessive, the deposits should be removed. 18. Protect the motor, air filter, electrical and regulating components, etc. to prevent moisture from entering them, e.g. when steam -cleaning. 19. Make sure that all sound -damping material, e.g. on the bodywork and in the air inlet and outlet systems of the compressor, is in good condition. If damaged, replace it by genuine material from the manufacturer to prevent the sound pressure level from increasing. 20. Never use caustic solvents which can damage materials of the air net, e.g. polycarbonate bowls. 21. The following safety precautions are stressed when handling refrigerant: • Never inhale refrigerant vapours. Check that the working area is adequately ventilated; if required, use breathing protection. • Always wear special gloves. In case of refrigerant contact with the skin, rinse the skin with water. If liquid refrigerant contacts the skin through clothing, never tear off or remove the latter; flush abundantly with fresh water over the clothing until all refrigerant is flushed away; then seek medical first aid. 22. Protect hands to avoid injury from hot machine parts, e.g. during draining of oil. Also consult following safety precautions: Safety precautions during installation and Safety precautions during operation. These precautions apply to machinery processing or consuming air or inert gas. Processing of any other gas requires additional safety precautions typical to the application which are not included herein. Some precautions are general and cover several machine types and equipment; hence some statements may not apply to your machine. 9 Instruction manual 2 General description 2.1 Introduction Introduction GX2 up to GX5 are single -stage, oil -injected screw compressors. The compressor is air-cooled and belt -driven by an electric motor. The compressor is enclosed in sound - insulated bodywork. An easy -to -operate control panel (1) is provided, including the start/stop switch and the emergency stop button. A cabinet housing the regulator, pressure switch and motor starter is integrated into the bodywork. Floor -mounted model 10 1 Front view, GX2 up to GX5 Floor -mounted The compressor is installed directly on the floor. The compressor should always be installed with a suitable air receiver. Instruction manual Tank -mounted model Front view, GX2 up to GX5 Ref. Name 1 Control panel AO Air outlet AR Air receiver Dm2 Automatic condensate drain, air receiver SV Safety valve Instruction manual Co OF 1 DR n2 hR Front view, GX2 up to GX5 Full -Feature 12 Instruction manual OF OS AF Rear view, GX2 up to GX5 Full -Feature GX2 up to GX5 are mounted on a large air receiver (AR) of 200 1 (52.80 US gal / 44 Imp gal / 7 cu.ft). Ref. Name 1 Control panel AF Air filter AO Air outlet AR Air receiver Co Oil cooler Dm2 Manual condensate drain, air receiver DR Dryer E Compressor element OF Oil filter OS Oil separator OT Oil separator tank 13 GX Pack The compressor is not fitted with a dryer. 2.2 Air flow Flow diagram 14 Instruction manual Instruction manual Air flow, GX2 up to GX5 Tank -mounted Pack Air drawn through filter (AF) and open inlet valve (IV) into compressor element (E) is compressed. Compressed air and oil flow into oil separator/tank (OT) where most of the oil is removed. The air is discharged via minimum pressure valve (Vp) towards the air outlet (AO). 15 Instruction manual Air drawn through filter (AF) and open inlet valve (IV) into compressor element (E) is compressed. Compressed air and oil flow into oil separator/tank (OT) where most of the oil is removed. The air is discharged via minimum pressure valve (Vp), air receiver (AR) and dryer (DR) towards the air outlet (AO). Instruction manual 2.3 Oil system A 4�6 121 LE L a® I g 17 Instruction manual Air pressure forces the oil from oil separator/tank (OT) through oil cooler (Co) and filter (OF) to compressor element (E) and the lubrication points. In oil separator/tank (OT), most of the oil is removed centrifugally; the rest is removed by separator (OS). The oil system has a thermostatic by-pass valve (BV). The oil cooler is by-passed until the oil reaches the correct operating temperature. 2.4 Regulating system Main components PSR11 52879F View on regulating system 10 10 Y1 Instruction manual The main components of the regulating system are: • Pressure switch (PSR1 1) which opens and closes at preset pressure limits. • Blow -off valve (Y1) Pressure switch (PSR1 1) opens and closes its contacts at pre-set pressures. During loaded operation, the contacts are closed: the motor is running. If the working pressure reaches the maximum limit, the contacts of the pressure switch open: the motor will stop. The blow -off valve (Y1) opens and the pressure in the air/oil separator is released. When the working pressure decreases to the pre-set minimum pressure, the contacts of the pressure switch close and the motor restarts. The blow -off valve closes and compressed air is supplied to the receiver again. 2.5 Control panel 55638F Controlpanel, GX2 up to GX5 19 Instruction manual Reference Designation Function 1 Start/stop switch - Starts and stops the compressor. Also used to stop emergency switch the compressor in the event of an emergency and to reset the thermal overload of the electric motor by switching it to 0 and back to I. 2 Dryer on/off button Button to switch on/off the dryer Not installed on Pack versions 3 Reset button Reset button (after unscrewing cover) for high oil temperature shut -down. Hm Hour meter Indicates the total running time. Gpa Working pressure The white pointer indicates the actual working pressure. H1 Alarm lamp Lights up in the event of high oil temperature shut- down. 2.6 Protection of compressor SV Safety valve of the vessel Safety valve on the compressor Instruction manual Reference Designation Function Q21 Motor overload relay To shut down the compressor in case the motor Also see the current is too high. Electrical diagrams section TSHH11 Temperature shut -down To shut down the compressor if the temperature at Also see the switch the outlet of the compressor element is too high. Electrical diagrams section Sv Safety valve To protect the air outlet system if the outlet pressure exceeds the opening pressure of the valve. After tripping of the temperature protection: switch off the voltage and depressurise. See Maintenance remarks. Check and remedy. See Problem solving. Wait a few minutes to let the machine cool down. To reset and restart, switch on the voltage and press the red reset button after unscrewing its cover: the machine will restart. 2.7 Air dryer 55648F Air dryer Wet compressed air (B) enters the dryer. The air then flows through a heat exchanger (2) where refrigerant evaporates, withdrawing heat from the air. The cold air then flows through a condensate trap (1) which separates condensate from the air. The condensate is automatically drained and this is regulated by a timer. The dried air is then discharged from the dryer. 21 Instruction manual 3 Installation 3.1 Installation proposal Important 1 Transport by a pallet truck 22 To prevent a Tank -mounted model from falling over during transport by a pallet truck: push the forks underneath the air receiver and place a wooden beam (1) (cross-section approx. 4 x 6 cm / 1.6 x 2.4 in) through the supports on both sides of the receiver. While holding the compressor, slowly lift the forks until the receiver is secured between the beams. Move the compressor gently. 22 Instruction manual Proposal \ Vj s 6 :��57192D Installation proposal, Floor -mounted GX2 up to GX5 Ref. Description/recommendation (6) Outlet valve 1 2 1 i MINIMUM J' Y MUM 1.5 m (1 j ' SPACE FOR MAINTENANCE` ` 3: MINIMUM 2m POWER CABLE SHOULDy' (2) BE PROTECTED SO THAT IT COMPLIES LOCAL CODE SINGLE PHASE DRYER SUPPLY 52869D THREE PHASE SCREW -COMPRESSOR SUPPLY J I (<) Installation proposal, Tank -mounted GX2 up to GX5 23 Instruction manual Ref. Description/recommendation 1 Isolating switch, compressor 2 Isolating switch, dryer 3 Front panel, compressor 4 Dryer (1) Minimum 1.5 m (2) Space for maintenance, minimum 2 m (3) Single-phase dryer supply (4) Three-phase screw compressor supply (5) The power cable should be protected so that it complies with local codes Step Action 1 Install the compressor on a solid, level floor suitable for taking the weight. The recommended minimum distance between the top of the unit and the ceiling is 1.5 m (58.5 in). The minimum distance between the wall and the back of the compressor must be 200 mm (7.8 in). Floor -mounted versions must be installed with suitable air receiver. The pipes between a Floor -mounted compressor and air receiver are hot. 2 Position of the compressed air outlet valve. Close the valve. Connect the air net to the valve. 3 The pressure drop over the delivery pipe can be calculated from the following formula: dp= (L x 450 x Qc1-85) / (d5 x P) • dp = pressure drop (recommended maximum = 0.1 bar / 1.5 psi) • L=length of delivery pipe in m • d = inner diameter of the delivery pipe in mm • P=absolute pressure at the compressor outlet in bar(a) • Qc=free air delivery of the compressor in I/s 4 Ventilation: the inlet grids and ventilation fan should be installed in such a way that any recirculation of cooling air to the compressor or dryer is avoided. 5 Lay out the condensate drain flexible from timer (T) as well as the flexible from condensate drain valve (4) towards a drain collector. The drain flexibles to the drain collector must not dip into the water of the drain collector. See the Starting section for the location of the components. Instruction manual 3.2 Dimension drawings Dimension drawings, GX2 up to GX5 Floor -mounted GX2 up to GX5, Pack 605 620 CODLING RIR EXIT (2) 25 550 30 V" Otn 'v o ® C" p- o • 0 Lu (3) _ U-) J u -i RLn M1 p LnJ O Y �.Q (5) ti COMPRESSED RIR CUTLET B0 3/4' 2202260960` (4) 57191 D COOLING RIR ENTRY . u (2) m m ZDOLIKC RIR IXIT ii 118 25 (3) ELECTRICfL CRBLE ENTRY Floor -mounted GX2 up to GX5, Pack 620 IL❑ O a o v O i 240 s20M^T" ^- -240 Instruction manual COOLING AIR , (2) OUTLET 25 se N o W (4) _06— //C T (4) 0) so G 112" wVLuv 3 mr, I,Vv Ml MIN COMPRESSED IPLET INLET AIR OUTLET 0 450 175 750 175 (5) 386 132 1 1100 732 4450 1420.. 55 25 118 v? 8 2202 2609 59/3 66690D Tank -mounted GX2 up to GX5, Pack 26 m (� COOLING AIR OUTLET (2) 2202 2609 59/3 66690D Tank -mounted GX2 up to GX5, Pack 26 Instruction manual COOLING RIR 1015 55 (2) OUTLET 25 395 � o G112' zes ❑ q COMPRESSED {5)` RIR OUTLET M1 OW® N O 100 1015 {4) 7Q,\{4) CONDENSRTE DRAIN PIPE 3/8'F, valve included so COOLING RIR COOLING RIR {7) INLET I INLET 0'. 6450 1717155�. 750 175 1_ 3e6 L: 732 1.100. L32 440 1420.' {3) 25 ]le EIECTRCCFL CR&E ENTRY N COOLING RIR (2) OUTLET7 220226D9 58/3 55691D 101s Tank -mounted GX2 up to GX5, Full -Feature Ref. Name 1 Condensate drain pipe, valve included (only on Tank -mounted units) 2 Cooling air outlet 3 Electrical cable entry 4 Cooling air inlet 5 Compressed air outlet 3.3 Electric cable size Attention Local regulations remain applicable if they are stricter than the values proposed below. The voltage drop must not exceed 5% of the nominal voltage. It may be necessary to use cables of a larger size than those stated to comply with this requirement. Instruction manual 3.4 Electrical connections Step Action GX2 GX3 GX4 GX5 Frequency (Hz) Voltage (V) Cable size Cable size Cable size Cable size IEC (mm2) (mm2) (mm2) (mm2) 50 230 2.5 2.5 4 4 50 400 1 1 1.5 1.5 60 230, 1 -ph 2.5 4 4 6 60 380 1.5 - 1.5 1.5 CSA/UL AWG AWG AWG AWG 60 230, 1 -ph 2.5 4 4 6 60 208 1.5 - 2.5 4 60 230 1.5 - 2.5 4 60 460 1.5 - 1.5 1.5 60 575 1.5 11.5 11.5 3.4 Electrical connections Step Action 1 Ensure that the supply voltage matches the voltage on the data plate. 2 Fit an isolating switch near the compressor. For Full -Feature compressors: fit an isolating switch near the dryer. 3 Fit fuses in the incoming wiring. Check the condition of all incoming wiring and make connections. See Electrical diagrams. Instruction manual 3.5 Electrical diagrams Customer's Installation (1) Customer's Installation (1 } 3phase 230-400V 50-60Hz (2) I i (phase 230V 50-60Hz (3) LI _-___--t__-----__ LI -------- __ 12 _______yt -___ ___L2 __ -_ _ __ ___ — __ I U _______J_FY ________ PE PE— _ _* I I MRX. FUSE [a] 1 I I I I I IEL Llass G lw� a s ImI�, 10 R - — - — - -�z- — — — — — — — I - — - — - — — -� Compressor 1 2 3 1 - -.Dryer D 0 L 1 E - (4) Fl (�� C OV Ti 24V - SETTIN6 23OV u S1 E- - - - - - - - v -------v OV You T Ps213 : Q2 L 400V I P r I L -PGRI I(2I 1. PSp2 i I I H2 %I I I P K21 e is IQt: Y1 1 _ — — Cb] _' H1 PI h M � i M ICM � Ht 3'�. 3 14 Iti PB 1'�. I 9820 3888 01 52849D Electrical diagram, GX2 up to GX5 with DOL starter L.7 Instruction manual Customer's Installation (1) Name Customer's installation (2) 3-phase 230-400 V 50-60 Hz Customsis Instal lat on 3phase 230-400V 50-60Hz (2) (4) Compressor (5) Dryer - _ ]phase 230Y 50-BOHz (3) u. ------- -- ------a--- -- --- ---------- --t ?— ----- MM. FUSE [a] _ _ ..}-� . — . _ - — - _ — _ . _ _ _ — . — _ . _ _ _ _ — . }� _— -— - —- —-— �_ SETTING 021 Its -Compressor. ^— _ �. Dryer (FJ} _ --- (4) F1 rsmu '1 s' E Si I v n oV TI 24V� M° ' 230Y i I rse.a -:400Y sal '. Nei ` s I(ti M2e. K24 s RM a Q1 IE �a I K21 IQ3 Y7 Ismm K72 k2P � - — — 1 x' P1 h nl a1. t M PE i4 11 to Imo. 9820 3888 02 52850D Electrical diagram, GX2 up to GX5 with YID starter Ref, Name (1) Customer's installation (2) 3-phase 230-400 V 50-60 Hz (3) 1 -phase 230 V 50-60 Hz (4) Compressor (5) Dryer 30 Instruction manual 3.6 Pictographs I rn (0 LO LO 1&,' AV— 6 2 Ar Ax. 7_ 3 /4.\X— 8 4 9 � e 5 10 52871 P Pictographs, GX2 up to GX5 Pictographs, GX2 up to GX5 Instruction manual Ref. Description 1 Warning: possible air/fluid discharge 2 Warning: voltage 3 Warning: air must not be inhaled 4 Warning: wear ear protectors 5 Warning: machine may start automatically 6 Warning: pressure 7 Warning: hot parts 8 Warning: moving parts 9 Warning: rotating fan 10 Drain condensate weekly 11 Read the instruction manual 12 Working pressure 13 Hour meter 14 Reset of temperature protection 15 High temperature outlet of the compressor element 16 Read instruction manual before carrying out maintenance or repair work 17 Lightly oil gasket of oil filter, screw filter on and tighten by hand 32 Instruction manual 4 Operating instructions 4.1 Initial start-up Safety The operator must apply all relevant Safety precautions. Moving To safely move a Tank -mounted model, see Installation. General preparation 55617F Air outlet valve 2 Step Action 1 Consult the installation instructions (see Installation). 2 Check that the electrical connections correspond to the local codes. The installation must be earthed and protected against short circuits by fuses in all phases. An isolating switch must be installed near the compressor. 3 Fit outlet valve (2), close it and connect the air net to the valve. Connect condensate drain valve (4) of the air receiver to a drain collector. Close the valve. Oil system OS 1 SG 7 AF 55675F Oil level sightg/ass, GX2 up to GX5 Instruction manual Step Action If more than 3 months have passed between assembly and installation, be sure to lubricate the compressor before starting up: • Remove the front panel. • Unscrew the fixing bolts in the top and remove the panel. • Unscrew the cover of the air filter (AF) and remove the filter element. • Open valve (7) and drain approx. 0.2 1 (0.05 US gal / 0.04 Imp gal) of oil into a clean receptacle. Carefully pour this oil through the filter housing into the compressor element. • Fit the air filter and screw on the filter cover. • Refit the top and front panels. Check the oil level. The oil level sight -glass (SG) must be above the minimum level. If the oil level is below the minimum level, top up to the middle. Do not overfill. Always use the same type of oil. n A J'+ Instruction manual Start-up Label on the top Step Action 1 Check that all panels of the compressor housing are fitted. Check that sheet (5) (explaining the procedure for checking the motor rotation direction) is affixed to the cooling air outlet of the compressor (grating on the compressor top). Consult Dimension drawings. Switch on the voltage. Run the compressor for 1 second by briefly toggling switch (1) to position I and stop after 1 second by turning the switch to position O. Check the rotation direction of the motor. If the motor rotation direction is correct, the label on the top grating will be blown upwards. If the sheet remains in place, the rotation direction is incorrect. If the rotation direction is incorrect, switch off the voltage, open the isolating switch and reverse two incoming electric lines. All electrical work should be carried out by professionally qualified people. 2 Start and run the compressor for a few minutes. Check that the compressor operates normally. 4.2 Starting 55617F Air outlet valve 2 Instruction manual Pressure gauge Starting the air dyer on GX2 up to GX5 Full -Feature Gpa Dryer onloff switch Step Action 1 Switch on the voltage to the dryer and start it by moving switch (3) to I. A• Switch on the dryer before turning on the compressor • The dryer must be kept running while the air compressor is operating to ensure that the air piping remains condensate -free. • If the dryer is switched off, wait at least 5 minutes before restarting the dryer; this allows for balancing of the internal pressure in the dryer. 36 Instruction manual Starting the compressor T Timer drain (Rear side of the dryer) F1 Compressor switches Step Action 1 Check the oil level sight -glass (SG). The oil level should be in the middle. If it is below the minimum level, top up to the middle. Do not overfill. 2 Switch on the voltage. 3 Open air outlet valve (2). 4 Move start/stop switch (1) to position I. If the compressor has been exposed to low temperatures (below 01C/321F), it may have difficulty starting due to high oil viscosity. In this case, depress yellow button (5) while starting using button (1). Button (5) should only be depressed for a few seconds while starting. Button (5) should only be used if experiencing difficulty due to low temperatures. 5 Regularly check the working pressure (Gpa). 6 For Full -Feature compressors, regularly check that condensate is drained (T) during running. 4.3 Stopping 55617F` Air outlet valve 2 Dryer on/off switch 3 5560OF Dryer on/off switch Instruction manual Instruction manual Step Action 1 Move start/stop switch (1) to position 0. On Full -Feature units: move switch (3) of the dryer to position 0. 2 Close air outlet valve (2) and switch off the voltage to the compressor. On Full -Feature units: switch off the voltage to the dryer. 3 Open condensate drain valve (4) of the air receiver for a few seconds to drain any condensate and then close the valve. The air dryer and the air receiver remain under pressure. The PDX filter (if installed) remains under pressure. If maintenance or repair work is necessary, consult the Problem solving section for all relevant safety precautions. 4 Wait at least 30 seconds before restarting the machine. 4.4 Taking out of operation 55617F Air outlet valve 2 Condensate drain valve In ou Instruction manual 3 Filler plug, GX2 up to GX5 This procedure should be carried out at the end of the compressor's service life. Step Action 1 Stop the compressor and close the air outlet valve (2). 2 Switch off the voltage and disconnect the compressor from the mains. 3 Depressurise the compressor by opening plug (3) one turn. Open condensate drain valve (4). 4 Shut off and depressurise the part of the air net which is connected to the outlet valve. Disconnect the compressor air outlet valve from the air net. 5 Drain the oil and condensate circuits. 6 Disconnect the compressor condensate outlet and valve from the condensate net. Instruction manual 5 Maintenance 5.1 Preventive maintenance schedule Warning Before carrying out any maintenance, repair work or adjustments, proceed as follows: • Stop the compressor. • Switch off the voltage and open the isolating switch. • Close the air outlet valve and open the manual condensate drain valves. • Depressurise the compressor. For detailed instructions, see Problem solving. The operator must apply all relevant Safety precautions. Warranty -Product Liability Use only authorised parts. Any damage or malfunction caused by the use of unauthorised parts is not covered by Warranty or Product Liability. General When servicing, replace all removed gaskets, 0 -rings and washers. Intervals Carry out maintenance at the interval which comes first. The local Atlas Copco Customer Centre may overrule the maintenance schedule, especially the service intervals, depending on the environmental and working conditions of the compressor. The "longer interval" checks must also include the "shorter interval" checks. Preventive maintenance schedule for GX2 up to GX5 Running hours Operation 50 Drain the condensate from the receiver. Check the oil level. For Floor -mounted versions: clean the prefilter on the rear side of the compressor. 500 Clean the air filter. " For Full -Feature versions: check that condensate from the dryer is drained automatically. " For Full -Feature versions: clean the condenser of the dryer. Check the belt tension. For compressors with PDX filter: check the service indicator, replace the filter if necessary. 2000 Replace the air filter. If Atlas Copco Roto -Inject Fluid is used, change the oil. 41 Instruction manual Running hours Operation Replace the oil filter. For compressors with PDX filter: replace the filter. 4000 Clean the finned surface of the oil cooler. Replace the oil separator. Have the safety valve tested. 5.2 Drive motor Description The motor bearings are greased for life. 5.3 Oil specifications ANever mix oils of different brands or types. It is strongly recommended to use Atlas Copco Fluid (see Preventive maintenance schedule). Atlas Copco Roto -Inject Fluid Atlas Copco Roto -Inject Fluid is special oil for oil -injected scroll and screw compressors which keeps the compressor in excellent condition. Roto -Inject Fluid can be used for compressors operating at ambient temperatures between 0°C (32°F) and 40°C (1040F)(see Service kits). 5.4 Oil, filter and separator change Important Never mix oils of different brands or types. If the compressor is exposed to external pollutants, is being used at high temperatures (oil temperature above 90°C / 194°F) or is being used under severe conditions, it is advisable to change the oil more frequently. Consult Atlas Copco. 42 Instruction manual GX2 up to GX5 8 7 6 5 Step Action 1 Run the compressor until warm. Stop the compressor, close the air outlet valve and switch off the voltage. 2 Remove the front and top panels. 3 Depressurise the compressor by unscrewing filler plug (8) one turn to permit any pressure in the system to escape. 4 Depressurise the air receiver by opening drain valve (4). 5 Drain the oil by opening drain valve (5). Close the valve after draining. Deliver the spent oil to the local oil collection service. 6 Remove oil filter (3) and separator (2). Clean the seats on the manifold. 7 Oil the gaskets of the new filter and separator and screw them into place. Tighten firmly by hand. 8 Remove filler plug (8) and fill oil tank (7) with oil until the level reaches the middle of sight -glass (6). Ensure no dirt gets into the system. Refit and tighten filler plug (8). 9 Unscrew the air filter cover (1), remove the filter element and carefully pour approx. 0.1 1 (0.03 US gal / 0.02 Imp gal) of oil into the compressor element. Do not overfill. 10 Re -assemble the inlet filter 11 Fit the bodywork panels. 12 Close drain valve (4) of the air receiver. 13 Run the compressor for a few minutes. Check the oil level. AO `+J 5.5 PDX filter change Oil filler plug Instruction manual GX2 up to GX5 Drain valve, air receiver 3 f4 55699F GX2 up to GX5 Step Action 1 Stop the compressor, close the air outlet valve, switch off the voltage and depressurise by unscrewing oil filler plug (3) one turn to permit any pressure in the system to escape. Depressurise the air receiver by opening condensate drain valve (4). 2 Unscrew the vessel. A whistling noise will warn you if the vessel is not fully depressurised. If this occurs, the vessel should be screwed back and the venting should be repeated. 3 Discard the filter element. 4 Clean the vessel and replace its O-ring. 5 Fit the new filter element. 6 Refit the vessel. 7 Tighten oil filler plug (3). 8 Close condensate drain valve (4). A A YY Instruction manual 5.6 Storage after installation If the compressor is stored without running from time to time, consult Atlas Copco as protective measures may be necessary. 5.7 Service kits Service kits Service kits are available offering the benefits of genuine Atlas Copco parts while keeping the maintenance budget low. The kits comprise all parts needed for servicing. Service kits Content Ordering number Filter kit Air filter, oil filter and oil separator 2901 0865 01 Air filter kit Filter cartridge 1622 0658 00 Oil filter kit Filter cartridge 2903 0337 01 Oil separator kit Filter cartridge 1622 0623 01 PDX kit Filter cartridge 2901 0867 00 Roto -Inject Fluid 5 -litre (1.32 US gal / 1.10 Imp gal / 0.18 cu.ft) can 2901 0245 01 Roto -Inject Fluid 20 -litre (5.28 US gal / 4.40 Imp gal / 0.70 cu.ft) can 2901 0522 00 Roto -Inject Fluid 209 -litre (55.18 US gal / 45.98 Imp gal / 7.32 cu.ft) can 2901 0045 01 45 Instruction manual 6 Adjustments and servicing procedures 6.1 Air filter Changing the air filter 55665'F Position of air filter for GX2 up to GX5 Air filter change on GX2 up to GX22 Step Action 1 Stop the compressor, close the air outlet valve and switch off the voltage. 2 Remove the front panel and the top panel of the compressor housing. 3 Unscrew the filter cover (1) and remove the filter element. Discard the air filter element. 4 Fit the new element and screw on the filter cover. 5 Refit the top and front panels. A C �tv Instruction manual 6.2 Coolers 55683F GX2 up to GX5 Co Step Action 1 Keep oil cooler (Co) clean to maintain the cooling efficiency. 2 Stop the compressor, close the air outlet valve and switch off the voltage. Remove any dirt from the cooler with a fibre brush. Never use a wire brush or metal objects. Then clean using an air jet. 6.3 Safety valve 47 Instruction manual 55605F' 3 Filler plug, GX2 up to GX5 Testing The valve can be tested on a separate compressed air line. Before removing the valve: stop the compressor; on a Full -Feature unit also stop the dryer. Close the air outlet valve, switch off the voltage, open drain valves (4 if fitted) and unscrew filler plug (3) one turn to permit any pressure in the system to escape. If the valve does not open at the set pressure stamped on the valve, replace the valve. No adjustments are allowed. Never run the compressor without a safety valve. 6.4 Belt set exchange and tensioning GX2 up to GX5 48 5288OF Instruction manual Read the warning in the Preventive maintenance schedule section. Adjusting the tension of the drive belt for GX2 up to GX5 Step Action 1 Stop the compressor, close the air outlet valve and switch off the voltage. For Full -Feature versions: also stop the dryer. 2 Remove the front panel of the compressor housing. 3 Remove the side, back and top panels of the compressor housing. 4 Loosen the 4 bolts (2) by one turn. 5 Adjust the belt tension by turning tensioning nut (1). 6 The tension is correct when a force of 50 N (11.25 Ibf) applied at the midpoint of the belt causes a deflection of 6 mm (0.23 in). 7 Retighten bolts (2). 8 Refit the bodywork panels. Replacing the drive belt on GX2 up to GX5 Step Action 1 Stop the compressor, close the air outlet valve and switch off the voltage. For Full -Feature versions: also stop the dryer. 2 Remove the front panel of the compressor housing. 3 Remove the side, back and top panels of the compressor housing. 4 Loosen the 4 bolts (2) by one turn. 5 Release the belt tension by loosening tensioning nut (1). 6 Remove the fan cowl. 7 Remove the belt via the fan cowl opening. Install the new belt via the same opening. 8 Tension belt (3) as described above. 9 Re -assemble the fan cowl. 10 Refit the bodywork panels. 11 Check the belt tension after 50 running hours. A n .+V 7 Problem solving 7.1 Problem solving Start/stop switch Air outlet valve Oil filler plug 55600 F GX2 up to GX5 55617F GX2 up to GX37 1 2 55605E GX2 up to GX5 Instruction manual Instruction manual Drain valve, air receiver Dryer on/off switch 55604F GX2 up to GX5 Attention Faults and remedies For all references given hereafter, see Air flow diagram, Initial start-up or Regulating system. .71 Use only authorised parts. Any damage or malfunction caused by the use of unauthorised parts is not covered by Warranty or Product Liability. Apply all relevant Safety precautions. Before carrying out any maintenance or repair work on the compressor: move start/ stop switch (1) to position 0. Move dryer on/off switch (6) to position 0. Wait until the compressor has stopped and switch off the voltage. See Stopping section. Open the isolating switch to prevent an accidental start. Close air outlet valve (2) and depressurise the compressor by opening plug (3) one turn. Open manual condensate drain valves (4 and/or 5). The air outlet valve (2) can be locked during maintenance or repair as follows: • Close the valve. • Remove the screw fixing the handle with the wrench delivered with the compressor. • Lift the handle and turn it until the slot of the handle fits over the blocking edge on the valve body. • Fit the screw. Faults and remedies For all references given hereafter, see Air flow diagram, Initial start-up or Regulating system. .71 Instruction manual Compressor of GX2 up to GX5 Air dryer of GX2 up to GX5 Condition Fault Remedy 1 The machine does not start No power Check power supply through the dryer Fuse (F1) blown Replace fuse The main motor thermal Check and let motor cool down; to 2 Condensate in the piping protection has tripped reset/restart, move compressor The dryer is working outside start/stop switch to 0, then to 1 2 The machine does not start, Oil cooler is dirty Clean cooler high oil temperature lamp is condenser and check operation of on (temperature switch fan 3 tripped) The dryer is working outside Check room temperature - air hot (above 55°C / 1310F) - Ambient temperature too Improve ventilation in compressor motor overload high room Oil level too low Top up oil tank 3 The compressor does not Blow -off solenoid valve (Y1) Check; replace valve if necessary reach working pressure remains open refilled 4 Excess oil consumption Oil separator (OS) clogged Replace oil separator not start Oil level too high Drain to correct level Air dryer of GX2 up to GX5 Condition Fault Remedy 1 No compressed air passes Pipes are frozen inside Hot -gas by-pass valve through the dryer malfunctioning; consult Atlas Copco 2 Condensate in the piping Insufficient condensate drain Check the operation of timer (T) The dryer is working outside Check room temperature - air its rating temperature at dryer. Clean the condenser and check operation of fan 3 The compressor head is very The dryer is working outside Check room temperature - air hot (above 55°C / 1310F) - its rating temperature at dryer. Clean the motor overload condenser and check operation of fan Insufficient refrigerant in Have system checked for leaks or dryer refilled 4 The motor hums and does Line voltage too low Check power supply not start The machine was switched Wait a few minutes before starting off and on again too rapidly the machine again (not enough time for the pressure equalization) Instruction manual 8 Technical data 8.1 Readings on control panel GX2 up to GX5 ff s Hm 55630F The readings mentioned below are valid under the reference conditions (see Reference conditions and limitations). Ref. Name Gpa Air outlet pressure Reading: Modulates between preset unloading/stopping pressure and loading pressure Hm Hour meter Reading: Total running time 53 Instruction manual 8.2 Settings for overload relay and fuses GX2 and GX3 Frequency (Hz) Voltage (V) Overload relay Q21 (A) of GX2 Main fuses, compressor supply (A) of GX2 Overload relay Q21 (A) of GX3 Main fuses, compressor supply (A) of GX3 Main fuses, dryer supply (A) IEC DOL gL/gG gL/gG gL/gG 50 230 13.9 16 17.4 16 10 50 400 8 10 10 10 10 60 230, 1 -ph 18.4 32 22 32 10 60 380 6.4 20 11.8 - 10 CSA/UL DOL CSA -UL CSA -UL CSA -UL 60 208 11.6 20 - - 10 60 230, 1 -ph 18.4 32 22 32 10 60 220/230 10.7 20 - - 10 60 440/460 5.4 20 - - 10 60 575 4.3 20 - - 10 GX4 and GX5 Frequency (Hz) Voltage (V) Overload relay 021 (A) of GX4 Main fuses, compressor supply (A) of GX4 Overload relay Q21 (A) of GX5 Main fuses, compressor supply (A) of GX5 Main fuses, dryer supply (A) IEC DOL gL/gG gL/gG gL/gG 50 230 19.1 20 23.5 25 10 50 400 11 16 13.5 16 10 60 230, 1 -ph 24.6 50 33.9 50 10 60 380 10.6 20 11.8 20 10 IEC Star -delta gL/gG gL/gG gL/gG 50 230 19.1 20 23.5 25 10 50 400 11 16 13.5 16 10 CSA/UL DOL CSA -UL CSA -UL CSA -UL 60 208 15 20 21.5 32 10 60 230, 1 -ph 24.6 50 33.9 50 10 60 220/230 13.8 20 19.6 32 10 60 440/460 6.9 20 9.8 32 10 60 575 5.5 20 7.8 20 10 GA J "t' Instruction manual 8.3 Reference conditions and limitations Reference conditions Air inlet pressure (absolute) bar 1 Air inlet pressure (absolute) psi 14.5 Air inlet temperature °C 20 Air inlet temperature OF 68 Relative humidity % 0 Working pressure bar(e) See Compressor data Working pressure psi See Compressor data Limitations Maximum working pressure bar(e) See Compressor data Maximum working pressure psig See Compressor data Minimum working pressure bar(e) 4 Minimum working pressure psig 58 Maximum air inlet temperature °C 46 Maximum air inlet temperature OF 115 Minimum ambient temperature °C 0 Minimum ambient temperature OF 32 8.4 Compressor data 50 Hz 10 bar (under reference conditions) Compressor type GX2 GX3 GX4 GX5 Frequency Hz 50 50 50 50 Maximum (unloading) pressure, Pack bar(e) 10 10 10 10 Maximum (unloading) pressure, Pack psig 145 145 145 145 Maximum (unloading) pressure, Full -Feature bar(e) 9.75 9.75 9.75 9.75 Maximum (unloading) pressure, Full -Feature psig 141 141 141 141 Nominal working pressure bar(e) 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 Nominal working pressure psig 138 138 138 138 Pressure drop over dryer bar(e) 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 Pressure drop over dryer psig 2.18 2.18 2.18 2.18 Motor shaft speed rpm 3000 3000 3000 3000 Set -point, thermostatic valve °C 71 71 71 71 55 Instruction manual Compressor type GX2 GX3 GX4 GX5 Set -point, thermostatic valve OF 160 160 160 160 Temperature of air leaving receiver (approx.), Pack °C 33 33 33 33 Temperature of air leaving receiver (approx.), Pack OF 91 91 91 91 Pressure dew -point, Full- Feature °C 3 3 3 3 Pressure dew -point, Full- Feature OF 37 37 37 37 Power input, Pack at maximum working pressure kW 3.8 4.1 4.9 6.6 Power input, Pack at maximum working pressure hp 5.1 5.5 6.57 8.85 Power input, Full -Feature at maximum working pressure kW 4.1 4.4 5.2 6.9 Power input, Full -Feature at maximum working pressure hp 5.5 5.9 6.97 9.25 Power consumption, dryer at full load kW 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 Power consumption, dryer at full load hp 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 Power consumption, dryer at no load kW 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 Power consumption, dryer at no load hp 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 Refrigerant type R134a R134a R134a R134a Total amount, refrigerant kg 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 Total amount, refrigerant Ib .0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 Oil capacity 1 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 Oil capacity US gal 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66 Oil capacity Imp gal 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 Oil capacity cu.ft 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 Sound pressure level (according to ISO 2151 (2004)) dB(A) 61 61 62 64 60 Hz 10 bar (under reference conditions) Compressor type GX2 GX4 GX5 Frequency Hz 60 60 60 Maximum (unloading) pressure, Pack bar(e) 10 10 10 Maximum (unloading) pressure, Pack psig 145 145 145 Maximum (unloading) pressure, Full -Feature bar(e) 9.75 9.75 9.75 Maximum (unloading) pressure, Full -Feature psig 141 141 141 Nominal working pressure bar(e) 9.5 9.5 9.5 Nominal working pressure psig 138 138 138 Instruction manual Compressor type GX2 GX4 GX5 Pressure drop over dryer bar(e) 0.15 0.15 0.15 Pressure drop over dryer psig 2.18 2.18 2.18 Motor shaft speed rpm 3495 3490 3495 Set -point, thermostatic valve °c 71 71 71 Set -point, thermostatic valve OF 160 160 160 Temperature of air leaving receiver (approx.), Pack °c 33 33 33 Temperature of air leaving receiver (approx.), Pack OF 91 91 91 Pressure dew -point, Full -Feature °c 3 3 3 Pressure dew -point, Full -Feature OF 37 37 37 Power input, Pack at maximum working pressure kW 3.7 4.7 6.3 Power input, Pack at maximum working pressure hp 4.96 6.3 8.45 Power input, Full -Feature at maximum working pressure kW 4 5 6.6 Power input, Full -Feature at maximum working pressure hp 5.36 6.71 8.85 Power consumption, dryer at full load kW 0.3 0.3 0.3 Power consumption, dryer at full load hp 0.4 0.4 0.4 Power consumption, dryer at no load kW 0.2 0.2 0.2 Power consumption, dryer at no load hp 0.27 0.27 0.27 Refrigerant type R1 34a R134a R1 34a Total amount, refrigerant kg 0.4 0.4 0.4 Total amount, refrigerant Ib 0.88 0.88 0.88 Oil capacity 1 2.5 2.5 2.5 Oil capacity US gal 0.66 0.66 0.66 Oil capacity Imp gal 0.55 0.55 0.55 Oil capacity cu.ft 0.09 0.09 0.09 Sound pressure level (according to ISO 2151 (2004)) dB(A) 61 62 64 57 Instruction manual 9 Instructions for use of air receiver 9.1 Instructions for use 1 This vessel can contain pressurised air; this can be potentially dangerous if the equipment is misused. 2 This vessel must only be used as compressed air/oil separator and must be operated within the limits specified on the data plate. 3 No alterations must be made to this vessel by welding, drilling or other mechanical methods without the written permission of the manufacturer. 4 The pressure and temperature of this vessel must be clearly indicated. 5 There is no intrinsic need for service inspection of the vessel when used within the design limits for its intended application. 6 Corrosion must be prevented under the conditions of use. Condensation may accumulate inside the tank and this must be drained every day. This may be done manually, by opening the drain valve, or by means of the automatic drain, if fitted to the tank. =0 UO Instruction manual 10 PED 10.1 Pressure equipment directives Components subject to 97/23/EC Pressure Equipment Directive Components subject to 97/23/EC Pressure Equipment Directive greater than or equal to category II Compressor type Part number Description PED Class GX2 up to GX5 2200 9507 74 Safety valve IV 2200 9507 75 Safety valve IV Overall rating The compressors conform to PED smaller than category 1. 59 GX 2, GX 3, GX 4, GX 5 Instruction Book What sets Atlas Copco apart as a company is our conviction that we can only excel in what we do if we provide the best possible know-how and technology to really help our customers produce, grow and succeed. There is a unique way of achieving that - we simply call it the Atlas Copco way. It builds on interaction, on long-term relationships and involvement in the customers' process, needs and objectives. It means having the flexibility to adapt to the diverse demands of the people we cater for. It's the commitment to our customers' business that drives our effort towards increasing their productivity through better solutions. It starts with fully supporting existing products and continuously doing things better, but it goes much further, creating advances in technology through innovation. Not for the sake of technology, but for the sake of our customer's bottom line and peace -of -mind. That is how Atlas Copco will strive to remain the first choice, to succeed in attracting new business and to maintain our position as the industry leader. Document: GX 2-5 PD001 Page: 1 of 2 Date: 3/29/2005 AML: 9820405701 GX2-5 Oil Injected Screw Compressors Air Cooled 3 thru 7.5 Horsepower MODEL Unit GX 2 GX4 GX5 General Horsepower HP 3 5 7.5 Capacity-FAD CFM 8.5 16.5 21.2 Operating Pressure 2 PSIG 145 145 145 Min Operating Pressure PSIG 58 58 58 Max Operating Pressure 2 PSIG 145 145 145 Drive System V -Belt V -Belt V -Belt Power Requirements Compressor (Shaft) BHP 4.2 5.5 7.5 Total Package Input (Pack Unit) BHP 4.2 5.5 7.5 Cooling Cooling Medium Maximum Ambient Temperature OF 104 104 104 Minimum Ambient Temperature OF 32 32 32 Package BTU Rejection Pack BTU/hr 12,131 15,409 20,654 Full Feature BTU/hr 13,114 16,392 21,638 Outlet Temperature above ambient Pack OF 17 24 27 Full Feature OF 2 12 18 Oil Capacity Gal 0.66 0.66 0.66 Cooling Air Flow Pack CFM 339 424 636 Noise Level 3 Pack dB(A) 61 62 64 Full Feature dB(A) 61 62 64 Drive Motor Data Manufacturer WEG WEG WEG Enclosure TEFC TEFC TEFC Insulation Class F, B rise Class F, B rise Class F, B rise RPM 3495 3490 3495 Notes: 1. FAD (Free Air Delivery) measured according to ISO1217, Ed. 3, Annex C-1996 2. On Full Feature units, dryer module air pressure drops must be included 3. Noise level measured according to ISO 2151 iWascopeo Document: GX 2-5 PD001 Page: 2 of 2 Date: 3/29/2005 AML: 9820405701 GX2-5 Oil Injected Screw Compressors Air Cooled 3 thru 7.5 Horsepower wf-- M DEL Unit GX 2 GX4 GX5 Dimensions 4 Tank Mtd 60 Gal. (LxWxH) in 56x22x50 56x22x50 56x22x50 Discharge Valve Connection in NPT 1/2 1/2 1/2 Condensate Drain Connections in NPT 3/8 3/8 3/8 Weights (approximate) Tank Mtd 60 Gal. (Pack / Full Feature) Net lbs 3371412 351/425 362/437 Shipping lbs 513/588 527/601 538/613 Refrigerated Dryer (Full Feature only) Dryer module DLX1 DLX1 DLX1 Compressor rating (nominal) HP 0.4 0.4 0.4 Pressure dewpoint 5 °F 35-39 35-39 35-39 Pressure drop at nominal capacity PSIG 2.2 2.2 2.2 Cooling air flow CFM 318 318 318 Refrigerant type R134A R134A R134A Refrigerant charge lbs 0.88 0.88 0.88 Input power Compressor KW 0.3 0.3 0.3 Fan Motor KW 0.1 0.1 0.1 Recommended Filter 6 1.0 micron DDp 9 9 9 0.01 micron / 0.01 PPM liquid DD 9 9 9 0.01 micron / 0.01 PPM liquid PD 9 9 9 0.01 micron / 0.01 PPM liquid QD 9 9 9 Notes: 4. Discharge valve adds approximately 3 inches to installed length 5. Dewpoint at standard Atlas Copco ref. Conditions 6. At 145 psig (Ref. Filter Price Book Section correction factors for other pressures) Atlas Copco Oil -injected Rotary Screw Compressors GX 2-11 2-11 kW/3-15 hp 101 compact screw compressors built to last Atlas Copco screw compressors have always set the standard for reliability and performance in the compressed air industry. With the new GX 2-11, Atlas Copco brings the power and reliability of an industrial screw compressor to small and medium sized industry. The advanced sound dampening of these units ensures silent power while simple reliability is guaranteed as the GX is suitable for 100% continuous duty. COMPLETE COMPRESSED AIR INSTALLATION The GX 2-11 is delivered with all of the components required for a complete installation. Suitable for customers who have limited space, the package has a minimum footprint. The GX is also available with a built-in dryer to reduce the space requirements even further. In addition, all air connections have been optimized to minimize pressure drop and potential air leaks. SIMPLE AND QUICK MAINTENANCE • Service points are grouped together and accessible through the removable front panel. • Spin -on oil separator and filter for quick maintenance. o • • • • ' • Oil level display. o Set to meet your specific requirements and tackle your daily challenges, Atlas Copco offers you the GX, by far the most powerful and reliable compressed air solution. Immediately ready to supply high quality air, this solution provides you with the exceptional power and reliability you are looking for. BUILT-IN RELIABILITY • Rugged screw compressor technology allows for a 100% continuous duty cycle. • Maximum mechanical simplicity providing increased dependability. • All oil lines are rigid pipe or high temperature hose. • No plastic oil tubing is used. • All electrical wiring is done with heavy-duty cable and high quality connectors. • Low operating temperature insures long life and eliminates the necessity for an aftercooler. • The GX package includes the main switch with integrated circuit breaker to protect the compressor. High-quality clean and dry air Moisture, dirt particles and aerosols in plant air can damage your piping,, compressed air tools and machinery as Well your end products. To keep production operations running smoothly, you are in need of clean and dry: compressed air. The GX 2-11 compressors can be equipped with an integrated dryer, an in-line air filter - and electronic drain option. o FULL FEATURE AIR DRYER The GX 2-11 is available with an advanced built-in refrigerant air dryer. This dryer cools the compressed air and removes water vapor before it can enter your compressed air network preventing rust in your compressed air piping and avoiding damage to your air tools. p l� ................... K;11. o ELECTRONICRECEIVER Compressed air receivers drainage to remove any With the electronic drain automatically and efficiently. t DRAIN PDX HIGH EFFICIENCY AIR FILTER always require periodic All oil -lubricated compressors expose your condensate that may accumulate. vapors. These oil vapors, combined with option, this operation is handled can create an abrasive oil sludge. The best tools and machinery is to install an in-line o ' compressed air to oil atmospheric pollutants, way to protect, your PDx air filter. FLOW CHART AIR FLOW REFRIGERANT FLOW Intake air 1. Inlet air filter 12. Evaporator ® A-': 2. Inlet check valve 13. Refrigerant compressor � l " r -= '; - Air/oil mixture 3. Compression element _ \a 14. Condenser u I Oil 4. Oil separator element 15. Capillary tube 5. Minimum pressure valve 16. Water separator - -i, ®,. ® Wet air 6. Aftercooler Dry air 7. Air receiver A - Full Feature B - PDx high efficiency air filter Water OIL FLOW C - Electronic receiver drain 4 ANY Refrigerant gas 11. Oil reservoir - ®� 0 '.: ®` _ Refrigerant liquid 12. Oil cooler - 13. Thermostatic valve block 14. Oil filter ,? r Typical flowchart forthe GXTIT FF -------------------- Technical specifications Mean noise level measured according measured according to ISO standard. Standard air receiver size, GX 2-5: 2001/60 gal, GX 7-77:270 U72 gal. w GX 7-11 FF Floor Mounted GX 7-11 FFTank Mounted r H In order to be First in Mind—First in Choice' for all your compressed air needs, Atlas Copco delivers the products and services that help increase your business' efficiency and profitability. Atlas Copco's pursuit of innovation never ceases, driven by your need for reliability and efficiency. Always working with you, we are committed to providing you the customized quality air solution that is the driving force behind your business. Never use compressed air as breathing air without prior purification in accordance with local legislation and standards. www.atiascopco.com _a- o mQ e sCXD �Lr_') - = Y N _> o O 0 5 � o a `� ecu 0821 xa gd w C� mg'= dCA H In OS 9L9 091 LD _W z z Y_ ¢ o e s � N 0 2S o \\ // AY-_ - QI V Q i m Lf7 I u W cm�a lX'J o J = p 0 o � a E2 0 _ I w Q U Vv ¢ o t a g Yin s Z J > o a, o o � CL_ � No n v d g g U e 0 _ S W�`. _ __ Z w w `k Z I a`a m Q H W W (n J tY w U J ¢ U U a(LN= O d J I O In U- U ¢ 982 N mMmo❑❑❑ m ❑❑m❑❑ _ M o HHH V� c co --❑❑--- -it W M FT 11 0 LIU m 00 W C m a ME= 3HM ❑❑mom ❑ w d V - - a CZ In Wa C a U t z J o H wo ' z �C J O o p p o q ) z � D U L-) > S9 S'601 a o lE o O O _ o � o to n N N N - - OSS a008 -- ,(uoGuo� .�o uos.�atl .u4io Aw of Winxvuw� m .lyaaGpb .no Buuny�ogunu s A Paso •paSo •pauiP a9 uq swaE mo 3�4iP iau IIv4s Wo yuaunwp ipU 'pun �,,.,e is wos�,a ,w aP,a wo u+navmw so woa+no� ,00� i,�„gae •p�aalmaae 'p6¢(uaB vapi ow Buwa;smi +apuoz iau l_.uopua8p azua y i��`IW iL Q W W � � O d M:: � U Q m sa ¢~a �J z r - J � 00 0 a,t7.iC MI LL) W Z J 9'9Z E'9 z - ED U --An y I N M n Z J 8 J z O O 4Y , .n ..M a . A. oy Pajv— a Buurq�v�ruw m1 P.- papm 'Pa+aliv 1 w ssaua0 .nv i�43� iau IIN4 W .lS�atloA . s S—P sol roa.y p uovvaE as Nu 6Na — BWNPap. J. a4va.pvl .+mn lw qg 'Px4-8 �rwe � o. a�.aay:aoy aap,oz f:�, laz �a .�p,acw azw s. aaawiw an — _I C CO Q T U / \ - T W O N N N M c c a z w a u-� R' d z _ o Li 3 6m Mw In -�. N Z J 3 d Q U Cu V In Z .-C w> o n t z ZD > MI LL) W Z J 9'9Z E'9 z - ED U --An y I N M n Z J 8 J z O O 4Y , .n ..M a . A. oy Pajv— a Buurq�v�ruw m1 P.- papm 'Pa+aliv 1 w ssaua0 .nv i�43� iau IIN4 W .lS�atloA . s S—P sol roa.y p uovvaE as Nu 6Na — BWNPap. J. a4va.pvl .+mn lw qg 'Px4-8 �rwe � o. a�.aay:aoy aap,oz f:�, laz �a .�p,acw azw s. aaawiw an — _I Eni, I �, FASI�:: PIS r� Max. Flow 13 gpm (49 Ipm) O.D. 3.5 in (8.9 cm) ottom Inlet, Short Description. The AP4 Bottom Inlet Short. AutoPump provides maximum capabilities and flow in a bottom inlet pump for 4" (100 mm) diameter and larger wells with shorter water columns and/or - the need to pump down to lower water levels, compared to full-length pumps. It offered in optional versions to handle even the most severe remediation and landfill pumping applications, and delivers flow rates up to 13 gpm (49'lpm)* The AP4 Short Bottom Inlet AutoPump is I ` complemented by the most comprehensive selection of accessories to provide a complete system to meet site specific requirements. Call QED for prompt, no -obligation - assistance on your pumping project needs: The AutoPump Heritage The AP4 Bottom Inlet Short AutoPump ispartof the famous AutoPump family, of original automatic air -powered pumps, developed in the mid 1980s specifically to handle unique pumping needs at remediation and ;landfill sites. - - Over the years they've proven their durability at thousands of sites worldwide. AutoPumps are designed to handle difficult pumping challenges that other pumps can't, such as hydrocarbons, solvents, suspended solids, corrosives, Advantages temperature extremes, viscous fluids and frequent start/ stop cycles. Beyond just the. pump, AutoPump systems 1. The original automatic air- offer the most complete range of tubing, hose, connectors, powered well pump, proven wellhead caps and accessories to help your installation go worldwide over 18 years smoothly. This superior pumping heritage, application experience and support back up every AutoPump you put 2. The highest flow rates and to work on your project. deepest pumping capabilities in the industry 3. Patented, proven design for superior reliability and durability, even in severe applications 4. Handles solids, solvents, hydrocarbons corrosive conditions, viscous fluids and high temperatures beyond the limits of electric pumps 5. Five-year warranty *Consult QED for higher flow requirements VQED 10 Pump Dimensions Specifications & Operating Requirements pllodel.. -47:--„ Liquid Liquid Inlet Locatton Bottom Length Overall (pump & fittings) 41 in (104 cm) Length0ye�all, w /.Extendel.Scleen< Weight 13 lbs (5.9 kg) Liquid Discharge Pump Volume /Cycle 0.22 0.36 gal (83 1.36L) M Air Supply a .. Exhaust Max Depth .. 250 ft (16 m) Air Pressure Range 5. 1.20 psl,(0 4 .$.4 kg/crri2), , . r - AIF Usage Q.4-1.5 scf / gal (1.5 51 Iter of air a _ y tf igh Pressure Ptyrnp Max Depth 425 ft (130 m) _ . , < ... Air �essure Range t , 5. 2DO.,psi (tl 4 x:41 �g�cro2) �_.• .,...: m a S _ . C N m Mm Lrqurd pensrty ' 0 7 SpG (O '7-g/cm3) u, � m Standard Coitstiucfion'(gatenals'k. `o � Pump Body Fiberglass or Stainless Steel - m rump Ergs � Stainless Steel UItNVVPE�, Blass Internal Components Stainless Steel, Viton, Acetal, PVDF1 r Fitting Type, Barbs or Quick Connects Inlet Tube & Hose Options O.D. 3.5" (as mm) Sizes Liquid Discharge 1 in (25 mm) or 1-1/4 in (32 mm) OD Air Exhaust 5/8 in; (16 mm)`OD Hose��Natenal , N�rile Sizes Discharge 1 -'Liquid m (25 mm) ID PumpG' up Y �8 �� X19 mm) or Air Exhaust 1/2 in. (13 mm) ID ' Material upgrades available 3 UHMWPE - Ultra High Molecular Weight Polyethylene z Applies to QED supplied tubing; ° PUDF,- Polyumylidene Fluoride other tubing sources'may not conform to QED filtings.. Application Limits Long and short AP -4 AutoPumps are warranted for five (Base model) (5) years: 100% materials and workmanship first three AP4 AutoPumps are designed to handle . (3) years; 50% materials and workmanship for the fourth the application ranges described below. (4th) and fifth (5th) years. For applications outside these ranges, consult QED about AN upgrades.: Low -Drawdown for the AutoPumps are,warranted for one (1) Year. Maximum Temperature: 150°F (650C) pH Range: 4-9 Solvents 'sand 'Fuels: diesel, gasoline, JP1-JP6, #2 heating oils, BTEX, MTBE, landfill liquids *Consult QED for higher flow requirements 11 P.O. Box 3726 -Ann Arbor, MI 48106.3726- USA 1 S00 62Q_2026 F --1134M-5.1170 mfnanorlonv rnm - wunu.no —j—.corn Am P4B i 1 1 1 Flow Rates' 3/4 inch (19 mm) 1 inch (25.4 mm) Inside Diameter Discharge Hose Inside Diameter Discharge Hose (Equivalent. to 1 -Inch O.D. Tubing) (Equivilant to 1.25 -Inch O.D__Tubing) 6INCH (i 5 cm) SUBMERGENCE OF PUMP HEAD 6 INCH (15 cm) . SUBMERGENCE OF PUMP HEAD 18 - 68.1, 18 . 68.1 16 60.6`. 16 60.6 . GALLONS 14 - _, 53 , APPROXIMATE - GALLONS14 -,.. ; .. 53 -.: APPROXIMATE - ... PER 12 AIR INLET PRESSURES 45.4 LITERS PER 12 AIR INLET PRESSURES 45.4 LITERS+ MINUTE 37.9:.. 37 MINUTE -,ap ... .. ? 37.9. ..... _... WITH MINUTE' _. Wfili - MINUTE. 3/4 -INCH _8 30.3' WITH S 1 -INCH 8 30.3 WITH I.D.19 HOSE-...� �.. 22.71 MM I.D. HOSE '4 25.4 mm .. 1 15 1 I.D.OSE 7100 Kg/cmlz 15J. I.D. HOSE'. 710 Kg/CM 2 2 40 PSI 70 PSI 7.6 2 40 PSI 0 SI 7.6; p 3Kg/cm2 5Kg/cm2 p `. 3Kg/an2 Ljlkm2 0 0 20 40 60 8 140 160 180 200 FT. ` DEPTH 0 p 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 FT. DEPTH 6.1 12.218.324.430.536.642.748.854.9 61 Meters IN WELL 6.1 12.2 18.3 24A 30.5 36.6 42.7 48.8 54,9 61 Meters INWELL 2 FT. (60 cm} SUBMERGENCE OF PUMP HEAD 2 FT.(60 cm) SUBMERGENCE OF PUMP HEAD 18 68.1 18 68.1 _ 16 60.6 16 .; 60.6; GALLONS �, _ 53 APPROXIMATE - .... GALLONS 14 ; , , - -, 53 APPROXIMATE -... -. PER _ 12AIR INLET PRESSURES 45.4 LITERS PER 12AIR INLET PRESSURES 45.4 LITERS MINUTE 1037.9' _ _ _, PER MINUTE 10 _ . , - 37.9 PER .., WITH MINUTE - . ..WITH .. MINUTE .. 3/4 -INCH 8 :. 30.3... WITH ! 1 -INCH 8 30.3' WITH I.D. HOSE 6 _ 22.7 19mm I.D. HOSE 6 : - 22.7 25.4 mm ` 4 I� 12 15.1: I.D. HOSE - :, 7K I.D.HOSE' ,. .... _. _.-. 4 - /- 15.1. , _.. ,.. 2 Pml 7.6 3 KO 2 70 P51 2 40 PSI 70 P51 7.6 0 5 km 2 0 3 cm 2 2 0 20 40 60 8 140 160 180 200 FT. DEPTH 0 S K cm 0 6.1 2.2 18.3 24A 30.5 36.6 42.7 48.8 54.9 61 Meters IN WELL 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 1 200 FT. DEPTH 6.1 12.2 18.3 24.4 30.S16 6 42.7 48.8 54:9 61 Meters IN WELL 10 FT. (300 cm) SUBMERGENCE OF PUMP HEAD 18 68.1 10 FT. (300 cm) SUBMERGENCE OF PUMP HEAD 18 68.1; 16 60.6, 16 60.6:_ GALLONS 14 53 APPROXIMATE 14 53 PER 12 AIR INLET PRESSURES 45.4: LITERS '.. .GALLONS . , , ; , APPROXIMATE MINUTE . - .. PER PER 12 AIR INLET PRESSURES 45.4 LITERS -10 ,. 37.9-. MINUTE :. MINUTE ip 37.9: 3/41NCH - $ 30.3- yylT}I- WITH ` .. s s MINUTE. I.D. HOSE 6 22.7 19 mm 1 -INCH "8 309 WITH; 100 PSI 7K LD.HOSE LD. HOSE 6 - 100 PSI 22.7 25.4 mm 4 cm2 15.1:. 7 Kg/cm 2 I.D. HOSE 2 40 PSI 70 PSI 7.6 4 15.1 - 0 3 Kg/cm 2 S K cm 2 0 2 40 P512 70 PSI 7.6 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 FT. DEPTH 0 3 K 5 K cm 2 p 6.1 12218324.430.536.642.748.8 54.9 61 Meters IN WELL 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 FT. DEPTH 6.1 12.2 18.3 24.4 30.5 36.6 42.7 48.8 54.9 61 Meters IN WELL 'FLOW RATES MAY VARY WITH SITE CONDITIONS. CALL QED FOR TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE. ® VQEU 12 v � Fs "' n v„w w y $ y �• 1 'p 1 •ti �, t Bottom Inlet, Short ® . .rM 1 g 1 _y M ®/ d' M MMMMMMMM MMMMMMMMM• 1 I .1 / ® I 1 1 M :1-1- AUTO SUMP 7000 0 & M MANUAL 0 -,"i-OWER -E KE REAL ENVIRONMENTAL PRODUCTS 19550 BERRY STREET - BLDG B - UNIT A PINE GROVE, CA 9566 PHONE: 209-296-7900 FAX: 209-296-7944 1 CYCLE COUNTER f` ! 3/4' FPT CONDENSATE DISCHARGE 1 F FPT AIR IN I I Jill 1/2' FPT BALANCE LINE Jill I I I 1 I I 8' S/S BACKING RING I I I I I I AUTO DRAIN FILTER REGULATOR I 1 I 1 I I 1 I I I I 1 4' ISO WELL Q I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I 8' SDR 17 HDPE CASING DRAIN PLUG I I 1 1 I I i SHEATHED TUBING BUNDLE 11' i I I r I Fh III I 4% 1 41 11 `111 lyi i QED AP -4 SHORT PUMP I ii�11i I (PUMP NOT INCLUDED) 1I'�1 I I 7r� I \\—SS I E�9 I BOLTS WELDED TO BACKING RING Fid 1 �uq �4' INLET 300COOd Real t+ o o �+ EnvironmentO fl V. q J 12' Products 7"Sw�s AUTO SUMP 7000 7605 - DRAWN BY: T. CORSON I. Is FIGURE #1 2. 3. .9 10. n, eal rcts-k T.:,;�rrAmnmental 't 1products AUTO SUMP 7000 '07 .x� Vault: All operating components of the condensate pump and control assembly are located in a polyethylene vault that is integrally mounted on top of condensate liquid sump. Service connections, including the liquid discharge, pressure balance line, and high-pressure air inlet are grommet or bulkhead mounted on a common wall of the vault. Connec#ions: The AUTO -SUMP 7000 has the following sizes and types: Service Size Connections Furnished Compressed Air Inlet 12 - inch FNPT Condensate Liquid Discharge %- inch FNPT Pressure Equalization Line %2 -inch FNPT The condensate liquid inlet to the sump is 3 -inch diameter rated for at least 29.8 inches mercury vacuum. No PVC Pipe is used in the Auto -Sump assembly. The compressed air, liquid and equalizing tube inside the sump is constructed of nylon tube. Liquid Pump: A pneumatic, submersible, AP -4 short body pump manufactured by QED is used to transfer liquids from the sump. Pump seals, which contact liquid, shall be Vicon or Teflon_ Level Control: Internal switches in the submersible pump accomplish level control. Compressed Air System: The compressed air system includes an inlet block valve, filter with automatic drain valve, and regulator with removable seat. All components are rated for 150 PSIG. Bolts: All bolts, nuts, and washers in contact with LFG are stainless steel type 304. 1. Stainless Steel Bail Valve, Air Inlet. 2. Condensate Discharge Stainless Steel Ball Valve. 3. Isolation Well Balance Line Shut Off. 4. Sunup Balance Line Shut Off. 5. Stainless Steel Locking Latch (Typ.2) 6. Threaded Plug for Sounding. 7. Auto Drain Filter Regulator. �. Air Quick Disconnect. 9. Drain Plug (into sump). 10. Stainless Steel Hydraulic quick disconnect (condensate discharge). 1 w9 Step 1. 1. Turn the Air Shut Off valve to the off position. See # 1 Fig. 1 Step 2. 2. Turn the Condensate Discharge valve to the off position. See # 2 Fig. 1 3. Turn the Isolation Well Balance valve to the off position. See # 3 Fig. 9 4. Turn the Sump Balance valve to the off position. See #4Fig. 1 Note' Turning the Sump Balance Line to the off position may prevent condensate from draining into the sump from the header and may cause condensate in the sump to be drawn back into the header. This condition will occur if the negative pressure of the header is greater than the distance from the flow line of the header to the top of the water level in the sump. This valve can be left open while servicing the pump and not allow oxygen to enter the system if the water levet is higher than the drain holes in the isolation weIL Disconnect5. Quick Step 5. 6. Disconnect the Condensate Quick Disconnect. See # 10 Fig. 1 7. Release the stainless steel quick latches. ,See # 5 Fig. 1 R . Carefully pull the Well Head off the Isolation well, and pull the pump from the isolation Installation of Backup lump 1 . Follow Steps 6. —1. 13 gprn (49 Ipm) 3.5 in (8.9 cm) 41 in. (104 cm) j 1. The original automatic air- { powered well pump, proven worldwide over 18 years u_ 2. The highest flow rates and deepest pumping capabilities in l the industry 3. Patented, proven design for. superior reliability and durability, even in severe applications 4. Handles solids, solvents, hydrocarbons corrosive conditions, viscous fluids and high temperatures beyond the limits of electric pumps 5. Five-year warranty *Consult QED for higher flow requirements The AM Bottom Inlet Short AutoPump provides maximum capabilities and flow in a bottom inlet pump for 4' (100 mm) diameter and larger wells with shorter water columns and/or the need to pump down to lower water levels, compared to full-length pumps. It is offered in optional versions to handle even the most severe remediation and landfill pumping applications, and delivers flow rates up to 13 gpm (49 Ipm)* The AP4 Short Bottom Inlet AutoPump is complemented by the most comprehensive selection of accessories to provide a complete system to meet site specific requirements. Call QED for prompt, no -obligation assistance on your pumping project needs. The AM Bottom Inlet Short AutoPump is part of the famous AutoPump family of original automatic air -powered pumps, developed in the mid 1980s specifically to handle unique pumping needs at remediation and landfill sites. Over the years they've proven their durability at thousands of sites worldwide. AutoPumps are designed to handle difficult pumping challenges that other pumps can't, such as hydrocarbons, solvents, suspended solids, corrosives, temperature extremes, viscous fluids and frequent start/ stop cycles. Beyond just the pump, AutoPump systems offer the most complete range of tubing, hose, connectors, wellhead caps and accessories to help your installation go smoothly. This superior pumping heritage, application experience and support back up every AutoPump you put to work on your project. m AP4 AutoPumps are designed to handle the application ranges described below. For applications outside these ranges, consult QED about AP4 upgrades. Maximum Temperature:150°F (65°C) pH Range: 4-9 Solvents and Fuels: diesel, gasoline, JP1 JP6, #2 heating oils, BTEX, MTBE, landfill liquids *Consu6t QED for higher flow requirements Model Liauld Inlet Location OD Length Overall (pump & fittings) Length Overall, w/Extended Screen Weight Max. Flow Rate Pump Volume / Cycle Min. Actuation Level Standard Pump Max. Depth Air Pressure Range Air Usage High Pressure Pump Max. Depth Air Pressure Range 4" - Short AP4 Bottom Inlet Bottom 3.5 in. (8.9 cm) 41 in. (104 cm) 44 in. 1112 cm) 13 lbs. (5.9 kg) 13 gpm (49 Ipm)* - See Flow Rate Chart 0.22 - 0.36 gal (.83 -1.36L ) 27 in. (69 cm) 250 ft.176 m) 5 -120 psi (0:4 - 8.4 kg/cm2) 0.4-1.5 scf / gal. (1.5 - 5.7 liter of air / fluid liter) - See air usage chart 425 ft. (130 m) 5 - 200 psi (0.4 -14.1 kg/cm2) Min. Liquid Density 0.7 SpG (0.7 g/cm3) Standard Construction Materials' Pump Body Pump Ends Internal Components Tube &'Hose Fittings Fitting Type Tube & Hose. Options Tubing Matedal2 Sizes - Liquid Discharge Pump Air Supply Air Exhaust Hose Material Sizes - Liquid Discharge Pump Air Supply Air Exhaust ' Material upgrades available 2 Applies to QED supplied tubing; other tubing sources may not conform to QED fittings. Fiberglass or Stainless Steel Stainless Steel, UHMWPE', Brass Stainless Steel', Viton, Acetal, PVDF1 Brass or Stainless Steel Barbs or Quick Connects Nylon 1 in. (25 mm) or 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) OD 1/2 in. (13 mm) OD 5/8 in. (16 mm) OD Nitrile 3/4 in. (19 mm) or 1 in. (25 mm) ID 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) ID 1/2 in. (13 mm) ID '-UHMWPE - Ultra'High Molecular Weight Polyethylene PVDF - Polyvinylidene Fluoride Long and short AP -4 AutoPumps are warranted for five (5) years: 100% materials and workmanship first three (3) years; 50% materials and workmanship for the fourth (4th) and fifth (5th) years. Low -Drawdown for the AutoPumps are warranted for one (1) year. P.O. Box 3726 Ann Arbor, Mr 48106-3726 USA 1.800.624.2026 F 1.734.995.1170 info@gedenv.com www.gedenv.com 3/4 inch (19 mm) I inch (25.4 marl Inside Diameter Discharge Hose (Equivilant to 1.25 -Inch O -D. Tubing) 77�_ Y Inside Diameter Discharge Hose (Equivalent to 1 -Inch O.D. Tubing) 16 F 68.1 60.6 16 60.6 53 14- 53 12 -45.4 12 37.9 10 8 303 -77i t 311_ 1. r., 6 22.7 8 4 30-3 27.6 0 0 20 40 60 SO IOU 120 140 160 180 200 FT.DEPTH 6 6.1 12.218.324.430536.642.748.8 54.9 61 Meters IN WELL f 22.7 18 68.1 16 60.6 15.1 14 53 2 12- 45.4 o iE 10 37.9 6.1 12.2 183 24.4 30.5 36.6 42.7 48.8 54.9 61 Meters -J IN WELL 303 78 68.7 22.7 16 4 15.1 '4 53 2 7.6 45.4 10 1 1 1 1 20 40 15. 181- 140 160 180 200 FT, 60 DEPTH I WELL 6.1 12.218324.430536.642.748.8 54.9 61 Meters IN 18 68.1 16 60.6 4 53 .0 12 45.4 1:' 0 37.9 30.3 1-3T.'i 622.7 415.1 2 7.6 a . 0 0 20 40 60 s6 100 120 140 160 150 200 FT. DEPTH 6.1 12.218-324.430-536.642.748.854.9 61 Meters -J IN WELL I inch (25.4 marl Inside Diameter Discharge Hose (Equivilant to 1.25 -Inch O -D. Tubing) 77�_ Y 8 6 4 2 0 30.3 22.7 7.6 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 IdU -200 FT. DEPTH 6.1 12.2 183 24.4 30.5 36,6 42.7 48.8 54.9 61 Meters J IN WELL 18 68.1 6 60.6 14 53 12 45.4 0HL 37.9 � 6 22.7 4 I J -L 2 7.6 0_ 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 FT. DEPTH 6.1 122 18.3 24.4 305 36.6 42.7 48.8 54.9 61 Meters IN WELL 'FLOW RATES MAY VARY WITH SITE CONDITIONS. CALL QED FOR TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE. 18 68.1 16 60.6 14 53 12 45.4 10 T -I 1 37.9 8 30-3 6 22.7 4 15.1 2 7.6 o FT77U 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 F1% DEPTH 6.1 12.2 183 24.4 30.5 36.6 42.7 48.8 54.9 61 Meters -J IN WELL 78 68.7 16 6D.6 '4 53 12 111 E 1',`: L" L, I-3 45.4 10 1 1 1 37, 8 6 4 2 0 30.3 22.7 7.6 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 IdU -200 FT. DEPTH 6.1 12.2 183 24.4 30.5 36,6 42.7 48.8 54.9 61 Meters J IN WELL 18 68.1 6 60.6 14 53 12 45.4 0HL 37.9 � 6 22.7 4 I J -L 2 7.6 0_ 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 FT. DEPTH 6.1 122 18.3 24.4 305 36.6 42.7 48.8 54.9 61 Meters IN WELL 'FLOW RATES MAY VARY WITH SITE CONDITIONS. CALL QED FOR TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE. 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 .9 .8 .7 .6 .5 .4 .3 .2 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.0 .9 .8 .7 .6 .5 .4 .3 .2 iz 3/4 incn wj mm) 11.2 Inside Diameter Discharge Hose (Equivalent to 1 -Inch O.D. Tubing) 10.5 9.7 9.0 7-5 6 -7* .7 6.0 5.2 4.5 3.7 3.0 2.2 1.5 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 FT. -1 DEPTH 6.1 12.2 183 24.4 30.5 36.6 42.7 48.8 54.9 61 Meters I IN WELL 12 1 inch (25.4 mm) 112 Inside Diameter Discharge Hose (Equivalent to 1.254nch OD. Tubing) 10.5 9.7 9.0 7.5 6.7 6.0 5,2 4-5 3.7 3.0 2.2 1S 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 FT. --I DEPTH 6.1 12.2 183 24.4 30.5 36.6 42.7 48S 54.9 61 Meters _j IN WELL PCI, Box 3726 .Ann Arbor; Ml 48106-3726 USA 1.800.624.2026 IF 1.734.995.1170 info@qedenv.com www.qedenv.com EN r+ 1160 Nicole Cour Glendora. CA 91740 800-735-5566 a 909-592-6272 I N D U S T R I E S L L C Fax. 909-592-7971 www.carsonind.com �15-3/8" 24-5/8" 2-1/4" L -Bolt Option M Bolt Down Loc-IGtTm (Patent Pending) Included d I t D" FLUSH COVER a Models: 1) - 1324 -3B Bolt Down Calif i� F 1324-3L Captive L -Bolt Lock 12" 1324-5B Bolt Down with Plastic Reader 28-15/16" 1324-5L L Bolt with Plastic Reader Optional water Meter Header 1324-613 Bolt Down with Cast Iron Reader (575 mm) 1324-6L L -Bolt with Cast Iron Reader M Bolt Down Loc-IGtTm (Patent Pending) Included d I t D" Models: 1324-4B Bolt Down 1324-41- Captive L -Bolt Lock GRADE RIND Model: 1324**2RH Green/Gray 130DRE5 Models: 1324-12 1324-15 COLORS AVAILABLE: Green, Gray, Black, Tan or Violet/Lavender Note: For use in non -vehicular traffic situations only. We do not recommend installation in concrete or asphalt. Weights and dimensions may vary slightly. All information contained In this brochure was current at the time of printing. Because of Carson Industries' policy of ongoing research and development, the Company reserves the right to discontinue or update product information without notice. A a c 1) E F G 25-3/8" 15-15/16" 12" 22-5/8"^ 32-1116" 28-15/16" 19-1/2" 1324-12 (645 mm) (405 mm) .(305 mm) (575 mm) (814 mm) (735 mm) (495 mm) 25-114" 15-314" 15.1/4" 23.5/16" 32-3/4" 29-518" 20-3/16" 1324-15 (641 mm) (400 mm) (387 mm) (592 mm) (832 mm) (752 mm) (513 mm) Models: 1324-4B Bolt Down 1324-41- Captive L -Bolt Lock GRADE RIND Model: 1324**2RH Green/Gray 130DRE5 Models: 1324-12 1324-15 COLORS AVAILABLE: Green, Gray, Black, Tan or Violet/Lavender Note: For use in non -vehicular traffic situations only. We do not recommend installation in concrete or asphalt. Weights and dimensions may vary slightly. All information contained In this brochure was current at the time of printing. Because of Carson Industries' policy of ongoing research and development, the Company reserves the right to discontinue or update product information without notice. Carson industries, LLC 1160 Nicole Court Glendora. CA 91740 800-735-5566 0 909-592-6272 Fax: 909-592-7971 www.carsonind.com HDPE Structural Foam RAW 61411ATEROAL ASTlltal Test SHIPPING INFOdtMATOON SPECIFICATIONS Material Property Method Typical Value' Type, Class, Category D 1248 IA, A, 3 Density, g/ cm3 D 1505 0.950 min., not to exceed 0.965 Tensile Strength, at break, psi D 638 3,000 to 4,400 Elongation, at break, % D 638 400 Tensile Impact, ft-Ib/n2 D 1822 27 Flexural Modulus, psi D 790 120,000 min., not to exceed 1324-12: Unit, 16 assemblies = 42.6 cu. ft.; 413.0 lbs. reserves the right to discontinue or update 240,000 Low Temperature Brittleness. D 746 <-76 F50. at°C Hardness. Shore D D 2240 66 Deflection Temperature. at D 648 1501, min., not to exceed 2000 66 Dsi Electrical Dielectric Strength, D 149 V/mi l 400 min., not to exceed 600 Molded Product -- Chemical Resistance D 543 Very Resistant Water Absorption D 570 Less than I% weight change 'The values listed for physical property measurements are nominal values only. Certain physical property measurements are subject to variations consistent with the test methods and are within a generally accepted range for such values. 2 est reports available on request. 12/18/02 SHIPPING INFOdtMATOON Weigh 1324 -3B, -3L, -4B, -4L Covers 6 lbs. 1324**2RH Grade Ring 4 lbs. 1324-12 Body 16 lbs. All information contained in this brochure 1324-15 Body 20 lbs. was current at the time of printing. Because of Carson Industries' policy of ongoing Shipping Configuration research and development, the Company 1324-12: Unit, 16 assemblies = 42.6 cu. ft.; 413.0 lbs. reserves the right to discontinue or update 1324-15: Unit, 16 assemblies = 49.75 cu. ft.; 430.0 lbs. product information without notice. Auto Sump 7000 Specifications and Special Features Model # 7000-8 Auto Sump OVERVIEW Many automatic condensate systems have been utilized in landfill service over the years and most work satisfactorily. Real Environmental Products set out to design a new system that will challenge the status quo in terms of simplicity, cost, and reliability. The Auto Sump system was designed with the LFG system operator in mind. This design enables the operator to utilize the submersible pumping system of his choice in a user friendly environment. REP has designed in special features that allow servicing of the pump without influencing 02 into the gas system. It also has a quick disconnect design which allows removal and replacement of the pump utilizing minimal tools and can be accomplished in less than 3 minutes. Real Environmental Products, is pleased to submit the following design specifications and special features for our Auto Sump 7000. We believe our Auto Sump 7000 to be unequaled in the Landfill Gas industry due to the following features. • The Auto Sump 7000 features the unique isolation well design. • Our isolation well design allows the pumping system to be serviced while the Landfill Gas System is being operated, preventing the introduction of oxygen into the system. • With the isolation well there is no need for an external drain line valve that can be problematic from an operations standpoint. • The isolation well also acts as a pre filter for the pump by preventing shavings from collecting on the pump screen. • Our isolation well, vault box bottom, and vault box are all manufactured of HDPE and are completely seal welded together. • The isolation well is also removable to allow cleaning of the sump of debris etc. if it ever becomes necessary. • All welding is accomplished by hot air, extrusion, and butt fusion. • It has been demonstrated that the pump in the Auto Sump 7000 can be removed and replaced with a spare in 3 minutes elapsed time. • The air inlet and condensate discharge hoses inside the HDPE containment vault are high pressure with stainless steel quick disconnects. • All fittings inside the HDPE containment vault are stainless steel, HDPE, or polypropylene. • The vault wall penetrations are stainless steel with neoprene grommets. 19550 Berry Street B/dg B UnitAl Pine Grove, CA 95665/ Ph:209 296-7900/ Fax., 209-296-7944 Env. ironmental Summary: In summary the Auto Sump 7000 was developed with long term 0&M and the Landfill Gas System operator in mind. The Auto Sump 7000 was designed to withstand the harsh environment associated with Landfill Gas Systems. The Auto Sump 7000 was designed for long term operation with no maintenance necessary. If maintenance on the pumping system should ever be required we designed in quick disconnects and to enable the operator to remove and replace the pump quickly and easily. • The Auto Sump 7000-8 will be supplied as a complete manufactured unit. • All equipment in the Auto Sump is rated for harsh and potentially explosive environments. • No PVC pipe or fittings are utilized in the Auto -Sump 7000 due to possible failures in solvent welded joints over long periods of service. • All HDPE pipe and fittings as well as integral sump bottom are manufactured of ASTM D-1248 pipe grade materials. • The filter/regulator is located in a HDPE vault assembly that is integrally mounted to the top of the condensate liquid sump, the HDPE vault bottom is attached to the vault by continuous HDPE weld. The vault will withstand temperatures up 180 deg F with excellent chemical resistance and nil water absorption. • The simplicity of the Auto -Sump design allows for ease of accessibility for operation and maintenance. • Service connections are mounted with stainless steel fittings and neoprene grommets to a common wall of the vault. • The liquid submersible pump shall be a Short AP4 BL as manufactured by Clean Environment Equipment Oakland, CA. • The filter/regulator enclosure shall have zinc housing and zinc bowl. • The filter/regulator is an Auto -Drain type. 19550 Berry Street Bldg B Unit A Pine Grove, CA 95665/ Ph; 209 296-7900/ Fax,, 209-296-7944 Real f_. Environmen a.1-, h 1 u • The filter/regulator is rated for 150 psig. • The filter/regulator is capable of controlling air pressure from 10 to 120 psig. • The filter regulator includes a 0-160 psi gauge. • All hoses used in the Auto Sump Assembly are Hercules or Gorilla Hose with a working pressure of 500 psi and burst pressure of 2000 psi. • Stainless steel block valves with Teflon seats are standard on all Auto Sumps for air inlet and condensate discharge. • Stainless steel bolts are welded to a stainless steel backing ring as one complete unit for total corrosion protection. • This Auto Sump 7000-8 is a single contained unit consisting of an 8" SDR 17 HDPE primary containment sump. 19550 Berry Street Bldg B UnitA Pine Grove, CA 95665/ Ph; 209 296-7900/ Fax, 209-296-7944 3✓4' FPT CONDENSATE DISD [/2' FPT AIR IN 1/2' FPT BALANCE LINE L QPE CASING I CONDENSATE DISCHARGE ENVIROPLUG® MEDIUM & COARSE were the FIRST bentonite chips developed and marketed. They are pure Wyoming Bentonite, designed for use as sealants for hole abandonment, casing seals or any vertical seal to prevent water movement up or down a bore hole. When absorbing water, ENVIROPLUG® MEDIUM and COARSE swell to fill voids, exerting pressure against all surfaces to create a flexible low permeability seal. Since ENVIROPLUG® is introduced in a "dry" state, shrinkage cannot occur and there is a reserve expansion capacity. Generally hydration takes 1 to 2 hours. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Sizing Bulk Density Moisture Content Permeability ENVIROPLUG® MEDIUM -3/8" + 1/4" 68 lb/ft3 15%::L 2 1 x 10-9 cm/sec ENVIROPLUG® COARSE -3/4" + 3/8" 641b/ft3 15% ±2 1 x 10-9 cm/sec HOLE ABANDONMENT AND APPLICATION GUIDELINES ENVIROPLUG® COARSE has been used for abandoning drill holes since 1983. It easily falls through standing water and thin drilling fluids filling the column from the bottom upward. A fall rate of 1 foot/second through water can be expected and has been successfully applied through water to depths of over 1600 feet. Consult local regulations before beginning any abandonment procedure. Hole abandonment should be done by "Groundwater Professionals Only." I CASED HOLES OR UNCASED HOLES I For decommissioning cased or uncased holes larger than 3" diameter, use ENVIROPLUG° COARSE. If static water is present, pour chips from the bag at a rate of 1 1/2 to 2 minutes per 50 pounds. A funneling device with a 2" opening can be used to insure a constant flow of material into the hole. Should the water level be quite low - a screen can be used to drop out "fines" from the material before entering the hole. For holes less than 3" in diameter use ENVIROPLUG® MEDIUM. The technique is the same but a funnel with a V to 1 1/2" opening is recommended to regulate the flow. Holes with less than a 1" diameter should be plugged with a pumpable material such as ENVIROPLUG° GROUT. I ABANDONING DUG WELLS I Completely filling dug wells with bentonite chips can be very expensive and unnecessary. To economically decommission and stabilize dug wells, ENVIROPLUG° COARSE should be placed from the bottom section upward to 3 feet above the water bearing zone. Alternate sections of sand, fine gravel, or clay upward with a 12" layer of ENVIROPLUG® COARSE or MEDIUM every 5 to 6 feet. Any of the above methods should be finished off approximately 3 feet below the surface, then filled with native soil or cement depending upon local regulatory requirements. Page I of 2 SEALING CASING Slowly pour ENVIROPLUG° MEDIUM into annulus and allow to drop to the gravel pack. For bentonite grouting, continue to pour ENVIROPLUG° MEDIUM directly into annulus, alternating from one side of the casing to the other. This aids in even distribution of particles around the casing. To avoid bridging problems pour at a rate of 1'/2 to 2 minutes per bag. If available, a funnel -type device with a 1'h" bottom opening has proven very successful in regulating the flow into the hole and thus reducing the chances for bridging. When used in conjunction with pumpable grouts, ENVIROPLUG® MEDIUM can be used immediately above the sand or gravel pack and at the top of the hole for a more rigid seal. I GROUNDING ROD AND HEAT PUMP CONDUCTOR HOLES I After drilling a 41/2" to 5" diameter hole to the desired depth, simply center the grounding rod with the ground wire attached or the circulating loop from the heat pump in the bore hole. In the case of a wet hole condition, pour hole ENVIROPLUG° MEDIUM slowly (11/2 - 2 minutes per bag) down the bore alternating each bag from one side of the hole to the other. In dry hole conditions, fill the hole with water, then add the ENVIROPLUG° MEDIUM displacing the water upward. If the water dissipates into formations while filling the hole, continue to add water while adding ENVIROPLUG° MEDIUM until the hole is sealed. Adding 5 gallons of water per 50 pound bag is usually adequate to provide hydration. Expected values for hydrated chips: Thermal Conductivity 0.50 Btu/hr-ft-'F Resistance < 0.3 ohms -meter. SEISMIC SHOT H After the hole is drilled and charge is placed, pour ENVIROPLUG° COARSE slowly into the hole (1%2 -2 minutes per bag). In wet hole conditions add enough ENVIROPLUG° COARSE to fill up to the static water level. In a dry hole, add 2 to 4 bags directly over the charge. Where auger drills are used or where water is injected, pour 2 bags per 50 feet of hole depth. TYPICAL E.P. TOXICITY ANALYSIS Standard m Set Grout m Arsenic 5.0 <0.10 Barium 100.0 0.50 Cadmium 1.0 <0.05 Chromium 5.0 <0.10 Lead 5.0 <0.10 Mercury 0.2 <0.02 Selenium 1.0 <0.05 Silver 5.0 <0.10 TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSIS % Si02 61.40 MgO 1.70 A1203 18.10 Ca03 0.40 Fe203 3.50 Ti02 0.20 K20 0.10 Na20 2.30 H2O 7.80 Other 0.07 L.O.I. * 4.40 *Loss on Ignition ENVIROPLUG° MEDIUM and COARSE are available in 50 pound bags and 3,000 pound bulk bags. Page 2 of 2 ENVIROPLUG MEDIUM / ENVIROPLUG #8 DESCRIPTION Enviroplug Medium and Enviroplug #8 are granular Wyoming bentonite chips, which can absorb 5 times their weight in water and swell to 12-16 times their dry bulk size. PROPERTIES APPLICATION Enviroplug #8 and Enviroplug Medium are designed to seal surface and upper intermediate hole sections experiencing. severe lost circulation. Enviroplug is poured directly down the hole where it rapidly swells and seals areas of severe lost circulation. It is not advisable to attempt to circulate an Enviroplug pill down the hole as rapid hydration will occur when the granules come in contact with water creating the potential of plugging even open-ended drill -pipe. MIXING AND HANDLING Add directly down the annulus. Avoid breathing dust. It is advisable to use a dust mask and eye protection while mixing all powdered products. WHMIS: Controlled (see MSDS) TDG: Not regulated PACKAGING: 50 lb sack Physical Chemical Appearance: Grey to tan granules Type: Sodium Montmorillonite Specific Gravity: 2.45-2.55 Solubility: Not soluble (colloidal Moisture Content: Not available suspension) Flash Point: Not applicable pH: 8.0-10.0 (5% suspension) Grind Size: Medium (100% passing Microtox: Not applicable 3/8 inch mesh) #8 97% passing 4 mesh) APPLICATION Enviroplug #8 and Enviroplug Medium are designed to seal surface and upper intermediate hole sections experiencing. severe lost circulation. Enviroplug is poured directly down the hole where it rapidly swells and seals areas of severe lost circulation. It is not advisable to attempt to circulate an Enviroplug pill down the hole as rapid hydration will occur when the granules come in contact with water creating the potential of plugging even open-ended drill -pipe. MIXING AND HANDLING Add directly down the annulus. Avoid breathing dust. It is advisable to use a dust mask and eye protection while mixing all powdered products. WHMIS: Controlled (see MSDS) TDG: Not regulated PACKAGING: 50 lb sack ��t CP 404M Sealed Regenerative Blower w/Explosion-Proof Motor 60 2.0- 50 1.5 w 40 U y p 30 a 1.0 0 s Z 20 0.5 10 U IrUw 100 Uzm 75 FCR 50 Oza 25 0 1500 w 1000 nz 3 500 0 BLOWER PERFORMANCE AT STANDARD CONDITIONS AIR FLOW RATE (M3/MIN) AIR FLOW RATE (M3/MIN) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 -60 4 -50 3 F -40 U W m a O -30 E O 2 y W z U z -20 z 1 -10 ISHEEM" C'"■M■M■ 1\'IMMMON IMMUMMM I..,... �aa�aai 3.0 125 100 0 20 40 60 60 100 • 75 ap E AMETEK Technical and Industrial Products, Kent, OH 44240 • e mail: rotronindustrial@ametek.com • internet: www.ametektmd.com 1� AMETEK Technical and Industrial Products, Kent, OH 44240 • e mail: rotronindustrial@ametek.com • internet: www.ametektmd.com Sealed Regenerative Blower w/Fxplosion-Proof Motor 7.18 12.10:t.19 182.00 307 1 1- DIA. 6.17 157.00 Scale CAD drawing available upon request 11A4 291 oc700.rl9.7REF i 3_0 3.75 76.295.25512 _ 130.00 M-111% NPSC 11.11 *0.19 8.93 THREAD 282 t 5.0 .47 226.6 11.90 DIA 10.12 (4) MTG HOLES 257.00 DIMENSIONS: MM IN 8 MODEL L (IN) x .30 L (MM) x 8 2.XXX -030 t .800 (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) !EN1C!P4G!4AR58ML_ 15.58 398 0.75" NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION AT 12 O'CLOCK POSITION SPECIFICATIONS MODEL EN404AR58ML EN404AR72ML CP404FQ58MLR CP404FQ72MLR Part No. 038173 038174 080075 038958 Motor Enclosure - Shaft Material Explosion -proof - CS E osion- roof -,IS Chem XP - SS Vhern XP - S Horsepower 1.0 X 1.0 Same as EN404AR58ML - 038173 except add Chemical Processing (CP) features from catalog inside front cover Same as EN AR7 L - 4 exc add Chemic cessing (CP) features from catalog inside front cover Phase - Frequency Sin le - 60 Hz T e - 60 z Volta e 1 115 230 208-23 460 Motor Nameplate Ams 11.4 5.69 3.5-3.2 1.6 Max. Blower Amps 3 14.4 7.2 4.2 2.1 Inrush Ams 72 36 20.2 10.1 Starter Size 0 00 0 0 Service Factor 1.0 1.0 Thermal Protection 2 Class B - Automatic As B - Pilot D XP Motor Class - GroupI-D II-F&G I -D, II-F&G Shipping Weight 72 Ib (33 kg) 65 Ib (30 kg) Rotron motors are designed to handle a broad range of world voltages and power supply variations. Our dual voltage 3 phase motors are factory tested and certified to operate on both: 208-230/415-460 VAC -3 ph -60 Hz and 190-208/380-415 VAC -3 ph -50 Hz. Our dual voltage 1 phase motors are factory tested and certified to operate on both: 104-115/208-230 VAC -1 ph -60 Hz and 100-110/200-220 VAC -1 ph -50 Hz. All voltages above can handle a:00% voltage fluctuation. Special wound motors can be ordered for voltages outside our certified range. Maximum operating temperature: Motor winding temperature (winding rise plus ambient) should not exceed 140°C for Class F rated motors or 120°C for Class B rated motors. Blower outlet air temperature should not exceed 140°C (air temperature rise plus inlet temperature). Performance curve maximum pressure and suction points are based on a 40°C inlet and ambient temperature. Consult factory for inlet or ambient temperatures above 40°C. Maximum blower amps corresponds to the performance point at which the motor or blower temperature rise with a 40°C inlet and/or ambient temperature reaches the maximum operating temperature. Specifications subject to change without notice. Please consult your Local Field Sales Engineer for specification updates. Rev: 2/04 AMETEK Technical and Industrial Products, Kent, OH 44240 • e mail: rotronindustrial@ametek.com • internet: www.ametektmd.com LEAALII; =86 79 JEAJA4 808 Single -Phase and CP Options Sealed Regenerative Blower w/Fxplosion Proof Motor 5.0 1`W 120 4.0- 100 W 3.0 3 80 LL a O M 60 2.0 UJ= U Z 40 1.0 150 O R E 100 0 a 50 w 0 10,000 U1 7,500 az 3 5,000 2,500 BLOWER PERFORMANCE -AT STANDARD CONDITIONS AIR FLOW RATE (M3/MIN) AIR FLOW RATE (M3/MIN) 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 200 Q m 150 10 ]-140 -120 8 -100 O W U, 6 i -80 i a U- O O 0 -60 W W 4 x = U z -40 2 9.0 10.0 350 SUCTION A -MAX SUCTION 300 POINT 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 AIR FLOW RATE (SCFM) 150 Oz N 100 Cza 50 2NE o 10,000 W7,500 0. a z 9 5,000 2,500 a v 150 Mo. 150 3 2 100 3 w W 100 1 � 50 ~ �¢F 50 Q 0 mQ 0 Rev. 2/04 AMETEK Technical and Industrial Products, Kent, OH 44240 9 e mail: rotronindustrial@ametek.com • internet: www.ametektmd.com 250 200 2 m 150 E 100 50 �s, jr-=N' � 808 Single Phase and CP Options Sealed Regenerative Blower w/Explosion-Proof Motor A G 16.52 /1 0 t 6.37 419.6 ' I 161.8 B _ _ _ _ _ 10.18 258.6 Wd 10.25 260.4 5.00 127 C 9.50 .75 2.00 8.42 241.3 19 X 50.8 SLOT 213.9 5.61 13.00 (4) PLACES 142.5 330.2 DIMENSIONS: AAM TOLERANCES: XX x '1 2.5 (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) A� 0.75" NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION AT 12 O'CLOCK POSITION SPECIFICATIONS Scale CAD drawing available upon request 6.82 4.00 173.2 -r-102///-2 1/2 - 8 NPSC FEMALETHIREAD BOTH PORTS E ROTATION Y, DIRECTION 4.25 8 10 !J 8.50 215.9 10.00 MODEL EWCP707 ENWP608 CP707FX5MWLR IN MM A 2. 4 23.0 562 B 19A 494 19.5 494 C 7.4 187 7.4 187 D 6. 164 7.1 180 E Service Factor 1.0 1.0 Thermal Protection ss B - Pilot D Class B - Pilot Du 3.4 86 F .5 4 16.5 419 G 2023 514 20.7 526 MODEL EN707FL5MWL EN808FL5MWL CP707FX5MWLR CP808FX5MWLR Part No. 038712 038732 080616 - Motor Enclosure - Shaft Material E osion- roof - S Explosion -proof - CS hem XP - S Chem XP - SS Horsepower 5.5 5.5 Same as EN FI -5 L- 7 exc add Chemic cessing (CP) features from catalog inside front cover Same as EN808FL5MWL- 038732 except add Chemical Processing (CP) features from catalog inside front cover Phase - Frequency SI le - 6 z Single - 60 Hz Voltage 30 230 Motor Nameplate Ams 21.7 Max. Blower Amps 2 29.9 Inrush Ams 155 155 Starter Size 1 1 Service Factor 1.0 1.0 Thermal Protection ss B - Pilot D Class B - Pilot Du XP Motor Class - GroupI-D I -D Shipping Weight 244 Ib (111 kg) 378 Ib (172 kg) 1 Maximum operating temperature: Motor winding temperature (winding rise plus ambient) should not exceed 140°C for Class F rated motors or 120°C for Class B rated motors. Blower outlet air temperature should not exceed 140°C (air temperature rise plus inlet temperature). Performance curve maximum pressure and suction points are based on a 40°C inlet and ambient temperature. Consult factory for inlet or ambient temperatures above 40°C. 2 Maximum blower amps corresponds to the performance point at which the motor or blower temperature rise with a 40°C inlet and/or ambient temperature reaches the maximum operating temperature. Specifications subject to change without notice. Please consult your Local Field Sales Engineer for specification updates. Rev, 2,104 AMETEK Technical and Industrial Products, Kent, OH 44240 9 e mail: rotronindustrial@ametek.com • internet: www.ametektmd.com Regenerative Blower Noise Chart* in dBA * Average at 1 meter, 4 places around the blower R TH CORPORATION a Continental Disc Company ■ Sizes 2" through 60" ■ Available in, carbon steel, stainless steel aluminum (type 356) and other materials ■ Wafer design for quick and easy maintenance ■ Unique recessed seating for superior protection ■ Factory Mutual approval for most sizes and materials ■ Proven spiral wound, crimped ribbon, flame element FLAME ARRESTER Both models are designed to inhibit flame propa- gation in gas piping systems and to protect low pressure tanks containing flammable liquids. Arresters protect low flash point liquids from exter- nally caused sources of heat and ignition. This provides increased fire protection and safety. SPECIAL FEATURES Both models are built of corrosion resistant materi- als throughout. Wafer design construction affords easy accessibility to the flame bank. Additionally, jack screws aid in the removal from the shell assembly. All Groth flame arrester flame banks utilize spiral wound, crimped ribbon constructed flame elements. These proven, Factory Mutual approved elements have been reported, by NTIS of the Dept. of Commerce, to provide the best flame quenching performance for the least pres- sure drop. Groth's special recessed flame bank seating construction uniquely provides an extra measure of protection against leakage and possi- ble flame propagation. GROTH, THE CAPABILITY COMPANY As with all Groth products, every Flame Arrester is factory inspected and tested to meet all critical requirements and special needs. Inventory is maintained to insure rapid delivery. FLAME ARRESTERS Models 7618 / 7628 MODEL 7628 (HORIZONTAL) Note: All Groth Flame Arresters are Bi-directional. Factory Mutual regulates that Flame arresters be installed less than 10 pipe diameters from the source of ignition. Section 2:200-263.gxd, June, 2002, 2.5m Groth Corporation, a Continental Disc company, Stafford, TX, USA 200 Spedfirations subject to change without notice. Certified dimensions available upon request. ' 7618 Vertical t MRWP Zs618 � ` � MAWP 7628 Approk h A B AA BB MAWP 7618 Carbon , MAWP 7628 Carbon Shlp Srze' NCrdtl1 Height n Length Hetgitt Allimttwm " orSS Nummum- orSS Wi lbs {mm) tmrtt?'mm) (mdt� Emmy (mm) (mm} fu1m� (Alummtml) 2" 8 314 " 14" 13- " 9 1/2 " 50 PSIG 100 PSIG 150 PSIG 350 PSIG 18 (51 mm) (221) (356) (349) (241) (345 kPa) (690 kPa) (1035 kPa) (2415 kPa) (Bkg) 3" 91/2 " 16" 15- " 11" 50 PSIG 100 PSIG 140 PSIG 325 PSIG 25 (76 mm) (241) (406) (400) (279) (345 kPa) (690 kPa) (966 kPa) (2242 kPa) (11 kg) 4" 11 112 " 18 tr^ " 18" 121M " 50 PSIG 100 PSIG 140 PSIG 325 PSIG 40 (102 mm) (292) (464) (457) (318) (345 kPa) (690 kPa) (966 kPa) (2242 kPa) (18 kg) 6" 16,12 " 21" 21" 16,12 " 50 PSIG 100 PSIG 140 PSIG 325 PSIG 70 (152 mm) (419) (533) (533) (419) (345 kPa) (690 kPa) (966 kPa) (2242 kPa) (32 kg) 8" 21" 25" 25" 20,12 " 50 PSIG 100 PSIG 90 PSIG 200 PSIG 135 (203 mm) (533) (635) (635) (521) (345 kPa) (690 kPa) (621 kPa) (1380 kPa) (61 kg) 10" 24- " 30" 30" 24,12 " 50 PSIG 100 PSIG 75 PSIG 150 PSIG 235 (254 mm) (629) (762) (762) (622) (345 kPa) (690 kPa) (517 kPa) (1035 kPa) (107 kg) 12" 28- " 321,2 " 32- " 281/2 " 50 PSIG 100 PSIG 75 PSIG 150 PSIG 345 (305 mm) (727) (826) (826) (724) (345 kPa) (690 kPa) (517 kPa) (1035 kPa) (156 kg) * Larger sizes available on special application. '150# )LN.S.I. drilling compatibility, F.F. on aluminum and RF. on carbon steel and stainless steel alloys. Pneumatic tested to 15 PSI as standard For easy ordering, select proper model numbers MODEL # SIZE MATERIAL Y Y Y Y - ---------- 7618 Vertical 7628 Horizontal 02" Thru 60" h Include model member when ordering. For special options, consult factory. G When ordering steamjacket, include steam pressure/temperature. Z OPTIONS LO = No Options Flame element winding Z = Special Options 0 = No Jacket Body Material J = Steam Jacket 1 = Aluminum F = Hanged outlet (in-line design) 3 = Carbon Steel W = Weatherhood (replaces 5 = 316 SS Flanged outlet) Z = Special 201 Groth Corporation, a Continental Disc company, Statrord, TX, USA Model 7618 / 7628 Flow Capacity End of Line 1 0.6 2.89 5.05 8.98 20.2 34.7 54,7 79.1 2 1.2 4.40 8.03 14.3 32.1 55.9 87.8 127 3 1.7 5.58 10.4 18.5 41.5 72.7 114 164 12 6.9 12.0 23.5 41.7 93.8 166 260 375 14 8.1 13.1 25.6 45.5 102 182 284 409 16 9.2 14.0 27.5 49.0 110 196 306 441 26 15.0 18.1 35.9 63.9 144 256400 576 28 16.2 18.9 37.4 66.5 150 267 416 599 30 17.3 19.6 38.8 69.0 155 277 432 622 1. Flow facility and equipment comply with API 2000. 2. Flow measurement accuracy verified by an independant research organization. 3. Flow capacity is based on actual tests and certified by Groth Corporation. 1,000 w 0 1 ' 0 4. Flow data are for tank mounting or end of line and includes flame arrester entran loss, exit loss, and internal losses. 10" 6" 4" 3" 2" 5 10 15 20 25 30 Tank Pressure - inches W.C. Grolh Corporation, a Continental Disc company, Stafford, TX, USA 202 Model 7618 / 7628 Flow Capacity End of Line 25 2.45 0.08 0.14 0.25 0.57 0.98 1.55 2.24 50 4.90 0.12 0.23 0.40 0.91 1.58 2.49 3.59 75 7.35 0.16 0.29 0.52 1.18 2.06 3.23 4.66 10Q 9.80 019 0.35 0.62 1.40 2.46 3.86 5.57 150 14.7 0.23 0:45 0.79 1.79, 3.15 i 4.93 200 19.6 0:27 0.53 = 0:94 "` 2.11 3.73 5.84 �" 8.42i " 250 24.5 "0.31 1.07 2.40 4.25 - 6.64 9.57 " 300 29.4 0.34 0.66 1.18 2.66 4.72 7.37 10.6 350 34.3 0.37 0.72 1.29 2.90 5.15 8.04 11.6 400 39.2 0.40 0.78 1.39 3.12 5.55 8.67 12.5 450 44.1 " i 0.42: 0.83 1:48 3.33, 5:92 9.25 , 13.3' . 5,00 49.0 0.45 0,88 1.7 553 3: 6.28, ° 9 81�" 14:1 . 550 X53.9 0.47".' 0.93 1.65 , 3:72 �, 6.62 10.314:9 600 59 0.49 0.97 1:73 3.90 6.94 ' 10.8 15.6 650 64 0.51 1.02 1.81 4.07 7.25 11.3 16.3 700 69 0.53 1.06 1.88 4.24 7.55 11.8 17.0 750 74 0.55 1.10 1.95 4.40 7.84 12.2 17.6 1. Flow facility and equipment comply with AN 2000. 2. Flow measurement accuracy verified by an independant research organization. 3. Flow capacity is based on actual tests and certified by Groth Corporation. 100 0 0 O O O 0.1 0.01 0 4. Flow data are for tank mounting or end of line and includes flame arrester entran loss, exit loss, and internal losses. 125 250 375 500 Tank Pressure - millimeters HZO 203 Groth Corporation, a Continental Disc company, Stafford, DX USA 625 750 12" 10" 8„ 6" 4" 3" 2" Model 7628 / 7618 Flow Capacity In -Line 1 0.6 3.32 5.58 9.92 23.640.2 63.4 91.8 2 1.2 5.27 9.44 16.8 40.0 69.1 109 157 3 1.7 6.79 12.6 22.4 53.3 93.0 146 211 12 6.9 15.3 30.7 54.5130 232 363 522 14 8.1 16.6 33.6 59.8 142 255 398 573 16 9.2 17.9 36.4 64.7 154 277 431 620 26 15.0 23.346.6 82.9 198 348 545 786 28 16.2 24.3 48.4 86.0 205 362 566 816 30 17.3 25.2 50.1 89.1 212 374 586 845 1. Flow facility and equipment comply with AN 2000. 3. Flow capacity is based on actual tests and certified by Groth Corporation. 2. Flow measurement accuracy verified by an independant research organization. 4. Flow data are for in-line mounting and does not include entrance losses or exit losses. 1,000 1 ' 0 12" 10" $„ 6" 4„ 3" 2" 5 10 15 20 25 30 Pressure Drop - inches W.C. Grath Corporation, a Continental Disc company, Stafford, TX, USA 204 Model 7628 / 7618 Flow Capacity In -Line 25 2.45 0.09 0.16 0.28 0.67 1.14 1.80 2.60 50 4.90 0.15 0.27 0.48 1.13 1.96 3.08 4.45 75 7.35 0.19 0.36 0.63 1.51 2.63 4.13 5.97 100 `9:80 0.23 0.43., = 0:77;=184 3.22: 5.05 Z29 150. - 14.7 ; 0.29 0.57 1.00 - 2.39 4:24, , 6.63 9.55 200= 19.6 0:34 0.68 :111 2:87 5.10 7:98 11.5 250 24.5 - 0.39 0.78 , 1.38 1. 588 ' 9:18. 13.2 300 29.4 0.43 0.87 1.54 3.68 6.58 10.3 14.8 350 34.3 0.47 0.95 1.69 4.04 7.23 11.3 16.2 400 39.2 0.51 1.03 1.83 4.37 7.84 12.2 17.6 450 44.1 :0:54 1.1.0 1.96 4:68; 8.41 = 13.1 18.8'' 500 49.0 0.57 1.17 2.09 4:97, 8.66. 13.6 19.9 X550 53.9_ X0.60 1.24 2:21 5:26 9.08 14.2 20.5 600 59 .0:63 1.27. :_2.26: 5;38 ' ;-9.48 , _ 14.8 � 21.4 650 64 0.66 1.32 2.35 5.60 9.87 15.5 22.3 700 69 0.69 1.37 2.44 5.81 10.2 16.0 23.1 750 74 0.71 1.42 2.52 6.01 10.6 16.6 23.9 1. Flow facility and equipment comply with AN 2000. 3. Flow capacity is based on actual tests and certified by Groth Corporation. 2. Flow measurement accuracy verified by an independant research organization. 4. Flow data are for inline mounting and does not include entrance losses or exit losses. 100 O 0 0 0 0 0.1 0.01 0 125 250 375 500 Pressure Drop - millimeters H2O 205 Grath Corporation, a Continental Disc company, Stafford, TX, USA 625 750 12" 10" $„ 6° 4" 3" 2° E�m��s�iple Gas .: Z � W= GENERAL MONITORS Protection for Life. Single -Channel Combustible Gas Monitor Description • Continuous diffusion, electro - catalytic sensor • High visibility LED status indicators Benefits • Stable operation over wide ambient temperature and humidity ranges • Provides visual indication of fault and alarm status at the detector location • Adjustment -free calibration • Lower calibration costs • Low power consumption -7 watts • Lower operating costs • Wide variety of relay options • Two year warranty The General Monitors Model 480A is a single -channel system specifically designed for continuous monitoring of combustible gas concentrations. The system consists of a remote sensing assembly and solid-state controller. The controller can be wall, panel or rack mounted in a non -hazardous area. The system operates in the range of 0-100% LEL (Lower Explosive Limit) and is calibrated to a particular gas or vapor. User interfaces are provided so that the operator may interpret and direct the Model 480A in the performance of its various functions. User interfaces consist of a digital display, status indicators, a mode button, and a reset button. The system operates on 117 VAC, 50-60 Hz (optional 220 VAC, 50-60 Hz), or 24 VDC primary input power with the capability of 24 VDC battery backup. Nominal power consumption is 7 watts. • Provides choice to meet specific customer requirements • User protection • Fuel Loading Facilities • Compressor Stations • LNG Processing and Storage • Oil Well Logging • Sewage Plants • Gas Turbines • Drilling Platforms and Rigs • Gas and Oil Production Platforms • Solvent Vapors System Specifications Digital Readout: 0-99% LEL Accuracy: ±3% LEL:5 50% LEL gas 5% LEL> 50% LEL gas Electrical Classification: General purpose for mounting in non -hazardous areas, indoors. Warranty: Two years Approvals: CSA Environmental Specifications Temperature Range: 32°F to 140°F (0°C to 60°C) Storage Temperature: -4°F to 149°F (-20°C to 65°C) Humidity: 15-95%, non -condensing Mechanical Specifications Mounting: Panel or wall Dimensions: 2.1" W x 6.9" H x 11.5" D (53mmW x 175mmH x 292mmD) Weight: 3.8 lbs. (1.8 kg) Electrical Specifications Power: 105-130 VAC (205-255 VAC optional), 50-60 Hz, 22-30 VDC, 7 watts nominal (117 VAC) Output: Analog 4-20mA (300 ohm load max.) Accuracy ±5%, 1.5-20mA Alarm Circuits: 4A/117 VAC, resistive LED Status Indicators: AO - Analog output malfunction SE - Sensor malfunction HI - High line voltage LO - Low line voltage Standard Configuration: 480A-1-1-01-1 (110 VAC / 24 VDC, latch alarm, non -latch warn, de -energized, standard sensor, 1 -active channel) Sensor Elements General Monitors' sensors are designed for reliable performance and long life. Each sensor must undergo extensive burn -in and rigid quality control procedures before shipment. The sensors consist of two catalytic bead elements in a balanced Wheatstone bridge circuit. These low temperature catalytic bead -sensing elements require minimal sensor excitation current, greatly increasing sensor life. Sensor Specifications Type: Continuous diffusion, low temperature catalytic bead. Standard Industrial Hydrocarbon Sensor. High Temperature Standard Industrial Hydrocarbon Sensor. Temperature Range: -65°F to +200°F (-55°C to +93°C) High Temperature Sensor to 400°F (200°C) Response Time: Tw typical 6 seconds Zero Drift: Less than 5% per year Life: 3 to 5 years, normal service Electrical Classification: Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups B, C and D Cable Length: Three conductor cable. Maximum length of cable between controller and sensor assembly with loop resistance of 20 ohms NOTE: Shielded cable is recommended Wire Size Length AV1 Qz (Meters) F t 14 2,320 7,600 16 1,460 4,800 18 910 3,000 20 580 1,900 Warranty: Two years Approvals: CSA and/or FM Specifications subject to change without notice. Represented by: Publication #: DS-48OA-BO806 � A A o;;=- GENERAL MONITORS Protection for life. Single -Channel 1-12S Gas Monitor esc i io • Continuous diffusion, solid-state sensor • High visibility LED status indicators • Stable operation over wide ambient temperature and humidity ranges • Provides visual indication of fault and alarm status at the detector location • Adjustment -free calibration • Lower calibration costs • Low power consumption -7 watts • Lower operating costs • Wide variety of relay options • Two year warranty The Model 2180A is a single -channel system specifically designed for continuous monitoring of Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) gas in the ppm (parts -per - million) range. The 2180A controller is a microprocessor -based instrument, which features recent advancements in electronic circuitry and packaging techniques. User interfaces are provided so that the operator may interpret and direct the Model 2180A in the performance of its various functions. User interfaces consist of a digital display, status indicators, a mode button and a reset button. The digital display provides the user with the gas concentration at the sensor site, fault diagnostic codes, calibration prompts and setup parameters. The controller should be mounted in a weather protected non -hazardous area. Several GMI accessories are available for panel, wall or 19 -inch rack installation. For hazardous areas an explosion proof housing is available for Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D. • Provides choice to meet specific customer requirements • User protection • Compressor Stations • Drilling Platforms and Rigs • Gas and Oil Production Platforms • Fuel Loading Facilities • Gas Turbines • LNG Processing and Storage • Oil Well Logging • Solvent Vapors • Wastewater Treatment Plants DragerSensor® H2S LC - 68 09 610 Data Sheet This data sheet is a sensor specific supplement to the "Instructions for Use" of the respective transmitter. Please consult in any event the "Instructions for Use" of the Transmitter. Intended Use The DragerSensor® H2S LC is an electrochemical three electrode sensor for the continuous real-time monitoring of hydrogen sulfide (1-12S), tetra- hydrothiophene (THT), methyl mercaptane (MeM), ethyl mercaptane (EtM), n -propyl mercaptane (nPM), i -propyl mercaptane (iPM), t -butyl mercap- tane (tBM), dimethyl sulfide (DMS) and dimetyl disulfide (DMDS) in ambient air. The sensor is designed to be used only in conjunction with an appropriate Drager transmitter. Technical Data Electrode reactions (shown for H2S) Measuring electrode: H2S + 4 H2O —> H2SO4 + 8 H+ + 8 e Counter electrode: 2 02 + 8 H+ + 8 e- —> 41-120 Display: H2S THT MeM EtM nPM iPM tBM DMS DMDS Measuring gases: H2S C4H8S CH3SHC2H5SH CH3CH2CH2SH (CHs)2CHSH (CHs)sCSH (CH3)2S (CHs)2S2 Measuring ranges: minimum [ppm] ul 0...20 0...20 0...20 0...20 0...20 0...20 0...20 0...20 default [ppm] 0 54 0...50 0...50 0...50 0...50 0...50 0...50 0...50 0...50 maximum [ppm] 0100 0...100 0...100 0...100 0...100 0...100 0...100 0...100 0...100 Relative sensitivities 0.3 0.6 0.5 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.3 0.5 Calibration interval: minimum 1 day default 6 months maximum 12 months Ambient conditions: Operation H2S, THT, nPM, tBM –40 °C to 65 'C (-40 °F to 150 °F) MeM, EtM, iPM, DMS, DMDS 0'C to 40'C (30'F to 105 °F) 700 hPa to 1300 hPa (20.7" Hg to 38.4" Hg at 32 °F) 5 % r.h. to 95 % r.h., non condensating 0 'C to 40 °C (30 °F to 105 °F) Storage (in original container) Expected sensor life > 36 months Lower detection limit'* 1 ppm Linearity tolerance s ± 4 % of measured value Repeatability / accuracy: zero s � 0.5 ppm sensitivity s ± 3 % of measured value Effect of temperature: zero s �t 0.1 ppm / K sensitivity s ± 0.2 % of measured value / K Effect of pressure: zero no effect sensitivity s t 0.1 % of measured value / hPa Effect of humidity: zero s � 0.05 ppm / % r.h. sensitivity s ± 0.1 % of measured value / % r.h. Effect of flow between 0 and 6 m/s (0 and 1180 ft/min): zero no effect sensitivity s ± 5 % of measured value Long-term drift: zero s ± 0.5 ppm / month sensitivity s 3 % of measured value / year Response time to go with dust filter ** s 40 seconds Warm-up time: Sensor ready for operation after *** s 30 minutes Sensor ready for calibration after **** s 6 hours ® DragerSensor is a trademark of Drager, registered in Germany. * Only applicable when used in conjunction with an appropriate Polytron transmitter. At 25 °C (77 °F), 1013 hPa (29.2" Hg at 32 °F), 50 % r.h. *** At this time, the actual zero point error of the sensor is less than 4 times the value stated in this data sheet. *" At this time, the sensor has reached its specific accuracy. Cross Sensitivities The table on the next page shows the response of the sensor to other gases than target gas (cross sensitivities). The values are typical and apply to new sensors. The table does not claim to be complete. Gas mixtures can be displayed as the sum of all components. Gases with negative cross sensitivities may displace a positive reading of the sensor. Gas / Vapor Chemical Symbol Gas concentration Displayed value in ppm H2S Acetaldehyde CH3CHO 50 ppm s 8 Acetone CH3COCH3 1.25 % by vol. s 5 Ammonia NH3 500 ppm s 1 Benzene CeHe 0.6 % by vol. s 1 Butadiene CH2CHCHCH2 50 ppm s 20 Carbon dioxide CO2 30 % by vol. no effect Carbon monoxide CO 1 000 ppm s 7 Chlorine Cl2 5 ppm s 1 H* Diethylamine (C2H5)2NH 100 ppm no effect Ethanol C,H50H 200 ppm s 2 Ethene C2H4 1 % by vol. s 10 Ethine C2H2 0.6 % by vol. s 10 Ethylene oxide C2H40 30 ppm s 1 FAM -petrol / (DIN 51635, DIN 51557) 0.55 % by vol. s 1 Formaldehyde HCHO 50 ppm s 15 Hexane C8H14 0.6 % by vol. s 1 Hydrogen H2 1 % by vol. s 10 Hydrogen chloride HCI 40 ppm s 1 Hydrogen cyanide HCN 25 ppm s 4 Hydrogen peroxide H2O2 40 ppm s 8 Hydrogen selenide SeH2 5 ppm s 3 Methanol CH30H 2 000 ppm s 5 Methylmethacrylate CH2C(CH3)COOCH3 60 ppm s 1 Nitrogen dioxide NO2 20 ppm Nitrogen oxide NO 20 ppm s 10 Octane C8H18 0.4 % by vol. s 1 Phosgene COCl2 5 ppm s 1 Phosphine PH3 5 ppm s 5 Propane C31-18 1 % by vol. s 1 i -Propanol (CH3)2CHOH 500 ppm s 7 Propene C3H8 0.5 % by vol. s 50 Styrene CeHSCHCH2 30 ppm s 10 Sulfur dioxide SO2 20 ppm s 4 Tetrahydrofurane CAO 60 ppm s 10 Toluene CeH5CH3 0.6 % by vol. s 1 Vinyl acetate CH3COOCHCH2 30 ppm s 6 Vinyl chloride C2H3CI 50 ppm no effect Xylene C6H4(CH3)2 0.5 % by vol. s 4 negative display. Order List DragerSensoro H2S LC ...................................................... 68 09 610 Dustfilter............................................................................. 68 09 595 For calibration: Calibration adapter V ........................................................... 68 10 536 Calibration bottle for calibration with ampoules .................... 68 03 407 Test gas ampoule 10 ppm H2S.......................................... 68 08 140 Test gas ampoule 20 ppm H2S.......................................... 68 08 141 Test gas ampoule 40 ppm H2S.......................................... 68 08 142 Test gas ampoule 100 ppm H2S.......................................... 68 08 143 Drager Safety AG & Co. KGaA — ® Revalstra6e 1, D-23560 Lubeck, Germany — E +49 451 8 82 - 27 94 — FAX +49 451 8 82 - 49 91 9 http://www.draeger.com/gds 9th edition - January 2003 90 23 456 - TD 4681.320 en/de Subject to alteration © Drager Safety AG & Co. KGaA IR; The explosion proof transmitter for combustible gases and vapors. The Polytron FX is an economical, microprocessor -based gas detector for continuous monitoring of combustible gases and vapors in ambient air. Non -intrusive calibration and mainte- nance is performed using a magnetic wand to access the software through the enclosure window — no need to open the enclosure (and obtain special area permits) to perform routine calibra- tions. With only seven software menu choices to work with, the Polytron FX is easy to use. The heart of the Polytron FX is the new DragerSensor PR. The interior of the sensor has been redesigned to almost double the sensitivity. Higher sensitivity also means shorter response time, higher accuracy and improved stability of the sensor signal. The advanced poison resistant DragerSensor PR has a significantly increased sensor life. Features and Benefits: • Economical • Non -intrusive calibration • DragerSensor technology • Simple software menu Technical Data Order List DETECTION PERSONAL PROTECTION DIVING TECHNOLJuY S'STEi1 TECHNOLOGY SERVICES Polytron TX: Electrochemical sensor to detect toxic gases and Oxygen. The Polytron TX is an economical, microprocessor -based gas detector for continuous monitoring of toxic gases and oxygen in ambient air. Non -intrusive calibration and mainte- nance is performed using a magnetic wand to access the software through the enclosure window – no need to open the enclosure (and obtain special area permits) to perform routine calibrations. Easy to install The enclosure provides two mounting holes. For easy wiring, bezel and electro- nics is one unit, and can be pulled out. The two wire cable, fed through a sealed conduit, is terminated in a pluggable connector at the printed circuit board. One man calibration All setup and maintenance is performed without opening the transmitter or declassifying the hazardous area. Tapping a magnetic wand at the three buttons through the window gives full access to the menu and the calibration procedure. No reed for an additional handheld terminal. ORDER INFORMATION DraegerSensor technology High sensitivity, long term stability and no false alarms are the hallmark of the new and improved third generation of sensors. Sensors are the keystones of any gas detection system. Fastest response to the target gas combined with minimal inter- ference by other gases or environmental influences (no false alarms) as well as the sensor life -time determine the reliability and the operating cost of a system,. Features and Benefits: Economical Non -intrusive calibration DraegerSensor technology Simple software menu TX without sensor; UL, CSA, ATEX, suitable for CO, H2S2 02 45 43 405 Polytron TX without sensor, general purpose; suitable for Cl.,, H.,, NH.,; N01, S02 45 43 435 DraegerSensor CO 68 09 605 DraegerSensor H2S –......--- 68 09 610 ---- ---- ---- — DraegerSensor Oz ----- --......... _._....... ------ 68 09 630 DraegerSensor CIz 680966.5 DraegerSensor H2 68 09 685 DraegerSer.sor NH, LC DraegerSensor NH, HC 68 09 680 68 09 645 DraegerSensor NO, 68 09 655 DraegerSensor SO, Maenetic wand for menu access 68 09 660 45 43 428 TECHNICAL DATA Type Explosion proof transmitter Gases and Ranges Toxic gases and Oxygen in pre-set, user selectable ranges CO 0 to 100 1/ 300 / 500 ppm H,,S 0 to 20 50 1 100 ppm 0, 0 to 25 Vol% C11, 0 to,5 porn *) H2 0 to 500 Ppm NH, 0 to 100 / 300 500 pprn NO, 0 to 20 ppm SO,; 0 to 20 ppm Display 3 digit LCD, resolution varies with the range Signal 002PUt Normal operation 4 to 20 mA Maintenance 4 mA ± 1 mA 1 Hz modulation, or steady 3 mA: user selectable Fault < 2 mA Supply Voltage 16 to 30 V DC, 2 -wire Ambient Conditions Temperature 40 to + 150'F 40 to + 65'C Pressure 20.7 to 38.4 inch Hg / 700 to 1300 mbar Humidity 0 to 100 %RH (see also sensor data sheet) Enclosure lowder-coated aluminum transmitter housing, Stainless steel sensor housing Enclosure rating NEMA 4X & 7, IP 66; 3/4" NPT female conduit entry Size (h x w x d, approx) 9.5' x 4.511 x 4" 246 x-115 x 100 rnm VVeight (approx.) 5.7 lbs / 2.6 kg Approvals UL, CSA Class 1, Div 1, Group C, D ATEX 1! 2GD ELx d 1113 + H2 T6/-51 40 s T s < + 50 65'C CE -mark electromagnetic compatibility (directive 89/336/EEC) . ... ..... .. . ... . general purpose only Digital Readout: 0-20, 0-50, 0-99 ppm Accuracy: 2 ppm or 10% of applied gas, whichever is greater Electrical Classification: General purpose for mounting in non -hazardous areas, indoors. Warranty: Two years Approvals: CSA Temperature Range: 32°F to 140°F (0°C to 60°C) Storage Temperature: -4°F to 149°F (-20°C to 65°C) Humidity: 15-95%, non -condensing Mounting: Panel or wall Dimensions: 2.1" W x 6.9" H x 11.5" D (53mmW x 175mmH x 292mmD) Weight: 3.8 lbs. (1.8 kg) Power: 105-130 VAC (205-255 VAC optional), 50-60 Hz, 22-30 VDC, 7 watts nominal (117 VAC) Output: Analog 4-20mA (300 ohm load max.) Accuracy ±5%, 1.5-20mA Alarm Circuits: 4A/117 VAC, resistive Status Indicators: AO - Analog output malfunction SE - Sensor malfunction HI - High line voltage LO - Low line voltage Standard Configuration: 2180A-1-1-01-1-1 (110 VAC / 24 VDC, latch alarm, non -latch warn, de -energized, 100 ppm standard sensor, 99 ppm meter scale, 1 -active channel) Type: Continuous diffusion, adsorption type Temperature Range: Standard Sensor: -65°F to +167°F (-55°C to +75°C) High Temperature Sensor to +195°F (90°C) FM Approved: -40°F to +140°F (-40°C to +60°C) Response Time: T5o < 1 minute with full-scale gas applied (screen) Tw < 2 minutes with full-scale gas applied (sintered) Zero Drift: Less than 5% per year Repeatability: 2 ppm or 10% of reading, whichever is greater Life: 3 to 5 years, normal service Electrical Classification: FM and CSA, Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D; ATEX and GOST, Ex ds I IC T6 Specificity: H2S specific Warranty: Two years Cable Length: Four conductor cable. Maximum length of cable between controller and sensor assembly with loop resistance of 20 ohms NOTE: Shielded cable is recommended Wire Size Length AS (Meter F t 14 1,029 3,375 16 686 2,250 18 411 1,350 20 274 900 Specifications subject to change without notice. Represented by: Publication #: DS-218OA-BO806 RACO Verbatim, the long-standing first choice of the industry, offers pace- setting functionality and expandability— It's an autodialer alarm system, a remote monitoring system, a supervisory control system, a SCADA system, and a PLC net- work interface4n one compact package. With an expandable, modular bus architecture and up to 32 digital inputs, 16 analog inputs, and 8 digital control outputs, the system can monitor flow, level, pressure, temperature, pH, and other types of sensors, as well as control remote electrical devices. AlarmIII The system is designed to continu- ously monitor preset alarm points. If an alarm. condition is sensed at a moni- tored point, the Verbatim System will automatically dial a list of 16 pre-pro- grammed emergency telephone num- bers, calling until it gets an answer. When the call is answered and acknowl- edged, the system reports the alarm location and status via pre-recorded voice messages. Communicating over standard land- line or wireless telephone networks, the Verbatim delivers alarm messages to standard. phones, cell phones, numeric or voice pagers, and voice mail systems, and talks just as easily with computers. The voice messages are digitally pre-recorded by the user. Anything that can be spoken is accurately stored in memory—from names and numbers to technical terms and detailed instruc- tions. Messages are delivered with maxi- mum clarity, lessening the chance for misunderstanding or error. And, you can easily enter or change your messages over the phone or at the front panel. Fully Interactive With Verbatim, you're never out of touch with your monitoring system. With any standard touch-tone phone, you can call in for a status report, review and change programming, or control a re- mote device. With the touch of a key, you can listen to local sounds or talk to per- sonnel using the unit's built-in speaker- phone. When calling for status report, you hear a comprehensive suiummy of all conditions monitored by the system, in- cluding internal power. Hard copies of event data—alarms, acknowledgements, inquiries, and programming changes— can be printed out at any time using the system's data logging capabilities. Controls and indicators are provided on the Verbatim's front panel for on-site pro- gramming and review of system opera- tion, alarm status, and battery condition. Supervisory Control System A Verbatim System can be equipped with up to b digital control outputs to remotely actuate HVAC systems, pumps, compressors, and other electrical devices from a standard phone, the Verbatim front panel, or a PC. RACO MMIISCADA Systems provide monitoring and control of up to 200 RACO Verbatim Remote Terminal Units (RTUs) over the standard dial-up tele- phone network. Each RTU has full alarm monitoring, reporting, and autodialing capabilities, and because Verbatim sys- tems report by exception, they do not need to be polled. When an alarm is sensed, the RTU reports to the central computer. If the computer operator does not acknowledge the alarm, the RTU will commence autodialing. Offering alarm and monitoring for as many as 96 remote channels, the Verbatim can use RS232 commu- nications to work with any PLC or other device using Modicon's Modbus protocol. Take Control EquipmentRemote A Verbatim System can be used with a RACO Responder or another Verbatim to actuate pumps, compres- sors, gates, or other electrically oper- ated equipment over the dial-up tele- phone network. Upon receipt of an alarm signal—low water level, for exam- ple—the Verbatim issues a command to activate an output relay in the Res- ponder or other Verbatim unit, which initiates an action such as turning on a pump motor. E MI E liF r'I'll Verbatim systems incorporate a non-volatile memory. Recorded alarm messages and user -entered program- ming is retained indefinitely in the event of a power loss. A rechargeable gel -cell battery pro- vides up to 20 hours of continuous oper- ation in the event of power loss. And because the system uses a precision regulated charger instead of the tradi- tional `trickle" charger, the time re- quired for charging is minimized and battery life is significantly extended. Built for tI► Term lil in the Toughest Envii Verbatim is designed and built for superior performance -year after year. The system's rugged durability is evi- dent in its heavy-duty metal enclosure, carefully selected and proven solid- state components, and sealed mem- brane keyboard. Heavy-duty solid state and gas tube surge protection is pro- vided on all power, phone, and signal lines. Features: • Monitors 4 channels plus internal AC power • Solid-state message recording • Expandable modular design • Superior surge protection on all inputs • Alarm call grouping • Low cost Remote programming Nonvolatile memory 20 hour battery backup 5 year warranty Typical Monitoring Applications: 11 Boilers • Chemical Plants • Computer Rooms • Facility Security • Fish Hatcheries • Frozen Food Storage 13 HVAC Systems • Hydroelectric Power Stations • Pipeline & Compressor Stations • Remote Pump Stations • Storage Tanks • Telephone Sivitchgear • Unattended SCADA Systems • Water & Wastewater Treatment Plants I , i 11 Flow M Power Leak N Pressure Level E Temperature Motion E Vacuum pH Standard Specifications: ELECTRICAL IJ Power requirement: 105-135 NAC, 50/60 Hz, 15 watts maximum or 8-14 VDC at 500 mA maximum. CI Battery charging: Precision voltage controlled, including automatic rapid recharge after drain. Battery backup: 20 hours • Input sensing: Four unpowered con- tact inputs standard. Open contacts see 5 volts DC; closed contacts see 10 ma DC. • Standard Centronics parallel printer port. Literature Code #118 PHYSICAL Surge protection: Integral gas tube and solid-state protectors on all phone, power, and signal lines. Accommodates field -installed upgrades. Rugged metal indoor enclosure. ..1 Weight. 8lbs. (3.6 kg). „I Dimensions: 11-7/8" H x 9-3/4" W x 5" D. Mounting Centers: 113/8" vertical x 6" horizontal. ENVIRONMENTAL Temperature range: 20' to INE 'i Humidity: 0 to 95%, noncondensing. TEI,EPHONE Rotary pulse or tone dialing, keyboard selectable .3 Dials up to 16 different numbers, each up to 60 digits long. Allows programming of PBX delays in 1 second increments. • FCC Registered Part 68, "Ringer Equivalence": 0.3A. i Mann Acknowledgement. is by TouchTone key or by calling back. Built-in speaker phone allows two-way conversation Compatible with most cellular telephone systems. SPEECH MESSAGES Users record their own messages. Also includes resident vocabulary for program- ming guidance and for default "alarm/ normal" speech if no user messages are recorded. UL STANDARD J Verbatim complies with UL Standards: 1459,1950. WARRANTY Five year parts and labor warranty. See our separate warranty card for details. MODULAR OPTIONS Channels. Upgradeable to 8,16; 24 or 32 contact channels. Analog. Custom scaled in the units of measurement required for your job. Analog alarms on a high and a low alarm setpoint. Upgradeable to 1, 4, 8 or 16 analog channels. J Remote Supen4sory Control. The operator can turn equipment, on or off via any telephone. Upgradeable to 4 or 8 outputs. Modbus Interface. In addition to physi- cal inputs, the unit is upgradeable to 32, 64 or 96 additional alarms of any type via RS232 and Modbus RTU master protocol. J Cellular Telephone. Our CellularmT1 System provides temporary or permanent alarm autodialing over the cellular tele- phone network when conventional tele- phone lines are disabled or unavailable. Furnished in a rugged, weather -resistant housing that's easy to transport and set up. FACTORY OPTIONS J Enclosure. System available in NEMA 4X enclosure, which is corrosion proof and sealed against 12 feet of water. J Environmental. Thermostatically con- trolled heater available, suggested for operation below 20'F or where condensa- tion may occur. J Local Alarm Relay Output. Relay activates during unacknowledged alarm conditions. Secure Front Panel. Verbatim System furnished without front panel program- ming controls and indicators. Restricts access to unsupervised or remotely located units, as well as reducing the initial purchase price. ,j Solar Electric Generator Systems. Ideal for remote location applications where conventional power and telephone services are not available or too costly. Provides steady, clean power and has sufficient storage capacity for overcast and inclement weather conditions. RACO MANUFACTURING AND ENGINEERING CO. 1400 -62nd Street, Emeryville, CA 94608 - (510) 658-6713 - FAX: (510) 658-3153 1-800-722-6999 • www.racoman.com Represented in your area by: vCopyright 4,989 Race Manufacturing and Engineering Co. Specifications subject to change witho tit notice. Touch Tone is a registered trademark of At& is • Printed in U.S.A. 3M 10;04 RACO Manufacturing and Engineering Co., 1400 62nd St., Emeryville, CA 94608 (510) 658-6713 800-722-6999 FAX (510) 658-3153 Description and Phone Number Dialing: 1. The dialer shall be a solid state component capable of dialing up to 16 telephone numbers, each up to 60 digits in length. Phone numbers and Standard pulse dialing or Touch Tone DTMF dialing are user programmable via the system's keyboard or remotely via Touch Tone telephone. In addition, the dialer shall: ** Group Alarm Calls - On alarm, system shall selectively call the correct phone number according to the specific alarm(s). ** Detect Telephone Line Fault and indicate condition with Front Panel LED. ** Automatically select Tone versus Pulse Dialing. ** Monitor Call Progress - Detect Busy and Ringing Signals, Abandon Call if Busy, Wait until phone is answered to Annunciate Voice Reports. ** Provide Numeric Pager Support ** Provide PBX Support Solid State Voice Message Recording & Playback: 2. The unit shall have two different categories of speech message capability, all implemented with permanent non-volatile solid state circuitry with no mechanical mechanisms. The unit shall allow for message recording from a remote telephone as well as from the front panel. * * User Field Recorded Messaees: The user may record and re-record his own voice messages for each input channel and for the Station ID. a. There shall be no limit on the leneth of any particular message within the overall available message recording time, which shall vary from 26 to 635 seconds, depending upon the number of input channels selected, and the recording rate used. b. The unit shall allow selective recording of both Normal and Alarm advisory messages for each input channel. c. The unit shall provide for automatic setting of the optimum speech recording rate for the total set of messages recorder, in order'to achieve optimum recording sound quality. d. Circuit board switches or jumper straps shall not bean acceptable means of manipulating message length or recording rates. ** Permanent Resident Non -Recorded Messaees: Permanent built-in messages shall be included to support user programming operations, to provide supplemental warning messages such as advising that the alarms have been disabled, and to allow the unit to be fully functional even when the installer has not recorded any messages of his own. Input Monitoring Function: 3. The basic unit shall continuously monitor the presence of AC power and the status of four (4) contact closure inputs. AC power failure, or violation of the alarm criteria at any input shall cause the unit to go into alarm status and begin dial -outs. The unit shall, upon a single program entry, automatically accept all input states as the normal non -alarm state, eliminating possible confusion about Normal Open versus Normally Closed inputs. Further, as a diagnostic aid, unit shall have the capability of directly announcing the state of any given input as currently "Closed Circuit" or "Open Circuit" without disturbing any message programming. Each input channel shall also be independently programmable, without the need to manipulate circuit board switches or jumpers, to any of the following: ** Normally Open, Normally Closed, or for No Alarm (Status Only). ** Run Time Meter - to accumulate and report the number of hours a particular input circuit has been closed. Any channel so configured will never cause an alarm call, rather, on inquiry will recite it's message according to the status of the input and then report the closed circuit time to the tenth of an hour. The input will accumulate and report in tenths of hours up to a total accumulated running time of 99,999.9 hours. The initial value of the Run Time Meter shall be programmable in order to agree with existing electromechanical Run Time Meters. Up to a total of 8 Run Time Meters may be programmed. ** Pulse Totalizer - to count the accumulated number of pulses (momentary contact closures) occurring at the input so programmed. Any input channel may be programmed for a Totalizer Function, up to a maximum of 8. Maximum Input pulse rate is 100 Hz, with a 50% Duty Cycle. The spoken scaled value will not "roll-over" to zero until a value of 4,294,967,294. has been exceeded. Input/Output Expansion Capability: 4. The standard unit shall be modular in design, permitting it, therefore, to accept "plug-in" expansion circuit boards to incorporate any of the following: ** Contact Closure Expansion Capability to a total of 8, 16, 24, or 32 total dry contact inputs. ** Analog Input Capability to a total of 1, 4, 8, or 16 total analog inputs. * * Remote Supervisory Control Outputs to manipulate 4 or 8 output relays. Modbus Communications: 5. The unit shall accept an expansion card which enables it to communicate directly with devices utilizing Modbus RTU Protocol. A unit so configured shall be capable of "reading" and "writing" to 32, 64, or 96 data registers via Touch Tone Telephone. No modem or host computer shall be required. Interface shall consist of a single RS -232 Serial Cable. Printer/Computer Communications: 6. The unit shall be equipped with a centronics parallel printer port, enabling the user to print alarm reports, download programming data, and generate scheduled status reports as required. Alternatively, the unit shall be able to accept an optional modular, plug-in asychronous communications card to permit any of the following: ** Local Data Logging - Permits a single dialer to communicate with a local Serial printer to log routine status reports, alarm reports, and programming data. ** Central Data Logging - Permits one or more dialers to communicate with a single centrally located Serial printer equipped with a suitable modem to log routine status reports, alarm reports, and programming data. ** Data Acquisition and Control - Permits one or more dialers to communicate with a centrally located Computer/Printer System equipped with a SCADA software package, thereby functioning as a stand alone SCADA system. Alarm and Inquiry Messages: 7. Upon initiating an alarm call, the system is to "speak" only those channels which are currently in "alarm status". Inquiry phone calls can be made directly to the unit at any time, for a complete status report. Acknowledgement: 8. Alarms are acknowledged either by pressing a Touch Tone "9" as the call is being received, or by calling the unit back after having received an alarm call. Nonvolatile Program Memory Retention: 9. User -entered programming and voice messages shall be kept intact, even during power failures or when all power has been removed, for up to ten (10) years. This shall be accomplished through inclusion in the system of a lithium battery separate from the unit's backup rechargeable gel cell battery. Local and Remote Programming Capabilities: 10. The user may optionally elect to alter the following parameters from their standard normal default values via keyboard entry or remotely from any Touch Tone telephone. ** Alarm Response Delay: 0.1 to 999.9 seconds, with different delays being assignable to different alarms. ** Delay Between Alarm Call outs: 0.1 to 99.9 minutes. ** Alarm Reset Time: 0.1 to 99 hours, or "No Reset". ** Incoming Ring Response (Answer) Delay: 1 to 20 Rings. ** Number Of Message Repetitions: 1 to 20 Repetitions. * * Autocall Test: When enabled, the unit shall place a single round of test calls, both at the time this function is enabled, and also at regular subsequent intervals until this function is disabled. ** Remote System Microphone Activation. * Remote Arming and Disarming of System. Phone Line: 11. The dialer is to use a standard "dial-up" telephone line (direct leased line is not required), and is to be F.C.C. approved. Connection to the telephone is through a 4 -pin modular jack (RJ 11). Speakerphone: 12. The unit shall be capable of dialing any phone number on command and functioning as a speakerphone. Real Time Clock: 13. The unit shall be equipped with a real time clock thereby making it possible to: ** Alarm Ready Schedule - The dialer shall be user programmable to follow a specific schedule of operations. This shall include the flexibility to set a weekday, weekend, and holiday schedule. With this feature the dialer shall arm and disarm itself according to the schedule programmed. * * In the event any of the printer configurations outlined in Section 6, are utilized, all alarm reports will be time and date stamped. Routine scheduled status reports can also be programmed. PowerBattea Backup: 14. Normal power shall be 105-135 VAC, 15 watts nominal. The product is to contain its own gel cell rechargeable battery which is automatically kept charged when AC power is present. The system shall operate on battery power for a minimum of 20 continuous hours in the event of AC power failure. A shorter backup time shall not be acceptable. The built -m charger shall be precision voltage controlled, not a "trickle charger", in order to minimize recharge time and to maximize battery life available. Inte rag 1 Surge Protection: 15. All power,�nhone line, dry contact. and analog signal inputs shall be protected at the circuit board to IEEE Standard 587. cate,goU B(6,000 volts open circuit/3,000 amps closed circuit). Gas tubes followed by solid state protectors shall be integral to the circuit board for each line. Technical/Customer Support: 16. All users shall be provided and/or shall have access to the following support resources. ** Each autodialer shall be shipped with a VHS Format Video Tape which details all features of the product and provides an in-depth step-by-step programming: wide. A superficial marketing overview will not be acceptable. ** A Fax -on -Demand System which allows any user to call the manufacturer and retrieve copies of all technical information available directly into his own fax system. This service shall be available on a 24 hour basis. ** A toll free 800 number shall be available during manufacturer's normal working day to permit users to talk directly with technical service personnel and resolve problems not solved by either the Video Instruction Tape or the information provided via Fax -on -Demand. Warran : 17. The dialer shall be covered by a FIVE (5) YEAR warranty covering parts and labor performed at the Factory. Additional Features: Sealed Switches. LED Indicators. Alarm Disable Warning, Talkthrough: 18. All keyboard and front panel switches shall be sealed to prevent contamination. Front panel LED's shall indicate: Normal Operation, Program Mode, Call in Progress, Status for each Channel, AC Power present, AC Power failure, and Low, Discharging, or Recharging Battery. On any inquiry telephone call, or On -Site status check, the voice shall provide specific warning if no dialout phone numbers are entered, or if the unit is in "alarm disabled" mode, or if AC power is off or has been off since last reset. A built-in microphone shall allow anyone at a remote site to listen to Local sounds and to have a two-way conversation with personnel at the dialer. Miscellaneous Special Order Items: 19. The following options shall be available on specific order: ** Radio Communications Interface ** Various NEMA 4X (sealed) Enclosures ** Thermostatically Controlled Heater ** UL Approved Power Supply ** Cellularm Communications Systems FORM 116 2.1 2.2 Installation This section describes how to install the Verbatim autodialer and how to install a parallel printer to use the Parallel Printer Local Data Logging feature. Location and Mounting Choose a mounting location which is not exposed to condensing humidity or temperatures beyond the limits of 20°-130°F. This location should ideally be within 5 feet of a standard RJ -11 phone jack and a grounded 120 VAC power outlet. 1. Mount the Verbatim autodialer on centers of 6" x 11 3/8" using the external mounting ears on the enclosure. #10 or 3/16" bolt sizes are best. 2. Install the NEMA 4X weatherproof outer enclosure, (optional purchase). This allows the Verbatim autodialer to be mounted outdoors as long as temperature limits are not violated. It is best to provide at least an over- head shelter to minimize direct precipitation and solar heating effects. 3. Install the heater/thermostat for cold or humid environments, (optional purchase). The 120 VAC heater dissipates 75 watts, providing a temperature rise of approximately 30 degrees, or 60 degrees when enclosed in the optional NEMA 4X enclosure. Wiring Refer to the diagram on page 2-3 for an example of the wiring connections. 1. Inspect and remove any foreign materials which might create short circuits. Connect the red (positive) battery lead to the positive terminal on the gel - cell battery. 3. Plug the power cord into a grounded 120 VAC outlet. Or, remove the power cord from the Verbatim autodialer and install well- grounded 120 VAC power to terminal strip TS3, located on the lower right of the main circuit board. Verbatim Owner's Manual 2-1 Installation If there are any green grounding wires in place on TS3 originating from plug-in expansion cards, leave those green grounding wires in place on the terminal marked GRN (Green). If the Verbatim autodialer turns on when power is applied, turn it off with the red POWER ON/OFF key. 4. Connect dry (unpowered) contacts to the terminal strip connection points. The connection point for basic four -channel units is terminal strip TSI, located on the lower left of the main circuit board. Note that there are four common return terminals marked "C"; any combination of these internally grounded terminals may be used. Terminal strip TS 1 may be unplugged for convenience. All terminal points are screw clamp type, eliminating the need for wire termination lugs. The contact input wires should ideally be light (18 to 24 gauge) signal wire rather than heavy power wire. This reduces problems of bulk and stiffness. 5. If your unit has 8 or more inputs, the VX32 Channel Expansion Card should be plugged into connector J4. If your unit has this card installed, then use TS 1 for common return connections only, and connect one side of each contact to the appropri- ately marked channel input number on the VX32 card. Leave TS 1 terminals 1,2,3 and 4 disconnected. Notes: ♦ The common return side of the contacts will need to be consolidated into not more than four wires coming into the TSI terminals marked "C". ♦ Route the wires to the VX32 card so that they do not protrude above the top of the card, other wise they will interfere with the front panel board when the door is closed. ♦ Terminal strip TS 1, and the terminal strips on the VX32 card if any, are not removable terminal blocks. Be sure that the terminal strips do not become unplugged due to wires being stressed when the door is closed. Caution: NO 120 VAC INPUT CIRCUITS! Please verify that the circuits you connect to these inputs are "dry" (unpowered) and are not directly connected to 120 VAC power. Connecting such circuits will damage the unit. ♦ Exception: If your inputs are coming from a logic controller with TTL, CMOS or 5 -volt DC logic outputs, direct connection may be made as long as the controller has the same electrical ground as the Verbatim autodialer. 2-2 Verbatim Owner's Manual Installation Electrical Connection Diagram For Dry Contact Inputs VSP SPEECH CARD 0 O O O O re QO = SPEAIE2 no VOLUME m m 7 ' M This connection is not �m H 11 12 13 14 132 wn 5 U U Z_ Q \� VX 32 CHANNEL EXPANSION CARD / O�NMVNtO f�ODOO�C,10 MID lh-WO 0 N Nmvv or -w Ot �� NNNNN NNM MP9 X", ffi .�:..ux• sates cz Expansion Input Slot VX 32 Jew GROUND (WIRE Connect Grounded 120 VAC Power T S 3 Connect common return of all contacts to point(s) "C" on TS1. The common returns for all inputs are connected to TSI terminals marked "C". These four "C" terminals are connected together and to electrical ground. 4 Channel Verbatim: Connect one side of each contact to the corresponding numbered terminals on TS1. The other side of each contact connects to the common return (the "C" 'terminals on TSI). 8 Or More Channel Verbatim: Connect one side of each contact to the corresponding numbered terminals on the VX32 expansion card. Connect the other side of each contact to the common return (the "C" terminals on TS 1 of the main board). Note that TS I terminals 1 through 4 are not used in this case. Verbatim Owner's Manual 2-3 O O O O T12341CCCR G Y B = m 7 ' , This connection is not made if a VX32 card is resent. 11 12 13 14 132 _______ Connect common return of all contacts to point(s) "C" on TS1. The common returns for all inputs are connected to TSI terminals marked "C". These four "C" terminals are connected together and to electrical ground. 4 Channel Verbatim: Connect one side of each contact to the corresponding numbered terminals on TS1. The other side of each contact connects to the common return (the "C" 'terminals on TSI). 8 Or More Channel Verbatim: Connect one side of each contact to the corresponding numbered terminals on the VX32 expansion card. Connect the other side of each contact to the common return (the "C" terminals on TS 1 of the main board). Note that TS I terminals 1 through 4 are not used in this case. Verbatim Owner's Manual 2-3 re Verbatim Floobydust Verbatim Enclosure Diagram 6„ 0 0 Verbatim 11-3/8" o O 9-3/4" 11-7/8" RECTANGULAR MOUNTING CENTERS: 6" W x 11-3/8" H OVERALL DIMENSIONS: 9-3/4" W x 11 7/8" H x 5" D H-24 Verbatim Owner's Manual 12.5" Verbatim Floobydust NEMA 4X Enclosure Diagram 11.5" 99 RECTANGULAR MOUNTING CENTERS: 8" W x 12.5" F OVERALL DIMENSIONS 11.5" W x 13.5" H x 5.5" D Verbatim Owner's Manual 13.5" H-25 M-=""5 k w wi HTA Rugged, Industrial Design The 1609 can be mounted to a DIN rail or to the back of the panel. Elevated Temperature Performance A high temperature battery option allows operation up to 50°C. Comprehensive Network Management The optional Network Management Card (NMC) is monitored via RSView ' or via the on -board web browser, and provides alarms that indicate the status of the UPS. "Dry contact" 1/0 The 1609 has standard relay outputs to signal "Battery On." The optional NN1C allows additional UPS data to be communicated. Rockwell Monitor via Serial Cable / PowerChute'' Monitor via Ethernet Web Browser/RSView' (Requires NMC) The optional networking capabilities of the 1609 UPS allow the end user to remotely configure and monitor the status of individual or multiple UPS devices. f 11 500 '< H C I Rated Output Power Input/Output Voltage Special Functions 500 = 500VA (325W) N = 115V AC S = Standard Battery E = 230V AC H = High Temp Battery Power Supply Type U= Uninterruptable Power Supply Network Management C = NMC included Can be left blank Characteristic 115V Model 230V Model Input voltage (default) (Widen selectable range transfer points) 81V AC ... 143V AC 75V AC. ..153V AC 160V AC ... 287V AC 150V AC ... 300V AC Nominal Current 4.12 A 2.2 A Ouput voltage (default) (Widen selectable range transfer points) 106V AC ... 127V AC 97V AC ... 136V AC 208V AC ... 253V AC 196V AC ... 265V AC Overload Protection Alarm/Shutdown 107% Alarm/Shutdown 107% Battery Run Time Full Load: 9 Minutes Full Load: 9 Minutes Charge Time < 3hrs to 90% capacity < 3hrsto 90% capacity Operating Temperature: Standard Battery High Temp Battery 0...40'C 0...50°C 0...40°C 0...50"C Dimensions/Weight (HxWxD) 6 x 14.25 x 6" 26 lbs www.rockwellautomation.com Corporate Headquarters Rockwell Automation, 777 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1400, M;I ^Jaukee, wl, 532172-5302 USA, lei: (1) 414.212.5200, Fax: 0) 414.212.5201 Headquarters for Allen-Bradley Products, Rockwell Software Products and Global Manufacturing Solutions Americas: Rockwell Automation, 1201 South Second Street, Mi vvaukee, Wl 533204-2496 USA, Tel: 11l 414.3822000, Fax: (1) 414.382.4444 Europe: Rockwell Automation SA/NV VorstlaaniBoulevard du Souverain 38 BP 3A/B, 1170 Brussels, Belgium, Tel: (32) 2 663 0600, Fax: (32) 2 663 0640 Asia Pacific: Rockwell Automation, 27/r' Citicorp Centre, 18 Whitfield Read, Causeway Bay, Hong Kong, Tel: 18521 -1,887 4788, Fax: (852) 2508 1846 Headquarters for Dodge and Reliance Electric Products Americas: Rockwell Automation, 6040 Ponders Court, Greenville, SC 29615-4617 USA, Tel: (11864297.4800, Fax: i1) 864.281.2433 Europe: Rockwell Automation, BriihistraRe 22. D-74834 Elztai-Dallau, Germany, Tel: (49) 6261 9410, Fax: (49) 6261 1774 Asia Pacific: Rockwell Automation, 55 Newton Road, #11-01/02 Revenue House, Singapore 307987, Tel: (65) 351 6723, Fax: (65) 355 1733 Publication 1609-PP001A-EN-P--- October 2004 ridil w 2004 Roc u H A-1 atiw. hoc :V. richt, ies—A P6,11 ,1 :r is;. M&WMAPE A A'rvoslox of lift nx Pkttttrs d` &that CnMrar 1P IPS Size and Dimension Data PE3608 (PE3408) DriscoPlexe Municipal & Industrial & Energy Series/IPS Pipe Data Pressure Ratings are calculated using 0.50 design factor for HDS at 73°F as listed in PPI TR -4 for PE 3608 materials. Temperature, Chemical, and Environmental use considerations may require use of additional design factors. will vary. When designing components to fit the pipe ID, refer to pipe dimensions and tolerances in the applicable pipe manufacturing specification. v September 2006 Supercedes all previous publications Bulletin: PP 152-3608 © 2001-2006 Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LP a I�rrMANWPIPE A DIVISION OF CREVRO'N MUMS &EMICAL COMPANY CP IPS Size and Dimension Data PE3608 (PE3408) DriscoPlexe Municipal & Industrial & Energy Series/IPS Pipe Data Pressure Ratings are cslculated using 0.50 design factor for HDS at 73°F as listed in PPI TR -4 for PE 3608 materials. Temperature, Chemical, and Environmental use considerations may require use of additional design factors. re 100 psi DR 17.0 80 psi DR 21.0 65 psi DR 26.0 50 psi DR 32.5 NominalAehage IDF Weight quer%age �D Weight Avef ge{ID Weight Ave rage"'IA Weight OD (in) id 1Il Yom, lbs/ft th"`.!n lbs/ft, inky ,; lbs/ft NSF to z lbs/ft 1.660 1.900 JENNIM 2.375 2 07$ , € 0.43 8412; 3.500 1n yx 3 063 �� ; 0.93 _ ,.. x� IRISH 4.5003.9$ F.: 1.544 _ Q46 1.26 ,. NEREM 6.6255 798 3.34 2.73 2.73tD84w 2.23 1.80 1.80 8.625 W!,58 5.65 X 7 754 4.64 1VON7 92 3.79 9 8 06 3 3.05 10.7509, ... 41_Q 8.78 665 7.219?x,8,i,4 5.870404 n 4.75 12.750 1118.0005,5, :160 12.36 �,t3 10.13117ea1 8.2611x9,19, , 6.67 14.00025: 14.91125$6 12.22,12$59 9.96hp 1086.7`' 8.05 16.000 19.46 19.46 1,385 15.96 --T3.01 14957 10.50 24.6416.8„3 20.19 6$3Ek 16.47f 15 86k> 13.30 20.00017x507, 30.411798 24.93183<0 20.34.1696x" 16.41 22.000 19257 36.80 77$ 30.18 2d 2060. 24.6128565; 19.86 24.0001x0`7 43.81 215. 35.91 29.30x122,435;, 23.62 26.00072759: 51.3923375 42.1423 880 34.39 g1§2 27.74 27.74 28.000 24 50$s 59.62 2517 '.; 48.86 X25 7, ,1 39.88 ,a ,26x1,73* K 32.19 30.000 68.45,26971n 56.12 27554r 45.78 '�z$ 04 36.93 32.0002$0 10� 77.862.7f8 63.8429'3904 52.10 t29 912; 42.04 34.000.°9760 87.91OA568 72.06 327 58.81 31',782 47.43 36.000 �31t�v10 98.57 �32z366;F 4 80.78 X33„U64kk 65.94 3 61 53.20 42.000 36%61; 134.16 37 76Q 109.97 X38 57t,;> 89.71 3961 72.37 48.000 42 Q 13 175.23 43,w1F54 143.65 44 9 6 117.18 44 59 94.56 54.000 ,_48W5¢9 181.75 49597 148.33^5,477 119.70 Performance Pipe can produce to specialized pipe dimensions. Check with your Performance Pipe contact for availability of dimensions not listed. and PERFORMANCE PIPE are trademarks of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LP September 2006 Supercedes all previous publications Bulletin: PP 152-3608 © 2001-2006 Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LP For more information and technical assistance contact: Performance Pipe, a division of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LP P.O. Box 269006 Plano, TX 75026-9006 800.527.0662 DriscoPlex° PE3608 / (PE3408) Pipe Pipe and Fittings Data Sheet Typical material Physical Properties of DriscoPlekO PE3608 / (PE3408) High Density Polyethylene Materials A&vxwtr(mmayAwaq%mrtto mAP Bulletin: PP 109 Revision Date September, 2006 r�li Typical Value Material Designation -- PPI TR -4 PE3608 Cell Classification -- ASTM D3350 345464C Pipe Properties Density gms / cm3 ASTM D1505 0.955 (black) Melt Index Condition 190 / 2.16 gms / 10 minutes ASTM D1238 0.08 Hydrostatic Design Basis 73-F 23 C psi ASTM D2837 1600 Hydrostatic Design Basis 140-F (60-C) psi ASTM D2837 800 Color: UV Stabilizer [C] [E] ASTM D3350 Min 2% carbon Black Color UV Stabilizer Material Properties Flexural Modulus 2% Secant - 16:1 span; depth, 0.5 in / min psi ASTM D790 >110,000 Tensile Strength at Yield psi ASTM D638 Type IV 3200 Elongation at Break 2 in / min., Type IV bar % ASTM D638 >700 Elastic Modulus psi ASTM D638 >150,000 Hardness Shore D ASTM D2240 62 PENT hrs ASTM F1473 >100 Thermal Properties Vicat Softening Temperature °F ASTM D1525 256 Brittleness Temperature °F ASTM D746 -103 Thermal Expansion in / in / °F ASTM D696 1.0 x 10-4 Bulletin: PP 109 Revision Date September, 2006 AmJa�yp�duilE�m' Before using the piping product, the user is advised and cautioned to make its own determination and assessment of the safety and suitability of the piping product for the specific use in question and is further advised against relying on the information contained hereir �-^ as it may relate to any specific use or application. It Is the ultimate responsibility of the user to ensure that the piping product is suited and the information is applicable to the user's specific application. This data sheet provides typical physical property information for i� polyethylene resins used to manufacture the piping product. It is intended for comparing polyethylene piping resins. It is not a product + ® I specification, and it does not establish minimum or maximum values or manufacturing tolerances for resins or for the piping product. These typical physical property values were determined using compression -molded plaques prepared from resin. Values obtained from L t3 NP daR tests of specimens taken from the piping product can vary from these typical values. Performance Pipe does not make, and expressly Do (t* disclaims, all warranties, of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose, regardless of whether oral or written, express or implied, allegedly arising from any usage of trade or from any course of dealing in connection with the use of information contained herein or tht piping product itself. The user expressly assumes all risk and liability, whether based in contract, tort or otherwise, in connection with th For more information and technical assistance contact: Performance Pipe, a division of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LP P.O. Box 269006 Plano, TX 75026-9006 800.527.0662 SUGGESTED INDUSTRIES AND APPLICATIONS Potable Water Mains Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD) Marine Service Sliplining : Water transmission Lines Pipe Bursting .Industrial Water Mains MunicipalWater Utilities Ash, Tailings & Abrasives Open -cut and Bury Mining- iningMunicipal Culverts 4500, 4600, 4700 River Crossings 0.63 Rural Water Distribution 4000, 4100, 4200, 4300, 4400, Plow -in Mun. & Ind. Sewer Trenchless Technologies Crude oil Fire Main Piping Rural Water Distribution Plow -in Butt Fusion Conditions 60-90 psig (4.14-6.21 bar) interfacial fusion pressure. • 400-450° (204-232°C) heater surface temperature range. • Please refer to Performance Pipe's PE3608 (PE3408) fusion procedure, Bulletin PP 750. Available Sizes • W through 54" IPS • 4" through 36" DIPS Specification Data The resin, pipe and fitting listed may comply with one or more of the standards below. Applicable Standards® DriscoPlex Pipe Series PE3608 (PE3408) PE4710 (df) ASTM F714, NSF 61, ASTM 4000, 4100, 4200, 4300, 4400, ` as it may relate to any specific use or application. It is the ultimate responsibility of the user to ensure that the piping product is suited D3035 4500, 4600, 4700 0.5 0.63 r 4000, 4100, 4200, 4300, 4400, i R tests of specimens taken from the piping product can vary from these typical values. Performance Pipe does not make, and expressly AWWA C906, AWWA C901 45 00, 4600, 4700 [0-5 0.63 FMA, AWWA, F714 1500, 1600 0.5�� API 15LE, ASTM D2513 [64-00 0.5 Ron— A ftor QrLi'iPXbA Man &MA9CMRLVliP'� Bulletin: PP 109 Revision Date September, 2006 Ax>v�wAdypt7fern Before using the piping product, the user is advised and cautioned to make its own determination and assessment of the safety and suitability of the piping product for the specific use in question and is further advised against relying on the information contained hereir as it may relate to any specific use or application. It is the ultimate responsibility of the user to ensure that the piping product is suited and the information is applicable to the user's specific application. This data sheet provides typical physical property information for polyethylene resins used to manufacture the piping product. It is intended for comparing polyethylene piping resins. It is not a product specification, and it does not establish minimum or maximum values or manufacturing tolerances for resins or for the piping product. r These typical physical property values were determined using compression -molded plaques prepared from resin. Values obtained from i R tests of specimens taken from the piping product can vary from these typical values. Performance Pipe does not make, and expressly f disclaims, all warranties, of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose, regardless of whether oral or written, express or implied, allegedly arising from any usage of trade or from any course of dealing in connection with the use of information contained herein or the piping product itself. The user expressly assumes all risk and liability, whether based in contract, tort or otherwise, in connection with th For more information and technical assistance contact: Performance Pipe, a division of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LP P.O. Box 269006 Plano, TX 75026-9006 800.527.0662 Members Of:@ PLASTICS -PI PF -1 NTS 'ITi TE NOTICE: This data sheet provides tpical physical property information for polyethylene resins used to manufacture PERFORMANCE PIPE polyethylene piping products. It is intended for comparing polyethylene piping resins. It is not a product specification, and it does not establish minimum or maximum values or manufacturing tolerances for resins or for piping products. Some of these typical physical property values were determined using compression molded plaques. Values obtained from tests of specimens taken from piping product can vary from these typical values. Performance Pipe has made every reasonable effort to ensure the accuracy of this data sheet, but this data sheet may not provide all necessary information, particularly with respect to special or unusual applications. The data sheet may be changed from time to time without notice. Contact Performance Pipe to determine if you have the most recent edition. Bulletin: PP 109 Revision Date September, 2006 AsGtlervHyJ�¢th�m Before using the piping product, the user is advised and cautioned to make its own determination and assessment of the safety and suitability of the piping product for the specific use in question and is further advised against relying on the information contained hereir as it may relate to any specific use or application. It is the ultimate responsibility of the user to ensure that the piping product is suited and the information is applicable to the user's specific application. This data sheet provides typical physical property information for polyethylene resins used to manufacture the piping product. it is intended for comparing polyethylene piping resins. It is not a product ■ ■ specification, and it does not establish minimum or maximum values or manufacturing tolerances for resins or for the piping product. ! i These typical physical property values were determined using compression -molded plaques prepared from resin. Values obtained from C#ai1t�LP tests of specimens taken from the piping product can vary from these typical values. Performance Pipe does not make, and expressly disclaims, all warranties, of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose, regardless of whether oral or written, express or implied, allegedly arising from any usage of trade or from any course of dealing in connection with the use of information contained herein or the piping product itself. The user expressly assumes all risk and liability, whether based in contract, tort or otherwise, in connection with th Brie l 1LLLciI.LC�!'LL LCL PSE/PV C I V,(, ' I PS Nda.4I130 Nominal Poly -Cam- Coupling Coupling HDPE HDPE PVC PVC Size IJIDPE/P.V 'Diameter Length I,en th, Diameter Length Diameter "Inches Mater11a1 finches) (inches) (inches) (inch l (inches)(inches) B C D E C' Ea coated .7 eri�n,Ae�l '104, nd 416 1-250 `2, 50 4.1 1.050 4.75 1.050 Epoxy coated 1: rlxew t l 30 . 1 1 F 15 3.00 4.50 1-315 .50 1,315 Epoxy coated, 1, `'' C arlS�tc4l 314, ,d 31 1,660 3 4,25 1-660 4.2.E 1:660 ,Stalkless Steel FpD?W c MtCd, 1 304, and 31 1,900 4.40 4.00 1,900 4,00 ' 1.900 Stainless Steel Epoxy coated , 2 �' rla r� t l moi , and $1 _-7S 4. 10: . 2.375 _ .00 x'.375 Stainless Steel Epoxy coated onStetel 16 3. )00 5-00 5.50 .500 5.50 3.500 E coated - e.rl va 't el 104, and 3 1 45 00 6,00 5M 4,500 5.00 4,500 I, tWh- vxt'al . SIRMiItIl SM, 44LO , 7,. Q, 1 I. l Manufactured I U046 "W iL slert-d Tr drinark PtaEVA, IMM', lnv. US Niew 0 ,114,429 rage l f 2 Phone, 763-786-6682 , Fax! 76,3-786-2167 Transition for HI)P,EIPV,C PVC v IPS Sch.40/8 13 linless Steel, ox,v coated arbonStcol 8.625 9,00 10,50 8.6-5 10. 5, 0 8,625 =4, and 31-6 iinleo Steel Oxy coated qt r ]' 10,750 9,00, 10,50 1 �7 0 ' 10,50 10,75 =4, and 316 inless Steel 4, a� i ts and 6 12-75 13,00 10.510 12.750 10,50 12.750 inless. Steel Fully [ %sur- va . '"WtavWmrfl NI )k aeras 7, 4, 11, V 'lanufac urc ! t I . L 1 . ld i 1 :1�=• B VUO V RfeOs® m- 1 Tradenuwk 10tal -f7mm„ Ince - US Pal'oni 0 5,29.14420 Page`2 of 2 Nominal Poly -Cam Coupling CouplingHDPE HDPE PVC PVC 1-M I. DPF/P'VC Dia mc#cr ixngtb length D3aanete T,,.en l)ia melter, I.nc,hes, 1' t t (inches) (inches) (inches) (nchu.-I Onches) Onches .. 67 6215 &00 9, 0,0 6.625 9.00 6.625 13 linless Steel, ox,v coated arbonStcol 8.625 9,00 10,50 8.6-5 10. 5, 0 8,625 =4, and 31-6 iinleo Steel Oxy coated qt r ]' 10,750 9,00, 10,50 1 �7 0 ' 10,50 10,75 =4, and 316 inless Steel 4, a� i ts and 6 12-75 13,00 10.510 12.750 10,50 12.750 inless. Steel Fully [ %sur- va . '"WtavWmrfl NI )k aeras 7, 4, 11, V 'lanufac urc ! t I . L 1 . ld i 1 :1�=• B VUO V RfeOs® m- 1 Tradenuwk 10tal -f7mm„ Ince - US Pal'oni 0 5,29.14420 Page`2 of 2 ■ Easy-to-use menu for display and set-up with HELP screens. ■ Two-line 16 character, back -lit LCD with twenty button keypad (optional). ■ User selectable scrolling display. ■ Adjustable LCD/Keypad orientation allowing ease of reading the display for horizontal or vertical installations. ■ Twenty-four hour clock/calendar. ■ Two optically isolated loop -powered 4-20 mA outputs, one for mass flow rate, one for process temperature (optional). ■ 4-20 mA outputs meet NAMUR NE43 recommendations. ■ Two optically isolated solid-state alarm/relays (optional). ■ Pulsed output for use as a remote flow totalizer (optional). ■ User selected English or Metric units (SFPM, SCFM, SCFH, PPM, PPH,'F; SMPS, SLPM, SCMH, KGM, KGH, 'C). ■ Multi -Point calibration correction factors for Flow and Temperature. ■ User -entered METER ID Number. ■ User -entered flow area. ■ Programmable sensor out -of -tolerance indication and alarm functions. ■ User may change STP reference condition. ■ User -selectable digital filtering for each METER. ■ Built-in flow totalizers and elapsed time. ■ UserAccess Code. ■ Selectable RS -232C or RS -485 Serial port for terminal operation. ■ Modbus ASCII or RTU communications ■ NEMA 4X/7 dual chamber epoxy painted electronics enclosure. ■ CE Compliance, including the current EMC, ATEX, LVD and PED Directives. ■ Configuration upload/download software using a PC. ■ Velocity/Temperature/Mapping (VTM) for wide ranging velocity and temperature. ■ Input power options of 115VAC or 230VAC 50/60 Hz or 24VDC. ■ Flash EEPROM program memory for user firmware upgrades. ■ Remote Electronics Enclosure option. ■ Velocity range of 0-24,000 SFPM. ■ Optional Hot -Air Purge Sensor Cleaning System ■ Process Temperature Rating of —40'C to 200'C (MT) or —40'C to +500'C (HHT). ■ Process Pressure Rating of 150 PSIG for MT temperature range and Class 150 mounting flanges; 300 PSIG for MT and HHT temperature ranges for no flange connection and Class 300 flanges. ■ Electronics operating temperature range of —25'C to +65'C, non -condensing, and —40'C to +65`C without the LCD/Keypad option. ■ All -welded sensor construction. ■ Fastest response to temperature and velocity changes in the industry. ■ Attitude insensitive. ■ Sensor lead length independent circuitry. ■ Non-Incendive, Flameproof/Explosion-Proof Safety Approvals (ATEX, CSA). ■ All components pass an extensive burn -in test for high reliability. ■ Optional Modbus local area network with a read- only control set (Trademark of Square D Company). ■ Canadian Registration Number (CRN) available for all listed gases, except Chlorine, and all Models except 454PFT-HHT. M\ WATIONS' ■ Industrial and process gas mass flows ■ Combustion air flow measurements ■ EPA Flow Monitors ■ Flare stack metering ■ Aeration air flow and digester off -gas flow ■ Landfill vapor recovery ■ Incinerator stack mass flow ■ Solvent recovery system mass flow ■ VOC mass flow ■ Cement plants ■ Coal-fired boiler combustion air ■ Compressed air ■ Natural gas ■ Semi -conductor processing gas metering ■ O.E.M. applications Kurz Instruments, Inc. ■ 2411 Garden Road, Monterey, CA 93940 ■ Tel 800-424-7356 Fax w,-vz I., a vnnr*.n zinst u ..ents.com - c -man: sales@wpm uuxruuvcuu.w�n NCIPLE111 OPERATION The Series 454FT uses the well-recognized Kurz thermal convection mass flow measurement method by detecting the heat transfer from the heated RTD sensor (Rp) referenced to the temperature of the ambient gas stream RTD sensor (Rt).A constant temperature difference between the heated sensor and the temperature sensor is maintained by a modified Wheatstone Bridge circuit in which the heated sensor is the controlled element.This provides unexcelled speed of response and the many other advantages of constant temperature thermal anemome- try.The microprocessor -based electronics measures the heat transfer, computes the standard velocity and ambient gas temperature, and allows the user- to configure and set-up the 454FT to fit all flow require- ments. Display screens are easy-to-use and provide all the flow and temperature and diagnostic information. For a more detailed description of Kurz technology, please see Document Number 364003,"Theory and Application of Kurz Thermal Convection Mass Flow Meters", by contact- ing the Kurz Factory, or by visiting our web site. Figure I -Series 454FT LCD/Keypad with Lid Removed. VE Figure 3 -The flow calibration curve is non-linear, having a non- zero output (live zero) at zero flow and a nearly constant per- cent of reading accuracy. Zero is a E valid data point for a Kurz meter. Figure 2 -Fast Dual (FD) Sensor. 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10,000 17,000 VELOCITY (SFPM) Figure 3 -Calibration Curve. E5�'O1ttSE TO FLOW AND #ATt1R-E' CHANGES Figure 4 -Shows the response of a Kurz Fast Dual (FD) MetalClad" sensor to a step change in veloci- ty. Kurz manufactures the fastest industrial quality sensors available. Figure 5 -Shows a typical response to a step change in temperature for a Kurz Fast Dual (FD) MetalClad" sensor. it is exceptional and allows use of the sensor for combustion air flow measurements in boilers that mix hot and cold air for tempera- ture control in coal pulverizers, for example. IN 90 so 70 0 y ao 0 so 0 40 30 20 10 FLOW OUTPUT SIGNAL RATE FLOW 2SI 201 S Ifl Y f 101 0 1 2 3 4 S 6 7 .8 9 10 TIMEtSEC. Figure 4 -Sensor Flow Response. 2 VOLTS @ 3000 SFPM Ali fON EFFECTS Figure 6 -Shows a typical output response to changes in the incom- ing velocity direction. Data is shown for rotation and yaw, as defined by Figure 7. Note that the effect is small for angles up to ±20 degrees. This is extremely important for flow applications having severe turbulence and a non -axial velocity direction. 0 2 4 6 TIMEtSEC. . Figure 5 -Sensor Temperature Response. 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 -SO -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 SO DEGREESROTATIONIYAW Figure 6 -Sensor Measurement Error Versus RotationlYaw Angles. Figure 7 -Sensor Rotation and Yaw Description. Kurz Instruments, Inc. ■ 2411 Garden Road, Monterey, CA 93940 ■ Tel 800-424-7356 Faxua 1 _xA�_non 1 . 1,.. .:..r, .. :1. 1 -r -A1,.. _:__�.... ___�- - .............-..,-.+>... - .. rr r..nu. �.ux. uu.c.. as.ivei, e-7ilau. aa7c��wnu7 unotT UI I Ic1Ita4.vlit YFIGt 3 INSERTIONtTRANSMITTERS SENSOR DESIGN Series 454FT Insertion Mass Flow Transmitters use the Kurz MetalClad" FD all -welded Alloy C276 sensor. In this design, the temperature sensor and velocity sensor are mounted in separate tubes (or "stings."), providing exceptional thermal isolation from the sensor- support structure and fast response to process temperature changes. SENSOR MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION The standard sensor material for all Kurz metal sen- sors is Alloy C-276.This material is far superior to 316 Stainless Steel in high temperature and corrosive applications. Kurz offers Chromium Nitride coating for abrasive, dirty applications, such as in boiler coal pulverizers. Kurz exclusively uses Inconel sheathed mineral -insulated cable (MI cable) for temperatures above 200°C. PROCESS TEMPERATURE RATING Kurz offers sensor process temperature ratings of 20WC and 500°C. Field data verifies that the lifetime at 500°C is at least five years and the lifetime at 200`C is many decades. TRANSMITTER CONFIGURATIONS Two configurations are available; Directly Attached Electronics Enclosure (TA) and Remotely Attached Electronic Enclosure (TS). PROCESS TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION The influence of temperature on the thermal proper- ties of gases requires temperature compensation for repeatable and accurate measurements. Standard Temperature Compensation (STC) is used for applica- tions in which the process temperature is below 125'C,over a moderate velocity range or below 20WC over more limited velocity range. If the process tem- perature and gas velocity vary widely,Velocity/ Temperature/Mapping (VTM) is recommended.VTM includes taking velocity calibrations at two or three process temperatures and using the microprocessor to calculate the velocity based on the built-in process temperature measurement. GAS CALIBRATION The customer has a choice of a laboratory calibration or a gas correlation calibration.Air calibrations are performed in the Kurz Model 400D NIST traceable wind tunnel. SENSOR PROTECTION The 454FT circuitry includes circuitry to prevent an over -temperature condition caused by a sensor, wiring or component failure. Our sensors will not overheat at zero flow, unlike most competitive devices because of our constant temperature sensor control method and the power limiting design. HOT-AIR PURGE SENSOR CLEANING SYSTEM The Model 454PFT-16-HHT has a special nozzle in the sensor window for use with the Model 146 or 148 Hot -Air Purge Sensor Cleaning System.The sensor cleaning is accomplished by a short, high pressure blast of hot air (sonic velocity) directed at the velocity and temperature sensors. Kurz offers a programmable timer, air heaters, solenoid valves and air blow -down tanks to allow periodic or on -demand cleaning.The air blow -down tank uses customer supplied compressed air (instrument quality) at 60 to 125PSIG.The average cleaning air consumption is less than 0.125 SCFM.The Model 454PFT is designed to measure air flow only at ambient pressure. Canadian Registration (CRN) is not available for the Model 454PFT.The primary application is for extremely dirty stacks and ducts having dry particulate matter that may build up on the sensor. Applications include fossil -fueled power boilers, municipal waste incinerators and combustion air flow situations in which fly ash is entrained. SENSOR ELECTRONICS The Series 454FT has several innovations which improve performance, reduce cost and provide extra- ordinary flexibility.A new constant temperature bridge circuit includes an efficient switching power supply and allows the microprocessor to calculate the process gas temperature directly using the temperature compensa- tion sensor.The bridge PCB has an EEPROM loaded with the PCB serial number, calibration coefficients, and component values which insures the safety of the data.The sensor electronics includes a sensor lead resistance compensation circuit which is extremely important for long sensor wires, rapid gas temperature changes and large temperature gradients between the sensor and the ambient air. ANALOG -TO -DIGITAL CONVERTER A serial 16-bitADC provides excellent resolution and noise rejection.To minimize noise the user can select the ADC sample rate for 50 Hz or 60 Hz to provide the best noise rejection. Kurz Instruments, Inc. ■ 2411 Garden Road, Monterey, CA 43940 ■ Tel 800-424-7356 PAGE .r Fax 83 1446a 8901 ®,,.,,.,.. I.....�:..�a.....-,�....�,a,.......-, a.._..�..,:1.....l..r/13...,,...:....a............. a........... PAGE .».. ,++. r.rv�v. .•..n..�u. urw�. urncrraa.avnr-c-n rau. anres�nur mnau wucuw.a.vnr Cont'd. FIRMWARE The Display, Executive and Programming menus are very easy-to-use and are largely self-explanatory.The functions and instructions for the Series 454FT are nearly the same as those used for the Series 155 Mass Flow Computers, which are widely accepted.The flow and temperature data may be scrolled so it can be seen through the window in the cover.The user may press "D" and see the flow and temperature data, as well as the raw flow data. Pressing "H" holds the dis- play screen (but not the readings).A user access code is required for programming, seeing data and entering configuration and other user data. HELP SCREENS By pressing "HH" the user can obtain important infor- mation on the use of the Series 454FT, including the firmware version, Kurz telephone and fax numbers and the web site address, etc. FLASH EEPROM PROGRAM MEMORY The program may be updated in the field by the user using the RS -232 port.This new feature will allow our customers to upgrade to the latest firmware. SELF -DIAGNOSTICS The 454FT performs an extensive check-out upon power -up, and continuously monitors the sensor inputs/outputs and verifies the integrity of the sensor wiring and the measurements.The Sensor Kick -Out feature is used to set the fault limits. PROGRAMMABLE CORRECTION FACTORS A multi -point Variable Correction Factor (VCF) may be used to correct the flow calibration data to meet in-situ flow tests over the entire velocity range such as done for EPA Stack Flow Monitors. If VCF is not used, a Sensor Blockage Correction Factor (SBCF) can be used to correct for the area reduction caused by the sensor support.The user enters the area of the flow passage and the sensor center line distance from the inside of the flow passage and the Series 454FT auto- matically calculates the SBCF METER FILTERTIME CONSTANT A digital filter time constant may be set for each METER which affects the display readings and the 4-20 mA outputs.The time constant maybe set from 0 to 600 seconds. COMPATIBILITY WITH SERIES ISS MASS FLOW COMPUTERS A "Blind" Series 454FT (ordered with the two 4-20 mA Outputs and the +24VDC power- supply; but with- out the LCD/Keypad and Alarm/Relay/Pulsed Outputs) is fully compatible with the inputs and features of the Series 155 Mass Flow Computers. Thus, the user may obtain the advantages of flow and temperature mea- surements,Velocity/Temperature/Mapping (VTM), with a rugged, remote, easy-to-use electronics enclosure with LCD/Keypad, power supply, and all of the other features of the Series 155 Mass Flow Computer. (Please see the Series 155 brochure). SELECTABLE STP CONDITIONS The mass flow calibration data is referenced to the Kurz laboratory standard of 77` F/14.69 PSIA (25` C/760 mmHg).The user may change the STP conditions to suit his requirement. 4-20 mA OUTPUTS These loop -powered outputs are optically isolated, and include the NAMUR NE43 recommendation regarding fault detection.The fault conditions are set at the Kurz Factory, but may be set by the user.The user may easily calibrate the 4-20 mA outputs by entering the Output Calibration menu, measuring the output and adjusting it using the LCD/Keypad. NAMUR NE43 COMPLIANCE Kurz meets the NAMUR NE43 recommendation for the 4-20 mA outputs, under a fault defined by the sensor Kick -Out menu.A low flow or temperature condition will be transmitted as a 3.6 mA or -less sig- nal; a high flow or high temperature condition will be transmitted as a 21.0 mA or greater signal.This feature also frees up the alarm/relays so that the user can set- up the flow and temperature alarms for other needs. ALARM/RELAYS/PULSED TOTALIZER OUTPUT The customer may order 0 or 2 solid-state optically isolated relays. If no relays are ordered, the alarm func- tions are displayed on the LCD. Both relays may be used for alarms (LO, HI and HOL) or for the Sensor Kick -Out feature; or one relay may be used for an alarm function and one may be used as a pulsed output for use as a remote flow totalizer, or both relays may be used as pulsed outputs. Totalizers may be automati- cally reset at a specific total quantity (i.e., 10,000 SCF). Kurz Instruments, Inc. ■ 2411 Garden Road, Monterey, CA 93940 ■ Tel 800-424-7356 Fax 831-646-8901 • vwv.,.kurz;nstruments.com - e=mail: salesVkurz;nstrurnents.CoM aauc s SERIES 454FT INSERTION MASS G VfORNIATION Note I: CRN Registration for all listed gases except Chlorine, and all Models except the Model 454PFT-16-HHT NOMENCLATURE: of �ttrfier `. Dei¢tion ` Range W MT Medium Temperature -40°F to 392'F (-40`C to 200'C) HHT Very High Temperature -40'F to 932'F (-40`C to 500°C) e fdentfl er' r esrrt{atiarr r��l�i N1 Non-Incendive,ATEX and CSA Approvals FPiXP Flame-Proof/Explosion-Proof,ATEX and CSAApprovals' CRN Canadian Registration Number PART NUMBER GENERATION PROCEDURE With the selected Parent Number, specify the entire Part Number by selecting an Option for each Feature as shown in the example below. Feature options in Bold type are more readily available. 756004 13 20 11 0520 21 14 01 28 21 II 12 Parent No. FI F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 FIO Fill I Sensor Type/Sensor Material 2 Sensor Support Material/Length 3 Optional Flange Connection Size and Rating 4 Optional Flange U Dimension 5 Electronics Enclosure Configuration/Input Power 6 Gas Velocity Calibration Data Range 7 Specialty Gas Velocity Calibration 8 Process Temperature Compensation 9 4.20 mA Outputs/LCD/Keypad feat 10 Alarms, Relays, Pulsed Outputsrrerminal Communication & Data Ports MadW Posen r tensor Su Proc ss '-. - 0 Sojety� 3 �/ Num 6e Num6er rrrt Dla. T mR/ Rtin „Avr. !ip#ro„vats r .. . 48" 2 '1%%!' Purge I" 454FT-08-MT 756001 ;n" MT No NI,FP/XP,CRN 454FT-08-HHT 756002 1/2 Special No NI, CRN 454FT 12 -MT 756003 " MT No NI, FP,'XP, CRN 454FT-12-HHT 756004 '/V HHT No N1, CRN 454FT-16-MT 756005 1" MT No Nl, FP;xP, CRN 454FT 16-HHT 756006 I" HHT No N1. CRN 454PFT-16-HHT 756007 1" HHT Yes NI Note I: CRN Registration for all listed gases except Chlorine, and all Models except the Model 454PFT-16-HHT NOMENCLATURE: of �ttrfier `. Dei¢tion ` Range W MT Medium Temperature -40°F to 392'F (-40`C to 200'C) HHT Very High Temperature -40'F to 932'F (-40`C to 500°C) e fdentfl er' r esrrt{atiarr r��l�i N1 Non-Incendive,ATEX and CSA Approvals FPiXP Flame-Proof/Explosion-Proof,ATEX and CSAApprovals' CRN Canadian Registration Number PART NUMBER GENERATION PROCEDURE With the selected Parent Number, specify the entire Part Number by selecting an Option for each Feature as shown in the example below. Feature options in Bold type are more readily available. 756004 13 20 11 0520 21 14 01 28 21 II 12 Parent No. FI F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 FIO Fill I Sensor Type/Sensor Material 2 Sensor Support Material/Length 3 Optional Flange Connection Size and Rating 4 Optional Flange U Dimension 5 Electronics Enclosure Configuration/Input Power 6 Gas Velocity Calibration Data Range 7 Specialty Gas Velocity Calibration 8 Process Temperature Compensation 9 4.20 mA Outputs/LCD/Keypad Kurz Instruments, Inc. ■ 2411 Garden Road, Monterey, CA 93940 ■ Tel 800-424-7356 RAGE 6 Fax 83I-646-8901 ■ r e-mail, sales@kuvzinstv..ments feat 10 Alarms, Relays, Pulsed Outputsrrerminal Communication & Data Ports II Safety Approvals Kurz Instruments, Inc. ■ 2411 Garden Road, Monterey, CA 93940 ■ Tel 800-424-7356 RAGE 6 Fax 83I-646-8901 ■ r e-mail, sales@kuvzinstv..ments f on Serfi¢cnct '- etrgch t ;" 1.70Wo ` Su ert ikrr3 h L 0 All 18" 5 -'/<" I" 36" I 4",'%d' 4" (MT Only) 6 1" 48" 2 '1%%!' 6" (MT Only) 7 I" 60" 3 All 12" 8 3X4"'1" 30" 4 All 24" 9 Special Special. Kurz Instruments, Inc. ■ 2411 Garden Road, Monterey, CA 93940 ■ Tel 800-424-7356 RAGE 6 Fax 83I-646-8901 ■ r e-mail, sales@kuvzinstv..ments D{ttran j DetcrifrtTbn� yOlbt own/ /%KrtptlQn Not"es 00 No flange 02 h" Class 300 Process Pressure Rating of 01 re" Class 150 12 /a', Class 300 150 PSIG for MT temperature range and Class 150 mounting 11 %s', Class 150 22 1'; Class 300 flanges; 300 PSIG for MT and 21 I", Class 150 26 1 "A", Class 300 HHT temperature ranges for 25 I'A', Class ISO 32 1 F", Class 300 no flange connection and 31 1:4",Class I50 42 Class 300 Class 300 flanges. Flange and __2" sensor materials must match. 41 2" Class 150 62 3" Class 300 Flange mounting dimensions 61 3" Class 150 conform to ANSI B16,5 Kurz Instruments, Inc. ■ 2411 Garden Road, Monterey, CA 93940 ■ Tel 800-424-7356 RAGE 6 Fax 83I-646-8901 ■ r e-mail, sales@kuvzinstv..ments E. �`&1:11 i a i a 01 1 Air at0PSIG 07 I Air to 150 PSIA - - opilGd% 56 08 02 300 (1.5) 14 6.000 (30) 04 600 (3) 16 9,000 (45) 06 1,000 (5) 18 12,000 (60) 08 2,000 (10) 20 15,000 (7S) 10 3,000 (15) 22 18,000 (90) 12 4,000 (20) 24 24,000 (120) 01 1 Air at0PSIG 07 I Air to 150 PSIA - - Dry Ammonia 56 08 Argon to 100 PSIA 58 14 Carbon Dioxide to 50 PSIA 64 — Dry Chlorine (Note 2) 68 20 Ethane to 100 PSIA 70 22 Ethylene to 100 PSIA 72 26 Helium to 100 PSIA 76 28 Hydrogen to 100 PSIA 78 32 Methane to 100 PSIA 82 34 Natural Gas (Simulated with Methane) to 100 PSIA 84 35 "Digester Gas" 50% Cho, 50% CO2 to 50 PSIA 85 36 "Digester Gas" 60% Cho, 40% CO2 to 50 PSIA 87 37 "Digester Gas" 70% Cho, 30% CO2 to 50 PSIA 87 40 Nitrogen to 100 PSIA 90 44 Oxygen to 100 PSIA 94 46 Propane to 50 PSIA 96 99 Special Gas calibration (including mixed gases)—Specify Note I: Laboratory calibrations can be ordered between 0 PSIG and the pressures noted. Correlated calibrations are performed at 0 PSI G.The customers is responsible for cleaning oxygen flow elemenmAdd ±5% of reading at correlated calibrations. The cost of calibrations is dependent on the types of gas and the velocity range. Contact Kurz for details. Note 2: CRN Not available 01 Standard Temperature Compensation (STC) over process temperature range of -40'C to +125'C. Accuracy: ± [(I%+,025%/`C) reading+(20 SFPM +.25 SFPM1'C)] Above or below 25°C, all gases. 13 Standard Temperature Compensation (STC) over process temperature range of 0°C to 200°C. Accuracy: ± [(2% + .025%!°C) reading +(20 SFPM + .25 SFPM/'C)] Above or below 100'C; Air. 02 and N, only. 23 VelocityrTemperature!Mapping (VTM) with three calibration data sets over process temperature range of 0"C up to 20T Accuracy: ±(2% reading + 20 SFPM), Specify Process Temperature Range, Air, 02 and N2 only. 0 No Solid -State Relay or Pulsed outputs, alarm functions dis- played on LCD. I Two Optically Isolated Solid -State Alarm Relays 2 Two Optically Isolated Solid -State pulsed outputs for remote flow totalizers. 3 One Optically Isolated Solid -State Alarm Relay and one pulsed output for a remote flow totalizer. RS -232C or RS -48S Qumper Selected) serial port; echoes the display and permits remote keypad entry for use with a PC running a terminal emulator program, supports configuration Upload/Download. 2 Option I plus a read-only command set for all METERS, including the log (L) or summary command. 30 ption I with RS -485 Multi -Point ModbusASClI or RTU protocol with read-only control. i p# vnn, 1,10 d]. 28 Velocity,'Temperature/Mapping (VTM) with four calibration data 0 sets over process temperature range of 0'C up to 500`C. 2 Accuracy:±(3% reading + 30 SFPM), Specify Process Temperature Range, Air, 02 and N2 only. HHT models only. 0 No Solid -State Relay or Pulsed outputs, alarm functions dis- played on LCD. I Two Optically Isolated Solid -State Alarm Relays 2 Two Optically Isolated Solid -State pulsed outputs for remote flow totalizers. 3 One Optically Isolated Solid -State Alarm Relay and one pulsed output for a remote flow totalizer. RS -232C or RS -48S Qumper Selected) serial port; echoes the display and permits remote keypad entry for use with a PC running a terminal emulator program, supports configuration Upload/Download. 2 Option I plus a read-only command set for all METERS, including the log (L) or summary command. 30 ption I with RS -485 Multi -Point ModbusASClI or RTU protocol with read-only control. „'.. }}pcioir ales crypt n� ,, .... 0 No 4-20 mA Outputs. 2 Two 4-20 mA outputs, loop -powered, optically isolated. ATEX: 0113 GD, EEx nA II TS * a 12 p#�on ', l.�escmptennM� 115/230VAC, IS W, 50!60 Hz PH I,.20`C to 60'C ambient, 0 No LCD'Keypad and enclosure lid without window. I Includes back -lit LCD with 20 -button keypad and CSA: Class I, Div. 2, GPS. ABCD,T4 enclosure lid with window. 0 No Solid -State Relay or Pulsed outputs, alarm functions dis- played on LCD. I Two Optically Isolated Solid -State Alarm Relays 2 Two Optically Isolated Solid -State pulsed outputs for remote flow totalizers. 3 One Optically Isolated Solid -State Alarm Relay and one pulsed output for a remote flow totalizer. RS -232C or RS -48S Qumper Selected) serial port; echoes the display and permits remote keypad entry for use with a PC running a terminal emulator program, supports configuration Upload/Download. 2 Option I plus a read-only command set for all METERS, including the log (L) or summary command. 30 ption I with RS -485 Multi -Point ModbusASClI or RTU protocol with read-only control. CRN not available for Model 454PFT nor any Model for use with Chlorine. Kurz Instruments, Inc. ■ 241E Garden Road, Monterey, CA 93940 ■ Tel 800-424-7356 Fax 831-646-8901 r www urzinctrumantg rnm ■ e-mgil• sales n7y 1, —instruments co Opeiut% ` x. � t3es� ,Mian �� Non-Intendive (NI), MT and HHT Models: 24VDC 0.6 A, -20`C to WC ambient,IP66!NEMA4Xi7: ATEX: 0113 GD, EEx nA II TS CSA: Class I, Div. 2, GPS. ABCD,TS 12 115/230VAC, IS W, 50!60 Hz PH I,.20`C to 60'C ambient, IP66!NEMA4Xl7: ATEX: D II 3 GD, EEx nA tI T4 CSA: Class I, Div. 2, GPS. ABCD,T4 Flame -Proof (FP)/Explosion-Proof (XP) MT Models only: 24VDC 0.6 A or 115!230! VAC; 15 W, 50160 Hz PH I, -20'C to 24 60'C ambient.TI95'C.IP66!NEMA4X!7: ATEX: (9 II 2 GD, EEx d IIB + H2 T3 CSA: Class L Div. I, GPS, ABCD T3, Class II, Div. I, GPS. EF&G 32* Non-Intendive (NI), MT and HHT Models: Includes CRN otherwise same as Option 12 44* Flame -Proof (FP) Explosion -Proof (XP) MT Models only: Includes CRN otherwise same as Option 24 CRN not available for Model 454PFT nor any Model for use with Chlorine. Kurz Instruments, Inc. ■ 241E Garden Road, Monterey, CA 93940 ■ Tel 800-424-7356 Fax 831-646-8901 r www urzinctrumantg rnm ■ e-mgil• sales n7y 1, —instruments co iii 4�34icT`OUTLINE DRAWINGS 5.44 0.64 [I38.'mm]-+- + [ 16.3mm] L2 Flow(See note 2) 3/4" FNPT Typ. direction 2.50.E rrow a Display maybe rotated at A [63.Smm] 90° increments for [►- proper viewing direction -- Dual chamber electronics enclosure Caution label -�`---'[External Gnd 1 r_ screw#10.32 Power, ground, outputs,� I j shielded cable, seals, fittings Kurz Model No., & conduit by customer 1:' Serial No., Item No., & Safety Approval Tag Electronics Enclosure Directly Attached First Digit of Feature 5, Option 1 FL�W I.D. Tag Electronics Enclosure Remotely Attached First Digit of Feature 5, Option 2 3/4" FNPT Typ. 4 1.06 -►i [26.9mm] 2.82 [71.6mm] 4.75 _5.50 _ [139.7mm] 6.13 . [155.7mm] Junction Box L (See Feature 2. See Note 2.0 [50.8mm] U (See Feature 4. See note I) 45, --►i 0.78 CL [I9.8mm] 1 Sensor support I Sensor support "a - I - - - - - ---_ D fitting -I -- _ o Sensor material FL�W 4 see Feature 1 Sensor Flange VIEW A -A see Feature 3 1/2" FNPT air purge sensor cleaning inlet fitting, I.D. Tag Model 454PFTonly. No CRN Registration Note 1: L = U + L2 - 2.00", (min) U=4" Note 2: L2 (min) = 4" for MT Models and 8" for HHT Models Caution Yes 3.50" (88.9mm) 6.60" [167.6mm] label 3/4" MNPT plug 2.82" [71.6mm) 6.60" [167.6mm] ® 3 plcs.- 3.50" [88.9mm) 2.82" [71.6mm] 24VDC No 2.82" [71.6mm] Power, ground, ground, _ Sensor support outputs, shielded junction box cable, seals fittings B O & conduit by ct customer p Conduit seals r by customer 3/4" nipple External 3 plcs. mounting location ground .t ] t I.D. Tag screw5 #8-32 conductor shielded j=� cable in rigid conduit Sensor wire terminal or cable with junction box Kurz model no., perimeter bonded serial no., item & seal by customer safety approval tag tag o.25 thru [6 35mm] 2 pits. �5.25 (t133.3m 4.60 [I 1b.8mm] 1 2.81 AC Yes 3.50" (88.9mm) 6.60" [167.6mm] AC No 2.82" [71.6mm) 6.60" [167.6mm] 24VDC Yes 3.50" [88.9mm) 2.82" [71.6mm] 24VDC No 2.82" [71.6mm] 2.82" [71.6mm] x-3/4" FNPT_ 4.75 Typ. (I20.6mm]� 5.25 [133.3mm] I 4.60 [I 16.8mm] -WIA Dual Chamber Electronics Enclosure 454FT-08 ( 1h" [12.7mm] 454FT-12 4S4FT-I6 1" [2.S4mm] Kurz Instruments, Inc. ■ 2411 Garden Road, Monterey, CA 93940 ■ Tel 800-424-7356 RAGE 8 Fax 831-646-8901 11 ,..:.kurz;nstr..ments.com ® e=ma:l: sales@ku .--lnstruments.co, IES (Note f ) Kurz Instruments, Inc. ■ 2411 Garden Road, Monterey, CA 93940 ■ Tel 800-424-7356 Fax 831-644-8901 rw—s o=ai.l.l: sulesnl ..:,+.mencom — ._r srafNN�G 7 MOUNTING FLANGE ASSEMBLIES x x Class 150 and 300 ANSI B16.5 flanges with 3" overall length, V2", %4", 1 ", 111/4", 1 W" sizes, threaded or unthreaded pipe sleeves, + - carbon steel, 316 SS, Alloy C276. Refer to Part No. 759032. BRANCH FITTINGS (Thredolets-ID and Sockolets@) Convenient for attaching mounting hardware to process piping. Sizes W', 3/4", 1 ", 1/`4", 1 %z" for pipe sizes above 2'/z". Carbon Steel, 316 SS,AIIoyC-276. Refer to Part No. 759033 for Thredolets. Refer to Part No. 759034 for Sockolets, flimdolec and Sockolet are registered tadanarks of Bonney Forge. BALL VALVES Sizes of %4", I ", I %", IW' are available in 316SS, Alloy C-276 and Monel. Refer to Part No. 754060. PACKING GLANDS Models PG -08, PG 12 and PG -16 fit the %i',;4", and I" sensor supports respectively. Optional body materials are 316SS, Alloy C-276 and Monel.The standard packing material is Gortex Expanded PTFE. Refer to Part No. 759050. RETRACTO RIRE STRAI NTS Model RR -08, RR -12 and RR -16 clamp to the packing gland and sensor support. it has a worm -gear crank mechanism and adjustable stops. Refer to Part No. 759040. PIPE NIPPLES These schedule 40 pipe nipples are used with ball valves, retractor/restraints, packing glands and pipe mounting fittings. Pipe sizes of li', %4', I", I'r4", 1 W" in length from 2" to 12" are available in Carbon Steel, 316SS,AIIoy C-276 and Monel. Refer to Part No. 759070. MALE COMPRESSION FITTINGS Bored-thru %z'', -YV and I" tube fittings for use with Thredolets or customer's fittings with �", 3/4', 1 ", I''/4' and IA" male IPS threads, O 316 SS Body, 316 SS, Nylon or Teflon ferrules. Refer to Part No. 759031. DUCT MOUNTING BRACKETS These convenient brackets are used to mount the ”, or / /4„ "diameter sensor support on flat or curved ducts. 316 Stainless O— O ( i ; — — Steel bracket and compression fitting,Teflon, Nylon or 316 SS ferrules. Refer to Part No. 759030. IDENTIFICATION TAGS Part Number 170098, 1,25" x 3", 316 SS, maximum of 4 lines, 32 characters per line. HOT-AIR PURGE SENSOR CLEANNG SYSTEMS Models 146 or 148 includes timer, flash air heater, valves and continuous air bleed system, Consult Kurz for details. Note I: Series 454FT Accessories do not have CRN. Kurz Instruments, Inc. ■ 2411 Garden Road, Monterey, CA 93940 ■ Tel 800-424-7356 Fax 831-644-8901 rw—s o=ai.l.l: sulesnl ..:,+.mencom — ._r srafNN�G 7 UNISTRUT° P2860 Plastic White End Caps (25.4) P2860-33 Use with P3300 channel. WU100 pcs 2.5 Lbs (1.1 kg) MATERIAL Unistrut channels are accurately and carefully cold formed to size from low -carbon strip steel. All spot-welded combination members, except P1001 T, are welded 3" (76 mm) maximum on center. STEEL: PLAIN 12 Ga. (2.7 mm), 14 Ga.(1.9 mm) and 16 Ga. (1.5 mm) ASTM A1011 GR33 STEEL: PRE -GALVANIZED 12 Ga. (2.7 mm), 14 Ga. (1.9 mm) and 16 Ga. (1.5mm) ASTM A653 GR 33 For other materials, see Special Metals or Fiberglass sections. (25.4) P2860-50 Use with P5000 & P1001 channels. Wt/100 pcs 5 Lbs (2.3 kg) FINISHES (25.4) P2860-55 Use with P5500 channel. Wt/100 pcs 4.7 Lbs (2.1 kg) All channels are available in: • Parma Green If (GR) • Pre -galvanized (PG), conforming to ASTM A653 G90 • Hot -dipped galvanized (HG), conforming to ASTM A123 • Plain (PL) Project: Approval Stamp: Architect / Engineer: Date: Phone: Contractor: Address: Notes 1: Notes 2: UNISTRUT® P1000 Wt/100 Ft: 190 Lbs (283 kg/100 m) Allowable Moment 5,080 In -Lbs (570 N -m) e 12 Gauge Nominal Thickness.105° (2.7mm) 9.5 222 95 N, Channel Finishes:" 'w Standard x r i• COLUMN LOADING - P1000 MATERIAL Unistrut channels are accurately and carefully cold formed to size from low -carbon strip steel. All spot-welded combination members, except P1001 T, are welded 3" (76 mm) maximum on center. STEEL: PLAIN BEAM LOADING - P1000 Maximum Unhrac0 -Allowable Load 'Maximum Column Loatl Apolietl at C.G.' Heigot- at Slot Face:: Load': Span(180..Span/240.;Span%360; :, 1n=.; Lbs 24 24 3,450 10,750 9,900 8,770 7,730 36 3,050 8,910 7,730 6,370 5,280 48 2,660 7,250 5,980 4,660 3,770 60 2,290 5,890 4,660 3,600 2,940 72 2,000 4,800 3,770 2,940 2,380 84 1,760 4,010 3,170 2,460 1,970 96 1,570 3,450 2,730 2,090 1,650 108 1,410 3,020 2,380 1,800 120 120 1,270 2,680 2,090 80 144 MATERIAL Unistrut channels are accurately and carefully cold formed to size from low -carbon strip steel. All spot-welded combination members, except P1001 T, are welded 3" (76 mm) maximum on center. STEEL: PLAIN BEAM LOADING - P1000 12 Ga. (2.7 mm), 14 Ga.(1.9 mm) and 16 Ga. (1.5 mm) FINISHES ASTM A1011 GR33 All channels are available in: ----tP STEEL: PRE -GALVANIZED -Pe rma Green II (GR) 12 Ga. (2.7 mm), 14 Ga. (1.9 mm) and 16 Ga. (1.5mm) -Pre -galvanized (PG), conforming to ASTM A653 G90 ASTM A653 GR 33 --* -Ho t -dipped galvanized (HG), conforming to ASTM A123 For other materials, see Special Metals or Fiberglass sections. •Pla in (PL) Project: Approval Stamp: Architect / Engineer: Date: Phone: Contractor: Address: Notes 1: Notes 2: AIIoWable Uniform Uniform Loading at.Deflection, ; .; ' ,Span Uniform Load Load': Span(180..Span/240.;Span%360; :, 24 1,690 0.06 1,690 1,690 1,690 36 1,130 0.13 1,130 1,130 900 48 850 0.22 850 760 510 60 680 0.35 650 490 320 72 560 0.50 450 340 220 84 480 0.68 330 250 170 96 420 0.89 250 190 130 108 380 1.13 200 150 100 120 340 1.40 160 120 80 144 280 2.01 110 80 60 168 240 2.74 80 60 40 192 210 3.57 60 50 NR 216 190 4.52 50 40 NR 240 170 5.58 40 NR NR 12 Ga. (2.7 mm), 14 Ga.(1.9 mm) and 16 Ga. (1.5 mm) FINISHES ASTM A1011 GR33 All channels are available in: ----tP STEEL: PRE -GALVANIZED -Pe rma Green II (GR) 12 Ga. (2.7 mm), 14 Ga. (1.9 mm) and 16 Ga. (1.5mm) -Pre -galvanized (PG), conforming to ASTM A653 G90 ASTM A653 GR 33 --* -Ho t -dipped galvanized (HG), conforming to ASTM A123 For other materials, see Special Metals or Fiberglass sections. •Pla in (PL) Project: Approval Stamp: Architect / Engineer: Date: Phone: Contractor: Address: Notes 1: Notes 2: UNISTRUT° P1 109 thru P1126 Pipe Clamps for Rigid Steel Conduit Slotted hex head screw and nut included. Finish: Electro -galvanized. MATERIAL Unistrut pipe clamps, unless noted, are punch -press made from hot -rolled, pickled FINISHES and oiled steel plates, strip or coil, and conform to ASTM specifications A1008, A575, A576, A635, or A36. The fitting steel also meets the physical requirements of Pipe supports are available in: ASTM A1011 SS GR 33. The pickling of the steel produces a smooth surface free • Electro -galvanized (EG), conforming to ASTM 8633 Type III SC1 from scale. --* ° Hot -dipped galvanized (HG), conforming to ASTM A123 or A153 (hardware) Many items are also available in stainless steel. Consult factory for ordering information. ° Perma-Green II (GR), and plain (PL). Project: Architect / Engineer: Date: Phone: Contractor: Address: Notes 1: Notes 2: Approval Stamp: O D Vlltl100 ;Design: _t Size "- Thickness. pcs L`oazi Number , , In ,In (mm)" Gauge, (mm) Lbs (kg)" "Lbs (kg) -,i P1109 3/a 0.675 16 10 400 17.1 1.5 4.5 181 P1111 1/2 0.840 16 11 400 21.3 1.5 5.0 181 P1112 3/4 1.050 14 15 600 26.7 1.9 6.8 272 P1113 1 1.315 14 17 600 33.4 1.9 7.7 272 P1114 11/4 1.660 14 19 600 42.2 1.9 8.6 272 P1115 11/2 1.900 12 29 800 48.3 2.7 13.2 363 P1117 2 2.375 12 34 800 60.3 2.7 15.4 363 P1118 21/2 2.875 12 40 800 73.0 2.7 18.1 363 P1119 3 3.500 12 47 800 88.9 2.7 21.3 363 P1120 31/2 4.000 11 62 1,000 101.6 3.0 28.1 454 P1121 4 4.500 11 67 1,000 114.3 3.0 30.4 454 P1123 5 5.563 11 80 1,000 141.3 3.0 36.3 454 P1124 6 6.625 10 102 1,000 168.3 3.4 46.3 454 P1126 8 8.625 10 130 1,000 219.1 3.4 59.0 454 MATERIAL Unistrut pipe clamps, unless noted, are punch -press made from hot -rolled, pickled FINISHES and oiled steel plates, strip or coil, and conform to ASTM specifications A1008, A575, A576, A635, or A36. The fitting steel also meets the physical requirements of Pipe supports are available in: ASTM A1011 SS GR 33. The pickling of the steel produces a smooth surface free • Electro -galvanized (EG), conforming to ASTM 8633 Type III SC1 from scale. --* ° Hot -dipped galvanized (HG), conforming to ASTM A123 or A153 (hardware) Many items are also available in stainless steel. Consult factory for ordering information. ° Perma-Green II (GR), and plain (PL). Project: Architect / Engineer: Date: Phone: Contractor: Address: Notes 1: Notes 2: Approval Stamp: UNISTRUT® P2072A, P2072A SQ Wt/100 pcs: 373 Lbs (169.2 kg) W. 3/s" 4 Holes (22.2) (22.2 %a" (19.1) Dia. 4 Holes 4)Y""%a" (19.1) Dia. 3" (22.2) O Q 3" (76.2) 6"(76.2) 6" 3„ (152.4) U 3„ (152.4) (76.2) /8, Q 0 (76.2) 2) (22. 3" 3" 3" 3" (76.2) (76.2) (76.2) (76.2) 6" '— (152.4) 6" (152.4) P2072A P2072A SQ (6.4) MATERIAL Fittings, unless noted, are made from hot -rolled, pickled and oiled steel plates, strip or coil, and conform to ASTM specifications A575, A576, A635, or A36. The fitting steel also meets the physical requirements of ASTM A1011 SS GR 33. The pickling of the steel produces a smooth surface free from scale. Many fittings are also available in stainless steel, aluminum and fiberglass. Consult factory for ordering information. FINISHES Fittings are available in: Perma-Green II (GR), electro -galvanized (EG), conforming to ASTM B633 Type III SC1; Hot -dipped galvanized (HG), conforming to ASTM A123 or A153 and plain (PL). Standard DInn nsiow or15/a" (41;mn*'widkh seri1*6han6el..fittings (Unless Otherwise Shown qn Drawing) Hole Diameter: 9/16" (14.3mm); Hole Spacing -From End: "/1a" (20.6 mm); Hole Spacing -On Center: i'/a' (47.6 mm); Width:11/i'(41mm); Thickness: 1/4" (6.4mm) Project: Approval Stamp: Architect / Engineer: Date: Phone: Contractor: Address: Notes 1: Notes 2: Standard Features (Sizes 1-1 /2" - 14") • Standard model (1-1/2" - 14") has PVC Body and PP Disc for superior chemical resistance and elevated temperature capabilities • 316/403 stainless steel shaft has full engagement over the entire length of the disc and is a non -wetted part. • Only solid and abrasion -resistant plastic disc and elastomeric liner are wetted parts. • ISO bolt circle on top flange -no body or stem modifications required for accessories. • Stem retainer -PP retainer to prevent stem removal. • Seat over tightening protection -Molded body stops and seat stress relief area. • Sperical disc design offers increased Cv, ultimate sealing and high cycle life. Options • Pneumatically and electrically actuated with accessories • Alternate discs: ^---� (1) PVC : 1-1/2" - 14" (111) PVDF : 1-1/2" - 14" • PlasgearTM gear operators for 1-1/2"- 6" • Lug style (Stainless Steel 304 or 316) for blocking and end -of -line applications • Stems in 316 stainless steel, titanium, Hastelloy CO. • 2" square nut on stem • 2" square nut on gear operator • Stem extensions (Single stem and two-piece stem) • Locking devices (Gear Type - Standard on Lever) • Chain operators • Manual limit switch • Tandem arrangements (Patented by A/A, Inc.) S 8 ' "PARTS• " PP NO. DESCRIPTION PCS. MATERIAL 16a Metal Insert in Handle 1 PUC, PP, PVDF 2 Disc 1 PVC, PP, PVDF 3 _ Seat" 1 EPDM, FKM, NBR 6 O -Ring (C) 1 EPDM, FKM, NBR 8 Stem Retainer 1 PP 16 Handle 1 PP 16a Metal Insert in Handle 1 Stainless Steel 316L 17 Handle Lever 1 .PPG 18 Pin 1 PPG 19 Spring 1 Stainless, Steel 304 20 Washer (A) 1 Stainless Steel 304 i21 Bolt (B) ; :�1 Stainless,Steel 304,,:,' 22 Locking Plate 1 PPG 23 Screw, (B) 4 Stainless Steel 304 24 Cap (A) 1 PP 156 Liner Stabilization .Ring 2 Stainless Steel ,(SCS13) " 157 Screw (F) 4 Stainless Steel 304 ASAHI/AMERICA Rev. D 06-06 BODY PVC PP DISC PP PP ;"PUDE" NOMINAL _ NOMINAL i VACUUM NOMINALSIZE SIZE 30° F 121* F 141* F -5° F .� 141' F -5° F 141* F176* F211* F PVC I "' Pp,- PVDF SIZE SERVICE ,(INCHES' OF 120° F 140° F 175° F�140° F 175° F 140° F 175° F2110* F250* F ___ MERCURY) INCHES mm i INCHES mm INCHES mm 11/2, 40 i " 150 70 30 150 100 150 100 $5 75 1 1/2 40 j 3 3 3 1 1/2 40 -29.92 t 2 ` 50 150 70 30 i 150 100 150 100 85 75 2 50 4 3 4 2 50 1 -29.92 2,11/2 I 65 150 70 30 i 150 i00 150 100 $5 75 2 t/2 65 ; 4 3 4 2 1/2 65 -29.92 4 (50 45 30' j 150 100 150 100 _ 85 75 4:' <t00 6 5 7 5 125 150 45 30 , 150 100 150 100 85 75 5 11251 11 9 13 5 125- -29.92 6 I" 150 150 45 30 j 150 100 150 .100 85- 6 150 13 10 15 6 15Q-29.92 ' 20 5f) 40 20 150 85 150 85 75 ` 60 8 1"2 21"' 16' 25 * For lug style data consult factory 35 Green Street, P.O. Box 653, Malden, MA 02148 • Tel: 800-343-3618.781-321-5409 • Fax: 800-426-7058 • E-mail: asahi®asahi-america.com Register at our interactive web site for on line ordering, product availability, order tracking, and many useful features: www.asahi-america.com Dimensions (Sizes 1-1/2"- 14") (NOTE: GEAR OPERATED VALVE IS STANDARD 8" - 14"; SIZES 1-1 /2 " - b" ARE OPTIONS) NOMINAL 80 ' 3.03 6.001 4" 0.75 `; 8.31 14.17 4.80 1 6.30 1.81 6.50 1 4.15 ` 5.12 13.54 ANSI CLASS 6.57 12.52 9.5'11, 4 100 1 4.02 7.50 8 Gear SIZE 5.31 150 6.30 2.20 7.09 4.fi9 5.71 3.54 10.24 Box INCHES mm d C n h D D1 D2 D3 L H H1 H2 H3 L Al Wheel A2 Cycles Model No. 2.60 1.77 3.88 4 6.62 ' 5.91 Z83 4:80 6.30 :1.54. 5.12 2.95. 3.74 3.54 8:27 6.57 2.52 9.5 6` 2 50 12.20 4.75 4 0.75 6.50 3.23 14.80 6.30 1.65 5.51 3.25 4.13 3.54 8.66 6.57 2.52 9.5 6.89 3 80 ' 3.03 6.001 4" 0.75 `; 8.31 14.17 4.80 1 6.30 1.81 6.50 1 4.15 ` 5.12 13.54 '9.65 1 6.57 12.52 9.5'11, 4 100 1 4.02 7.50 8 0.75 '9.37 5.31 4.80 6.30 2.20 7.09 4.fi9 5.71 3.54 10.24 6.57 2.52 9.5 241 ' 5 125 15.08 8.50 8 0.88 10.39 6.69 4.80 6.30 2.60 7.68 5.20 6.30 3.54 10.83 6.57 2.52 9.5 6` 150 d 5.91 9.50 8 0.88 .11.22 7.52 4.80 6.30 2.80 ;t 827 5:61 6.89 3.54 11.42 .6.57 2.52 9.5 8 2001 7.68 11.75 8 0.88 13.39 9.53 4.80 6.30 3.43 9.49 6.69 8.11 3.54 12.64 6.57 2.52 9.5 10:"250:19.84 14.25 12' 1.00 16.57 11.89 4.80 6.30 4.33` 10.87 8.319.49 3:62 14.02 6.57 2.52 9.5 11. 12 300111.9317.00 12 1.00 19.21 14.17 7.40 11.81 5.08 13.39 9.61 11.73 4.25 19.29 9.53 3.90 9.5 14 1 350 13.82 18.75 12 ! 1.12 21.22 15.47 7.40 11.81 5.08 `, 14.45 10:63 12.80 4.25 2036 9.53 3:90 9.5 243 ®i ASAHI/AMERICA Rev. D 06-06 Standard Features • Pressure rated at 150 psi at 120° F (water) • Precise fingertip control • Calibrated flow indicator • Rugged unibody construction, sturdy stem • Full vacuum rated, 29.9" Hg • 90° turn operation with lever handle • Cv = 1.6 • Optional FKM seats and stem 0 -ring Sample Specification All LABCOCK® valves shall be of compact, unibody construction having a lever handle, calibrated flow indicator and male threads, female threads, hose ends or elbow as part of the valves' integral construction. Valves shall be constructed of PVC conforming to ASTM D1784 Cell Classification 12454- A. All &rings shall be EPDM or FKM. LABCOCK® valves are rated to 150 psi at 70° F, as manufactured by AsahVAmerica, Inc. Parts List (Size 1/4") 35 Green Street, P.O. Box 653, Malden, MA 02148 • Tel: 800-343-3618 . 781-321-5409 • Fax: 800-426-7058 • E-mail: asahi@asahi-amedca.com Register at our interactive web site for on line ordering, product availability, order tracking, and many useful features: www.asahi-america.com PARTS NO. DESCRIPTION PCS. MATERIAL i Botly 1 PVG 2 Ball and Stem 1 PVC 3 End Connector 2 PVC 4 Gland 1 PVC 5 Seat 2' EPDM;,Others 6 O -Ring 1 EPDM, Others _7 , ; Handle 1 ABS 35 Green Street, P.O. Box 653, Malden, MA 02148 • Tel: 800-343-3618 . 781-321-5409 • Fax: 800-426-7058 • E-mail: asahi@asahi-amedca.com Register at our interactive web site for on line ordering, product availability, order tracking, and many useful features: www.asahi-america.com Product Specifications HARVEV CPVC Industrial Pipe: Schedule 40 & 80 Application: Corrosion resistant pressure pipe, IPS sizes 1/8" through 24", for use at temperatures up to and including 2007. Pressure rating (130 psi to 1130 psi) varies with schedule, pipe size, and temperature as shown on page 2 of this specification, and as stated in Harvel Plastics, Inc. engineering bulletin (Product Bulletin 112/401). Generally resistant to most acids, bases, salts, aliphatic solutions, oxidants, and halogens. Chemical resistance data is available and should be referenced for proper material selection. Pipe exhibits excellent flammability characteristics (ULC Listed for Surface Burning Characteristics) and other physical properties. Typical applications include: chemical processing, plating, high purity applications, hot and cold potable water systems, water and wastewater treatment, and other industrial applications involving hot corrosive fluid transfer. Scope: This specification outlines minimum manufacturing requirements for Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) schedule 40 and 80 iron pipe size (IPS) pressure pipe. This pipe is intended for use in industrial systems where the fluid conveyed does not exceed 200°F. This pipe meets and or exceeds the industry standards and requirements as set forth by the American Society for Tbsting and Materials (ASTM) and the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF). CPVC Materials: The material used in the manufacture of the pipe shall be a rigid chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) compound, Type IV Grade I, with a Cell Classification of 23447 as defined in ASTM D1784. This compound shall be light gray in color, and shall be approved by NSF for use with potable water. Dimensions: CPVC Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 pipe shall be manufactured in accordance to the requirements of ASTM F441 for physical dimensions and tolerances. Each production run of pipe manufactured in compliance to this standard, shall also meet the test requirements for materials, workmanship, burst pressure, flattening, and extrusion quality defined in ASTM F441. All belled -end pipe shall have tapered sockets to create an interference -type fit, which meet or exceed the dimensional requirements, and the minimum socket length for pressure-type sockets, as defined in ASTM D2672. Marking: Product marking shall meet the requirements of ASTM F 441 and shall include: the manufacturers name (or the manufacturers trade- mark when privately labeled); the nominal pipe size; the material designation code; the pipe schedule and pressure rating in psi for water @ 737; F; the ASTM designation F 441; and the independent laboratory's seal of approval for potable water usage. Marking shall also include the flame spread rating and smoke development rating when tested and listed for surface burning characteristics per CAN/ULC S102.2 (Flame Spread (F.S.) of <25 and Smoke Development (S.D.) of <50). Sample Specification: All CPVC Schedule 40 and schedule 80 pipe shall be manufactured from a Type IV, Grade I Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) compound with a minimum Cell Classification of 23447 per ASTM D1784. The pipe shall be manufactured in strict compliance to ASTM F441, consistently meeting the Quality Assurance test requirements of this standard with regard to material, workmanship, burst pressure, flattening, and extrusion quality. The pipe shall be produced in the USA using domestic materials, by an ISO 9001 certified manufacturer, and shall be stored indoors after production, at the manufacturing site, until shipped from factory. This pipe shall carry the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) seal of approval for potable water applications. The pipe shall have a Flame Spread rating < 25 and a Smoke Development rating < 50 when tested and listed for Surface Burning Characteristics in accordance with CAN/ULC-S102-2-M88 or equivalent. All pipe shall be manufactured by HARVEL PLASTICS, INC. Harvel Plastics, Inc. • 300 Kuebler Rd., Easton, PA 18040-9290 Tel: 610.252.7355 • Fax: 610.253.4436 • www.harve1.com MARVEL° Schedule 40 Dimensions Nom. Pipe Size (in.) O.D. Average I.D. Min. Wall Nom. Wt./Ft. Max. W.P 1/4 0.540 0.344 0.088 0.096 780 318 0.675 0.473 0.091 0.128 620 112 0.840 0.602 0.109 0.190 600 314 1.050 0.804 0.113 0.253 480 1 1.315 1.029 0.133 0.371 450 1-1/4 1.660 1.360 0.140 0.502 370 1-1/2 1.900 1.590 0.145 0.599 330 2 2.375 2.047 0.154 0.803 280 2-1/2 2.875 2.445 0.203 1.267 300 3 3.500 3.042 0.216 1.660 260 3-1/2 4.000 3.521 0.226 1.996 240 4 4.500 3.998 0.237 2.363 220 5 5.563 5.016 0.258 2.874 190 6 6.625 6.031 0.280 4.164 180 8 8.625 7.942 0.322 6.268 160 10 10.750 9.976 0.365 8.886 140 12 12.750 11.889 0.406 11.751 130 14 14.000 13.073 0.437 13.916 130 16 16.000 14.940 0.500 18.167 130 18 18.000 16.809 0.562 22.965 130 20 20.000 18.743 0.593 29.976 120 24 24.000 22.544 0.687 37.539 120 Schedule 80 Dimensions Nom. Pipe Size (in.) O.D. Average I.D. Min. Wall Nom. Wt./Ft. Max. W.P. 1/4 0.540 0.282 0.119 0.117 1130 3/8 0.675 0.403 0.126 0.162 920 1/2 0.840 0.526 0.147 0.238 850 3/4 1.050 0.722 0.154 0.322 690 1 1.315 0.936 0.179 0.473 630 1-1/4 1.660 1.255 0.191 0.654 520 1-1/2 1.900 1.476 0.200 0.793 470 2 2.375 1.913 0.218 1.097 400 2-1/2 2.875 2.290 0.276 1.674 420 3 3.500 2.864 0.300 2.242 370 3-1/2 4.000 3.326 0.318 2.735 350 4 4.500 3.786 0.337 3.277 320 5 5.563 4.768 0.375 4.078 290 6 6.625 5.709 0.432 6.258 280 8 8.625 7.565 0.500 9.506 250 10 10.750 9.493 0.593 14.095 230 12 12.750 11.294 0.687 19.392 230 14 14.000 12.410 0.750 23.261 220 16 16.000 14.213 0.843 29.891 220 18 18.000 16.014 0.937 37.419 220 20 20.000 17.814 1.031 45.789 220 24 24.000 21.418 1.218 64.959 210 ASTM STANDARD D1784 MATERIAL EQUIVALENTS: Cell Classification 23447 = CPVC Type IV Grade I = CPVC 4120 PIPE SIZES SHOWN ARE MANUFACTURED IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH ASTM F441 Product Specifications CPVC Industrial Pipe: Schedule 40 & 80 The pressure ratings given are for water, non -shock, @ 73'E The following temperature de -rating factors are to be applied to the working pressure ratings listed when operating at elevated temperatures. De -Rating Factor Multiply the working pressure Operating De -Rating rating of the selected pipe Temp (°F) Factor at 73'F, by the appropriate 73-80 1.00 de -rating factor to determine 90 0.91 the maximum working 100 0.82 pressure rating of the pipe 110 0.72 at the elevated temperature 120 0.65 chosen. 130 0.57 140 0.50 EX: 10" CPVC SCH 80 150 0.42 @ 120-F = ? 160 170 0.40 0.29 230 psi x 0.65 = p 180 0.25 149.5 psi max. @ 120-F 200 0.20 THE MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE FOR CPVC IS 2007.. Solvent -cemented joints should be utilized when working at or near maximum temperatures. Harvel Plastics does not recommend the use of CPVC for threaded connections at temperatures above 150°F; use flanged joints, unions, or roll grooved couplings where disassembly is necessary at elevated temperatures. Threading of Sch 40 CPVC pipe is not a recommended practice due to insufficient wall thickness. Thread only Sch 80 or heavier walls. Threading requires a 50% reduction in pressure rating stated for plain end pipe @73'E Chemical resistance data should be referenced for proper material selection and possible de -rating when working with fluids other than water. Refer to Harvel Plastics 112/401 Product Bulletin for chemical resistance and installation data, Harvel Plastics, Inc. • 300 Kuebler Rd., Easton, PA 18040-9290 Tel: 610.252.7355 • Fax: 610.253.4436 • www.harvel.com Product Specifications PVC Industrial Pipe: Schedule 80 Application: MILII-\wl\l.lml Corrosion resistant pressure pipe, IPS sizes 1/8" through 24', for use at temperatures up to and including 1407.. Pressure rating (210 psi to 1230 psi) varies with schedule, pipe size, and temperature as stated in Harvel Plastics, Inc. engineering bulletin (Product Bulletin 112/401). Generally resistant to most acids, bases, salts, aliphatic solutions, oxidants, and halogens. Chemical resistance data is available and should be referenced for proper material selection. Pipe exhibits excellent physical properties and flammability characteristics (independently tested flame and smoke characteristics -ULC). Typical applications include: chemical processing, plating, high purity applications, potable water systems, water and wastewater treatment, irrigation, agricultural, and other industrial applications involving corrosive fluid transfer. Scope: This specification outlines minimum manufacturing requirements for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Schedule 80 iron pipe size (IPS) pressure pipe. This pipe is intended for use in applications where the fluid conveyed does not exceed 1407 F. This pipe meets and or exceeds the industry standards and requirements as set forth by the American Society for Tbsting and Materials (ASTM) and the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF International). PVC Materials: The material used in the manufacture of the pipe shall be domestically produced rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) compound, Type I Grade I, with a Cell Classification of 12454 as defined in ASTM D1784, trade name designation H707 PVC. This compound shall be gray in color as specified, and shall be approved by NSF International for use with potable water (NSF Std 61). Dimensions: PVC Schedule 80 pipe shall be manufactured in strict accordance to the requirements of ASTM D1785 for physical dimensions and tolerances. Each production run of pipe manufactured in compliance to this standard, shall also meet or exceed the test requirements for materials, workmanship, burst pressure, flattening, and extrusion quality defined in ASTM D1785. All belled -end pipe shall have tapered sockets to create an interference -type fit, which meet or exceed the dimensional requirements and the minimum socket length for pressure-type sockets as defined in ASTM D2672. All PVC Schedule 80 pipe must also meet the requirements of NSF Standard 14 and CSA Standard B137.3 rigid PVC pipe for pressure applications, and shall bear the mark of these Listing agencies. This pipe shall have a flame spread rating of 0-25 when tested for surface burning characteristics in accordance with CAN/ULC-S102-2-M88 or equivalent. Marking: Product marking shall meet the requirements of ASTM D1785 and shall include: the manufacturer's name (or the manufacturer's trademark when privately labeled); the nominal pipe size; the material designation code; the pipe schedule and pressure rating in psi for water @ 73'F; the ASTM designation D1785; the independent laboratory's seal of approval for potable water usage; and the date and time of manufacture. Sample Specification: All PVC Schedule 80 pipe shall be manufactured from a Type I, Grade I Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) compound with a Cell Classification of 12454 per ASTM D1784. The pipe shall be manufactured in strict compliance to ASTM D1785, consistently meeting and/or exceeding the Quality Assurance test requirements of this standard with regard to material, workmanship, burst pressure, flattening, and extrusion quality. The pipe shall be manufactured in the USA, using domestic materials, by an ISO 9001 certified manufacturer. Standard lengths of pipe sizes 6" and larger shall be beveled each end by the pipe manufacturer. All pipe shall be stored indoors after production at the manufacturing site until shipped from factory. This pipe shall carry the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) seal of approval for potable water applications. All pipe shall be manufactured by HARVEL PLASTICS, INC. Harvel Plastics, Inc. • 300 Kuebler Rd., Easton, PA 18040-9290 Tel: 610.252.7355 • Fax: 610.253.4436 • www. h a rve 1. c o m HARVEL Schedule 80 Dimensions Nom. Pipe Size (in.) O.D. Average I.D. Min. Wall Nom. Wt./Ft. Max. W.P. 1/8 0.405 0.195 0.095 0.063 1230 1/4 0.540 0.282 0.119 0.105 1 130 3/8 0.675 0.403 0.126 0.146 920 1/2 0.840 0.526 0.147 0.213 850 3/4 1.050 0.722 0.154 0.289 690 1 1.315 0.936 0.179 0.424 630 1-1/4 1.660 1.255 0.191 0.586 520 1-112 1.900 1.476 0.200 0.711 470 2 2.375 1.913 0.218 0.984 400 2-112 2.875 2.290 0.276 1.500 420 3 3.500 2.864 0.300 2.010 370 3-1/2 4.000 3.326 0.318 2.452 350 4 4.500 3.786 0.337 2.938 320 5 5.563 4.768 0.375 4.078 290 6 6.625 5.709 0.432 5.610 280 8 8.625 7.565 0.500 8.522 250 10 10.750 9.493 0.593 12.635 230 12 12.750 11.294 0.687 17.384 230 14 14.000 12.410 0.750 20.852 220 16 16.000 14.213 0.843 26.810 220 18 18.000 16.014 0.937 33.544 220 20 20.000 17.814 1.031 41.047 220 24 24.000 21.418 1.218 58.233 210 Product Specifications PVC Industrial Pipe: Schedule 80 The pressure ratings given are for water, non -shock, @ 73 ° F. The following temperature de -rating factors are to be applied to the working pressure ratings (WP) listed when operating at elevated temperatures. Multiply the working pressure rating of the selected pipe at 73'F by the appropriate de -rating factor to determine the maximum working pressure rating of the pipe at the elevated temperature chosen. EX: 10" PVC SCH 80 @ 120"F = ? 230 psi x 0.40 = 92 psi max. @ 120°F De -Rating Factor Operating De -Rating Temp (°F) Factor 73 1.00 80 0.88 90 0.75 100 0.62 110 0.51 120 0.40 130 0.31 140 0.22 THE MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE FOR PVC IS 140'F. Solvent -cemented joints should be utilized when working at or near maximum temperatures. Harvel Plastics does not recommend the use of PVC for threaded connections at temperatures above 110 ° F; use flanged joints, unions, or roll grooved couplings where disassembly is necessary at elevated temperatures. Thread only Schedule 80 or heavier walls. Threading requires a 50% reduction in pressure rating stated for plain end pipe @73 °F. Threading of Schedule 40 PVC pipe is not a recommended practice due to insufficient wall thickness. Chemical resistance data should be referenced for proper material selection and possible de -rating when working with fluids other than water. Refer to Harvel Plastics 112/401 Product Bulletin for chemical resistance, installation data, and additional information. ASTM STANDARD D1784 MATERIAL EQUIVALENTS: Cell Classification 12454 = PVC ape I Grade I = PVC1120 Pipe sizes shown are manufactured in strict compliance with ASTM D1785. Harvel Plastics, Inc. - 300 Kuebler Rd., Easton, PA 18040-9290 Tel: 610.252.7355 -Fax: 610.253.4436 - www.harvel.com TRUE UNION 2000 INDUSTRIAL BALL VALVES Features — PVC, CPVC This multi -featured, space saving quarter -turn shutoff valve is designed to meet the demands of today's industrial and chemical processing applications. PVC and CPVC valves are available in IPS sizes 1/2" through 6" with socket/regular thread, SR (Special Reinforced) thread, flanged or spigot end connectors and 8" Venturied valve with socket or flanged ends. Also available in metric socket and BSP thread sizes 1/2" through 2". Sample Engineering Specification All thermoplastic ball valves shall be True Union 2000 Industrial type manufactured to ASTM F 1970 and constructed from PVC Type I, ASTM D 1784 Cell Classification 12454 or CPVC Type IV, ASTM D1784 Cell Classification 23447. All 0 -rings shall be EPDM or Viton®. All valves shall have Safe -T Shear® stem with double O-ring stem seals. All valve handles shall be polypropylene with built-in lockout mechanism. All valve union nuts shall have Buttress threads. All seal carriers shall be Safe -T Blocked®. All valve components shall be replaceable. All valves shall be certified by NSF International for use in potable water service. All 1/2" through 2" valves shall be pressure rated to 235 psi, all 2-1/2" through 6", 8" Venturied and all flanged valves shall be pressure rated to 150 psi for water at 73°F. Quick -View Valve Selection Chart Valve O-ring PVC Part Number t Pressure Size Material Socket Threaded SR Threaded I Flanged Spigot Rating EPDM 1829-005 included 1821-005SR 1823-005 1827-005 1/2 VitonO 1839-005 included 1831-005SR 1833-005 1837-005 EPDM 1829-007 included 1821-007SR 1823-007 1827-007 235 psi 3/4 Non -Shock VitonO 1839-007 included 1831-007SR 1833-007 1837-007 1 EPDM 1829-010 included 1821-010SR 1823-010 1827-010 Water @ 73°F Vi )4n 1839Oi0, included 1831-010SR 1833-010 1837-010 1-1/4 EPDM 1829-012 included 1821-012SR 1823-012 1827-012 (Flanged Vitone 1839-012 included 1831-012SR 1833-012 1837-012 150 psi Non 1-1/2 EPDM 1829-015 included 1821-015SR 1823-015 1827-015 -Shock) Water Uton 9839-Of5 included 1831-015SR 1833-015 1837-015 G73°F EPDM 1829-020 included 1821-020SR 1823-020 1827-020 2 VitonO 1839-020 included 1831-020SR 1833-020 1837-020 EPDM 1822-025 1821-025 1821-025SR 1823-025 1827-025 2-1/2 ton 183206; 1831-025 1831-025SR 1833-025 1837-025 EPDM 1822-030 1821-030 1821-030SR 1823-030 1827-030 3 ')v! 1832 030 1831-030 1831-030SR 1833-030 1837-030 150 psi EPDM 1822-040 1821-040 1821-040SR 1823-040 1827-040 Non -Shock 4 meter V�ton 1832-U4U" 1831-040 1831-040SR 1833-040 1837-040 73°F EPDM 1822-060 1821-060 1821-060SR 1823-060 1827-060 6 Vaion 18360 1831-060 1831-060SR 1833-060 1837-060 83 EPDM 1822-080 — — 1823-080 — Viton® 1832-080 — — 1833-080 — • Chemical & Corrosion Resistant PVC or CPVC Construction • Also Available in Spears® LXT"m High Purity, Low Extractable PVC Material • Interchangeable with all True Union 2000 Valves Mates with Union 2000 Pipe Unions • High Impact Polypropylene Handle • Built-in Handle Lockout • Schedule 80 Full -Bore Design • Strong, Buttress Thread Union Nuts • Spears® Double O-ring Safe -T -Shear' Stem Design • EPDM or VitonO 0 -rings • Spears® Safe -T Blocked® Seal Carrier • Self Adjusting PTFE Floating Seat Design • Fully Serviceable, Replaceable Components • Sizes 1/2" - 2" pressure rated to 235 psi @ 73°F. Sizes 2-1/2" - 6", 8" Venturied and all Flanged to 150 psi @ 73°F. • NSF Certified for Potable Water use • Suitable for Vacuum Service • Assembled with Silicone -Free, Water Soluble Lubricants • Manufactured to ASTM F 1970 Optional Vented Ball Valves Same valve with special ball vent design for sodium hypochlorite (bleach) and other chemical applications where entrapped fluids may form caustic crystalline residues and pressure build up from gases developed. Valve has a 1/8" vent hole in ball to equalize internal fluid pressures. Install valve with ball vent on the pressure (upstream) side when in closed position. Optional Accessories* • Retro -Fit End Connector Sets for Valve Replacement • Split -Nut Repair Kits for Union Nut Replacement • Supplemental End Connectors • Round Safety Handles • Handle Lockout Ring • Stem Extension Kits • Square Operator Nuts • Multi Mount Valve/Actuation Mounting Kits 1) (o'.r C,PUC a1d tt ieer=C', fo{lowug the si�eepde of partT�umber.listedi(e.g.,1829-005C, 1821 005CSR) •See `BALL VALVEACCESSOR/ES" section for details of 2) For Special Ball Vent Design, add the letter' V' before the dash separafor (e.g.,1829V-005, 1821 V-005CSR) individual products. 3) 8" Venturied Valves are 5' ball valves fitted with 6x8 end connector adapters. 10 TRUE UNION 2000 INDUSTRIAL BALL VALVES Replacement Parts 1:1 No. Component Qty. Material 1 Seal Carrier 1 PVC/CPVC 2 Seat 2 PTFE 3 Body 1 PVC/CPVC 4 Carrier 0 -ring 1 EPDMNiton® 5 Stem 1 PVC/CPVC 6 Stem Bearing 1 PP 7 Handle 1 PP 8 Stem 0 -ring 2 EPDMNiton® 9 Handle Lock 1 PP 10 Ball 1 PVC/CPVC 11 Union Nut 2 PVC/CPVC 12 End Connector 0 -ring 2 EPDMNiton® 13 End Connector 2 PVC/CPVC Dimensions, Weights, Operating Torque & Cv Values Nominal Size A B1 Soc/Thd Dimensions Reference (inches, ± 1/16) C Spigot Socket Thread Spigot D E F G Approx. M. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC Oper.2 Cv3 Values Torque (in. lbs.) Socrrhd Flanged Spigot 112 1-7/8 2-3/8 2-7/8 4-3116 3-3/16 4-5/8 2-9116 2-13/16 3-1/2 2-31/32 .36 .38 16 29 18 27 3/4 2-1/4 2-314 3-1/4 4-3/4 4-1/4 5-1/4 2-7/8 3-3/8 3-7/8 3-5/16 .56 .58 17 63 39 57 1 2-1/2 2-7/8 3-1/2 5-1/8 4-11/16 5-3/4 3-1/8 3-7/16 4-1/2 3-5/8 .74 .77 22 120 73 108 1-1/4 3-1/16 3-1/4 3-13/16 5-3/4 5-3/16 6-5/16 3-5/8 3-7/8 4-5/8 3-31/32 1.13 1.19 28 243 151 223 1-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 4 6-1/4 5-7/16 6-3/4 4 4-3/16 5 4-3/8 1.54 1.60 61 357 223 333 2 4-1/4 4-3/4 5-3/16 7-3/4 6-314 8-1/4 4-1/2 5-1/8 6 5-1/4 2.72 2.85 77 599 395. 571 2-1/2 5-3/8 6-7/8 7-13/16 10-7/16 9-11/16 11-3/8 5-1/8 6-1/4 7-1/2 6 7.42 7.70 132 856 579 734 3 6-3/16 7 7-13/16 10-11/16 9-7/8 11-9/16 5-7/8 7-5/8 7-1/2 6-13116 7.46 7.81 132 1416 974 1322 4 7-5/8 7-5/16 8-1/4 11-7/8 10-1/4 12-3/4 6-3/4 9-3/16 9 7-1/2 12.35 12.48 396 2865 1952 2672 6 11-5/8 11-1/16 13 17-1/16 15-3/4 18-1/2 8-1/8 14-5/16 11-1/4 10-3116 37.53 40.55 732 6638 4824 6149 84 11-5/8 23-3/16 -- 31-7/8 — -- 8-1/8 14-5116 13-1/2 17-13/16 50.84 55.92 732 NIA N/A N/A 1: Valve Lay Length 2: Torque required at valve maximum internal pressure rating, 5ft/sec. Flow velocity; due to adjustment differences during installation, actual valves may vary. 3: Gallons per minute at 1 psi pressure drop. Valves calculated from laying length, based on derivative of Hazen-Wlliams equation with surface roughness factor of C=150. 4: 8" Venturied Valves are 6" ball valves fitted with 6x8 end connector adapters. Temperature Pressure Rating System Operating 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 Temperature T (°C) (38) (43) (49) (54) (60) (66) (71) (77) (82) (88) (93) (99) PVC 235 211 150 75 50 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- 1/2" 2" (1.62) (1.45) (1.03) (.52) (34) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-o-) (-0-) (-0-) Valve Pressure - CPVC 235 219 170 145 130 110 90 80 70 60 50 -0- Rating (1.62) (1.51) (1.17) (1.00) (.90) (.76) (62) (55) (.48) (41) (.34) (-0-) psi PVC 150 135 110 75 50 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -o- (MPa) 2-1/2" 8" (1.03) (.93) (.76) (.52) (.34) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) - CPVC 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 0- (1.03) (.97) (.90) (.83) (.76) (.70) (.62) (.55) (.48) (.41) (.34) (-0-) NOTE: Flanged Valves have a base pressure rating of 150 psi. NOT FOR USE WITH COMPRESSED AIR OR GASES 11 Mi care VaLVEs Features —. PVC; CPVC This solid, proven designs well'suifed for a variety of chemical, industrial and irrigation applications. Spears® Gate Valves are feature -packed with a variety of end connector options. Individual special features are found in each size range 1/2" through 2", 2-1/2" & 3", and in the full featured Heavy Industrial 4" valve. See Spears® Plug Gate Valves for 6" size. • Heavy Bodied PVC & CPVC Construction • Tapered Wedge with Specially Designed Sealing Surface • Non -Rising Stem Design • Patented Strain -Equalizing Stem/Wedge Thread • 0 -ring Stem Seals Instead of Packing - No Retightening Required • Buna-N, EPDM, or Viton® O-ring Seals 1/2" - 2" PVC & CPVC Heavy Duty Gate Valves • Available with socket, threaded or flanged end connectors. • Pressure rated to 200 psi @ 73°F. Flanged Valve Pressure Rated to 150 psi @ 73°F • Positive Grip, High Impact Polypropylene Handwheel Operator • Fully Serviceable, Replaceable Components -Accessible Without Valve Removal • NSF Certified for Potable Water use • Suitable for Vacuum Service • Assembled with Silicone -Free, Water Soluble Lubricants • Metric Socket and BSP Thread Available, 1/2" - 2" Note: 2-1/2" size is a bushed down 3" valve. Sample Engineering Specification 4" PVC & CPVC Heavy Industrial Gate Valves • Available with socket, SR (Special Reinforced) threaded or flanged end connectors. • Pressure rated to 235 psi @ 73°F. Flanged Valve Pressure Rated to 150 psi @ 73°F • SS 316 Exterior Bonnet & Hardware • Built-in Quick -View Position Indicator • Optional 2" Squarefr Style Operator Nut available. All thermoplastic Gate Valves shall be constructed from PVC Type I Cell Classification 12454 or CPVC Type IV Cell Classification 23447. All 0 -rings shall be Buna-N, EPDM or Viton®. All valves shall have non -rising stem and Polypropylene handwheel. All valve gate wedges shall have Strain -Equalizing threads. PVC valves shall have Polypropylene wedge and CPVC valves shall have CPVC wedge. All valve components shall be replaceable. All 1/2" through 2" valves shall be pressure rated at 200 psi, all 2-1/2" through 3" valves shall be pressure rated at 150 psi, and all 4" valves shall be pressure rated at 235 psi for water at 73°F, as manufactured by Spears® Manufacturing Company. CA JT GATE VALVES Quick -View Valve Selection Chart Valve Size O-ring Material PVC Part Numbersl Socket Threaded Flanged Pressure Rating 15 Buna-N 2012-005 2011-005 2013-005 44 1/2 EPDM 2022-005 2021-005 2023-005 144 127 Vitons 2032-007 2031-005 2033-005 (77) See Note 2 Buna-N 2012-007 2011-007 2013-007 1 583 3/4 EPDM 2022-007 2021-007 2023-007 50 -0- Vton® 2032-007 2031-007 2033-007 200 psi -0- Buna-N 2012-010 2011-010 2013-010 Non -Shock Water 1 EPDM 2022-010 2021-010 2023-010 @ 73°F (-0-) Viton® 2032-010 2031-010 2033-010 Buna-N 2012-012 2011-012 2013-012 (Flanged 1-1/4 EPDM 2022-012 2021-012 2023-012 150 psi Vton® 2032-012 2031-012 2033-012 Non -Shock 140 Buna-N 2012-015 2011-015 2013-015 Water @ 73°F) 1-1/2 EPDM 2022-015 2021-015 2023-015 Udon® 2032-015 2031-015 2033-015 (.76) (.69) Buna-N 2012-020 2011-020 2013-020 (.34) 2 EPDM 2022-020 2021-020 2023-020 130 110 Viton® 2032-020 2031-020 2033-020 -0- -0- Buna-N 2012-0253 2011-0253 2013-0253 2-1/2"-3" 2-1/2 EPDM 2022-0253 2021-0253 2023-0253 150 (-0-) Viton® 2032-0253 2031-0253 2033-0253 psi Non -Shock (-0-) Buna-N 2012-030 2011-030SR 2013-030 Water 3 EI?DM 2422 430' 2027: 030SR 2023-03b 73°F Viton® 2032-030 2031-030SR 2033-030 4 Buna-N 2012-040 2011-040SR 2013-040 2352 psi Non -Shock Water EPDM 2022-040 2021-040SR 2023-040 90 Vitons 2032-040 1 2031-040SR 2033-040 @ 73°F 1: For CPVC valves, add the letter "C" to the part numbers (e.g., 2031-005C). 2: Flanged end connectors have a Maximum Internal Pressure Rating of 150 psi @ 73°F. 3: Outlet sized with bushing. Temperature Pressure Rating Cv Values Nominal Size CV1 Gallons/Minute SocketlThreaded Flanged 1/2 19 15 3/4 37 29 1 44 39 1-1/4 128 105 1-1/2 144 127 2 333 279 2-1/2 (77) See Note 2 '�� 33a 323 4 1 583 1 566 Flanged valves calculated for additional laying length of flanged valve. 1: Gallons per minute at 1 psi pressure drop. 2: Size 2-1/2" is a reducer bushed down 3" valve, Cv not available. System Operating 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 Temperature °F(°C) (38) (43) (49) (54) (60) (66) (71) (77) (82) (88) (93) (99) PVC 200 135 120 75 50 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- 1/2'!-2" (1.38) (.93) (.83) (.52) (.34) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) CPVC 200 155 140 125 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 -0- (1.38) (1.07) (.97) (.86) (.76) (.69) (.62) (.55) (.48) (.41) (.34) (-0-) Valve PVC 150 130 110 60 50 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- Pressure Rating 2-1/2"-3" (1.03) (.90) (.76) (.41) (.34) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) psi CPVC 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 -0- (MPa) (1.03) (.97) (.90) (.83) (.76) (.69) (.62) (.55) (.48) (.41) (.34) (-0-) PVC 235 140 130 90 50 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- 4 (1.62) (.97) (.90) (.62) (•34) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) CPVC 235 219 170 145 130 110 95 80 70 60 50 0- (1.62) (1.51) (1.17) (1.00) (.90) (.76) (.66) (.55) (.48) (.41) (.34) (-0-) NOT FOR USE WITH COMPRESSED AIR OR GASES 1/2" - 2" Replacement Parts GATE VALVES No. Component Qty. Material 1 Handle 1 PP 2 Stem 1 PVC/CPVC 3 Stem 0 -ring 1 Buna-N/EPDMMtion® 4 Stem Bushing 1 PP 5 Stem Nut 1 PVC/CPVC 6 Stem Washer 1 1 PP 7 Wedge Washer/0-ring 1 Buna-N/EPDM/Vition® 8 1 Wedge 1 PP/CPVC 9 Body (Socket/Threaded) 1 PVC/CPVC 10 Bonnet O-ring 1 Buna-N/EPDM/Vition® 11 Bonnet 1 PVC/CPVC 12 Bonnet Nut 1 PVC/CPVC 56 2-1/2" & 3" Replacement Parts No. Component Qty. Material 1 Handle 1 PP 2 Stem 1 PVC/CPVC 3 Stem Bearing 1 PP 4 Stem O-ring 1 Buna-N/EPDMMtion® 5 1 Stem Nut 1 PVC 6 Stem Retaining Ring 1 SS 316 7 Split Washer 1 PP 8 Stem Bushing 1 PP 9 Bonnet Retainer 1 PVC/CPVC 10 Bonnet Half 2 PVC/CPVC 11 1 Seal Carrier 1 PVC/CPVC 12 Carrier O-ring 1 Buna-N/EPDM/Vition® 13 Wedge 1 PP/CPVC 14 Body 1 PVC/CPVC TRUE UNION 2000 INDUSTRIAL BALL CHECK VALVES Sample Engineering Specification Features — PVC, CPVC Flow tested design provides quick response with positive seal for prevention of system back flow in industrial and chemical processing applications. Valves are available in IPS sizes 1/2" through 6" with socket/regular thread, SR threaded (Special Reinforced), flanged or spigot end connectors and 8" venturied valve with socket or flanged ends.. Also available in metric socket and BSP thread sizes 1/2" through 2". All thermoplastic check valves shall be True Union 2000 Industrial Ball Check type manufactured to ASTM F 1970 and constructed from PVC Type I, ASTM D 1784, Cell Classification 12454 or CPVC Type IV, ASTM D 1784 Cell Classification 23447. All 0 -rings shall be EPDM or Viton®. All valve union nuts shall have Buttress threads. All valve seats shall be a standard O-ring type. All seal carriers shall be Safe -T Blocked®. All valve components shall be replaceable. All valves shall be listed by NSF for use in potable water service. All valves shall be certified by NSF International for use in potable water service. All PVC and CPVC 1/2" through 2" valves shall be pressure rated to 235 psi, all 2-1/2" through 6", 8" Venturied and all flanged valves shall be pressure rated to 150 psi for water at 73°F as manufactured by Spears® Manufacturing Company. Quick -View Valve Selection Chart Valve 0 -ring Y�. PVC Part Number' Pressure Size Material Socket Threaded SR Threaded Flanged Spigot Rating 1/2 EPDM 4529-005 included 4521-005SR 4523-005 4527-005 Viton® 4539-005 included 4531-005SR 4533-005 4537-005 235 psi Non -Shock Water F 3/4 EPDM 4529-007 included 4521-007SR 4523-007 4527-007 Vitort® 4539-007 included 4531-007SR 4533-007 4537-007 1 EPDM 4529-010 included 4521-010SR 4523-010 4527-010 Vton® 4539-010 included 4531-010SR 4533-010 4537-010 (Flanged 1-1/4 EPDM 4529-012 included 4521-012SR 4523-012 4527-012 Viton® 4539-012 included 4531-012SR 4533-012 4537-012 150 psi Non -Shock) Water 1-1/2 EPDM 4529-015 included 4521-015SR 4523-015 4527-015 WW 4539It5i included 4531-015SR 4533-015 4537-015 @ 73°F 2 EPDM 4529-020 included 4521-020SR 4523-020 4527-020 Viton® 4539-020 included 4531-020SR 4533-020 4537-020 2-1/2 EPDM 4522-025 4521-025 4521-025SR 4523-025 4527-025 V#otic 43 U25 4531-025 4531-025SR 4533-025 4537-025 3 EPDM 4522-030 4521-030 4521-030SR 4523-030 4527-030 150 psi Non-Shock Vton® 4532-030 4531-030 4531-030SR 4533-030 4537-030 4 EPDM 4522-040 4521-040 4521-040SR 1 4523-040 4527-040 Viton® 4532-040 4531-040 4531-040SR 4533-040 4537-040 6 EPDM 4522-060 4521-060 4521-060SR 4523-060 4527-060 @ 73°F Viton® 4532-060 4531-060 4531-060SR 4533-060 4537-060 82 EPDM 4522-080 — — 4523-080 — Vdon®4532-080 — — 4533-080 — 1 For CPUC 4al a add the IGtfar C"` to ttte part numb®r(e.g., 4529-005C, 4521-005CSR) 2: &' Venturied Valves are 5' ban valves fitted with 6x8 end connector adapters 20 • Chemical & Corrosion Resistant PVC or CPVC Construction • Also Available in Spears® LXTT- High Purity,Low Extractable PVC Material • Strong, Buttress Thread Union Nuts • Spears® Safe -T Blocked® Seal Carrier • Uses Standard O-ring Seat • EPDM or Viton® 0 -rings • Fully Serviceable, Replaceable Components • Sizes 1/2" - 2" Pressure Rated to 235 psi @ 73°F, Sizes 2-1/2" - 6", 8" Venturied and all Flanged Pressure Rated to 150 psi @ 73°F • Suitable for Either Horizontal or Vertical Installations • NSF Certified for Potable Water use • Suitable for Vacuum Service • Assembled with Silicone -Free, Water Soluble Lubricants • Manufactured to ASTM F 1970 Optional Accessories* • Retro -Fit End Connector Sets for Valve Replacement • Split -Nut Repair Kits for Union Nut Replacement • Supplemental End Connectors ' See "BALL VALVE ACCESSORIES" section for details of individual products. Ball Check Foot Valves Spears® Ball Check Valves easily convert to foot valves utilizing optional Foot Valve Screen adapters found in Ball Valve Accessories section. Y�. � s Spears® Ball Check Valves easily convert to foot valves utilizing optional Foot Valve Screen adapters found in Ball Valve Accessories section. TRUE UNION 2000 INDUSTRIAL BALL CHECK VALVES Dimensions, Weights, & Cv Values Replacement Parts SPEARS , No. Component Qty. Material 1 Seal Carrier 1 PVC/CPVC 2 Seal Carrier Nut 1 PVC/CPVC 3 Carrier O-ring 1 EPDM/VtonO 4 Seat Plate 1 PVC/CPVC 5 Seat O-ring 1 EPDMNiton® 6 Body 1 PVC/CPVC 7 Ball 1 PVC/CPVC 8 Union Nut 2 PVC/CPVC 9 End Connector O-ring 2 EPDM/Vitono 10 End Connector 2 PVC/CPVC Nominal 100 110 Dimensions Reference (inches, t 1116) 130 140 Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 160 Cv2 Values 180 Horizontal Closing Size AF B1 SodThd Spigot Socket C Thread Spigot (60) G PVC CPVC Soc/Thd Flange Spigot Feet of Head (Wats) GPM (minimum) 1/2 1-7/8 2-7/16 2-7/8 4-3/16 3-13/16 4-5/8 3-1/2 2-31/32 .30 .33 1 6.3 6 6.3 1.6 .10 314 2-1/4 2-3/4 3-1/4 4-3/4 4-1/4 5-114 3-7/8 3.5116 .46 .50 17 16 17 1.6 .10 1 2-1/2 2-7/8 3-112 5-1/8 4-11/16 5-3/4 4-1/4 3.5/8 .70 .74 25 24 25 1.6 1 .25 1-1/4 3-1/16 3-1/4 3-3116 5-3/4 1 5-3116 6.5/16 1 4-5/8 3-31/32 1.04 1.09 65 61 65 1.6 .40 1-1/2 3-1/2 3.1/2 4 6-1/4 5-7/16 6-3/4 5 4-3/8 1.37 1.45 86 82 86 1.6 .75 2 4.1/4 4-3/4 5.3/16 7-3/4 6-3/4 8-1/4 6 5-1/4 2.47 2.62 130 125 130 1.6 .75 2-1/2 6.3116 5-718 7-13/16 9-5/16 8-1/2 11-3/8 7-1/2 6 6.80 7.25 200 193 200 1.0 1.50 3 6-3/16 6-7/8 7-13/16 10-11/16 9-3/4 11-9/16 7-1/2 6-13/16 6.98 7.35 275 268 275 1.0 4.00 4 7-112 7-1/4 8.1/4 11-13/16 10-1/4 12-3/4 9 7-1/2 12.13 12.96 500 489 500 1.0 5.50 6 11-5/8 11-1/6 13 17-1/16 15-3/4 18.1/2 11-1/4 10.3116 37.07 39.98 800 794 800 N/A WA 83 115/8 1 23-3/16 -- 31-7/8 - 13-1/2 17-13/16 50.84 55.92 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1: Valve Lay Length 2: Gallons per minute at 1 psi pressure drop. Valves calculated from laying length, based on derivative of Hazen -Williams equation with surface roughness factor of C=150. 3: 8" Venturied Valves are 6" ball valves fitted with 6x8 end connector adapters Temperature Pressure Rating System Operating 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 Temperature T (°C) (38) (43) (49) (54) (60) (66) (71) (77) (82) (88) (93) (99) PVC 235 211 150 75 50 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- 1/2" 2" (1.62) (1.45) (1.03) (.52) (34) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) Valve Pressure - CPVC 235 219 170 145 130 110 90 80 70 60 50 -0- Rating (1.62) (1.51) (1.17) (1.00) (.90) (.76) (.62) (.55) (.48) (.41) (34) (-0-) psi(MPa) PVC 150 135 110 75 50 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- 2-1/2" - g (1.03) (.93) (.76) (.52) (.34) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) CPVC 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 -0- (1.03) (.97) (.90) (.83) (.76) (.70) (.62) {.55) (.48) (.41) (.34) (-0-) NOTE: Flanged valves have abase pressure rating of 150 psi General Installation Information: Ball check valves may be installed in either horizontal or vertical position. A minimum of ten (10) pipe diameters distance maintained from any pump or other source of turbulence. Check valves MUST be installed with the valves FLOW arrow pointing in the direction of flow. NOT FOR USE WITH COMPRESSED AIR OR GASES 21 «Contents>> <<Index>> General DAIDSTATION Specifications Dx1 000 GS 04L41 B01-01 E OVERVIEW The DX1000 is a DAQSTAT/ON that displays real-time measured data on a color LCD and saves data on a CompactFlash memory card (CF card). It can be hooked up to network via Ethernet, which enables to inform by E- mail and to monitor on Web site as well as to transfer files by using FTP. Also, it can communicate with Modbus/RTU or ModbUS/TCP. It comes with a two, four, six -channel or twelve -channel model. As the input signal, a DC voltage, thermocouple, resistance temperature detector, or contact signal can be set to each channel. The data saved on a CF card can be converted by data conversion software to Lotus 1-2-3, Excel, or ASCII format file, facilitating processing on a PC. Not only this, the Viewer software allows a PC to display waveforms on its screen and to print out wave- forms. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS General Specifications Construction Mounting: Flush panel mounting (on a vertical plane) Mounting may be inclined downward up to 30 degrees from a horizontal plane. Allowable panel thickness: 2to26mm Material: Case: drawn steel Bezel: polycarbonate Display filter: polycarbonate Case color: Case: Grayish blue green (Munsell 2.06 5.0/1.7 or equivalent) Bezel: Charcoal grey light (Munsell 10B 3.6/0.3 or equivalent) Front panel: Water and dust -proof (based on IEC529-IP65) Dimensions: 144(W) x 144(H) x 229(D)* mm *Maximum Weight: approx. 2.9 kg* *without optional features YOKOGAWA mm", e =091nced Input Number of inputs: DX1002: two channels DX1004: four channels DX1006: six channels DX1012: twelve channels Measurement interval: DX1002, DX1004: 125 ms, 250 ms, 25 ms (fast sampling mode*) DX1006, DX1012: 1 s (Not available when A/D integration time is set to 100 ms), 2 s, 5 s, 125 ms (fast sampling mode*) * A/D integration time is fixed to 1.67 ms in case of fast sampling mode. Inputs: DCV (DC voltage), TC (thermocouple), RTD (resistance temperature detector), DI (digital input for event recording), DCA (DC current with external shunt resistor attached) GS 041-411301-011H ©Copyright November. 2005 1st Edition Nov. 2005(KP) <<Contents>> <<Index» Input type Range Measuring range 20 mV -20.000 to 20.000 mV 60 mV -60.00 to 60.00 mV DCV 200 mV -200.00 to 200.00 mV 2 V -2.0000 to 2.0000 V 6 v -6.000 to 6.000 V 1-5v -0.800 to 5.200 V 20V -20.000 to 20.000 V 50V -50.00 to 50.00 V R'1 0.0 to 1760.0*C 32 to 3200*F S'1 0.0 to 1760.0°C 32 to 3200*F TC B-' 0.0 to 1820.0*C 32 to 3308T K'1 -200.0 to 1370.0*C -028 to 2498*F E-1 -200.0 to 800.0*C -328.0 to 1472.0°F J'1 -200.0 to 1100.0*C -328.0 to 2012.0*F T-1 -200.0 to 400.0°C -328.0 to 752.0°F N.1 0.0 to 1300.0*C 32 to 2372°F W2 0.0 to 2315.0°C 32 to 4199°F L-3 -200.0 to 900.0°C -328.0 to 1652.0'F U-3 -200.0 to 400.0°C -328.0 to 752.0°F WRe 4 0.0 to 2400.0°C 32 to 4352*F RTD Pt100' 0.0°C -328.0 to 1112.0°F 5.0JPt1005 2000650°C 128.0 to 1022.0°F DI DCV input (TTL) OFF: less than 2.4 V ON : more than 2.4 V Contact input Contact ON/OFF *1 R, S, B, K, E, J, T, N: IEC584-1 (1995), DIN IEC584,JIS C 1602-1995 *2 W: W-5% RdNV--26% Rd (Hoskins Mfg. Co.), ASTM E988 *3 L: Fe-CuNi, DIN43710, U: Cu-CuNi, DIN43710 *4 WRe: W-3%ReM-25%Re (Hoskins Mfg. Co.) *5 PH 00: JIS C 1604-1997, IEC 751-1995, DIN IEC751-1996 JPt100: JIS C 1604-1989,JIS C 1606-1989 Measuring current: i = 1 mA A/D integration time: 20 ms (50 Hz), 16.7 ms (60 Hz), 100ms (50/ 601-lz for DX1006/1012), or AUTO selectable (automatic selection by detection of power supply frequency) A/D integration time is fixed to 1.67 ms (6001-1z) in case of fast sampling mode. Thermocouple burnout: Burnout upscale/downscale function can be switched on/off (for each channel). Burnout upscale/downscale selectable Normal: Less than 2 k12, Bum out: More than 100 kil Detection current: approx. 10 µ A 1-5V range burnout: Burnout upscale/downscale function can be switched on/off (for each channel). Burnout upscale/downscale selectable Upscale burnout: More than +10% of configured span Downscale burnout: Less than -5% of configured span Moving average: Moving average on/off selectable for each channel Moving average cycles 2 to 400 selectable Calculation: Differential computation: Between any two channels Available for DCV, TC, RTD and DI ranges. Linear scaling: Available for DCV, TC, RTD and DI ranges. Scaling limits: -30000 to 30000 Decimhal point: user -selectable Engineering unit: user -definable, up to 6 characters Overvalue: Exceeds ± 5% of scaling limits (on/off selectable) Square root: Available for DCV range. Scaling limits: -30000 to 30000 Decimal point: user -selectable Engineering unit: user -definable, up to 6 characters Low level cut off: 0.0 to 5.0% of display span Over value: Exceeds :t 5% of scaling limits (on/off selectable) 1-5VDC scaling: Available for 1-5VDC range. Scaling limits: -30000 to 30000 Display span limit: 0.800 to 5.200 Decimal point: user -selectable Engineering unit: user -definable, up to 6 characters Low level cut off: Fixed to lower span limit Overvalue: Exceeds ± 5% of scaling limits (on/off selectable) Display Display unit: 5.5 -inch TFT color LCD (VGA, 320 x 240 pixels) Note) In the part of crystal display, there are some pixels that can't always turn on or off. Please understand that the brightness of screen looks uneven because of characteristics of crystal display, but it is not out of order. Display group: Each measurement channel and computation channel can be assigned to display group of the trend, digital and bargraph display. Number of display: 10 groups Number of assignable channels for one group: 6 channels Display color: Trend/Bargraph: Selectable from 24 colors Background: White or black selectable Trend display: Trend display type: Vertical, horizontal, landscape, horizontal or split selectable Number of indication channels: 6 channels per display (maximum) Number of display: 10 displays (10 groups) Line width: 1, 2, and 3 pixels selectable Scales: Maximum 6 scales. Bargraph, green band area and alarm mark can be displayed on scale display. Number of divisions: Selectable from 4 to 12 or C10 (10 divisions by main scale mark and scale values are displayed on 0, 30, 50, 70 and 100% position). All Rights Reserved. Copyright 0 2005, Yokogawa Electric Corporation GS O4L41 BO1-01 E 1st Edition Nov. 09,2005-00 «Contents>> <<Index>> Waveform span rate: 15, 30 sec.,1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30 min., 1, 2, 4, 10 hours/div selectable (15 sec/div is available for only DX1002 and DX1004) Bargraph display: Direction: Vertical or horizontal selectable Number of indication channels: 6 channels per display Number of display: 10 displays (10 groups) Scales: Green band area and alarm mark can be displayed on scale display. Number of divisions: Selectable from 4 to 12 Reference position: Left, right or center Display renewal rate: 1 s Digital indication: Number of indication channels: 6 channels per display Number of display: 10 displays (10 groups) Display renewal rate: 1 s Overview display: Number of indication channels: Measuring values and alarm status of all channels Information display: Alarm summary display: Display the list of latest 1000 alarms summary. Jump to historical trend display by cursor pointing. Message summary display: Display the list of latest 500 messages and time. Jump to historical trend display by cursor pointing. Memory information: Display the file list in internal memory. Jump to historical trend display by cursor pointing. Report information: Display the report data in internal memory. Modbus status: Display the Modbus status. Relay status: Display the on/off status of internal switch and relay output. Log display: Log display types: Login log, error log, communication log, FTP log, Web log, E-mail log, SNTP log, DHCP log, Modbus log Tags: Number of characters: 16 characters maximum Messages: Number of characters: 32 characters maximum Number of messaged: 100 messages (including 10 free mes- sages) Message adding function: Message can be added on historical display. 3 Other display contents: Status display area: Date & time (year/month/day, hour:minute:second), batch name (batch number + lot number), login user name, display name, internal memory status, status indication icon Trend display area: Grid lines (number of divisions selectable from 4 to 12), hour: minutes on grid, trip levels (line widths are selectable from 1, 2 and 3 pixels) Data referencing function: Display the retrieved data (display data or event data) from internal or external memory. Display format: Whole display or divided to 2 areas Time axis operation: Display magnification or reduction, scroll by key operation Display auto scroll function: Display group of monitor display (trend display, bargraph display and digital display) automatically changes in a preset interval (5, 10, 20, 30 s and 1 min). LCD saver function: The LCD backlight automatically dims or off (selectable) if no key is touched for a certain preset time (can be set from 1, 2, 5, 10, 30, and 60 min). Display register function: Up to 8 display types can be registered with display name. Display auto return function: The display type automatically returns to registerd display type if no key is touched for a certain preset time (can be set from 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 30 and 60 min) Temperature unit: °C or OF selectable Data Saving Function External storage medium: Medium: CompactFlash memory card (CF card) Format: FAT16 or FAT32 Internal memory: Medium: Flash memory Capacity: Selectable from 80MB or 200MB Maximum number of files can be saved: 400 files (total number of display data file and event data file) Manual saving: Data files in internal memory can be saved manually. Selectable form all data saving or selected data saving. Drive: CF card or USB flash drive (only for USB option) Automatic saving: Display data: Periodic saving to CF card Event data: In case of trigger free... Periodic saving to CF card In case of using trigger ... Save the data when sampling is finished Data Saving Period: Display data file: Linked with the waveform span rate Event file: Linked with the specified sampling period All Rights Reserved. Copyright© 2005, Yokogawa Electric Corporation GS 041 -41B01 -01E 1st Edition Nov. 09,2005-00 «Contents» —Index— Event File Sampling Period: DX1002, DX1004: Selectable from 25,125, 250, 500 ms, and 1, 2, 5, 10, 30, 60, 120, 300, and 600 s* DX1006, DX1012: Selectable from 125, 250, 500 ms, and 1, 2, 5, 10, 30, 60, 120, 300, and 600 s* *Sampling period faster than measurement interval can not be selected. Measurement data File: The following two file types can be created. Event file (stores instantaneous values sampled periodically at a specified sampling rate) Display data file (stores the maximum and minimum values for each waveform span rate from among measured data sampled at measurement intervals) Files can be created in the following combinations. (a) Event file + display data file (b) Display data file only (c) Event file only Data format: YOKOGAWA private format (Binary) Maximum data size per file: 8,000,000 byte (8MB) Data per channel: Display data file: Measurement data ...... 4 byte/data Mathematical data ...... 8 byte/data Event data file: Measurement data ...... 2 byte/data Mathematical data ...... 4 byte/data Sampling time: The sampling time per file (8MB) during manual data saving can be determined by the formula "number of data items per channel x interval of data saving." This logic is explained in more detail below: 1) When handling display data files only If we assume that the number of measuring channels is 12, the number of computing channels is 24, and the display update interval is 30 min/div (60 sec waveform span rate), then: Number of data items per channel = 8,000,000 bytes/(8 bytes(time stamp) + 12 x 4 bytes + 24 x 8 bytes) = 32,258 data items Sampling time per file = 32,258 x 60 sec = 1,935,480 sec = approx. 22 days 2) When handling event files only If we assume that the number of measuring channels is 12, the number of computing channels is 24, and the data saving interval is 1 sec, then : Number of data items per channel = 8,000,000 bytes/(8 bytes(time stamp) + 12 x 2 bytes + 24 x 4 bytes) = 62,500 data items Sampling time per file = 62,500 x 1 sec = 62,500 sec = approx. 17 hours 3) When handling both display data files and event files The sampling time is calculated by defining the size of data items in a display data file as 8,000,000 bytes and the size of data items in an event data file as 8,000,000 bytes. The method of calculation is the same as shown above. Examples of Sampling Time for 1 file (8MB)*: *If sampling time exceeds 31 days, data file is divided. In case measurement ch = 4 ch, mathematical ch = 0 ch Display data file (approx.) Waveform span rate (time/div) 15S 30s 1 min 2 min 5 min 10 min 1 h Data saving period 0.5s Is 2s 4s los 20s 2 min Sampling time 1 46.3 h 3 days 7 days 15 days 38 days 77 days 44 days Event data file (approx.) Data saving period 25 ms 125 ms 0.5s 1 s 2s 5s I los Sampling time 3.5 h 17.4 h 2 days 5 days 11 days 28 days 157 days In case measurement ch = 12 ch, mathematical ch = 24 ch Display data file (approx.) Waveform span rate (timeldiv) 15s 1 min 5 min 10 min 20 min 30 min 1 h Data saving period NA 2s 10s 20s 40s 1 min 2 min Sampling time NA 17.9 h 3 days 7 days 14 days 22 days 44 days Event data file (approx.) Data saving period 25 ms 125 ms 0.5s 1 s 10s 30 s 1 min Sampling time NA 2.2 h 8.7 h 17.4 h 7.2 days 21 days 143 days All Rights Reserved. Copyright 0 2005, Yokogawa Electric Corporation GS O41-41 B01-01 E list Edition Nov. 09,2005-00 «Contents» <<Index>> 5 Manual sample data: The measuring and computing data can be saved manually to the internal memory and CF card. Trigger: Key operation, communication command or event action function Data format: ASCII Max. number of data: 400 data (if exceeds 400 data, oldest data is overwritten) Report data (only for MATH option): Types: Hourly, daily, hourly + daily, daily + weekly, and daily + monthly Data format: ASCII Drive: CF card Trigger function: Selectable from FREE or TRIG for event data saving. Trigger mode: Selectable from free, single or repeat trigger Data length: Selectable from 10, 20, 30 min, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12 hour, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 14, 31 day Pre trigger: Selectable from 0, 5, 25, 50, 75, 95, 100% Trigger source: Key or event action function Display hard copy: Trigger: Key operation, communication command or event action function Data format: prig format Drive/output: CF card or communication interface Data file retrieving function: Data file in CF card or USB flash drive (only for USB option) can be retrieved and displayed. Retrieved data file: Display data file or event data file Saving and retrieving of configuration data: Configuration information can be saved and retrieved as ASCII data. Drive: CF card or USB flash drive (only for USB option) Alarm Function Number of alarm levels: Up to four levels for each channel Alarm types: High and low limits, differential high and low limits, high and low rate -of -change limits and delay high and low Alarm delay time: 1 to 3600 s Interval time of rate -of -change alarms: The measurement interval times 1 to 32 Display: The alarm status (type) is displayed in the digital value display area upon occurrence of an alarm. A common alarm indication is also displayed. Alarming behavior: non -hold or hold -type can be selectable for common to all channels. Hysteresis: On/off selectable (common to measurement channels, mathematical channels or external channels) 0.0 to 5.0% of display span (or scaling span) Outputs: Output: Internal switch or relay output (optional) Number of internal switch: 30 points Internal switch action: AND/OR Number of relay output points: 2, 4 or 6 points (optional) Relay action: Energized/deenergized, hold/non-hold, AND/OR, alarm reflash selectable. Alarm no logging function: When alarm occurs, only internal switch or relay output is activated. There are no alarm display on screen and no record on alarm summary. On/off selectable for each channel and alarm level. Memory: The times of alarm occurrences/recoveries, alarm types, etc. are stored in the memory. Up to 1000 latest alarm events are stored. Event action function General: Particular action can be executed by particular event. Number of event action: 40 actions can be set Event list: Event Level/Edge Description Remote Level/Edge Action by remote control signal Relay Level/Edge Action by relay operation Internal switch Level/Edge Action by internal switch operation Alarm Level/Edge Action by any alarm Timer Edge Action by timer time up Match time lEdge Action by time up of match time timer USER key JEdge Action by USER key operation Action list: Action Level/Edge Description Memory starv,to Level Memory start and stop Memory start Edge Memory start Memory stop Edge Memory stop Event trigger Edge Event data sampling start Alarm ACK Edge Alarm ACK Math start/stop Level Computation start and stop Math start Edge Computation start Math stop Edge Computation stop Math reset Edge Computation reset Manual sample Edge Manual sample Snapshot Edge Save display image to external media Message input Edge Message writing Waveform span rate change Level Change waveform span rate Display data save Edge Save currently sampled display data to internal memory as a file Event data save Edge Save currently sampled event data to internal memory as a file Relative time timer reset Edge Reset relative time timer Display group change Edge Change to specified display group Time adjustment Edge Adjust internal clock to the nearest hour Flag I Level Normal: "0", Event: "1" Setting file load Edge Load setting file from CF card (up to 3 setting files). All Rights Reserved. Copyright © 2005, Yokogawa Electric Corporation GS 041 -41B01 -01E 1st Edition Nov. 09,2005-00 <<Contents>> <<Index>> Security functions General: Login function or key lock function can be set for each key operation or communication operation. Key lock function: On/off and password can be set for each operation key and FUNC operation. Login function: User name and password to login can be set. User level and number of users: System administrator: 5 users General users: 30 users 10 kinds of login mode can be set for general users. Clock Clock: With calendar function (year of grace) Clock accuracy: 10 ppm, excluding a delay (of 1 second, maximum) caused each time the power is turned on. Time setting method: Key operation, communication command, event action function or SNTP client function Time adjustment method: During memory sample: Adjust 40 ms per second (No influence for measurement period) During memory stop: Adjust at a time Time zone: Time difference from GMT: Settable from -1300 to 1300 Date display format: Selectable from YYYY/MM/DD, MM/DD/ YYYY, DD/MM/YYYY or DD.MM.YYYY DST function (summer/winter time): The time at which the daylight savings time adjustment is automatically calculated and configured. Communication Functions Electrical specifications: Confirms to IEEE802.3 (DIX specification for Ethernet frames) Connection: Ethernet (10BASE-T) Protocols: TCP, UDP, IP, ICMP, ARP, DHCP, HTTP, FTP, SMTP, SNTP, Modbus, DX private E-mail inform function: E-mail is sent by events as below. - Alarm occurring/alarm canceling - Recover from power failure - Memory end - Storage medium error, FTP client function error - Specified time period - Report data time up (only for mathematical option) FTP client function: Data file auto -transfer from DX Transferred data file: Display data file, event data file, report data file and display image file FTP server function: File transfer from DX, file elimination, directory operation and file list output are available by request from host computer. Web server function: Display image of DX and alarm information can be displayed on web browser software SNTP client function: The time on DX can be synchronized to the time of a SNTP server. SNTP server function: The DX can operate as a SNTP server. DHCP client function: Network address configuration can be obtained automatically from DHCP server. Obtained information: IP address, subnet mask, default gateway and DNS information Modbus client function: Reading or writing of measurement data on other instruments are available by Modbus protocol. Mathematical option is required to read the data from other instruments. Modbus server function: Output of measurement data from DX is available by Modbus protocol. Setting/measurement server function: Operation, setting or output of measurement data are available by DX private protocol. Maintenance/test server function: Output connection information or network information of the Ethernet communication. Instrument information server function: Output instrument information such as serial number or model name of DX. Batch function General: Data display and data management with batch name, text field function and batch comment function are available. Batch name: Batch name can be used as file name of display data, event data and report data. Batch name format: Batch number (max. 32 characters) + lot number (max. 8 characters) Use/not use selectable for lot number, on/ off selectable for auto increment function Text field function: Field number: 1 to 8 Field title: Max. 20 characters Field text: Max. 30 characters Batch comment function: Batch comment is added to display data and event data. Batch comment information: 3 comments (max. 50 characters) are available. All Rights Reserved. Copyright 0 2005. Yokogawa Electric Corporation GS 04L411301 -01E 1st Edition Nov. 09,2005-00 «Contents>> <<Index>> Power Supply Rated power supply: 100 to 240 VAC (automatic switching) Allowable power supply voltage range: 90 to 132 or 180 to 264 VAC Rated power supply frequency: 50/60 Hz (automatic switching) Power consumption: Supply voltage LCD off Normal �V�A 100VAC 15 VA 24 VA 45240 VAC 25 VA 32 VA 60 Allowable interruption time: Less than 1 cycle of power supply frequency Other Specifications Memory backup: A built-in lithium battery backs up the setup parameters and latest measurement data in SRAM (battery life: approximately 10 years at room temperature). Insulation resistance: Each terminal to ground terminal: 20 Mfl or greater (at 500 VDC) Dielectric strength: Power supply to ground terminal: 2300 VAC (50/60 Hz), 1 min Contact output terminal to ground terminal: 1600 VAC (50/60 Hz), 1 min Measuring input terminal to ground terminal: 1500 VAC (50/60 Hz), 1 min Between measuring input terminals: 1000 VAC (50/60 Hz), 1 min (except for b - terminal of RTD input of DX1006 and DX1012) Between remote control terminal to ground terminal: 1000 VDC, 1 min Safety and EMC Standards CSA: CSA22.2 No1010.1 Installation category ll`', pollution degree 2`2 UL: UL61010B-1 (CSA NRTUC) CE: EMC directive: EN61326 compliance (Emission: Class A, Immunity: Annex A) EN61000-3-2 compliant EN61000-3-3 compliant EN55011 compliant, Class A Group 1 Low voltage directive: EN61010-1 compliant, measurement category II*3, pollution degree 2`2 C -Tick: AS/NZS CISPR11 compliant, Class A Group 1 *1: Installation Category (Overvoltage Category) II Describes a number which defines a transient overvoltage condition. It implies the regulation for impulse withstand voltage. "Il" applies to electrical equipment which is supplied from fixed installations like distribution boards. *2: Pollution Degree Describes the degree to which a solid, liquid, or gas which deteriorates dielectric strength or surface resistivity is adhering. "2" applies to normal indoor atmosphere. Normally, only non-conductive pollution occurs. *3: Measurement Category II Applies to measuring circuits connected to low voltage installation, and electrical instruments supplied with power from fixed equipment such as electric switchboards. Normal Operating Conditions Power voltage: 90 to 132 or 180 to 250 VAC Power supply frequency: 50 Hz ±2%, 60 Hz ±2% Ambient temperature: 0to50°C Ambient humidity: 20% to 80% RH (at 5 to 40 °C) Vibration: 10 to 60 Hz, 0.2 m/sz or less Shock: Not acceptable Magnetic field: 400 AT/m or less (DC and 50/60 Hz) Noise: Normal mode (50/60 Hz): DCV: The peak value including the signal must be less than 1.2 times the measuring range. TC: The peak value including the signal must be less than 1.2 times the measuring thermal electromotive force. RTD: 50 mV or less Common mode noise voltage (50/60 Hz): 250 Vrms AC or less for all ranges Maximum noise voltage between channels (50/60 Hz): 250 Vrms AC or less Mounting position: Can be inclined up to 30 deg backward. Mounting at an angle away from the perpendicular is not acceptable. Warm-up time: At least 30 min after power on Installation location: In -room Altitude: Less than 2000 m All Rights Reserved. Copyright © 2005, Yokogawa Electric Corporation GS 041 -41B01 -01E 1st Edition Nov. 09,2005-00 «Contents>> «Index» Standard Performance Measuring and Recording Accuracy: The following specifications apply to operation of the recorder under standard operation conditions. Temperature: 23±2°C Humidity: 55%.t 10% RH Power supply voltage: 90 to 132 or 180 to 250 VAC Power supply frequency: 50/60 Hz ± 1% Warm-up time: At least 30 min. Other ambient conditions such as vibration should not adversely affect recorder operation. Input Range Measurement accuracy (digital display) Max. resolution of digital display A/D integration time: 16.7ms or more A/D integration time: 1.67ms fast sampling mode 20 mV ±(0.05% of rdg + 12 digits) ±(0.1 % of rdg + 40 digits) 1 µV DCV 60 mv ±(0.05% of rdg + 3 digits) ±(0.1 % of rdg + 15 digits) 10 gv _200 mV 10 gv 2 V ±(0.05% of rdg + 12 digits) ±(0.1 % of rdg + 40 digits) 100 µv 6 V 1 mV ±(0.05% of rdg + 3 digits) ±(0.1 % of rdg + 15 digits) 1-5 V 1 mV 20 V 1 mV 50V 10 mV R ±(0.15% of rdg + 1 IC) However, ±(0.2% of rdg + 4oC) However, R, S: R, S: ±3.71C at 0 to 100°C ±10oC at 0 to 1001C S ±1.5°C at 100 to 300oC ±5*C at 100 to 300°C B: B: ±21C at 400 to 600oC ±71C at 400 to 600oC B Accuracy at less than 400oC Accuracy at less than is not guaranteed. 4000C is not guaranteed. ±(0.15% of rdg + 0.7oC) ±(0.2% of rdg + 3.5°C) TC (Excluding K However, ±(0.15% of rdg + 1 °C) at However, ±(0.15% of rdg + 6oC) at RJC -200 to -1 001C -200 to -100oC accuracy) 0.1oC E ±(0.15% of rdg + 0.50C) However, ±(0.1596of rdg + 0.7oC) at -200 to -100oC ±(0.2% of rdg + 2.5°C) However, ±(0.2% of rdg + SIC) at -200 to -100oC J T U N ±(0.15% of rdg + 0.7oC) ±(0.3% of rdg + 3.5oC) W ±(0.15% of rdg + 1oC) ±(0.3% of rdg + 71C) ±(0.2% of rdg + 2.50C) ±(0.3% of rdg + 10oC) WRe However, However, ±41C at 0 to 200oC ±1 BIC at 0 to 2001C RTD P 0 ± (0.15% of rdg + 0.WC) ±(0.3% of rdg + 1.5oc) t1 JPtI00 All Rights Reserved. Copyright © 2005, Yokogawa Electric Corporation GS 041-41601-01 E 1 st Edition Nov. 09,2005-00 «Contents» «Index» Measurement accuracy in case of scaling (digits): = measurement accuracy (digits) x scaling span (digits)/measurement span (digits) + 2 digits Decimals are rounded off to the next highest number. Reference junction compensation: INT (intemal)/EXT (external) selectable (common for all channels) Reference junction compensation accuracy: Types R, S, B, W, WRe: ± 1 °C Types K, J, E, T, N, L, U: ± 0.5 °C (Above 0 °C, input terminal temperature is balanced) Maximum allowable input voltage: ± 60 VDC (continuous) for all input ranges Input resistance: Approx. 10 M12 or more for DCV ranges of 200 mVDC or less and TC Approx. 1 MSZ for more than 2 VDC ranges Input source resistance: DCV, TC: 2 kd2 or less RTD: 10 d2 or less per wire (The resis- tance of all three wires must be equal.) Input bias current: 10 nA or less (approx. 100nA for TC range with burnout function) Maximum common mode noise voltage: 250 Vrms AC (50/60 Hz) Maximum noise voltage between channels: 250 Vrms AC (50/60 Hz) Interference between channels: 120 dB (when the input source resistance is 50011 and the inputs to other channels are 60 V) Common mode rejection ratio: A/D integration time 20 ms: More than 120 dB (50 Hz ± 0.1 %, 500 d2 imbalance between the minus terminal and ground) A/D integration time 16.7 ms: More than 120 dB (60 Hz ± 0.1 %, 500 Sb imbalance between the minus terminal and ground) A/D integration time 1.67 ms: More than 80 dB (50/60 Hz ± 0.1%, 500 n imbalance between the minus terminal and ground) Normal mode rejection ratio: A/D integration time 20 ms: More than 40 dB (50 Hz ± 0.1 %) A/D integration time 16.7 ms: More than 40 dB (60 Hz ± 0.1 %) A/D integration time 1.67 ms: 50/60Hz is not rejected. Effects of Operating Conditions Ambient temperature: (Only for 16.7 ms A/D integration time or more) With temperature variation of 10 °C DCV, TC: ± (0.1% of rdg + 0.05% of range) orless Excluding the error of reference junction compensation RTD: ± (0.1 % of rdg + 2 digits) or less Power supply: With variation within 90 to 132 V and 180 to 250 VAC (50/60 Hz): Within measurement accuracy With variation of ± 2 Hz from rated power frequency (at 100 VAC): Within measurement accuracy Magnetic field: AC (50/60 Hz) and DC 400 A/m fields: ± (0.1 % of rdg + 10 digits) or less Input source resistance: (1) DCV range (with variation of +1 kd2) 200 mVDC range or less: ± 10 RV or less 2 VDC range or greater: ± 0.15% of rdg or less (2) TC range (with variation of +1 kfl) ±10µV (3) RTD range (Pt100) With variation of 10 fl per wire (resistance of all three wires must be equal): ± (0.1 % of rdg + 1 digit) or less With maximum difference of 40 mfl between wires: approx. ± 0.1 °C Transport and Storage Conditions The following specifies the environmental conditions required during transportation from shipment to the start of service and during storage as well as during transpor- tation and storage if this instrument is temporarily taken out of service. No malfunction will occur under these conditions without serious damage, which is absolutely impossible to repair; however, calibration may be necessary to recover normal operation performance. Ambient temperature: -25 °C to 60 °C Humidity: 5% to 95% RH (No condensation is allowed.) Vibration: 10 to 60 Hz, 4.9 m/s2 maximum Shock: 392 m/s2 maximum (while being packed) AM Rights Reserved. Copyright© 2005, Yokogawa Electric Corporation GS 04L41B01-01E 1st Edition Nov. 09,2005-00 <<Contents>> <<Index>> SPECIFICATIONS OF OPTIONAL FUNC- TIONS Alarm Output Relays (/A1, /A2, /A3) An alarm signal is output from the rear panel as a relay contact signal. Number or output: Select from 2, 4 and 6 points Relay contact rating: 250 VDC/0.1 A (for resistance load), 250 VAC (50/60 Hz)/3 A Terminal configuration: SPDT (NO -C -NC). Energized -at -alarm/ deenergized-at-alarm, AND/OR, and hold/non-hold actions are selectable. Serial Communication Interface (/C2, /C3) Connection: EIA RS -232 (/C2) or RS -422A/485 (/C3) Protocols: DX private protocol, Modbus(master/slave) protocol Synchronization method: Start -stop asynchronous transmission Connection method (RS -422A/485): 4 -wire half -duplex multi -drop connection (1:N,N=1 to 31) Transmission speed: 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200 or 38400 bps Data length: 7 or 8 bits Stop bit: 1 bit Parity: Odd, even, or none Communication distance (RS -422A/485): Up to 1.2 km Communication mode: ASCII for input/output for control and setting ASCII or binary for output of measured data Setting/measurement server function: Operation, setting or output of measurement data are available by DX private protocol. Modbus communication: Reading or writing of measurement data on other instruments are available by Modbus protocol. Mathematical function option is needed to read measurement data from other instru- ments. Operation mode: RTU MASTER or RTU SLAVE Modbus master command number: 1to16 Fail/Status Output (/F1) The relay contact output on the rear panel indicates the occurrence of CPU failure or selected status. FAIL output relay: The relay contact output on the rear panel indicates the occurrence of CPU failure. Relay operation: CPU normal: Energized, CPU failure: Deenergized lU Status output relay: The relay contact output on the rear panel indicates the occurrence of selected status Relay operation: Status detection: Energized Status Description Memory status Relay is energized when inrenal memory or external storage media is in the following conditions: Abnormality in the inteernal memory When automatic saving of settings to the external storage media is ON • When the remaining space on the external storage medium reaches 10%. • When an abnormality occurs with the external storage medium, and auto save fails • When the external storage medium is not inserted, operation is same as when automatic saving of settings to the external storage media is Off When automatic saving of settings to the external storage media is Off • When the remaining space on the internal memory reaches 10% • When the number of data file which is not saved to external storage media exceeds 390 'Not including USB memory connected to the instrument Measurement Relay energized upon A!D converter abnormality or Failure burnout detection Comm. failure Relay energized when communication error occurs in the Modbus master Memory stop Relay energized upon memory stop Relay contact rating: 250 VDC/0.1 A (for resistance load), 250 VAC (50/60 Hz)/3A Clamped Input Terminal (/H2) Clamped input terminal (detachable type) is used for input terminal. Available wire size: 0.08 to 1.5 mm2 (AWG28 to16) Desk Top Type (/H5[ ]) Provides carrying handle and power cord. Mathematical Functions (/M1) Used for calculating data, displaying trends and digital values, and recording calculated data assigned to channels. Channel assignable to calculated data: DX1002, DX1004: Up to 12 channels (101 to 112) DX1006, DX1012: Up to 24 channels (101 to 124) Max. character length of expression: 120 characters Operation: General arithmetic operations: Four arithmetic operations, square root, absolute, common logarithm, natural logarithm, exponential, power, relational operations (>, >_, <, <_ =, *), logic operations (AND, OR, NOT, XOR) Statistical operations: TLOG (Average, maximum, minimum, summation and P -P value of time series data) CLOG (Average, maximum, minimum, summation and P -P value of channel series data) All Rights Reserved. Copyright© 2005, Yokogawa Electric Corporation GS O41 -41B01 -01E 1st Edition Nov. 09,2005.00 <<Contents>> «Index>> Special operations: PRE (Previous data) HOLD(a):b (Hold data of "b" in case of "a" is not "0") RESET(a):b (Reset data of "b" and restart in case of "a" is not "0") CARRY(a):b (If "b" exceeds "a", 'b -a" becomes computation results) Conditional operation: [a?b:c] (Execute "b" in case of "a" is not "0", or execute "c" in case of "a" is "0") Constant: Up to 60 constants (K01 to K60) Digital data input via communication: Up to 60 data (C01 to C60) External input: Up to 240 data (201 to 440) (only for external input option) Remote status input: Remote input status (0/1) can be used in mathematical expression Up to 8 inputs (D01 to D08) Pulse input: Up to 8 pulse count input (P01 to P08, Q01 to Q08) (only for pulse input option) Status input: Internal switch status (S01 to S30), relay status (101 to 106) and flag status (F01 to F08) can be used in mathematical expression Cu10, Cu25 RTD Input /3 leg isolated RTD Input (/N1) This option allows Cu10 and Cu25 inputs to be added to the standard input types. A, B, b legs are of isolated input type for DX1006, and DX1012. Input type Measuring range: The following specifications apply to operation of the recorder under standard operation conditions. Temperature: 23±2°C Humidity: 55% t 10% RH 11 Report functions: Number of report channels: DX1002, DX1004: up to 12 channels DX1006, DX1012: up to 24 channels Report type: Hourly, daily, hourly + daily, daily +weekly and daily + monthly Operation: Max. 4 types are selectable from average, maximum, minimum, instantaneous and summation Data format: ASCII Long term rolling average: Computation interval: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 15, 20, 30 sec., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 15, 20, 30, 60 min Number of sampling: 1 to 1500 Power supply voltage: 90 to 132 or 180 to 250 VAC Power supply frequency: 50/60 Hz ± 1 % Warm-up time: At least 30 min. Other ambient conditions such as vibration should not adversely affect recorder operation. Input p TY� Measurement range Accuracy guarantee d range Measurement accuracy Max. resoluta on of digital display AID integration time: 16.7 ms or more AID integration time: 1.67ms (Fast sampling mode) Cu10 (GE) -70 to 170°C Cu10 (L&N) -75 to 150°C RTD -200 to ±(0.4% of rdg + 1.0°C) ±(0.8% of rdg + 5.0°C) RTD Cu10 (WEED) -200 to '1 300°C 260°C 0.1°C Cu10 BAILEY Cu10:a =0.00392 at 20°C -200 to 300°C CU10:a =0.00393 at 20°C Cu25:a =0.00425 at 0°C ±(0.3% of rdg + 0.8°C) ±(0.5% of rdg + 2.0°C) '1 Measuring current: i =I mA Input source resistance: 1 fl or less per wire (The resistance of all three wires must be equal.) Ambient temperature: (Only for 16.7 ms A/D integration time or more) With temperature variation of 10 °C ± (0.2% of rdg + 2 digits) or less Input source resistance: With variation of 1 fl per wire (resistance of all three wires must be equal): ± (0.1 % of rdg + 1 digit) or less With maximum difference of 40 ma between wires: approx. ± 1 °C All Rights Reserved. Copyright 0 2005, Yokogawa Electric Corporation GS 041-41 B01-01 E 1st Edition Nov. 09,2005-00 «Contents>> <<Index>> 3 legs Isolated RTD Input (/N2) A, B, b legs are of isolated input type. * Can be specified only for DX1006 and DX1012. A, B, b legs of DX1002 and DX1004 are isolated as standard. Extended Input Types (/N3) This option allows extra inputs types to be added to the standard input types. Input type Measuring range: The following specifications apply to operation of the recorder under standard operation conditions. 12 Temperature: 23±2°C Humidity: 55% +- 10% RH Power supply voltage: 90 to 132 or 180 to 250 VAC Power supply frequency: 50/60 Hz ± I% Warm-up time: At least 30 min. Other ambient conditions such as vibration should not adversely affect recorder operation. 1 Measuring current: i = 1 mA Input source resistance: TC: 2 kfl or less RTD: 1 f2 or less per wire (The resistance of all three wires must be equal.) Ambient temperature: (Only for 16.7 ms A/D integration time or more) With temperature variation of 10 °C TC: ± (0.1 % of rdg + 0.05% of range) or less Excluding the error of reference junction compensation. RTD: ± (0.2% of rdg + 2 digits) or less Input source resistance: (1) TC range (with variation of+ 1 kfb) ±10 µV (2) RTD range With variation of 1 fl per wire (resistance of all three wires must be equal): :t (0.1 % of rdg + 1 digit) or less With maximum difference of 100 mn between wires: approx. ± 1 OC Remote Control (/R1) This option allows eight functions to be controlled remotely by a contact input. Please refer the part of "Event action function" for functions to be controlled. 24 VDC transmitter power supply (/TPS2, /TPS4) Output voltage: 22.8 to 25.2 VDC (rated load current) Rated output current: 4 to 20 mADC Max. output current: 25 mADC (current to guard operation against overcurrent: approx. 68 mADC) Allowable conductor resistance: RL s (17.8 - transmitter minimum operation voltage)/0.02 A (not include drop voltage with load shunt resistance) Max. length of wiring: 2 km (CEV cable) Insulation resistance: output terminal to grand terminal more than 20 Mft (500 VDC) Dielectric strength: output terminal to grand terminal: 500 VAC (50/60 Hz, I = 10 mA), 1 min Between output terminal: 500 VAC (50/60 Hz, I = 10 mA), 1 min Easy text entry (/KB1, /KB2) Normal operating conditions: Ambient temperature for usage: 0 to 40 °C All Rights Reserved. Copyright 0 2005, Yokogawa Electric Corporation GS 041-411301-01E 1st Edition Nov. 09,2005-00 Measurement accuracy Max. resoluta Input Type Mearangent on of digital AID integration time: AID integration time: 16.7 ms or more 1.67ms (Fast sampling mode) display Kp vs Au7Fe 0.0 to 300.OK Within ±4.5K at 0 to 20K Within ±13.5K at 0 to 20K 0.1 K Within ±2.5K at 20 to 300K Within ±7.5K at 20 to 300K PLATINEL 0.0 to 1400.0°C t(0.25% of rdg+2.3°C) ±(0.25% of rdg+8.0°C) Accuracy is not guaranteed Accuracy is not guaranteed at 0 to 450°C at 0 to 450°C ±(0.9% of rdg+3.2°C) at ±(0.9% of rdg+15.0°C) at 450 to 750°C 450 to 750°C PR40-20 0.0 to 1900.0°C ±(0.9% of rdg+1.3°C) at ±(0.9% of rdg+6.0°C) at TC 750 to 1100°C 750 to 1100°C ±(0.9% of rdg+0.4°C) at ±(0.9% of rdg+3.0°C) at 1100 to 1900°C 1100 to 1900°C 0.11C NiNiMo 0.0 to 1310.0°C ±(0.25% of rd +0.7°C) ±(0.5% of rd +3.5°C ±15.0°C at 0 to 400°C ±30.0°C at 0 to 400°C W/WRe 0.0 to 2400.0°C ±(0.2%of rdg+2.0°C) at 400 ±(0.4%of rdg+4.0°C) at 400 to 2400°C to 2400°C TypeN(AWG14) 0.0 to 1300.0°C ±(0.2% of rdg+1.3°C) ±(0.5% of rdg+7.0°C) Pt50 -200.0 to 550.0°C ±(0.3% of rd +0.6°C ±(0.6% of rd+3.0°C Ni100 SAMA -200.0 to 250.0°C ±(O. 15% of rd +0.4°C ±(0.3% of rd +2.0°C Ni100 DIN -60.0 to 180.0°C ±(O. 15% of rd +0.4°C ± 0.3%of rd +2.0°C Ni120 -70.0 to 200.0°C ±(O. 15% of rd +0.4°C ±(0.3% of rd +2.0°C RTD 1 J263*B 0.0 to 300.0 K Within ±3.OK at 0 to 40K Within ±9.OK at 0 to 40K 0.1 K Within ±1.0K at 40 to 300K Within ±3.OK at 40 to 300K Cu53 50.0 to 150.0°C 0.15% of rd +0.8°C ± 0.3% of rd +4.0°C Cu100 50.0 to 150.0°C ± 0.2% of rd +1.0°C 0.4% of rd +5.0°CL 0.1 °C Pt25 -200.0 to 550.0°C 1±(0.15% of rd +0.6°C 0.3% of rd +3.0°C 1 Measuring current: i = 1 mA Input source resistance: TC: 2 kfl or less RTD: 1 f2 or less per wire (The resistance of all three wires must be equal.) Ambient temperature: (Only for 16.7 ms A/D integration time or more) With temperature variation of 10 °C TC: ± (0.1 % of rdg + 0.05% of range) or less Excluding the error of reference junction compensation. RTD: ± (0.2% of rdg + 2 digits) or less Input source resistance: (1) TC range (with variation of+ 1 kfb) ±10 µV (2) RTD range With variation of 1 fl per wire (resistance of all three wires must be equal): :t (0.1 % of rdg + 1 digit) or less With maximum difference of 100 mn between wires: approx. ± 1 OC Remote Control (/R1) This option allows eight functions to be controlled remotely by a contact input. Please refer the part of "Event action function" for functions to be controlled. 24 VDC transmitter power supply (/TPS2, /TPS4) Output voltage: 22.8 to 25.2 VDC (rated load current) Rated output current: 4 to 20 mADC Max. output current: 25 mADC (current to guard operation against overcurrent: approx. 68 mADC) Allowable conductor resistance: RL s (17.8 - transmitter minimum operation voltage)/0.02 A (not include drop voltage with load shunt resistance) Max. length of wiring: 2 km (CEV cable) Insulation resistance: output terminal to grand terminal more than 20 Mft (500 VDC) Dielectric strength: output terminal to grand terminal: 500 VAC (50/60 Hz, I = 10 mA), 1 min Between output terminal: 500 VAC (50/60 Hz, I = 10 mA), 1 min Easy text entry (/KB1, /KB2) Normal operating conditions: Ambient temperature for usage: 0 to 40 °C All Rights Reserved. Copyright 0 2005, Yokogawa Electric Corporation GS 041-411301-01E 1st Edition Nov. 09,2005-00 «Contents» <<Index>> 13 Ambient humidity for usage: 20 to 80% RH (When to 40 °C, no condensation) Ambient temperature for storage: -10 to 60 'C Power supply: AA dry battery x 2 Weight: Approx. 60 g (excluding dry battery) Dimensions: 170 (W) x 50 (H) x 23.7 (D) mm Number of units that can be controlled: Max. 32 units by ID setting Communication distance: Max. 8 m (depending on battery strength and usage area) Orientation specifications: Depends on battery strength & usage area USB interface (/USB1) USB interface specification: Based on Rev1.1, host function Number of ports: 2 ports (Front and rear panel) Power supply: 5V, 500mA (for each port)*1 Available USB devices: Keyboard: 104/89 keyboard (US) based on USB HID Class Ver. 1.1 External medium: USB flash drive (some of USB flash drives may not be supported by DXAdvanced) *1: For low powered devices (bus power < 100 mA): 5V:t: 5% For high powered devices (bus power < 500 mA): 5V ± 10% Devices which need more than 500 mA total bus power for 2 ports can not be connected at the same time. Pulse input (/PM1) Pulse input option includes mathematical functions option (/M1) and remote control option (/R1). Number of inputs: 3 points (8 points are available in case of using remote inputs) Input format: Photocoupler isolation (shared common) Isolated power supply for input terminal (approx. 5 V) Input type: Non -voltage contact: Close: 200 dZ or less, Open: 100 kfl or more Open collector: ON: 0.5 V or less (30 mADC), Leakage current of OFF: 0.25 mA or less Counting: Counts rising edges of pulses Allowable input voltage: 30 VDC Max. sampling pulse period: Max. 100 Hz Minimum pulse length: 5 ms Pulse detection period: Approx. 3.9 ms (256Hz) Pulse measuring accuracy: ±1 pulse (for instantaneous mode) Pulse count period: Counts the number of pulse per measure- ment period (P01 to P08) or per second (Q01 to Q08). Calibration correction function (/CC1) Corrects the measurement value of each channel using segment linearizer approximation. Number of segment points - 2 to 16 APPLICATION SOFTWARE DAQSTANDARD for DXAdvanced Operating environment OS: Microsoft Windows 2000/XP Processor: Pentium 11 333 MHz or higher (Pentium III 600 MHz or higher recommended) Memory: Free area of 32 MB or more (128 MB or more recommended) Disk device: CD-ROM drive that is applied to Windows 2000/XP Hard disk: Free area of at least 100 MB Display card: Compatible with Windows 2000/XP Can display 32,000 colors or higher (64,000 colors or higher recommended) Printer: A printer and printer driver compatible with Windows 2000/XP Basic function (packages) Configuration software: External memory medium: configuration of setting and basic setting mode Configuration via communication: configuration of setting and basic setting mode without communication configuration (ex. IP address) Data viewer software: Numbers of display channels: 32 channels for each group, at most 50 groups Display function: Waveform display, digital display, circular display, list display, report display etc. File connection display: Connect data files that are divided because of auto -save during continuous data collecting or power failure, and then display (can connect up to total 5 million) Section computation: Maximum, minimum, average, effective and P -P value Data conversion: Print out: File conversion to ASCII, Lotus 1-2-3 or MS -Excel format Print out displayed data All Rights Reserved. Copyright 0 2005, Yokogawa Electric Corporation GS 041 -41B01 -01E 1st Edition Nov. 09,2005-00 «Contents>> <<Index>> MODEL AND SUFFIX CODES Model code Suffix code Optional code Description DX1002 2ch, 125ms (Fast sampling mode: 25ms DX1004 4ch, 125ms Fast sampling mode: 25ms DX1006 6ch, 1s Fast sampling mode:125ms DX1012 12ch, 1s Fast sampling mode: 125ms Internal memory —1 Standard memory (80MB —2 Large memory (200MB) External media T-4 CF card (with media) Display language —2 English, degF, DST(summedwinter time) Options /A1 Alarm output 2 points *1 /A2 Alarm output 4 points *1 /A3 Alarm output 6 points *1 *2 /C2 RS -232 interface *3 /C3 RS-422AI485 interface *3 /F1 FAIUStatus output *2 /1-12 Clamped input terminal (detachable) /H5[] Desktop type *4 /M1 Mathematical functions /N1 Cu10,Cu25 RTD input/3 leg isolated RTD /N2 3 leg isolated RTD *5 /N3 Extended input type (PR40-20, Pt50, etc.) /R1 Remote control /TPS2 24VDC transmitter power supply (2 loops) *6 /TPS4 24VDC transmitter power supply (4 loops) *7 /KB1 Easy text entry (with input terminal) *8 *9 1KB2 Easy text entry (without input terminal) *8 /USBt I USB interface /PM1 I Pulse input (including remote control and mathematical functions) *10 /CC1 I Calibration correction function *1 /A1, /A2, /A3 cannot be specked together. *2 /A3 and /F1 cannot be specified together. *3 /C2 and /C3 cannot be specified together. *4/H5[ ] D: Power cord UL, CSA st'd F: Power cord VDE st'd R: Power cord SAA st'd J: Power cord BS st'd H: Power cord GB std *5 /N2 can be specified for only DX1006 and DX1012. *6 In case that /TPS2 is specked, /iPS4, /A2, /A3 or /F1 cannot be specified together. *7 In case that /TPS4 is specified, /TPS2, /A1, /A2, /A3 or /F1 cannot be specked together. *8 /KB1 and /KB2 cannot be specified together. *9 In case that /KB1 is specified, remote input terminal (438227) is included. *10 In case that /PM1 is specified, /A3, /M1, /R1, /TPS2 or /TPS4 cannot be specked. And combination of /A2/F1 cannot be specified together. Application Software Model code I Description CIS DXA120 I DAQSTANDARD for DXAdvanced Windows 2000/XP 14 All Rights Reserved. Copyright © 2005, Yokogawa Electric Corporation GS 041 -41B011 -01E 1st Edition Nov. 09,2005-00 <<Contents» <<Index>> STANDARD ACCESSORIES Product oty Mounting brackets 2 Terminal screws 5 Door lock key 2 Operation guide 1 Instruction manual (CD-ROM) 1 DAOSTANDARD software (CD-ROM) 1 CF card (32MB) 1 Power cable '1 1 `1 For /H5(] option For/ KB1 option Product Qty Remote control terminal (438227) 1 AA alkali dry battery 2 Labels for remote control terminal 2 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Product Model code (part number) Specification Shunt resister (for screw input terminal) 415920 250 Q±0.1 % 415921 100 SZt0.1% 415922 10 Q±0.1% Shunt resister (for clamped input terminal) 438920 250 n±0.1% 438921 100 Q40.1% 438922 10 00.1 % CF card adapter 772090 CF card 772091 128MB 772092 256MB 772093 512MB 772094 11GB Mounting bracket r B9900BX — Door lock key B8706FX I — Remote control terminal 438227 1 For /KB1, /KB2 option 15 All Rights Reserved. Copyright 0 2005, Yokogawa Electric Corporation GS 04L.4111301 -01E list Edition Nov. 09,2005-00 «Contents>> <<Index» 16 DIMENSIONS Dimentions Unit: mm (approx.inch) M N Option Terminal t4.Ur) Tarminal Arrangement Power Supply Terminal Input Terminal 1-12ch MAX 228.5 (9.0) (/H2 or /PM1) I 224.1(8.82) I) 170.5 (6.71) (min. space for v of Note: If not specified, the tolerance is ±3%. However, for dimentions less than 10mm, the tolerance is ±0.3mm. a M O after All Rights Reserved. Copyright 0 2005, Yokogawa Electric Corporation GS O4L41B01-01E 1st Edition Nov. 09,2005-00 <<Contents>> <<Index>> Panel cutout Single -unit Mounting Side-by-side Mounting (horizontally) 137"o Ern U� :� rn M M t(j r r0 L Units L +0 (mm) 2 282 3 426 4 570 5 1 714 6 858 7 1002 8 1146 9 1290 10 1434 n (144 x n) — 6 17 Unit: mm (approx.inch) Side-by-side Mounting (vertically, max. 3 units) 175 min (6.89) 1370 (5.39) Note: If not specified, the tolerance is ±3%. However, for dimensions less than 10 mm, the tolerance is ±0.3 mm. +3 J All Rights Reserved. Copyright© 2005, Yokogawa Electric Corporation GS 041-41 B01-01 E 1st Edition Nov. 09,2005-00 <<Contents>> «Index>> Dimentions 138.8 (5.46) 144.14 Unit: mm (approx.inch) Tarminal Arrangement USB (/USB1) RS -422A/485 (/C3) fYA o 0 0 Ethernet Power Supply Terminal FRS -232 (/C2) MAX 252.5 (9.94)(/H2 or /PM1) If not specified, the tolerance is ±3%. However, for dimentions less than 10mm, the tolerance is ±0.3mm. All Rights Reserved. Copyright 0 2005, Yokogawa Electric Corporation GS 041-411301-01E 1st Edition Nov. 09,2005-00 «Contents>> <<Index» Power Supply Terminal RS -422-A/485 Terminal QOQQOQ Input Terminals Screw Terminals •...O...M �,.. �....O■.E �, •. ■OMM■MM■M M�� MOMMEME M M E■E MOOMM■M M E MEMI ONOMMOMMEMEM CH6 CH4 CH2 CH5 CH3 CH1 M 0 • 19 RS -232 Terminal 12345 1 N.C. 6789 2 RD 3 SD O aooa .a.� W 5 SG 6 N.C. 7 RS 8 C5 9 N.C. Clamped Terminals (/H2) ..o CH H1 i� • ►■511 t 11 lel �I�� �■�'� /b o o � CH5 CH3 CH1 1b +/A a s +/A -/B • -/B CH6 CH4 CH2 /b o o CH11 CH9 CH7 CH5 CH3 CH1 /b +/A • +/A -/B[------/B CH12 CH10 CH8 CH6 CH4 CH2 All Rights Reserved. Copyright 0 2005. Yokogawa Electric Corporation GS 041-411301-01E 1st Edition Nov. 09,2005-00 <<Contents>> <<Index>> Option Terminals /A1/F1/PM1 Combination NC C NO Mosomommma � 1 1 _o w� CO 0 J T Q o. 0 LL MOMMOMMOMB E > LL 1 O E>, 0 UFT (/F1) a� (/A2) MEBMEMMMMM (/R1) /A1/R1/TPS2 C 2 Combination ©MMEM®MmOO � 1 1 _o w� CO 0 J T Q o. 0 LL O E > LL 1 O E>, 0 UFT (/F1) a� (/A2) (/A1) /A1/R1/TPS2 C 2 Combination ©MMEM®MmOO 3 2 a o w O CO 0 E T o U N Q� E 00000©ODOO (/R1) LL 1 O E>, 0 UFT a � (/A2) ...O.m.mOO (/R1) � Y � N E C T O Q F N U N � 3 N d (/TPS2) 2 1 3 2 a o w O CO 0 E T o U N Q� E (/AS) (/R1) /A2/F1/R1 Combination NC 0 .mm■mm.00© 3 2 1 o w �—� o >1 75 2 J Ea 0©HE©©0000 LL 1 O E>, 0 UFT a � (/A2) MEEMEEMEMB (/R1) a 4 3 2 1 o w �—� o >1 75 2 J Ea LL 1 O E>, 0 UFT a � (/A2) (/R1) /A3/R1 Combination NN C NOEssonsoman ■m®o®m■®MOMMEMEMBE v© 6 5 4 3 2 a 75O E> b 0 Q9 (/A3) C 1 2 1 The TCP/IP software used in this product and the document for that TCP/IP software are based in part on BSD networking software, Release 1 licensed from The Regents of the University of California. • DAQSTATION is a registered trademark of Yokogawa Electric Corporation. • Microsoft, MS and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation USA. • Lotus and 1-2-3 are registered trademark of Lotus Development Corporation. • Pentium are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation. • Ethernet is a registered trademark of XEROX Corporation. • Modbus is a registered trademark of AEG Schneider. • Other company and/or product names are registered trade mark of their manufactures. O 0 U N E (/R1) 20 All Rights Reserved. Copyright © 2005, Yokogawa Electric Corporation GS 041-411301-01E 1st Edition Nov. 09,2005-00 Subject to change without notice The 418XA has a cast iron lid and rim, replaceable Buna-N gasket, galvanized sheet metal skirt and stainless steel bolts. Lugs on the inside of the body rim are threaded for bolts to draw lid down tight. Bolted cover provides weathertight seal and "limited access" feature. The 418XAH has a 14 -gauge heavy skirt WELL PIPE u CAP and nylon washers, available in 9"x7" and 9"x12" sizes. Meets H-20 Load Requirements. Each manhole is individually boxed. I.D. NUMBER A B C D E F BOLT HEIGHT WIDTH WEIGHT 418XA-0500 AM 7" x 10" CI GS Buna SS N 5/16" 10" 6.75" 8 418XA-0850 AM 8" x 8' CI GS Buna SS N 3/8" 8.125" 9" 13.5 418XA-0900 AM 8" x 12" CI GS Buna IS N 3/8" 13" 9" 15 418XA-0100 AM 9" x T' CI GS Buna SS N 1/2" 7.0625" 9" 17 418XA-0200 AM 12" x 7" CI GS Buna SS N 1/2" 7" 12" 20 41BXA-0300 AM 2" CI GS Buna SS N 1/2" 13.0625" 9" 27 418XA-0400 AM 12" CI GS Buna SS N 1/2" 13" 13.25" 30 418XA-1000 AM 12" CI GS Buna SS N 1/2" 13.25" 18.75" 75 418XA-1100 AM 18' CI GS Buna SS N 1/2" 19.25" 18.75" 78 418XAH0300 AM 2" CI 14G Buna SS N 1/2" 13.0625" 10.25" 22 418XAP0500 AM 0" dxl CI GS Buna SS Y 5/16" 10"6.75" 8 418XAP0850 AM 8' CI GS Buna SS Y 3/8" 8.125" 9" 13.5 418XAP0900 AM 2" CI GS Buna SS Y 3/8" 13" 9"17 41BXAP0300 AM 2" CI GS Buna SS Y 1/2" 13.0625" 9"20 418XAP0200 AM 7" CI GS Buna SS Y 1/2" 7" 12" 27 418XAP0400 AM 12" CI GS Buna SS Y 1/2" 13" 13.25" 29 418XAP1200 AM 18" x 12" CI GS Buna SS Y 1/2" 13.25" 18.75" 75 418XAP1300 AM 18" x 18' U-17TS-1 Buna I SS Y 1/2" 1 19.25" 1 18.75" 1 86 418XAS0400 AM 12" x 12" ST I GS I Buna I SS N 1/2" 1 13" 1 13.25" 1 27 OALVAN¢ED STEEL SKIRT CHART KEY: A—Size B—Cover Material: Cl (Cast Iron); ST (Steel) C—Skirt Material: GS (Galvanized Sheet Metal); 14G (14 -Gauge) D—Gasket Material: Buna E—Bolt Material: SS (Stainless Steel) F—Painted Cover: Y (Yes) or N (No) Bolt—Bolt Size Height Width Weight—Shipping Weight P.O. Box 238 • Dubuque, Iowa 52004-0238 UMorrison BCo. 563.583.5701 (tel) • 800.553.4840.563.583.5028 (fax) Established 1855 www . m o r b r o s. c o m Morrison Steel Manholes Highway Specification Standards Description Manholes: 1. Figure 318, 318TM, 318XA and 318VR Series (9",12", 18", and 24" sizes) 2. Figure 418, 418TM, 418 XA , 418XAH, 418XAP, 418XAS and 418XAW Series (7, 899, 9",12", 18" and 24" sizes) 3. Figure 524 Series (20" and 24" sizes) 4. Figure 519 Series (9" and 12" sizes) The above listed manholes have been tested by an official testing laboratory and results confirm their use and performance to meet the following: 1. Federal SpecificationAA60005 2. ASTM A48 3. AASHTO standard for "H-20" truck loadings .v LAMorrison Bros., CO. P.O. Box 238 • Dubuque, Iowa 52004-0238 563.583.5701 (tel) • 800.553.4840 563.583.5028 (fax) �tht�leslr�a"I 1�i :": o . b r .^. 3 L. J Flow tested design provides quick response with positive seal for prevention of system back flow in industrial and chemical processing applications. Valves are available in IPS sizes 1/2" through 6" with socket/regularthread, SR threaded (Special Reinforced), flanged or spigot end connectors and 8" venturied valve with socket or flanged ends.. Also available in metric socket and BSP thread sizes 1/2" through 2". All thermoplastic check valves shall be True Union 2000 Industrial Ball Check type manufactured to ASTM F 1970 and constructed from PVC Type I, ASTM D 1784, Cell Classification 12454 or CPVC Type IV, ASTM D 1784 Cell Classification 23447. All 0 -rings shall be EPDM or Viton�z". All valve union nuts shall have Buttress threads. All valve seats shall be a standard O-ring type. All seal carriers shall be Safe -T -Blocked All valve components shall be replaceable. All valves shall be listed by NSF for use in potable water service. All valves shall be certified by NSF International for use in potable water service. All PVC and CPVC 1/2" through 2" valves shall be pressure rated to 235 psi; all 2-1/2" through 6", 8" Venturied and all flanged valves shall be pressure rated to 150 psi for water at 73F as manufactured by Spears`!" Manufacturing Company. Quick -View Valve Selection Chari Valve 0 -ring PVC Part Numberl Pressure Size Material Socket Threaded SR Threaded Flanged Spigot Rating 1/2 EPDM 4529-005 included 4521-005SR 4523-005 4527-005 Viton® 4539-005 included 4531-005SR 4533-005 4537-005 3/4 EPDM 4529-007 included 4521-007SR 4523-007 4527-007 235 psi Viton@ 4539-007 included 4531-007SR 4533-007 14537-007 Non -Shock 1 EPDM 4529-010 included 4521-010SR 4523-010 4527-010 Nater Viton® 4539-010 included 4531-010SR 4533-010 4537-010 1-1/4 EPDM 4529-012 included 4521-012SR 4523-012 4527-012 (Flanged Vton® 4539-012 included 4531-012SR 4533-012 4537-012 150 psi 1-1/2 EPDM 4529-015 included 4521-015SR 4523-015 4527-015 Non-Shock) Water Uton® 4539-015 included 4531-015SR 4533-015 4537-015 @ 73-F 2 EPDM 4529-020 included 4521-020SR 4523-020 4527-020 Viton@ 4539-020 included 4531-020SR 4533-020 4537-020 2-1(2 EPDM 4522-025 4521-025 4521-025SR 4523-025 4527-025 Uton' 4532-025 4531-025 4531-025SR 4533-025 4537-025 EPDM 4522-030 4521-030 4521-030SR 4523-030 4527-030 3 Viton@ 4532-030 4531-030 4531-030SR 4533-030 4537-030 4 EPDM 4522-040 4521-040 4521-040SR 4523-040 4527-040 150 psi VtonO 4532-040 4531-040 4531-040SR 4533-040 4537-040 NOShock "later EPDM 4522-060 4521-060 4521-060SR 4523-060 4527-060 @ 73-F 6 Viton' 4532-060 4531-060 4531-060SR 4533-060 4537-060 82 EPDM 4522-080 — — 4523-080 — VitonO 4532-080 — — 4531080 — 1: For CPVC valve, add the letter "C' to the part number (e.g., 4529-005C, 4521-005CSR) 2: 8" Venturied Valves are o" ball valves fitted with 6x8 end connector adapters 20 • Chemical & Corrosion Resistant PVC or CPVC Construction • Also Available in Spears"' LXTTm High Purity,Low Extractable PVC Material • Strong, Buttress Thread Union Nuts • Spears` Safe -T -Blocked Seal Carrier • Uses Standard 0 -ring Seat • EPDM or Vitona.0-rings Fully Serviceable, Replaceable Components • Sizes 1/2" - 2" Pressure Rated to 235 psi @ 73°F, Sizes 2-1/2" - 6", 8" Venturied and all Flanged Pressure Rated to 150 psi @ 73°F • Suitable for Either Horizontal or Vertical Installations • NSF Certified for Potable Water use • Suitable for Vacuum Service • Assembled with Silicone -Free, Water Soluble Lubricants • Manufactured to ASTM F 1970 Optional Accessories* • Retro -Fit End Connector Sets for Valve Replacement • Split -Nut Repair Kits for Union Nut Replacement •, Supplemental End. Connectors See `BALL VALVE ACCESSORIES" section for details of individual products. Ball Check Foot Valves z Spear89 Ball Check Valves easily convert to foot valves utilizing optional Foot Valve Screen adapters found in Ball Valve Accessories section. TRUE UNION 2000 INDUSTRIAL BALL CHECK VALVES, J Dimensions,Weights,&,Cv Values • r r F No. Component Qty. Material 1 Seal Carrier 1 PVC/CPVC 2 Seal Carrier Nut 1 PVC/CPVC 3 Carrier O-ring 1 EPDMNiton"" 4 Seat Plate 1 PVC/CPVC 5 Seat O-ring 1 EPDMNitonG 6 Body 1 PVC/'CPVC 7 Ball 1 PVC/CPVC 8 Union Nut 2 PVC/CPVC 9 End Connector O-ring 2 EPDMNitonO 10 1 End Connector 2 1 PVC/CPVC Nominal 100110 Dimensions Reference Inches, t 11%) 130 140 Approx. Wt (Lbs.) 160 Cv2 Values 180 Horizontal Closing Size A B1 SociThd Spigot Socket C Thread Spigot F G PVC CPVC Soc/Thd Flange Spigot Feet of Head (water) GPM (minimum) 1/2 1-7/8 2-7./16 2-7,8 4-3/16 3.13116 4-518 3-112 2-31/32 .30 .33 6.3 6 6.3 1.6 .10 314 2-1/4 2-34 3-1/4 4-314 4-114 5.1!4 3-7!8 3-5/16 .46 .50 17 16 17 1.6 .10 1 2-1/2 2-718 3-112 5-118 4-11/16 5-3/4 4-1A 3-5/8 .70 I .74 25 24 25 1.6 .25 1-114 1 3-116 3-1A 3-3;16 1 5-314 53116 6-5116 4-5/8 331/32 1.04 1.09 65 61 65 1.6 .40 1-1/2 3.1/2 3-1/2 4 6-114 5-7116 63,4 5 4-38 1.37 1.45 86 82 86 1.6 .75 2 4-1A 4-3/4 5-316 7-314 63/4 8-1,4 6 5.1A 2.47 2.62 130 125 130 1.6 .75 2-112 63116 5-7/8 7-13116 9-5/16 8-1/2 11-38 7-112 1 6 6.80 7.25 200 193 200 1.0 1,50 3 6-3/16 6-7/8 7-13116 10-11/16 9-314 11-9/16 7-112 613/16 6.98 7.35 275 268 275 1.0 4.00 4 7-112 7-1/4 8-1/4 11-13116 10-1/4 12-314 9 7-112 12.13 12.96 500 489 500 1.0 5.50 6 11-518 11-1/6 13 17-1/16 15-3./4 18.1/2 11-114 10-3116 37.07 39.98 800 794 800 N/A N/A 83 11-518 23-3/16 --- 31-7/8 -- --- 13-1/2 17-13116 50.84 55.92 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1: Valve Lay Length 2: Gallons per minute at 1 psi pressure drop. Valves calculated from laying length; based on derivative of Hazen `vvilliams equation with surface roughness factor of C=150. 3: 8" Ventu(ed Valves are 6" ball valves fitted with 6x8 end connector adapters System Operating 100110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 Temperature °F (°C) {38) (43) (49) (54) (60) (66) (71) (77) (82) (88) (93) (99) PVC 235 211 150 75 50 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- (1.62) (1.45) (1.03) (52) (.34) (-0-) (-0-) (-07) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) Valve 112"- 2" CPVC 235 219 170 145 130 110 90 80 70 60 50 -0- Pressure (162) (1.51) (1.17) (1.00) (90) (.76) (.62) (.55) (48) (.41) (.34) (-0-) Rating psi PVC 150 135 110 75 50 0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- (M") 2-1/2"- 8" (1.03) (.93) (.76) (.52) (.34) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) CPVC 150 140 130 120110 100 90 80 70 60 50 -0- (1.03) (.97) (.90) (.83) {.76) (.70) (.62) (.55) (.48) (.41) (.34) (-0-) NOTE:. Flanged valves have a base pressure rating of 150 psi General Installation Information: Ball check valves may be installed in either horizontal or vertical position. A minimum of ten (10) pipe diameters distance maintained from any pump or other source of turbulence. Check valves MUST be installed with the valves FLOW avow pointing in the direction of flow. 21 Standard Features (Sizes 1-1/2" - 14") • Standard model (1-1/2" - 14") has PVC Body and PP Disc for superior chemical resistance and elevated temperature capabilities • 316/403 stainless steel shaft has full engagement over the entire length of the disc and is a non -wetted part. • Only solid and abrasion -resistant plastic disc and elastomeric liner are wetted parts. • ISO bolt circle on top flange -no body or stem modifications required for accessories. • Stem retainer -PP retainer to prevent stem removal. • Seat over tightening protection -Molded body stops and seat stress relief area. • Sperical disc design offers increased Cv, ultimate sealing and high cycle life. Options • Pneumatically and electrically actuated with accessories • Alternate discs: (1) PVC : 1-1/2" - 14"" [III) PVDF : 1-1/2" - 14" PlasgearTM gear operators for 1-1/2"- 6" • Lug style (Stainless Steel 304 or 316) for blocking and end -of -line applications • Stems in 316 stainless steel, titanium, Hastelloy G". • 2" square nut on stem • 2" square nut on gear operator Stem extensions (Single stem and two-piece stem) • Locking devices (Gear Type - Standard on Lever) • Chain operators • Manual limit switch • Tandem arrangements (Patented by A/A, Inc.) ASAHI/AMERICA Rev. D 06-06 Dimensions (Lever: Sizes 1-1/2" - 8") Cv Values 77 NOMINAL NOMINAL Glu SIZE ANSI CLASS _.. - 150 SIZE (at uanot,�s �p �Fl aegeees ); ....... . .,.. :. NCHes mm d C n h D D1 L H H1 H2 H3 A INCHES mm 30 60 90 1 "O P 7�3 88 4 0 62 5.91 2 83 1 54 614 ; 2 95 3 94 2 20 1 8.66 1 ill 40 4 43 711 �. ......... . 2 50 2.20 4.75. 4 0.75 ` 6.50 3.23 1.65 6.54 3.25 4.33 1 2.20 8.66 i 2 50 7 73 120 2 11215 72 547 4 0 75 7 28 3 78 E 1 81 6 93 .8 64 4 72 1 2.20' 8.66 2 112 65 15 153 X25{} ...: ..: .= -. .� :_.. .._ } 3 80 3.03 6.00 4 0.75 -' 8.31 4.17 1.81 -' 7.52 4.15 5.31 2.20 1 9,84: 3 80 18 183 300 c ¢4�10q 4 027�0 8: 1 017;6 9.37 5 31 = 2.20 ; , 811 ; 4 69 5 91 x.20 £ ,9.84 4 100 28 87� 40 or 5 ° 125. 5.08 8.50: 8 0.88 10.39: 6.69 2.60 9.33 5.20 6.61 2.72 12,60 5' 125 49 506 830 L. 8 200 7.68 11.75 8 0 88 13 39 9 53 3.43 11.14 8.43 2.72 1.._...-.--.--.--_._..._.__.__......___.___.._.____...__......____.._.._...._.. Pressure vs. Temperature (PSI, WATER, NON -SHOCK)* Wt, { 2 50 150 70 30 ;150 100 150 100 85' 75 2 50 . 4 'Vacuum Service 1 y. i y NOMINAL r UAp"yoM , SR ;:`:€7U�1F_ SIZE SERVICE•„ * For lug style data consult factory 35 Green Street, P.O. Box 653, Malden, MA 02148 • Tel: 800-343-3618 • 781-321-5409 • Fax: 800-426-7058 • E-mail: asahi@asahi-america.com Register at our interactive web Site for on line ordering, product availability, order tracking, and many useful features: www.asahi-america.coYii Dimensions (Sizes 1-1 /211- 1411) (NOTE: GEAR OPERATED VALVE IS STANDARD 8" - 14"; SIZES 1-1/2 " - 6° ARE OPTIONS.) ASAHI/AMERICA Rev, u 0e-06 Standard Features • Pressure rated at 150 psi at 120° F (water) • Precise fingertip control • Calibrated flow indicator • Rugged unibody construction, sturdy stem • Full vacuum rated, 29.9° Hg = 90° turn operation with lever handle Cv = 1.6 s Optional FKM seats and stem O-ring All LABCOCK�' valves shall be of compact, unibody construction having a lever handle, calibrated flow indicator and male threads, female threads, hose ends or elbow as part of the valves' integral construction. Valves shall be constructed of PVC conforming to ASTM D1784 Cell Classification 12454- A. All wrings shall be EPDM or FKM. LABCOCK valves are rated to 150 psi at 70° F, as manufactured by Asahi/America, Inc. Parts List (Size 1/4") 35 Green Street, P.O. Box 653, Malden, MA 02148 • Tel: 800-343-3618 • 781-321-5409 • Fax: 800-426-7058 • E-mail: asahi@asahi-america.com Register at our interactive web site for on line ordering, product availability, order tracking, and many useful features: www.asahi-america.com Product Specifications ILARYEE CPVC Industrial Pipe: Schedule 40 & 80 Application: Corrosion resistant pressure pipe, IPS sizes 1/8" through 24", for use at temperatures up to and including 200°E Pressure rating (130 psi to 1130 psi) varies with schedule, pipe size, and temperature as shown on page 2 of this specification, and as stated in Harvel Plastics, Inc. engineering bulletin (Product Bulletin 112/401). Generally resistant to most acids, bases, salts, aliphatic solutions, oxidants, and halogens. Chemical resistance data is available and should be referenced for proper material selection. Pipe exhibits excellent flammability characteristics (ULC Listed for Surface Burning Characteristics) and other physical properties. Typical applications include: chemical processing, plating, high purity applications, hot and cold potable water systems, water and wastewater treatment, and other industrial applications involving hot corrosive fluid transfer. Scope: This specification outlines minimum manufacturing requirements for Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) schedule 40 and 80 iron pipe size (IPS) pressure pipe. This pipe is intended for use in industrial systems where the fluid conveyed does not exceed 2007 F This pipe meets and or exceeds the industry standards and requirements as set forth by the American Society for `I;sting and Materials (ASTM) and the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF). CPVC Materials: The material used in the manufacture of the pipe shall be a rigid chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) compound, Type IV Grade I, with a Cell Classification of 23447 as defined in ASTM D1784. This compound shall be light gray in color, and shall be approved by NSF for use with potable water. Dimensions: CPVC Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 pipe shall be manufactured in accordance to the requirements of ASTM F441 for physical dimensions and tolerances. Each production run of pipe manufactured in compliance to this standard, shall also meet the test requirements for materials, workmanship, burst pressure, flattening, and extrusion quality defined in ASTM F441. All belled -end pipe shall have tapered sockets to create an interference -type fit, which meet or exceed the dimensional requirements, and the minimum socket length for pressure-type sockets, as defined in ASTM D2672. Marking: Product marking shall meet the requirements of ASTM F 441 and shall include: the manufacturers name (or the manufacturers trade- . mark when privately labeled); the nominal pipe size; the material designation code; the pipe schedule and pressure rating in psi for water @ 737; F; the ASTM designation F 441; and the independent laboratory's seal of approval for potable water usage. Marking shall also include the flame spread rating and smoke development rating when tested and listed for surface burning characteristics per CAN/ULC S102.2 (Flame Spread (ES.) of <25 and Smoke Development (S.D.) of <50). Sample Specification: All CPVC Schedule 40 and schedule 80 pipe shall be manufactured from a Type IV, Grade I Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) compound with a minimum Cell Classification of 23447 per ASTM D1784. The pipe shall be manufactured in strict compliance to ASTM F441, consistently meeting the Quality Assurance test requirements of this standard with regard to material, workmanship, burst pressure, flattening, and extrusion quality. The pipe shall be produced in the USA using domestic materials, by an ISO 9001 certified manufacturer, and shall be stored indoors after production, at the manufacturing site, until shipped from factory. This pipe shall carry the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) seal of approval for potable water applications. The pipe shall have a Flame Spread rating < 25 and a Smoke Development rating < 50 when tested and listed for Surface Burning Characteristics in accordance with CAN/ULC-S102-2-M88 or equivalent. All pipe shall be manufactured by HARVEL PLASTICS, INC. Harvel Plastics, Inc. • 300 Kuebler Rd., Easton, PA 18040-9290 Tel: 610.252.7355 • Fax: 610.253.4436 • www.harvel.com Schedule 40 Dimensions Product Specifications CPVC Industrial Pipe: Schedule 40 & 80 ASTM STANDARD D1784 MATERIAL EQUIVALENTS: Cell Classification 23447 = CPVC 1Ype IV Grade I = CPVC 4120 PIPE SIZES SHOWN ARE MANUFACTURED IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH ASTM F441 Harvel Plastics, Inc. - 300 Kuebler Rd., Easton, PA 18040-9290 Tel: 610.252.7355 -Fax: 610.253.4436 - www.harvel.com The pressure ratings given are for water, non -shock, @ 73 ° F. The Nom. Pipe Average Min. Nom. Max. following temperature de -rating factors are to be applied to the Size (in.) O.D. I.D. Wall Wt./Ft. W.P working pressure ratings listed when operating at elevated 114 0.540 0.344 0.088 0.096 780 temperatures. 318 0.675 0.473 0.091 0.128 620 De -Rating Factor 112 0.840 0.602 0.109 0.190 600 Multiply the working pressure 3/4 1.050 0.804 0.113 0.253 480Operating De -Rating rating of the selected pipe 1 1.315 1.029 0.133 0.371 450 at 73'F, by the appropriate Temp (°F) Factor 1-114 1.660 1.360 0.140 0.502 370 73-80 1.00 de -rating factor to determine 1-112 1.900 1.590 0.145 0.599 330 90 0.91 the maximum working 100 0.82 2 2.375 2.047 0.154 0.803 280 pressure rating of the pipe 110 0.72 2-1/2 2.875 2.445 0.203 1.267 300 at the elevated temperature 120 0.65 3 3.500 3.042 0.216 1.660 260 3-112 4.000 3.521 0.226 1.996 240 chosen. 130 0.57 140 0.50 4 4.500 3.998 0.237 2.363 220 EX: 10" CPVC SCH 80 150 0.42 5 5.563 5.016 0.258 2.874 190 160 0.40 6 6.625 6.031 0.280 4.164 180 @ 120-F = ? 170 0.29 8 8.625 7.942 0.322 6.268 160 230 psi x 0.65 = 180 0.25 10 10.750 9.976 0.365 8.886 140 149.5 psi max. @ 1207 F 200 0.20 12 12.750 11.889 0.406 11.751 130 14 14.000 13.073 0.437 13.916 130 16 16.000 14.940 0.500 18.167 130 THE MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE FOR CPVC IS 200°E 18 18.000 16.809 0.562 22.965 130 Solvent -cemented joints should be utilized when working at 20 20.000 18.743 0.593 29.976 120 or near maximum temperatures. Harvel Plastics does not 24 24.000 22.544 0.687 37.539 120 recommend the use of CPVC for threaded connections at temperatures above 1507; F; use flanged joints, unions, or roll Schedule 80 Dimensions grooved couplings where disassembly is necessary at elevated temperatures. Nam. Pipe Average Min. Nom. Max. Size (in.) O.D. I.D. Wall Wt./Ft. WR Threading of Sch 40 CPVC pipe is not a recommended practice 114 0.540 0.282 0.119 0.117 1 130 due to insufficient wall thickness. Thread only Sch 80 or heavier 3/8 0.675 0.403 0.126 0.162 920 walls. Threading requires a 50% reduction in pressure 1/2 0.840 0.526 0.147 0.238 850 rating stated for plain end pipe @73°E 3/4 1.050 0.722 0.154 0.322 690 1 1.315 0.936 0.179 0.473 630 Chemical resistance data should be referenced for proper 1-1/4 1.660 1.255 0.191 0.654 520 material selection and possible de -rating when working with 1-1/2 1.900 1.476 0.200 0.793 470 fluids other than water. Refer to Harvel Plastics 112/401 2 2.375 1.913 0.218 1.097 400 Product Bulletin for chemical resistance and installation data. 2-1/2 2.875 2.290 0.276 1.674 420 3 3.500 2.864 0.300 2.242 370 3-1/2 4.000 3.326 0.318 2.735 350 4 4.500 3.786 0.337 3.277 320 5 5.563 4.768 0.375 4.078 290 6 6.625 5.709 0.432 6.258 280 8 8.625 7.565 0.500 9.506 250 10 10.750 9.493 0.593 14.095 230 12 12.750 11.294 0.687 19.392 230 14 14.000 12.410 0.750 23.261 220 16 16.000 14.213 0.843 29.891 220 18 18.000 16.014 0.937 37.419 220 20 20.000 17.814 1.031 45.789 220 24 24.000 21.418 1.218 64.959 210 ASTM STANDARD D1784 MATERIAL EQUIVALENTS: Cell Classification 23447 = CPVC 1Ype IV Grade I = CPVC 4120 PIPE SIZES SHOWN ARE MANUFACTURED IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH ASTM F441 Harvel Plastics, Inc. - 300 Kuebler Rd., Easton, PA 18040-9290 Tel: 610.252.7355 -Fax: 610.253.4436 - www.harvel.com Product Specifications PVC Industrial Pipe: Schedule 80 Application: Corrosion resistant pressure pipe, IPS sizes 1/8" through 241, for use at temperatures up to and including 140°E Pressure rating (210 psi to 1230 psi) varies with schedule, pipe size, and temperature as stated in Harvel Plastics, Inc. engineering bulletin (Product Bulletin 112/401). Generally resistant to most acids, bases, salts, aliphatic solutions, oxidants, and halogens. Chemical resistance data is available and should be referenced for proper material selection. Pipe exhibits excellent physical properties and flammability characteristics (independently tested flame and smoke characteristics -ULC). Typical applications include: chemical processing, plating, high purity applications, potable water systems, water and wastewater treatment, irrigation, agricultural, and other industrial applications involving corrosive fluid transfer. Scope: This specification outlines minimum manufacturing requirements for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Schedule 80 iron pipe size (IPS) pressure pipe. This pipe is intended for use in applications where the fluid conveyed does not exceed 140 ° F. This pipe meets and or exceeds the industry standards and requirements as set forth by the American Society for Rsting and Materials (ASTM) and the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF International). PVC Materials: The material used in the manufacture of the pipe shall be domestically produced rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) compound, Type I Grade I, with a Cell Classification of 12454 as defined in ASTM D1784, trade name designation H707 PVC. This compound shall be gray in color as specified, and shall be approved by NSF International for use with potable water (NSF Std 61). Dimensions: PVC Schedule 80 pipe shall be manufactured in strict accordance to the requirements of ASTM D1785 for physical dimensions and tolerances. Each production run of pipe manufactured in compliance to this standard, shall also meet or exceed the test requirements for materials, workmanship, burst pressure, flattening, and extrusion quality defined in ASTM D1785. All belled -end pipe shall have tapered sockets to create an interference -type fit, which meet or exceed the dimensional requirements and the minimum socket length for pressure-type sockets as defined in ASTM D2672. All PVC Schedule 80 pipe must also meet the requirements of NSF Standard 14 and CSA Standard B137.3 rigid PVC pipe for pressure applications, and shall bear the mark of these Listing agencies. This pipe shall have a flame spread rating of 0-25 when tested for surface burning characteristics in accordance with CAN/ULC-S102-2-M88 or equivalent. Marking: Product marking shall meet the requirements of ASTM D1785 and shall include: the manufacturer's name (or the manufacturer's trademark when privately labeled); the nominal pipe size; the material designation code; the pipe schedule and pressure rating in psi for water @ 737; the ASTM designation D1785; the independent laboratory's seal of approval for potable water usage; and the date and time of manufacture. Sample Specification: All PVC Schedule 80 pipe shall be manufactured from a Type I, Grade I Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) compound with a Cell Classification of 12454 per ASTM D1784. The pipe shall be manufactured in strict compliance to ASTM D1785, consistently meeting and/or exceeding the Quality Assurance test requirements of this standard with regard to material, workmanship, burst pressure, flattening, and extrusion quality. The pipe shall be manufactured in the USA, using domestic materials, by an ISO 9001 certified manufacturer. Standard lengths of pipe sizes 6" and larger shall be beveled each end by the pipe manufacturer. All pipe shall be stored indoors after production at the manufacturing site until shipped from factory. This pipe shall carry the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) seal of approval for potable water applications. All pipe shall be manufactured by HARVEL PLASTICS, INC. Harvel Plastics, Inc. • 300 Kuebler Rd., Easton, PA 18040-9290 Tel: 610.252.7355 • Fax: 610.253.4436 • www.harvel.com Product Specifications PVC Industrial Pipe: Schedule 80 Schedule 80 Dimensions The pressure ratings given are for water, non -shock, @ 73' E The Nom. Pipe Average Min. Nom. Max. following temperature de -rating factors are to be applied to the Size (in.) O.D. I.D. Wall Wt./Ft. W.P. working pressure ratings (WP) listed when operating at elevated 1/8 0.405 0.195 0.095 0.063 1230 temperatures. 1/4 0.540 0.282 0.119 0.105 1130 De -Rating Factor 3/8 0.675 0.403 0.126 0.146 920 Multiply the working pressure 1/2 0.840 0.526 0.147 0.213 850 rating of the selected pipe at Operating De -Rating 3/4 1.050 0.722 0.154 0.289 690 73 ° F, by the appropriate Temp (°F) Factor 1 1.315 0.936 0.179 0.424 630 de -rating factor to determine 73 1.00 1-1/4 1.660 1.255 0.191 0.586 520 the maximum working pressure 80 0.88 1-1/2 1.900 1.476 0.200 0.711 470 rating" of the pipe at the 90 0.75 2 2.375 1.913 0.218 0.984 400 elevated temperature chosen. 100 0.62 2-1/2 2.875 2.290 0.276 1.500 420 -110 0.51 3 3.500 2.864 0.300 2.010 370 EX: 120 0.40 3-1/2 4.000 3.326 0.318 2.452 350 10" PVC SCH 80 @ 120°F = 9 130 0.31 4 4.500 3.786 0.337 2.938 320 230 psi x 0.40 = 92 psi max. 140 0.22 5 5.563 4.768 0.375 4.078 290 6 6.625 5.709 0.432 5.610 280 @ 120-F 8 8.625 7.565 0.500 8.522 250 THE MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE FOR PVC IS 140°F 10 10.750 9.493 0.593 12.635 230 12 12.750 11.294 0.687 17.384 230 Solvent -cemented joints should be utilized when working at 14 14.000 12.410 0.750 20.852 220 or near maximum temperatures. Harvel Plastics does not 16 16.000 14.213 0.843 26.810 220 recommend the use of PVC for threaded connections at 18 18.000 16.014 0.937 33.544 220 temperatures above 1107; F; use flanged joints, unions, or roll 20 20.000 17.814 1.031 41.047 220 grooved couplings where disassembly is necessary at elevated 24 24.000 21.418 1.218 58.233 210 temperatures. Thread only Schedule 80 or heavier walls. Threading requires a 50% reduction in pressure rating stated for plain end pipe @73 °E Threading of Schedule 40 PVC pipe is not a recommended practice due to insufficient wall thickness. Chemical resistance data should be referenced for proper material selection and possible de -rating when working with fluids other than water. Refer to Harvel Plastics 112/401 Product Bulletin for chemical resistance, installation data, and additional information. ASTM STANDARD D1784 MATERIAL EQUIVALENTS: Cell Classification 12454 = PVC Type I Grade I = PVC1120 Pipe sizes shown are manufactured in strict compliance with ASTM D1785. Harvel Plastics, Inc. - 300 Kuebler Rd., Easton, PA 18040-9290 Tel: 610.252.7355 -Fax: 610.253.4436 - www.harvel.com ri 1 UNIONTRUE a/i INDUSTRIAL � J r r « This multi -featured, space saving quarter -turn shutoff valve is designed to meet the demands of today's industrial and chemical processing applications. PVC and CPVC valves are available. in IPS sizes 1/2" through 6" with socket/regular thread, SR (Special Reinforced) thread, flanged or spigot end connectors and 8" Venturied valve with socket or flanged ends. Also available in metric socket and BSP thread sizes 1/2" through 2". All thermoplastic ball valves shall be True Union 2000 Industrial type manufactured to ASTM F 1970 and constructed from PVC Type 1, ASTM D 1754 Cell Classification 12454 or CPVC Type IV, ASTM D1784 Cell Classification 23447. All 0 -rings shall be EPDM or Vitod�. All valves shall have Safe -T -Shear' stem with double O-ring stem seals. All valve handles shall be polypropylene with built-in lockout mechanism. All valve union nuts shall have Buttress threads. All seal carriers shall be Safe -T -Blocked*. All valve components shall be replaceable. All valves shall be certified. by NSF International for use in potable water service. All 1/2" through 2" valves shall be pressure rated to 235 psi, all 2-1/2" through 6", 5" Venturied and all flanged valves shall be pressure rated to 150 psi for water at 737. Quick -View Valve Selection Chart Valve O-ring PVC Part Number I Pressure Size Material Socket Threaded SR Threaded Flanged Spigot Rating EPDM 1829-005 included 1821-005SR 1823-005 1827-005 1/2 VitonO 1839-005 included 1831-005SR 1633-005 1837-005 EPDM 1829-007 included 1821-007SR 1823-007 1827-007 235 psi 3(4 Vitoni') 1839-007 included 1831-007SR 1833-007 1837-007 Non -Shock EPDM 1829-010 included 1821-010SR 1823-010 1827-010 Water @F 73` 1 VitonO 1839-010 included 1831-010SR 1833-010 1837-010 1-114 EPDM 1829-012 included 1821-012SR 1823-012 1827-012 (Flanged Viton") 1839-012 included 1831-012SR 1833-012 1837-012 150 si p Non EPDM 1829-015 included 1821-015SR 1823-015 1827-015 -Shock) Water 1-1/2 VitonO 1839-015 included 1831-015SR 1833-015 1837-015 @ 73°1` EPDM 1829-020 included 1821-020SR 1823-020 1827-020 2 Viton- 1839-020 included 1831-020SR 1833-020 1837-020 EPDM 1822-025 1821-025 1821-025SR 1823-025 1827-025 2-1/2 VitonO 1832-025 1831-025 1831-025SR 1833-025 1837-025 EPDM 1822-030 1821-030 1821-030SR 1823-030 1827-030 3 Viton(O 1832-030 1831-030 1831-030SR 1833-030 1837-030 EPDM 1822-040 1821-040 1821-040SR 1823-040 1827-040 150 psi Non -Shock 4 Vitono 1832-040 1831-040 1831-040SR 1833-040 1837-040 Water 73`F EPDM 1822-060 1821-060 1821-060SR 1823-060 1827-060 6 Viton© 1832-060 1831-060 1831-060SR 1833-060 1837-060 83 EPDM 1822-080 — — 1823-080 — VitonO 1 1832-080 1 -- 1833-080 --- 1) For CPVC, add [tie letter "C" following the size code of part number listed (e.g.,1829-005C, 1821-005CSR) 2) For Special Bell Vent Design, add the letter "1P' before the dash. separator-(e.g.,1829V-005, 1821 V-005CSR) 3) 8" Venturied Valves are 6" ball valves fitted with 6x8 end connector adapters. 10 • Chemical & Corrosion Resistant PVC or CPVC Construction • Also Available in Spears' LXTT11 High Purity, Low Extractable PVC Material • Interchangeable with all True Union 2000 Valves Mates with Union 2000 Pipe Unions • High Impact Polypropylene Handle • Built-in Handle Lockout • Schedule 80 Full -Bore Design • Strong, Buttress Thread Union Nuts • Spears' Double O-ring Safe -T -Shears Stem Design • EPDM or Viton- 0 -rings • Spears'' Safe -T -Blocked' Seal Carrier • Self Adjusting PTFE Floating Seat Design • Fully Serviceable, Replaceable Components • Sizes 1/2" - 2" pressure rated to 235 psi @ 73°F. Sizes 2-1/2" - 6". 8" Venturied and all Flanged to 150 psi @ 73°F. • NSF Certified for Potable Water use • Suitable for Vacuum Service • Assembled with Silicone -Free, Water Soluble Lubricants • Manufactured to ASTM F 1970 Same valve with special ball vent design for sodium hypochlorite (bleach) and other chemical applications where entrapped fluids may form caustic crystalline residues and pressure build up from gases developed. Valve has a 1/8" vent hole in ball to equalize internal fluid pressures. Install valve with ball vent on the pressure (upstream) side when in closed position. Optional Accessories* • Retro -Fit End Connector Sets for Valve Replacement • Split -Nut Repair Kits for Union Nut Replacement • Supplemental End Connectors • Round Safety Handles • Handle Lockout Ring • Stem Extension Kits • Square Operator Nuts • Multi Mount Valve/Actuation Mounting Kits *See "BALL VALVE ACCESSORIES" section for details of individual products. I� TRUE UNION01/ INDUSTRIALt Replacement Parts No. Component Qty. Material 1 Seal Carrier 1 PVC/CPUC 2 Seat 2 PTFE 3 Body 1 PVC/CPVC 4 Carrier 0 -ring 1 EPDM/VitonO 5 Stem 1 PVC/CPVC 6 Stem Bearing 1 PP 7 Handle 1 PP 8 Stem 0 -ring 2 EPDMNitonc 9 Handle Lock 1 PP 10 Ball 1 PVC/CPVC, 11 Union Nut 2 PVC/CPVC 12 End Connector 0 -ring 2 EPDMNiton° 13 End Connector 2 PVC/CPVC Nominal Size A g1 Socrrhd Dimensions Reference (inches, ± 1/16) C Spigot Socket Thread Spigot D E F G Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC Oper.2 Cv3 Values Torque (in.lbs. Socfrhd Flanged Spigot ) 112 1-7/8 2-3/8 2-7/8 4-3/16 3-3116 4-5/8 2-9/'16 2-13/16 3-1/2 2-31132 .36 .38 16 29 18 27 314 2-114 2-3/4 3-1/4 4-314 4-1,14 5-1/4 2-7/8 3-3/8 3-7!8 3-5/16 .56 .58 17 63 39 57 1 2-112 2-7/8 3-1/2 5-1/8 4-11/16 5-3/4 3-118 3-7/16 4-112 3-5/8 .74 - .77 22 120 73 108 1-1/4 3-1/16 3-1/4 3-13/16 5-3314 5-3/16 6-5/16 3-5,8 3-718 4-5/8 3-31/32 1.13 1.19 28 243 151 223 1-112 3.1/2 3-112 4 6-1/4 5-7116 6-3/4 4 4-3/16 5 4-3/8 1.54 1.60 61 357 223 333 2 4-1/4 4-3/4 5-3/16 7-3/4 6-3/4 8-114 4-1/2 5-118 6 5-114 2.72 2.85 77 599 395 571 2-1/2 5-318 6-7/8 7-13116 10-7116 9-11%16 11-3/8 5-118 6-1/4 7-112 6 7.42 7.70 132 856 579 734 3 6-3/16 7 7-13/16 10-11/16 9-718 11-91,16 5-718 7-5/8 7-1/2 6-13il6 7.46 7.81 132 1416 974 1322 4 7-5/8 7-5/16 8-1/4 11-7/8 10-1/4 12-3/4 6-314 9-3/16 9 7-1/2 12.35 12.48 396 2865 1952 2672 6 11-5/8 11-1116 13 17-1/16 15-3/'4 18-112 8-118 14-5/16 11-114 10-3/16 37.53 40.55 732 6638 4824 6149 84 11-5/8 23-3/16 -- 31-7/8 — -- 8-118 14-5/16 13-1/2 17-13.-16 F50.84 55.92 732 NIA 1: Valve Lay Length 2: Torque required at valve maximum internal pressure rating, 5ft/sec. Flow velocity; due to adjustment differences during installation, actual valves may vary. 3: Gallons per minute at 1 psi pressure drop. Valves calculated from laying length, based on derivative of Hazen -Williams equation with surface roughness factor of C=150. 4: 8" Venturied Valves are 6" ball valves fitted with 6x8 end connector adapters. Temperature Pressure Rating System Operating 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 Temperature °F (°C) (38) (43) (49) (54) (60) (66) (71) (77) (82) (88) (93) (99). PVC 235 211 150 75 50 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- (1.62) (1.45) (1.03) (52) (.34) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) Valve Pressure 1/2" - 2" CPVC 235 219 170 145 130 110 90 80 70 60 50 -0- Rating (1.62) (1.51) (1.17) (1.00) (.90) (.76) (.62) (.55) (.48) (-41) (.34) (-0-) psi PVC 150 135 110 75 50 -0- -0- 0- -0- -0- -0- -0- (MPa) (1,03) (.93) (.76) (.52) (.34) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) 2-1/2" - 8" CPVC 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 -0- (1.03) (.97) (.90) (.83) (.76) (.70) (.62) (.55) (.48) (.41) (.34) (-0-) NOTE: Flanged Valves have a base pressure rating of 150 psi - 1E Q GATE VALVES Features — PVC, CPVC This solid, proven design is well suited for a variety of chemical, industrial and irrigation applications. Spears® Gate Valves are feature -packed with a variety of end connector options. Individual special features are found in each size range 1/2" through 2", 2-1/2" & 3", and in the full featured Heavy Industrial 4" valve. See Spears® Plug Gate Valves for 6" size. • Heavy Bodied PVC & CPVC Construction • Tapered Wedge with Specially Designed Sealing Surface • Non -Rising Stem Design • Patented Strain -Equalizing Stem/Wedge Thread • O-ring Stem Seals Instead of Packing - No Retightening, Required • Buna-N, EPDM, or Viton® O-ring Seals 1/2" - 2" PVC & CPVC Heavy Duty Gate Valves • Available with socket, threaded or flanged end connectors. • Pressure rated to 200 psi @ 73°F. Flanged Valve Pressure Rated to 150 psi @ 73°F • : Positive Grip, High Impact Polypropylene Handwheel Operator • Fully Serviceable, Replaceable Components -Accessible Without Valve Removal • NSF Certified for Potable Water use • Suitable for Vacuum Service • Assembled with Silicone -Free, Water Soluble Lubricants • Metric Socket and BSP Thread Available, 1/2" - 2" 2-1/2" & 3" PVC & CPVC Heavy Duty Gate Valves • Available with socket, SR (Special Reinforced) threaded or flanged end connectors. • .Pressure rated to 150 psi @.73°F. • Optional 2" Square/T-Style Operator Nut available. Note: 2-1/2" size is a bushed down 3" valve. Sample Engineering Specification 4" PVC & CPVC Heavy Industrial Gate Valves • Available with socket, SR (Special Reinforced) threaded or flanged end connectors. • Pressure rated to 235 psi @ 73°F. Flanged Valve Pressure Rated to 150 psi @ 73°F • SS 316 Exterior Bonnet & Hardware • Built-in Quick -View Position Indicator • Optional 2" Square/T-Style Operator Nut available. All thermoplastic Gate Valves shall be constructed from PVC Type I Cell Classification 12454 or CPVC Type IV Cell Classification 23447. All O -rings shall be Buna-N, EPDM or Viton®. All valves shall have non -rising stern and Polypropylene handwheel. All valve gate wedges shall have Strain -Equalizing threads. PVC valves shall have Polypropylene wedge and CPVC valves shall have CPVC wedge. All valve components shall be replaceable. All 1/2" through 2" valves shall be pressure rated at 200 psi, all 2-1/2" through 3" valves shall be pressure rated at 150 psi, and all 4" valves shall be pressure rated at 235 psi for water at 73°F, as manufactured by Spears® Manufacturing Company. 54 GATE VALVES Quick -View Valve Selection Chart Valve Size O-ring Material PVC Part Numbersi Socket Threaded Flanged Pressure Rating 15 Buna-N 2012-005 2011-005 2013-005 44 1/2 EPDM 2022-005 2021-005 2023-005 144 127 Vitono 2032-007 2031-005 2033-005 (77) See Note 2 Buna-N 2012-007 2011-007 2013-007 583 3/4 EPDM 2022-007 2021-007 2023-007 50 -0- Viton® 2032-007 2031-007 2033-007 200 psi -0- Buna-N 2012-010 2011-010 2013-010 Non -Shock Water 1 EPDM 2022-010 2021-010 2023-010 @ 73-F 0-) Viton® 2032-010 2031-010 2033-010 Buna-N 2012-012 2011-012 2013-012 (Flanged 1-1/4 EPDM 2022-012 2021-012 2023-012 150 psi Viton® 2032-012 2031-012 2033-012 Non -Shock Water 140 Buna-N 2012-015 2011-015 2013-015 @ 73°F) 1-1/2 EPDM 2022-015 2021-015 2023-015 Viton® 2032-015 2031-015 2033-015 (.76) (.69) Buna-N 1 2012-020 2011-020 2013-020 (.34) 2 EPDM 2022-020 2021-020 2023-020 130 110 Viton® 2032-020 2031-020 2033-020 -0- -0- Buna-N 2012-0253 2011-0253 2013-0253 2-1/2 EPDM 2022-0253 2021-0253 2023-0253 150 (-0-) Viton® 2032-0253 1 2031-0253 2033-0253 psi Non -Shock (-0-) Buna-N 2012-030 2011-030SR 2013-030 Water 3 EPDM 2022-030 2021-030SR 2023-030 @0 73-F Viton® 2032-030 2031-030SR 2033-030 CPVC Buna-N 2012-040 2011-040SR 2013-040 2352 psi 4EPDM 90 2022-040 2021-040SR 2023-040 Non -Shock Water -0- Viton® 1 2032-040 1 2031-040SR 2033-040 @ 73°F 1: For CPVC valves, add the letter "C" to the part numbers (e.g., 2031-005C). 2: Flanged end connectors have a Maximum Internal Pressure Rating of 150 psi @ 73T. 3: Outlet sized with bushing. Temperature Pressure Rating Cv Values Nominal Size Cv, Gallons/Minute SocketlThreaded Flanged 1/2 19 15 3/4 37 29 1 44 39 1-1/4 128 105 1-1/2 144 127 2 333 279 2-1/2 (77) See Note 2 3 335 323 4 583 566 Flanged valves calculated for additional laying length of flanged valve. 1: Gallons per minute at 1 psi pressure drop. 2: Size 2-1/2" is a reducer bushed down 3" valve, C„ not available. System Operating 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 Temperature °F(°C) (38) (43) (49) (54) (60) (66) (71) (77) (82) (88) (93) (99) PVC 200 135 120 75 50 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- (1.38) (.93) (.83) (.52) (.34) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) 0-) (-0-) (-0-) 0-) CPVC 200 155 140 125 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 -0- (1.38) (1.07) (.97) (.86) (.76) (.69) (.62) (.55) (.48) (.41) (.34) (-0-) Valve PVC 150 130 110 60 50 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- Pressure Rating (1.03) (.90) (.76) (.41) (.34) (-0-) 0-) 0-) (-0-) 0-) 0-) (-0-) 2-1/2"-3" psi CPVC 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 -0- (MPa) (1.03) (.97) (.90) (.83) (.76) (.69) (.62) (.55) (.48) (.41) (.34) (-0-) PVC 235 140 130 90 50 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- (1.62) (.97) (.90) (.62) (.34) (-0-) (-0-) 0-) 0-) (-0-) (-0-) (-0-) 4" CPVC 235 219 170 145 130 110 95 80 70 60 50 -0- (1.62) (1.51) (1.17) (1.00) (.90) (.76) (.66) (.55) (.48) (.41) (.34) (-0-) NOT FOR USE WITH COMPRESSED AIR OR GASES 55 SPEARS 1/2" - 2" Replacement Parts GATE VALVES No. Component Qty. Material 1 Handle 1 PP 2 Stem 1 PVC/CPVC 3 Stem O-ring 1 Buna-N/EPDM/ ition@ 4 Stem Bushing 1 PP 5 Stem Nut 1 PVC/CPVC 6 1 Stem Washer 1 PP 7 Wedge Washer/O-ring 1 Buna-N/EPDM/Vition® 8 Wedge 1 PP/CPVC 9 Body (Socket/Threaded) 1 PVC/CPVC 10 Bonnet O-ring 1 Buna-N/EPDMNitionO 11 Bonnet 1 PVC/CPVC 12 1 Bonnet Nut F 1 PVC/CPVC 56 2-1/2" & 3" Replacement Parts No. Component Qty. Material 1 Handle 1 PP 2 Stem 1 PVC/CPVC 3 Stem Bearing 1 PP 4 Stem O-ring 1 Buna-N/EPDMNition® 5 1 Stem Nut 1 PVC 6 Stem Retaining Ring 1 SS 316 7 Split Washer 1 PP 8 Stem Bushing 1 PP 9 Bonnet Retainer 1 PVC/CPVC 10 Bonnet Half 2 PVC/CPVC 11 Seal Carrier 1 PVC/CPVC 12 Carrier O-ring 1 Buna-N/EPDM/ ition® 13 Wedge 1 PP/CPVC 14 Body 1 1 1 PVC/CPVC Rotary Screw Corepressor Daqstation DX1000/DX1000N ! J Flame Arrester YOKOGAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION Headquarters 2-9-32, Nakacho; Musashino-shi, Tokyo, 180-8750 JAPAN Branch Sales Offices Nagoya, Osaka, Hiroshima, Fukuoka, Sapporo, Sendai, Ichihara, Toyoda, Kanazawa, Takamatsu, Okayama, and Kitakyusyu. YOKOGAWA CORPORATION OF AMERICA Headquarters 2 Dart Road, Newnan, Georgia 30265-1094, U.S.A. Phone: 1-770-253-7000 Fax: 1-770-254-0928 YOKOGAWA EUROPE B. V. Headquarters Databankweg 20 Amersfoort 3821 AL, THE NETHERLANDS Phone: 31-33-464-1611 Fax: 31-33-464-1610 Branch Sales Offices / Wien (Austria), Zaventem (Belgium); Ratingen (Germany), Madrid (Spain), Runcorn (United Kingdom), Milano (Italy), Velizy Villacoublay (France), Roodeport (Republic of South Africa), Budapest (Hungary), Stockholm (Sweden) YOKOGAWA AMERICA DO SUL Ltda. Head Office Praca Acapulco, 31 Santo Amaro. Sao Paulo/SP -;BRAZIL Phone: 55-11-5681-2400 Fax: 55-11-5681-4434 YOKOGAWA ELECTRIC ASIA PTE. LTD. Head Office 5 Bedok South Road, 469270 SINGAPORE Phone: 65-6241-9933 Fax: 65-444-6252 YOKOGAWA ELECTRIC KOREA CO., LTD. Head Office 14-1, Yangpyongdong-4Ga, Youngdeungpo-Gu, Seoul, 150-866 KOREA Phone: 82-2-2628-6000 Fax: 82-2-2628-6400 YOKOGAWA AUSTRALIA PTY. LTD. Head Office (Sydney) Tower A, 112-118 Talavera Road, Macquarie Park, N.S.W.2113, AUSTRALIA Phone: 61-2-8870-1100 Fax:61-2-8870-1111 YOKOGAWA INDIA LTD. Head Office Plot No.96 Electronic City Complex, Hosur Road, Bangalore 560100, INDIA Phone: 91-80-4150-6000 Fax: 91-80-2852-1441 YOKOGAWA CHINA CO., LTD. K. Wah Centre 29F, 1010 Huai Hai Zhong Rd., Shanghai 200031, CHINA Phone: 86-21-5405-1919 Fax: 86-21-5405-1011 N_.'06 Printed in China YONOGAWA,. Yokogawa Electric Corporation 11111111111116111PIIII!IIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIII IIII IM 041_411301-03E 1st Edition Coontents Overviewof the Functional Changes.........................................................................................................................4 Checking the Style Number and Release Number on the Name Plate.....................................................................4 Operations on the DX1000/DX1000N/DX2000.............................................................................................................5 Improvement to the Operability on the Historical Trend Display................................................................................5 Displaying the Data in the Grid Time of the Trend Display........................................................................................5 Improvement to the Display Group Setup Operation.,......._...................................................................... ...........6 Specifying the Base Position of the Bar Graph..........................................................................................................6 Alarm Output Relay Action When the Alarm ACK Operation Is Executed.................................................................9 Resetting the Computed Value during Computation (/M1 and /PM1 Options)........................................................10 Changes to How the Data Files Are Named............................................................................................................10 Sorting the Files by the Update Date/Time..............................................................................................................11 Storage Method for Constantly Retaining the Most Recent Data Files in the CF Card (Media FIFO).....................12 Progress Display When Saving All Data of the Internal Memory .............................................................................14 Changing the Initial Display Selection Menu...........................................................................................................14 Improvement to the Data Save Operation to the USB Flash Memory .....................................................................14 Retaining the State of the CapsLock and NumLock Keys on the USB Keyboard...................................................14 Function for Automatically Assigning MW100s to the Modbus Client (DX2000 Only).............................................15 Changing of the Default Setting of the Web Server Function..................................................................................18 AList of Added Messages.......................................................................................................................................18 CommunicationCommands.......................................................................................................................................19 Specifying the Base Position of the Bar Graph........................................................................................................19 Storage Method for Constantly Retaining the Most Recent Data Files in the CF Card (Media FIFO).....................19 Format of the File List Output Using the ME Command..........................................................................................19 Alarm Output Relay Action When the Alarm ACK Operation Is Executed...............................................................20 DAQSTANDARDfor DXAdvanced..............................................................................................................................21 HardwareConfigurator............................................................................................................................................21 Viewer......................................................................................................................................................................23 2 IM 04L41 B01 -03E Viewer IM 04L41B01-03E DAQSTANDARD for DXAdvanced Linking the Previous and Subsequent Files Collectively You can collectively link previous and subsequent files to the working file. Up to now, the previous or subsequent file could be linked sepaparately. Carry out the following procedure with the file opened. • Operation on the Toolbar All linkable files are linked and displayed. TL.. IJ.. ....i.......:..... :.. �.�._�.�J_J L_ aLe • Operation from the Menu Bar On the [File] menu, click [Link All Files]. All linkable files are linked and displayed. • Operation on the Link File Dialog Box On the [Window] menu, click [Link]. The [Link File] dialog box opens. Click [All]. All linkable files are linked and displayed 10- Section 4.5, "Linking Files and Saving the Link Settings File" in the DAQSTANDARD for DXAdvanced User's Manual 23 DAQSTANDARD for DXAdvanced 22 Dialog Box for Setting the Display Type for Each View Group Select [View group] on the [General Setting] tab screen. Double-click the view group number to display a dialog box for setting each group View group number Enter the view group name Select the type of views to be displayed or drag and drop the view icons Select the group to be displayed 1 Selectable view types 10- Section 3.5, "Entering General Settings" in the DAQSTANDARD for DXAdvanced User's Manual Setting the Expression This applies to the operation for setting the expression on the setup screen of each computation channel. You can display a list of variables and constants and click the desired variables or constants to create the expression. Click the tab to display a list of that item Section 3.4, "Setting the Computation Channels" in the DAQSTANDARD for DXAdvanced User's Manual IM 041-41601-03E Thank you for purchasing the Daqstation DX1000/DX1000N/DX2000 (DX). This manual covers functions that has been changed in hardware style 2 and firmware release 2 or later. It also covers functions that have been changed on DAQSTANDARD version 7.21 or later. Change the contents of the following manuals with the contents of this manual. Manuals Provided on the CD-ROM Manual Title Manual No. Description Daqstation DX1000/DX1000N IM 041-411301-01E See this manual for the descriptions of the User's Manual DX1000/DX1000N operations. Daqstation DX2000 IM 041-421301-01E See this manual for the descriptions of the User's Manual DX2000 operations. Daqstation IM 041-411301-17E See this manual for the descriptions of DX1000/DX1000N/DX2000 communication commands. Communication Interface User's Manual DXA120 IM 041-41 B01-61 E See this manual for the descriptions of the DAQSTANDARD for DAQSTANDARD operations. DXAdvanced User's Manual Paper Manuals Manual Title Manual No. Description Daqstation DX1000/DX1000N IM 041-41 B01 -02E Explains the basic operations of the Operation Guide DX1000/DX1000N. Daqstation DX2000 IM 041-42601-02E Explains the basic operations of the Operation Guide DX2000. 1st Edition : February 2007 (YK) All Right Reserved, Copyright © 2007, Yokogawa Electric Corporation IM 04L411301 -03E 3 Overview of the Functional Changes Below is an overview of the main functional changes. • Improvement to the Operability on the Historical Trend Display When changing to the all data display, the DX loads as much of the continuous data as the display memory can hold and shows the data. • Alarm Output Relay Action When the Alarm ACK Operation Is Executed You can select the mode in which the alarm output relay is turned OFF when alarm ACK is executed and remains OFF until the next alarm occurs. • Addition of the Media FIFO Function If not enough free space is available when saving a new data file to the CF card, files are deleted in order from the oldest data update date/time to save the new file. • Function That Automatically Assigns MW100s to Modbus Clients When connecting MW100s to the DX using the Modbus/TCP communications, the MW100 channels can be assigned automatically to the DX external input channels. * Only on DX2000s with the external input channels (/MC1 option). • NEMA4 Compliance (Only the Waterproof Construction) The waterproof construction of the DX front panel complies with the NEMA4 standard. Checking the Style Number and Release Number on the Name Plate As shown below, the style number and release number are marked on the name plate attached to the DX. Firmware release number Hardware style number 4 IM 04L41 601.03E ' The functions below have been added or changed since DAQSTANDARD revision 7.21. Hardware Configurator Setup Menu Corresponding to the DX Functions of Firmware Version 2.Ox • Specifying the Base Position of the Bar Graph Applies to the operations on the [Measure channel], [Math channel], or [Ext channel] tab screen. IM 04L41B01.03E Bar Display Position Set the base position of the bar graphs to [Normal], [Center], [Lower], or [Upper]. Operations on the DX1000/DX1000N/DX2000: Page 6 • Alarm Output Relay Action When the Alarm ACK Operation Is Executed Select [Alarm] on the [Basic Setting] tab screen. Relay Action on ACK Normal The relay output is deactivated when the alarm ACK operation is executed. If the condition for activating the alarm output relay is met in the next scan interval, the relay output is activated. This operation is valid only when the alarm output relay is set to [Hold]. Reset The relay output is deactivated when the alarm ACK operation is executed. If a new condition for activating the alarm output relay, the relay is activated. Operations on the DX1000/DX1000N/DX2000: Page 9 Storage Method for Constantly Retaining the Most Recent Data Files in the CF Card (Media FIFO) Select [Environment] > [Detail Setting] on the [Basic Setting] tab screen. Media 1-11-v: This is valid only when [Auto Save] is [ON]. ON If there is no more free space on the CF card, the oldest file is deleted, and the newest file is saved. OFF If there is no more free space on the CF card, the measured data is not saved to the CF card. Operations on the DX1000/DX1000N/DX2000: Page 12 21 Communication Commands 20 Alarm Output Relay Action When the Alarm ACK Operation Is Executed WO Set alarm and DO settings Set the Output Relay Syntax WO p1,p2,p3,p4,p5<terminator> pi DO type (RLY) p2 Relay number NONE No AND setting 101 Specify only 101 101-lxx Specify 101 to Ixx xx={02 to 361 p3 Energize/De-energize the relay DE—ENERGIZE ENERGIZE P4 Hold/Not hold the relay NONHOLD HOLD P5 Relay action on ACK NORMAL RESET Example No AND operation of the output relay, relay action is energize, and release the relay output when the alarm ACK operation is performed regardless of the alarm status. WORLY,NONE,ENERGIZE,HOLD,RESET Section 3.6, "Basic Setting Commands" in the communication interface user's manual Settings on the DX: Page 9 IM 04L41B01-03E Below are the operational changes as a result of the functional changes. This section mainly uses the DX1000 display in the explanations. Improvement to the Operability on the Historical Trend Display Loading Operation of Continuous Data to the Display Memory All Data Display When all data display is enabled, as much of the past measured data that are continuous to the measured data shown on the screen at that point as the display memory can hold are loaded. This allows you to view the past measured data without having to load the data for each screen. • Conventional Display Method • New Display Method Shows only the display data that was showing before the change when switching to the all data display. Loads as much of the continuous data as the display memory can hold and shows the data when switching to the all data display. Section 4.3, "Displaying Past Measured Data (Historical Trend Display)" in the user's manual Displaying the Data in the Grid Time of the Trend Display If the trend update interval is set to 1 h/div or higher, the month, day, and hour at the grid position are displayed on the screen. The display format can be changed by setting the date format. IM 04L41B01.03E Date Format Display Format of the Grid Time Display Example Year/Month/Day MM/DD hh 12/31 08 Month/Day/Year MM/DD hh 12/31 08 Day/Month/Year DD/MM hh 31/1208 Day.Month.Year DD.MM hh 31.1208 10- Section 2.4, "Setting the Date Format" in the user's manual 5 ODerations on the DX1000/DX1000N/DX2000 Improvement to the Display Group Setup Operation The channel settings of a display group can be copied to another group. Setup Screen Press MENU (switch to the setting mode) and select Group set, Trip line Procedure 1. Select the copy source channel settings. 2. Press the Copy soft key. 3. Select the copy destination channel settings. 4. Press the Paste soft key. The channel settings are copied. 10- Section 5.1, "Setting Display Groups' in the user's manual Specifying the Base Position of the Bar Graph The base position of the bar graph can be set to span lower limit (scale lower limit) or span upper limit (scale upper limit). The setting is applied when displaying the bar graph and when displaying the current value on the scale using the bar graph. Setup Screen N and select Meas channel > Bar Graph IM 04L41B01-03E Communication commands are described in chapter 3, "Commands" in the DX1000/ DX1000NIDX2000 Communication Interface User's Manual (IM 04L41B01-17E). Specifying the Base Position of the Bar Graph S® Sets the bar graph for each channel Syntax SB p1,p2,p3<terminator> pl Measurement/computation/external input channel number P2 Base position of the bar graph display NORMAL Normal (lower limit) CENTER Center LOWER Lower limit UPPER Upper limit P3 Number of scale divisions (4 to 12) Section 3.4, "Setting Commands (Setting)" in the communication interface user's manual 01- Settings on the DX: Page 6 Storage Method for Constantly Retaining the Most Recent Data Files in the CF Card (Media FIFO) WWU Sets the environment Set the media Syntax WU p1, p2, p3<terminator> pl Setting type (MEDIA) p2 Auto save function (OFF or ON) p3 Media FIFO (OFF or ON) Example Use media FIFO. WUMEDIA,ON,ON 11110- Section 3.6, "Basic Setting Commands" in the communication interface user's manual Settings on the DX: Page 12 Format of the File List Output Using the ME Command Because the method of assigning the file name has been changed, the output format has also changed. The number of output file name characters is 51. • Syntax EACRLF yy/mo/dd hh:mm:ss ssssssss fff••• 0 XXX •••CRLF .............................................. ENCRLF IM 04L41B01-03E fff • • • name (51 characters including the extension. If it is less than 48, spaces are entered. If this is a directory, the characters <DIR> are shown at the position displaying the file data size. Section 4.2, "Output Format of ASCII Data" in the communication interface user's manual 19 Operations on the DX1000/DX1000N/DX2000 Changing of the Default Setting of the Web Server Function The default setting of the Web server function has been changed to Use. You can use the Web server function by setting the monitor page or operator page to On. 00Section 1.5, "Monitoring the DX on a PC Browser" in the communication interface user's manual A List of Added Messages The following error messages have been added. Code Message Explanation/Countermeasures/Ref, section 129 IP address is not set. Set the IP address of the DX. 131 You have exceeded the available You cannot connect more than 240 channels. Value at the bottom of the bar graph: channel capacity. 132 You have exceeded the available The maximum number of commands that can Value at the top of the bar graph: number of commands. be sent is 16. The modules that can be set with lower Limit or scale upper limit), whichever is a single command are consecutive modules that Starting point of the bar: Bottom edge can be automatically set. Change the MW100 Value at the bottom of the bar graph: module configuration so that there are no empty Value at the top of the bar graph: Same as with Normal. slots. 133 External 1/0 auto setting information Below are the possible causes. Check them. is not available. • The MW100 is in calibration mode. Change to the setting mode or measurement mode. • The measurement module may not have been detected. Perform system reconfiguration. • There are no modules that can be automatically set. Check the modules. • An IP address has not been assigned to the MW100. Set the IP address. • The Modbus server of the MW100 is turned OFF. Turn ON the server. 134 Auto setting has already been You cannot set an MW100 that has been executed. automatically set. 135 External 1/0 cannot be found. Check the Ethernet connection. 136 External 1/0 start cannot be executed. The current MW100 settings do not allow the measurement to be started. Check the settings. 137 DNS for this device is not set. Set the DNS of the DX. In addition, the following status messages have been added. These messages appear when the respective processing operation takes a long time. Code 513 Post process in progress. 514 Now loading historical data. 515 Data save is completed. 516 Files are now beino sorted. 1110- Section 10. 1, "A List of Messages" in the user's manual (section 11.1 for the DX2000) Operations on the DX1000/DX1000N/DX2000 Setup Items Span upper limit (or scale upper limit) • Bar graph > Base position Span lower limit (or scale lower limit) Set the base position of the bar graphs to Normal, Center, Lower, or Upper. The bar I graphs for the different settings are shown below. When the Display Direction of the Bar Graph Is Vertical • Normal Starting point of the bar Value at the bottom of the bar graph: Span lower limit or span upper limit (or scale lower limit or scale upper limit), whichever is less Value at the top of the bar graph: Span lower limit or span upper limit (or scale lower Limit or scale upper limit), whichever is greater Starting point of the bar: Bottom edge • Center Value at the bottom of the bar graph: Same as with Normal. Value at the top of the bar graph: Same as with Normal. Starting point of the bar: Center • Lower Value at the bottom of the bar graph: Span lower limit (or scale lower limit) Value at the top of the bar graph: Span upper limit (or scale upper limit) Starting point of the bar: Bottom edge • Upper Value at the bottom of the bar graph: Same as with Lower. Value at the top of the bar graph: Same as with Lower. Starting point of the bar: Top edge _.... Normal Center Lower Upper VL VL Vupper Vupper VS 14 VS Li Vlower14 Vlower 18 IM 04L41B01-03E IM 04L41B01-03E Vupper: Span upper limit (or scale upper limit) Vlower: Span lower limit (or scale lower limit) VL: Vlower or Vupper, whichever is greater VS: Vlower or Vupper, whichever is less Starting point of the bar Operations on the DX1000/DX1000N/DX2000 When the Display Direction of the Bar Graph Is Horizontal The span lower limit (or scale lower limit) becomes the left edge of the bar graph, and the span upper limit (or scale upper limit) becomes the right edge of the bar graph. • Starting point of the bar Normal: Left edge or right edge, whichever is less Center: Center Lower: Left edge Upper: Right edge Lower Vlower Vupper When Displaying the Current Value on the Scale Using the Bar Graph Normal Center Lower Upper 10- Section 5.11, "Changing the Bar Graph Display Method" in the user's manual Operation using communication commands: Page 19 IM 04L41B01-03E Operations on the DX1000/DX1000N/DX2000 Note About the MW100 • MW100s that support auto setting are those with firmware version R2.22 or later. fi MW100 modules that can be automatically set are the following input modules. 4 -CH, High -Speed Universal Input Module 10 -CH, Medium -Speed Universal Input Module 6 -CH, Medium -Speed Four -Wire RTD Resistance Input Module 10 -CH, High-speed Input Module • If there are no channels to be assigned or the Modbus server setting is OFF, auto setting fails with an error. Check the settings. • MW100s that are connected through auto setting automatically switches to the measurement mode. • Port number 34324 of the MW100 is used to perform auto setting. • For details on the MW100 settings, see the user's manual of the MW100. The first channel information of the MW100 that is automatically set to the external input channel can be displayed when the cursor is on the first or last channel. IM 041 -41B01 -03E In addition, the status of the connected MW100 can be confirmed on the Modbus status display screen. Read cycle is Connect.retry : 2min Comm. Data No. Status First Last Server name Resisters 1 READ 0 Cnct 201 - 220 192.168.1.101 30001 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 16 on the DX1000/DX1000N/DX2000 Setup Items The MW100 channels are assigned to the external input channels of the DX as follows: • Channel Number The channels of the MW100 selected first are assigned consecutively from external input channel 201. The channels of the MW100 selected next are assigned to the available external input channels from the smallest number. You cannot select the external input channels to be assigned. DX DX external input channels channels MW100 CH2O1 ---------------------------- ' CH001 CH220 CH221 CH240 CH241 Meas. channels , 1 CH270 • Range Settings MW100 meas. Order of automatic channels MW100 assignment ---------------------------- ' CH001 ' Meas. channels , 1 CH001 to CH020i CH-------------------� -------- ----------------------- CH001 _. Meas. channels E CH001 to CH004: 2 CH014 ora CH011 to CH0141 --------------------------9 ----------- ' CH001 1' ME Meas. channels 3 CH001 to CH030i The range settings of the MW100 (including the span and unit) are set automatically to the external input channels. If the span setting of the MW100 range exceeds the span setting range of the DX external input channel (-30000 to 30000), it is set to the span upper limit (30000) or lower limit (-30000). Specify the settings such as the alarm, tag, and the area display of the color scale band of each channel after the auto setting is complete. Note Precautions When Assigning Channels to the External Input Channels • The MW100 channels are assigned in unit of 10 channels to the external input channels. If the MW100 measurement module consists of less than 10 channels, "OFF" is assigned to the external input channels for the section without channels. • An error occurs if the number of MW100 channels to be automatically set is greater than the number of available external input channels. • If the range setting of a MW100 channel is set to "SKIP," the external input channel of the DX is set to "OFF." • If a MW100 unit contains a module that cannot be set automatically, only the channels that can be assigned are assigned to the external input channels of the DX. • If a new MW100 is added, auto setting is executed again. At this point, all the settings are cleared. Therefore, you must execute the auto setting again for all MW100s. • If you are connecting MW100s that can be automatically set and MW100s that cannot be automatically set or other Modbus devices, automatically set the MW100s that can be automatically set first and then manually set the connection of the remaining devices. IM 041-411301-03E ns on the DX1000/DX1000N/DX2000 Alarm Output Relay Action When the Alarm ACK Operation Is Executed You can select the relay output status that is enabled after the alarm ACK operation from IM 04L41601 -03E the following two settings. • Normal: The relay output is deactivated when the alarm ACK operation is executed. If the condition for activating the alarm output relay is met in the next scan interval, the relay output is activated. This operation is valid only when the alarm output relay is set to Hold. • Reset: The relay output is deactivated when the alarm ACK operation is executed. If a new condition for activating the alarm output relay is met, the relay is activated. An example of the relay action when alarm ACK is executed is shown below. This example is for the case when the output relay AND item is set to OR and the Hold item is set to Hold. • Normal Alarm 1 Alarm 2 ON Alarm output relay OFI • Reset Alarm 1 Alarm 2 ON Alarm output relay_ Alarm ACK V is activated in the next scan interval Alarm ACK V is activated on the next alarm occurrence Setup Screen Press MENU (switch to the setting mode), hold down FUNC for 3 s (switch to the basic setting mode), select Alarm > Switch, Relay Setup Items Relay > Relay Action on Ack Select Normal or Reset. 110- Section 3.5, "Setting the Auxiliary Alarm Function" in the user's manual 00- Section 3.8, "Releasing the Alarm Output (Alarm ACK Operation)" in the user's manual Operation using communication commands: Page 20 10 ons on the DX1000/DX1000N/DX2000 Resetting the Computed Value during Computation (/M1 and /PM1 Options) You can reset the computed value not only when the computation is stopped but also when the computation is in progress. Section 9.4, "Starting/Stopping Computation, Resetting Computation, and Releasing Computation Data Dropout Display" in the user's manual Changes to How the Data Files Are Named The table below shows the file name that is assigned when the measured data is saved to the CF card. Differences from the File Names up to Now • The "ID" item at the end of the file name is deleted and its functionality is included in the "Separator" of the 7 -digit sequence. • The sequence section of the display data and event data file names is changed to 7 digits, and the "ID" function is included in the "Separator" when using the "Batch name." Structure Description Date Display data Consists of a 6 -digit number and a separator. The number is Event data 7 d it -' ....3. pecified strin Date - -, r ', , Extension Manual sampled data Ex.: 000123_AAAAAAAAAAA050928_174633.DAD Snapshot data The separator starts with an underscore followed by a character Report data Specitie�050928D17463i; T _e .Extension Date YYMMDD_HHMiSS Ex.tl000123 3HD.DAR Sequence Display data HH: Hour, Mi: Minute, SS: Second Specified string Event data 7 di it :'.E1 Specified strinq Extension Batch name Manual sampled data Ex.: 000123 AAAAAAAAAAA.DAD Type Snapshot data Report data type Report data d. d ;iIMJLSpecified strinq T e Extension Ex.:000123 AAAAAAAAAAAOHD.DAR Batch name Display data DM: Daily and monthly - di it_llills= Batch name Extension Display data :DAD Event data Ex.: 000123 BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB.DAD Event data :DAE Report data Manual sampled data :DAM Setup data :PDL Ex.:000123 050928 174633HD.DAR Manual sampled data Snapshot data p Ex.:000123 050928 174633.DAM _ _ Item Description 7 -digit sequence 000001-999999 Consists of a 6 -digit number and a separator. The number is assigned in order of occurrence. When the 6 -digit number reaches 999999, it returns to 000000. The separator starts with an underscore followed by a character that changes in the following order: A to Z and then 0 to 9. Date YYMMDD_HHMiSS YY: Year (lower two digits), MM: Month, DD: Day HH: Hour, Mi: Minute, SS: Second Specified string AAAAAAAAA•••A Up to 16 alphanumeric characters can be used Batch name BBBBBBBBBBB•••B Up to 40 alphanumeric characters can be used Type H_, D_, W_, M_, Report data type HD, DW, DM H_: Hourly, D_: Daily, W_: Weekly, M_: Monthly, HD: Hourly and daily, DW: Daily and weekly, DM: Daily and monthly Extension Display data :DAD Report data :DAR Event data :DAE Snapshot data :PNG Manual sampled data :DAM Setup data :PDL IM 04L41B01-03E on the DX1000/DX1000N/DX2000 Function for Automatically Assigning MW100s to the Modbus Client (DX2000 Only) IM 04L41B01-03E If the DX2000 is a Modbus client, MW100s, Modbus servers on the network, can be automatically assigned to the DX2000. This function can be used only on DX2000s with the external input channel function (/MC1 option). Setup Preparation Set the MW100s so that measurements can be started (IP address, system construction, range setting, and the like of the MW100s to be automatically assigned). For details, see the user's manual of the MW100. Setup Procedure If the IP address of the DX is not set, set it before carrying out the procedure below. 1. Press MENU (switch to the setting mode), hold down the FUNC key for 3 s (switch to the basic setting mode), and select Communication (Ethernet) > Modbus client > Auto setting 2. Carefully read the displayed precautions. Select Yes to execute the auto setting. Select No to return to the screen operation. 3. From the list of MW100s that is displayed, select the MW100s to be connected using the up and down arrow keys, and press DISP/ENTER. The selected MW100s are assigned to the external input channel of the DX. Displays the IP address or host name. Displays the MW100 unit number. The list displays up 'nallest unit number. status of the external input channel assignments. igs: Status in which the MW100 is not assigned automatically dy: Status in which the MW100 cannot be connected* display: Displays the number of the assigned external input channels Example: If a MW100 is assigned to external input channels 201 to 220, the status displays 201/220. For the corrective action, see "A List of Added Messages" on page 18. Pressing the Call soft key causes "—" to blink on the 7 -segment LED display of the selected MW100 for 2 seconds. This allows you to check which MW100 is selected if multiple MW100s are connected. 15 on the DX1000/DX1000N/DX2000 Progress Display When Saving All Data of the Internal Memory If you carry out All Save* on the memory summary screen, a pop-up window appears showing the progress of the save operation. * Function for saving all data in the internal memory to a CF card or USB flash memory. Note • The pop-up window appears only when the memory summary display is showing. • If you press the ESC key, the pop-up window clears temporarily and reappears approximately 10 seconds later. • The time estimate for saving all data is indicated in the table below (when the memory is full of data). It may take longer depending on the operating conditions of the DX. ns on the DX1000/DX1000N/DX2000 Sorting the Files by the Update Date/Time The files can be sorted in order by the update date/time in the screens below. This - function allows you to easily locate the files you need. /V File list/delete • Load display data • Load event data • Load settings (setting mode) • Load settings (basic setting mode) Time to Save All Data (Estimate) Save Destination CF Card USB Flash Memory Standard memory (internal memory size suffix code -1) 4 minutes 16 minutes Expansion memory (internal memory size suffix code -2) 10 minutes 40 minutes 10- Section 4.8, "Using the Memory Summary" in the user's manual Changing the Initial Display Selection Menu -, SELECT SAVE and ALL SAVE are shown in the initial display menu. Section 4.8, "Using the Memory Summary" in the user's manual Section 5.17, "Changing the FUNC Key Menu and Display Selection Menu" in the user's manual (section 5.18 for the DX2000) Improvement to the Data Save Operation to the USB Flash Memory Save data is displayed only when a flash memory is connected to the USB port and is usable* in the operation mode. * If DX is configured so that any of the items below is shown in the display menu, Save data can be executed. You can change the items shown in the display menu using the menu customize function. SELECT SAVE, M.SAMPLE SAVE, REPORT SAVE, or ALL SAVE Section 2.12, "Using the USB Flash Memory (/USB1 Option)" in the user's manual 1110- Section 5.17, "Changing the FUNC Key Menu and Display Selection Menu" in the user's manual (section 5.18 for the DX2000) Retaining the State of the CapsLock and NumLock Keys on the USB Keyboard The state of the CapsLock and NumLock keys is retained even if you disconnect the USB keyboard. Section 2.11, "Controlling the DX with a Keyboard (/USB1 Option)" in the user's manual 3 14 IM 04L41B01-03E IM 04L41B01-03E Procedure The procedure is explained using the "File list/delete" screen of the CF card as an example. 1. Press MENU (switch to the setting mode) and select Save/Load > File list/delete > CF soft key* > DISP/ENTER * When a CF card and a USB flash memory (/USB1 option) are being used 2. Press the Sort soft key to sort the files by the update date/time. F:/DATAO/ 1 Pressing the Sort key sorts the file list in order from M.9TFLE DATA (00314000) the oldest to newest update date/time, or vice versa. FEFiRT CATH (020/100) 06/11/29 19:44 Each time the key is pressed thereafter, the sort STELE pTrA• 0 DISFLAJ Ef M(. CCD) 06/11/29 20:14 order reverses. The arrow next to the Date/Time Stat Ti- Erd Tire Data Fa_tm y lYY 10:22:52 12/26 11:07:28 1133 : Sorts from oldest update date/time (ascending) 12610:26:53 12/1610:27:24 14 SKr 12/2- 10:21:10 12126 10: 35: 18 5 - 12/v 10:25:16 12/2, 10:25:18 12/610:6:12 1211610:6:14 2 2 St - - 12 dL 10: 6:03 1218610:25:10 2 Sux 12/E- 10:7-:16 121,5 10:39:10 03 =..o Note • The pop-up window appears only when the memory summary display is showing. • If you press the ESC key, the pop-up window clears temporarily and reappears approximately 10 seconds later. • The time estimate for saving all data is indicated in the table below (when the memory is full of data). It may take longer depending on the operating conditions of the DX. ns on the DX1000/DX1000N/DX2000 Sorting the Files by the Update Date/Time The files can be sorted in order by the update date/time in the screens below. This - function allows you to easily locate the files you need. /V File list/delete • Load display data • Load event data • Load settings (setting mode) • Load settings (basic setting mode) Time to Save All Data (Estimate) Save Destination CF Card USB Flash Memory Standard memory (internal memory size suffix code -1) 4 minutes 16 minutes Expansion memory (internal memory size suffix code -2) 10 minutes 40 minutes 10- Section 4.8, "Using the Memory Summary" in the user's manual Changing the Initial Display Selection Menu -, SELECT SAVE and ALL SAVE are shown in the initial display menu. Section 4.8, "Using the Memory Summary" in the user's manual Section 5.17, "Changing the FUNC Key Menu and Display Selection Menu" in the user's manual (section 5.18 for the DX2000) Improvement to the Data Save Operation to the USB Flash Memory Save data is displayed only when a flash memory is connected to the USB port and is usable* in the operation mode. * If DX is configured so that any of the items below is shown in the display menu, Save data can be executed. You can change the items shown in the display menu using the menu customize function. SELECT SAVE, M.SAMPLE SAVE, REPORT SAVE, or ALL SAVE Section 2.12, "Using the USB Flash Memory (/USB1 Option)" in the user's manual 1110- Section 5.17, "Changing the FUNC Key Menu and Display Selection Menu" in the user's manual (section 5.18 for the DX2000) Retaining the State of the CapsLock and NumLock Keys on the USB Keyboard The state of the CapsLock and NumLock keys is retained even if you disconnect the USB keyboard. Section 2.11, "Controlling the DX with a Keyboard (/USB1 Option)" in the user's manual 3 14 IM 04L41B01-03E IM 04L41B01-03E Procedure The procedure is explained using the "File list/delete" screen of the CF card as an example. 1. Press MENU (switch to the setting mode) and select Save/Load > File list/delete > CF soft key* > DISP/ENTER * When a CF card and a USB flash memory (/USB1 option) are being used 2. Press the Sort soft key to sort the files by the update date/time. F:/DATAO/ Pressing the Sort key sorts the file list in order from the oldest to newest update date/time, or vice versa. 30119-061129_191428,DAD 06/11/29 19:44 Each time the key is pressed thereafter, the sort 30120-061129_194428.DAD 06/11/29 20:14 order reverses. The arrow next to the Date/Time ,30121-061129201428.DAD 06/11/29 20:: column title Indicates ascending or descending order. ,30123-061129211428.DAD 06/11/2921:4144 06/11/29 21:44 : Sorts from oldest update date/time (ascending) 30124_061129214428.DAD 06/11/29 22:14:'' : Sorts from newest update date/time 30125_061129221428.DAD 06/11/29 22:44+. Fr_e05 0'4'V /= 1/622317 Kbytes -- !' (descending) 11 ns on the DX1000/DX1000N/DX2000 Storage Method for Constantly Retaining the Most Recent Data Files in the CF Card (Media FIFO) When saving the data files automatically, you can save the data so that the most recent data files are constantly retained in the CF card. This method allow you to use the DX continuously without having to replace the CF card. Operation Old Update date New Deleted File 1 h File 2 File 3 Saved: File 4 74 a q K :-;:,r�<: .row, 4' ,_. •9:o.�u'm;.e.'+rs//..� 3 �j .-...,.,,/.. Medium If not enough free space is available when saving a new data file to the CF card, files are deleted in order from the oldest data update date/time to save the new file. This operation is referred to as FIFO (First In First Out). • The FIFO operation is carried out only when saving the following files automatically. It is not carried out when saving files to the save destination directory using another method. Display data files, event data files, report data files, manual sample data files, and snapshot files • Files that are deleted All the files in the save destination directory are applicable to be deleted. However, the following files are excluded. Hidden files, read-only files, files in the subdirectory within the save destination directory • The most recent 1000 files are retained. If the number of files in the save destination directory exceeds 1000, the number of files is held at 1000 by deleting old files even if there is enough free space. If there are more than 1000 files already in the save destination directory, one or more files are always deleted before saving the new file. Setup Screen Press MENU (switch to the setting mode), hold down the FUNC key for 3 s (switch to the basic setting mode), and select Environment > Security, Media save Setup Items Save > Auto save Select On. Save > Media FIFO Select On. 10- Section 6.2, "Setting the Method for Saving the Data" in the user's manual Operation using communication commands: Page 19 12 IM 041-41601-03E Operations on the DX10001DX1000N/DX2000 Status Display of the CF Card • If an error occurs on the CF card, the CF card icon in the status display section changes to an error display. , An error occurred while accessing the CF card. (White) Detected an error when the CF card was inserted or performed a key operation to eject the CF card when an error was occurring (Light blue) while the CF card was being accessed. • If the media FIFO is turned ON, the icon does not turn red even when the free space on the CF card falls below 10% of the total CF card size. Section 1.3, "Display" in the user's manual E-mail Transmission of CF Card Errors • An e-mail message can be sent when an error occurs on the CF card. • If the media FIFO is turned ON, an e-mail message is not sent even when the free space on the CF card falls below 10% of the total CF card size. To send e-mail message of CF card errors, set the DX to send a system mail. Setup Screen Press MENU (switch to the setting mode), hold down the FUNC key for 3 s (switch to the basic setting mode), and select Communication (Ethernet) > E-mail 110- Section 1.4, "Sending E-mail Messages" in the communication interface user's manual Relay Contact Output When a CF Card Error Occurs (/F1 and /F2 Options) A relay contact output can be activated when an error occurs on the CF card. Setup Screen MENU key (switch to the setting mode) > Hold down the FUNC key for 3 s (switch to the basic setting mode), and select Status Relay Setup Items Memory/Media status Select On. Section 2.9, "Outputting the DX Status via the Relay Contact" in the user's manual Operation When a CF Card Error Occurs Carry out the procedure below to reset the CF card icon to normal and release the relay output. • Replace the CF card with a normal one. • Format the CF card on the DX. IM 041-41 B01 -03E 13 ROTARY SCREW COMPRESSOR y Instruction Book GX 2, GX 3, GX 4, GX 5 Copyright Notice Any unauthorized use or copying of the contents or any part thereof is prohibited. This applies in particular to trademarks, model denominations, part numbers and drawings. Date Printed .................... 06/06/2006 Atlas Copco www.atiascopco.com Table of contents 1 Safety precautions......................................................................................... 4 1.1 SAFETY ICONS............................................................................................; ........................... 4 1.2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DURING INSTALLATION .................................................................................. 4 1.3 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DURING OPERATION....................................................... I.............................. 6 1.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DURING MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR..................................................................... 7 2 General description...................................................................................... 10 2.1 INTRODUCTION.......................................................................................................................1 0 2.2 AIR FLOW.............................................................................................................................1 4 2.3 OIL SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................1 7 2.4 REGULATING SYSTEM...............................................................................................................1 8 2.5 CONTROL PANEL....................................................................................................................1 9 2.6 PROTECTION OF COMPRESSOR....................................................................................................20 2.7 AIR DRYER............................................................................................................................ 21 3 Installation.................................................................................................. 22 3.1 INSTALLATION PROPOSAL..........................................................................................................22 3.2 DIMENSION DRAWINGS.............................................................................................................25 3.3 ELECTRIC CABLE SIZE...............................................................................................................27 3.4 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS........................................................................................................28 3.5 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS.............................................................................................................29 3.6 PICTOGRAPHS........................................................................................................................31 4 Operating instructions.................................................................................. 33 4.1 INITIAL START-UP....................................................................................................................33 4.2 STARTING.............................................................................................................................35 4.3 STOPPING.............................................................................................................................38 4.4 TAKING OUT OF OPERATION.......................................................................................................39 2 5 Maintenance................................................................................................41 5.1 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE.......................................................................................... 41 5.2 DRIVE MOTOR....................................................................................................................... 42 5.3 OIL SPECIFICATIONS................................................................................................................ 42 5.4 OIL, FILTER AND SEPARATOR CHANGE..........................................................................................42 5.5 PD X FILTER CHANGE............................................................................................................... 44 5.6 STORAGE AFTER INSTALLATION...................................................................................................45 5.7 SERVICE KITS........................................................................................................................ 45 6 Adjustments and servicing procedures............................................................46 6.1 AIR FILTER............................................................................................................................ 46 6.2 COOLERS.............................................................................................................................. 47 6.3 SAFETY VALVE...................................................................................................................... 47 6.4 BELT SET EXCHANGE AND TENSIONING.........................................................................................48 7 Problem solving .....50 7.1 PROBLEM SOLVING.................................................................................................................. 50 8 Technical data.............................................................................................53 8.1 READINGS ON CONTROL PANEL................................................................................................... 53 8.2 SETTINGS FOR OVERLOAD RELAY AND FUSES..................................................................................54 8.3 REFERENCE CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS.....................................................................................55 8.4 COMPRESSOR DATA ............................................... ................................... I............................. 55 9 Instructions for use of air receiver..................................................................58 9.1 INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE.................................................................................:.......................... 58 10 PED.........................................................................................................59 10.1 PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVES............................................................................................... 59 3 Instruction manual 1 Safety precautions 1.1 - Safety icons Explanation 1.2 Safety precautions during installation All responsibility for any damage or injury resulting from neglecting these J precautions, or non -observance of the normal caution and care required for installation, operation, maintenance and repair, even if not expressly stated, will be disclaimed by the manufacturer. General precautions 1 . The operator must employ safe working practices and observe all related local work safety requirements and regulations. 2. If any of the following statements does not comply with local legislation, the stricter of the two shall apply. 3. Installation, operation, maintenance and repair work must only be performed by authorised, trained, specialised personnel. 4. The compressor is not considered capable of producing air of breathing quality. For air of breathing quality, the compressed air must be adequately purified according to local legislation and standards. 5. Before any maintenance, repair work, adjustment or any other non -routine checks, stop the compressor, press the emergency stop button, switch off the voltage and depressurise the compressor. In addition, the power isolating switch must be opened and locked. 6. Never play with compressed air. Do not apply the air to your skin or direct an air stream at people. Never use the air to clean dirt from your clothes. When using the air to clean equipment, do so with extreme caution and wear eye protection. 4 Instruction manual Precautions during installation 1 . The machine must only be lifted using suitable equipment in accordance with local safety regulations. Loose or pivoting parts must be securely fastened before lifting. It is strictly forbidden to dwell or stay in the risk zone under a lifted load. Lifting acceleration and deceleration must be kept within safe limits. Wear a safety helmet when working in the area of overhead or lifting equipment. 2. Place the machine where the ambient air is as cool and clean as possible. If necessary, install a suction duct. Never obstruct the air inlet. Care must be taken to minimise the entry of moisture at the inlet air. 3. Any blanking flanges, plugs, caps and desiccant bags must be removed beforeconnecting the pipes. 4. Air hoses must be of correct size and suitable for the working pressure. Never use frayed, damaged or worn hoses. Distribution pipes and connections must be of the correct size and suitable for the working pressure. 5. The aspirated air must be free of flammable fumes, vapours and particles, e.g. paint solvents, that can lead to internal fire or explosion. 6. Arrange the air intake so that loose clothing worn by people cannot be sucked in. 7. Ensure that the discharge pipe from the compressor to the aftercooler or air net is free to expand under heat and that it is not in contact with or close to flammable materials. 8. No external force may be exerted on the air outlet valve; the connected pipe must be free of strain. 9. If remote control is installed, the machine must bear a clear sign stating: DANGER: This machine is remotely controlled and may start without warning. The operator has to make sure that the machine is stopped and that the isolating switch is open and locked before any maintenance or repair. As a further safeguard, persons switching on remotely controlled machines shall take adequate precautions to ensure that there is no one checking or working on the machine. To this end, a suitable notice shall be affixed to the start equipment. 10. Air-cooled machines must be installed in such a way that an adequate flow of cooling air is available and that the exhausted air does not recirculate to the compressor air inlet or cooling air inlet. 1 1 . The electrical connections must correspond to the local codes. The machines must be earthed and protected against short circuits by fuses in all phases. A lockable power isolating switch must be installed near the compressor. 12. On machines with automatic start -stop system or if the automatic restart function after voltage failure is activated, a sign stating "This machine may start without warning" must be affixed near the instrument panel. 13. In multiple compressor systems, manual valves must be installed to isolate each compressor. Non - return valves (check valves) must not be relied upon for isolating pressure systems. 14. Never remove or tamper with the safety devices, guards or insulation fitted on the machine. Every pressure vessel or auxiliary installed outside the machine to contain air above atmospheric pressure must be protected by a pressure -relieving device or devices as required. 15. Pipework or other parts with a temperature in excess of 80°C (176°F) and which may be accidentally touched by personnel in normal operation must be guarded or insulated. Other high- temperature pipework must be clearly marked. 16. For water-cooled machines, the cooling water system installed outside the machine has to be protected by a safety device with set pressure according to the maximum cooling water inlet pressure. Instruction manual 17. If the ground is not level or can be subject to variable inclination, consult the manufacturer. Also consult following safety precautions: Safety precautions during operation and Safety precautions during maintenance. These precautions apply to machinery processing or consuming air or inert gas. Processing of any other gas requires additional safety precautions typical to the application which are not included herein. Some precautions are general and cover several machine types and equipment; hence some statements may not apply to your machine. 1.3 Safety precautions during operation All responsibility for any damage or injury resulting from neglecting these precautions, or non -observance of the normal caution and care required for installation, operation, maintenance and repair, even if not expressly stated, will be disclaimed by the manufacturer. General precautions 1 . The operator must employ safe working practices and observe all related local work safety requirements and regulations. 2. If any of the following statements does not comply with local legislation, the stricter of the two shall apply. 3. Installation, operation, maintenance and repair work must only be performed by authorised, trained, specialised personnel. 4. The compressor is not considered capable of producing air of breathing quality. For air of breathing quality, the compressed air must be adequately purified according to local legislation and standards. 5. Before any maintenance, repair work, adjustment or any other non -routine checks, stop the compressor, press the emergency stop button, switch off the voltage and depressurise the compressor. In addition, the power isolating switch must be opened and locked. 6. Never play with compressed air. Do not apply the air to your skin or direct an air stream at people. Never use the air to clean dirt from your clothes. When using the air to clean equipment, do so with extreme caution and wear eye protection. Precautions during operation 1. Use only the correct type and size of hose end fittings and connections. When blowing through a hose or air line, ensure that the open end is held securely. A free end will whip and may cause injury. Make sure that a hose is fully depressurized before disconnecting it. 2. Persons switching on remotely controlled machines shall take adequate precautions to ensure that there is no one checking or working on the machine. To this end, a suitable notice shall be affixed to the remote start equipment. 3. Never operate the machine when there is a possibility of taking in flammable or toxic fumes, vapours or particles. Instruction manual 4. Never operate the machine below or in excess of its limit ratings. 5. Keep all bodywork doors shut during operation. The doors may be opened for short periods only, e.g. to carry out routine checks. Wear ear protectors when opening a door. 6. People staying in environments or rooms where the sound pressure level reaches or exceeds 90 dB(A) shall wear ear protectors. 7. Periodically check that: • All guards are in place and securely fastened • All hoses and/or pipes inside the machine are in good condition, secure and not rubbing • There are no leaks • All fasteners are tight • All electrical leads are secure and in good order • Safety valves and other pressure -relief devices are not obstructed by dirt or paint • Air outlet valve and air net, i.e. pipes, couplings, manifolds, valves, hoses, etc. are in good repair, free of wear or abuse 8. If warm cooling air from compressors is used in air heating systems, e.g. to warm up a workroom, take precautions against air pollution and possible contamination of the breathing air. 9. Do not remove any of, or tamper with, the sound -damping material. 10. Never remove or tamper with the safety devices, guards or insulations fitted on the machine. Every pressure vessel or auxiliary installed outside the machine to contain air above atmospheric pressure l shall be protected by a pressure -relieving device or devices as required. Also consult following safety precautions: Safety precautions during installation and Safety precautions during maintenance. These precautions apply to machinery processing or consuming air or inert gas. Processing of any other gas requires additional safety precautions typical to the application which are not included herein. Some precautions are general and cover several machine types and equipment; hence some statements may not apply to your machine. 1.4 Safety precautions during maintenance or repair All responsibility for any damage or injury resulting from neglecting these precautions, or non -observance of the normal caution and care required for installation, operation, maintenance and repair, even if not expressly stated, will be disclaimed by the manufacturer. General precautions 1. The operator must employ safe working practices and observe all related local work safety requirements and regulations. F1 Instruction manual e 2. If any of the following statements does not comply with local legislation, the stricter of the two shall apply. 3. Installation, operation, maintenance and repair work must only be performed by authorised, trained, specialised personnel. 4. The compressor is not considered capable of producing air of breathing quality. For air of breathing quality, the compressed air must be adequately purified according to local legislation and standards. 5. Before any maintenance, repair work, adjustment or any other non -routine checks, stop the compressor, press the emergency stop button, switch off the voltage and depressurise the compressor. In addition, the power isolating switch must be opened and locked. 6. Never play with compressed air. Do not apply the air to your skin or direct an air stream at people. Never use the air to clean dirt from your clothes. When using the air to clean equipment, do so with extreme caution and wear eye protection. Precautions during maintenance or repair 1. Always wear safety glasses. 2. Use only the correct tools for maintenance and repair work. 3. Use only genuine spare parts. 4. All maintenance work shall only be undertaken when the machine has cooled down. 5. A warning sign bearing a legend such as "work in progress; do not start" shall be attached to the starting equipment. 6. Persons switching on remotely controlled machines shall take adequate precautions to ensure that there is no one checking or working on the machine. To this end, a suitable notice shall be affixed to the remote start equipment. 7. Close the compressor air outlet valve before connecting or disconnecting a pipe. 8. Before removing any pressurized component, effectively isolate the machine from all sources of pressure and relieve the entire system of pressure. 9. Never use flammable solvents or carbon tetrachloride for cleaning parts. Take safety precautions against toxic vapours of cleaning liquids. 10. Scrupulously observe cleanliness during maintenance and repair. Keep dirt away by covering the parts and exposed openings with a clean cloth, paper or tape. 1 1 . Never weld or perform any operation involving heat near the oil system. Oil tanks must be completely purged, e.g. by steam -cleaning, before carrying out such operations. Never weld on, or in any way modify, pressure vessels. 12. Whenever there is an indication or any suspicion that an internal part of a machine is overheated, the machine shall be stopped but no inspection covers shall be opened before sufficient cooling time has elapsed; this to avoid the risk of spontaneous ignition of the oil vapour when air is admitted. 13. Never use a light source with open flame for inspecting the interior of a machine, pressure vessel, etc. 14. Make sure that no tools, loose parts or rags are left in or on the machine. 15. All regulating and safety devices shall be maintained with due care to ensure that they function properly. They may not be put out of action. 0 Instruction manual 16. Before clearing the machine for use after maintenance or overhaul, check that operating pressures, temperatures and time settings are correct. Check that all control and shut -down devices are fitted and that they function correctly. If removed, check that the coupling guard of the compressor drive shaft has been reinstalled. 17. Every time the separator element is renewed, examine the discharge pipe and the inside of the oil separator vessel for carbon deposits; if excessive, the deposits should be removed. 18. Protect the motor, air filter, electrical and regulating components, etc. to prevent moisture from entering them, e.g. when steam -cleaning. 19. Make sure that all sound -damping material, e.g. on the bodywork and in the air inlet and outlet systems of the compressor, is in good condition. If damaged, replace it by genuine material from the manufacturer to prevent the sound pressure level from increasing. 20. Never use caustic solvents which can damage materials of the air net, e.g. polycarbonate bowls. 21. The following safety precautions are stressed when handling refrigerant: • Never inhale refrigerant vapours. Check that the working area is adequately ventilated; if required, use breathing protection. • Always wear special gloves. In case of refrigerant contact with the skin, rinse the skin with water. If liquid refrigerant contacts the skin through clothing, never tear off or remove the latter; flush abundantly with fresh water over the clothing until all refrigerant is flushed away; then seek medical first aid. 22. Protect hands to avoid injury from hot machine parts, e.g. during draining of oil. Also consult following safety precautions: Safety precautions during installation and Safety precautions during operation. These precautions apply to machinery processing or consuming air or inert gas. Processing of any other gas requires additional safety precautions typical to the application which are not included herein. Some precautions are general and cover several machine types and equipment; hence some statements may not apply to your machine. Instruction manual 2 General description 2.1 Introduction Introduction GX2 up to GX5 are single -stage, oil -injected screw compressors. The compressor is air-cooled and belt -driven by an electric motor. The compressor is enclosed in sound - insulated bodywork. An easy -to -operate control panel (1) is provided, including the start/stop switch and the emergency stop button. A cabinet housing the regulator, pressure switch and motor starter is integrated into the bodywork. Floor -mounted model 10 1' Front view, GX2 up to GX5 Floor -mounted The compressor is installed directly on the floor. The compressor should always be installed with a suitable air receiver. Instruction manual Tank -mounted model Front view, GX2 up to GX5 Ref. Name 1 Control panel AO Air outlet AR Air receiver Dm2 Automatic condensate drain, air receiver Sv Safety valve ".1 12 f 1 \ DR 1 — ,AA Front view, GX2 up to GX5 Full -Feature Instruction manual Instruction manual b" 55592F Rear view, GX2 up to GX5 Full -Feature GX2 up to GX5 are mounted on a large air receiver (AR) of 200 1 (52.80 US gal / 44 Imp gal / 7 cu.ft). Ref. Name 1 Control panel AF Air filter AO Air outlet AR Air receiver Co Oil cooler Dm2 Manual condensate drain, air receiver DR Dryer E Compressor element OF Oil filter OS Oil separator OT Oil separator tank 13 y GX Pack The compressor isnot fitted with a dryer. 2.2 Air flow Flow diagram Air flow, GX2 up to GX5 Floor -mounted Pack 14 Instruction manual Instruction manual AF Air flow, GX2 up to GX5 Tank -mounted Pack Air drawn through filter (AF) and open inlet valve (IV) into compressor element (E) is compressed. Compressed air and oil flow into oil separator/tank (OT) where most of the oil is removed. The air is discharged via minimum pressure valve (Vp) towards the air outlet (AO). 15 Instruction manual Air flow, GX2 up to GX5 Full -Feature Air drawn through filter (AF) and open inlet valve (IV) into compressor element (E) is compressed. Compressed air and oil flow into oil separator/tank (OT) where most of the oil is removed. The air is discharged via minimum pressure valve (Vp), air receiver (AR) and dryer (DR) towards the air outlet (A0). 16 Instruction manual 2.3 Oil system IBV GX2 up to GX5 Pack 17 an"N j I Wr: Instruction manual GX2 up to GX5 Full -Feature Air pressure forces the oil from oil separator/tank (OT) through oil cooler (Co) and filter (OF) to compressor element (E) and the lubrication points. In oil separator/tank (OT), most of the oil is removed centrifugally; the rest is removed by separator (OS). The oil system has a thermostatic by-pass valve (BV). The oil cooler is by-passed until the oil reaches the correct operating temperature. 2.4 Regulating system Main components PSR11 52879F View on regulating system 18 Y1 Instruction manual The main components of the regulating system are: • Pressure switch (PSR1 1) which opens and closes at preset pressure limits. • Blow -off valve (Y1) Pressure switch (PSR1 1) opens and closes its contacts at pre-set pressures. During loaded operation, the contacts are closed: the motor is running. If the working pressure reaches the maximum limit, the contacts of the pressure switch open: the motor will stop. The blow -off valve (Y1) opens and the pressure in the air/oil separator is released. When the working pressure decreases to the pre-set minimum pressure, the contacts of the pressure switch close and the motor restarts. The blow -off valve closes and compressed air is supplied to the receiver again. 2.5 Control panel Controlpanel, GX2 up to GX5 19 Instruction manual Reference Designation Function 1 Start/stop switch - Starts and stops the compressor. Also used to stop emergency switch the compressor in the event of an emergency and to reset the thermal overload of the electric motor by switching it to 0 and back to I. 2 Dryer on/off button Button to switch on/off the dryer Not installed on Pack versions 3 Reset button Reset button (after unscrewing cover) for high oil temperature shut -down. Hm Hour meter Indicates the total running time. Gpa Working pressure The white pointer indicates the actual working pressure. H1 Alarm lamp Lights up in the event of high oil temperature shut- down. 2.6 Protection of compressor 0004W - Safety valve of the vessel Safety valve on the compressor 20 Instruction manual Reference Designation Function Q21 Motor overload relay To shut down the compressor in case the motor Also see the 11 current is too high. Electrical diagrams section TSHH11 Temperature shut -down To shut down the compressor if the temperature at Also see the switch the outlet of the compressor element is too high. Electrical diagrams section SV Safety valve To protect the air outlet system if the outlet pressure 1 exceeds the opening pressure of the valve. After tripping of the temperature protection: switch off the voltage and depressurise. See Maintenance remarks. Check and remedy. See Problem solving. Wait a few minutes to let the machine cool down. To reset and restart, switch on the voltage and press the red reset button after unscrewing its cover: the machine will restart. 2.7 Air dryer 55648F Air dryer Wet compressed air (B) enters the dryer. The air then flows through a heat exchanger (2) where refrigerant evaporates, withdrawing heat from the air. The cold air then flows through a condensate trap (1) which separates condensate from the air. The condensate is automatically drained and this is regulated by a timer. The dried air is then discharged from the dryer. 21 4._ 11 A �3 1 a B 55648F Air dryer Wet compressed air (B) enters the dryer. The air then flows through a heat exchanger (2) where refrigerant evaporates, withdrawing heat from the air. The cold air then flows through a condensate trap (1) which separates condensate from the air. The condensate is automatically drained and this is regulated by a timer. The dried air is then discharged from the dryer. 21 Instruction manual 3 Installation 3.1 Installation proposal Important 22 To prevent a Tank -mounted model from falling over during transport by a pallet truck: push the forks underneath the air receiver and place a wooden beam (1) (cross-section approx. 4 x 6 cm / 1.6 x 2.4 in) through the supports on both sides of the receiver. While holding the compressor, slowly lift the forks until the receiver is secured between the beams. Move the compressor gently. 22 Instruction manual Proposal Ref. Descriptionlrecommendation (6) Outlet valve i h yMINIMUM 1.5m (1) 4 a / SPACE FOR MAINTENANCE MINIMUM 2m. (2) P06VER CABLE SHOULD BE PROTECTED SO THAT. IT COMPLIES LOCAL CODE �..`. (� (3) SINGLE PHASE DRYER i - SUPPLY � 52889D THREE PHASE _4 /% SCREW -COMPRESSOR SUPPLY } (4) Installation proposal, Tank -mounted GX2 up to GX5 23 Instruction manual Ref. Description/recommendation 1 Isolating switch, compressor 2 Isolating switch, dryer 3 Front panel, compressor 4 Dryer (1) Minimum 1.5 m (2) Space for maintenance, minimum 2 m (3) Single-phase dryer supply (4) Three-phase screw compressor supply (5) The power cable should be protected so that it complies with local codes Step Action 1 Install the compressor on a solid, level floor suitable for taking the weight. The recommended minimum distance between the top of the unit and the ceiling is 1.5 m (58.5 in). The minimum distance between the wall and the back of the compressor must be 200 mm , (7.8 in). Floor -mounted versions must be installed with suitable air receiver. The pipes between a Floor -mounted compressor and air receiver are hot. 2 Position of the compressed air outlet valve. Close the valve. Connect the air net to the valve. 3 The pressure drop over the delivery pipe can be calculated from the following formula: dp=(L x 450 x Qcl.85) / (d5 x P) • dp = pressure drop (recommended maximum = 0.1 bar / 1.5 psi) • L=length of delivery pipe in m • d =inner diameter of the delivery pipe in mm • P= absolute pressure at the compressor outlet in bar(a) • Qc=free air delivery of the compressor in I/s 4 Ventilation: the inlet grids and ventilation fan should be installed in such a way that any recirculation of cooling air to the compressor or dryer is avoided. 5 Lay out the condensate drain flexible from timer (T) as well as the flexible from condensate drain valve (4) towards a drain collector. The drain flexibles to the drain collector must not dip into the water of the drain collector. See the Starting section for the location of the components. 24 Instruction manual 3.2 Dimension drawings Dimension drawings, GX2 up to GX5 Eos Floor -mounted GX2 up to GX5, Pack 25 Instruction manual Tank -mounted GX2 up to GX5, Pack 26 COOLING AIR 62❑ (2) OUTLET 9s �( 1 L0� O o O �( w�e..0®pmmrt o 50 m 240 620 .240 _ � (4) - CONDENSf7TE DRRIN VRwE 111 .u»ED PIPE G2/2(4) G i/2" COOLING AIR i COOLING AIR (�) s❑ COMPRESSEO INLET INLET AIR OUTLET e'450 (5) -175 750 175 395 132.. 1100 132 440 -. 1420 55 25 < ' 119 0 o $ m � COOLING AIR OUTLET 2202 2609 5913 55690D 0M (2) Tank -mounted GX2 up to GX5, Pack 26 Instruction manual Tank -mounted GX2 up to GX5, Full -Feature Ref. Name 1 Condensate drain pipe, valve included (only on Tank -mounted units) 2 Cooling air outlet 3 Electrical cable entry 4 Cooling air inlet 5 Compressed air outlet 3.3 Electric cable size Attention Local regulations remain applicable if they are stricter than the values proposed l below. The voltage drop must not exceed 5% of the nominal voltage. It may be necessary to use cables of a larger size than those stated to comply with this requirement. 27 Instruction manual 3.4 Electrical connections Step Action GX2 GX3 GX4 GX5 Frequency (Hz) Voltage (V) Cable size Cable size Cable size Cable size IEC (mm2) (mm2) (mm2) (mm2) 50 230 2.5 2.5 4 4 50 400 1 1 1.5 1.5 60 230, 1 -ph 2.5 4 4 6 60 380 1.5 - 1.5 1.5 CSA/UL AWG AWG AWG AWG 60 230, 1 -ph 2.5 4 4 6 60 208 1.5 - 2.5 4 60 230 1.5 - 2.5 4 60 460 1.5 - 1.5 1.5 60 575 1.5 - 1.5 1.5 3.4 Electrical connections Step Action 1 Ensure that the supply voltage matches the voltage on the data plate. 2 Fit an isolating switch near the compressor. For Full -Feature compressors: fit an isolating switch near the dryer. 3 Fit fuses in the incoming wiring. Check the condition of all incoming wiring and make connections. See Electrical diagrams. 28 Instruction manual r 3.5 Electrical diagrams Customer's Installation (1) Customer's.Installatlon (1) 3phase 230-400V 501 6DHz (2) ;I Iphase 230V 50-60Hz (3) Ll _ -------- - ----- ---. L2 -- -------- ------------- ___ __ I _- y- T _ U ___ __J �r ___— ___ PE — — J— I PE 1 I I MRX. FUSE [a] 10 R I _1 I � � I -IEC Clasx Li G — — — ozl x D6 � Compressor - -- 1 i a , � — — —� I Drer — — DOL 1� (4) P1 51 3 (5) r OV TI 24V xaM I x SETTING 2 00V �� sl E 6 U OV TSM11 1 i6 :'- I ril T PSR1 1 Q2 400V P a PSPl1l R I K21 I xl x 6 6 I H2 E DI PSLIZ 16 L — P N21 I 1. _ I I n K2 C. 61 m YI m I CbI s _ HI P1 h I tt 6z N MI(9_PE, Me (Vpr � M3 I'�... PE _ � I 3 I 9820 3888 01 52849D Electrical diagram, GX2 up to GX5 with DOL starter 29 Instruction manual Electrical diagram, GX2 up to GX5 with YID starter Ref. Name (1) Customer's installation (2) 3-phase 230-400 V 50-60 Hz (3) 1 -phase 230 V 50-60 Hz (4) Compressor (5) Dryer Customer's Installation (�) Customer's Installatmn (�) 3phase 23CF-4 2 ( ) .]phase 230V 50 60Hz -(3) — --fiD LI _- _t- _-- ---- ---- uU - — Y - — -__ -- YTr 1E — — r � I I I �-- I I 'r1-� M9X.f05E Cal 10 R 1 I I IILIIL I _ SETTING _ __11� Co scar I i 3 — _ — ^— — 9 5 — — — b I t A — — I — SL I r _ —Dryer, (5) P r1 Y -D -- R 0 T1 n+ 24Y� 1 asell P 23DV r : I P6RI3 P e ! DU 8112 P K21 C 400V N21 K23 1 I¢2� p H2LR3 LK23Y1 IK� KP2 w M2I: g HREP1 h [big 5� H Pc nl ate, 9 M2 I M3 I 6 T 174 T I- 9820 3888 02 52850D Electrical diagram, GX2 up to GX5 with YID starter Ref. Name (1) Customer's installation (2) 3-phase 230-400 V 50-60 Hz (3) 1 -phase 230 V 50-60 Hz (4) Compressor (5) Dryer 30 Instruction manual 3.6 Pictographs I rn Q L LO; Pictographs, GX2 up to GX5 Pictographs, GX2 up to GX5 31 Instruction manual Ref. Description 1 Warning: possible air/fluid discharge 2 Warning: voltage 3 Warning: air must not be inhaled 4 Warning: wear ear protectors 5 Warning: machine may start automatically 6 Warning: pressure 7 Warning: hot parts 8 Warning: moving parts 9 Warning: rotating fan 10 Drain condensate weekly 11 Read the instruction manual 12 Working pressure 13 Hour meter 14 Reset of temperature protection 15 High temperature outlet of the compressor element 16 Read instruction manual before carrying out maintenance or repair work 17 Lightly oil gasket of oil filter, screw filter on and tighten by hand 32 Instruction manual 4 Operating instructions 4.1 Initial start-up Safety The operator must apply all relevant Safety precautions. Moving To safely move a Tank -mounted model, see Installation. General preparation 55617F Air outlet valve 2 Step Action 1 Consult the installation instructions (see Installation). 2 Check that the electrical connections correspond to the local codes. The installation must be earthed and protected against short circuits by fuses in all phases. An isolating switch must be installed near the compressor. 3 Fit outlet valve (2), close it and connect the air net to the valve. Connect condensate drain valve (4) of the air receiver to a drain collector. Close the valve. 33 P Oil system AF 0S 1 SG 7 55675F Oil level sight -glass, GX2 up to GX5 Instruction manual Step Action If more than 3 months have passed between assembly and installation, be sure to 4 lubricate the compressor before starting up: • Remove the front panel. • Unscrew the fixing bolts in the top and remove the panel. • Unscrew the cover of the air filter (AF) and remove the filter element. • Open valve (7) and drain approx. 0.2 1 (0.05 US gal / 0.04 Imp gal) of oil into a clean receptacle. Carefully pour this oil through the filter housing into the compressor element. • Fit the air filter and screw on the filter cover. • Refit the top and front panels. Check the oil level. The oil level sight -glass (SG) must be above the minimum level. If the oil level is below the minimum level, top up to the middle. Do not overfill. Always use the same type of oil. 34 Instruction manual Start-up Step Action 1 Check that all panels of the compressor housing are fitted. Check that sheet (5) (explaining the procedure for checking the motor rotation direction) is affixed to the cooling air outlet of the compressor (grating on the compressor top). Consult Dimension drawings. Switch on the voltage. Run the compressor for 1 second by briefly toggling switch (1) to position I and stop after 1 second by turning the switch to position 0. Check the rotation direction of the motor. If the motor rotation direction is correct, the label on the top grating will be blown upwards. If the sheet remains in place, the rotation direction is incorrect. If the rotation direction is incorrect, switch off the voltage, open the isolating switch and reverse two incoming electric lines. All electrical work should be carried out by professionally qualified people. 2 Start and run the compressor for a few minutes. Check that the compressor operates normally. 4.2 Starting 55617F Air outlet valve 2 35 Instruction manual 55629F Pressure gauge Starting the air dyer on GX2 up to GX5 Full -Feature Gpa 52885F; Dryer onloff switch Step Action 1 Switch on the voltage to the dryer and start it by moving switch (3) to L • Switch on the dryer before turning on the compressor • The dryer must be kept running while the air compressor is operating to ensure that the air piping remains condensate -free. • If the dryer is switched off, wait at least 5 minutes before restarting the dryer; this allows for balancing of the internal pressure in the dryer. 36 Instruction manual Starting the compressor T o��,rszr Timer drain (Rear side of the dryer) Compressor switches Step Action 1 Check the oil level sight -glass (SG). The oil level should be in the middle. If it is below the minimum level, top up to the middle. Do not overfill. 2 Switch on the voltage. 3 Open air outlet valve (2). 4 Move start/stop switch (1) to position I. If the compressor has been exposed to low temperatures (below 0°C/320F), it may have difficulty starting due to high oil viscosity. In this case, depress yellow button (5) while starting using button (1). Button (5) should only be depressed for a few seconds while starting. Button (5) should only be used if experiencing difficulty due to low temperatures. 5 Regularly check the working pressure (Gpa). 6 For Full -Feature compressors, regularly check that condensate is drained (T) during running. 37 4.3 Stopping Air outlet valve 52885F Dryer on/off switch 5560OF Dryer on/off switch 38 3 1 Instruction manual Instruction manual Step Action 1 Move start/stop switch (1) to position 0. On Full -Feature units: move switch (3) of the dryer to position 0. 2 Close air outlet valve (2) and switch off the voltage to the compressor. On Full -Feature units: switch off the voltage to the dryer. 3 Open condensate drain valve (4) of the air receiver for a few seconds to drain any condensate and then close the valve. The air dryer and the air receiver remain under pressure. The PDX filter (if installed) remains under pressure. If maintenance or repair work is necessary, consult the Problem solving section for all relevant safety precautions. 4 Wait at least 30 seconds before restarting the machine. 4.4 Taking out of operation 55617F Air outlet valve 2 Condensate drain valve 39 Instruction manual Filler plug, GX2 up to GX5 This procedure should be carried out at the end of the compressor's service life. Step Action 1 Stop the compressor and close the air outlet valve (2). 2 Switch off the voltage and disconnect the compressor from the mains. 3 Depressurise the compressor by opening plug (3) one turn. Open condensate drain valve (4). 4 Shut off and depressurise the part of the air net which is connected to the outlet valve. Disconnect the compressor air outlet valve from the air net. 5 Drain the oil and condensate circuits. 6 Disconnect the compressor condensate outlet and valve from the condensate net. 40 Instruction manual 5 Maintenance 5.1 Preventive maintenance schedule Warning Before carrying out any maintenance, repair work or adjustments, proceed as follows: • Stop the compressor. • Switch off the voltage and open the isolating switch. • Close the air outlet valve and open the manual condensate drain valves. • Depressurise the compressor. For detailed instructions, see Problem solving. The operator must apply all relevant Safety precautions. Warranty -Product Liability Use only authorised parts. Any damage or malfunction caused by the use of unauthorised parts is not covered by Warranty or Product Liability. General When servicing, replace all removed gaskets, 0 -rings and washers. Intervals Carry out maintenance at the interval which comes first. The local Atlas Copco Customer Centre may overrule the maintenance schedule, especially the service intervals, depending on the environmental and working conditions of the compressor. The "longer interval" checks must also include the "shorter interval" checks. Preventive maintenance schedule for GX2 up to GX5 Running hours Operation 50 Drain the condensate from the receiver. Check the oil level. For Floor -mounted versions: clean the prefilter on the rear side of the compressor. 500 Clean the air filter. For Full -Feature versions: check that condensate from the dryer is drained automatically. For Full -Feature versions: clean the condenser of the dryer. Check the belt tension. For compressors with PDX filter: check the service indicator, replace the filter if necessary. 2000 Replace the air filter. If Atlas Copco Roto -Inject Fluid is used, change the oil. 41 Instruction manual Running hours Operation Replace the oil filter. For compressors with PDX filter: replace the filter. 4000 Clean the finned surface of the oil cooler. Replace the oil separator. Have the safety valve tested. 5.2 Drive motor Description The motor bearings are greased for life. 5.3 Oil specifications Never mix oils of different brands or types. It is strongly recommended to use Atlas Copco Fluid (see Preventive maintenance schedule). Atlas Copco Roto -Inject Fluid Atlas Copco Roto -Inject Fluid is special oil for oil -injected scroll and screw compressors which keeps the compressor in excellent condition. Roto -Inject Fluid can be used for compressors operating at ambient temperatures between 0°C (32°F) and 40°C (1040F)(see Service kits). 5.4 Oil, filter and separator change Important Never mix oils of different brands or types. 4y If the compressor is exposed to external pollutants, is being used at high temperatures (oil temperature above 90°C / 194(19 or is being used under severe conditions, it is advisable to change the oil more frequently. Consult Atlas Copco. 42 Instruction manual GX2 up to GX5 Step Action 1 Run the compressor until warm. Stop the compressor, close the air outlet valve and switch off the voltage. 2 Remove the front and top panels. 3 Depressurise the compressor by unscrewing filler plug (8) one turn to permit any pressure in the system to escape. 4 Depressurise the air receiver by opening drain valve (4). 5 Drain the oil by opening drain valve (5). Close the valve after draining. Deliver the spent oil to the local oil collection service. 6 Remove oil filter (3) and separator (2). Clean the seats on the manifold. 7 Oil the gaskets of the new filter and separator and screw them into place. Tighten firmly by hand. 8 Remove filler plug (8) and fill oil tank (7) with oil until the level reaches the middle of sight -glass (6). Ensure no dirt gets into the system. Refit and tighten filler plug (8). 9 Unscrew the air filter cover (1), remove the filter element and carefully pour approx. 0.1 1 (0.03 US gal / 0.02 Imp gal) of oil into the compressor element. Do not overfill. 10 Re -assemble the inlet filter 11 Fit the bodywork panels. 12 Close drain valve (4) of the air receiver. 13 Run the compressor for a few minutes. Check the oil level. 43 5.5 PDX filter change Oil filler plug Instruction manual 55605F GX2 up to GX5 Drain valve, air receiver 3 Step Action 1 Stop the compressor, close the air outlet valve, switch off the voltage and depressurise by unscrewing oil filler plug (3) one turn to permit any pressure in the system to escape. Depressurise the air receiver by opening condensate drain valve (4). 2 Unscrew the vessel. A whistling noise will warn you if the vessel is not fully depressurised. If this occurs, the vessel should be screwed back and the venting should be repeated. 3 Discard the filter element. 4 Clean the vessel and replace its 0 -ring. 5 Fit the new filter element. 6 Refit the vessel. 7 Tighten oil filler plug (3). 8 Close condensate drain valve (4). 44 Instruction manual 5.6 Storage after installation If the compressor is stored without running from time to time, consult Atlas Copco as protective measures may be necessary. 5.7 Service kits Service kits Service kits are available offering the benefits of genuine Atlas Copco parts while keeping the maintenance budget low. The kits comprise all parts needed for servicing. Service kits Content Ordering number Filter kit Air filter, oil filter and oil separator 2901 0865 01 Air filter kit Filter cartridge 1622 0658 00 Oil filter kit Filter cartridge 2903 0337 01 Oil separator kit Filter cartridge 1622 0623 01 PDX kit Filter cartridge 2901 0867 00 Roto -Inject Fluid 5 -litre (1.32 US gal / 1.10 Imp gal / 0.18 cu.ft) can 2901 0245 01 Roto -Inject Fluid 20 -litre (5.28 US gal / 4.40 Imp gal / 0.70 cu.ft) can 2901 0522 00 Roto -Inject Fluid 209 -litre (55.18 US gal / 45.98 Imp gal / 7.32 cu.ft) can 2901 0045 01 45 Instruction manual 6 Adjustments and servicing procedures 6.1 Air filter Changing the air filter 5565W- Position of air filter for GX2 up to GX5 Air filter change on GX2 up to GX22 Step Action 1 Stop the compressor, close the air outlet valve and switch off the voltage. 2 Remove the front panel and the top panel of the compressor housing. 3 Unscrew the filter cover (1) and remove the filter element. Discard the air filter element. 4 Fit the new element and screw on the filter cover. 5 Refit the top and front panels. 46 Instruction manual 6.2 Coolers Co s GX2 up to GX5 Step Action 1 Keep oil cooler (Co) clean to maintain the cooling efficiency. Z Stop the compressor, close the air outlet valve and switch off the voltage. Remove any dirt from the cooler with a fibre brush. Never use a wire brush or metal objects. Then clean using an air jet. 6.3 Safety valve 47 Instruction manual 55605F Filler plug, GX2 up to GX5 Testing The valve can be tested on a separate compressed air line. Before removing the valve: stop the compressor; on a Full -Feature unit also stop the dryer. Close the air outlet valve, switch off the voltage, open drain valves (4 if fitted) and unscrew filler plug (3) one turn to permit any pressure in the system to escape. If the valve does not open at the set pressure stamped on the valve, replace the valve. No adjustments are allowed. Never run the compressor without a safety valve. 6.4 Belt set exchange and tensioning GX2 up to GX5 48 52880F Instruction manual Read the warning in the Preventive maintenance schedule section. 1 Adjusting the tension of the drive belt for GX2 up to GX5 Step Action 1 Stop the compressor, close the air outlet valve and switch off the voltage. For Full -Feature versions: also stop the dryer. 2 Remove the front panel of the compressor housing. 3 Remove the side, back and top panels of the compressor housing. 4 Loosen the 4 bolts (2) by one turn. 5 Adjust the belt tension by turning tensioning nut (1). 6 The tension is correct when a force of 50 N (1 1 .25 Ibf) applied at the midpoint of the belt causes a deflection of 6 mm (0.23 in). 7 Retighten bolts (2). 8 Refit the bodywork panels. Replacing the drive belt on GX2 up to GX5 Step Action 1 Stop the compressor, close the air outlet valve and switch off the voltage: For Full -Feature versions: also stop the dryer. 2 Remove the front panel of the compressor housing. 3 Remove the side, back and top panels of the compressor housing. 4 Loosen the 4 bolts (2) by one turn. 5 Release the belt tension by loosening tensioning nut (1). 6 Remove the -fan cowl. 7 Remove the belt via the fan cowl opening. Install the new belt via the same opening. 8 Tension belt (3) as described above. 9 Re -assemble the fan cowl. 10 Refit the bodywork panels. 11 Check the belt tension after 50 running hours. 49 7 Problem solving 7.1 Problem solving Start/stop switch Air outlet valve Oil filler plug 55600 F GX2 up to GX5 55617F GX2 up to GX37 1 55605F GX2 up to GX5 2 3 Instruction manual Instruction manual Drain valve, air receiver Dryer on/off switch 55604E GX2 up to GX5 Attention 0 Faults and remedies For all references given hereafter, see Air flow diagram, Initial start-up or Regulating system 51 Use only authorised parts. Any damage or malfunction caused by the use of unauthorised parts is not covered by Warranty or Product Liability. Apply all relevant Safety precautions. Before carrying out any maintenance or repair work on the compressor: move start/ stop switch (1) to position 0. Move dryer on/off switch (6) to position 0. Wait until the compressor has stopped and switch off the voltage. See Stopping section. Open the isolating switch to prevent an accidental start. Close air outlet valve (2) and depressurise the compressor by opening plug (3) one turn. Open manual condensate drain valves (4 and/or 5). The air outlet valve (2) can be locked during maintenance or repair as follows: • Close the valve. • Remove the screw fixing the handle with the wrench delivered with the compressor. • Lift the handle and turn it until the slot of the handle fits over the blocking edge on the valve body. • Fit the screw. Faults and remedies For all references given hereafter, see Air flow diagram, Initial start-up or Regulating system 51 Instruction manual Compressor of GX2 up to GX5 Air dryer of GX2 up to GX5 Condition Fault Remedy 1 The machine does not start No power Check power supply through the dryer Fuse (F1) blown Replace fuse The main motor thermal Check and let motor cool down; to 2 Condensate in the piping protection has tripped reset/restart, move compressor The dryer is working outside start/stop switch to 0, then to I 2 The machine does not start, Oil cooler is dirty Clean cooler high oil temperature lamp is condenser and check operation of on (temperature switch fan 3 tripped) The dryer is working outside Check room temperature - air hot (above 55°C / 1310F) - Ambient temperature too Improve ventilation in compressor motor overload high room Oil level too low Top up oil tank 3 The compressor does not Blow -off solenoid valve (Y1) Check; replace valve if necessary reach working pressure remains open refilled 4 Excess oil consumption Oil separator (OS) clogged Replace oil separator not start Oil level too high Drain to correct level Air dryer of GX2 up to GX5 52 Condition Fault Remedy 1 No compressed air passes Pipes are frozen inside Hot -gas by-pass valve through the dryer malfunctioning; consult Atlas Copco 2 Condensate in the piping Insufficient condensate drain Check the operation of timer (T) The dryer is working outside Check room temperature - air its rating temperature at dryer. Clean the condenser and check operation of fan 3 The compressor head is very The dryer is working outside Check room temperature - air hot (above 55°C / 1310F) - its rating temperature at dryer. Clean the motor overload condenser and check operation of fan Insufficient refrigerant in Have system checked for leaks or dryer refilled 4 The motor hums and does Line voltage too low Check power supply not start The machine was switched Wait a few minutes before starting off and on again too rapidly the machine again (not enough time for the pressure equalization) 52 Instruction manual 8 Technical data 8.1 Readings on control panel GX2 up to GX5 p The readings mentioned below are valid under the reference conditions (see Reference conditions and limitations). Ref. Name Gpa Air outlet pressure Reading: Modulates between preset unloading/stopping pressure and loading pressure Hm Hour meter Reading: Total running time 53 Instruction manual ) 8.2 Settings for overload relay and fuses GX2 and GX3 Frequency (Hz) Voltage (V) Overload relay Q21 (A) of GX2 Main fuses, compressor supply (A) of GX2 Overload relay Q21 (A) of GX3 Main fuses, compressor supply (A) of GX3 Main fuses, dryer supply (A) IEC DOL gL/gG gL/gG gL/gG 50 230 13.9 16 17.4 16 10 50 400 8 10 10 .10 10 60 230, 1 -ph 18.4 32 22 32 10 60 380 6.4 20 - - 10 CSA/UL DOL CSA -UL CSA -UL CSA -UL 60 208 11.6 20 - - 10 60 230, 1 -ph 18.4 32 22 32 10 60 220/230 10.7 20 - - 10 60 440/460 5.4 20 - - 10 60 575 4.3 20 - - 10 GX4 and GX5 Frequency (Hz) Voltage (V) Overload relay G21 (A) of GX4 Main fuses, compressor supply (A) of GX4 Overload relay Q21 (A) of GX5 Main fuses, compressor supply (A) of GX5 Main fuses, dryer supply (A) IEC DOL gL/gG gL/gG gL/gG 50 230 19.1 20 23.5 25 10 50 400 11 16 13.5 16 10 60 230, 1 -ph 24.6 50 33.9 50 10 60 380 10.6 20 11.8 20 10 IEC Star -delta gL/gG gL/gG gL/gG 50 230 19.1 20 23.5 25 10 50 400 11 16 13.5 16 10 CSA/UL DOL CSA -UL CSA -UL CSA -UL 60 208 15 20 21.5 32 10 60 230, 1 -ph 24.6 50 33.9 50 10 60 220/230 13.8 20 19.6 32 10 60 440/460 6.9 20 9.8 32 10 60 575 5.5 20 7.8 20 10 54 Instruction manual 8.3 Reference conditions and limitations Reference conditions Air inlet pressure (absolute) bar 1 Air inlet pressure (absolute) psi 14.5 Air inlet temperature °C 20 Air inlet temperature OF 68 Relative humidity % 0 Working pressure bar(e) See Compressor data Working pressure psi See Compressor data Limitations Maximum working pressure bar(e) See Compressor data Maximum working pressure psig See Compressor data Minimum working pressure bar(e) 4 Minimum working pressure psig 58 Maximum air inlet temperature °C 46 Maximum air inlet temperature OF 115 Minimum ambient temperature °C 0 Minimum ambient temperature OF 32 8.4 Compressor data 50 Hz 10 bar (under reference conditions) Compressor type GX2 GX3 GX4 GX5 Frequency Hz 50 50 50 50 Maximum (unloading) pressure, Pack bar(e) 10 10 10 10 Maximum (unloading) pressure, Pack psig 145 145 145 145 Maximum (unloading) pressure, Full -Feature bar(e) 9.75 9.75 9.75 9.75 Maximum (unloading) pressure, Full -Feature psig 141 141 141 141 Nominal working pressure bar(e) 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 Nominal working pressure psig 138 138 138 138 Pressure drop over dryer bar(e) 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 Pressure drop over dryer psig 2.18 2.18 2.18 2.18 Motor shaft speed rpm 3000 3000 3000 3000 Set -point, thermostatic valve °C 71 71 71 71 55 Instruction manual Compressor type GX2 GX3 GX4 GX5 Set -point, thermostatic valve OF 160 160 160 160 Temperature of air leaving receiver (approx.), Pack °c 33 33 33 33 Temperature of air leaving receiver (approx.), Pack OF 91 91 91 91 Pressure dew -point, Full- Feature °c 3 3 3 3 Pressure dew -point, Full- Feature OF 37 37 37 37 Power input, Pack at maximum working pressure kW 3.8 4.1 4.9 6.6 Power input, Pack at maximum working pressure hp 5.1 5.5 6.57 8.85 Power input, Full -Feature at maximum working pressure kW 4.1 4.4 5.2 6.9 Power input, Full -Feature at maximum working pressure hp 5.5 5.9 6.97 9.25 Power consumption, dryer at full load kW 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 Power consumption, dryer at full load hp 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 Power consumption, dryer at no load kW 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 Power consumption, dryer at no load hp 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 Refrigerant type R1 34a R1 34a R1 34a R1 34a Total amount, refrigerant kg 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 Total amount, refrigerant Ib 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 Oil capacity 1 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 Oil capacity US gal 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66 Oil capacity Imp gal 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 Oil capacity cu.ft 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 Sound pressure level (according to ISO 2151 (2004)) dB(A) 61 61 62 64 60 Hz 10 bar (under reference conditions) Compressor type GX2 GX4 GX5 Frequency Hz 60 60 60 Maximum (unloading) pressure, Pack bar(e) 10 10 10 Maximum (unloading) pressure, Pack psig 145 145 145 Maximum (unloading) pressure, Full -Feature bar(e) 9.75 9.75 9.75 Maximum (unloading) pressure, Full -Feature psig 141 141 141 Nominal working pressure bar(e) 9.5 9.5 9.5 Nominal working pressure psig 138 138 138 56 Instruction manual Compressor type GX2 GX4 GX5 Pressure drop over dryer bar(e) 0.15 0.15 0.15 Pressure drop over dryer psig 2.18 2.18 2.18 Motor shaft speed rpm 3495 3490 3495 Set -point, thermostatic valve °c 71 71 71 Set -point, thermostatic valve OF 160 160 160 Temperature of air leaving receiver (approx.), Pack °c 33 33 33 Temperature of air leaving receiver (approx.), Pack OF 91 91 91 Pressure dew -point, Full -Feature °c 3 3 3 Pressure dew -point, Full -Feature OF 37 37 37 Power input, Pack at maximum working pressure kW 3.7 4.7 6.3 Power input, Pack at maximum working pressure hp 4.96 6.3 8.45 Power input, Full -Feature at maximum working pressure kW 4 5 6; 6 Power input, Full -Feature at maximum working pressure hp 5.36 6.71 8.85 Power consumption, dryer at full load kW 0.3 0.3 0.3 Power consumption, dryer at full load hp 0.4 0.4 0.4 Power consumption, dryer at no load kW 0.2 0.2 0.2 Power consumption, dryer at no load hp 0.27 0.27 0.27 Refrigerant type R1 34a R134a R1 34a Total amount, refrigerant kg 0.4 0.4 0.4 Total amount, refrigerant Ib 0.88 0.88 0.88 Oil capacity 1 2.5 2.5 2.5 Oil capacity US gal 0.66 0.66 0.66 Oil capacity Imp gal 0.55 0.55 0.55 Oil capacity cu.ft 0.09 0.09 0.09 Sound pressure level (according to ISO 2151 (2004) ) dB(A) 61 62 64 57 Instruction manual 9 Instructions for use of air receiver 9.1 Instructions for use 1 This vessel can contain pressurised air; this can be potentially dangerous if the equipment is misused. 2 This vessel must only be used as compressed air/oil separator and must be operated within the limits specified on the data plate. 3 No alterations must be made to this vessel by welding, drilling or other mechanical methods without the written permission of the manufacturer. 4 The pressure and temperature of this vessel must be clearly indicated. 5 There is no intrinsic need for service inspection of the vessel when used within the design limits for its intended application. 6 Corrosion must be prevented under the conditions of use. Condensation may accumulate inside the tank and this must be drained every day. This may be done manually, by opening the drain valve, or by means of the automatic drain, if fitted to the tank. 58 Instruction manual 10 PED 10.1 Pressure equipment directives Components subject to 97/23/EC Pressure Equipment Directive Components subject to 97/23/EC Pressure Equipment Directive greater than or equal to category II Compressor type Part number Description PED Class GX2 up to GX5 2200 9507 74 Safety valve IV 2200 9507 75 Safety valve IV Overall rating The compressors conform to PED smaller than category I. 59 GX 2, GX 3, GX 4, GX 5 Instruction Book What sets Atlas Copco apart as a company is our conviction that we can only excel in what we do if we provide the best possible know-how and technology to really help our customers produce, grow and succeed. There is a unique way of achieving that - we simply call it the Atlas Copco way. It builds on interaction, on long-term relationships and involvement in the customers' process, needs and objectives. It means having the flexibility to adapt to the diverse demands of the people we cater for. It's the commitment to our customers' business that drives our effort towards increasing their productivity through better solutions. It starts with fully supporting existing products and continuously doing things better, but it goes much further, creating advances in technology through innovation. Not for the sake of technology, but for the sake of our customer's bottom line and peace -of -mind. That is how Atlas Copco will strive to remain the first choice, to succeed in attracting new business and to maintain our position as the industry leader. ?�' /r Document: GX 2-5 PD001 .JW4aS CO OO Page: 1 of 2 Date: 3/29/2005 AML: 9820405701 GX2-5 Oil Injected Screw Compressors Air Cooled 3 thru 7.5 Horsepower MODEL Unit GX 2 GX4 GX5 General Horsepower HP 3 5 7.5 Capacity-FAD CFM 8.5 16.5 21.2 Operating Pressure z PSIG 145 145 145 Min Operating Pressure2 PSIG 58 58 58 Max Operating Pressure z PSIG 145 145 145 Drive System V -Belt V -Belt V -Belt Power Requirements Compressor (Shaft) BHP 4.2 5.5 7.5 Total Package Input (Pack Unit) BHP 4.2 5.5 7.5 Cooling Cooling Medium Maximum Ambient Temperature OF 104 104 104 Minimum Ambient Temperature OF 32 32 32 Package BTU Rejection Pack BTU/hr 12,131 15,409 20,654 Full Feature BTU/hr 13,114 16,392 21,638 Outlet Temperature above ambient Pack OF 17 24 27 Full Feature OF 2 12 18 Oil Capacity Gal 0.66 0.66 0.66 Cooling Air Flow Pack CFM 339 424 636 Noise Level 3 Pack dB(A) 61 62 64 Full Feature dB(A) 61 62 64 Drive Motor Data Manufacturer WEG WEG WEG Enclosure TEFC TEFC TEFC Insulation Class F, B rise Class F, B rise Class F, B rise RPM 3495 3490 3495 Notes: 1. FAD (Free Air Delivery) measured according to IS01217, Ed. 3, Annex C-1996 2. On Full Feature units, dryer module air pressure drops must be included 3. Noise level measured according to ISO 2151 �[�.i� Jft�sG� Document: GX 2-5 PD001 Page: 2 of 2 Date: 3/29/2005 AML: 9820405701 GX2-5 Oil Injected Screw Compressors Air Cooled 3 thru 7.5 Horsepower MODEL Unit GX 2 9X4 GX5 Dimensions 4 Tank Mtd 60 Gal. (LxWxH) in 56x22x50 56x22x50 56x22x50 Discharge Valve Connection in NPT 1/2 1/2 1/2 Condensate Drain Connections in NPT 3/8 3/8 3/8 Weights (approximate) Tank Mtd 60 Gal. (Pack / Full Feature) Net lbs 337/412 351 /425 3621437 Shipping lbs 513/588 527/601 538/613 Refrigerated Dryer (Full Feature only) Dryer module DLX1 DLX1 DLX1 Compressor rating (nominal) HP 0.4 0.4 0.4 Pressure dewpoint 5 °F 35-39 35-39 35-39 Pressure drop at nominal capacity PSIG 2.2 2.2 2.2 Cooling air flow CFM 318 318 318 Refrigerant type R1 34A RI 34A R1 34A Refrigerant charge lbs 0.88 0.88 0.88 Input power Compressor KW 0.3 0.3 0.3 Fan Motor KW 0.1 0.1 0.1 Recommended Filter 6 1.0 micron DDp 9 9 9 0.01 micron / 0.01 PPM liquid DD 9 9 9 0.01 micron / 0.01 PPM liquid PD 9 9 9 0.01 micron / 0.01 PPM liquid QD 9 9 9 Notes: 4. Discharge valve adds approximately 3 inches to installed length 5. Dewpoint at standard Atlas Copco ref. Conditions 6. At 145 psig (Ref. Filter Price Book Section correction factors for other pressures) Bit doknent Is wze e1endon en znl riet zondu taester°np eo rdee gerijngd, pcopkerd, g iI At — fo lc tle of nededegng I. enlg and er persaan of fNno. This dx—t k °w property and shall not �idmut aw perniss bn"Nteretl, roped, usId for —.f—ft ar—ic.ted to any other person or .1.1 - — 800 D 550 - - h 331 " D N cn V O O CJ1 0000 W 0000 � �� 109.5 65 < Q o < d �o 0 0 0 M C C Z o f— Z m fl D 0 o A V Yo [ N Q m Eb — — m 11000000❑11❑ m 11❑❑❑❑❑❑❑❑11IWO10 s ��❑❑❑❑�❑❑ ❑11°0°00❑❑1100°°°❑ _ — W cAn N JL 286 D n I m n n Cl) D D � F-11 m m ao o n n Z d O o z C G � z d D z 6 � Cl cH Z®® C—) o oc r_ o c-, r z r m x v I A W a —rl o 3:0 ti 0�' \TJ/ o o i.J 0 (--) 52 0 p � N 0 0 - o z r m 160 675 50 - w � rti.� 3 f czi ju P= 1280 o S F) - Q1 C J -i y co� o o 5 Olt dak .t L anze eigend,n en ,L niet znder t,est,m,g ro rden gedjdgd, ge„pleerd, gebruht — fcb,L.V, of n,d,d,thg ,un eMg and er perswn of Mna This dm.,,t Is aur property and shall not Without aur perriss °n be uttered, ,,pled, used for nunufur Hu or wnnuni„ted to uny other person w c,nmy O O Z f— s r -I z _ ZJ �I CP is iv a fTl Ji�D x fv I cn FIJ < o < 0 0 fU \ z C O F-13 Q1 - s O 3 < Lj-1 y D 0�:) C7 f— CZ1 fTl V D =11 (1) A � ��;o n O D z r— z D D C7 6.3' 50.4' 26,6° C-� D 31,4" w CI1 <� p o < d z 0 n D c rM Q Q71 d ' z Iosaml n° V. D❑OMMMoo ❑AEU=MEIEIHHff] E] °off EIEI ::IDE El ��mMooHg 3 m°o°oo°Oo°o°000 � pi 7' J— D C7 o z C— 3 C-� fTl f'l � b GX2, GX4, GX5 WL us) Code 2930 1415 00 04 GN4.1 GN4.2 GN4.3 (cULus) Edition 01-10-2006 PARTS LIST HP3-5,5-7,5 kW 252 - 4 - 555 INDUSTRIAL COMPRESSORS GX2, GX4, GX5 Code -81521013 02 HP / kW _312,2 bar V V psi Compressor Dryer 230/1/60Hz 115/1/60Hz 81521012_52 312,2 _10 90 208-230146013/60Hz 11511160Hz 8152101419 _ 312,2 10 575/3160Hz 11511/60Hz 81521012 86 3/2,2 10 230/1/60Hz 8152101229 312,2 10 208-230146013160Hz 8152101385 _312,2 10 57513/60Hz 8152101815 312,2 10 208-230/46013/60Hz 81521017 57 312,2 10 208.230146013160Hz 23011/60Hz 11511160Hz 8152101310 5,514 10 230/1160Hz 11511160Hz 81521012 60 5,514 10 208-2301460/3160Hz 11511160Hz 81521014 27 5,5/4 10 575/3/60Hz 11511/60Hz 81521012 94 5,514 10 23011160Hz 81521012 37 5,514 _ 10 208-230/46013/60Hz 81521013 93 5,5/4 10 575/3160Hz 81521018 56 5,514_ 10 208-230/46013/60Hz 81521017 65 5,514 10 208-230146013160Hz 230/1/60Hz GN4.3 8152 5804 89 5,514 8152 1012 78 7,515,5 10 208-230/460/3/60Hz 115/1/60Hz 81521014 35 7,515,5 10 575/3160Hz 11511160Hz 81521012 45 7,5 15,5 10 208.2301460/3/60Hz 81521014 01 7,515,5 10 57513/60Hz 81521017.81 7,515,5 _10 23011160Hz 81521017 99 7,515,5 10 230/1160Hz 11511160Hz 8152 1018 64 7,515,5 10 208-230/460/3/60Hz 81521017 73 7,515,5 10 208-2301460/3/60Hz 230/1160Hz GN4.1 wifh 0_qx gen analyze 8152 5809 76 5,514 10 GN4.1, GN4.2, GN4.3 Code HP/ kW bar psi V Compressor V Dryer GN4.1 8152 5804 63 5,5/4 10 208-230/460/3/60Hz 11511/60Hz 8152 5804 97 5,514 10 575/3160Hz 115/1160Hz 8152 5805 21 5,514 10 230/1160Hz 11511160Hz GN4.2 8152 5804 71 5,5/4 10 208.230/460/3160Hz 11511/60Hz 8152 5805 05 5,514 10 575/3160Hz 11511/60Hz 8152 5805 39 5,514 10 230/1160Hz 11511160Hz GN4.3 8152 5804 89 5,514 10 208.230/460/3/60Hz 115/ll60Hz 8152 580513 5,514 10 575/3160Hz 115/l/60Hz 8152 5805 47 5,514 10 23011160Hz 115/l/60Hz GN4.1 wifh 0_qx gen analyze 8152 5809 76 5,514 10 208-230/460/3/60Hz 115/l/60Hz 8152 5810 08 5,514 10 575/3160Hz 11511160Hz 8152 5810 32 5,514 10 230/l/60Hz 11511160Hz GN4.2 withox gen anal zer 8152 5809 84 5,514 AC 208-230/46013160Hz 115/l/60Hz 8152 581016 5,514 10 1 575/3/60Hz 11511/60Hz 8152 5810 40 5,514 10 23011/60Hz 11511/60Hz GN4.3 with ox gen analyzer -- 8152580992 5,514 10 208-230/46013160Hz 11511160Hz 8152 5810 24 5,514 10 57513/60Hz 11511/60Hz 8152 5810 57 5,514 10 230/1160Hz 11511160Hz Cod. 2930 1415 00 04 - Edit. 10/2006 - 1 Lku 0 (D LU :S Lu co co �U-j 0 �-j 2� C/) cr Lu co �z oz Cz 120 LLI Z >N I-j CC) Q, cz) -1, LIU LLJ (�c (D c) o (-) Z.) �z Lu Z L11 CO j z :� U- z - C) co -j Lu , Q Lu i— cc cc Q co LU 11 c) (D CL Z� LQ ca Co iz- i� zz co Q Q (!) > LLJ C/) co — — LL, a: co c) C) (.) id LU d LLJ Ed ZE C/) m CN < ce) IRT LO CD (D 00 01 (D N rC14 � I c Q E m � � I I I j G cn ci Z tib Q U W Z m LU W WN ti U Y j Z ? U R a Z W U W�� O SIR Z W W� W LL Q O >- W K W W O��� °� z � W W Z W�` s W W LU W W W= WZ Z tL W? W cr� .C9 Z U O O x z Q x v� U: u� � W Z v� �O>Q hy O W 3 u,U t� a 2 W C7 2 R W CO m m C� ¢ Q. Cry U m¢ U' C7 W 2 d W 2 C� 2 Cn W a rn cn Z O U Y ------- ----'-' --�— - - - - --------------- -- - Lc £L LM ZS"�Nd ��r,-��.-rc�,c.,_ _ N N .- _ _I _1 661WU-Z5 bH �O`-(T`-7'.--X�- r-Nor-r-r•I ---r--r-r•NNr-X7•r-r-7•V7'r-r-r-NNr- a SE KU Ms r CO M 7 •-x��.-�� �- r -N N r- 1 9LZ6O6 ZS�S �Or•O�7'r-X� . r -CN 7'r- .-�.---��s-e-NNr-Xd'c-�'ct�V'�s-a-NNr LS O6 9 M �-�r rnr �*--><r- 0c -r MM NNr yzUssZSb8 ��.—�.-7'r _ xr �—�.—r C'j - -r-r-7-- MM NNr Z66089ZS6H -c Mr-��X�- r ���N�— r--- MM NN.- Or0MZS68 r --r rn.-�, r x•- �`-� .-��.-N�r�- `- .-d .- MM NNr- I C1 96O6HSZ7YS r -W r•(T r- �-Xe-r-<- �-NV e-'�t MM NN VS 6089 Mg _ —00 71,171 1-x— �-v�- MM N Nr- ZEO68SZS" `-W r•O`-7'r-X.-- `-���"'CV 7'r- --r•7•r- MM NCVr- 8006SGMe —co—m -,t - x• - —!p "�-.---,r— M M -1"1- 9L 6089 ZS 68 —��-�r �*�-x— - ���-� Nor- ---vim MWM YLVG08SZSLe •-CO—M— --Xr- �-��r C'4 .;r -"T N N r co M N N r- y, 6SYOSSZSbHr-O.--M`-7'--%�`- `- N r-r-r-7•�- -- LO MM NN< 6£S08SZS48—%� MM NNS a 909089�S�e co m���x -�--� M M N N r- 61b08SZS68� 0MM6Z 9089 ZS68 ���-��-<-x I MM NNL6VOSSZS68 < w -M -7-r Xr- �-�r N�t�, r- MMN£9bOSSZS a ---- -��x<- .-�r-.-N��.- M M N N r 99 LM MS — CO .- O —i C'4LZ'h60 Me `-- -CAr �rXr r N7 r���r r -7'r r 7 7 7 <-.-�N CN 09260 Ms �0`-O`-�`-x� r NTr r <tr *C,><< 7'r -r-7'7' V'�a--�NNU I 1_ ML ZS6H `-oOr Or 7 r X•-e-��- �-N ct �- c- V ���V �c-V'�d N- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - N - 21 -- ` — - - - - - - - - - - - - M LS L b06 ZS 8 r O X— 1+ X a' 66 VM Mg -aDr-(7)r-7'r-Xr- .-N7•r-r���e-�-�c-NNr-X d'� �NN� ZS Z �O ZS �H r- co W r- �t .- X r- r- N � r- r• .- V' �- r- N N r- X V' r- �- ''t 'r 'V' <- —1—IC-4 N r- 11� ZO EGOY ZS�H `-M`-Or-d'r-X�- .-N7'--r---7'r-.---r-r-NNrX7•r-�-V CO O 7' I�MC7)N LO N M 0000007'0 CD CD f- 0� i� to CO r• O �-MI— CX) CO O M� �- CO r- CO C,4 O CD M CD � 0O 0 0 0 LC)Mr-l-CD N M 0 M r- O O Lo Ut LO . CO Lo O CD,= co 1� to tfJ 0 7• I� 01� O Ln 0 000 M O I� O O O lf7 co M 00000 00 N N tl0O O I� f� OOO co O r- Lc7O N �-�-NOON.-r 00 "CD coM N 00000 007• u") 00 00 M 00 r• CO LO CV"N e r 0000Or N r -N O N r MN M I� Lo r- 0007'00 O N N 1� N N N M 00 0 N I� UJ MCO r- N r - M r - 07' ON CONGOONO �-- N N 7• r- N �-- OMO<-r-O �- N �- O N 1� co 0 i� c -N co M000r-LCJ r- OO N N N _ OO �Y Ltd d' L[) m a NCO O CV !p O CD I_ O 7.0 0 O c3 O CO N N CV O O CV O N CD 0 "-- O C) N O CD 0 r -O N 0 N N "4-0 O 0 Cn00 N M N 000 N M r- r LC> CONN O O I-- N N CV O O NNNNN N O CN O N 0000 co O c, O �-N O - N N CN N N N N N N O N N N N N N N O N N 000r M O O CV -N O r -N N N N O O CO OO O N O 0x-00007' M OO N N N CN N N CV Co O O 00 N N N N 0 CV O 0 "N N 00 N N N Z I r-NM7' LCA CO I�aD 070 --NN Mc`�7• �fJ CO I��O Q) O NM V lC) CO I�NO) Oc-NM7' LCA CO I�00� O NM NOTE Cod. 2930 1415 00 04 - Edit. 10/2006 - 7 I mill 11 I � y i Lu �Llu § :2. C) LU uj Q� ul w (D s MIN -I I -L. Lc-., w Z3 Ea I (�D I ca uj I a: Ed OP a30 ZZ 0: cl) Q- 0- CIO Q� z LO-- ----- -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -j- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---- - - - -- - - - 19 -- - --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --I - -N - - - - - - - -- - - -- - -- -<3 - ---- - - - — T8mMe — —— — -- -- -- -- -- X rrrrrr xLO WVMMs-- — — --- SVUOLMo — -- .-.-rrrrXrrNr — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — - — — — — — — — — — — — --- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Lod — — — — — -- — — — — — — — — — -- — — — L6 CL C-M ZS -- - o m ---------------- -- - --- --" --- --c --N --- - -- -- -x iNoHsvs-O ------ NrCC--- Xr V6U -o m — — — --------N —4 04 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CL ss-uu Z918 - - - C'J - - - - - X - - - - - - co — — ,.;t — — — — - - - - -:I- - - CN - 04 - — — — — - x — - — - — — — — 48-Zmo—� z 9 Is C — CO LO r- Lo cO CD M CO co U'- m t-- C) CD CD U-) CD C:) 'r- M, co �l r-- m 6 C'D C': D CD m CD r m m CD M LO CD C:> =- C=) m* U-� r M r- - LO -r CD Lo C, COO C�o m CD CO cc:::,) CO cc�)' C:) 2 Lr) QO M CO m co S C::, (=> co m C:' -Q- " O CO co CD COCD co CD r-_ CD CN C4 U') C4 Co CD r- C�Q CD MCO C" 'Sr C�- -=) f- M CO C� U-) CO CD CD M t-- LO UD CO M CD C4 CD CN C) C:=) z:: Z�; M LO CD CO 04 CO C�l U) C',l 'r C4 U') " CO C14 L"� - CNM—C: 0, LO llzr C", C" :18 co CD 000 w " cc�N:� C�' (N CD 04 F,_ CN CN M M C14 CD " Cl) m CN r-- �2 CN :I- �� M C:) _ I- I- — M C4 �2 " U') CO � LX"3 r- m co I- C',J ��; cz, CD CC -ON 7 z� LL CJ C"D C.ONCO CN R C4 CCDJ N C"Z3 N N C"D N CD M CO CO CN M t-- C:) 'r " CO Co " C.0 CD Co M C> C14 CD " C) " c> G2 CD CN 04 CN CD OO) 00 Co M M m 'qT w CD M M tl- CD CD CD CD Or " Cj CO CO (Z) " CON " CN C:l CD " C�4 " O S N( C, 8 CD co CD C:o Co m r- CD Co m " U-) C:!�' " rl_ rl- CD co 7t co C:) C:, C', C�, " CD Cj CD C14 " cli C:j C) CD CD m CD cli CZ) �o CD CN (Z> . . . . CN co " CD CD U') CD C� U'� co C) CD CN C14 co CD C:� ("D ic-I H " U�l co to CN . . - . U') CO . . I -I-I" . C'i NOTE Cod. 2930 1415 00 04 - Edit. 1*0/2006 - 11 mill O O ti ti LU 'n Lu Z�l F. LU QW: E u,- 2 Nu cd C) �E (D Z3 MEE I I I I I I I I I Cl) co C-1) ;s C� Cn 0 " C7 tL �i C' -l) al LO I I I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3: -9 —60-1 -eg- Ts 1 1 1+ --- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ----------------------- lie fL #-- kq --nums -rb1---I- - — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — --- — — -- C%A - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CN— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Ce) — — — SL S�U Mo CO C-4 04 - - - ca CO rl LO -MMMMOOCDMOO(:Dcl)r-CD(n 4- CO O Cl) M CN cli M F-- CD CD co CD C> Lo -,I- m co rl_ 'r C"I m C) co CD CC3 2 (8) COr- C) m Lo r- C:, 1.0 8 co m CD cli rl_ I*- ccD4 c::, co U') �2 10 000 C::> CD CD D 00I CD r- CON - CD CE3 IC C�' -04 C3 co MCO co CON r co co Lo CO m C) CD CD C\j " cli Cli - r- CO - l� m COO -4 Cj LO C,4 - R, r C:� co CO C:l CO cq Lrl cli :l CMr cli " C:D) cli Cl) C) r- r- CN C\j -�j- -,::- Co C:, -1 i�z L, r- 00 CN C:) CN Cj CO CN - CN C:> L�2 Cj C'J C4 CN C) CD " CN 04 CD M LO eq �� CD 04 CO00 Co �? Cq CD C4 CN CD CN CN " CD Cj C:D 04 M Co M Cn M Co !�! M Co CN co COO CN C::> CD CD C4 " CD CD CZD " CN (D CD C14 OC> co CO CD ". m C:) C' N C:) C,j C:, " C:) CN CN C:� C14 C:, C, " C, C, CD CD Cl (--1 CZ) C=) . NCV . . . C-4 CIJ CD =, CNI C,4 C4 C14 NN NN C4 " M 1�;Ic- Cl) C-1 m I I I I I I I I I I o i i Q. C C Z N H I htih O L El: w w w ¢ r w a w w e e e y Q U O 0 O C) O 0 i- v5 O W Z O_ Y O w Z w 2 ~ w 2 �' W w O O w O O W W y O m W W ti S¢ LIJ CL z 2 S 2 z=U= 2 p O Z 2 p 2 j > W O F= S W m z W Z_ p pK2 p 0 U 0 U 0 0 UU d Q O O O W aa¢aa= W ai W W S RU) c)) 0 h> ¢==Q cr W om m¢QQo S d '¢ uJ 0000 W �s O a O O Y O O O S W O W c� s� tL O U¢ v� �s �s W U co O S U u) U d¢¢¢¢ C� L Ulj £L Lb04 ZS 48 - -- r�rMrrr<-rrrX- -rNrrrrrr fV N N r r Xrrrrr r b98404Merrrr -------- -- - rrr<rrMrrrrrrrX-r-Nrrrr.--NNN.-rXrrrs-r --- ,Y 66 L4042948 s-Irrrr rrr<rr M r r r r r - r r - Xrrr CV r - r r r r r CN N Nr c-Xrs-r�rr r 4SL404ZS48 - - rrr -- .--rMrrrrrrrXrrrNrrrrrrNNNrrXrrrrr _ 40b404ZS48 r�rMrrrrrrrXrrrNrrrrrrNNNrrXrrrrr ~ SbZ404ZS48 -It-m-- -rrrr X r r r N r - r r r r r - N N N r r X r �- r r r a _ B£b404 ZS48 _ _ _-�rMrrrrrrrXrrr N r rr�-r rNNNrr X r r r rr 8LZ404ZS48 r�-Mrrrr.-rrXrrrNrrrrrrNNNrr,�rr<-rr LSOLOS ZS4H -_ ---�rrC+'jrrrrrrrXrrrNrrrrrrC'4IN -VrMrrrrrr-Xrr-Nrrrrr---04 rrrrr bZ0LOS ZS48 _-_ rrrrr Z66099Ms rd rMc--rc-.-rrX NrrrrrrNNNrrXrrrrr Ob048SZS48 _ c-�rMrrr.-rrrXrrrNrrrrr-NNN.-rXrrrrr 94048SZS4S rrXrr-Nrrrrr-NNNrrXrrrrr b86089MS -- - XrrrNrrrrr--N NrrXrrrrr Z£O4SSM9 r�rr MrrrrrrrXrrrNrrr.-r rNNNrrXrrrrr SO0LOSZS4H -- r Irr [ r�rrMrrrrrrrX-rrNrrrrrrNNNrrXrrrrr 9yL,608SZS48- r�,rMrrrrrrrXrrr - - Nrrrrr-NNNrrXrre-rr - - - - - - - d. LY SONS ZS4S - --r�rr Mrr.-rrrrX-rr- - rrrrr- CVNN�--r X.-rr rr E 4 SOBS ZS 48 _ r�rrMrrrrrrrXrrrN rr rr r -N N N - r - rXrrrrr Y 68VOSSZS48 - rvrMrrrrrrrXrr-Nrr.-rrrNNN.-rX.-rrrr - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - 6£9089MS r rMrrrrrrrX.-rrNrrrrr-NNNrrX-- -rr SO SOBS ms -� r �- M r r r r r r r X --------- .- - N N r r X r .- r r r Lo 4Lb089ZS48 r`�rMrrrrr- -XrrrNrr-- -rNNNrrXrrrrr a- 4ZSOBS ZS48 -� �r _ rte, rMrrrrrrrXrr�Nrrrrr.-NNNrrXrr.-rr L6VOSSMS r r-�rMrrrrrrrXrr.-Nrrrrr- --N X r r r r r £9VOSSMs Ir -4- r - �-� rMrrrrrrrXrr-N-.-rrrrNN---X- -rrr S91404ZS48-- - - - r,rMrrrrrr—Xrr—Nrrrrr—NNCVrrXrr- -r - 958404ZS48 .-�rrMrrrrc-rr Xr r r Nr r- -rrC4 Xrrrrr £6£4042548 `-�rMrrrrrrrXrrr NrrrrrrN C4 Xrrrrr LEZ404ZS48 r �rM�r.-rrrrXrrrNrrrrr,-NNNrrXrrrrr b6Z404ZS48 _ rVrMrrrrrrrXrrrNrrrrr-NNNrc-Xrrrrr ------------- 1Zb404ZS48 r�rrMrrrrrrrx -rrNrrrrrrNNNrrXrrrrr 09UO4ZS48 rd-rMrrrrrr-XrrrNrrrrr-NNN -rXrrrrr 04 £404 Z948 r�-MrrrrrrrX.-rr NrrrrrrNNNrr Xrrrrr N - - — N LS 140 4 ZS48 r r ��MrrrrrrrXrrr Nrr. rr rNNNrr Xrr rc rr 548404 ZS48 r - - - ---------------- r�rMrrrrr�-rXrrrNrrrrrrNNNrrX r rr r r r Y 98£404 ZS48 r - - - - - rd - - - - - rMrrrrrrrXr�rNrrrrr-NNNrrXrrr.-rr - - - - - - d 6ZZ404Z848r- <-<rrMrrrrrrrXrrrN.-r--r------- rrrr<- �� 98Z404ZS48r r�rM.-rrrrrrX< rrNrrrrrrNNNrrXrrrr-r d _ 64b404ZS48 r -- --- - rte, rMrrrrr -rXrr-N-.-r.-rrNNNr-x -rrrr ZSZ404ZS48-- r VrMrrrr-<-r X r r r N r r r r r r N N N r � X - ZOE404MS -- rrr�rrMrrrrrrrX-- -Nr r.--r-,-NNNrrXr.- -rrr Cl) 7 Lf) � O i CO O C) 00 M co Lh O r r M 0 0 -t O LCJ N LCO M M S Q) N O.O'V' Cl) O O �' CD r- O N M MOO O MIM CO M co M M M O M 00V O O U') M 00 d' O r-'ct M d' O co O MS O V M �r r- O N V r N M r N CN O t- O O M M� O r- M O O Ot[) r`MMLc)N M CV O 0 0 O)6)MO<r Lo O O CD O r r` r`O N V CO Lo NMOmOM� LO O r M CV Cl) M r Cl) d' 0 O c CO N 00 CD N CD N O C.O N O COO N O r O COQ N r M O r O COO CN O r CD O r O O CN CDO CO N �-- O M MCD O O N Il- r LO N 00r O) <- O) LOOT N I-- O CO N CO r OM O O r O 0 �-- Cl LOOOr O) O Q) r co Lf) O Cfl O coMN N CO 0- r O(D O r rN Lo O r O 6)OO1 O r r r M MCl) N 0r N NNNNN O 00 O O c.0 CV 0 CNrN 0 0 0 CD r r N NMCV 0 CO N r 0 O 0 MMOO CD (O O r- Cl) 00 NOr � CD C.O 0r O r In CO O N N NNrMON O N O r M N L(7 r- (Z) IN O r`O�--N L() r N Cl) O CO CO CO O) ON co N NNNN N N N N N CO ON N N N O N N N Co OONO N N CO CD <-rN Li') N N N CO OO CO N CN O 00000 Ln Cn L!'7 CO N N000N CO M CO N CV r N M M 00 M N N CO O M O N C.O CO O N M M O O O O Q) O O N O N N 000NO00NO N 0 NN Z rIN M V u7 Lf� CO c0 O `- N M V L(0 c.0 M O O r N M V- Lf) CO r• N N N M CT N N O M r M N M M M M M M M M M M O O N M �r M MIMM V V <r "a, :r V' ill l � � I 11 I li i i I 3 I j I cn QU) CL E i§ LU co co = a .8 Lq LO---- — ------ Ul) Lo L6-- — — — — — — — — — — — - — — 99 8404 -z-94 _8 — — — — — — — I F i+ — — —I — — — — --- TF ------------ oi Ce) ---- ------- 94 nu ms com, M"coOcov CD,:*- r— CD OU'� 2-�� C> Q CD CD U') C\ A C',J MNo7 CD CN Fl- CO cli CO co a) N IC) CO CO CD r" CN CD U') CD O C,4 cl U-) CD C) C> C-4 C14 1,0 CD y � 1 G I j I CL 242 I i 1 1 N E i I 0 W Et 10 Z I O i in CL UF1- co m ¢- co co I w I w o 0 o W m a w a � o o `-` w `J` �y W w w>> w w z I=- a,, p w w w- �x Lwgzzw5�'ra¢a0000000000�Q�Q¢��¢c`r»w�aQQa`��` m z o a� i= z a x na a o ��i-���� Rs o o o o o o �R o w x x x�� x w��= � x � m oc�Qo ¢¢coca L) -Uc)cs -zzc)�Zi:E ziZZ �rn3z33 ��3�,a�waa3zwou,3� LO - CL LMZ5' W r_� ;�rrrrrrr.-N N Nrrr—a--�rr.----m— V9HmZ56H_r Mr.-rrrrr—rN N� rNrrrrlrrrrrraO- 66L606Z56H �-r�r,�-rrr.-rrrrN <, �� d 48 LMZ568 - -M-rrrrr-- -N d � �, - - --- rCO Lc 60tiM z9w r-Mrr.-rrrr.-rN N�2 rNrrrrr--rrr00r 5tiZ6ObZ568 rrMrrrrrrrrrN N— --rrrrrrr — 0-0r CL = 5£ti606Z568�MrrrrrrrrrN N� rN� rrrrrrrrrapr 8LZ606Z568 M rrr.-r r rr r N (V rNrrc-.-r�r.=�ro;r 0852568 r rM r rrr r r r r r N r r N� .-Nr,-r rrrrr rapt }L9 YZ U99 Me rr M r r r r r r r rrN NNN� —CO— Z66085Z9W r-M-.-rrrrrrrN r NNN� rr,-rrrrr-- -- OyU85Z56H rrIIFM CN N� .-Nrrrrrrrr<-r�r 9406852568 rr M r r r r ra-rrrN NNN� —CD VO 6089 MO rrMrrrrrrr�rN NNN� r(Dr Z£0685Z568 CI) N� rNrrrrrrrrrropr 80 8006852568 •- -Mrr.-'rrr,-rrN NNCN r�r 9L 6089 M9 -rMrrrrrr r-N NNN�2 - r(�r MO dL45099 rr Mrr r r r r r r r CVrr CVS --- -rrra-rrr ropy £65089 Ms rrMrrrrrr--- NNN�2 -rCDr Y 69V089Z568 rrmRR--.-rrrrN NNN- rCOr 6£5085 2568 rrMrrrrrrr.-rNrr N!�2 rNrrrrrrrrr-Cor LO5050852568 rrco -r r r rrrr rN ------------ NNNM --o- 6Lti0NMo rrMrrr rrrrrrN NNN� rcpt a 6Z 5085 2568 rr M r r r r r r r r r Nrr N�2 r N r r r r r rr rrr Dor L6V099MO — -Mrrrrr- - - - - NNN� — r co r £9VON Ms rrMrrrrrrrrr- 99L606Z568 --- --r`-'—rrrrN NNN!�2 r.Cpr 99S6O6Z56H -rMrrrrrrrrrN NNN— r(Dr C6 CM MS - - - - --r r rrrrrN NNN�2 — CDr L£Z606Z56H rrMrr` `-r` `"--rN NNN2 rCDr b6Z6O6Z56H rrMrrrrrrrrrNrr N� rNrrrrr--- -rapt LZb6061568 rrMrrrrrrrrrN NNN- rrrrrrrrrrCDr r(Dr 09 Z_6_O6Z56H MrrrrrrrrrN .- NN04 - O6 £6062568 r�rMrirrrrrrrrNrr N� rNrrrrrrrrrroor N nl L5 L606 Zgsr r c rJ r r N N N N Mr r CO r 568606Z56H rrMrrrrrrrr—N NNN� w 58£6062568 rrMrrr-- -rrrN NNN� r(Dr rCDr 6Z Z6O6 Z56H rr Mrrr rrrrrrN NNN� r(Dr ce) - 9S O6Z568 -r'Mr-L rrrrr—N NNN� r CD r a ------------------- 66h_6O6Z56S r—Mr—rrrrrr—N NNN� r�r — Z5Z606Z568 r—MrrrrrrrrrN NNN� r CD r _ ZO£606Z568 rrMrrrr�rrrr,-N NNN� rCDr OO O O M O M M co N M O co OO O O M U-) tf3 I� Co C V� m M O Lr) m CV 0 CD 0 f- 0 r r M N N Co M 1� M O O M O r O O r O O M N CD r O 0 M 0 lt7 r l` (o V Lo 7 M0M V 0 00 v -m <1' co «7 r Co N O O p M M c n Co M Lo 'd-000ON Co CO CO M r 1D0 OOrr N O O0 Oro M X1700 LO NN «70000 Ln N NN N CC7 NCD �} V r- O O OM N 0O Or N MM 1� 000 0000000000r m� ON co o0 M m 0 O m Co O CO Or N CD CV f� M r Co N d-r(o I� (oN �- N Cf7O 1� r C(7 r l� i� O M N N �t O M N V N V' N d' N 1� d- M r N O r N r c`'7 N �P Co N CD N N "r M U-7 r r ti N Co N O N m Lo 0(.O Co CV co N O 007 O Co N CL N N CD N N to r N N O N O O N N O CD N O NN N O I V MNONMN N O(o M O O r Co 0 Co O CD 0 N OO O M O N O O M OOOOON O 00 O o00o O O 000 N I- �_ O O M (D (D N M M MMN M co C V O C V O N M M MCD 0 (V 0 MCON �. C 7 C. C V 0 C V 0 CV O 0CDO00 CV r CO N NNN N C N t t 7 r CV O N 00 MCV t r O N N r N N O N O N O N r r r r r r r r r N 000 00 N N O r OO CV N N O C4 C4 N O O N (� 2 rNM�f'IC(7O�MmOrNM V 11'7 CO COOCD COOO MO�MO O CD Md-U7Ot`MOOr NM V CC7CD r N CV N N CN CN N N N N CN MMM co MIM co NOTE Cod. 2930 1415 00 04 - Edit. 10/2006 - 21 main Simon no am mom a a ON 0 a 0 M-- Elm ME MEMO Malin 0 SEEM M am win 0 a a on 1 "No No a mom 0 In an am 0 0 ...So a an 0 a M Mon M a a Monona Mina an NONE Roam c no an MOOM mom mama on mom MINE on no mom am am so ME MOMMEMI a go E 0 N a al a ONES on on ON I No so on man mass a a 0 a M 0 N INN 00101101 a mom 0 a 00000 10000001 MON on so 0 a a on on soon a no 0 ON a ONO 0 on on MENEM 0202 0 an =MEN ISM MIMI NOTE Coda 2930 1415 00 04 - Edit. 10/2006 - 25 cz co Cl) CD Q CL 63 ll� 12»»>2»>0 LU ui -1 C,-) CL (D -11 co LU C� U, 2 0, cc 0: L p C', CQ 't 4 C:: C', Lu LU IRS fx- FE 111-: 2-: lo� RE: 4 "' LL u A. i Rl 0 z Ell R� il� QIW C) 0 C LU uj I ,, cn I I I I I I - I u 0 0 u Q iz- Lo I I - - I I L6 U L4U MS - x - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - co V9 UOL Mo x - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -C1,- - - - - - '.0 66 LM Mg MX 7- - - - - - - - - 2:1 4S LM MS CN X - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Lq _0 -n 0 4 Me x ti 9V uu z9a se VLU z9" - -C'4 I SL 2404 MS - L9 U89 Zg" -- - - - -< vz M89 z9" -X------ - -- - - - - - - - - - - Z6 6089 Zg" ---- - -- -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - co OV U99 Ms -x - ----- - - - - - ----------- 94 U89 Ms - x - - - - - - -r - - - - - - - - - VS 6089 Zg" - x - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CN - - - - - - - - - - -- (o - ZE OVS9 Ms x - - - - - #- so U89 Ms -X - - - - - -r - - - - - --- - - - - - -- - --- R 6089 MS X - - - - - - - - - - - - - - LV 9099 Mg - x - - - - - - - - - - U 9089 z9" - x - - - -C-4 - - - - - - - - row 68 V089 MS - x - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6E 9089 ZS" Lq d -so 9089 ms —IX Lo vifo4S-Ztmo — x --- — — — — — ------------------- — — CN — — — — — — — co — 0- LZ 9089 Me — ------------ m- - - - - - - - - - - - - L6 VOSS Zg" - - - - - - - C9 VOSS Mo - x - - - - - - - - 77� - - - - - - - - - -Nr - - - - - C.0 99 LM Me - x - -l-, - ---r - 99 OM ZS" - x - - - - - - - - - - + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - C6 CM ZS" - x - - - - T-� - - - - - - - -- -- -- -- - ---- - - - -- LE UUMe - x - -- ------- - - - - ------------- - - - - C14 - - - - - - co V6 UR M8 - X - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - LZKOL MS I 09 UU ZS" -x - - - - -r - - CD 04£404z9" x - -- -- - - - ------ --------------- i cq L9 LIOL MS --x- - - - - - - - - - - - - - --------------- - - - - - - - - - CD CD S4 SM Me - x --7 - - 77 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CIJ - - - - - - - C2 z, 98 UOL Ms X - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - d --6Z��U Ms - - - - - - - - - - Ys-zaU ms --Ix - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - C� IKU z -M� 8- : r _IX - - - - - - - - - - Z9 ZM Me - X - - 04 r r C:D co zo £404ZS48 - xI- " co "" CD C:, CD co CZ) "o� m CD " C) CD CD cli c::, CD C:) C) CN d'Or) Lo Lo C:�' Co Lo Lo LB Uo) r- m Lo r- r�o Z3 CD CIA U') C14 1- Zs! - L2 CO;s 113- co " m " co U) CN 8 �- �s " CD i�: '!�: Cl) Lo 'S co C) CD Lo CII CD Lo CD C:) '-:' C:) C14 !�? CD �2 11) LO m c�' C) CD M C14 CIJ . CD CD M M . CD MM . CD �N c::, M CN CD MMM CN CD CN " CD Oct m " co m m ,Z:r ��; Lo m " Co m co m m Lo co m -:I- co co 'r 0') Lo co Ir -,:I- a) Lon) co Lr) Lo Lr) Lo U� U-� Lo NCV 'ZI - d' CN co r- m �*- r- m C:) It r .Zl- .:I- .Zt -�4- -Ir 'l- CD m m m C) 0) a) ;, 0-) m m a, m MIC, mLrl (CB) CD CD m 0') m m m m m m (Z> CD C-> r-- m CD co C::> - co CD CD C�) 0300cocD0000c000c000cococom m CD Q CN " 04 C14 CIJ " Cj co m 00 m co 0000 0) 00 00 00 CO co 00 co co 00 co C14 CD CD Co C-0 CD CD Co CN C:) CN CD 0.) U-, C) co CDIM CDCO 00 m m o0co m m Coco"" m m Co cn 00 co C7) cy, C:) C3 C) CD CD 2 �R �R co co 00 00m 00 co co co co 00 I . 00 I co I co I co m m CN �Qj, CN I - -- - NOTE i - tr i 1 } Cod. 2930 1415 00 04 - Edit. 10/2006 - 29 I!�; !; I II I it �� Ii i Hill I I 1 1111 Ili ,I � Hill i 11 1 I i i ill.I Lu ❑ CO M C, Cl-' Lu coU LU -i Q� 0 co C', C', --I cl CD Z5 < d co C'o co ;E 0 L u CO :c z U_ z I U� I E2 1- co I I 3 3 1 p m I 0 LU 0 ca LU 0 w — — — — — — — — — -- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — I — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — --- — — — — — — _Z9 -UM-0 6 8 — — - — — —— U) — 04 CIJ — "-:I- — C\J 1xl — - — — — — — — I 66 LM Z9 68 — — - — — — __ U') — C'4 — N— 4- — Cj >< — C:) U. SE VMZS48 Nr — — — CN ClJ — 'r — Cj x SL ZM ZS — — C4 CIJ 'q- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — --- ----- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — L6 99 Lm ms 7 I — C4---_— CN —�j= l 'T --:I- — --4 11X - - — — — — U') 04 1- "r _14- — —I-lx — — — — — — — — — — — 09 UOL Ms— — C, — — — — u CN C, IX 06E60 ms — — — — — — — —F 04 --- -- -- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — d- — — — — — — — — — — — - — — — — — Tsau Ms cli LO x rOr zm 7_m c� — — — — UD — — — — --- W____ — — W->><< — — — — Z9 ZM Ms CN CIJ r --r -,a- —I --Toe OHM CN C"N — — — — — — — — prr ..4- LO G; CD c:D C::, Cl) CD C> LO cc) t'- C) QO M Lo lcm co cc) co C:) C) �2 0) CD C'q CC) CD CD .0 1�4_ E cli CD co Cl) co co co LO 00 r- co CD m r, M Lo Cli CN CO U-) c "l- OO co ll- C) I D �_ CD C:) C) 00 CZ) 2) CF) 00 r- m m!�2 cc) C:) C::> 8. C:) C�l CD m cli C) cy')O r co 1- 2 CO'zO, C) I'- cm�' Lo rl- 8 Lo M r_ co Lr)!�R -r LO CN LO cy) CN CN — m " (Z) M U�� co C-0 m co CD m LO C14 LO r- Q cli FZ LO 04 E5 c:) cl) CN CD:� M CD U) m!�2 Co CD Co �- _ ;!Z �� Co LF) P_ Lo cq (p " g) " co CN cD (.0 cr-� co — LO C) M C:) M m 0-) LO C:) "*- LO 0. ) LO M 0, U') m r,- M a) C:, LO rl- CO " CS il- Cq CD Cn co �� cq M co CO co 00 00 CO 0) CN CD -> _ c> CN CZ) CD cz, — CD (=, CD CN C� LO — 00000 M LO C:, m C:) r-- Cj 000000000000000000 cli CN C) 0, CD C,4 C,4 C-4 �D CYD C4 !�D CO C:) CIJ CN R C, CN cli CV CN CIJ cli M C) Cq " " C-4 m CD Cq " CO CD 00 CD CO CD CD a) (Z) C) C4 C14 CN CN CN C14 C\j " CN Cj " CN Cj " C) " oQ " " CN coo, 0000 C,? - C4 CD cli CD C -4 C14 cli CN "N CN — CN CN C4 " CN C14 C,, CV co �2 co m ISO OO 4c NMS L" C. _ cli C14 cli C14 " cli 1 C14 CV c CN co m Cl) Cl) m co m co co m co _ _ - _ ' _ ---- CuU.293O141500O4-Edit.1O/20OO-33 Lu QN �L-u �U-j Qlw�l I P-3 2, ci co lo co C, z w cr 2 L Lu Q) >� cc � LLI Lij a2 0 0 Z) �i LLj (D Q:: of Lu cl) IrW Q 1'� 1 c) z C) z c6 co C) ca cm C-) o c) c) c> co c/) U�s cza (0) ou c-cl ZE, u , cc) co I �z co co ca 101 Z� L. zja-icol —Iz� �c -- — — — — — — — — - — — — — — — — — — — — — — — -- — — -- — — — — — — --- — — — — CL LM M —I—lClj — 04 X X c—o rcVrrrrrr ti — -- _ 66 L� U ZS" C14 >< >< — — — — — — — _ CN x ZS" q# rNr T 04 X I — c, -- -- SL UOL M9 >< — — ', X >< Co _ — I 4— — — — - — — — — -- LS OL89 Ms C-4 — — — Co — — — — — — Vz Uss MR r — cN C-.4 x — rNr — — - — — — X X c.0 U 6099 MS— CN cN X — — — — — —N — — X X CD — — — C-4 — — — — — — — 060485 Me —rNNXrrNr rNrrrxXcorrr —Nrrrrrrr 94 USS Ms — X —— — — — — - — — — - — — — x X co — — — — - — — — — — — VS 6099 MS — CNICNIX — — — — — — clj --------------- rCN X X c.D ZE OLSS Ms — >< >< —1 — — — — — — - — — — - — — — X X - — — — — — — so OM z9" — "IxI—I — — — — — — — — — CN — — — — — — — - — — — — — — — X — X - cD 9L 6089 MR — "IXI—I — — — - — — — - — — — — -- — - — — — — — — — Y LV Goss ms — — — — — - - — — — — — - — — — - — — — X X cD — — — --- — - k— — — -r — — — C L 9099 Z9 Ls — — — — — — — - - X — — — .—Nr — — — - — — — — — — — — — cD — --- — C74 — — — — — — Lf! d 68 VOSS Z9 LS — — — x — — - — — — X X c�o — — Lo 6E 9089 ZS" — — C4 C"N >< —C'4 >< —>< c.0 cN I — — — — — — — 909089 MS — — — rNrrrrrrr U VOSS M8 — c, " x — — — — — 1-1041-1 C- X X co — — — — - — — — — — — LZ 9089 Z9 Lo — C"Ij ;X, — — — — — CIJ — — — - — — x x co L6 VOSS Zg" — cN"x — — — — — — -------------- - — — — cN — — —XXCDrrr C14 — — — — rrr C9 VOSS Me — — — — - — — — - — — — x X co — — — -- — — — — — — — 99L40 MS - — ------ CN x -------------- — — — — — — - — — — - — — — — X X — cD — — — - — — — — — — — LZVLOL Mo X C'13 — 04 — — — — — — — >< — >< — C.0 — — — — - — — cj — — — — — — — 09 ZM zg" cN X — — — — — — — — — x — x — co — — — — — - — c - — — — — — — U UOL mg X ----------------- CN — — — — — — — CN— — — — — — — — — — — — F — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — --- -7 — --- 4 - — — --- — — -- — — — — — — — — — — ---- -- — — — — — — -- - — — — — — - — — — ----- — — — — — — — — — -- ce) LMS — — — — — — C4 CIJ X - — — — — — — — — —CV — — — 04 X X co — — — — - — — — — — CL -i-S 6L VM MS —nu — — — — — — — — — — - — — — CN — — — >< X r�D CN Z9 Is — C4 X clj x X CD 04 — — — — — — — ZO CM Me — CN --------- —cN ---- rrr CD:r� �2 cO m ��; ;; CD CO Ml- <"--> E; , B CD D "r co co :a- cz) C� 'IT cD 0000 c14 �.D c '4 C4 CD C� CD m ,r 3. m m LL's Lo CD Lo CD u) r-- m u) c::, r- cN Co 2 F, - cD r-- -:I- t'- co co m m m co r- "4- cN cz, I- " Qo `4 co :" cD r-- " CD U') m CD CN c=) CD 2 u) c:l co c�� co u-) Lo DE u) fl- CD Lo r- — " " CD :D co u-) rl- 'o rl- cn - �o I- co - �o r- �D r-- m -,r r- 'r r- Lo rl- m I- " m co r- u-) r-_ Lo rl_ 2 r- o-3 m CD,.4. C) m R M2 -1*- c14 -It m"1 L" (:D cN 00 fl- r- I-- CD cN " c.0 CD CD " " cN " clj cN " m . . m NCV . cN co co P- po m 04 cD " :I- 1- " 0') m r-_ I- m g a) O OO CD COD CO C) -N C) CD (D (Z) cN m Il- CD CD CD C) C:) (=) cli C14 CD cN C> C> CD cN CD CD CN C) C) C:) CN M CC M C-4 " CD M (D CN CD r- C=) C::) = C> — — — — CD C:l C) CN " C-4 C:D C::, CO c' cO "' CO c" M c:' (z' C4!�? C�J . . . . . . . C. . . . . . co m m c") co � ; I z 4 0 W m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m Q m m m m m m m m �rgg��gg�¢g���¢5���3�555g������5553�g�55¢�5Q55g ¢ m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m LO - -� U LM M9 r .-NrNrrrrr V98404Z548 �- NrNrr y 6614042548 --; - NrNrrrrr— -- - 4814042548 -- —_— - — NrNr—rr -- -- - 40V404Z548 r -rCN- Z04Z8 - N5£V0Z8 8LZ0Z8 rN r�r �NI"- r AU89Ms NrNrrrr rzomZ948 r Nr rrr Z66089MO NrN-- OyU89Z548 -rr - 94O489M9 _ter +CNrNrrrr rNrrr.- rl V86089Z548 _ N-Nr-rrr- ZE04 029 Ms NrNrr.-r 80 0485 2548 N r 9L6085Z548 NrNrrrrr d LV 9085 2548 -1_ N r - _ £4 5085 2548 _C4 - CN - r _ Y 69V089MS N -C14 rr w 6E 50852548 N-Nrrrr �? d 505085Z548 _ NrNrrrr — LO 4LV085Z548 _ I Nr Nrrrrr — #��l — — — — — d = 4Z 50852548 - _ _- N-Nrr— — — r�- — L6V085Z548 NrN.-rr- — — — — — — — — £9V0852548 _ NrNrrrrr 99L4O4Z548 r rNrNr.-r�-r 9584042548 NrN�r £6£404_2548 _- - - - - - - Nr N r rr rr LEZ404Z548 rN—Nr---r -- V6Z404Z548 r- NrN rrrr LZV404Z548 r 09Z4O4 r -------------- NrNrr.-rr 04 £404 2548 N N 1514042548 r _ rNrN.--rr,- - r NrNr,- _5484042548 58 £4042548 r � NrNrr -rr 6Zz404Z548 r N -N-<-- -r 9824042548 r! _ NrNrrrc n- 64V404Z548 -rr = _ NrNr<-rte Z9 2404 2548 N r N r r 20£ 4042548 --i _ NrNr.-rrr - O V O CO MMM N M N OM V- 000006)0) N M ti r r p lf) M r O t O)cif N N0000O>m O m r O r �— O)� U) V r O)C.O pp r BOOM Cl) �1- 0 000000000000 0 0 0 0 0 0 O10 O NCC) A 1\ E M O cqO)CDO N 00 O �c)Cn M O mOOOO M (O CO CO — r� 0 r�M 0 0 h. f—m 0 0 0 MN 0 0 0 O_O I—_Il_ O OD Il_ Il_ O O O r—OONN O N CONT ISO) N O(2 tf) OOOO CO c CO C N r r CO N CD N C.0 C V 1-- N CD N�� N I— � r- I— r- (D C V (0 N CO CO N C V (D O co C N N N u-) N N )CO D) C O co N CO C N COCD(O N N N co N CO N r CD N r CD N r CO N r CD N r CON O O N r NN O O N r NN N O LO CO (.O CO a o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0- o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N 0 I 0 0 0 0 0 n 0 n 0 0 LO 0 N 0 N 0 N N 0 CD NCD (V O CN CV (V CV N N N N CV N N N N CV N N CN N N CV N CV N CN N CV CV CV N CN N N N N N N O �-- CV N N N N N (N CN CV N N N N (V CV CN N" N N N CV (V N CV CV CV N (V " N N CN N CV N CN N N CV CV N NCV N N N CN CV N CV N z rNNN N N NN NN(")<Y l -)CD OpOr�—NNMV-(f)CD M(�p 444NN,- NNNNN N N N N. C - MM V M N" CV N N NOTE ----- - -------- i i i - I -- i Cod. 2930 1415 00 04 - Edit. 10/2006 - 39 II II I I I i I� I i, I 0 0 m i i I �i I O x m v o U I W Z Z i- Z YYY W W O w O -� -.i F- W Q ZLU K a a F h a LU Q�- z z z o Q ti m O R= h h a Z h co h m a a� C'02 U CCD) v=i ? IW- � Z ON Q g Z 2 Z 41 0 USS MS r r T � r r LO LO r U) N CO r r r I% -M M N r r r N N r r r {L,S YZ O487 2548 r r Z!! l2) U) r Lo N M r r r r co M N r r r N N r Z Z6 6089 Z94H r r LO U') - U) N00r --Il- MMC%4 Nr Ly9085Z548 rr� LOLC)rCON00rr-I--MMNr -NNr.-r c4SO_8_SZS49 Jr�t- -LOCOrC')IC'4 rt`MMNr -NNrrr 6860852548 { ��r `-��r �Ncol-r r1�M M Nr rNNrrr -- - - - -� OV USS Ms U)Lo U)I"CO - -r,-MMNrrrNN�-rr L 94O485Z54Hrr�)L)rL)NCOrrr,-MMN- -r "CN rr.- i o v VS 6089Z54H r rN"I'--1r)L—LOC4Mrrrt- Cl) MNrrrNNrrr - - - d 6£50852548 - r U) LD r Lf)NM r r r Il- M MNrrrNNrrr = 509085 Z948 rr C-4�rr Co CO r U') Mrrrr mco rNNrrr 41ti085Z548 r1r�dlrrl!)U)ru)NMrrri�McnIcli Nrrr 2�1 ---- - -_, ZE0485Z548 r so 0485Z54H ru,L)rU-)N rr- MCONr.-rNN.-r 9L6OSSZ548 -`-eNV rrCOLo-u co r rrrC`)MNr r r N Nr v 4ZSOBSZ548 `-r��`-r��`-L0NC0r ` P-MMNr r r N Nr L6ti085Z548 rr��trru)Lo U-)NMrr-I-MMNrr-NNrrrr 89 Ms rr��rrU)L)rLONCOrrr„MMNrrrNNrrrr CD O C) O Q) O O O O O O O O O O O O co O r N co M O M 0 O 0 O Co O M CO �- N Op p O O Co 0 u) 00 O O 0 O 0 to N O O r N M W E c. CD N M O S N V'. r• O O r Lo M Co r M N O O- O O O- O Lo r r I� [D O O r V N Il � O vim- O� O O� Lo � m M 1-1` t� O CD M r- I r t- r C4 M N u I�r M M NM N CO 1 r'- I-II r- r M Otf7 r N O Il- CO OOCDN COO r 1-�tr O MM NNN co W N OOrr N tI) CDN 00"OO N Co N r- V'ON000M N m CV N N N f` Oa)M M O N O 6) 00 O) MCO O r CDONM N M o0 N o)D) N N O N C4 N N N O NN CD CV N N NM O O N N rCV O CV rN O N NNr CV N O CO CD CD p p N N CD r CD r O NCV O N 000000 O r 00 M 00 Z rIN M Cn CD M O O r N M V lf) CD M D7 O N M �' Cf) CO r M M M r r rlr r r r rNN CV NCV.... NN I j I I I i I I � C U a c d Li E o Eliuj w co ,� h me am�z ng, w "' (7 F= QQ ww�gcg� Z w��mmwwo ¢¢¢ LJL' O z U LJl ¢ Lu U m z O z C7 zm, z O CD z a w J O z Q JC S h J O S J a w ciJ O W ti S h Lu m Sc m m Sc J d S u] Z W LL� a m x Q g O J = O m x w !� W c/J W w C7 U' m www=,wU�w� J a J a J a a m S m O o R m J a J a C.� Z ? a_ a ¢ w o a � P-- ¢ o co z: -om W -S3az -xaa'zzzc��zLo 6- ---- — 1904892948 r NX t-- CJ NN CNN rLOrrrXrr �r r r r r r-XNCO rN rNNNr.-r bZOLH9Z9LH.-NXI--CVXNCVN Xrrd-r - co- rcVrNClJ Z 266089 2948 - NXI-NXNN NNN rtfyrrrXrrcrr rXNM Nr NNNrrr LV 9099 Z9 L8 `-NXI�NXNNNNN rLOrrrX M rNrNNNr E49,089 Z9 4s r NXI�NXNN NNN rLo rrr X.-rcr .- rXNM rNrcli 68 1 089 MS - NIX r- N X N N N N N r to r r r X r r c7 r r X N C7 r N r N N N r - - - -- - - - - - -- - - - - - + OP 0489 Z9L8 ` " X- N X N N N N N r to r r r X r r r �- r r i- .-- r �- X N Co r N r r �-- _ L (D i9,40489Z948 6099 Z948 `-NX�NXNNNNN rN X r- N X N N N N N rtt7rrrXrr�rc-rrr�--XNM LO - JC" rL(� +"C4 Y8 r r r r X <- r r r �- X N M N N N �- r r 6E 9089 Z9 L8 r-NXI�N X CV CV NCV N rtnrrr Xrr Itr rXCN9O 9OH92948 <-NX I' -NX NNN NN r127rrrXrr-r rX NCO rCVNNLbOH9 Z9LHrNxr-"x CN .-LOrr— Xrr� r r r rXNM rNN Nr - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1$- - - - - - - - - - - - - Z4 OLH9 Ms rN X r- 04 X-rr c-rr rLo r r r X r r I-zj -r rr rX CV Mr rN rNN Nr�--r rrNXr-NXNrrrrr Z800L89Z948 rLO—,--Xrr�l-r.-r.-�-r�-X NMr N -NNN.-rr v 9L 6099 MS - "xtl- NN X r � r�jrrr X r r r r r X N CO r r N r N N N r r LZ 9089 2948 <- N X- CV X N r r r r Lo �- r r X r �- �t r .- NM r r N r -1" N N r L(6�yP089Z9L8 <-NXi-NxNrr <-�,rrrX, r�rr f NMr rN -FC- E9 YO89 Z94H r N X N X N r6rX r r e- �- r r r N M r r N r N N N �- r 0 O 0 co V Lo O V' N L co o r CD m 0 O 0 0 0 Cl) 00 OO N M O N M O V' O Or M N O r. N N. N O CD O M 0 0 r � t O' 0 0 M 0 OO O 00 V' O 00 LO N If) O C n O m 0 I- C D N O T vJ c N0000 N O O O NOON O N N r cO 000 O (D MM CD M CO OO O O NO N O Lo 00 r co O co I` r LO r t- 0o M 1�. co CD O tO f�l� ct N N aON OOOO OOO mO M O co M O LO O N 6J - N OOr COO I� I� 00 r r O r N �I- CD O t` M N M N V r M M M M M M N <i -r O I� M N co V O LO r 1� 1� CO CD O CO M O r CO M I� 1� Lo r co O O i� W I� r- M I� M M 1� M M LOO r O Lo S O Cl N N CD r O O M O CL O O m CO O r- co O coO O Vim' N cq N CO CD cn O O O m O O O O N CD N O O N M Cq M r r I� O O r O N 0 Nm N CDM N O CD O COO O O O CD O N N c`">. O O --(D O C.O r (.D r. CD r CD O O N CD N O N N M O N N N N N N N N O CD r Co r cDN O r N 00 m O N CD N CD 0 CD c- NN co r r CD O coN m O CO N O Lo O r O LO N N � LO O COco CMD O CD O rlr r N N N N N N N 00 N N m0 N M M N M N M N M Mei- M 14 O CD I-- co m O r M M M M M M ¢''V 1 f 1 I I 1 1 NOTE Cod. 2930 1415 00 04 - Edit. 10/2006 - 45 I I i i li I III Hill I I 0 I o Hill I i IIIH i i HIM 11 11 1 i Y � i= W m j pa Yy0 W viI¢ Z L U Ni C.� W 2 2 2 i wiz 0 [C tJy h W t- K 0 W m W= m U y y o�o=ooxrmoZ¢gg�.,QQ i _ L50485Z5_48 -I - I —N•--- - - - - -- --- - I M tiZ0485Z548 f N- -�-- -�-r-�-- -- - z Z66099Z548 -I--�N�- -��-��-4-- .-<- L65085Z548 —[�--Na-- --- .-£45085Z548 •-N-------ti085Z548 69 _ �N— -- - . --- i �— — w-- -- - -- - 'Y Oti0485Z548 — -rN-s--- -.-,-r----�--- - v 9404852548-LLL��N r ���-•-�-��� — �j ti8608SZ548 r --�N�-�-- --- — ui v - -- CL 6£50852548 �-- .-N��s- 2 5050852548-�--�-rr- 4Lti085Z548 --- ----- I d 2£04852548 -8004852548 Nc------ --- -,-- i — — a �-�I�N.-- ---- - -- -- --� �-- v 9L 60_89 M8 4Z 50852548 �N.-� --- ---r--r--<-- -- 170085Z548 £9tog Nrc-�r <-�•- -� 1 O OOOoo O Ni ON 00 rnoo�-rn0000 NCD a --O E. e 000 N N ;CO M�t�N CO O NCO 00 O Q C V U, O u"1 O O u7 .- O u7 C.O CO a COrn rn 00 N cNo ! cOo O ON N CSO corncOoorn O o0 co L� 2 4-H-H co co ti of O O � N t`'� 'ct cY 1 ( I , I I I i i i I i I I i 0 i I i I o U i i p I I I I I i a W Cl)w 0 3� W W cW�xoox .] U U Uy a Lu O W w3Q x W F- U �z C� w W Z W W oz= ��x��m Z w F- x m 1- C' U O¢ F- m I ci C? ¢ U¢ U O>2¢ W m W m ¢ U Z CnIU Z U Cn Z Z �l g x h Z ca U a 4 w w w w I- F_ W c LS OPS Ms rr-rrrrrrrr<-CDCOCOCDrrrrNMrrtC)Nrrr �? vzomZS68 rrr,-rrr.-rrrrrCDCOCDCOrrrrNCO-- Nrrr — Z Z6 6089 M8 rr�tr�rrrrrr rCp (D CO (OrrrrNM rr UNrrr C) Lb908SZS68 --•- --rrrrrrrr--1 -0rrrrNMrrUf-) uSon me r C', 68VOSSM8 rr1vrrr.—rrrrrCpCD(DCDrrrrNMrrUf)N�rr Oti068SZS68 rr-rrrrr rCD co CDICOrrrrNMrr�,Nc-rr LRU89M8 r COCOCD CorrrrNMrr�,—r N �- VO 6089 ZS b8 rrvrrrrrr.-rrcocococorrrrNMrrUt)Nrrr Lf) (7 4. 6£S089M8 r curt -rrrrrrcDcococorrrrNMr�Uf)Nrrr 2 909089 Z9- .—rvrr.—.—rrrrrCD CO CO CD r r rrN Mrr UC) N-rr rrV rrrrrrrrrCDCOCOCDrrrrNMrrUC)CVrrr il61ti08SZS68 — — Cf ZEO6HSZS68 rr�rrrrrrrrrrcoCOCOcorrr— NMrrU-) 4 -00 89 ZS 6H rr�rrrrrrrrr co co co corm rNM rrUnNrrr — cD 91.6089 ZS 68 rrr r r r r r r r r CD CD( p( Ar rrr N Mrr LO Nom- rr aSOBS Z9 cOCDCOCOrrrrNMrrUf)Nrrr L6VOSSMg rrrrrrrrrcoCDco-rrrrCN LONrrr £9tiO8SZS6H rlrrrlrrrrrcococc co— rrrNMrru,Nrrr CD N I- U-) M O O CD M U-> r N 0co SO ti o U17 Id' ti O O O) O) M O O O N 1'- co O U-) N U')N Uf) O d- O I� N GD r 1- I` OM O O CD N CO CO CV O O N t� c V' OCOrM O �Y O �t N CO N CO 04t-, CD Mr � M C) I,- co O V' I'- CO O Uf) r UC) O - U() �Cb M COO CDM CO V'co N OO (D r 00 CD Un CONNOO O r I, -O UC) MCOMC)N OO OOOO M r r N N 0 O OO) V' Uf)CO I,- OOOOO) U!)r Lo Co i-- Un OO Uf)COO"t N r m 2 C p O t` O r N 0 1 M O) O Q) COOO O) r O CU -t M CD O O O CONO O O O N M O Co Q) M O M O CoO N O M O M C V 0 co CO Co N CO O CDN O O N N 0OCD CO O COO O r C) O O O O O r rN O O Mr O O O"O r CV r 0CD r r 00N r r C4.- OO r N N 0oO r 0 r r r r N r C V N -IMI C V M C N -1-1 NW - N TAV. 13 SERVICE KIT Kit Air -Oil filters Code Dwg. Ref. Description 2901 1416 00 3 2 AIR FILTER 2 1 13 1OILFILTER Kit Air -oil filters oil separator Code Dwg. Ref. Description 2901 0865 01 3 2 AIR FILTER 2 13 OIL FILTER 2 12 CARTRIDGE Thermostatic valve -min. press. valve kit Code I Dwg. Ref. Description 2901 1095 00 2 1 6 THERMOSTATIC VALVE -MIN. PRESS. VALVE Nipple / O-ring Kit Code Dwg. Ref. Description Dwg. 2901 1417 00 2 15 NIPPLEIO-RING 2 Roto injecte fluid ( 5 L ) Code Description 2901 0245 01 OIL ROTO INJECTE FLUID Roto injecte fluid ( 20 L ) Code Description 2901 0522 00 OIL ROTO INJECTE FLUID Temperature switch kit Code Description 2202 7421 00 TEMPERATURE SWITCH Cod. 2930 1415 00 04 - Edit. 10/2006 - 51 Seal kit instrument block Code Dwg. Ref. Description 2901 1097 00 2 4 WASHER 2 8 WASHER 2 11 WASHER 2 23 WASHER 2 25 1 WASHER 2 16 0 -RING 2 17 0 -RING Roto injecte fluid ( 5 L ) Code Description 2901 0245 01 OIL ROTO INJECTE FLUID Roto injecte fluid ( 20 L ) Code Description 2901 0522 00 OIL ROTO INJECTE FLUID Temperature switch kit Code Description 2202 7421 00 TEMPERATURE SWITCH Cod. 2930 1415 00 04 - Edit. 10/2006 - 51 GX2, GX4, GX5 WL us) Code 2930 1415 00 04 GN4.1 GN4.2 GN4.3 (cULus) Edition, 01-10-2006 PARTS LIST HP3-5,5-7,5 kW 212 - 4 - 515 INDUSTRIAL COMPRESSORS GX2, GX4, GX5. Code HP/ kW bar psi I I V Compressor V Dryer 81521013 02 312,2 GN4.1 23011/60Hz 11511/60Hz 81521012 52 _ _312,2 _10 10 208.230/46013/60Hz 11511/60Hz 8152101419 312,2 10 575/3/60Hz 11511160Hz 81521012 86 312,2 10 230/1/60Hz I 81521012 29 3/2,2 10 208-2301460/3160Hz 8152101385 10 57513160Hz 8152 1018 15 _312,2 31212 10 208-2301460/3160Hz 11511160Hz 81521017 57 312,2 10 208-230146013160Hz 23011/60Hz 11511160Hz 8152 580539 -.10 10 230/1160Hz 11511/60Hz 8152101310 5,514 10 1 230/1/60Hz 11511160Hz 81521012 60 5,514 10 208-230146013160Hz 11511160Hz 81521014 27 5,514 10 57513/60Hz 11511160Hz 81521012 94 5,514 10 23011/60Hz 10 81521012 37 5,514 10 208.230146013/60Hz 81521013 93 5,514 10 575/3/60Hz 81521018 56 5,514 10 208-230/46013/60Hz wifh ox en anal zer 81521017 65 5,514 10 208-230/460/3/60Hz 23011/60Hz 11511/60Hz 8152 5810 08 5,514 --5,5 10 575/3/60Hz 11511/60Hz 8152 5810 32 14 10 230/1/60Hz 115/1160Hz 81521012 78 7,515,5 10 208-230/46013160Hz 11511160Hz 81521014 35 7,515,5 10 575/3/60Hz 115/1/60Hz 81521012 45 7,515,5 10 208-230/460/3160Hz 8152 5810 40 15,514 81521014 01 7,515,5 10 575/3/60Hz 81521017.81 7,515 5. 10 230/1/60Hz GN4.3 with oxygen analyzer 8152 1017 99 7,515,5 10 230/1/60Hz 11511/60Hz 815_21018 64 7,515,5 10 208-2301460/3160Hz 575/3/60Hz 81521017 73 7,515,5 10 208-2301460/3/60Hz 23011160Hz 11511/60Hz GN4.1, GN4.2, GN4.3 Code HP / kW bar psi V Compressor V Dryer GN4.1 8152 5804 63 5,514 10 208-230/460/3160Hz 115/1/60Hz 8152 5804 97 5,514 10 57513/60Hz 11511160Hz 8152 5805-2-115,5 14 10 230/1160Hz I 11511/60Hz GN4.2 8152 5804 71 5,514 10 208-230/46013/60Hz 11511160Hz 8152 5805 05 5,514 10 575/3160Hz 11511160Hz 8152 580539 5,514 10 230/1160Hz 11511/60Hz GN4.3 8152 5804 89 5,514 10 208-230/46013160Hz 11511160Hz 8152 580513 5,5/4 10 575/3160Hz 11511160Hz 8152 5805 47 5,514 10 230/1160Hz 11511/60Hz GN4.1 wifh ox en anal zer 8152 5809 76 5,514 10 208-230/46013/60Hz 11511/60Hz 8152 5810 08 5,514 --5,5 10 575/3/60Hz 11511/60Hz 8152 5810 32 14 10 230/1/60Hz 115/1160Hz GN4.2 with ox gen analyzer 8152 5809 84 1 5,514 10 208-2301460/3/60Hz 11511160Hz 8152 5810 16 5,514 10 57513/60Hz 11511/60Hz 8152 5810 40 15,514 10 230/1160Hz 11511/60Hz i GN4.3 with oxygen analyzer 8152 5809 92 15,514 1 10 1 208.230/46013/60Hz 11511160Hz 8152 5810 24 15,514 110 575/3/60Hz 11511/60Hz 8152 5810 5715,5141 10 1 230/1160Hz 11511/60Hz Cod. 2930 1415 00 04 - Edit. 10/2006 - 1 t0 00 9H4 OE6Z 'POO 900Z/U I!P3 - Z 310N Uki uj co� Cc',)) z� �o z U, :L�L:j R� cc Cc',)) z �Lu 0 0 cc Q) LLJ /S//§/\\\/ Lij Ld LL, CC uj Cc) z U- C) LLJ :z LO d 2 0 pz :LL LL. cc) LU Z) Z) 22 cc C) 2 cc C) Q3 >- 0 ui Q Cc')) Q) Z) Lu 0 M C,rj Co c q C) z CL : co C) Q 0 co Lu uj LLJ Z� Lli co CN 1-- 00 0) ou CD O 7 -0223. tJl W (Q N D D I D F) 01 0 N CD tO 61 t0 s N c CD N Q1 s O N fT� A W N Al A w�V -4 O A O A A N A N -o co sleued Buidwep-punoS - Buiseo - � •ndl Q G .Q co O i �II U Z O ti W¢ - W LU W - �s Z 3 2 J J J? W �: O W W mx a Z J W W z W z 3 m J W 3 J F- g U 0 2� �0���O 0 OxxZ2LLLLZ�����Z000Wx W ¢¢¢¢JUOLuU Z¢xx���Lu �kLu ��Z d Cn a 2 W C7 2 R W m m m h¢ 4. rn U ca¢ CD C� W Z LL 2 cn 2 v� W R v� 4 Z O O ----------1- i� -- - ui ---- - ----- -.�- t — - — -- 1 �? £11606ZS68 -CO'- �rxr rN<tr<-rvy ra-rrrNNrXd rrd ��rrrNNr r` 66L606ZS68 --ooro,r�rrXr rN�r r r�rrrrr�,N rX<7rr��ctrr.-NNr - -- a T ••1•• i, f� 5E Y �O � Z7 �S r Gp r O� r� r x r r r r �- N 'd' r r r N N r X� N e- 81 Z606 ZS" `-rN�rrr�rrrrrNNr X N r 1 f� LSO6SSMg rcOrO)r�rxr - C'4 cl rrr�r MM NNr bZO68SZSYS `-�rO)rc*a-xr r�rrNV rrr�r MM NNr Z66089ZS68r�orrnrvrXr r�rrN�.-rr�r MM N N r Ob068SZS68 r-�--rd .-xr r�rrN�rr�-ter M M N N r 96068SMs rOrO)r�.-xr r�rrN�YrrrV r MM NNr VS 6089 M9 rCOrmr�rxr r�rrN�rrr�r MM NNr ZE068SZS68 r�rQ,�-�*rxr r�rrN�rr.-ter co co N N r 800685 ZS 68 rcoro,r�*rxr r�rrN� r.-r�r co M N N r 916089 ZS 68 T--rrnrvrXr r�rrN.;I--- r MM NNr Y LV 9089 ZS 68 rM r0]r �r xr r�rrN�rrr�r co M N N r �• w £6S08SZS68-oOro�r�rXr r�rrN�trrr�r co co N N r _ 68ti089Z968 _ rco 0, rxr .-�rrN�rr.-ter _ MM N N r Zf O r0`-O�r �1 ` x`- r�rc-NVr r�r MM NNr U. ((6��£SOSS 7O SOSS ZS 68 `-ooro�r�rxrrrr r��-rN ��-rrctr MM NCVr 6LVOSSZS6S r00—i-- _ , rxr .-�rrNd rr.-�r M M N N r t9089ZS68 rcor0,r�rxr r�rrN�r.-rte, r IMM NNr L6P099Z968 rcormr-'4-rX— r�rrNd rrrvr MM NNr £9b085ZS68 <-wra,r,*-.-Xr r -5— (N M M N N r 99L60 M8 rNrOrd-rx -rrc-rrNN- X rrrNNr LZti606ZS68 roorrnr-:*.—x rrr -N�rr.-r�rrrrr.-NNrX�rrry IT -I*- C4 04 09Z6O Ms — cor a,r-rxr rN�rr.-�rrrrrNNrx�rr���,,-rrNNr OLE6O6ZS68 r —IX r rN V .-rrvrrrrrNNrX�rr.–<, �d rr.-NNr N - - w N -- -- - -- M -L606ZS68 �-cor 0��-d-- - •-x`- rN��rr� r rNNrX'cY'.-- -rrNN�- �- U PM Mo rmro,rv'rXrrrr rNcY rrr<trrrrrNNrXvr.-�, - - - �7�7rrrNNr —"CN Z9 ZM M9 -M r �rrd-��rrr NNr ZO CM Ms r rX— C-1 rrr�l N r CO LO r r CN N M 0 O 0 V 0 0I'- 0 0 O O I'- V' Ufp O co r co r co M co 1- O M <-OOO r I- N0 co 0 00 0 cOOOO 0 �t O lf7 CN co M r O CO O r N CD 0 Cf� LCJ �M O Lf7 O O M O I� N LO N u'� r O tt> M 1` O O LO tf>0001�Ou")c-0000) OM,b O CDOM MOO N MMOI`MO O O P- CD tiO N OO McO OON If>N_OOOMOInOOOOM00 O O M r NOLO O)rN00N cONNN 00 c m CD 04 c 4 O r co N O CO O N r r M M N I LO r co O CO c V CO c V �t I� c.O N co N " C M t.O O (0 N l!') ti D7 r CO c V .- M r 0 N CQ- OJ O CO N N r CO N CO N N V O r N r O r M r M N r f- r O N M r CO N [D N r r LO N V u ¢- d CD O NNNNN CD O LnN O I� COOO co 10 CD m CD CoN N O N O NN O cV O NCV N O"O Q)O r N- N Cl O O N coN r N 0 cV OMm 04'V MMONU-)NNCOCOCVMN"""mrNNNNNN CO co M NMN CD O O NMr O O c0 r cC) O CO""00I—NN r 0 0 0 0� 0 0 M NOO 0 0 0 N O N O N 0 0 0 O r N N N N N O N N N O N O 0 0 r cV r N N 0 0 0 0 0 C4 N N O O N N O N N N Z r cV 7--1-1- c0OOr N N M M c.0 I� ap O� r O N r N N N M N V NN t[7 CO N Imo-ap N N O� N O M r M N M M M V' M -00 co M I� co cO0 co co 0 V N M MEM MEMOS EMEMEMM Son Momm NMI on Mennen IN EMEMEM M min on ONE EMMEM 0 �I IMMMMMMMM son SOON MENNEN on MEN IMMEM SOMME MENNEN so SOME ON NONE MEMO ON No on NOTE Cod. 2930 1415 00 04 - Edit. 10/2006 - 7 - b0 00 9LbL OE6Z TOO 90OZ/OL ' !PEI - 8 �4 W 0 e_,,, O I I 1 co (jeAjp }nogjjm) sloued 6uidwep-punoS - fuiseo - bre, 'AV -L S- C C�D LU C.D CC 1:DD LU ti � Q co Cl) 62 co CD 'c CO u cr a - Cl) Cl) C� a Lud C) :Z: LO TM -------- ----- LO- - - - - - - - - - - - ----- - -- - - - - �a. — co r m ;r - - - - - - X C14 C'.4 Nr - - - - - - -co 0') - - - - - - CN - _1_1 0 Ms 1+ cn - r 'r C., C-4 - C14 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - # - - - - - - - - - - - - Lo d --- ------------- - L6- - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CL C6 CM M9 co - -- - - - - — - - - - - - - - - C\J _t - C4 04 LE UU M8 - *-- CN -,.t C4 04 - - - - X V6 UOL Ms — m rrrr - - IX >.><< ------- X-1 ---- 1-1 CI4 — — — — — — — - — — — — -- — — — — — — — -- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — -- - — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — - - - - - - - - - - - CL---------- _6z zLu Z918 cc) 0) F_- x I:r - C14 CIJ - - - - x 98 U Ms cc, C, -L x --------------- C4 Cli __# X CO 'Y Lo r-- I— -,;r Lo CO C') LO (�' C --j In " C:) T- C:) CD Lo (:Z) CD (o r- c) m I- co .4- CN M CD co C) C:> C) ce) CD C::) C:, r (S Cl) Ir co -I*- C) M CD C(')00 CD LO M V) .:t I- cn rl_ CD C::, Lo (o r__ Cl) COON C)') Z�� CC) c:, Cl) CD CD O) CD CO r__ U) �2 CY) CD (Q co CD C:) m S co CV m r co C:) co 00 CD co C:) r_ C, CN . U) cN CO CD (D C� ��:�;s co C) 00 m Izj- CD CD co M to t- 000 co co 01) v) r_ m CO C:) c", C:) CN CN CD 0) (Z> 04 co co- ('�j co IN cq Co M (N CN C) C4 C) CO C) 00 CD C) C::, Lo D CD M !p CD C) " CN C) C, r,- C, m C14 CD CV M U) C4 Il C4 �� t r- f,- T- CN 'LPS LP), (Lo- C.� w IC'_4 .0 S 'CO4 - Z� �� CZ) cli co CN CV!�2 CD " CN CD C11 " CD C4 CN C-4 CD N C::' CIJ m co 00 CO CN " C:) Ir C�? m CC) " (.0 O C,4 CD 00 c:D CD . " CD . OCD CD . C, " CD cj m .0 m m 00 C-4 m m co Ir m (Z> O0 M r- (=> CN CD C Cj 1,0 C' 0 (=I CN CZ) NC4 C'14 CD C4 C) C) C=) " CD (_> N (D C) CN co Q co 1- C) M 00 " LO " C) r - C) r- 7� co co (Z, CN " N NC:) CN E ' CN CD CN C14 NC4 C) C) C=> a) CD N CD (D C4 C=) NCV .. . CZ) CO Lo (=> C) W) C) =1 o:) CD CQ co CD CD "C) LO4 -� CO- 1-1- C4 CN C14 M m M m m m m m -�C-1 m 't �1.1 CP �1-1 -A �Cn W N �C IA O co -P, co 4�..A.�� V O Clll-? N N O Om O NO_ N N N N N N N N N O_ N N O c CD N co Oo CO co C) N V 0000 N N IV IV OH r-, O 0 00 b \ �OOo�A W 6),E ID CF) 27 W c W �CD N O 0 c N-�VOW rQ COD (T N O O O VCi)co O O O Cp IV A. CO --40 CD mV O O W 81521012 86 - - - 8 81521012 29 = --N—o 8152101385 LLV I I — - — - - - 8 8152_1012 94 , 81521012 37 = -. , N , 8 81521013 93 '0 — F —L ,p �N—o 8152 1012 45 = -- --8 8152101401 � ,N-•-. •,N,G 8152 1017 81 y I w b aca_c�mmmac� z C) cn cn b �j �7 b C',p c7 z i m m o 0 o z 2 IR N G7 b y. zE nO Cn I � y I i CQ cn a a m z i O C �Q fD i NOTE i -- ---- -- -- -- - -- --- -- -- 7 i d Cod. 2930 1415 00 04 - Edit. 10/2006 - 11 W W w CD 7 4 CJI W CQ � CA N N 3 fn D > > CD CD N A C 4 (D N to to to CU W y a- O Ln CDa —L s W - VO 00 9 LV L OE6Z 'POO 900Z/O L 'I!PD - Z L co W C s A W s O O s W s O (aaniaoaa Inoy;inn) slaued 6uidwep-punoS - 6uiseo - 8 � 'AVJL 'ilil i � i L i L O I , I d G R Q .Q y I c 10 U i O CL Z a U I U oz v ti co � wLu w wm3 wIZ'- w L"'' Z Z ? O O¢ Z U¢¢ Z Z U > O O IY O tY 2 J U Z U¢ Z O O Q> w ti¢ -� K cDLJL C m tiQ g Z () () U LL a CO a s J U c� c7 m¢ a o o Y� J Q m Q a LO LO —I — - - - - Y --- -- LO ti — — -- -- — ii� V98606Z648 r.C-O`-�r `-ti�r�YrrNr s-�. rN� NNr. rN��l r It — --- Y CJ -- — - L — a -- - _ 998bO Me - CO,- CO ---- rNr r�r rNrNNrr�-NO<tr �— N- --- N -- -------------------- ------- ------------ �— --- - ------------ T- --------------------------------------- M — — --- ---o ------------- - ZSY8 ��` err r -M rte. rNrrr�r rNr-04 C,4 NO�y r r M W co tf) V I� O I MO) O M c7 O CO r N OOM rM N ONOOOOO NM MOO LO) CD r fl- d' N ONO 000000 MCO VD -,I- M tf) f-0 CO CO V' OWN O t� V N O CDO O t(') COO O O O CO CO O CON O r- O M O O CO N O t- O r M I O Cb M CD CDN O C COV O CO N N_ I Ln CDO[DNNrr O O CV O O N N r O f r O l()r O op N O LO N r N I 0 �y-CD 0 C fl 0 CD N LC) Nr r O N O co V'I N r N O N CV "M O N �-- O r- r r CV N e- N V' V M O- r- U -j N LO N N O O t" M N CL N CO O N N L-) OCN NO N N O N N O Ln N N Oct C CO CV O CN O O r N O N CD O CV O Co O Co O W CV cD CV O N O O O N O N CD co CO O N N OiN O N N N O O N O r N N N CD N N O NO N O O C::, co O O O N N N N N N N N CMO M O C4 O C4 N O O N N Z rNM V' «) COO ti N OOrNM� LCA CO N O Or N M CD CV MI r N N N N . N . N N CJ C4OOr N N M M co co W CD 3: -4 w�wce 0 N Q N f N D D D fD L" T N fD O O O O (A D1 0 A W r a CD - b0 00 96VL OE6Z 'POO 900Z/0 L 'I!PE] - t7 i i aal000 Iiople aoleiedes-3lue; liolaiy - Z 'AVI \,; Q Q W CD 3: -4 w�wce 0 N Q N f N D D D fD L" T N fD O O O O (A D1 0 A W r a CD - b0 00 96VL OE6Z 'POO 900Z/0 L 'I!PE] - t7 i i aal000 Iiople aoleiedes-3lue; liolaiy - Z 'AVI i o 0o II i Ii) I I I i Y ILC m y m d y y I a lwC z d h y d (7 y h y •0 O ter... `. ZE LU h N N N~ Q U J` O O w O O uJ O O co co O Lb W O U O L�lu J Z ti W O O O O LU p K _ w I- W Q CJ Q U C) U c= j O k m¢ C) C) U O O O Qm= Q O O O W W CL CO CO W w = cn Qc� �Q==Q��� v) W w J Z Z Z C� con 'k,¢ Z O y LL¢�wc��a�-w1wa W W W 2 Z- w W h 0 30o�Yo00zwow3y £LL404ZS48 -- - rdrMrrrrrrrX.-rrNrrrrrrNNNrrXrrrr.- b98404ZS48 ---- -rrd rM-----.--Xr---N------NNN--X----- r 66L4O4ZS4S rl- --r rrr�rMrrrrr--XrrrN---- --NN X----- r -- 48 L404 ZS48 40ti404ZS48 `-Ir `- -<, -Mr--r rMr-r---rXr-rN-rrrrrNNNrrXrrrr- rrr X.---Nr-r rrr NN C, X----- _ - ~ �- Sti 2404 ZS48 S£b404ZS48 — ---r- r-�t-M---r.-�-r — r�rMr--r---X-rrN-r-r.--NNN-r rvrM---rr-rXr-rNrrrr--NNN-rXr--r- X--rrr = -� 8LZ404ZS48 r X- r- N r r r r r r N N N r r X r ___ _ -- - rrrrrrX N r NNNLS08ZS48 rrX--rr- tzUssZ8 - - r�rrMrrrrrrrXrrrN------01404 Xr�-rrr Z66089_ZS4S rvrco---- rrXr NNNrrXrrr.-r oy048SZS48 r<hrco---- rrXrrrNrrrrrrNC-14CN rrrr 94048SZ94S i ray rM-------X---N-----rNNNrrXrrrrr VS 6089ZS4H-- ;-rrrrM------rX---N-r----NNN--X----- ZE048SZS48 -�,rr - r�rco-------X---N------NNNrrX--r-- 80048SZS48_ rrtrM-r----rX-rrN-r-r-r NNN-rX-rrr-r 9L 6089 ZS r-�trMrrrrr-rX-r�-N------NNN--Xrrrrr LVS089ZS48-�rM---rr-rX---N---r-rNNNrrX--r-- ------------- £4S099ZS48 _ r<r-Mrrr-rr-X---N--r---NNN--Xr---r 68VOSSMS _ - -vrM-------X-rrN-rrr-rNNNrrX---rr -� � 6E9009MS r�-M----r-rX---N---r-rCIJ X- ---r SOSOSSZ94H -�rM-------X----------CVNNr-Xs--rr- ^ CL 41ti08SMe —_— �-I —__ r�rM-------X---N------NNN--X----- 4_ZSOH9Mo ,- r --M------rX--rNr-- -rrNNNrrX�rrrrr L6VOSSZS4H r�-M-rr-r-rXrrrN---r--NNNrrXrrr-r £9VOSSZS4H- - r�-Mrrrrr-rX�r-Nr-r-r-NNNr- 99L404ZS48 -d-M--r----X---N-r----NNN--X-rr-- - 9S84O4ZS4H_ rvrM-------X---N------NNN--X----- - E6£4O4ZS4H _ rd rMr-r---rX-rrN------NNN--X---r- LEZ404ZS48 _-�rM-r----rX-r-N------NNN--X----- V6Z4O4ZS4S .-�trM-------X-rrN------NNNrrX----r LZti404ZS4S cY- CIO) r------Xr-rN---r--NNN--Xr---- 09Z4O4ZS4H r� -Mrr-r-r-Xr-rN------NNN--X-r--r 04E40me r�-M-r--r--X---Nr-----NNN--X----r -H—H+ NN- LS L404 MS `- - --1--- rrr-M------- X-r-N---r--NNN-rX--rrrr S4 S404Z948 - r�-M-------X---N------NNN-rX---r-- S8£404ZS48<- r�-M------rrrr-N--rr-r NNN-rX------ d 6ZZ404Z948---__ - --- -------X---N------NNN--Xr--rrr M 982404 ZS48 `- -IYrMrr-----X---N------NNN-rXrr-rrr d. 64ti404ZS48r _ ____ _ _ r�-M--r-r-rX---N------NNN-rX------ - - - - - ZSZ404ZS48-- -------X---N------NCIJ - - - - - - - ---- - ZO£404ZS48- -rrd-M------rX-r-Nr--- _ M co MIM tL') I� M M O M Co 0 0 co M co C(') O d- O O M V O V O O <t 0 V' - r N N C V M co I- m M O O O Q) M It N M O O O C:- O CO CD 0 0 O 0 r 1� N C co In t.C) - cV M r O N c C* 0000000-O c -O co co co CD o O M co O O O co CD I V O a O OO O O O M cc O o J 00 O (,2 M N Co I` MO o J O I -N N N N Q> -m r l.D N CD O- O O O M 00000-00NM-0-tO8m M O O i'- lf) C:' O LnI 0 o J o p t c 7 N Q] Q M O <t I O CD N N O) 6) Q> M NM I N N N N N r N 1�- N -r "coO CMDN ro 1� O N I� (fl aO0- r 0 r r o� to c.D CN co N M r N r O of co N - fit) N Il r O 0 lf)- O co N ti M M co M Coco M O 0 M a N 000 NNNNN N N N O N O CD CONN N 0 N- 0 0 M N 0 N r- CD CDN - N- O NCo Co N N- CO M �"N N 0 O 0 M co cocoN M O co O I- O O M M u-3 N cC) co O (D Lo r co CO 0- O N cO coD UD r- C-4 Co (DNN N O N O- -MON cV M MM O O NCo I` N O I- OM H V O- O N O N O CD co --- 0 0 O 0 O N O CV .. N N O CV N N" O O cV 0-- CV N O O N O O O O O N O O O CV N O O O N O O O N Co O NCD N co- GOON r- N N N Z a -INM V u')Ln cD�aO00-NMV' CD CDtiM OO r NIN NM'cl'lf')c.O N N N N I�M0 N NNN CD M MMM 1-1(O co co CDtiMC3)O M M M M V NM'a'Cf') 'cl''Y ' c1' V''V - b0 00 96t76 ONZ 'POO 90OZ/O1 I!P3 - 96 n _ t (aaniaaaa Inoy}inn) jai;no iie possaidwoo - VZ '/bbl lj� ; I I I I o in in CL E o E,5 `rLu LU >. LU C) co 0 Q� QQ to TL lid LO0 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ----------- cNr CO M Cc 21 14 CD r l-,--, C�l �R CD LOO a) C�l U-) C1 CN C -0 CN co C"l r-- CO C-4 M CO M Cj C, CO CO CD p- C4 a) V) CD LO C) CD CD CIJ Cl4ICD CO r C --SpSS?. d1 A CD t rL O N Q1 A N 3 W y nnD`n ID F A -0Ao�m o -4 cmo�fo� N \ V W C77 � � O CA _ A CD N CD I (D cn C:1 00 �P V � W N A C7t � O 07 00 V � N 00 to m 0 �g as M V` \xYJC O, 0 tJ� 00 0) O O 0) N jolig eMe}ul - uoissiwsueal-:poddns jejew ao}ow oppele pue aossa.idwoo maaoS - £ 'AVI m � 4 i H i W E i i ( I C x I a U ¢MU x - z z 0 a x $ 3 W w - w km w �zwaoc� ¢ a��=z`J` z w x`J` w ��x����xct��w a000000000wx ww»w�w0m xxxaxw x a a u,wwm��w� ' p ,_ g iw- xu�w c� 3 o� 'z 0�a¢ag-��� x o 0 0 0 -�� 0 0 0 0 0 o �a��v ¢_¢¢ ��ct�n�wo ti¢ max- w��a �x-,-awxo a co ¢¢ow�v>� w w v�oz3'zc�zizi :.RRRR��sz33� c� v�3�naxwa�3'zLLuco 0 x w n¢¢ 0 0¢ o � Ln - L6 £L 16062968 r rrrrrr,-N N� rNr rrrrrop— V9_S406Z5_68 �--- --•-Mrrr.-rrrrrN -rrrrr.--.--- Co— Ze ��, � rro 681606 Me rrMrrrrrrrrrN ���- rco L 60 ti6O62968 rr M r r rrrrre-rN N� rNrrrrrr_rr�-Cor 9VZM2968 rrMrrrrr�-rrrN N� rNrrrrrr.-rr�00r a = SE VM MS MrrrrrrrrrN N�—LEL— Nrrrr.-rrrr - - cpt 8L 2604 ZS 68 M r r N N r N r r r r r - - M r L9068SZ968 r-M-.-rrrrrrr Nrr Nr r N r r r r r r r r r r ppr VZ 0689 M9 �-e-Mrrrrr-rrrN NNN� — Cpr Z6608SZSLSMrrrr.-rrrrN r NNN� rrrrr.-rrrr�r OV068SZS68 �- tMrrrlrr-- -rNrr N� rC4 -rrrrrrrrr�r 960685 ZS 6H rrM`-rr`-"`-rrrrN NNN� r(Dr 17860892968 �-�-Mrrr,-rrrr-rN NNN� rcor Z£0Log Z968 r—Mrrrrrrr--Nrr N� -Nr.-rrrrrr- - cot 800LOS M9 rrr-.-r'rrrr--- NNN� - rCor 9L 6099 Me rrMr`-`---- -rrN NNN� rcpt 11790892568 rrMrrrrrrrrrNrr N� rNrrrrrrrrrrwr £690852568 rrMrrrrr,-.-rrN NNNP rr�-rrrrr�pr 68V0892968 rrMrrrrrrrrrN NNN�2 r�rrrrrrr-C.or 6£90852968 rrMrrrrrrr.-rNrr N� rNrrrrrrrrrrc,r 'O r r Mrrrrrrra---- NNN� —Cor 505085ZS68 6LVOSSMS r`-Mr—r—`-rrrrN NNN!�2 rcpt d 6ZSOBS MS __MrrrrrrrrrN.-r N�2 .-Nrrrrrr- - rro,r L6VOSSMS`-rM—r—`-rr rcpt £9VOSSMsrrMrrrrrrrrrN NNN� -- --- `-'`- - -r`-`-r`-'`-`-`-N NNN`r rcpt 9916042968 99S606Z968 rrMrrrrr`-rrr CV NNNco rcpt E6£6O6Z968 rrM.-rrrrrr--NNN� -Cpr LEZ606ZS68 r�-Mrr<-rrr,-.-r C-1 NNN� rQpr V6 UO r—Mrrrrrrrr—Nrr N� —NrrrrrrrrrrCpr LZti_6O M8 r—Mr1-rrrrrr-- NNN� rCor 0926062568 MrrrrrrrrrN r NNNcy') rrr—rrrrr—Cpr OL CM MS r�-Mr rs-r r rr r r- rCVr r r r r r r r r rCOr N #-- N LS 1606 Z56Hr rMrr r r N N N N M r rCOr 9LS6O6Z96S rrMrrr-- -rrrN NNN�2 --- 21, 98£6062568 rr Mrrr r r r r r — -NNN� rcpt 6226062568 rrMrrrr rN NNN� M 98Z60b MSMrr -rr` rrN NNN�2 -Cor d r(pr 66ti_6O6Z919 -1— CN NCN r Z9 CS r 04 CN � rrr-rrrrrrcCpor ZO£06Z968r rrrrrrN CJ CN r�rrrrrrrrcor OOM OOOMNO m N M co tL'JOOu'�I�"V OOM rLr)- Cp co M O LO Cn N O Cp O r Or r (p N" I� to M i- M O O M Or f` O Or ti O ONr co Cp O 00 M t.() 1-- Co � Lo m ";Zr m 0 m M'ct V' m Mr co co OO 0M M c Cn co O 0 M co r ti O m O N r O r O I Q) M O SCJ I 0 I 0 CV Cp 0 � N 0 0 N N 0 N tf» CD Cp 1� 0 r 0 0 N M O O O r N M M 0 0 0 0 0 0 p� O i� M O o0 M o7 M Q) 67 m (fl OO Co(p N r CDC:l CD N u7 I� M r Cpm N I` CpN CDr N CC) I� O r CC) r l� I� O M� N N <!-M O N V N N V V' N V' rt i� M r N O N M N CO N M N N M lf) r r- n 0 CV Cp N OO LnrCV 0 0 C0 0 Cp N 0 Cp N 0 00 O r oo O Co N J' d NNr N N NO O O co N NNI`NMOr O O V O CO O CD OCp00000000 O r N oo N pp pp co CC) co N O f,-OCpMM �h O co M M NN O O Cl)p)N M r 0 Ln 0 0 NOrN O O Cp O NN 00 tt)ON O O L L Cp Cp r N O N N N N O r N N N N M O N N cp O N N co O N cD N r 0 r 0 r 0 r 0 0 r r 0 0 r r 0 r CV N O M O N O M O M O N" N N M O 0 r M O Cp O N N N N N N Cp O N N N N CV N N O M O CV N Z ti r N co I I r NI� N N N N uCo N Cp N N N N O M r M N M M M MIM Ln Cp M MON ON � nommoommomen 0 0 a 0 M monsomon 11 ONO on 0 ON a mommosome 11MOSOMMOMOMI 0 N0 0 ON ME so nommmmonommom NEON MESON ESSEN menissolmo a ME; 0 ISO MON mmommmuiewommomon oil? 0 1 monommm anommommom 0 is 0 MEN Monroe momma MEN mom OEM looms mcm coal 0 mommomim M NONNI I onsomm 0 0 one nommomem M nomemn M solo 11 a mosion comommommombi Mson I so MMOOMM am I a In ENEM Sol 0 1110110 oil 0 in OMMMM now I 0 ON MOEN ME 1110111121 moommom 0 0 0 I 0 mmmmmm ommonsom a OMEN MEN ommummoommommom ONE SEEN 0 I limmossomm Sao 0 MEN mosommom 0 son MEMO ago 0 nommonommoomom a Me a somommom a 0 0 ossommonnommomem 0 a mossonom a 0 1 0 0 111011011111101110 a nommommossommoomm mmomm��mmon 0 0 OMEN =NEMEC MON so 0 NMI mom IN Immon a mom none 0 on 1 I I N 11110 a min No a a so 0 MEMNON mmom 0 0 IN 0 MEMO so 0 nommonsmom M �ol NOTE i Cod. 2930 1415 00 04 - Edit. 10/2006 - 21 a a 170 00 9 bti � 0£6Z 'POO 90OZ/0 6 'I!P3 - ZZ N a O Ctt N 00 O N N W � W O rt a 00 C1 N � 61d W O N s w N W rt O Cn CA N O w a CD m O < o W p N N CD o O iU + o ❑ � + r a n z N CA N y O 0 Cn N N 8 - WLi � O -p C Cn z] 4 CA N CCA Cfl N <o W � 01ww �o O laued lo.quoo N - V •ndl W W W W 170 00 9 bti � 0£6Z 'POO 90OZ/0 6 'I!P3 - ZZ N z] z O ry 0 O N Cn.pW W � W rt a C1 61d N s w N W rt O Cn CA N O w w Cn CD m N W p N N CD o iU + o ❑ � + r a n z O rF 0 ❑ 8 - a � z] z O ry O N Cn.pW � rt C1 61d N s w N W O Cn CA N O w w Cn m N W p N N o iU + o ❑ � + r a n z O 0 ❑ 8 - + +row+ z L _ ry tj�o 61d N N W W W a N W O Cn CA N O w w Cn co W p N iU + o ❑ � + r a n z ® 8 (D 0 C z= z] N CCA Cfl N p W � 01ww laued lo.quoo paeoq 31a13a13 - V •ndl i I I j ICN cv c QN Lu G = Vci � y v W a v�"' W Ommmmmmmmm2 U U U U U U U U U cnLU x > CO W K W � W ¢ OJJJJ > U > U > U > U u U JJJJJ Ci U 0 U U U o V Z d¢ C� O^W a, gw�ww WOJ � 0- �'rC',WW'W ggg Q. w O �n� W 2 ` C7 W K W U Z J U W ¢¢ ¢¢¢¢¢¢¢tet-~� a �. W cc O U O �ti�OO� m Y U V U O y.g ti�cY� m z OOOOO�K� �- V awzJxz co 1'x�u' az�c)c)Uc�c�c�c�c)Ux w w xz¢ow—���nzzwh�aQ��z U H W mxUxww ¢ u) v) ¢ ¢ v) ? ¢ ¢ zzzzwww ¢ ¢ ¢ Q= o 'z tW o a w w w w w w w w w� o tx ? a N o o w o 0 0 0 o x L6 £LL606ZS68 rx r — -�---rrr rNr o� V9S606ZSIs- �X—e-.-rrr—r rNr 66L606ZS68 Mx--rrr—rrr rIr _SCD � d 68L606ZS68 Nxrr-rrrr--- - - - L 60ti606ZS68 rxrrrr,-.-rr - n SVZ606ZS68 -xr� .-r�rrrr —04 dS£ti606Ms rx:- _ 8LZ60 MS rx -rr� -�-�-� •- rNr �� L90689ZS68 rx bZ06SSZ868 rXr Z66089Z968 rx.-r�-rrrf.- rC, oy068SZ868 =Xrrr-rr.-r -- %U8SZS68 �-x�-r�-rrrrr b86099Ms —Xrr�•-rr�-r rN� Z£068SZS68 rxr.-r-rr<-r 8006SSZ868 rxrr.--rr— — -1-1- - - - - . ---# ro�o 9L6089MS —x—rr--rrr rN.- m* Lb 9089 MS rX—r—r— ---r £6S089Me rx rr•--- - r 68VOSSMS •-xrrr---rrr�- w 6£9099Z9W rx�- u? d 50808SZS68 --x-------r,- row W 61ti08SZ968 rx-- -,-rrr•- rN- L.- 6Z 9089 z9 rxr.-rrr--<-r = L6 VOSS ZS68 xr £9VOSSZ968 —x -rrrrrrr rN,- �o� 99L606Ms - xrrr.-r�-r-r —C14 o� 99 SM ZS68 rxr--rrrrro� £6£606 ZS68 rxrrr.-rr,-r r�� L£Z606Z s =xrrrr.--: �--Nr — V6Z60 MS �xrr<-i,-- -,-r LZnuMs —xt--rrr-rrr — row 09Z606Z868 rxrr.-.--- -- rN.- 06£606 ZS68 —Ix —1 — — — — i— N --- —_ - - - - - -- - - - N LSL606ZS68 r x � .- - - — o� 568606 ZS 68 rxr r r rrr-- _ .-Nrr- - - - - OCD 4 SSE 606ZS68 -x �- r r r-rrr�- - - - 6ZZ606Z868 -xrr.-- — r-NrrrO�r r ce) 98Z606ZS68 - xrrrrr.-r r — 66ti606Z s r-xrrr•-rrr<- rO�r ZSZ606ZS68 rxr� -rrrrr �-r -Nrr ZO£60 Ms —xrrr�-r-�-r N 0 V 0 OOOOONOO 0 0 M N O CO O O N'ctOMtf)r lf) LC) tf) lf') t,C) CO lf') I- L2 OCDOrN F N O N Or�O O O l(7 O OOCO N M Ln NO)rN�--MI�aO O �' O O 0 r <- t�OMI�oOm M N i� r r M e CO O O O N O O O OO O N O O MC0O r U-) co t.() O r M O 0 co N 0 CO 0 0 0 0 0 CO 0 0 0 co 0 0 00 0 0 NOrO V c.0 O d' lf) LO 'V 0 N 'V CO O Cn N CO M coXY 0 r 0 lf) tC) �- V' to �Y O'¢' V Q) u7 Ol1')L!')rr Cp m 00 �,-� M l!'7 r t.C)t() r r u') � r r V N d -V' N N c0 � 0') "IT r i� �-0 OO Cl) M M M M M M M M OOO 0I- 0 0000 O O 0O r MLO Cf) 0 O 0 O d' 0000 V V-: }: V O �' O � OO V' 4. OO O r- MMS-OOM c0 O COOOO MON. C0OOO CV 00 NCV 000000 cV N"N 000 co O0O ON 00000 00 OO O m0 00 m000OOOOOM 00000000000000 M 00 M 0 N N O 0000 CO CO CO N N O m000) Uf) O O CV NN N"[V N NN N N NN N N NNS N O --r O O rr O N O r�-rrr�-r�--�rr�-�-rrr�-r�-rrr- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 O O 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 z rINM V tf�C0 I�OOO`-rrN �-N Md'�CO 1�000 M'�t �t)tfi C01�OOOOO OOO r C4 N N CN NNNN.N NNN N NCV. N MONSOON onsomon 0 INN 0 monsoon El am Emommosso 0 ON 0 MEMOMMEM MI me MIMMOMMOM 1 M M 0 onnoon 0 mm M 0 MOMMM 0 0 nomommossomm am= a mom Omni soon 0 0 lommmmmmmmmmmmom I MEMO ONO min on M MOMMEMOMMOMMOMM01 0 LImonsoon 0 on N ME mossommommommo nommommoms WNW MOM Monson 0 on MENNEN 0 mom Olson on on 0 0 on on mom 0 mom 1 min NEON ME mom 0 onion 0 mom mom 0 MEN lonems mmmmmmmmmmmmom so 0 MI MOMEMOMMMMESIMMOMM 00 111 Moo on 0 MOMMOMMMOMMMOMMM Emmons MIN 11MOOMMEMOMMOMM Emmons 0 sommomm 0 0 ME1 MIMMOMMOM MSIIN MMEMEMMMMMMMM 0 ME M 0 MOMMUM a M IIIIES mom 0 0 lmommmo On MMOMMIMEM 0 0 M1 I MINE M NINE 1MMMMMMMMoMMM oil MESONS 0 On MMOMMOMMOMMEM IME 0 mom I Monsoon in M 0 SEEN MEMNON a monsomon 0 MONSOON ENMEMMEMMOMMOME a M MOMMEMOM min MEMNON MEMEMOMMEMENCOM mom EMMONS= on Emmons MOMMEMMEMOM mom on NMI loommono no soon 0 soon I MOMMISM SENSE Mommo 110011 mom 111 11 Moomm ME MES �imin��omins ON so 0 MEMOM NEON MW IN IMEM so ,Ed moo NMI 0 11 0 EMMONS ON M 0 a so 0 M on on 0 MOM MMMMI I I on Sol nommoom NONE EMISSIONS= 0 0 In Simms -0 NOTE i ------------ ----- i , Cod. 2930 1415 00 04 - Edit. 10/2006 - 25 i i WW (A N n a n G C Q C C Q C 3 Is W W N 00 Cn N y — W W Cn N -vu uu 54v� ur;b6 PUJ 90061u � I P3 - 96 N N w• W CO Va) N;;�aG0 N z Cll: _ W w W i 0 N w ® (� 0 p N M 4o O Ll W N W W W CJt tJ1 N p W � CJt N o laued lo.aluoo paeoq 01-110013 - S 'nbl N _ W W W W CA N �N 00 N z Cll: _ W W W i N co ® (� W p W _W =• CD ci tD N rt 0 m 3 O 00 co O W ;. z Cll: _ ZJ 11 N ® (� O Ll W N W W W CJt tJ1 N p W � CJt N laued lo.aluoo paeoq 01-110013 - S 'nbl CO co co CO CL 6� y LU (f? (D LU ui :T L��5, LU U, C 0 '0 cr tPl R R 2 R R . Ln�l . LUS . ca ui U, IT I 0 -r I FE: Q- CC �4 2 a �-) Q) u -c 82� 1 d u, Ed d L.9 Q0 C, (0) Cc) 0 0 Q 00 u 0 0 Q TLIOZnq X----,----- — — — — — — - — — — — — — V9 SM z9" — — — — — — — — C14 — — — — — — cm 661404 Me r,<------ — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 481404 ZS 48 --- - — — — — — — -- — W� WOKU Me —x — — — — — -- — — — — — — — — — -- 9V ZM Me — x +fl H co Lj- m SE KU Me x OL ZM Me —� X XI— col LS O"S ZS" —x—r---- — — vz U89 Me - x - - - - -- - - Z6 6089 ZSL8 ov 0 LOS Me - x - - - - - - - R OM Me -x----------- - - - - - - - - - - - VS 6099 Z9 4S - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CN - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5---- ZE 0 M Z9 L9 _-x-------- -x - - - - - - - - go OM Z9" -x--------- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - -- - - 9L 6089 ZS 49 -x------•-- — — — — — — C14 — ----- — — — — — ------ o co LV 9089 Me — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — U 9089 z9" - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 68 VOSS Me -- — — — — — — — — — — — — — 04 — — — — — — O -1 - 6C 9089 Z9 4g -- --x- ---- ----- --- — — — -- — — — — — — — — — — — - — - — - — - — - - - - - - - — — — — — — d-so-9089- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - LO 4L—Vo �Zq 4-S x — — — — — — — — — — — — — — -C14— — — — — — — — — — — 2 goes Me — x --- --------------------- L6 VOSs 2548-- --x- - - - - - - - C9 VOSS mg - —x----- --- - - - - — - — - — - — - - - - C14 — — — — — — CD 99 LM z9" --x-- — — — — — — -------- CD ------- 99 SM Me -x-- ---- -- - — — — — — .-N— oC C6 EM Me —X— — -------------- --- — -- — — — — -- — LE ZM Z9" --x------------ — — — — — — — - — --- — — — -- ------------ — � CD V6 UU Me - x Lz no 4 mns- - - - - - - - - 09 ZM Me - x OL UR Me — x — — — — — — — — — — — — — LS L M Me — x — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —I— — — — C4-- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — co — — — — — 9� SM Me — x — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — __ — — —04 — po — — — — — — 98E40 Me X — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — d R ZM Me — - X - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - — — — - — - — - — - <-N--- - - - - - — - — - — - — - - co 48 z mg — x — — — — — — — — — — — — — nim z qLS x — — — — — — — — — — — - — — — — — — — — Z9 UU Me --x-----------r — — — — — — - — -c5 — — — — zo UOL Me — I X1 — — — -- — — — — — — — — — — — — CN 00 't CD C) CD co CD w m CD C14 CD C) C14 CO (Z) CD CD CD CN <t Lr) LO CL8 CLr,)) LLOC) 'V3 r- G) LO r- CD -ld- cli C4 C4 LO !�-_4 t*- 00 Ntl 00 C, m " CO Lr) cq CD 0) ";r cli C) m m m cli tl- co CO CD ONO C) (Z) LO LO C) C:) NO CD C) CO CO C-) � co C) M m CN CN " CD CD co m Cq C:) m Cq CD m Cq C�� m C,4 CD m " C) m cq cq C) cz> m m CN l (D 00 C,) -Zl- — LO LO 00 0) c"I co M CO a) LO CC) m 00 co "'3' m LO ',I- lrj -t (pCCOD W �t 0, LO MLO LO MLO CZ,4- "t CN 04 r- a) zd- r- co 0') c::, -Zt Zt It -.4- -�4- ,I- ,I- 00000000000000000000000000 LO C:) C) zd- �� OO CD rl- C-0 Cl) CD mlz�- CD ) ,::) CD "�' m cc C') 'D CD C', CO CO 'N C, CO C,4 00 C,4 00 . 00 000000000000 00 . CO CO . . M C', M C) M C. C', ("0'. - C' 00 00 0', 00 C', 00 'n CO cy, 00 a" 00 0, 00 C', 00 0, 00 C', 00 00 00 0, , 0000000 m 7, C', m C7, C', *4 N " C�l CD CO CD CO ICO C:) CD C4 CJ CD 00000 Lf) CO (Z) 00 CO 000 CC) 00 00 -) 00000-- oo a) o:) c-, oo c. M M c, — c:) (, — — 00 co 00 00 00 co 0c) 0c) 00 0c) 2 C -N Z:�Jz:� - CIJ �.w. C-4 C4 " C-4 'Ic. C4 . i,,ci. . . C4 . I00 CN . CIJ C*,J Mon mom Emm son M NONE 0 MEM1111 0 sm omm OEM I Minn M No 0 loose on OEM ME son on 0 ME M in 0 Emil me ON 0 0 ommon NONE 0 0 0 0 ME 0 ME No OEM 0 0 0 NMI a I Emm 0 SM no M 0 m so 0 mom 0 M 0 NEESE no NMI 0 OEM MEN 0 on MM mom 0 so MI 0 on ME IN no OMEN M 0 MM1 0 ON 0100100011 seems MME 0 No 0 0 M on 0 mile MME on No son momma 00 on I IN son M so NONE MINN mosomm 0 0 0 MI M nomon 0 M NINE son MENNEN 0 M M a ME EMMONS Elm ME IN M ONE 0 SEEN MEN ONE 0 mm MM 0 ON so 1 so on so MM MEN 0 0 MEN 0 on me 0 11 M MEN 0 MCI 0 1 0 0 ME M sm cm M 0 on 11 om 0 OEM MI 0 on M M In ME ME MIN I ME NOTE Cod. 2930 1415 00 04 - Edit. 10/2006 - 29 M ;u CD CD ¢1 fl1 CD CD N N N N O O 00 (D O O O N N O Cl co co CO -4 C C N 3 O til a)0) O O 0 0 C C r r CA - bU UU SbV6 OEM 'POO 90OZ/O6 I!P�l - 0£ N j 01 y N CD CD 'Gfup -IV - 9 -A`dl I H l i ! I � i I � I Lu Lu C co co 1�—� P Lu L�lu co :L:,. 2 ',L cr 23 cn LU C'� L < IL co CO co U Lul CZ00C U�-, U-1 cli � 2C EL zs 3 R� 3 CQ a- 30 0 cl) 0 co Lc)--- L6 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — lie — — — — — — — — — — — — — ----- — — — — — — — — — — Lf! U LM MS CN --- — — — — LO — — C11 — CN — — r - — — — — — — II, Z9 6H— — - — — — 'r ;r -T — — — — — — — — — — — — CL 9cy6- �s ffs — " U') C, CN X v -E - - - 8—LZ606-z—M — — C-4 LO —IC -4 ClJj- ±- --- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ---- — — — — — Lo— #x— — — — — — — — — — — — L6 — — — — — —",—C"4 — — — — CN — — — — a. LefFUMS — Nr---- LO CN CN tionN 9:71— Nr -;a- *—C'4 — — — — — — 0 L UOL Z91A L C'4 CN Cj >< ----- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ci— --- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — --- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — -- m S; U') — CN — — NX — — — — — — — — — — — a. 1�iU zs�s LO — — " CN — — >< — — — — — — — — — — -- E-5 — — — — — — zG UM Ms��___CN CN; T IT -I cli x — — — — — — — — — — — — — — CN - x — — Lo CD C:, �s CD CD m C::, U-) co rl- C4 (=) CO 1=1 �;; t, 'o C") CD CD m U') co M co CO c:D C:, m C:) C'j m CD 8 co "4, CD m 00 co 7, CO U-, m co r-_ co CD m -,:r r- 4. m Lo CN CO ALJ -It co C, M I:: C, co C3 " CD CD � D 00 c:, M cro- M C:, m CD CD C) CD — c::, CD m C:, ":r m 2, m (D co 11 CD t-- r f,- m m O! CD r, U'3 1L71!') CN 1�r t- co C', C> m LO m M I-- LO Ir Lo u,) 0) c,!�2 cq co Q .4;s CD Lo CD rO co m m CN U-) rl- m Lo c:, CD M cq CD M CD U') M CO U') — c:, co lzr to Il- u -) LO " C) C14 co C14 CD co CD r- C::, �2 m LO c�l M cl M m Lo U') M" m Mo m P- CN C2:) r - M CD M -:T CN M CO M 4�0 CO CXD W M CD CD CD CD c=) CD CD C:) CD C> U-) �� — 0000 M U-) CD CD m C) rl- C14 CD CD c:l c:, " CD " CD cli CD CN C�l CD CD C) m CD C) CD CD C, m m m C:) C. CN gj!�> �e m c:, CD CD CN CN C�l CN C'4 NO m C, m CD CD CO CO CD CO C=1 C:, (=> m . NCV.. cli - . - . . C) . C) -- w CD C:� CD CD C) CD co co w C> CD C"> - NN — C"4 cli NN t-- co -JZ:�J- CVC14 Q m 04 . . . CN I ��PAAA4-- Cn en .A. W N O Z o J l N co O O O N) N N O O-� to N -A w 000 N N O N co rl) N m to O"0 " W N N IV IV vJ O X00 C CD Oo—i W O O A 1 co tJ l 0 o W O N C o r,3 8152 101302 -652 —NNN_� 101252 = —NNN„ 8152 1014 19 -p N N N 81521017 57 p \ - — N i —NINN-- 8152101310 —tV N N_-,-> 8152 1012 60 = —NNN-- 8152101427 NN N,-- 8152 1017 65 I 8152101278 = 8152101435 -D —�NNN 8152101799 y NN N-„8152101773 Ul p _ Ul D D co cn to cn Z A tiA m Q G G T= zEm A m a a y m O _ M O ( I z ' Z < W 25 I I I 1 1 0 0 0 N O 0 n> O i O V D I I N � I O O i a I I ' � I i i I j I ___-- NOTE i t 1 1 i ; ! Cod. 2930 1415 00 04 - Edit. 10/2006 - 33 - b0 00 9 6V 6 0£6Z 'POO 90OZ/0 b 'I!Pll - bE W 4 G) 0) aaAap aid - y9 'AVI I i I I O n_ o0 00 O D ww w w h in W W CD o o' o h u) w z ca m El - a s ¢QQ w Q Q m w m> w o o W o� }www 3 W z_ o_Lez a S co W wwc)o aa��»��Yo¢ pp��z w zzzl'-U ww ,ow z-ZZLucn�a�0 w�ooa�n�5 � cvcv¢ ��Yw v, mcxi _�» Y mm �modx x a z m- mm�ooz�t 3YLL'�oco oo��ww»xco oov v�m�000cn LiSz3ac�oowawoC-0m'CQ-'3 xQa000¢m¢o n nv co i �I=¢ i����zwiwc�i�zaCR) Y LO a --- L £L LLOL Ms �-CVNx c N rN� rvx. rNrrrrr- _ ~ - 1 1— 66LLOLZ9LS--rr— rNNX.-r rNrr ^__{,rNrrrra- 9£VLOL ZS LS r rNNXr —CVrSL ZLOL ZS1L8 rr` rNNX�- NrNr rN •--rrrrrr OLBS ZSLSrNNXr <-Nr rNrr rXX(prrr rN rrr rrrr }L,S YZ OLH9 ZS YH---x-111 rNNXr rN�--- rN r r r X X CO r rr rN rr r r r rr U6_O99MS r rNNX:- rNr rNrr�-XXCrrr rN— -,-rrrr OY OL89 Ms— rNNXr — CVr --r r r X XCOrrr rN�--.--r r rr 9LOLH9Z9LH r rNN'Xr rNr rNrrrX>< r rNrrrrrrr V9 6089 U P r r N N X r r N r r N r r r X X C O r r r r N r r r r r r r ZE OLSS UP —1 ri rNNXr rNr rNrr rxx Orrr rN rr rrrrr rt so0L89Z9L8 r rNNx�- rNr —N.---XXcorrr rCN -r—.-rr 9L 6089 ZSLH r — rNNX— rNr rN— --><>< rr rNrrrrrrr Y LV 9089 Z9 L8 r rNNxr rNr rNrrrXXcorrr —Nrrrrr<-r w £L 9089 Z9 L8 — rNNXr X04 rNrrrxXCorrr rNrrrr,-r- L 6H VOHS ZSLS r rNN Xr —Nr --rr�--X X COr rr rNrrr LO 6E 9089 Z9 L8 — rNNxr —Nr -----xXco— -r rNrrrrr.-,- LA.SOSOBSZ9LH `- rNNX�- --- rN r r r XX CO r rr --r r r<-.-rr LLVOSSZ9L8 �- rNNXr rNr rNrrr XXCor rNr LZ 9089 Z9 L8 r- -_ -NNX— --- rNrrrXXcorrr rNrrr.-rrr L6VOSSZ9L8 r _-rl rNNX— —Nr —Nrr—XXCOrrr —Nrr�� rrr £9VOSSMs r rNNxr- rNr �NrrrXXcorrr rN----- rrrr <-r 99LLUM9---- rNNX rN —Nrrc-xXCOrr rNrr-c r LZ LZVLO MS `- _ �- NNX� - rNrr rCVr.-r>GXCorrrrrCVrrrrr.-rr 09 ZLOL Z9L8`- �-""Xr TrNr �Nrrr Xx_0 rrr —N<-rr.-. --r OL£LOLZ9L8 r rNNx— rNr r"rrrXXC.D rNrrrrrrr - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - N- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - N------ -� -- r- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - LSLLOLM8 - - — �-NNX rN -Nrrs-XXCOrr rNI- -6L 6LVLOLZgq —VLOLZg - rCN CV X— --- -- --r r XXco rrt— Nrr rr rrrr ZSZLOLZ9L8 r .- NNX�- -Nr rNr�-r XXcor rNr ZO£LOLZ9L8 `- rNNX� rNr rNrrs-XXCO�-rr �--C"44 rr rr r r.0 MZYM r r oor� co M V' Lf') M -F O COOO O V D7N V OO OMS--- OOOOO N V MNr� oo M CU O 00N �f O O N O O I�OrM (D N N LC) M CON000 O N !^ E V O) V 6) OC) I.f) Lc) OOI- L[) L[) O) U') O t-oo N O �-N I- O � V n MNrM0000 r N N N N 1� O MN O) I- N O N COM V O CO t`N N CO O V O)OO 0 N r co L()ONi� 00O M!.! MMOO i.C) 117 lf) O Lf')I�tiNOCO�������Mr (O �f'7 N O i -C) CO CO C.O CO Cfl N I-- V CO tl- M � N M CO I- l!') ti t.C) r- tC) � oo amo �- �-- M 0 0 IY O V' N N O .- r N 'cY' M O O) N C(') O I- C-4 O N O a ti t`� I- O N N C O O O N C V N c V NCV N M N N N N O) N N N N I [ YJ co OV ti M Co I- C V V'NN - t`O f- MM CO COO (O CO CO c.O CO O N O N'N O CO N O M I` O O N O N O N O N O N O N O N N r O N O N O N O N N r O N O N O N O N r� O M O) Co m Co N"O W Co M MCO co N N O O) I.- c V O N O 0 O 0 O rNN�N OOONN N N"N NIO NNNNO N N N N 00000 D7NOO N M N CO r N "c7' O rLf) N NM N N N N Z O r r N M M O � N N N NN I " N " N N N-NNMM<V1)Oti M M M M M M M ti M MN M MN M i fp W - vu uu �i4v� usbc _POJ 90OZ/O6 IIPl -ys w 00 ra N N -L co slagel - L 'A` i I I I I I z i I I O � I o W l M w mCl) Ed z y JM m J m J m J m J m J m J m J ¢m¢ J Qm¢ J Q¢m J QmQ J mQQ ¢ J 3 m J co QmQ �] J mQ Qm¢ J 3 m J Qm¢ J Qm �! Qm Qm `I m J QmQ J QQm J Qm�{ �l Qm J Qm J Qm J Qm Qm J� Qm m r QQm J m J Qm J QmQ J tQm[ :1 m J m J QmQ —J Qm J Qm Qm J J LO £11404 Zs 48 — .-N—N.-- --� — - YV98404Zs4H 66L404Zs4H — — 48L404Zs48 _� N�N��.-.- -- — L 40ti404ZS48 n 9yZ404ZS48 a ssvM Ms —I- SLZ40rum — --� --- —.-- - — .-�L- SOW9Z948 — N.-N—.-c-� yzowsMR I 1 I-- N. -N.-- -- Z6608sZs48 . - N— OyomZs48 94O4SSZs4H N�N�c-mac- �i VS 6089 Zs 48 — N r- N r- ZE048sZs48 N. -N---- soU99ZS" _ Ne -N—.-- - 9L_60.89ZS48 - -_--_ N�N��.-r-� — — LV 9089 Zs48 = _ N N .- £4s08sMs N N —.-r- Y 68V089Zs48 N—N---.-r- w 6Es099Mg— N�-.-r-- L s0s089Zs48 N�N---- LO UV089Me _ I N.-N--�-- - d. 4Z 9089 Ms _ _ _ N � N --- L6V08sZs48 N�N.-.-- - £9ti08sZ948 Nr -Nom---- -r- 99L404Z948 — _ 9s 8404Z94H — N�N�r £6E4O4_Zs4H LEZ404Z94H N< -Nr V6Z4O MS — I N—C14-� LZti404Zs48 N�-- -- - 09Z404Zs4H — <-- -r--- 04£404Zs48 r- C14 .-��- N i cV LSL404Zs48 �- _-N.-N.-���.- 94 S4O4 Zs4H —C4 C4 w s8£404Ms N—N<-- -,-� 6ZZ4UMS -- N. -N. -<-r <-- 99 --nu e _ N — N <-- - r 64ti404Zs48 -� = ZSZ404Zs48 Na---N—r ZO-CL 04Zs48 ---j - O V' O 10 M M M co cV O -id- MOO N O M O Imo- O O O O LO N c- "t O O Y' N N CO 0 O� 0 0 O 0 Q) Q) CT m l!'>.- V O op CD � I� M� D) m Lo D) 0 O 0 O 0 00 0 0 CD CD 't N U') 1� I ` co O U> N O> 000 O M U) M O O LO M O CO O CO O CO O 1l- �- i- 000 M il- I-- 0000 m M w 00 O O_ I` 0000 I� I� t� O> OOc-a-.-� I� O O N N N CON i� 0 O> 0 N 0 O 0 M 0 U7 0 O 0 O 0 CO O O c GD N r --CD <- NNN CD CD I N CD N" N I- t\ Il -I r- h-( CO V CO CO CN (V CO C V CO CO C V N CO N tn� N N m D) CO N CD N CO G V CO N CO (V CD C V CO N CO NNN CO CO CO N CO N CON 00 l- N X00 NNN N N N O CDLr) cO CO co CO 4 O Op> 0 0 0 j 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CD 0 0 0 0 0 0 N CD i 0 ti 0 t- 0 r- 0 t• 0 t` 0 ti 0 n 0 r- 0 N[ 0 V 0 N c V 0 0 N N co O N N N N N N N N N N N N CV N CN NCV . N CV NCV " ... N CV "N N NCV CV O e- CV NCV CV CV NCV N N N N CV N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N t N N N" N CN CV N CV cV CA N N CN CV " CN CV z N N N N N N N N N M M N N N N N N N CN N N N N c V N N N N A O CO CO V CT CT -A -P Z o y PQ O (T V IV co N N 000000 IV N N N N N IV NN r, A CO CO.PV CTI N O V M V VM0,-4 W— N IV ,V07 O -,r, V V 7, -P O) 3 '.. CT 6)- 4, = j N CT i Po 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 � CJl co 00 OO O O l 81521013 02 - 81521012 52 _ 8152101419 -p - 81521012 86 w 81521012 29 p - 81521013 85 8152101819 -- - - - 81521017 57 N i 8152 1013 10 - - 81521012 60 - -- 81521014 27 _ 81521012 94 _ 81521012 37 81521013 93_ _ 01856 _ 8152 1017 65 8152 5804 63 - 97 _, 805 21 -Q r1152804 804 71 Ll - 805 05 0 ul _ j 805 39 804 89 8152 580513 -�� _ , -• 8152 5805 47 - 8152 5809 76 _ 8152 5810 08 _ 8152 5810 32 _ 8152 5809 84 _ 8152 581016 - _ 8152 5810 40 - -� - - -, _ 8152 5809 92 _ 8152 5810 24 - - _ 8152 5810 57 8152_1012 78 _ 81521014.3_5 -� 81521012 45 y - 81521014 01 - -- -,r- 8152101781 p + +- -=_ 81521017 99 X, -- _- - 81521018 64 -� 81521017 73 , • C, C" � Z r Cn r � in rm- rm- r co 1 (Q y ER, ci �2 m no ! C Co Eli NOTE Cod. 2930 1415 00 04 - Edit. 10/2006 - 39 L" - VO 00 96V1 OC63 'POO 90OZ/O 6 IIP3 - Ob w MJONwApoe - 9 'ndl III I L I I i j I I HIM i ' I I I I Y I 0 0 ro I I I I i I I p I x m a w a z C.D W zm O ¢z��wa Qvc)a>>¢U)CI_JQQBEC,>Q Lu -m��-x z rim NNN W a�n cnahz3��hmaa C, W v,z� Zma5zzz L7 OYHS ZSYH r r r r t!') i.[') r t) 1-1-11 � M CO N r Ch VZ O89 Zgrr!�! -rrr I- MMN rrr Z -i6 -6089M8 rrr� r7 MMN <rr rrr NNN NN LV 9099 rr�d r`- LO tf�- —ILD " CO rrr t- M MNrr rN N rc-r EL 9089 Z9 L8 vrrLO --Lf)NOO— I-MMNr rC-4 68V099Z9L8 - � T U-) -> —LO"corr- -- MMNr —C11C-4 I 'Y OvOLH9Z9LH rr�v -rtf)L()rLf)NOOrrr1�MMNrrrNNrrr - - - - - - - - - - - - 9OL99Ms r U-3 LO LnNwr�-r,-MMNrrrNN--r L V8 6089 ZS LH `- r .N- r r r LO LC) r to N 001r r r d 6E 90_89 ZS L8rr�v<-rLO-1-1-Ncorr.-,�MMNrr.-NNrrr 2 SO SONS ZS L8 r-- `- -N �* r r LCALO r Lf) N Gn r r r ,� M M N r r N 04 r r r UV089ZSLH -1 P�tlrrt()LL)rLf)NMrrr1�Mce) rNNe-rr T------- I ZE OM Ms McoC,1 Nrrrr v HOOL89ZGLB -r!�!Jr----U-) LO--LnNoor-r--� CI) MNrr,-NNr 9L6089Z9L8 --rte- r r LC) Ujr U0Noor rr l-- M MNr--1--rr v LZ 9099 Z9 L8 —rLn LO—LONOOr r r 1-- co MNrrrN N rr 16{V089Z948 LO LO —LOC14 Jr r1�MMNrrrNNrrrr — — `E9 YOHS ZSLH c- r .N- LC) Ln r LO N oo r r r I� M M N r r r N CV r <- r r OO 0000000000 r 0 0 0 00 0 M 1- N co M00000 000 CO Mr LL7 Np N O OOOOOON CO Ln 000 L) N OOrN 1-- LC) M �y� W E M OC, UJ V- r IS Or O Ln MrN = M m 01-0 C> `cD LC)r I- CO O) OWN r O LDr O O Ln � CO OSP COO--- OO N U7 N LC) N L(j c C O 1,- O Or M i� 1--1,N I r M N LO r, M r CO CV N M (D r-- 1` r-- h. r -r L f') N O)L17"trO r N O) CO co O p CON r I-- r- V- V'—NNN O CO o o N a Cj� N O N O U) M N O N O CO CO O N O I- V N O O" N 0 N 0 N 0 N CO ti O M O p M N O M CO O CO O M r CO CV O M N oO M N O N M N M N N N N NNN =, C:, N N NMN CD C) ON N O NNN CV N N OOOpN COMP CVOO---N rr CD CD", Na00000 Or apo dO z rIN M V Ln CO t� M m O r N M V Lf2 O n M O O r N M. LO Co 1` O M M � I r r rlr r r r r CV N N N "I" "CV - -- W f a) V W W - VU UU S bM UM; -POO 9002/M I!P3 - Zb w. 00 A. 2w ` I /-c=:b. ■ r W N;0 00-4 a) as suoi}oauuoo pue saalli=l / aueagweW - 6 'AVJL I i I I i c c I I a i I � d �L I � � I I � a LU z v, ¢ m z m z a w �I�x z o "' z w c� W ���m mwwgm�muiwo zx m ¢¢Q �� �'x�2�w zU mW ¢U co oc� �o Q =¢"' W'"'���a�O4aC1¢wwaa = W mmm�2� w a' a x g a Wo a_z3C7 _tlli� z 3 z W z ti o m W F x 3 a Z i- x R a z z z U Qr UU 0 - --- —L 71 T d LSOILH9 Z(7�LH rNXI-NXNNNNN rtf7rr.-Xr�--fir - - - - - - - rXNM - - - --- - rNrNNN�- - - - M hZ 01,89 Z/9 L8 r N X�" X N N N N CV r tt) r r r X r r 4-r r XNM r N r N N N r r r Z Z 0 8 Z L S � -N X� N X N N N N N t !") �! /9 i6, f6089 (9 LY Zf9LS �- �- r r X r.-� a- - rNX�"XN"CV"" rLO rXrr err rXNM rN rNNNr (908(9 £ L z9 LS `- N X ti N X N N N N N r t.[) r r r X a- r� .- y908f9 68 Y089 Z9 LS r NIX r- N X N N N N N rU-) r r r XI rr -1- may- r r r X N M r N r N N N r r r ------ - Y OvUsgzg" r N X N X N N N N N .- U-) c- r r ><><C,4r r r ---------- �- M LO d OL8(9 LB -NS rN X �N X N"NNN rLC)rr.-Xrr�rr-r - - r— - - -r - - - XNM - - - - - - rN.-NNNrrr �("� U Y H 6087 ZS LH `- N X r- " X N. N N N r t.C) r r- r X r r- � �- r co r N r N N N r d 6£5089 Z( grNX r- X, "IV CN CN rt()rr r Xr�-d� r rM c 90 9089 2f9L H r N X ti N X N N N N N r l C) r r r X r �- - r - 1c, M r *c-" NLLtiOH9Z7L8 `-NX�NXNNNNN rCf)rr.-Xrr�rr rM-Nr _a- Z£ O L8 M8 r- N X X N— e- r r r r to rr r X r r� r r r r X N M r r N —j" N CIJ d' HO OLS9 Z9 LS DNX �N XNM-rrrr rtf7rrr Xr r.tr rrr rrr XNMr rN rNNN�-rr v 916089Z9L8 `-NX�NXCV— rtf)rrrX -r -- —XNMr r N—C14 LZ 9089 Z9 L8 rNX t`C-4X CV rr rtL7rr r Xr�-moi'•-r rXNM— .-N rNN Nrrr L8 rNX�NXNrr rinr r r X• --r -r rXNMr rNrNNNr f1�t61 ib,089-Z-9 E9tiOH9Ms `-NXtiNXNr r�Cj.-rrXrr�r r—xN rNrNNNr 000OON O �'1.Cl M<-CDO tf) m 000 O C) Mr CD N M" O co O �h O Or M" ON r m N OOM OOO CO �-O �I-CO OOOm MOO CY C:, OO N'c7 OOOOM Lc')O mOm OM CD O NN co COO c N N O O 00 O CD N c::, O O N N r tC) m O O M CO M CO M CO O O O O N m 0 tf) 0mr O M 0r m I` tf) rm f� M f� m O O V- I� tL')�tN N Oar m m O O O O O CO O M O O O r 1 (D �-•-r CD V CO m i N Md- N r MMM"OM" M M M V'r IQ -,:I- CO r- O«) r I- Il_ r- timCO ti� O MO M r Mf�tC)OI� M I -r CO 1-M M M ��r0 MM M to co r O r I LO tf)ON --O O N r CD COO COO CD r0 mm 4 N O CO t f) m co M O Il- O M m N C O COO O 1 N NNN N N M O COOOO r N M N t () m O OO N N OO N m m N N CO N N N O O m f O -Om N C O N N N O r N C O M N N co M l t N N CO O M CO O COO O O tf)N O O N NM O O CO O r CO CO r CO r O CON O N CON O N MN O N N N N N N N OCO r r CO CON O r N OONCO m O N O N CO r N (O a- N COO �-- mC0000 m CO O N CO N to O r O Nm N tf) 0 m Lo 0 Co CO 0 z r N N N N N N N N N N M M M M M M M MMM co M V'� rnrnrnrnrnrncncnv,cncncncncncnu, C n A W N -� O CID N �--4 D) C n- P W N- OCD A a (X) A011-11 V O 11 C s- P (W N Z o O UJ O in CD C:-(D O O co NCA O co CT N j j0)�O) W N CS)C'J)Cn O) N -�-+0 N D) N W CnCD [3)O) -� W -. O)NO N W N W W W W N -� N N N Cb O � V m Cb W W OO J� CD rj00 -P N -� OCA W W W W W OQ �— CO N—O p-�I V O �O NN--� V O N O V Oo N O? m O � CS) A 00 Cn N Ul co O 0 CD W CD O Co cD-�= O ? CO N CT N M V 41- m IM O O O (D W O O N O O O A O O Q O O O N O O O O m O W O O O N O O O IV O -? O O O O O O O N O W? O N O O - �N— — - m NN?AOS-�,�,-- 8152580463 ------ --- � NN A ACn-�, 8152580497 - NN4� 4�D)-iz, 8152580521_ - — �N-------�-���� NNJ>A6�j,;,, 8152580976 Z -�N- --- --��- ---IM NN4A- I- ),, 8152581008 ?_ —N�- -.-.���-`->-'6-) NNAAO)-�,;,� 8152581032 -- -- — - �N- ---•-•- C3) NNA -II- M ,, 8152580471 Q� NN_A-AO)-.�;,, 8152580505 = O NNJ>-POS-�, -- 8152580539 - �N_ ------_a—_acn NDrl.) A-,,;,, 8152580984 z � �N-- --�- ---���m NNJCA m—N-� 8152 5810 16 N � �N- -•- - --�-a- --m NN -P -CT ->iz3 8152 5810 40 _.N---->-�»-'-'�O NN 1-- CT-, �,�-, 8152580489 �N-»»-- — — — — M NN�A?C3),�,, 8152580513 —N-- ----'- ---QCT NN-P?CT-�,�,, 8152580547 � —N--- ----'- --m NN--Am-�,�,, 8152580992 z -�N��-- - - ---�-'-'CT NN-PJ,O)-�,:,, 8152581024 m NN4 A4 3M-,;,-• 8152 5810 57 p If I a p n v 9 y a m O a nO a O A p a e a n nO C A � n C C3 Cn x C m W z h r - A m= Cn A m a v -� m cnA 2 I i I I � ?i y 5 I I � I I CD CD i ^moi. O I I y I I I I f � I NOTE - -- --- .........-- --- I - i Cod. 2930 1415 00 04 - Edit. 10/2006 - 45 - t70 00 9L17L OE6Z 'POO 900Z/O L I!P�3 - 9b O jeuu ad / as - 0 � -A` J- � � I � � I � I I I i I � i I it I i I Q co CIS GO LU 2Z 2 I gs co co > 0 LS M8g Z9 8 — — -- — 1—� — — c I — --- -- — — — -- — — — — — — — — — — — — — -- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — -- vz 0 M ZG P — — — C',J — — — — — — — — — -- — z-6699 V6 Mg — — — C4 — — — — — — — — — -- — — --LbS0 — — — — — — 89 Ms 71,— — CN — — — — — r---, — — £490892948 — — — c' 68 VOSS MS — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — - — Ov 0 M Z9 P — — — — — — — - --- --- -- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — -- — -- — — — LO 94%99 MR -- -N—r-- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — -- — — — — — VS 6089 ZS P — — - — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —Nr—r.-r,-r--r— CL 6C 9089 Z9 cN — — — — — M: so 9089 Ms —H— CN — — — -- — — — — — — — ; U VOSS Z9 LB ------ -r-- - - - - - - - — - - - - - - - - ZE 0 M Z9 Ls — — — CN — — -<-- — — -- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 8004892948 — — — — — — — — — -r-- — — — — — — — — — --- — — - — — — — — — — — — — - 9L 6089 Zq Lo Z, 0 ZT i -7E — —1 — --- — - C4 — - — — - — — - — — - — — - — — - — — - — — - — -- - — — - — — - — — - — - 1-6 V089 M9 - — CN — — — — — — — — — — — --- — — — — — — — - C9 Von ms O CD C) C) CD C:) cli C> C:l CD CD M cq CD C:. CD 0 S 000 C-4 C4 10 " O = CD O0') C14 Ul� Ln a) CD Nr-- m m CO CN to C4 co co co CD C:) C-4 m ml N (.0 (D m " CD C) $D C-4 a) 00 00 N c2 1:,--] -- I I I I I N Ul 0 o - tO 00 91 t76 OE6Z 'POO 90OZ/O 6 TPS - 8b j AP Xoq ,oaluoo - � � •ndl I i HIM 11 O O U 1 i IIIIIH Jill I o o � u 3 w o (D 3 ¢ CD Z O Z O O 2 U p O O Z h v JC m t-a��-m W W V ti a s W Ws = W ¢ F-- cD v) h 2 W W •2 W y_ _l al 1 U Z 00 Z U v�j pLjg�Z'��-�KZ� Z Z _� 2 h C-) a d i LS 0689 ZS 11,8 rr�YrrrrrrrrrCpCOCp(prrrrNMrrt()Nra-r �? yz0689Z9L8 — -- — — — — — — — — CD (D CD COrrrrNMrrU")Nrrr — z Z66089Z9L8 rrvrrrrrrrr—CO(o(O(OrrrrNMrru,N�-rr Lti9O89Z9L8 rrvrrrrrrr.-r(O(O(O(orrrrNMrr(oNr.-r £69089 ZS 1,8 rrd-rrrrrrrrrcocOcotorrrrNMrrtf)Nrrr 68VOSSZ9- rr<rrrrrrrrrr(OcococorrrrNMrru-�N.-rr Y Z OV 0L892968 rrvrrrrrr,- r r(O CO(O CO r r r r N M r r LO C14 - _ 0683 Z9- •-rd-rrr—rr— --(D(D(D(orr r—C,4c) ,Nrrr {91, 8 6089 Z9 68 r r-- r r r r r r r .- CO CO CO CO -- r r N CO r —IU') CN (D v Y <- a 6£9O89Z9L8 rr<rrrrrrrrrr(O(o(O(orr.-rNCO--U Nrrr = 909089 Z968 rr�rr rr rrrrrCO CO CO COrrrr N M r r lNr. f> LLV089ZSLO rrd rrrrrrrrr(o(O(o(orrr—NMrru,Nrr.- c� -_ Z£OL88ZSLS rrvrrrrrrrr.-(.00OCO(DrrrrNCO U')Nrrr SOOL89Z9 rrrrrrrCp(OCOCOrrrrNMrrU)(Vrrr - o9L608SZ9L8 rr�r v �rrrrrrrCp(OCD(OrrrrNMrrU)(Vrr- LZ 9089 Z9 11,8 rrvrrrrrrrrrcO CO CO COrrrrNMrr(C)Nrrr L6V089ZSL8 rrvrrrrrrrrr(o(o(o(o-- --NMrru,Nrrr £9VOSSZSL8 C01-1— LO CD N I-- U) M OO O co LO r N O co CO ti O u '-;I' r O 000CD ! O co O N 1�ON CO U) U) U)OO N <I- Il- CV CO r I` P -OO O O) O -COON M N N E c 'V OD O co C.0 V eq of oD M 0 co �• N CO M NN CO MMMNMr CO I-. co r I -O M I� co O I- Co m U) r LO O 7-,I- U) M CO COO COM CO V N co O (OOrO O r 00 U) M r I, O U) O O O D7O Q7 r N N 00 m V M Lr) ti OO) U)r O U)r O M CO I` U) OO U)(0CD N r V' r m d O OQ] r r CV 06)D7M I-- MM MM MM M co O M CO �t CO Z) O CD CO m co OO OMCOM O)O) mm co wO O co mC"i MOOJN coco (D 0 CON 0 0 N (V CO ( CD000000 O r r r O NMrON O O O r N 00000"0 r r r r r N r ON r N c::, r Co O o N r NIM FYI U) CO i� O O O r N M �' t!7 CO r I� r M r O r N N N N N N co co O OW O —co w o i N N N N N N N N N CTl CT ONO coW NW coo ONO ONO coN ONO W C- Q OO i O CO O O co i O i O O CO CD _ V A NC'S O T A N co Cn p N N iLn CT CT CT f -n CJl Ln Cn N Cn Ln Cn Ln C7f to CA CA cn _ � Oo N m O O cn i 07 O O O O Oc 0 n I 0 0 N i CA O G) O N) N N O co O CO co a N N Q Z 0 0 0 i 0i 0 0 0 0 0 a co a N N N N N N N CT O W —• G7 N j W W v v M Oo M Oo O K) A 0 0 0 0 0 W W O O O W N O rV A A oo O) N O CSO V Cn N O 00 cn N cn N N O tM CT W N W cn V N W N W C.n V N W N W CT V N W 0� 0 .W O C�1 O O Cif O O. SS! O I O i w P i as W am .p i am w O as w c cn O c N O c 0 0 0 0 w W W o Z N N N N a� N N N N CD N N N N a� U� O 0 O N O O O N 0 C- y OZ N D UD-� i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i rrr�Dmrzmm= O O CY 0 Cn 0 C- O N GA O O cz N 07 O T O N O O N N � N N N N N co� ccnn cn yr E i SM - 170 UU 9 b 17 6 OE6Z 'POO 90OZ/O G •J!P�] - 09 -d3ZA IVNV N3JJlXO - Z L -AVJL I I � (P CTl CT .P W N O CD 00 c p N N N N N `G Oo N m O O cn i 07 O O O O Oc 0 n 0 mW 0 0 N i CA O N i 3 O N) N N O co O CO co a N N --I O O N N W A ? O 67 61 N N N N O N (7� O� IV N N N N N N N CT O W O N j W W v v M Oo M Oo O K) A 0 0 0 0 0 W W O O O W N O -P A A A oo O) O (r V Cn cn N cn N c n N CT W N O •A O O W W W W O N O cn O O I O W s O O O O 0 0 C11 O W CIl V cn O -A N O W 0 0 0 0 Z Z Z z Z 0 Z G U� 0 O O O cn 0 C- y OZ D UD-� rrr�Dmrzmm= m mprm�o co� ccnn cn 0 � ;u � r r > -+ � m ;aI m m r 0 0 o i G7 G1 G7 Z z Z .I .A a -d3ZA IVNV N3JJlXO - Z L -AVJL 1 1 I I i 1 1 I TAV. 13 SERVICE KIT Kit Air -Oil filters Code Dwg. Ref. Description 2901 1416 00 3 2 JAIR FILTER 2 13 IOILFILTER Kit Air -oil filters oil separator Code Dwg. Ref. Description 2901 0865 01 3 2 AIR FILTER 2 13 OIL FILTER 2 12 CARTRIDGE Thermostatic valve -min. press. valve kit Code Dwg. Ref. I Description Dwg. Ref. 2901 1095 00 2 6 THERMOSTATIC VALVE -MIN. PRESS. VALVE 4 WASHER Nipple / O-ring Kit Code Dwg. Ref. Description Dwg. Ref. 2901 1417 00 2 15 NIPPLE/0-RING 4 WASHER Roto injecte fluid ( 5 L ) Code Description 2901 0245 01 OIL ROTO INJECTE FLUID Roto injecte fluid ( 20 L ) Code Description 2901 0522 00 OIL ROTO INJECTE FLUID Temperature switch kit Code Description 2202 7421 00 TEMPERATURE SWITCH Cod. 2930 1415 00 04 - Edit. 10/2006 - 51 Seal kit instrument block Code Dwg. Ref. Description 2901 1097 00 2 4 WASHER 2 8 WASHER 2 11 WASHER 2 23 WASHER 2 25 IWASHER 2 16 0 -RING 2 17 0 -RING Roto injecte fluid ( 5 L ) Code Description 2901 0245 01 OIL ROTO INJECTE FLUID Roto injecte fluid ( 20 L ) Code Description 2901 0522 00 OIL ROTO INJECTE FLUID Temperature switch kit Code Description 2202 7421 00 TEMPERATURE SWITCH Cod. 2930 1415 00 04 - Edit. 10/2006 - 51 - b0 00 9 6 b 6 0£6Z 'POO 90OZ/0 6 I!P3 - Z9 JM80'1On81SNl 66 N8Z Z608 83ZIIVNV N3,gAXO 80.4 N0110n81SN1 83ZnVNV N3,9AXO uoi;duasoa apo }1M JGZAjeue uaBAX0 3NV881N3W 803 NO11onbl 09 6M WE I I I ua;duasap I•;aa I Bma I apoo SIINJ a01 IN 30V1d3d 3NV88W3W 80d NO110nd1SNI 09 6£g6 6062 Mlidnoo 2 6 3NV88W3W Z6 6 83HSVM IV33 Z 6 uo�;duasaa •;aa Bma apoo ZTNJ 101 IN juauaa0el aM IN 30V7d38 3NV88W3W 803 NO11on81SNi OV 6£56 6062 9Nndn0o 6Z 6 3NVd8W3W U 6 83HSVM 7V3.3 Z 6 uogduosao •;ab Bona opo0 V17NJ a0l jpI;uawooel aN IN 11>1301AI13S £6 'AVI ROTRON REGENERATIVE BLOWERS k M—Nim—i &N -K ROTRON.TECHNICAL MOTOR DIVISION REGENERATIVE BLOWER GROUP 75 North Street Saugerties, New York 12477 Phone: (914) 246-3401 Fax: (914) 246-3802 Rotron Regenerative Blowers Installation Instructions for SL. DR, EN, CP, and HiE Series Blowers 1. Bolt It Down -Any blower must be secured against movement prior to starting or testing to prevent injury or damage. The blower does not vibrate much more than a standard electric motor. 2. Filtration - All blowers should be filtered prior to starting. Care must be taken so that no foreign material enters the blower. If foreign material does enter the blower, it could cause internal damage or may exit at extremely high velocity. Should excessive amounts of material pass through the blower, it is suggested that the cover(s) and impeller(s) be removed periodically and cleaned to avoid impeller imbalance. Impeller imbalance greatly speeds bearing wear, thus reducing blower life. Disassembling the blower will void warranty, so contact the factory for cleaning authorization. 3. Support the Piping -The blower flanges and nozzles are designed as connection points only and are not designed to be support members. Caution: Plastic piping should not be used on blowers larger than 1 HP that are operating near their maximum pressure or suction point. Blower housing and nearby piping temperatures can.exceed 200°F. Access by personnel to the blower or nearby piping should be limited, guarded, or marked, to prevent danger of burns. 4. Wiring - Blowers must be wired and protected/fused in accordance with local and national electrical codes. All blowers must be grounded to prevent electrical shock. Slo-Blo or time delay fuses should be used to bypass the first second of start-up amperage. 5. Pressure/Suction Maximums - The maximum pressure and/or suction listed on the model label should not be exceeded. This can be monitored by means of a pressure or suction gage (available from Rotron), installed in the piping at the blower outlet or inlet. Also, if problems do arise, the Rotron Field representative will need to know the operating pressure/suction to properly diagnose the problem. 6. Excess Air- - Bleed excess air off. DO NOT throttle to reduce flow. When bleeding off excess air, the blower draws less power and runs cooler. Note: Remote Drive (Motorless) Blowers - Properly designed and installed guards should be used on all belts, pulleys, couplings, etc. Observe maximum remote drive speed allowable. Due to the range of uses, drive guards are the responsibility of the customer or user. - Belts should be tensioned using belt gauge. _ For further information regarding Rotron regenerative blowers (including service & parts manuals), please contact your local field sales engineer. Revised 12/10/98 Maintenance Procedure en properly perl I ed lied _ little or no routine maintenance is 1Nhrequired.' Keep the . YPp. filtered and app filter clean. Also; all standard models in the ❑R, EN, CP, and HE series have sealed bearings that require no maintenance. Bearings should be changed after 15,000 to 20,000 hours, on average. Replacement bearings are specified in the chart below. Troubleshooting POSSIBLE CAUSE OUT OF WARRANTY REMEDY =** 1. One phase of power line not connected 1. Connect o Z o 2. One phase of stator winding open 2. Rewind or buy new motor W c 3. Bearings defective 3. Change bearings .'E,. 4. Impellerjammed by foreign material 4.` Clean and add filter W 5. Impellerjammed against housing or cover 5r Adjust w = 6. ** Capacitor open * 6. Change capacitor _2i o E Z 1. Two phases of power line not connected 1. Connect 2. * Two phases of stator winding open 2; Rewind or buy new motor. - o= 1. Insufficient fuse capacity 1., Use. time delay fuse of. proper rating m 2. Short circuit 2. Repair 1. High or low voltage 1. Check input voltage O g a 2. * Operating in. single phase condition 2 Check connections- -9: 3.' Bearings defective K. Check,bearings 8 0 4. Impeller rubbing against housing or cover , 4. Adjust., Z ` 5. Impeller or air passage clogged by foreign material , 5. Clean and add filter o2 6. Unit operating beyond performance range 6: Reduce system pressure/vacuum LU 7. Capacitor shorted 7. Change capacitor LU 8. * One phase of stator winding short circuited S. Rewind or buy new motor l E 1. Impeller rubbing against housing or cover 1. Adfust 0 2. Impeller or air passages clogged by foreign material 2. Clean and add filter 3. Bearings de Chefectiv' 3, ange bearings 1: Leak in piping ' 1.`Tighten 2: Piping and air passages clogged 2 Clean E3 3. Impeller.rotation reversed -3. Check wiring 4. Leak in blower 4. Tighten cover, flange m.. 5. Low voltage 5 -,'Check input voltage * 3 phase units ** 1 phase units *** Disassembly and repair of new blowers or motors will void the Rotron warranty. Factory should be contacted prior to any attempt to field repair an in -warranty unit. Part Number Size Seal Material Grease �Stabiflzed 510217 205 510218 206 Nye Rheotemp 500 510219 207. Polyacrylic 30%::+/- 5% Fill Yes - 325 F; 510449 203 516440 202 516648 307 Buna N Shell Dolium "R" 25-40% Fill NO 516840 206 516841 207 Shell Dolium "R" 516842 208 Buna N 30%+/- 5% Fill NO 516843 210 5-16844 309 i 516845 310 516846 311 516847 313 Revised 12/10/98 SectionC 2004.gxd 6/26/04 10:53 AM Page C-5 — — — -- ---- --- 60 2.0 50 1.5 W 40 n p 30 a 1.0 y x i 20 0.5 10 BLL ER PERFORMANCE AT STANDARD CONDITION AIR FLOW RATE (M3/MIN) AIR FLOW RATE (M3/MIN) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 PRESSURE 1i SUCTION 3.0 125 100 0 20 40 60 80 100 AIR FLOW RATE (SCFM) ' 100 Ozy 75 F. 731mm I �-Om 50 oz: 7!m! : I mi! _a 25 23w 0 lsoo a Immmm W ' G 1000 a z 3 500 0 WE xaU 60 3:n 40 3wW 40 Vim¢ 20 OJQN 20 mQ 0 mam 0 _ Rev. 2/04 AMETEK Technical and Industrial Products, Kent, OH 44240 • e mail: rotronindustrial@ametek.com • internet: www.ametektmd.com m 75 m E -60 4 -50 3 U w -40 m W m LL Q O -30 E O 2 y w U Z x 2 -20 - 1 -10 SUCTION 3.0 125 100 0 20 40 60 80 100 AIR FLOW RATE (SCFM) ' 100 Ozy 75 F. 731mm I �-Om 50 oz: 7!m! : I mi! _a 25 23w 0 lsoo a Immmm W ' G 1000 a z 3 500 0 WE xaU 60 3:n 40 3wW 40 Vim¢ 20 OJQN 20 mQ 0 mam 0 _ Rev. 2/04 AMETEK Technical and Industrial Products, Kent, OH 44240 • e mail: rotronindustrial@ametek.com • internet: www.ametektmd.com m 75 m E SectionC 2004.gxd 6/26/04 10:53 AM Page C-6 EN j114 rm Sealed Regenerative Blower w/Explosion-Proof Moto 12.10 m .19 307 L 3_0 3.75 EN404AR58ML EN404AR72ML 76.2 95.25 CP404FO72MLR Part No. 11.11 t 0.19 038174 _ 282 3 5.0 47 Motor Enclosure - Shaft Material Explosion -proof - CS 11.80 DIA Chem XP - SS (4) MTG HOLES Scale CAD drawing available upon request. 11_44 291 7.18 82.00 DIA. + 6_17 157.00 0 1.69 o� z O 43 5_12 130.00 8.93 226.6 10.12 257.00 .38 9.7 REF ■1 11/2-111/2 NPSC THREAD DIMENSIONS: IN MM TOLERANCES: XX x 2 0 MODEL L (IN) t.30 f �70. ) s 8 .XXX t .030 ,800 EN/CP404AR72ML 14.58 3(UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) ENlCP404ARSSML 15.58 A� 0.75" NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION AT 12 O'CLOCK POSITION SPECIFICATIONS MODEL EN404AR58ML EN404AR72ML CP404FQ58MLR CP404FO72MLR Part No. 038173 038174 080075 038958 Motor Enclosure - Shaft Material Explosion -proof - CS Explosion -proof - CS Chem XP - SS Chem XP - SS Horsepower 1.0 1.0 Same as EN404AR58ML - 038173 except add Chemical Processing (CP) features from catalog inside front cover Same as EN404AR72ML - 038174 except add Chemical Processing (CP) features from catalog inside front cover Phase - Frequency Single 60 Hz Three - 60 Hz Voltacie 1 115 230 208-230 460 Motor Nameplate Ams 11.4 5.69 3.5-3.2 1.6 Max. Blower Amps 3 14.4 7.2 4.2 2.1 Inrush Ams 72 36 20.2 10.1 Starter Size 0 00 00 00 Service Factor 1.0 1.0 Thermal Protection 2 Class B - Automatic Class B - Pilot Duty XP Motor Class - Group I -D, II-F&G I -D, II-F&G Shipping Weight 72 Ib (33 kg) 65 Ib (30 kg) 1 Rotron motors are designed to handle a broad range of world voltages and power supply variations. Our dual voltage 3 phase motors are factory tested and certified to operate on both: 208-230/415-460 VAC -3 ph -60 Hz and 190-208/380-415 VAC -3 ph -50 Hz. Our dual voltage 1 phase motors are factory tested and certified to operate on both: 104-115/208-230 VAC -1 ph -60 Hz and 100-110/200-220 VAC -1 ph -50 Hz. All voltages above can handle a ±10 % voltage fluctuation. Special wound motors can be ordered for voltages outside our certified range. 2 Maximum operating temperature: Motor winding temperature (winding rise plus ambient) should not exceed 140°C for Class F rated motors or 120°C for Class B rated motors. Blower outlet air temperature should not exceed 140°C (air temperature rise plus inlet temperature). Performance curve maximum pressure and suction points are based on a 40°C inlet and ambient temperature. Consult factory for inlet or ambient temperatures above 40°C. 3 Maximum blower amps corresponds to the performance point at which the motor or blower temperature rise with a 40°C inlet and/or ambient temperature reaches the maximum operating temperature. n Specifications subject to change without notice. Please consult your Local Field Sales Engineer for specification updates. Rev. 2/04 AMETEK Technical and Industrial Products, Kent, OH 44240 • e mail: rotronindustriai@ametek.com • internet: www.ametektmd.com SectionC 2004.gxd 6/26/04 10:53 AM Page C-19 ofO(k AIR • 0 so 100 ISO 200 250 300 350 150 ozo 10 2§m 1 -T7 J 75 OK3: 000 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 AIR FLOW RATE (SCFM) U 150 09 N 100 Ozy 50 0 f � N 10,000 3 a r 7,500 a z 5,000 2,500 ¢ U 2 a 150 ow N 100 3 w w 100 mQ2 50 ,¢Q 50 Rev. 2/04 < o AMETEK Technical and Industrial Products, Kent, OH 44240 • e mail: rotronindustrial@ametek.com • internet: www.ametektmd.com ■ MENEM ME IM '. i i iiiiiii „ • ■■■■■■&�■■ IM■■■►N■■p ■■■■■■■\`M■ , ■■ ■■■■■O■i� ■■ ■■■■■■■■►� ■■■ ■■■■■■►MEM■■■■ "■■■■■■■■��■■., ■� „■■■■■■■■NN►■■■ ■■■■■■■■■ ■■OMON ■■■■■■■■■MMO■■ ■■■■■■■■■■ENNU ■■■■■■■■■■MEM ■ ■■■■■■■■■MUN ■ ■ M ■■■■■■■■■■►W , AIR • 0 so 100 ISO 200 250 300 350 150 ozo 10 2§m 1 -T7 J 75 OK3: 000 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 AIR FLOW RATE (SCFM) U 150 09 N 100 Ozy 50 0 f � N 10,000 3 a r 7,500 a z 5,000 2,500 ¢ U 2 a 150 ow N 100 3 w w 100 mQ2 50 ,¢Q 50 Rev. 2/04 < o AMETEK Technical and Industrial Products, Kent, OH 44240 • e mail: rotronindustrial@ametek.com • internet: www.ametektmd.com SectionC 2004.gxd 6/26/04 10:53 AM Page C-20 MODEL �• G� 7.4 IN MM IN MM A I D I BOTH P I FIFitAU BOTH PORTS 582 B 19.47 494 19.5 494 TOLERANCES: XX t '� 2.5 Chem XP - SS Chem XP - SS 87 A 6.44 7.1 E E 16.52 72 3.4 86 F 16.5 419 16.5 6.37 our w ROTATION DIRECTION 526 419 6 1 features from features from catalog Service Factor 1.0 1.0 161.8 XP Motor Class - GroupI-D B inside front cover _ Shipping Weight 244 Ib (111 kg) 378 Ib (172 kg) 10.18 258.6 10_25 O 260.4 127 9.50 2.00 8.42 4.25 108 C 241.3 ,75 19 X 50.8 SLOT 213.9 8,50 5.61 13.00 (4) PLACES 215.9 142.5 330.2 10.00 254 MODEL EN/CP707 EN/CP808 7.4 IN MM IN MM A 23.0 584 23.0 582 B 19.47 494 19.5 494 TOLERANCES: XX t '� 2.5 Chem XP - SS Chem XP - SS 87 D 6.44 7.1 0 E 2.82 72 3.4 86 F 16.5 419 16.5 479 G 20.23 514 20.7 526 MODEL C 7.4 187 7.4 1 DIMENSIONS: MM 038732 080616 164 Motor Enclosure - Shaft Material 18 TOLERANCES: XX t '� 2.5 Chem XP - SS Chem XP - SS Horsepower 5.5 5.5 (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) � 0.75" NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION AT 12 O'CLOCK POSITION Same as EN808FL5MWL - 038732 except add Chemical Processing Phase - Frequency Single - 60 Hz Single - 60 Hz Voltage 230 230 Motor Nameplate Ams 21.7 21.7 Max. Blower Amps 2 29.9 29.9 Inrush Ams 155 155 (CP) (C P) SPECIFICATIONS Starter Size 1 1 features from features from catalog MODEL EN707FL5MWL EN808FL5MWL CP707FX5MWLR CP808FX5MWLR Part No. 038712 038732 080616 - Motor Enclosure - Shaft Material Ex losion roof - CS Explosion -proof - CS Chem XP - SS Chem XP - SS Horsepower 5.5 5.5 Same as EN707FL5MWL - 038712 except add Chemical Processing Same as EN808FL5MWL - 038732 except add Chemical Processing Phase - Frequency Single - 60 Hz Single - 60 Hz Voltage 230 230 Motor Nameplate Ams 21.7 21.7 Max. Blower Amps 2 29.9 29.9 Inrush Ams 155 155 (CP) (C P) Starter Size 1 1 features from features from catalog Service Factor 1.0 1.0 Thermal Protection 1 Class B - Pilot DutyClass B - Pilot Dutycatalog XP Motor Class - GroupI-D I -D inside front cover inside front cover Shipping Weight 244 Ib (111 kg) 378 Ib (172 kg) 1 Maximum operating temperature: Motor winding temperature (winding rise plus ambient) should not exceed 140°C for Class F rated motors or 120°C for Class B rated motors. Blower outlet air temperature should not exceed 140oC (air temperature rise plus inlet temperature). Performance curve maximum pressure and suction points are based on a 40°C inlet and ambient temperature. Consult factory for inlet or ambient temperatures above 40°C. 2 Maximum blower amps corresponds to the performance point at which the motor or blower temperature rise with a 40°C inlet and/or ambient temperature reaches the maximum operating temperature. Specifications subject to change without notice. Please consult your Local Field Sales Engineer for specification updates. Rev. 2/04 AMETEK Technical and Industrial Products, Kent, OH 44240 • e mail: rotronindustrial@ametek.com • internet: www.ametektmd.com s AMETEK Technical & Industrial Products - AMETEK Technical & Industrial Products::... Page 2 of 3 J IlZero of Original Scale 8.5 Db. lil of Audibility Regenerative Blower Noise Chart' in dBA " Average at 1 meter, 4 places around the blower F -- Suction jPressure SE 60-62 60-62 MF 64-65 64-65 RDC 76-78 76-78 SL2 69-72 69-72 SL4 72-78 72-78 SL5 76-79 76-79 101 65-67 --1166-68 1202M 167-69 1168-70 303M 65-67 67-69 1 353M 72-73 --1173-74 404M 73-74 74375 454M 76-77 75-76 513 80-81 80-81 505M 77-78 76-77 523 82-83 82-83 dBA at Distance Converstion Chart 23 81-82 81-82 18-89 88-89 58 84-85 84-85 23 82-8482-84 ;/P 9 90-91 90-91 09 81-82 84-86 223 84-85 84-85 4P 13 1 87-88 90-91 4 = 186-87 86-87 WID 15 91-92 91-92 http: //www. ametektip. comlindex2.php? option=com_content&task=view&id=42&Itemid=6... 9/6/2007 CARBON VESSEL .,1 2 BAKERC� Technical Information !Manual - __ Max. Temp � 150 F _), Types: r» Height: _ IOOOS: 66 -Specialty Media 200052.2j_ Volume"10005: » Diameter •••• 46 2000S: 67 cu. ft. »' Shipping Wt*: .10005: 1800 lbs. - 2800 lbs ( Media dependent) 20005 2000 lbs 4000 lbs _e. (drum + media) 120005: 3050 lbs. - 5050 lbs. �» (* Media dependent) ;» Outler S 4" FNPT FILTER MEDIA _), Types: •••-• Activated Carbon _ -Specialty Media Volume"10005: 34 cu. ft 2000S: 67 cu. ft. » Wei ht*: g i IOOOS: 1000 lbs 2000 lbs ( Media dependent) 20005 2000 lbs 4000 lbs _e. MISCELLAIVEOUSDATA Inlet: . 4 FNPT �» � a , ;» Outler S 4" FNPT � . LL �» 'InteriorN ------- ••• Double -layered epoxy coating Coating: Internals •--•t PVC inlet diffuser » Media Top manway )neoprene gasket) Access. PRESSUREDROPDATA a- 25 O IY p ^ 20 W 15 U7 10 U) W 5 ry 0- EEMAIRA 100 200 300 400 500 600 FLOW (CFM) &NOTES: 1. In the presence of activated carbon, some contaminants may oxidize, polymerize or otherwise react resulting in the release of heat and become a potential fire hazard. Extreme care should be taken in the design and operation of such applications. 2. Wet activated carbon preferentially removes oxygen from air. In closed or partially closed containers and vessels, oxygen depletion may reach hazardous levels. If workers are to enter a vessel containing carbon, appropriate procedures for potentially low oxygen spaces must be followed, including all federal and state requirements. 3020 Old Ranch Parkway 9 Suite 220 • Seal Beach, CA • 562-430-6262 MSDS - ACTIVATED CARBON MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET DATE OF ISSUE: June 6, 2005 SECTION I- GENERAL INFORMATION MANUFACTURER NAME: Baker Filtration 310.303.3700 4306 West 190'h Street, Torrance, CA 90504 CHEMICAL NAMES & SYNONYMS: Activated Carbon, Activated Coconut, Activated Charcoal, Char TRADE NAMES & SYNONYMS: Activated Carbon CHEMICAL FAMILY: Amorphous Carbon, Activated Coconut FORMULA: Carbon atom in a crystallite structure has an infinite molecular weight, Anthracite Coal, Sub -Bituminous Coal, Bituminous Coal CAS NO. 7440-440 SECTION II- HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS CHEMICAL NAME (Ingredients) [% TLV (Units)]: No Hazardous Ingredients HAZARDOUS MIXTURES OF OTHER LIQUIDS, SOLIDS, OR GASSES [% TLV (Units)]: LIQUIDS Activated Carbons that have adsorbed other carbon or non -carbon liquids or gasses may lower or raise the ignition point and must be laboratory checked for ignition point when expended. SECTION III- PHYSICAL DATA BOILING POINT (DEG F): 4200 SPECIFIC GRAVITY (H20-1):1.8-2.1 VAPOR PRESSURE (MM HG) N/A PERCENT VOLATILE BY VOLUME: none VAPOR DENSITY (AIR=1): N/A EVAPORATION RATE: none SOLUBILITY IN WATER: insoluble IGNITION TEMPERATURE: 600 deg C APPEARANCE & ODOR: Odorless, black granular solid SECTION IV- FIRE HAZARD & EXPLOSIVE DATA FLASH POINT (method used): none FLAMMABLE LIMITS: Lower Explosive Limit: N/A Upper Explosive Limit: N/A EXTINGUISHED MEDIA: Use media for class A fires: Foam, multipurpose dry chemical and water type extinguishers. SPECIAL FIRE FIGHTING PROCEDURES: none UNUSUAL FIRE & EXPLOSION HAZARDS: Provide for the handling of dry flowing solids in grounded equipment to prevent build up of static electric charge especially when explosive dust or vapor mixtures may exist in confined areas. Also provide for pressure relief devices following the principles set forth in the National Fire Protection Association Explosion Preventing Guide NFPS68-1854. SECTION V- HEALTH HAZARD DATA THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUE: Avoid exposure to dust levels 15 mg per cubic meter. (Federal), 10 mg per cubic meter (California State). EFFECTS OF OVEREXPOSURE: Temporary dryness to mucous membrane causing coughing and minor nose and throat irritation. EMERGENCY AND FIRST AID PROCEDURES: Wash mouth with water -no other treatment required. Use protective respiratory equipment to avoid inhaling carbon dust. SECTION VI- REACTIVITY DATA STABILITY: UNSTABLE--> STABLE—> X CONDITIONS TO AVOID: Activated Carbon is chemically inert INCOMPATABILITY (Materials to avoid): none HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS: none HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION: MAY OCCUR—> WILL NOT OCCUR ->X SECTION VII- SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURES STEPS TO BE TAKEN IN CASE MATERIAL IS RELEASED OR SPILLED: Spills can create nuisance dust and house keeping problems. Vacuuming is best clean up procedure. WASTE DISPOSAL METHOD: Wet or dry activated carbon is best disposed of by landfill. SECTION VIII -PROTECTION INFORMATION RESPIRATORY PROTECTION (Specify Type): Respiratory classifications table G-2 part 1910.93 (OESHA) Rules & Regulations. VENTILATION: LOCAL EXHAUST: Vacuum to control dust PROTECTIVE GLOVES: None required EYE PROTECTION: For airborne dust OTHER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT: Protective clothing should be worn during handling to protect against airborne dust. SECTION IX- SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN IN HANDLING AND STORING: Packaged activated carbon is not resistant to weather or outside storage and requires indoor Type I and Type II storage facilities. OTHER PRECAUTIONS: Check oxygen content of atmosphere of any vessel containing activated carbon before allowing entry of personnel. SECTION X- TRANSPORTATION DATA PROPER SHIPPING (Article) NAME: Steam Activated Carbon, Non -Regulated OR Carbon, Activated, Non -Regulated DOT CLASSIFICATION: NMFC 40560 / DOT MARKING: N/A / DOT PLACARD: N/A EMERGENCY ACCIDENT PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES: Contact: Baker Filtration Phone: 310.303.3700 PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN IN TRANSPORTATION: N/A The information contained herein is based on data considered accurate in light of current formulation. However, no warranty is expressed or implied regarding the accuracy of this data or the results to be obtained from the use thereof. _ - Baker Filtration Corporate Offices 4306 W. 19e Street, Torrance, California 90504 Phone: 310.303.3700 ♦ Fax: 310.406.3001 MSDS - SULFATREAT i A Division of RUN TMKS 4306 West 190th Street, Torrance, CA 90504 Activated Carbon and Specialty Media Tel: 310.303-3700 ♦ Fax: 310.406-3001 Pollution Control Systems and Filtration Equipment Rental MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET I. PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION TRADE NAME: SulfaTreat® 410 HMIS Hazard Ratings H: 0 MANUFACTURER'S NAME & ADDRESS: F: 0 The SulfaTreat Company R: 0 17998 Chesterfield Airport Rd. Suite 215 P: Chesterfield, MO. 63005 EMERGENCY PHONE: 1-800-726-7687 or 1-314-532-2189 FAX: 1-314-532-2764 VI. HEALTH HAZARD INFORMATION SYMPTOMS OF OVEREXPOSURE (for each potential route of exposure) Inhalation: Overexposure to dust may irritate the nasal passage, Eyes: May cause eye irritation similar to dust. Skin: Contact with skin has no effect. Absorbed through skin: None Swallowed: No significant effect under normal exposure. Significant ingestion may require purging. HEALTH EFFECTS OR RISKS FROM EXPOSURE: Acute: No acute effects to health are known. Not toxic. LD50 greater than 3990 mg/kg (Highest practical test level). Chronic: No chronic effects to health known. II. HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS Chemical Names CAS Numbers % Exposure Limits in Air (Units) None N/A, Proprietary N/A N/A III. CHEMICAL & PHYSICAL PROPERTIES Vapor Density (Air = 1) N/A Melting Point or Range °F N/A Specific Gravity 1.1 Boiling Point or Range °F N/A Solubility in Water Nil Evaporation Rate (BuAcetate=l) N/A Vapor Pressure, mmHg @20 °C 0 VOC (EPA Method 24) 0 pH N/A Appearance & Odor Black, Granular, Odorless Solid IV. SHIPPING REGULATIONS DOT Proper Shipping Name: N/A DOT Hazard Class: N/A DOT I.D. Number: N/A DOT Hazardous Substance: N/A V. FLAMMABILITY & EXPLOSIVE PROPERTIES Flash Point °F: N/A Auto Ignition Temperature °F: N/A Flammability limits in Air, Volume %: LEL (Lower): N/A UEL (Upper): N/A Fire Extinguishing Materials: N/A Special Fire fighting Procedures: None Unusual Fire & Explosion Hazards:None Hazardous Products formed by Fire: None VI. HEALTH HAZARD INFORMATION SYMPTOMS OF OVEREXPOSURE (for each potential route of exposure) Inhalation: Overexposure to dust may irritate the nasal passage, Eyes: May cause eye irritation similar to dust. Skin: Contact with skin has no effect. Absorbed through skin: None Swallowed: No significant effect under normal exposure. Significant ingestion may require purging. HEALTH EFFECTS OR RISKS FROM EXPOSURE: Acute: No acute effects to health are known. Not toxic. LD50 greater than 3990 mg/kg (Highest practical test level). Chronic: No chronic effects to health known. FIRST AID: EMERGENCY PROCEDURES Eye Contact: Flush with water Skin Contact: Wash with soap and water Ingestion: Purge if necessary Inhalation: Remove to fresh air J SUSPECTED CANCER AGENT: NO - The product ingredients are not found in the following lists: ACGIH, NIOSH, OSHA, NTP or IARC. MEDICAL CONDITIONS AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE: None Known. VII. REACTIVITY DATA Stability: Stable: X Unstable: Conditions to Avoid: N/A Incompatibility (Materials to avoid): Strong oxidizers Hazardous decomposition products (Including combustion products): Irritating gases Hazardous polymerization: Will not occur. VIII. SPILL LEAK & DISPOSAL PROCEDURES Spill Response Procedures (include employee protection measures): No special procedures required. Preparing Waste for Disposal (container types, neutralization, etc.) No special procedures required. Recommended Methods of Disposal: Dispose of all wastes in accordance with Federal, State & Local regulations. Not listed as a material banned from land disposal according to RCRA. IX. SPECIAL HANDLING INFORMATION Ventilation & Engineering Controls: No Special Requirements. Respiratory Protection (type): NIOSH/MSHA approved dust mask (TC -21C-132). Eye Protection: None required. Gloves (specify material): None required. Other Clothing & Equipment: No special requirements. Work Practices, Hygienic Practices: No special requirements, avoid excessive dust inhalation. i Other Handling & Storage Requirements: No special requirements. Protective measures during maintenance of contaminated equipment: N/A X. REGULATORY INFORMATION US EPA - TSCA Chemicals in this product are listed on the TSCA inventory. Chemicals in this product are not on the Health & Safety Reporting List, are not under a Chemical Test Rule or listed in TSCA Section 12b, or have SNRU under TSCA. USA EPA- SARA This product has no RQ or TPQ under Section 302 and are not reportable under Section 313. US EPA - Clean Air Act This product does not contain any hazardous air pollutants or Class 1 and Class 2 Ozone depletors. US EPA - Clean Water Act None of the chemicals in this product are listed as Hazardous Substances, Priority Pollutants or Toxic Pollutants under the CWA. Canada This product is not listed on Canada's Ingredient Disclosure List. X. PREPARATION INFORMATION Revision Date: November 25, 1998 j9 f' Baker Filtration Corporate Offices 4306 W. 190'h Street, Torrance, California 90504 Phone: 310.303.3 700 ♦ Fax: 310.406.3001 DAOSTATION DXI000/DX1000N Daqstation DX1000/DX1000N nrlAr7+i&ftr. f' -",m mnoA.. IM 04L41 B01 -02E 1 Foreword ................... SafetyPrecautions.................................................................................................................................................................3 HandlingPrecautions of the DX.............................................................................................................................................4 Handling Precautions of the External Storage Medium (CF Card).........................................................................................4 Checkingthe Contents of the Package.................................................................................................................................. 5 ConventionsUsed in This Manual.......................................................................................................................................... 6 Openingthe Electronic Manuals............................................................................................................................................. 6 DX's Version and Functions Described in This Manual..........................................................................................................6 Introductionto Functions.................................................................................................................................... 7 MeasuredItems......................................................................................................................................................................7 DataStorage Function............................................................................................................................................................ 7 DisplayFunction.....................................................................................................................................................................7 OtherFunctions......................................................................................................................................................................7 DAQSTANDARD.............................:......................................................................................................................................7 DXSystem Configuration.......................................................................................................................................................8 Terminology............................................................................................................................................................................8 Namesof Parts..................................................................................................................................................... 9 DX1000/DX1000N Workflow.............................................................................................................................. 11 Turning the Power OWOFF (DX1002, DX1004, DX1006, and DX1012 Only) ................................................. 12 Turningthe Power ON..........................................................................................................................................................12 Turningthe Power OFF........................................................................................................................................................12 BasicOperation.................................................................................................................................................. 13 PanelKeys and Display........................................................................................................................................................13 RunModes...........................................................................................................................................................................15 EnteringValues and Characters...........................................................................................................................................16 Changingthe DateTme.......................................................................................................................................................17 Operation Example in the Setting Mode: Changing the Input Range...................................................................................18 Operation Example in the Basic Setting Mode: Changing the Scan Interval........................................................................20 Inserting/Removing a CF Card............................................................................................................................................. 22 Savingthe Setup Data..........................................................................................................................................................24 Loadingthe Setup Data........................................................................................................................................................25 Settingthe Input Range and Alarm.................................................................................................................. 26 Setup Example 1: Temperature Measurement Channel.......................................................................................................26 Setup Example 2: Flow Rate Measurement Channel and Alarm.........................................................................................27 Settingthe Display............................................................................................................................................. 28 Setup Example 3: Assigning Channels to Groups................................................................................................................28 Setup Example 4: Setting the Time Scale............................................................................................................................29 Settingthe Data Storage................................................................................................................................... 30 Setup Example 5: Continuously Record Measured Data and Automatically Save...............................................................30 Setup Example 6: Saving Measured Data at the Specified Time.........................................................................................32 Customizingthe Operation............................................................................................................................... 33 Setup Example 7: Assigning the Screen Image Data Storage Function to the USER Key..................................................33 Setup Example 8: Registering Frequently Used Screens to the Favorite Key.....................................................................34 Operation............................................................................................................................................................ 36 Startingthe Memory Sample..............................................................................................................................:.................36 Stoppingthe Memory Sample..............................................................................................................................................36 Switching the Trend Display, Digital Display, and Bar Graph Display...................................................................................37 Writingthe Message "START.. ..............................................................................................................................................38 Connectingto an Ethernet Network................................................................................................................. 40 Setup Example 9: Monitoring the DX on a PC Browser....................................................................................................... 40 -- Setup Example 10: Automatically Transferring the Measured Data File to an FTP Server..................................................43 UsingDAOSTANDARD...................................................................................................................................... 45 Displaying the Measured Data on DAQSTANDARD............................................................................................................45 IM 04L41 B01 -02E 1 Contents Installationand Wiring....................................................................................................................................... 46 InstallationLocation..............................................................................................................................................................46 InstallationProcedure...........................................................................................................................................................47 AInput Signal Wiring...............................................................................................................................................................49 DOptional Terminal Wiring...:...................................................................................................................................................52 Alarm Output Terminal, FAIL Output Terminal, and Status Output Terminal (/A1, /A2, /A3, and /F1).................................................................................................................................. ............................... 55 Remote Control Input Terminal(/R1)..............................................................................................................................55 PulseInput Terminal (/PM1)...........................................................................................................................................55 24 VDC Transmitter Power Supply Output Terminal (/TPS2 and /TPS4).......................................................................55 Connecting to the RS -232 Connector (/C2)................................................................................................................... 55 Connecting to the RS -422A/485 (/C3)............................................................................................................................ 56 Connecting to the USB Port (/USB1).............................................................................................................................56 AConnecting to the Ethernet Port ...........................................................................................................................................56 PowerSupply Wiring............................................................................................................................................................57 Recommended Replacement Periods for Worn Parts.................................................................................... 59 SetupItems and Default Values........................................................................................................................ 60 Setup Items in Setting Mode and Their Default Values........................................................................................................ 61 Setup Items in Basic Setting Mode and Their Default Values.............................................................................................. 69 Daqstation DX1000/DX1000N User's Manual (Electronic Manual Provided on the Accompanying CD) Chapter 1 Overview of Functions Chapter 2 Common Operations Chapter 3 Measurement Channels and Alarms Chapter 4 Switching Operation Screens Chapter 5 Operations for Changing the Displayed Contents Chapter 6 Saving and Loading Data Chapter 7 Customizing the Action (Event Action) Chapter 8 Using the Security Function Chapter 9 Computation and Report Functions (/M1 Option) Chapter 10 Troubleshooting Chapter 11 Maintenance Chapter 12 Specifications Daqstation DX1000/DX1000N/DX2000 Communication Interface User's Manual (Electronic Manual Provided on the Accompanying CD) Chapter 1 Using the Ethernet Interface Chapter 2 Using the Serial Interface Chapter 3 Commands Chapter 4 Responses Chapter 5 Status Reports Chapter 6 Specifications 2 IM 04L41B01-02E Foreword -, Thank you for purchasing the Daqstation DX1000/DX1000N (DX). This manual describes the basic functions and operating procedures of the DX1000/DX1000N. To ensure correct use, please read this manual thoroughly before operation. The following four manuals are provided as DX1000/DX1000N manuals. Paper Manual Manual Title Manual No. DX1000/DX1000N Operation Guide IM 041 -41B01 -02E This manual. It is also provided in the CD. Electronic Manuals Provided on the Accompanying CD Manual Title Manual No. DX1000/DX1000N Operation Guide IM 041-41 B01 -0 2E This is the electronic version of the paper manual. DX1000/DX1000N User's Manual IM 041-41601-01E Describes how to use the convenient functions of the DX1000. Communication function is excluded. DX1000/DX1000N/DX2000 IM 04L41B01-17E Communication Interface User's Manual Describes how to use the communication functions using the Ethernet and serial interfaces. DAQSTANDARD User's Manual IM 041 -41B01 -61E Describes how to use the accompanying software program, DAQSTANDARD, Notes The contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice as a result of continuing improvements to the instrument's performance and functions. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this manual to ensure the accuracy of its contents. However, should you have any questions or find any errors, please contact your nearest YOKOGAWA dealer. Copying or reproducing all or any part of the contents of this manual without YOKOGAWA's permission is strictly prohibited. The TCP/IP software of this product and the document concerning the TCP/IP software have been developed/created by YOKOGAWA based on the BSD Networking Software, Release 1 that has been licensed from the Regents of the University of California. Trademarks All the brands or names of Yokogawa Electric's products used in this manual are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Yokogawa Electric Corporation. Microsoft, MS-DOS, Windows, Windows NT, and Windows XP are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. Adobe, Acrobat, and PostScript are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated (Adobe Systems). CompactFlash and CF are trademarks of SanDisk Corporation. For purposes of this manual, the TM and ® symbols do not accompany their respective trademark names or registered trademark names. Company and product names that appear in this manual are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders. Revisions r ' 1st Edition: December 2005 2nd Edition: October 2006 2nd Edition: October 2006 (YKQ All Right Reserved, Copyright © 2005, Yokogawa Electric Corporation IM 041.41B01 -02E Safety Precautions The DX conforms to IEC safety class I (provided with terminal for protective grounding), Installation Category II, and. EN61326-1 (EMC standard), class A (use in a commercial, industrial, or business environment). The DX is a measurement category II (CAT II) instrument. ` Measurement category II (CAT II) Applies to measuring circuits connected to low voltage installation, and electrical instruments supplied with power from fixed equipment such as electric switchboards. The general safety precautions described here must be observed during all phases of operation. If the DX is used in a manner not described in this manual, the protection provided by the DX may be impaired. Yokogawa Electric Corporation assumes no liability for the customer's failure to comply with these requirements. Use the DX as a measurement category II (CAT II) instrument. The DX is designed for indoor use. About This Manual Please pass this manual to the end user. We also ask you to store this manual in a safe place. Read this manual thoroughly and have a clear understanding of the product before operation. This manual explains the functions of the product. It does not guarantee that the product will suit aparticular purpose of the user. Precautions Related to the Protection, Safety, and Alteration of the Product The following safety symbols are used on the product and in this manual. Q"Handle with care:' To avoid injury and damage to the instrument, the operator must refer to the ^^' explanation in the manual. G) Protective ground terminal � Functional ground terminal (do not use this terminal as a protective ground terminal.) For the protection and safe use of the product and the system in which this product is incorporated, be sure to follow the instructions and precautions on safety that are stated in this manual whenever you handle the product. Take special note that if you handle the product in a manner that violates these instructions, the protection functionality of the product maybe damaged or impaired. In such cases, YOKOGAWA does not guarantee the quality, performance, function, and safety of product. When installing protection and/or safety circuits such as lightning protection devices and equipment for the product and control system or designing or installing separate protection and/or safety circuits for fool -proof design and fail-safe design of the processes and lines that use the product and the control system, the user should implement these using additional devices and equipment. If you are replacing parts or consumable items of the product, make sure to use parts specified by YOKOGAWA. This product is not designed or manufactured to be used in critical applications that directly affect or threaten human lives. Such applications include nuclear power equipment, devices using radioactivity, railway facilities, aviation equipment, air navigation facilities; aviation facilities, and medical equipment. If so used, it is the user's responsibility to include in the system additional equipment and devices that ensure personnel safety. Do not modify this product. Alternating current Direct current ION (power) OOFF (power) For the protection and safe use of the product and the system in which this product is incorporated, be sure to follow the instructions and precautions on safety that are stated in this manual whenever you handle the product. Take special note that if you handle the product in a manner that violates these instructions, the protection functionality of the product maybe damaged or impaired. In such cases, YOKOGAWA does not guarantee the quality, performance, function, and safety of product. When installing protection and/or safety circuits such as lightning protection devices and equipment for the product and control system or designing or installing separate protection and/or safety circuits for fool -proof design and fail-safe design of the processes and lines that use the product and the control system, the user should implement these using additional devices and equipment. If you are replacing parts or consumable items of the product, make sure to use parts specified by YOKOGAWA. This product is not designed or manufactured to be used in critical applications that directly affect or threaten human lives. Such applications include nuclear power equipment, devices using radioactivity, railway facilities, aviation equipment, air navigation facilities; aviation facilities, and medical equipment. If so used, it is the user's responsibility to include in the system additional equipment and devices that ensure personnel safety. Do not modify this product. Use the Correct Power Supply Ensure that the source voltage matches the voltage of the power supply before turning ON the power. In the case of a desktop type, ensure that it is within the maximum rated voltage range of the provided power cord before connecting the power cord. Use the Correct Power Cord and Plug (Desktop Type) To prevent electric shock or fire, be sure to use the power cord supplied by YOKOGAWA. The main power plug must be plugged into an outlet with a protective earth terminal. Do not disable this protection by using an extension cord without protective earth grounding. Connect the Protective Grounding Terminal Make sure to connect the protective grounding to prevent electric shock before turning ON the power. The power cord that comes with the desktop type is a three- prong type power cord. Connect the power cord to a properly grounded three-prong outlet. Do Not Impair the Protective Grounding Never cut off the internal or external protective grounding wire or disconnect the wiring of the protective grounding terminal. Doing so invalidates the protective functions of the instrument and poses a potential shock hazard. • Do Not Operate with Defective Protective Grounding Do not operate the instrument if the protective grounding might be defective. Also, make sure to check them before operation. • Do Not Operate in an Explosive Atmosphere Do not operate the instrument in the presence of flammable liquids or vapors. Operation in such an environment constitutes a safety hazard. Prolonged use in a highly dense corrosive gas (HzS, SOx, etc.) will cause a malfunction. • Do Not Remove Covers The cover should be removed by YOKOGAWA's qualified personnel only. Opening the cover is dangerous, because some areas inside the instrument have high voltages. Ground the Instrument before Making External Connections Connect the protective grounding before connecting to the item under measurement or control unit. • Damage to the Protection Operating the instrument in a manner not described in this manual may damage the instrument's protection. Exemption from Responsibility YOKOGAWA makes no warranties regarding the product except those stated in the WARRANTY that is provided separately. YOKOGAWA assumes no liability to any party for any loss or damage, direct or indirect, caused by the user or any unpredictable defect of the product. Handling Precautions of the Software YOKOGAWA makes no warranties regarding the software accompanying this product except those stated in the WARRANTY that is provided separately. Use the software on a single PC. You must purchase another copy of the software, if you are to use the software on another PC. Copying the software for any purposes other than backup is strictly prohibited. Please store the original media containing the software in a safe Handling Precautions of the DX Use care when cleaning the DX, especially any plastic parts. When cleaning, wipe using a dry soft cloth. Do not use chemicals such as benzene or thinner, since these may cause discoloring and deformation. Keep electrically charged objects away from the signal terminals. If you do, the DX may malfunction. Do not apply volatile chemicals to the display, panel keys, etc. Do not allow rubber and vinyl products to remain in contact with the DX for long periods of time. If you do, the DX may malfunction. When not in use, make sure to turn OFF the power switch. If there are any symptoms of trouble such as strange odors or smoke coming from the DX, immediately turn OFF the power switch and the power supply source. Then, contact your nearest YOKOGAWA dealer. Handling Precautions of the External Storage Medium (CF Card) • Use caution in the handling of the external storage medium as it is a delicate product. Write operation to storage media may fail under high- temperature or low-temperature environments. If you are using the DX in a low-temperature environment (around 10 °C or less), use the DX after the warm-up time (at least 30 minutes) has elapsed. If you are using the DX under a high-temperature environment (around 40 °C or more), it is recommended that the external storage medium be inserted into the drive when saving the data and be removed after the data storage operation is finished. Remove the storage medium from the drive when turning the . DX ON/OFF. • Touching the compact flash section when static electricity is built up on the human body can lead to erroneous operation. • For the general handling precautions of the external storage medium, see the instruction manual that came with the external storage medium. CAUTION Do not eject the external storage medium while the access indicator is illuminated. This can damage the data. • Do not access the storage medium in a place with vibrations or shock. The storage medium or drive may malfunction. place. Reverse engineering, such as decompiling of the software, is strictly prohibited. No portion of the software supplied by YOKOGAWA may be transferred, exchanged, or sublet or leased for use by any third party without prior permission by YOKOGAWA. 4 IM 04L41 B01 -02E Checking the Contents of the Package Unpack the box and check the contents before operating the instrument. If some of the contents are not correct or missing or if there is physical damage, contact the dealer from which you purchased them. DX A name plate is located on the top panel of the DX (side panel on models with the /H5[ ] option). Check that the model name and suffix code given on the name plate on the rear panel match those on your order. name plate 0 • NO. (Instrument Number) When contacting the dealer from which you purchased the instrument, please give them the instrument number. MODEL and SUFFIX Code Model code Suffix code OCtreral - Description 1 Terminal screws E9655FX 5 DX1002 2 Mounting brackets Dacistation DX1000 2ch, 125ms (25m6*12) DX1004 For panel mounting Daclstation DX1000 4ch, 125ms (25ms 12) DX1006 Dactstation DX1000 6ch, 1s(125ms*12) DX1012 Dagstation DX100012ch,1s (125ms'12) DX7002N'11 3 Door lock key Dacistation DX1000N 2ch, 125ms (25ms 12) DX1004N*11 - Dacistation DX1000N 4ch,125ms (25ms 12) DX1006N'11 1 Dacistation DX1000N 6ch, 1s (125ms 12) DX1012N*11 Daclstation DX1000N 12th, 1s (125ms 12) Intemal memory -1 Standard Memory -2 displaying data. Large Memory Bftmalstorage medium -4 A4 size CF card (with medium) Language -2 English/German/French, deg F, and DST (this manual) (English version of DADSTANDARD Included) Options /A1 Alarm out ut 2 ooints'1 1 /A2 Alarm output 4 oints'1 /A3 Alarm output 6 oints'1.2 DX2000 /C2 RS -232 interface'a manual. /C3 RS-422AI485 interface 3 1 /F1 FAIL/Status oUtpUe2 /1-12 Clamped input terminal detachable 8 Power cord 1H5[I 1 Desktop `4 - /M7 Mathmatical functions Mt Cu10, Cu25 RTD input/3 leg isolated RTD /N2 3 leg isolated RTD'6 M3 Extended input type PR40-20, JPt50, etc. voltage: 125 V /P1 24 VDC/AC power su ly`4 1 IRI Remote control /TPS2 24VDCtransmitter powersupply (2 loo s'6 /TPS4 24VDCtransmitter powersupply 4loo s'7 option. Maximum rated /KB1 Easy text en with input terminal 'e'9. /KB2 Easy text en without input terminal '6 A1024WD /USBt USB interface /PM1 Pulse input(tricluding remote control and rraThireficalfunctions*1a models with the /H5R /CCt Calibration correction function `1 /A7,/A2,/A3 cannot be specified together. '2 /A3 and /F1 cannot be specified together. '3 /C2 and /C3 cannot be specified together. '4 /HS[ ] can be specified for only DX1002, DX1004, DX1006, and DX1012. D: Power cord UL, CSA std F: Power cord VDE std R: Power cord AS std J: Power cord BS std H: Power cord GB std Null (/H5): Only for /P1 model (without power cord) '5 /N2 can be specified for only DX1006, DX1006N, DX1012, and DX1012N. '6 In case that /TPS2 is specified, rTPS4, /A2, /A3, or /F1 cannot be specified together. '7 In case that /TPS4 is specified, /TPS2, /Al, /A2, /A3, or /F1 cannot be specified together. '8 /KB1 and /KB2 cannot be specified together. '9 In case that /KB7 is specified, remote input terminal (438227) is included. '10 In case that /PM1 is specified, /A3, /M1, /R1, rrPS2, or rrPS4 cannot be specified. And combination of /A2, /F1 cannot be specified together. '11 DX1002N, DX1004N, DX1006N, and DX1012N are Pull Out Models. '12 Values in parentheses are for the fast sampling mode. IM 04L41B01-02E Standard Accessories The standard accessories below are supplied with the instrument. Check that all contents are present and undamaged. 1 2 3 4 < > <1 > O � 5 6 7 0`� 00`�eo 01�:, 40\ Of \ /H5D /H5F /H5R /H5J /H5H 8. One of these power cord types is supplied according to the instrument's suffix code oma DOS® as o 9 No.Name Number/Model Qty. Notes 1 Terminal screws E9655FX 5 spares M4 2 Mounting brackets B9900BX 2 For panel mounting Except for the /H5[ ] models. 3 Door lock key B8706FX 2 - 4 DAQSTANDARD DXA120 1 CD. Software for for DXAdvanced setting the DX and displaying data. 5 DX1000/DX1000N IM 04L41 B01 -02E 1 A4 size Operation Guide (this manual) 6 Manuals for the B8706ZZ 1 CD. Contains the PDF DX1000/DX1000N/ file of the user's DX2000 manual. 7 CF card B9968NM 1 32 MB (The size and model may change.) 8 Power cord A1006WD 1 Supplied only for models with the /1-15D option. Maximum rated voltage: 125 V A1009WD 1 Supplied only for models with the /H5F option. Maximum rated voltage: 250 V A1024WD 1 Supplied only for models with the /H5R option. Maximum rated voltage: 250 V 5 No.Name Number/Model Qty. Notes A1054WD 1 Supplied only for models with the /H5J option. Maximum rated voltage: 250 V A1064WD 1 Supplied only for models with the /H5H option. Maximum rated voltage: 250 V 9 Remote control 438227 1 Remote controller. terminal Supplied only for models with the /K131 option. With two AA alkaline batteries and labels for the remote control terminal. Optional Accessories (Sold Separately) The following optional accessories are available for purchase separately. If you make an order, make sure that all contents are present and undamaged. For information about ordering accessories, contact the dealer from which you purchased the DX No.Name Model Minimum Notes German, French, and Chinese can be selected as display language. Q'ty 1 CF card 772091 1 128 MB Operations to request and release network information are added. 772092 1 256 MB Modbus client: Connection timeout value is changed. 772093 1 512 MB A data output format (Skip or OFF channel data not output) is added. 772094 1 1 G B 2 CF card adapter 772090 1 — 3 Shunt resistor 415920 1 250 Q t 0.1% (for screw input terminal) 415921 1 100 Q t 0.1% 415922 1 10 Q t 0.1% 4 Shunt resistor 438920 1 250 52 t 0.1% (for clamped input terminal) 438921 1 100 52 t 0.1% 438922 1 10 52 t 0.1% 5 Mounting brackets B9900BX 2 — 6 Door lock key B8706FX 1 — 7 Remote control terminal 438227 1 Remote controller. Conventions Used in This Manual This manual covers information regarding DX1000/DX1000Ns that have a suffix code for language "-2" (English). For details on how to set the language, see section 2.6, "Changing the Language" in the DX10001DX1000N User's Manual (IM 04L41B01-01E). Unit K: Denotes 1024. Example: 768 KB (file size) k: Denotes 1000. The following markings are used in this manual. A• Improper handling or use can lead to injury to the user or damage to the instrument. This symbol appears on the instrument to indicate that the user must refer to the user's manual for special instructions. The same symbol appears in the corresponding place in the user's manual to identify those instructions. In the manual, the symbol is used in conjunction with the word "WARNING" or "CAUTION." Calls attention to actions or conditions that could cause serious or fatal injury to the user, and precautions that can be taken to prevent such occurrences. CAUTION Calls attentions to actions or conditions that could cause light injury to the user or damage to the instrument or user's data, and precautions that can be taken to prevent such occurrences. Note Calls attention to information that is important for proper operation of the instrument. Indicates after this mark reference to related procedure or explanation. Bold characters Indicates character strings that appear on the screen and the operation keys. Opening the Electronic Manuals The accompanying CD contains PDF files of the manuals. When you load the CD into the CD-ROM drive on your PC, a startup screen appears. Click the manual title to open the respective manual. If the startup screen does not appear, double-click DX manual in My Computer, and open the manuals in the English directory. DX's Version and Functions Described in This Manual The contents of this manual corresponds to the DX with version 1.22. Version Addition and change to functions 1.11 German, French, and Chinese can be selected as display language. Modbus client: 10 s, 20 s, and 30 s have been added to the choices for the connection retry interval. 24 VDC/AC power supply (/Pi option) have been added. 1.21 Tab key on the USB keyboard corresponds to arrow keys. Operations to request and release network information are added. Modbus client: Function to connect a server with a unit number is changed. Modbus client: Connection timeout value is changed. Modbus registers (floating point type for communication input data) are added. A data output format (Skip or OFF channel data not output) is added. Error messages 105, 221, and 222 are added. Error messages 215, 218, 536 and 536 are changed. 6 IM 04L41 B01 -02E Measured Items You can connect DC voltage, thermocouple, RTD, and ON/OFF input and measure various values such as temperature and flow rate. The DX samples the input signals at the scan interval to obtain the measured values. The fastest scan interval is 25 ms on the DX1002, DX1002N, DX1004, and DX1004N and 125 ms on the DX1006, DX1006N, DX1012, and DX1012N. Up to four alarm conditions can be set for each measurement channel. Data Storage Function Display Function Other Functions There are two methods of recording measured data. One is to record the measured data continuously, and the other is to record only when certain events occur such as alarms. The measured data is recorded to the internal memory at.a specified interval. The data in the internal memory can be stored to a CF card automatically or manually. By connecting to a network via the Ethernet interface, the measured data can also be automatically transferred to an FTP server on a network. Automatic data transfer to an FTP server Ethernet DX I� FTP server Internal memory CF card Measurement input Measured data can be displayed as trends, numeric values, and bar graphs for each group. In addition, the overview display can be used to display and monitor all channels Bar graph display Overview display Computation Function (option) Various types of computation can be performed by assigning equations to computation channels. FAlUstatus output function (option) Outputs an alarm when the DX fails. The function also monitors the DX status such as the remaining amount of internal memory and outputs alarms. Remote control function (option) A specified action is executed when a remote input signal is applied to the terminal on the rear panel. Security function Enables only registered users can operate the DX. The function can also be used to prohibit key operation. Communication function The Ethernet interface can be used to monitor the DX using a Web browser and transmit e-mail when an event occurs such as an alarm. In addition, data of devices on the network can be loaded and displayed using the Modbus protocol. DAQSTANDARD P The accompanying software program, DAQSTANDARD, can be used to display the measured data, convert the measured data format, and create DX setup data. IM 041-41 B01 -02E 7 Introduction to Fu DX System Configuration The DX can be used to configure a system as shown below. Referenced sections are of the DX10001DX1000N User's Manual. Referenced pages are of this manual. Terminology * : Option • Memory sample The operation of recording measured data. • Memory start The operation of starting the memory sample. • Memory stop The operation of stopping the memory sample. • Display data The waveform data shown on the DX display. The data recorded at the sampling interval for the displayed data. • Event data Measured data recorded at a sampling interval separate from that of the display data. 8 -_ IM 04L41 B01 -02E Front View Key panel opened Power indicator v- C�> O C��®� C®�t�� Co�1►d� 11 , IIT Power indicator Illuminates in red when the power is turned ON. Illuminates in green when recording to the memory. Remote control sensor (/K131 and /KB2 options) Receives infrared light from the Key panel cover remote control terminal. Open the cover by pinching the Label (front of the key panel cover) left tab and pulling forward. Write arbitrary labels for your convenience. USB port A USB por 1.1. Power swi Not availab DX1004N, DX1012N. Front cover opened — LCD Display various operation displays such as the trend display as well as setup displays. — Front cover (key panel) Open the front cover by pulling the cover while holding down the tab at the center of the upper section of the cover. Door lock key (included) Insert the pin in the left hole to lock. Insert the pin in the right hole to unlock. IM 04L41 B01 -02E ,tT[I,11 trork When closing the front cover, press the front cover in until the tab at the center of the upper section of the cover is all the way up. If the front cover is not closed completely, the water and dust proof capability may be impaired. CF card slot CF card access indicator CF card eject button Used when ejecting the CF card. 9 Names of Parts Rear Panel USB port (/USB1 option) A USB port conforming to Rev. 1.1. Ethernet port A 1013ase-T port. Desktop Type (/H5[ ] Option) U -.- Serial interface port (/C3 option) A RS -422A/485 interface connector. Power supply terminal and protective earth terminal. Serial interface port (/C2 option) A RS -232 interface connector. Optional terminals (/A[ ], /F1, /R1, /TPS[ ],and /PM1 options) Connect optional input/output signal wires. Input terminals (screw terminals or clamped terminals (M2 option)) Connect input signal wires from the measured item. ctnonal ground sinal Power connector 10 IM 04L41 B01 -02E IM 04L41B01-02E When using the DX for the first time, carry out the following procedure. Install the DX. 01 Page 46 and subsequent pages Connect input/output wires to the terminals and connectors on the rear panel, and connect the power cord. ► Page 49 and subsequent pages Turn the power ON. (DX1002, DX1004, DX1006, and DX1012 Only) ® Page 12 Set the date/time, load the CF card, and so on. i► Page 17 and 22 Set measurement functions ® Page 18 and subsequent page, page 26 and subsequent pages Start the measurement. Perform operations such as switching the screen and writing messages. Save the measured data. 10- Page 36 and subsequent pages Check and manage the measured data. Use the accompanying software program, DAQSTANDARD, to display the measured data and convert the measured data to Excel, Lotus, and ASCII formats. Page 45 0,DAQSTANDARD User's manual (IM 04L4180i-61E) 11 12 Turning the Power ON CAUTION Before turning ON the power switch, check that • The power cord/wires are connected correctly to the DX. • The DX is connected to the correct power supply (see page 57). If the input wires are connected in parallel with other devices, do not turn ON/OFF the power switch of the DX or another device during operation. This can have adverse effects on the measured values. 1. Open the operation cover. 2. Turn ON the power switch. After performing a self -test for a few seconds, the operation screen appears. 3 Close the operation cover. i INCAUTION i • If nothing is displayed when the power switch is turned ON, turn OFF the power switch and check the points listed above one more time. After checking the points, turn ON the power switch again. If the DX still does not work, it is probably a malfunction. Contact your nearest YOKOGAWA dealer for repairs. • If an error message is displayed on the screen, take measures according to the i description in chapter 10, `Troubleshooting" in the DX10001DX1000N User's Manual • Turn ON the power switch, let the DX warm up for at least 30 minutes, and then start the measurements. Turning the Power OFF ANCAUTION Before turning OFF the power switch, check that the external storage medium is not being accessed. t. 1. Open the operation cover. 2 Turn OFF the power switch. 3. Close the operation cover. IM 04L41 B01 -02E Panel Keys and Display Keys IM 04L41 B01 -02E LCD Key panel n Soft keys Selects the menu that is displayed at the bottom of the screen k0m) 04 W®R WN (WO) ME START/STOP key Memory start/stop USER key Executes the assigned operation DISP/ENTER key and four arrow keys (up, down, left, and right) Switches the operation screen. Selects and enters setup items. DISP/ENTER key — Up arrow key Right arrow key Down arrow key ILeft arrow key 3 Favorite key ESC key Displays the operation screen (up to eight Cancels an screens) that are registered to the key operation MENU key Switches between the operation mode and setting mode FDNC key • Displays the soft key menu in operation mode • Hold down this key at least 3 s in the setting mode to switch from the setting mode to the basic setting mode 13 Basic Operation Display ri += Status display section o , 90 fT, 120 }w Shows the display name, date/time, data recording, alarm icon, etc. Data display section Shows the measured data and the functional setup Display on the Status Display Section The following information is displayed in the status display section. Alarm icon Displayed when any alarm is activated. Blinks when there are alarms that are (Red) occurring but have not been acknowledged. All alarms have been released after they have occurred, but there are alarms that (Green) have not been acknowledged. These icons are shown alternately on models with /M1 option. Keys are locked. ® E-mail transmission is enabled. The status assigned to the status output •:_ relay (/F1 option) is occurring. Computation icon (/M1 option) ± White icon: Computation started ' Yellow icon: Computation data dropout occurred name, and date and time are'' �— - CF card icon shown alternately, CF card is bei The green level display indicates the amount ____ —j_W1 Waiting. of CF card used. If the remaining amount falls Light blue icon: CF card in the slot is not the color changes to red. 9 to 10% or less of the CF card capacity, recognized. Remove and reset l CF card error. Ois 14 IM 04L41B01-02E End menu > DISP/ENTER key MENU key MENU key or ESC key DIS key Basic Operation M a:? a:.:. Basic „.: menu Hold down they><ttp,..,- FUNCkey for1€� 3 seconds IW � tMENU key DISP/ENTER or ESC key key The DX has three modes. ESC key Mode Description Operation mode A mode for performing measurements. Setting mode A mode in which input range, measurement method, and so on are configured. Settings can be changed when memory sample is in progress excluding some items. Basic setting mode A mode used to set basic items such as the scan interval and storage format of measured data. You cannot switch to this mode when memory sample is in progress. For further details on the setting mode and basic setting mode, see page 60. Carry out the steps given in the following pages. It will help you to understand the DX operation. IM 04L41 B01 -02E 15 Basic Operation Entering Values and Characters The character/number input window and DISP/ENTER key are used to set the date/time, set the display span of the input range, set the tag, set the message string, enter the password, etc. Character/number input window. DISP/ENTER key and four arrow keys (up, down, left, and right) Cursor Text box for entering the character string DISP/ Select the character (keypad) Input status of the A/a/1 soft key Input status of the Ins soft key When a window for entering a character string appears, enter it by performing the following key operation. • Left and right arrow soft keys: Moves the cursor in the text box to select the input position. • Keypad: Use the four arrow keys (up, down, left, and right) to move the cursor on the keypad to select the desired character. Ins: Switches between insert and overwrite. Del: Deletes the character at the cursor position in the text box. ENT: Enters the character string in the text box. • DISP/ENTER key: Enter the character that you selected with the keypad in the text box or execute Ins, Del, or ENT. • Bs soft key: Backspace. Deletes the character before the cursor. • A/a/1 soft key: Selects uppercase alphabet (A), lowercase alphabet (a), or value (1)• The character type that you can enter changes each time you press the A/a/1 soft key. The selected character type is displayed at the bottom section of the character/number input window. 16 IM 04L41601 -02E Basic Operation Changing the Date/Time In this example, we will change the date from the 1 st to the 6th. After carrying out this step, reset the time to the correct date/time. 1. Display the operation mode screen. 2 Press MENU once to display the setting menu. Select Date/Time 3 Press DISP/ENTER once to open the Time set window. 4. Change the date from 01 to 06. Select the input position: Press the right arrow soft key five times. Move the cursor in the text box. Select the value: Press the right arrow key six times. The cursor on the keypad moves to 6. Enter the value: Press DISP/ENTER once to enter 6. Move to enter the input: Press the down arrow key once. The cursor on the keypad moves to ENT. Enter the input: Press DISP/ENTER once. Cancel the setting: Press ESC before pressing DISP/ENTER (entering the input). Display the Time set window (Display after entering 6) $. Press ESC or MENU to return to the operation mode screen. Operation complete. } IM 04L41B01-02E 1 Basic Operation Operation Example in the Setting Mode: Changing the Input Range Set the input range of channel 2 to thermocouple type T and 0.0 to 400.0°C. DX Type T thermocouple Channel2 1. Display the operation mode screen. 2. Press MENU once to display the setting menu. 3 Press the down arrow key once to select Meas channel. 4. Press the right arrow key once. 5. Press DISP/ENTER once. Select the Range, Alarm Select First -CH 6 Press the 2 soft key once. The Last -CH is also set to 2. 7. Press the down arrow key once to move the cursor to Mode. 18 IM 04L41 B01 -02E Basic Operation 8 Press the TC soft key once. The cursor moves to Range, and the changed item is displayed in yellow. Select TC 9 Press the Next soft key. 10. Press the T soft key once. The cursor moves to Span—L. 11. Press the Input soft key once. play the Span_L setting window 12. Enter 0.0 in the Span Lower box. Select the digit: Press the right arrow soft key once. Move the cursor in the text box. Select the character: Press the down arrow key once. Press the right arrow key once. The cursor on the keypad moves to Space. Enter characters: Press DISP/ENTER three times. Move to enter the input: Press the down arrow key once. The cursor on the keypad moves to ENT. Enter the input: Press DISP/ENTER once. Span_L is set, and the cursor moves to Span—U. Cancel the setting: Press ESC before pressing DISP/ENTER (entering the input). 1$. Press DISP/ENTER once. The cursor moves to Span—U. 14. Enter 400.0 in the Span Upper box. See step 12 for the procedure. 1$. Press DISP/ENTER once. The changed items are entered, and the cursor returns to First -CH. The changed items change from yellow to white. 16. Press ESC or MENU to return to the operation mode screen. Operation complete. IM 04L41B01-02E 19 Basic O Operation Example in the Basic Setting Moder Changing the Scan Interval In this example, we will change the scan interval. Here, the scan interval on the DX1012 is changed to 2 s. The selectable scan intervals are different on the model, but the procedure is the same. Measures every 2 s DX Type T thermocouple Channe12 1. Display the operation mode screen. 2. Press MENU once to display the setting menu. 3. Hold down FUNC for at least 3 s. Display the Basic Setting Mode menu 4. Press the down arrow key once to select A/D, Memory. 5 Press DISP/ENTER once. 20 IM 04"1801-02E Basic Operation S Press the down arrow key once to move the cursor to Scan interval. 7. Press the 2s soft key once. The cursor moves to A/D integrate, and the changed item is displayed in yellow. Cancel the setting: Press ESC before pressing DISP/ENTER. 8 Press DISP/ENTER once. The changed items are entered, and the cursor Set the scan interval to 2 s 9. Press ESC once to return to the basic setting mode menu. 10 Press the up arrow key twice to move the cursor to End. 11. Press DISP/ENTER once_ the confirmation window 12 Press DISP/ENTER once. The settings are saved, and the DX returns to the operation mode screen. Discard the changes: Select No and press DISP/ENTER. Do not end the basic setting mode: Select Cancel and press DISP/ENTER. Operation complete. IM 04L41601 -02E 21 Basic Op Insertir>Ig/Removing a CF Card Inserting a CF Card 1. Open the operation cover. QCAUTION Forcing the CF card into the slot with �\ the upside down may cause damage. card 2 Insert the CF card into the slot. v With the label "This side up" facing up - i 3. Close the operation cover. Operation complete. Removing a CF Card <Operations in the Operation Mode> 1. Press FUNC once. 2 Press the Next soft key. Displays the CF card icon CF card icon Media eject 3. Press the Media eject soft key once. 4. Press the CF soft key once. The message "Media can be removed safely" appears. Displays the CF card icon in blue. 5. Open the operation cover. 22 IM 04M B01 -02E IM 04L41B01-02E Basic Operation 6 Press the CF card eject button. When you eject the CF card, the storage media icon disappears. 0 ,,-,�7 E Eject button' 7. Close the operation cover. Operation complete. Press the eject button in until it clicks. The eject button stops at depressed position. Pinch the left and right sides of the CF card and remove it. 'al <Operation in the Basic Setting Mode> 1. Press MENU (switch to the; setting mode), hold down FUNC for 3 s (switch to the basic setting mode), select Load settings, Initialize > Media eject > CF, and press DISP/ENTER. Basic Settins Mode Select CF The message "Media can be removed safely" appears. 2. Open the operationcover. 3. Press the CF card eject button. Remove the CF card. 4. Close the operation cover. Operation complete. Note If you remove the CF card without carrying out the media eject procedure, the message "Media was removed compulsorily" appears. Remove the CF card by carrying out the procedure above to prevent damaging the data that is stored. 23 Basic O Saving the Setup Data In this example, we will save the setup data to a file named "SF2" on the CF card. 1. Display the operation mode screen. 2. Press MENU once to display the setting menu. 3 Press the up arrow key twice to select Save/Load. 4. Press the right arrow key once and down arrow key three times. Select Save settings $. Press DISP/ENTER once. 6 Press the Input soft key once. 7. Enter "SF2" for the file name. For the input procedure, see "Entering Values and Characters" on page 16. 8. Press DISP/ENTER once. The message "Data are being saved to media" appears, and the setup data is saved. 9. Press ESC or MENU to return to the operation mode screen. Operation complete. 24 IM 04L41B01-02E Basic Loading the Setup Data In this example, we will load the setup data "SF2" from the CF card and update the DX settings. Here, only the setup data of the setting mode is loaded. To load the setup data of both the setting mode and basic setting mode, press MENU, hold down FUNC for 3 s, select Load settings, Initialize> Load settings, and press DISP/ENTER. 1. Display the operation mode screen. 2. Press MENU once to display the setting menu. 3. Press the up arrow key twice to select Save/Load. 4. Press the right arrow key once and down arrow key twice. Select Load settings Jam. Press DISP/ENTER once to select the root directory (CF:�. 6 Press DISP/ENTER once to display the files in the root directory. % Select the file SF2.PDL using the up and down arrow keys. To move to a lower directory Select the directory, and press DISP/ENTER To move to a higher directory Press ESC 8. Press DISP/ENTER once. The message "File is being loaded from media" appears, and the setup data is loaded. The DX automatically returns to the operation mode screen. Operation complete. IM 04L41 B01 -02E 25 Setup Example 1: Temperature Measurement Channel DX Type T thermocouple ' " Channel 1 0.0 to 200.0°C Setup Item Description Number in the Figure Channel Use channel 1. 1 Tag TI -001 2 Sensor Type T thermocouple 3 Input range 0.0 to 200.0°C 4 (1) Input Range Press MENU (switch to the setting mode) From the setting menu; select:; Meas Channel > Range, Alarm (2) Tag From the setting menu, selects Meas Channel > Tag, Memory,. Delay Operation complete. �kl z i i IM 04L41 B01 -02E I Setting the Input Range and Alarm Setup Example 2: Flow Rate Measurement Channel and Alarm DX Flowmeter Channe12 4-20mA Convert to 1:-5V with a shunt resistor Setup Item Description Number in the Figure Channel Use channel 2. 1 Tag FI -002 2 Input signal 1-5V 3 Input range 0.0 to 500.0 L/H 4 Alarm condition Output an alarm if the measured 5 value is less than or equal to 120.0 L/H. Output destination: Relay contact (103) (1) Input Range and Alarm Press MENU (switch to the setting mode) From the setting menu, select: Meas Channel > Range, Alarm 1 3 4 5 (2) Tag From the setting menu, select: Meas Channel > Tag, Memory, Delay Operation complete. IM 04L41901 -02E 2 27 Setup Example 3: Assigning Channels to Groups In this example, we will assign channels 1 and 2 to group 1. C,POUP 1 ` 2005112101111:0112 Setup Item Description Number in the Figure Group Assign channel 1 and 2 to group 1. 1 (1) Group MENU key (switch to the setting mode) and select Group set, Trip line Operation complete. 28 IM 04L41 B01 -02E Setting the Disp Setup Example 4: Setting the Time Scale Set the time per division of the trend waveform to 2 minutes. Trend interval Set the The sampling interval (the time corresponding to i dot) is 4 s when the trend interval is 2 min. 30 dots x4s_2min dots/div (1) Trend interval Press MENU (switch to the setting mode) and select Display > Trend/Save interval Operation complete. IM 04L41BOb02E 29 Setup Example 5: Continuously Record Measured Data and Automatically Save In this example, we will continuously record and save the measured data of channel 1 and 2. For the procedure to set the channel, see "Setting the Input Range and Alarm" on page 26. For the procedure to set groups, see "Setting the Display" on page 28. s FA�n> [ Automatically save to the CF card periodically Setup Item Description Number in the Figure Source channels Channel 1 (TI -001) and channel 2 (FI -002) 1 Data to be recorded Continuously record the display data from 2 the start of the measurement. Data storage method Automatically store every 24 hours. 3 Sampling interval 4 seconds. Set using the trend update interval. 4 Sampling interval = (trend update interval setting)/30 dots Data filename Add "sample" to the file name. 5 Example: 000123 sampleYYMMDD HHMMSSO.DAD T T Sequential number Date/Time of the first recorded data and 0 (zero) Save Destination Directory DATA -101 6 (1) Data to be Recorded Press MENU (switch to the setting mode), hold down FUNC for 3 s (switch to the basic setting mode) From the basic setting menu, select: A/D, Memory 2 (2) Method of Storing to the CF Card (Auto Save ON/OFF) From the basic setting menu, select: Environment > Security, Media save 3 30 IM 04L41B01-02E Setting the Data (3) Save the Settings 1. Press ESC to return to the basic setting menu. 2. Select End and press DISP/ENTER. The window appears for you to confirm the saving of the settings. 3. Select Yes and press DISP/ENTER. The DX returns to the operation mode screen. (4) Channels to Be Recorded Press MENU (switch to the setting mode) From the setting menu, select: Meas Channel > Tag, Memory, Delay 1 (5) Interval for Saving the Data to the CF Card . From the setting menu, select: Display > Trend/Save interval 3 (6) Data File Name > File header, File name I (7) Save Destination Directory (within the CF Card) From the setting menu, select: Data save > Save directory Operation complete. IM 04L41 B01 -02E 6 31 Setting the Data Storage Setup Example 6: Saving Measured Data at the Specified Time Using the settings of Setup Example 5, we will save the measured data once at hour 0 every day. Every hour 0 DX '' ' ' Automatically save a4 to the CF card V All settings other than those listed below are the same as Setup Example 5. Setup Item Description Number in the Figure Data storage time Save the data once at hour 0 every day. 7 Data storage method Automatically save the measured data at 8 the specified time. (1) Setting the Time Press MENU (switch to the setting mode) From the basic setting menu, select: Timer, Event action > Match time timer 7 (2) Specifying the Data Storage From the basic setting: menu, select: Timer, Event action > Event action Operation complete. 8 32 iM oaLai eoy-o2F Setup Example 7: Assigning the Screen Image Data Storage Function to the USER Key In this example, we will set the DX so that the displayed screen image data can be saved to the CF card by pressing the USER key. This function is called snapshot. The extension of snapshot data files is .png. USER key Setup Item Description Number in the Figure Event action Save the screen image data of the DX 1 usin4 the USER kev. (1) Assigning an Action to the USER Key Press MENU (switch to the setting mode) and select Timer, Event action > Event action Operation complete. IM 04L41 B01 -02E 33 Customizing the Operation Setup Example 8: Registering Frequently Used Screens to the Favorite Key Up to eight operation mode screens that ate frequently used can be registered to the Favorite key. This enables you to monitor the operation by using only the Favorite key. This feature is convenient when comparing' data such as historical trends. 1. 2. 3. 4. Favorite key Operation mode screens registered to the Favorite key (example when three screens are registered) yy _.,_Favorite key . s., TI -001 'C Favorite ke EM ] 102.1 FI -002 G✓ Favorite key 254.4 Press FUNC once to display the FUNC key menu. Press the Next soft key to display Favorite regist. the registration list window. lister the historical trend to the orite key IM 04L41 B01 -02E 5. 6 7 Press the favorite number (1 to 8), soft key. Customizing the Operation Show the window for entering the display name Enter the screen name. Select the digit: Left and right arrow soft keys Enter characters: Arrow keys and DISP/ENTER Delete a character: Use the arrow keys to select Del and press DISP/ENTER, or press the Bs soft key. Enter the input: Use the arrow keys to select ENT and press DISP/ENTER. Cancel the setting: Press ESC before pressing DISP/ENTER. For the input procedure, see "Entering Values and Characters" on page 16. Press DISP/ENTER once. Repeat steps 1 to 8 to register up to eight screens. Operation complete IM 04L41 B01 -02E 35 Starting the Memory Sample 1. Press START once. Memory sample starts. YOWMA A♦` Recording data START key Operation complete. Stopping the Memory Sample 1. Press STOP once. Memory sample progress DISP: Display data EVENT: Event data Display the confirmation window 2. Select Mem+Math or Memory using the left and right arrow keys. Memory: Stops memory sample. Mem+Math: Stops memory sample and computation (option). On models without the computation function (option), the confirmation message "Do you want to stop data storage?" appears. Select Yes. 3 Press DISP/ENTER once. go* ' Operation complete. 36 Stop memory samping i E` t IM 04L41 BO1-02E { A Switching the Trend Display, Digital Display, and Bar Graph Display ►H 2. 3. H 5. Press DISP/ENTER once to showthe display selection menu. Left arrow key - Up arrow key - Right arrow key - DISP/ENTER key Down arrow key Press the down arrow key to select TREND, DIGITAL, or BAR. Press the right arrow key once to display the sub menu. To close the sub menu that you opened, press the left arrow key. Press the down arrow key to select the group. Select DIMAL > GROUP 1 Press DISP/ENTER once to show the operation display of the selected group. To close the menu without switching the display, press ESC. Group number TI -001 0C 102.1 a Digital display FI -002 L/H 254.4 Operation complete. Press the down arrow key when the trend, digital, or bar graph is displayed to switch the display in the order trend, digital, bar graph, trend, and so on. Press the up arrow key to switch the display in reverse order. Press the right arrow key or the left arrow key to switch the group. IM 04L41 B01 -02E 37 Operation Writing the Message "START" Registering the Word "START" in Message Number 1 1. Press MENU (switch to the setting mode) and select Message. 2 Press the 1-10 soft key. 3. Press the Input soft key. Q Show the message registration window Select the digit: Left and right arrow soft keys Enter characters: Arrow keys and DISP/ENTER Delete a character: Use the arrow keys to select Del and press DISP/ENTER, or press the Bs soft key. Enter the input: Use the arrow keys to select ENT and press DISP/ENTER. Cancel the setting: Press ESC before pressing DISP/ENTER. For the input procedure, see "Entering Values and Characters" on page 16. Press DISP/ENTER. Jam. Press ESC or MENU to return to the operation mode screen. Operation complete. 38 IM 04L41 B01 -02E Operation Writing Message Number 1 "START" This operation can be carried out while memory sample is in progress. The message is displayed on the trend display. Show the trend display first. 1. Press FDNC (display the FUNC key menu), press the Message soft key, and press the 1-10 soft key. 2 Operation complete. Show the message registration window 1 soft key Shows the message (time, message, and message mark) Also recorded to the internal memory IM 04L41 B01 -02E 39 Setup Example 9: Monitoring the DX on a PC Browser In this example, we will connect the PC and the DX via hub in a one-to-one relationship and display and monitor the DX screen on a browser on the PC. DX DX Setup Item Description Number in the Figure IP address 192.168.1.101 1 Subnet mask 255.255.255.0 Web server function Monitor from a Web browser on the PC 2 using operator page. Access to the DX Display the Web page and do not set 3 access privileges. PC Setup Item Description Number in the Figure IP address 192.168.1.100 4 Subnet mask 255.255.255.0 (1) IP Address of the DX Press MENU (switch to the setting mode), hold down FUNC for 3 s (switch to the basic setting mode) From the basic setting menu, select: Communication (Ethernet) > IP -address 1 40 IM D4L41 B01 -02E I Connectinq to an Ethernet Network (2) Enabling the Web Server Function on the DX From the basic setting menu, select: Communication (Ethernet) > Server (3) Display the DX Screen on the PC K ication (Ethernet) > Web page (4) Save the Settings 1. Press ESC to return to the basic setting menu. 2 Select End and press DISP/ENTER. The window appears for you to confirm the saving of the settings. 3 Select Yes and press DISP/ENTER'. The DX returns to the operation mode screen. (5) Setting the PC Set the IP address and subnet mask on the PC. IM 04L41 B01 -02E 4 41 Connecting to an Ethernet Network (6) Checking the Connection Send the command below from the PC and check that a correct response is returned Send >ping 192.168.1.101 Response example >Reply from 192.168.1.101: bytes=32 time<10ms TTL=255 (7) Displaying the DX Screen on the Browser 1. Start the browser on the PC. 2. Enter the following UAL. http://l92.168.1.101/operator.htm 3. Check that the DX screen appears. Operation complete. 42 IM 04L41 B01 -02E Connecting to an Ethernet Network Setup Example 10: Automatically Transferring the Measured Data File to an FTP Server In this example, we will configure the DX so that the measured data is automatically transferred to an FTP server on the network when the measured data is automatically saved to the CF card. To automatically transfer the measured data files and report files, the auto saving of the measured data must be configured in advance ("Data storage method" of Example 5). This example assumes that the following network environment is used: DHCP enabled, automatically obtain the DNS server information, and automatically register the DX host name to the DNS server. Set the parameters according to your network environment. Automatic data transfer to an FTP server DX ---JFTP server Ethernet Internal memory CF card Measurement input Setup Item Description Number in the Figure Host name DAQSTATIONI . 1 Obtain the IP address Obtain automatically (DHCP) 2 Type of data to be transferred Acquired measured data 3 FTP server Server name abcdefg.co.jp 4 Port number 21 Login name itpuseri Password a1234 (1) IP Address of the DX Press MENU (switch to the setting mode), hold down FUNC for 3 s (switch to the basic setting mode) menu, select: Communication (Ethernet) > IP -address 2 Automatically obtain the DNS server information. Automatically register the DX host name to the DNS server. (2) Host Settings Address of the DX . From the basic setting menu, select: Communication (Ethernet) > Host settings IM 04L41 B01 -02E 43 Connecting to an Ethernet Network (3) Data to Be Transferred to the FTP Server From the basic setting menu, select: Communication (Ethernet) > FTP client > FTP 3 (4) Connected setting FTP Server From the basic setting menu, select: Communication (Ethernet) > FTP client> FTP connection 4 (5) Save the Settings 1. Press ESC to return to the basic setting menu. 2 Select End and press DISP/ENTER. The window appears for you to confirm the saving of the settings. v Select Yes and press DIMENTER. TheDXreturns to the operation mode screen. Operation complete. Executing a File Transfer Test 1, Press FUNC once to display the FUNC key menu. 2. Press the FTP test soft key once. 3 3. Press the Primary soft key once. The messages "FTP test is being executed" and "Execution is complete" are displayed. The test file (FTP_TEST.TXT) is sent to the FTP server. Operation complete. Transferring the Data Files When you start memory sample, the measured data file is transferred to the FTP server when the data is saved to the CF card. 44 IM 04L41801 -02E Displaying the Measured Data on DAQSTANDARD In this example, we will display the measured data using the accompanying software program, DAQSTANDARD. f. Insert the CF card containing the measured data file (.DAD or. DAE extension) into the PC that has DAQSTANDARD installed. 2 3. 4. 5. Start DAQSTANDARD. The launcheris displayed. ..........:...............................]............................................... p� B9 I P��`y`` . -.n• .•as Data viewer icon From the File menu, choose Open. In the Open dialog box, select the desired file, and click Open. The data is displayed. Operation complete. IM 041-411301-02E 45 Installation Location Install the DX indoors in a location that meets the following conditions. • Instrumentation Panel The DX is designed to be installed in an instrumentation panel except for the desktop type, • Well -Ventilated Location To prevent overheating, install the DX in a well -ventilated location. For the panel cut dimensions when arranging multiple DXs, see the page 48. Follow the panel cut dimensions providing, adequate space between instruments when other instruments are arranged on the panel. For the desktop type, we recommend that a space of at least 50 mm be provided around the left, right, top, and rear panels of the DX. • Minimum Mechanical Vibrations Choose an installation location with the minimum mechanical vibration. Installing the DX in a location with large mechanical vibration not only causes adverse effects on the mechanism but also may hinder normal recording. Horizontal Install the DX horizontally (However,`the.DX can be inclined up to 30 degrees backwards for panel mounting). Note Condensation may occur if the DX, is moved to another place where the ambient temperature is higher, or if the temperature changes, rapidly. to addition, measurement errors will result when`using thermocouples. If this happens, let the DX adjust to the new environment for at least one hour before using it. Do not install the DX in the following places. • Outdoors • In Direct Sunlight or Near Heat Sources install the DX in a place with small temperature fluctuations near room temperature (23°C). Placing the DX in direct sunlight or near heat appliances can cause adverse effects on the; internal circuitry. • Where an Excessive Amount of Soot, Steam, Moisture, Dust, or Corrosive Gases Are Present Soot, steam, moisture, dust, and corrosive gases will adversely affect the DX. Avoid such locations. • Near Strong Magnetic field Sources Do not bring magnets or instruments that produce electromagnetic fields close to the DX. Operating the DX in strong magnetic fields can cause errors in the measurements. • Where the Viewing of the Display Is Poor The DX uses a TFT color LCD for the display. Therefore, viewing of the display from an extreme angleis difficult. Install the DX so that the user can view the display from the front. 46 IM 041-411121011-02E lation and Wiri Installation Procedure Installation Procedure (Panel Mount Type) Use a steel panel of thickness 2 mm to 26 mm. 1. Insert DX from the front of the panel. 2 Mount the DX to the panel using the mounting brackets that come with the package as shown in the figure below. Use two brackets to support the top and bottom or the left and right sides of the case (remove the seal that is covering the holes for the mounting brackets beforehand), • The proper torque for tightening the mounting screws is 0.7 to 0.9 N -m. • Mount the DX to the rack according to the procedure below. • First, attach the two mounting brackets and temporarily fasten the attachment screws. • Next, fix the DX in place by tightening the attachment screws with the appropriate torque. When the DX is approximately perpendicular to the panel as you fasten the screws, press the mounting bracket against the case so that they are in contact with each other. i CAUTION • Tightening the screws too much can deform the case or damage the bracket. • Be careful not to insert foreign objects or tools through the holes for the mounting brackets in the case. Panel Mounting Diagram Screw temporarily Fixed Panel DX case Mounting Mounting Panel brackets brackets Attachment „ screw Front yc (The figure shows the case when the mounting brackets are used on the top and bottom of the case.) —Attachment screw Torque driver m (flat blade) In contact with each other Note To achieve sufficient dust and water proof performance, mount the DX in the middle of the panel cut out. Installation (Desktop Type (/H5[ ] Option) The front (leg) stand can be pulled out. CAUTION -_. On the desktop type, do not apply force to the DX when the front leg (stand) is out. This can break the front leg. IM 04L41 B01 -02E 47 Installation and Wiring External Dimensions and Panel Cut Dimensions Unit: mm (approxi inch) Unless otherwise specified, tolerance is t3% (however, tolerance is t0.3 mm when below 10 mm). Panel mount type O 0 00 � M M ui LO Panel cut dimensions Single -Unit Side -by -Side Mounting Mounting (horizontally) 137 0 (5.39) --- -� 175 MIN + 1370 (689) (5.39) 137 ( -) (5-L I_ L-0 Desktop type (/H5[ ] Option) Side -by -Side Mounting (vertically, max. 3 units) 137+2 (5.39) O 0 M v T v 4 Ig Units DX1000 DX1000N *1 228.5 9.0 258.5 10.18 *2 224.1 8.82 254.1 10.0 *3 170.5 6.71 200.5 7.89 *4 40.9 1.61 30.9(l.22) *5 41.40. 134.9 1.37 *6 1103.4 4.07 103.44.07 *7 99.9 3.93 106.3 4.19 Panel cut dimensions Single -Unit Side -by -Side Mounting Mounting (horizontally) 137 0 (5.39) --- -� 175 MIN + 1370 (689) (5.39) 137 ( -) (5-L I_ L-0 Desktop type (/H5[ ] Option) Side -by -Side Mounting (vertically, max. 3 units) 137+2 (5.39) O 0 M v T v 4 Ig Units L'02 2 282 11.10 3 426 16.77 4 570 22.44 5 714 28.11 6 858 33.78 7 1002 39.45 1146 45.12 9 1290 50.79 N8 10 1434 56.46 n 144xn -6 48 IM 04L41 B01 -02E Installation and Wi Input Signal Wiring � A 1. • To prevent electric shock while wiring, ensure that the power supply source is turned OFF. CAUTION • If a strong tension is applied to the cable wired to the DX, the terminals of the DX and/or the cable can be damaged. In order to prevent tension from being applied directly on the terminals, fasten all wiring cables to the rear of the mounting panel. • To prevent fire, use signal wires having a temperature rating of 70°C or more. • Do not apply a voltage exceeding the following value to the input terminals. Otherwise, damage to the DX; may result. • Maximum input voltage: ±60 VDG • Maximum common mode voltage`. ±60 VDC (under measurement category 11 conditions) • The DX is a product of installation category IL Precautions to Be Taken While Wiring Take the following precautions when wring the input signal cables. It is recommended that crimp -on lug with insulation sleeves (designed for 4 -mm screws) be used when connecting the input/output signal wires to the terminals. However, this does not apply clamped terminals (/H2). Crimp -on lug with insulation sleeves (for 4 mm screws) For clamped terminals (/H2), the following wire is recommended. Conductive cross-sectional area: 0.08 mm2 to 1.5 MM2 (AWG 28 to 16) • Length of the stripped section of the wire: Approx. 7 mm Take measures to prevent noise from entering the measurement circuit. • Move the measurement circuit away from the power cable (power circuit) and ground circuit. • It is desirable that the object being measured does not generate noise. However, if this is unavoidable, isolate the measurement circuit from the object. Also, ground the object being measured. • Shielded wires should be used to minimize noise caused by electrostatic induction. Connect the shield to the ground terminal of the DX as necessary (make sure you are not grounding at two points), • To minimize noise caused by electromagnetic induction, twist the measurement circuit wires at short, equal intervals. • Make sure to earth ground the protective ground terminal through minimum resistance (less than 100 Q). When using internal reference junction compensation on the thermocouple input, take measures to stabilize the temperature at the input terminal. • Always use the terminal cover. • Do not use thick wires which may cause large heat dissipation (cross sectional area of 0.5 mm2 or less recommended). • Make sure that the ambient temperature remains reasonably stable. Large temperature fluctuations can occur if a nearby fan turns ON or OFF. Connecting the input wires in parallel with other devices can cause signal degradation, affecting all connected devices. If you need to make a parallel connection, then • Turn the burnout detection function OFF. • Ground the instruments to the same point. • Do not turn ON or OFF another instrument during operation. This can have adverse effects on the other instruments. • RTDs cannot be wired in parallel. IM 04L41B01-02E 49 Installation and Wirin Wiring Procedure A terminal coveris screwed in place on the measuring input terminal block on the rear panel. A label indicating the terminal arrangement is affixed to the cover. 1. Turn OFF the DX and remove the terminal cover. 2. Connect the signal wires to the terminals. 3 Replace the terminal cover and fasten it with screws. The proper torque for tightening the screws is 0.6 N -m. Note Input signal wires of diameter less than or equal to 0.3 mm may not be secured firmly for clamped terminals (/H2). Fold over the conducting section of the wire, for example, to make sure that the wire is securely connected to the clamped terminal. Arrangement of the Input Terminals Input terminal block of the DX1002 and DX1002N Input terminal block of the DX1004 and DX1004N Input terminal block of the DX1006 and DX1006N Input terminal block of the DX1012 and DX1012N Input terminal block Srxe1M �ermmal ■■SIMM■■M E■■ ■■■■■■■■ `J M■N • ■■■■■■■■ MME = 'SSSS■■ �J �J �J �J ■® . 'SSSS■■ �� �J �J �'-->' ■® SSSS■■ `, �� �, �J ■■ = CH6 CH4 CH2 CHS CH3 CH1 ■■��J cJ �J cr c� �J■■■ . ■®� �J �J �J �J �:f rJ®■ i MMMEMMMM Clamp terminal,; CHI s +/A s° —/B CH2 CH3 CH1 +B CH4 CH2 CH5 CH3 CH1 s -/B CH6 CH4 CH2 CH11CH9 CH7 CH5 CH3 CH1 ® MM+ s B CH12 CHIO CH8 CH6 CH4 CH2 50 IM 04L41801 -02E Installation and Wiring Screw Terminals DC voltage input/DI (ON/OFF) input, TC input Compensating leadwire + + DC voltage input RTD input b A B B b Lead wire resistance per wire of 10 Q or less. Make the resistance of the three wires equal. A Wiring Clamped Terminals Remove the terminal block Connect the wires Hold both ends of the terminal block and pull straight. Flat -blade screwdriver DC current input + DC current input Shunt resistor Example: For 4 to 20 mA input, use a shunt resistor of 250 Qt 0.1%. Connect the terminal block Hold both ends of the terminal block, align with the connector on the DX side, and push the terminal block into the connector. Recommended length of stripped wire: 7 mm Recommended wire size 0.08 to 1.5 mm2 (AWG 28 to 16) Input signal wire First, loosen the screw at the front using a flat -blade screwdriver. Insert the input signal wire into the slit on the right side of the terminal block, and fasten the screw at the front. Note RTD input terminals A and B are isolated on each channel. Terminal b is shorted internally across all channels. However, terminal b is also isolated on each channel on models with the /N1 option Cu10, Cu25 RTD in ut/3 le isolated RTD and /N2 option 3 le isolated RTD). P ( P 9� ) P ( 9� ) IM 04L41 B01 -02E 51 Installation and Wiri Optional Terminal Wiring • • To prevent electric shock while wiring, ensure that the power supply source is turned OFF • If a voltage of more than 30 VAC or 60 VDC is to be applied to the output terminals, use ring -tongue crimp -on lugs with insulation sleeves on all terminals to prevent the wires from slipping out when the screws become loose. Furthermore, use double -insulated wires (dielectric strength of 2300 VAC or more) for the signal wires on which a voltage of more than 30 VAC or 60 VDC is to be applied. For all other wires, use basic insulated wires (dielectric strength of 1390 VAC). To prevent electric shock, attach the terminal cover after wiring and make sure not to touch the terminals. CAUTION Use the following circuit voltage for the connection to the alarm/FAIUstatus output terminal. • When the connection is to Mains Circuits (primary AC power source circuits): 150 V or less When the connection is to circuits derived from Mains Circuits(secondary circuits): 250 V or less (Mains Circuits voltage is less than 300 V, and connection must be used by isolation transformer.) • To prevent fire, use signal wires having a temperature rating of 70°C or more. • If a strong tension is applied to the cable wired to the DX, the terminals of the DX and/or the cable can be damaged. In order to prevent tension from being applied directly on the terminals, fasten all wiring cables to the rear of the mounting panel. • Do not short the transmitter power supply output terminal or apply external voltage to it. If you do, the DX may malfunction. • When using the transmitter power supply output terminal, do not use current that exceeds the maximum output current (25 mADC). If you do, the DX may malfunction. Note For remote control wiring, use shielded wires to reduce noise. Connect the shield to the functional ground terminal' or the ground terminal of the DX. Precautions to Be Taken While Wiring It is recommended that crimp -on lug with insulation sleeves (designed for 4 -mm screws) be used when connecting wires to the optional input terminals. Crimp -on lug with insulation sleeves (for 4 mm screws) Wiring Procedure As shown in the figure on next page, the optional terminal block is located on the rear panel. The optional terminal block is provided on the DX when an option that requires input/output is installed such as the alarm output relay (/A[ ] option), FAIUstatus output relay (/F1 option), and remote control function (/R1 option), etc. A terminal cover is screwed in place on the measuring input terminal block. A label indicating the terminal arrangement is affixed to the cover. 1. Turn OFF the DX and remove the terminal cover. 2. Connect the signal wires to the terminals. 3. Replace the terminal cover and fasten it with screws. The proper torque for tightening the screws is 0.6 N -m. 52 IM 04L41a01-02E Arrangement of the Optional Terminals NC Symbols such as "NC": Terminal functions Optional terminal block Alarm output, FAIUstatus output Remote control input NC: Normally close 1 to 8: Terminal number C: Common C: Common NO: Normally open A terminal'that is not used. (With a screw) nA terminal that is not used. (Without screw) .................. tR1 Pulse input H and L: See page 55. Alarm Remote Alarm Remote FAIL Alarm Remote control control ® NC NC 6 3 C 12�1 input input 0• 02 i 01 01 ® NC INS % EB `�% ®®nEMEMMIM �� � C C C 7 4 1 ® ® NO .................. tR1 Pulse input H and L: See page 55. IFI Status FAIL output IM 04MB01-02E /A1 ll`1 1141 Status Alarm Remote Alarm Remote FAIL Status output control ® NC NC 6 3 C outputAlarm ® C C 7 4 1 input 0• 03 02 01 01 ® NC INS NC 6 3 C ® C: C C C 7 4 1 ® ® NO NO NO IFI Status FAIL output IM 04MB01-02E /A1 ll`1 1141 Status Alarm Remote Alarm Remote FAIL Status output control ® NC NC 6 3 C C C® ® C C 7 4 1 input ® NO NO 8 5 2 04 03 02 01 ® NC INC NC NC 6 3 C ® C: C C C 7 4 1 ® ® NO NO NO NOF8 5 2 IFI Status FAIL output IM 04MB01-02E /A1 ll`1 1141 Status Alarm Remote output output control FAIL Status r—� input 02 01� NC NC ® ® NC NC 6 3 C C C® ® C C 7 4 1 NO NO ® ® NO NO 8 5 2 (To next page) Installation and Wiring Transmitter power supply + and -: See page 55. 1. -31R:ii /A21Fi1R Status Alarm Remote output output control FAIL input J. I 04 03 02 01 r --A--_, 53 iA2 MINNINX Status Alarm output output FAIL 04 03 02 01 NC NC NC NC NC NC C C C C+NO C NO NO NO NONO /A21Fi1R Status Alarm Remote output output control FAIL input J. I 04 03 02 01 r --A--_, 53 Installation and Wiring (From previous page) !A7 IPMi output Alarm Pulse Remote FAIL output input control input A- 02 01 8 7 6 Transmitter power supply U0 Transmitter Transmitter Alarm power output SPY 02 01 + + NC NC v — C C NO NO 8 5 2 NO NO Transmitter power supply U0 Transmitter MEMEMMUMM� powerou put control input supply 02 01 —� + + NC NC 6 3 C — Pulse Remote input control input 8 7 6 H H H 3 C L L L 4 1 6 2 IA21PM7 Transmitter Alarm ' Remote '' powerou put control input supply 02 01 —� + + NC NC 6 3 C — C I IC17 4 1 NO NO 8 5 2 IA21PM7 Status Pulse Remote FAIL output input cpntuol inp 4- I 0 -7 IM 041-41 B01 -02E Alarm . __......... .... Pulse . .......ot ...... output A control 1%in��u� input 04 03 02 01 8 7 6 NC NECNC I NC H H H 3 C C C I C C L L L 4 1 NO NO NO NO 5 2 Status Pulse Remote FAIL output input cpntuol inp 4- I 0 -7 IM 041-41 B01 -02E Installation and Wi Alarm Output Terminal, FAIL Output Terminal, and Status Output Terminal (/A1; /A2, /A3, and /F1) NC Output format: Relay contact C Contact rating: 250 VAC (50160 Hz)/3 A, 250 VDC/0.1 A (for resistor load) NO Withstand voltage: 1600 VAC at 50/60 Hz for one minute (between output terminals and the ground terminal) Remote Control Input Terminal (/R1) - Relay contact input • Transistor input (open collector) (voltage -free contact) Contact closed at 200 ;Z ON voltage: 0.5 V or less (30 mADC) Contact open at 100 kQ or greater Leakage current when turned OFF:' 0.25 mA or less LZ6 3 C 7r-04 1 6 3 C 8 5 2 7 4 1 8 5 2 Withstand voltage: 1000 VDC for one minute between input terminals and the ground terminal Pulse Input Terminal (/PM1) • Relay contact input -Transistor input (open collector) (voltage -free contact) Contact closed at 200 9 ON voltage: 0.5 V or less (30 mADC) Contact open at 100 kQ or greater Leakage current when turned OFF: 0.25 mA or less 8 7 6 8 7 6 H H H H H H L L L L RM L L Withstand voltage: 1000 VDC for one minute between input terminals and the ground terminal 5 V Input format: K Photocoupler isolation Shared common (C) 1- 8 Allowable input voltage C � 5 VDC 24 VDC Transmitter, Power Supply Output Terminal (/TPS2 and /TPS4) Connect the DX to the transmitter as shown below. DX Cur—rent Transmitter power supply output terminal Transmitter Input terminal Shunt resistor: 250 Q Note To reduce noise, use a shielded cable for wiring. Connect the shield to the functional ground terminal or the ground terminal of the DX. Serial interface Connecting to the RS -232 Connector (/C2) 1 2 3 4 5 2 RD (Received Data): Received data from the PC. Input signal to the DX. 3 SD (Send Data): Transmitted data to the PC. Output signal from the DX. 0 5 SG (Signal Ground): Signal ground. O o O 7 RS (Request to Send): Handshaking signal when receiving data from the PC. Output signal from the DX. 6 7 8 9 8 CS (Clear to Send): Handshaking signal when transmitting data to the PC. Input signal to the DX. ' Pins 1, 4, 6, and 9 are not used. IM 04L41B01-02E 55 Installation and Wi Connecting to the RS -422A/485 (/C3) Four -wire system Two -wire system Shield potentialof the shield FG (Frame Ground) Frame ground of the DX. SG (Signal Ground) Signal ground. SDB (Send Data B) Send data B (+). SDA (Send Data A) Send data A (-). RDB (Received Data B) Receive data B (+). RDA (Received Data A) Receive data A (-). Recommended length of stripped wire: 9 mm. Recommended tightening torque: 0.4-0.5 Nm Cable There are two types of cables available, the four -wire cable and the two -wire cable (used only for the Modbus protocol). The cable should meet the following specifications. • Type: Shielded twisted pair cable: 3 pairs 24 AWG or more (four -wire), 2 pair 24 AWG or more (two -wire) • Characteristic impedance: 100 Q • Capacitance: 50 pF/m • Total cable length: Up to 1.2 km Connecting to the USB Port (/USB1) The USB port complies with Rev. 1.1. Front Rear USB port USB port Connecting to the Ethernet Port Ethernet port Indicator ej. Checking the Connection/Communication Status The connection status of the Ethernet interface can be confirmed with the indicator that is located above the Ethernet connector of the DX. Indicator Connection Status of the Ethernet Interface Illuminated (green) The Ethernet interface is electrically connected. Blinking (red) Transmitting data. Off The Ethernet interface is not electrically connected. Checking the Connection on the DX Display • Checking the Connection at the status indication section of the DX display. You can check the connection status of the Ethernet interface on the Ethernet Link indicator located on the right side of the status indication section of the basic setting mode display. The basic setting menu appears by pressing MENU to display the setting menu followed by FUND for approximately 3 s. Checking the Connection Status in the Display Section in the Upper Right Corner of the COMMUNICATION LOG Display of the DX You can check the connection status of the Ethernet interface on the Link indicator on the display section in the upper right corner of the COMMUNICATION LOG display. Indicator Connection Status of the Ethernet Interface Illuminated (green) The Ethernet interface is electrically connected. Off The Ethernet interface is not electrically connected. 56 IM 041-41 B01 -02E Installation and Power Supply Wiring Panel Mount Type Precautions to Be Taken While Wiring the Power Supply Make sure to follow the warnings below when wiring the power supply. To prevent electric shock and damage to the DX, observe the following warnings. • To preve2nt electric shock when wiring, ensure the main power supply is turned OFF. • To prevent the possibility of fire, use 600 V PVC insulated wire (AWG20-16) or an equivalent wire for power wiring. • Make sure to earth ground the protective earth terminal through a grounding resistance less than 100 Q before turning ON the power. • Use crimp -on lug with insulation sleeves (for 4 -mm screws) for power supply wires and protective grounding wires. • To prevent electric shock, make sure to close the transparent cover for the power supply wires. • Make sure to provide a power switch (double -pole type) on the power supply line in order to separate the DX from the main power supply. Put an indication on this switch as the breaker on the power supply line for the DX and indications of ON and OFF. Switch specifications Steady-state current rating: 1 A or more (other than /P1), 3 A or more (/P1). Inrush current rating: 60 A or more (other than /P1), 70 A or more (/P1). Use a switch omplies with IEC60947-1, 3. • Connect a fuse (between 2 A and 15 A) to the power line. Use a fuse approved by CSA (for the use in North America) or VDE (for the use in Europe). Do not add a switch or fuse to the ground line. Use a power supply that meets the following conditions: Item Other than /P1 /P1 Rated supply voltage 100 to 240 VAC 24 VDC/AC Allowable power supply voltage range 90 to 132/180 to 264 VAC 21.6V to 26.4 VDC/AC Rated power supply frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz (for AC) Allowable power supply frequency range 50/60 Hz:t 2% 50/60 Hzt2%o (for AC) Maximum power consumption 45 VA (100 V)/60 VA (240 V) 28 VA (for DC), 45VA (for AC) Note Do not use a supply voltage in the range 132 to 180 VAC, as this may have adverse effects on the measurement accuracy. Wiring Procedure 1. Turn OFF the power to the DX and open the transparent power terminal cover. 2 Wire the power cord and the protective ground cord to the power supply terminals. Use ring -tongue crimp -on lugs (designed for 4 mm screws). The proper torque for tightening the screw is 1.4 to 1.5 N•m (12.4 to 13.2 inch -lbs). o Other than /131 /P1 (24 VDC/AC power supply) ® 10o -240v ac- 241 nc ... 2ew Mnx O Ftr 60VA MAX 2411 �wso.N,x�aSyr='A ® WfIY l� Note t4 t Do not wire the protective grounding Functional ground terminal o 0 o cord to the functional ground terminal. Protective grounding cord Power cor I Replace the power terminal cover, and fasten it with screws. IM 041-411301-02E 57 Installation and Wiring Desktop Type (/H5[ ] Option) Precautions to Be Taken While Connecting the Power Supply Make sure to follow the warnings below'when connecting the power supply. To prevent electric shock and damage to the DX, observe the following warnings. • Before connecting the power cord, ensure that the source voltage matches the rated supply voltage of the DX and that it is within the maximum rated voltage range of the provided power cord. • Connect the power cord after checking that the power switch of the DX is turned OFF. • To prevent electric shock or fire, be sure to use the power cord supplied by YOKOGAWA. • Make sure to perform protective earth grounding to prevent electric shock. Connect the power cord of the desktop type to a three -prong power outlet with a protective earth terminal. • Do not use an extension cord without protective earth ground. Otherwise, the protection function will be compromised. Use a power supply that meets the following conditions: Item Condition Rated supply voltage 100 to 240 VAC Allowable power supply voltage range 90 to 132, 180 to 264 VAC Rated power supply frequency 50/60 Hz �s Allowable power supply frequency range 50/60 Hz:t 2% t Maximum power consumption 45 VA (1 OOV) and 60 VA (240 V) Note Do not use a supply voltage in the range 132 to 180 VAC, as this may have adverse effects on the measurement accuracy.- Connection ccuracy. Connection Procedure 1. Check that the power switch is OFF. 2. Connect the power cord plug to the power connector on the rear panel. (Use the power cord that comes with the package.) 3 Check that the power outlet meets the conditions given in the table above and that the supply voltage is within the maximum rated voltage range of the power cord that comes with the package. Then, connect the other end of the power cord to the power outlet. The AC outlet must be of a three -prong type with a protective earth ground. 58 IM 0 4 1-41 1301-0 2E To preserve the reliability of the DX and to use the DX in a good condition for an extended time, it is recommended that periodic replacements be made on parts. The following table shows the recommended replacement period for expendable parts. The replacement period shown here applies when the recorder is used under standard operating conditions. For the actual replacement period, consider the actual conditions of use. Replacement of parts will be carried out by a YOKOGAWA engineer or an engineer certified by YOKOGAWA. Contact your nearest YOKOGAWA dealer when such replacement is necessary. Item Replacement period Name Part No. Quantity Used Notes LCD 5 years Backlight module B8703KB 1 Battery 10 ears Lithium battery B9900BR 1 Dust and water 5 ears Rubber strip B9705FY 1 proof rubber 5 years Key case assembly B8705BM 1 Without /KBi or /KB2 strip 5 ears Key case assembly B8705BY 1 With /KBi or /KB2 Aluminum 5 years* Power supply assemblyelectro — 1 capacitor 5 years* AD assembly Depends on the model * Replacement period at the upper limit of the normal operating temperature (50°C) The replacement period varies depending on the operating temperature and the specifications of the DX. The lower the operating temperature, the longer is the replacement period. For example, if the operating temperature is 30°C, it may be possible to use the parts for more than 10 years. Note _ • The LCD replacement period indicates the half life of the brightness when the brightness is set to the factory default setting. The half life is shortened as the brightness is set higher. The deterioration of brightness varies depending on the condition of use, and its determination is subjective. Consider these facts for determining the actual replacement period. • The color of the LCD may become yellowish as time elapses. The discoloration tends to progress faster as the brightness is set higher. IM 04L41 B01 -02E 59 The setup items and the default values in the setting mode are listed below. Enter the settings that you are using in the Setting column for your convenience. Setting mode menu BE *: Options age 61 Page 61 to 63 age 64 and 65* Page 66 age 66 Page 66 age 67 Page 68 age 68 Page 68 age 69 Page 69 age 69 Page 69 and 70 ige 70*2 Page 71'2 ige 71*1 Page 71 ige 71 Page 72 to 74 ;:AV?; ':f>f ,�.:,v9h:'��•xn.� � .F.<.: ::i�l'.,/.!uct.:':�:'�:�'.� .::':Y;^::::o u''^::::<���o-Ts�s Page 75* 1 Page 75 Page 75 *1: Options *2: Displayed when the function is enabled in the Environment settings. 60 IM 04L41B01-02E Setup Items and Default Values Start time > Day order 1 st/2nd/3rd/4th/Last 1 st Start time > Day of the week SUN/MON/TUE/WED/THU/FRI/SAT SUN Start time > Hour of the day Numerical value 2 End time> Month JAN/FEB/MAR/APR/MAY/JUN/JUUAUG/SEP/ OCT _-� OCT/NOV/DEC Range End time> Day order 1st/2nd/3rd/4th/Last Last End time > Day of the week SUN/MON/TUENVED/THU/FRI/SAT SUN End time > Hour of the day Numerical value 1 Meas channel > Range, Alarm Type Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting First -CH, Last -CH 1/2/3/.../11/12 (Depends on the model.) 1 Range > Mode SkipNolt/TC/RTD/Scale/Delta/DI/ volt _-� 1-5V/Sgrt Range Mode=Volt Span Lower 0,1 0 1 Range 20mV/60mV/200mV/2V/6V/20V/50V 2V - Span Lower Depends on the range. - Span Upper Depends on the range. - Mode=TC Range R/S/B/WE/J/T/N/W/UU/WRe R Span Lower Depends on the range. - Span Upper Depends on the range. - Mode=RTD Range Pt/J Pt Pt Span Lower Depends on the range. - Span Upper Depends on the range. - Mode=Scale Type Volt/TC/RTD/DI Volt Range Depends on the type. - Span Lower Depends on the range. - Span Upper Depends on the range. - Scale Lower -30000 to 30000, decimal position: 0 to 4 0.00 Scale Upper -30000 to 30000, decimal position: 0 to 4 200.00 Unit 6 characters or less Mode=Delta Type Volt/TC/RTD/Di Volt Range Depends on the type.. - Span Lower Depends on the range. - Span Upper Depends on the range. - Ref.CH Meas channel number - Mode=Dl Range Level/Cont Level Span Lower 0,1 0 Span Upper 0,1 1 IM 04L41 B01 -02E 61 Setup Items and Default Values Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Mode=1-5V Range 1-5V 1-5V Span Lower 0.800 to 5.200 1.000 Span Upper 0.800 to 5.200 5.000 Scale Lower —30000 to 30000, decimal position :0 to 4 0.00 Scale Upper —30000 to 30000, decimal position :0 to 4 200.00 Unit 6 characters or less — Low-cut On/Off Off Mode=Sgrt Range 20mV/60mV/200mV/2V/6V/20V/50V Span Lower Depends on the range. - Span Upper Depends on the range. — Scale Lower —30000 to 30000, decimal position: 0 to 4 0.00 Scale Upper —30000 to 30000, decimal position: 0 to 4 200.00 Unit 6 characters or less — Low-cut On/Off Off Low-cut value 0.0 to 5.0 0.5 Alarm 1, 2, 3, 4 On/Off Off Type H:High/L:Low/h delta H4:delta UR:rate H/ H r:rate L/T:delayH/t:delayL Value Numerical value — Relay On/Off Off Number 101/102/.../106 (Depends on the model.) 101 S01/S02/S03/ ... /S29/S30 Detect On/Off On Meas channel > Tag, Memory, Delay Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting First -CH, Last -CH 1/2/3/.../11/12 (Depends on the model.) 1 Tag > Characters , 16 characters or less — Memory sample> On/Off On/Off On Alarm delay > Time 1 to 3600s 10 Meas channel > Moving average Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting First -CH, Last -CH 1/2/3/.../11/12 (Depends on the model.) 1 Moving average > On/Off On/Off Off Moving average > Count 2 to 400 2 Meas channel > Color Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Group of channel 001-006, etc Depends on the model. Color Red/GreenBlue/B.violet/Brown/Orange/ Red to Gray Y. green/Lig htblue/VioleVG raly/Lime/Cyan/ DarkblueNel low/Lig htgray/Purple/Bl ack/Pi nk/ L.brown/L.g reen/Darkgray/Olive/DarkCyan/ S.green (24 colors) Meas channel > Zone, Scale Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting First -CH, Last -CH 1/2/3/...A 1/12 (Depends on the model.) 1 Zone > Lower 0 to 95 0 Zone > Upper 5 to 100 100 Scale > Position Off/1 /2/3/4/5/6 1 Scale> Division 4/5/617/8/9/10/11/12/C10 10 62 IM 04L41B01-02E Setup Items and Default Values Meas channel > Bar graph j1 Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections. Default Value Setting First -CH, Last -CH 1/2/3/.../11/12 (Depends on the model.) 1 Base position Division Normal/Center 4/5/6/7/8/9/10/11/12 Normal 10 Meas channel > Partial Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting First -CH, Last -CH 1/2/3/.../11/12 (Depends on the model.) 1 On/Off On/Off Off Expand 1 to 99% 50 Boundary Span Lower+1 digit to Span Upper -1 digit 0.0000 Meas channel > Alarm mark Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting First -CH, Last -CH 1/2/3/.../11/12 (Depends on the model.) 1 Mark kind Indicate on Scale Alarm mark color> Alarm 1 Alarm mark color > Alarm 2 Alarm mark color > Alarm 3 Alarm mark color > Alarm 4 Alarm/Fixed On/Off Red/Green/... /S.green (24 colors) Same as Alarm 1 Same as Alarm 1 Same as Alarm 1 Alarm Off Red Orange Orange Red Meas channel > Color scale band Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting First -CH, Last -CH 1/2/3/.../11/12 (Depends on the model.) 1 Band area Color Display position > Lower Display position > Upper Off/In/Out Red/Green/.:JS.green (24 colors) Measuring range Measuring range Off Lime 0.0000 0.0100 Meas channel > Calibration correction Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting First -CH, Last -CH 1/2/3/.../11/12 (Depends on the model.) 1 Number of set points Off/2/3/4/5/6!7/8/9/10/11/12/13/14/15/16 Off 1 to n > MES val 1 to n > True val Value in the measuring range/measured value Measuring range — — IM 04L41B01-02E 63 Setup Items and Default Values Math channel > Expression, Alarm Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting First -CH, Last -CH 101/102/.../124 (Depends on the model.) 101 Math On/Off Off Math > Calculation expression 120 characters or less — Math > Span Lower —9999999 to 99999999, decimal position: 0 to 4 —200.00 Math > Span Upper —9999999 to 99999999, decimal position: 0 to 4 200.00 Math > Unit 6 characters or less — Alarm 1, 2, 3, 4 On/Off Off Type H:High/L:Low/T`.delayH/t:delayL H Value Numerical value — Relay On/Off Off No. 101/102/.../106 (Depends on the model.) 101 S01 /S02/S03/.../S29/S30 Detect On/Off On Math channel > Constant Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Number of constant K01 to K60 K01 Value —9.9999E+29 to —1.0000E-30, 0, 1 1.0000E-30 to —9.9999E+29 Math channel > Tag, Memory, Delay Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting First -CH, Last -CH 101/102/.../124 (Depends on the model.) 101 Tag > Characters 16 characters or less — Memory sample > On/Off On/Off On Alarm delay > Time 1 to 3600s 10 Math channel > TLOG, Rolling average Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting First -CH, Last -CH 101/102/.../124 (Depends on the model.) 101 TLOG > Timer No. 1/2/3/4 1 TLOG > Sum scale Off, /s, /min, /h Off TLOG > Reset On/Off Off Rolling average > On/Off On/Off Off Rolling average > Interval 1 s/2s/3s/4s/5s/6s/10s/12s/15s/20s/30s/ 10s 1 min/2min/3min/4min/5min/6min/10min/12min/ 15min/20min/30min/1 h Rolling average > Number of samples 1 to 1500 1 Math channel > Color Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Group of channel 101-106, etc Depends on the model. Color Red/Green/... /S.green (24 colors) Red to Gray Math channel > Zone, Scale, Bar graph Same as Meas channel. 64 IM 04L41 B01 -02E Math channel > Color scale band Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting First -CH, Last -CH 101/102/.../124 (Depends on the model.) 101 Band area Off/In/Out Off Color Red/Green/... /S.green (24 colors) Lime Display position > Lower Measuring range 0.00 Display position > Upper Measuring range 1,00 - Math channel > Math start action Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Math start Off/Start/Reset+Start Start IM 04L41 B01 -02E 65 Setup Items and Default Values Math channel > Partial Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting First -CH, Last -CH 101/102/.;./124 (Depends on the model.) 101 On/Off On/Off Off Expand 1 to 99% 50 Boundary Span Lower+1 digit to Span Upper -1 digit 0.00 Math channel > Alarm mark Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting First -CH, Last -CH 101/102/.../124 (Depends on the model.) 101 Mark kind Indicate on Scale Alarm mark color> Alarm 1 Alarm mark color > Alarm 2 Alarm mark color > Alarm 3 Alarm mark color > Alarm 4 Alarm/Fixed On/Off Red/Green/... /S.green (24 colors) Same as Alarm 1 Same as Alarm 1 Same as Alarm 1 Alarm Off Red Orange Orange Red Math channel > Color scale band Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting First -CH, Last -CH 101/102/.../124 (Depends on the model.) 101 Band area Off/In/Out Off Color Red/Green/... /S.green (24 colors) Lime Display position > Lower Measuring range 0.00 Display position > Upper Measuring range 1,00 - Math channel > Math start action Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Math start Off/Start/Reset+Start Start IM 04L41 B01 -02E 65 r Setup Items and Default Values Display > Trend /Save interval Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Trend interval [/div] 15s/30s/1 min/2min/5min/10min/15min/20min/ 1 min 30min/1 h/2h/4h/10h (Depends on the model.) Save interval 10min to 31 day (Depends on the trend interval.) 1 h Second interval [/div] 15s/30s/1 min/2min/5min/10min/15min/20min/ 1 min j 30min/1 h/2h/4h/10h (Depends on the model.) { Display > Trend t Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Direction Horizontal/Vertical/Wide/Split Vertical Trend clear On/Off Off Message direction Horizontal/Vertical Horizontal Scale > Digit Normal/Fine Normal Scale > Value indicator Mark/Bargraph Mark Trend line 1/2/3 2 Grid Auto/4/5/617/8/9/10/11/12 Auto Display > Bar graph Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Direction Horizontal/Vertical Vertical Display > LCD Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Brightness 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8 2 Backlight saver> Mode Off/Dimmer/Timeoff Off Backlight saver > Saver time 1 min/2min/5min/10min/30min/1 h 1 h Backlight saver> Restore Key, Key+Alarm Key+Alarm Display > Monitor Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Background .> Display White/Black White Background > Historical trend White/Cream/Black/Lightgray Black Scroll time 5s/10s/20s/30s/1 min 10s Jump default display Off/1inin/2min/5min/10min/20min/30min/1 h Off Group set, Trip line Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Group number 1/2/3/.../9/10 1 Group set> On/Off On/Off On Group set> Group name GROUPI to GROUP36/16 characters or less GROUP1 etc. Group set > CH set 39 characters or less Depends on the model. Trip line 1, 2, 3, 4 On/Off Off Position 0 to 100 50 Color Red/Green/.../S.green (24 colors) 1:Red, 2:Green 3:Blue, 4:Yellow Line width 1/2/3 2 Message Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Message No. 1-10/11-20/21-30/31-40/41-50/51-60/ 1-10 61-70/71-80/81-90/91-100 1 to 100 32 characters or less — 66 IM 04L41 B01 -02E Setup Items and Default Values Timer, Event action > Timer Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Timer No. 1/2/3/4 1 Mode Off/Relative/Absolute Off Relative > Interval 00:01 to 24:00 01:00 Relative > Reset at Math Start On/Off On Absolute > Interval 1 min/2min/3min/4min/5min/6min/10min/ 1 h 12min/15min/20min/30min/1 h/2h/3h/4h/ 6h/8h/12h/24h Absolute > Ref.time 0 to 23 0:00 Timer, Event action > Match time timer Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Timer number 1/2/3/4 1 Kind Off/Day/Week/Month Off Day 1 to 28 1 Day of the week SUN/MON/TUE/WED/THU/FRI/SAT SUN Hour 00:00 to 23:59 00:00 Timer action Single/Repeat Repeat Timer, Event action > Event action Setup Item Selectable Ran9e or Selections Default Value Setting Logic box number 1/2/3/.../39/40 1 Event None/Remote/Relay/Switch/Timer/ None Matchtime/Alarm/UserKey Remote > Remote number 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8 1 Relay > Relay number 101/102/.../106 (Depends on the model.) 101 Switch > Switch No. S01 /S02/S03/.../S29/S30 S01 Timer> Timer No. 1/2/3/4 1 MatchTimeTimer> Match Time Timer No. 1/2/3/4 1 Action MemoryStart/Stop/MemoryStarUMemoryStop/ DisplayGroupChange Trigger/AlarmACK/MathStart/Stop/MathStart/ MathStop/Math Reset/SaveDisplay/SaveEvent/ Message/Snapshot/DisplayRate7 /2/ManualSample/ TimerReset/DisplayG rou pChange/Flag/Panel Load/ Time adjust Message > Message No. 1 to 100 1 Message > Write to All/Select All Message > Group number 1/2/3/.../35/36 1 Group > Group number 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8/9/10 1 Flag> Flag number 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8 1 TimerReset > Timer No. 1/2/3/4 1 PanelLoad> Setting file number 1/2/3 1 IM 041 -41B01 -02E 67 Setup Items and Default Values Data save> File header, File name Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting File header > Characters 50 characters or less — Data file name > Structure Date/Serial/Batch Date Data file name > Identified strings 16 characters or less — Data save > Save directory Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Directory name 20 characters or less DATAO Data save > Event data Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Sample rate 25ms/125ms/250ms/500ms/1 s/2s/5s/10s/ 1S 30s/60s/120s/300s/600s (Depends on the model.) Mode Free/Single/Repeat Free Data length 1 Omin to 31 day (Depends on the sample rate.) 1 h Pre -trigger 0/5/25/50/75/95/100 0 Trigger signal > Key On/Off On Data save > Batch text Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Text field number 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8 1 Text field > Title of field 20 characters or less — Text field > Characters 30 characters or less — Save/Load Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Load display data> Kind CF/USB- CF Load event data> Kind CF/USB CF Load settings> Kind CF/USB CF Save settings> Kind Save settings > File name CF/USB 32 characters or less CF — File list/delete> Kind CF/USB CF Format> Kind Format > Volume name CF/USB 11 characters or less CF — Menu customize Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Function menu Select/HideNiewfTransfer — Display menu Separate/Select/HideNiew/Transfer — 68 IM 04L41 B01 -02E Items and Default Values Alarm Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Basic settings T -Y T -Y Reflash On/Off Off Rate of change > Decrease 1 to 32 1 Rate of change > Increase 1 to 32 1 Indicator Hold/Nonhold Nonhold Switch, Relay On/Off Off Internal Switch >AND None/S01/S01-S02/.../S01-S29/S01-S30 None Relay >AND None/101/101-102/ ... /101 -106 (Depends on the option.) None Relay> Action Energize/De_energ Energize Relay> Hold Hold/Nonehold Nonhold Hysteresis Meas CH > High/Low 0.0 to 5.0 0.5 Meas CH > Delta High/Low 0.0 to 5.0 0.0 Math CH > High/Low 0.0 to 5.0 0.0 A/D, Memory Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Scan interval > Scan mode Normal/Fast Normal Normal > Scan interval 125ms/250ms (DX1002, DX1002N, DX1004, DX1004N) 125ms 1s/2s/5s (DX1006 DX1006N, DX1012, DX1012N) 1s Normal > A/D integrate Auto/50Hz/60Hz/100ms Auto Fast > Scan interval 25ms (DX1002, DX1002N, DX1004, DX1004N) 25ms 125ms (DX1006, DX1006N, DX1012, DX1012N) 125ms Fast > A/D integrate 600Hz 600Hz Memory> Data kind Display/E+D/Event Display Burnout, RJC Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting First -CH, Last -CH 1/2/3/.../11/12 (Depends on the model.) 1 Burnout set > Mode Off/Up/Down Off RJC > Mode Internal/External Internal RJC > Volt —20000 to 20000µV 0 Environment > Operating environment Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Tag/Channel Tag/Channel Tag Language English/Japanese/German/French/Chinese English Remote Controller ID Off/0/1 / ... /30/31 Off Temperature C/F C Environment > View, Message, Input, Alarm Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting View > Trend type T -Y T -Y View > Partial On/Off Off View > Trend rate switching On/Off Off Message > Write group Common/Separate. Common Message > Power -fail message On/Off Off Message > Change message On/Off Off Input> Value on over -range Free/Over Over Alarm > No logging On/Off Off IM 04L41B01-02E 69 Items and Default Values Environment> Security, Media save Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Security> Key Security > Communication Off/Login/Keylock Off/Login Off Off Off/Max/Min/Ave/Sum/Inst Save > Auto save On/Off On Min Environment> Batch Off/Max/Min/Ave/Sum/Inst Sum File type Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting On/Off Lot -No. digit Auto increment On/Off Off/4/6/8 On/Off Off 6 On Free Environment > Service port Free/Lock Free Action of Function > AlarmACK Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting FTP 1 to 65535 21 Free HTTP 1 to 65535 80 Action of Function > E-mail/FTP SNTP 1 to 65535 123 Free/Lock Modbus 1 to 65535 502 Free Environment > Math Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Value on Error Value on Overflow > SUM, AVE Value on Overflow> MAX, MIN, P -P +Over/—Over Error/Skip/Limit Over/Skip +Over Skip Over Environment> Report Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Report select > 1 Max/Min/Ave/Sum/Inst Ave Report select > 2 Off/Max/Min/Ave/Sum/Inst Max Report select > 3 Off/Max/Min/Ave/Sum/Inst Min Report select > 4 Off/Max/Min/Ave/Sum/Inst Sum File type Separate/Combine Separate Keylock Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Password 8 characters or less Key action > START Free/Lock Free Key action > STOP Free/Lock Free Key action > MENU Free/Lock Free Key action> USER Free/Lock Free Key action > DISP/ENTER Free/Lock Free Key action > FAVORITE Free/Lock Free Media > External media Free/Lock Free Action of Function > AlarmACK Free/Lock Free Action of Function > Message/Batch Free/Lock Free Action of Function > Math Free/Lock Free Action of Function > Data save Free/Lock Free Action of Function > E-mail/FTP Free/Lock Free Action of Function > Time set Free/Lock Free Action of Function > Display Function Free/Lock Free 70 IM 04L41 B01 -02E Items and Default Values Login > Basic settings, Admin settings, User settings Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting User basic settings > Auto logout Off/1 min/2min/5min/10min Off User basic settings> Operation without Login Off/Display Off Admin settings > Admin number 1/2/3/4/5 1 Admin settings> Mode Off/Key/Comm/Web/Key+Comm Off Admin settings > User name 20 characters or less Admits Admin settings> Password 8 characters or less ???????? User settings > User number 1/2/3/.../29/30 1 User settings > Mode Off/Key/Comm/Web/Key+Comm Off User settings > User name 20 characters or less User1 User settings > Password 8 characters or less ???????? User settings > Authority of user Off/1 /2/3/4/5/6/7/8/9/10 Off Login > Authority of user Time settings Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Key action, Media Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Authority of user 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8/9/10 1 Key action > START Free/Lock Free Key action > STOP Free/Lock Free Key action > MENU Free/Lock Free Key action > USER Free/Lock Free Key action > DISP/ENTER Free/Lock Free Key action > FAVORITE Free/Lock Free Media > External media Free/Lock Free Action of Function ,. Initialize> Kind Clear 1/Clear 2/Clear 3 Authority of user 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8/9/10 1 AlarmACK Free/Lock Free -, Message/Batch Free/Lock Free Math Free/Lock Free Data save Free/Lock Free E-mail/FTP Free/Lock Free Time set Free/Lock Free Display Function Free/Lock Free Report Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Basic settings > Report kind Off/Hour/Day/Hour+Day/Day+Week/Day+Month Off Basic settings > Date 1 to 28 1 Basic settings> Day of the week (Day+week) SUN/MON/TUE/WED/THU/FRI/SAT SUN Basic settings > Time (hour) 0 to 23 0:00 Report settings> Report channel number R01/R02/R03/... /R23/R24 R01 Report settings > On/Off On/Off On Report settings > Channel Channel number 1 Report settings > Sum scale Off, /s, /min, /h, /day /s Time settings Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Time zone (HHMM) —1300 to 1300 900 Time deviation limit Off/10s/20s/30s/1 min/2min/3min/4min/5min 30s Date format Y/M/D, M/D/Y, D/M/Y, D.M.Y Y/M/D Load settings, Initialize Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Load settings > Kind CF/USB CF ,. Initialize> Kind Clear 1/Clear 2/Clear 3 Clear 3 Media eject CF/USB — IM 04L41 B01 -02E 71 Setup Items and Default Values Communication (Ethernet) > IP -address Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting DHCP Use/Not Not DNS accession Use/Not Use Host -name register Use/Not Use Fixed IP -address > IP -address Fixed IP -address > Subnet mask Fixed IP -address> Default gateway 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 Communication (Ethernet) > Host settings Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Host name 64 characters or less — Domain name 64 characters or less — Communication (Ethernet) > DNS settings Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Server search order > Primary 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0 Server search order> Secondary 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0 Domain suffix search order > Primary 64 characters or less — Domain suffix search order > Secondary 64 characters or less — Communication (Ethernet) > Keep alive, Timeout Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Keep alive On/Off On Application time out > On/Off On/Off Off Application time out > Time 1 to 120 (min) 1 Communication(Ethernet) > Server Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting FTP Use/Not Not Web Use/Not Not SNTP Use/Not Not Modbus Use/Not Not Communication (Ethernet) > Web page Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Page type Operator/Monitor Operator Page type=Operator On/Off On/Off Off Access control Off/Admin Off Command Use/Not Not Page type=Monitor On/Off On/Off Off Access control Off/Admin/User Off 72 IM 04L41 B01 -02E Setup Items and Default Values Communication (Ethernet) > E -Mail Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Basic settings SMTP server name 64 characters or less — Port number 0 to 65535 25 Recipient 1 150 characters or less — Recipient 2 150 characters or less — Sender 64 characters or less — Alarm settings Recipient 1 On/Off Off Recipient 2 On/Off Off Active Alarms > Alarm 1 On/Off Off Active Alarms > Alarm 2 On/Off Off Active Alarms > Alarm 3 On/Off Off Active Alarms > Alarm 4 On/Off Off Include INST On/Off Off Include source URL On/Off Off Subject 32 characters or less Alarm—summary Header 1 64 characters or less — Header 2 64 characters or less — Scheduled settings Recipient 1 On/Off Off Interval 1 h/2h/3h/4h/6h/8h/12h/24h 24h Ref.time 00:00 to 23:59 00:00 Recipient 2 On/Off Off Interval 1 h/2h/3h/4h/6h/8h/12h/24h 24h Ref.time 00:00 to 23:59 00:00 Include INST On/Off Off Include source URL On/Off Off Subject 32 characters or less Periodic data -` Header 1 64 characters or less — Header 2 64 characters or less — System settings Recipient 1 On/Off Off Recipient 2 On/Off Off Include source URL On/Off Off Subject 32 characters or less System warning Header 1 64 characters or less — Header 2 64 characters or less — Report settings Recipient 1 On/Off Off Recipient 2 On/Off Off Include source URL On/Off Off Subject 32 characters or less Report—data Header 1 64 characters or less — Header 2 64 characters or less — IM 04L41B01-02E 73 Setup Items and dDefault Values Communication (Ethernet) > FTP client Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting FTP transfer file Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Disp&Event data On/Off Off Report On/Off Off Snapshot On/Off Off FTP connection Primary/Secondary Primary Server name 64 characters or less — Port number 0 to 65535 21 Login name 32 characters or less — Password 32 characters or less — Account 32 characters or less — PASV mode On/Off Off Initial path 64 characters or less — Communication (Ethernet) > SNTP client Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Use/Not Use/Not Not Server name 64 characters or less — Port number 0 to 65535 123 Access interval Off/1 h/8h/12h/24h 8h Access reference time 00:00 to 23:59 00:00 Access timeout 10s/30s/90s 30s Time adjust on Start action On/Off Off Communication (Ethernet) > Modbus client Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Basic settings Read cycle 125ms/250ms/500ms/1 s/2s/5s/10s 1 s Retry interval Off/10s/20s/30s/1 min/2min/5min/10min/ 2min 20min/30min/1 h Modbus server settings Server number 1-8/9-16 1-8 Port 0 to 65535 502 Modbus server name 64 characters or less — Unit Auto/Fixed Auto No. 0 to 255 1 Command settings Client command number 1-8/9-16 1-8 1to16 Off/R/R-M/W/W-M Off First Depends on the command type. — Last Depends on the command type. — Server 1/2/3/ ... /15/16 1 Regi. Numerical value 30001 Type INT16/UINT16/INT32—B/INT32_UUINT32—B/ INT16 U INT32_UFLOAT—B/FLOAT—L 74 IM 04L41 B01 -02E Items and Default Values Communication (Serial) Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Basic settings 125ms/250ms/500ms/1 s/2s/5s/10s 1 s Baud rate 1200/2400/4800/9600/19200/38400 9600 Data length 7/8 8 Parity Odd/Even/None Even Handshaking Off:Off/XON:XON/XON:RS/CS:RS Off:Off Address 1 to 99 1 Protocol Normal/Modbus/Modbus-M Normal Modbus master> Basic settings Read cycle 125ms/250ms/500ms/1 s/2s/5s/10s 1 s Timeout 125ms/250ms/500ms/1 s/2s/5s/10s/1 min 1 s Retrials Off/1 /2/3/4/5/10/20 1 Inter -block delay Off/5ms/10ms/15ms/45ms/100ms Off Auto recovery Off/1 min/2min/5min/10min/20min/30min/1 h 2min Modbus master > Command settings Master command number 1-8/9-16 1-8 1 to 16 Off/R/R-M/W/W-M Off First Depends on the command type. — Last Depends on the command type. — Addr. 1 to 247 1 Regi. Numerical value 30001 Type INT1 6/UINT1 6/INT32_B/INT32_UUINT32_B/ INT16 U I NT32_UFLOAT_B/FLOAT_L Status relay Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Memory/Media status On/Off Off Measurement error On/Off Off Communication error On/Off Off Memory stop On/Off Off End Setup Item Selectable Range or Selections Default Value Setting Do you want to store and make the new settings take effect? Yes/No/Cancel — IM 04L41 B01 -02E 75 YOKOGAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION Headquarters 2-9-32, Nakacho, Musashino-shi, Tokyo, 180-8750 JAPAN Branch Sales Offices Nagoya, Osaka, Hiroshima, Fukuoka, Sapporo, Sendai, Ichihara, Toyoda, Kanazawa, Takamatsu, Okayama, and Kitakyusyu. YOKOGAWA CORPORATION OF AMERICA Headquarters 2 Dart Road, Newnan, Georgia 30265-1094, U.S.A. Phone : 1-770-253-7000 Fax: 1-770-254-0928 YOKOGAWA EUROPE B. V. Headquarters Databankweg 20 Amersfoort 3821 AL, THE NETHERLANDS Phone :31-33-464-1611 Fax:31-33-464-1610 Branch Sales Offices / Wien (Austria), Zaventem (Belgium), Ratingen (Germany), Madrid (Spain), Runcorn (United Kingdom), Milano (Italy), VelizyVillacoublay (France), Roodeport (Republic of South Africa), Budapest (Hungary), Stockholm (Sweden) YOKOGAWA AMERICA DO SUL Ltda. Head Office Praca Acapulco, 31 - Santo Amaro. Sao Paulo/SP - BRAZIL Phone : 55-11-5681-2400 Fax: 55-11-5681-4434 YOKOGAWA ELECTRIC ASIA PTE. LTD. Head Office 5 Bedok South Road, 469270 SINGAPORE Phone : 65-6241-9933 Fax: 65-444-6252 YOKOGAWA ELECTRIC KOREA CO., LTD. Head Office 14-1, Yangpyongdong-4Ga, Youngdeungpo-Gu, Seoul, 150-866 KOREA Phone : 82-2-2628-6000 Fax: 82-2-2628-6400 YOKOGAWA AUSTRALIA PTY. LTD. Head Office (Sydney) Tower A, 112-118 Talavera Road, Macquarie Park, N.S.W.2113, AUSTRALIA Phone :61-2-8870-1100 Fax:61-2-8870-1111 YOKOGAWA INDIA LTD. Head Office Plot No.96 Electronic City Complex, Hosur Road, Bangalore 560100, INDIA Phone : 91-80-4150-6000 Fax: 91-80-2852-1441 YOKOGAWA CHINA CO., LTD. K. Wan Centre 29F, 1010 Huai Hai Zhong Rd., Shanghai 200031, CHINA Phone : 86-21-5405-1919 Fax: 86-21-5405-1011 Nov. 'O6 Printed in China FLAME ARRESTER CERTIFIED TEST REPORT Flame Check, Detonation Arrester, Flame Arrester, Flame Trap Designed and Manufactured under an ISO 9001:2000 Certified Quality System. TUV America Inc. Certificate Registration No: 951 06 3823 ANAB Accredited Dlw Company Model: 7628-04-11-F00 Groth Horizontal Flame Arrester Size: 4" FF Flange Drilling: 150# ANSI Body: Aluminum Element: Aluminum Equipment MAWP: 140 psig Shell Test Pressure: 15 psig Quality Assurance 13650 N. Promenade Blvd. Customer: INNOVATIVE CONTRUCTION SOLUTIO Serial No.: 0710243-01-1 Tag No.: Part Type Body Inlet Base Element Housing Outlet Base Heat Number 092607 091707 Steam Jacket Test Pressure: N/A Stafford, TX 77477 October 23, 2007 Date Tested Office: (281) 295-6800 (800) 354-7684 Fax: (281) 295-6999 www.grothcorp.com T, Installation, Operation and Maintenance Models 7618 / 7628 / 7648 IOM 7618.1 January, 1999 CORPORATION TABLE OF CONTENTS: Description Page Introduction 1 Inspection & Installation 1 Maintenance 3 Replacement Parts 5 Bills of Material & Drawings Model 7618 6 Model 7628 7 Model 7648 8 Model 7618 with Steam Jacket 9 Table 2 - Flange Bolt Torque 2 Table 3 - Housing Bolt Torque 5 Table 4 - Element Housing Weight 5 Table 5 - Flame Arrester Weight 5 Table 6 - Replacement Gaskets 5 INTRODUCTION Groth's flame arresters are designed to inhibit flame propagation in gas piping systems and to protect low pressure tanks containing flammable liquids. They protect low flash point liquids from externally caused sources of heat and ignition, providing increased fire protection and safety. The flame arresters consist of two main components, the arrester bases and the flame element housing. The bases serve as the connecting interface to the piping system. The housing accommodates the flame element and is instrumental in stopping the flame passage. The flame element is comprised of small parallel triangular passageways aligned so that an approaching flame front is slowed down and then quenched before it can propagate to the protected side of the device. All Groth flame elements utilize spiral wound, crimped ribbon constructed of corrosion resistant 1 materials, to insure the best flame quenching performance with minimum pressure drop. Depending on the design of the system in which it is used, the arrester bases can include optional ports for temperature or pressure monitoring devices. These devices can activate warning or shutdown systems if abnormal conditions are detected. A flame arrester should be treated as a safety device and maintained by a knowledgeable repair technician. Carefully read and understand this Manual before installing or servicing this product. Groth Corporation offers repair services for all products manufactured by the Tank Protection Division. For information not contained in this manual, please contact: Groth Corporation Groth Products Group P.O. Box 15293 Houston, Texas, 77220 713-675-6151 713-675-6739(Fax) INSPECTION & INSTALLATION All Groth's flame arresters are bi-directional and the installation on a tank or piping system depends to a great extent on the design of the system. The Model 7618 is recommended for vertical installation in closed piping systems or venting to atmosphere. If a Model 7618 is installed in a horizontal line, it should be equipped with drain ports for removal of condensation from the housing. The Models 7628/7648 are designed for either vertical or horizontal installation. These series of flame arresters have 150# ANSI flange drilling compatibility, [30" & 36" model 7618 & 7628 have API 650 drilling], and are pneumatically tested to 15 PSIG at the factory. Please follow the guidelines listed in Table 2 for flange make-up torque. The arresters are NOT rated for full flange pressure and do not require high bolting torque. Recommended torque values are based on pressures [MAWP] in Table 1. Consult factory for higher pressure applications. -- The following guidelines should be observed at installation: 1. Remove any flange protectors and discard all packing material. Inspect flange faces and flame element for damage or contamination. 2. Inspect the gasket seating surface of the tank nozzle or piping. It must be clean, flat, free of scratches, corrosion and tool marks. 3. Aluminum flame arresters are furnished with flat face flanges; they should only be installed on a mating flat face flange with a full face gasket. WARNING Installation of an aluminum arrester in piping with raised face flanges can cause permanent distortion of the base flanges. This may result in vapor leakage .at the flange connection. Adjacent, piping must have appropriate structural :support to prevent excessive loads on the flame.arrester flanges. 4. Lubricate all studs and nuts with an appropriate thread lubricant. If the arrester will see high temperature service or if stainless steel fasteners are used, select an anti -seize compound such as moly-disulfide. 5. Inspect the gasket; make sure that the material is suitable for the application. Center the gasket within the bolt circle. 6. Set the arrester between its mating flanges or on the nozzle. Position the lifting handles and jacking nuts to facilitate future removal of the flame arrester housing (See Maintenance Instructions). Install the studs and tighten nuts hand tight. 2 Table 1: Flame Arrester MAWP PSIG (kPa) Size Model 7618 Alum Model 7618 CS/SS Model 7628 Alum Model 7628 CS/SS 2 50 100 150 285 3 50 100 140 285 4 50 100 140 285 6 50 100 140 285 8 50 100 90 200 10 50 100 75 150 12 50 100 75 150 All Model 7618A & 7628A: MAWP = 15 PSIG All Model 7648: MAWP = 285 PSIG Table 2: Flange Bolt Torque (*) Lb. Ft. (Nm) Size Raised Face Flat Face Size Raised Face 2 60 (82) 60 (82) 14 240 (326) 3 60 (82) 60 (82) 16 240 (326) 4 60 (82) 60 (82) 18 340 (462) 6 105 (143) 105 (143) 20 340(462) 8 105 (143) 105 (143) 24 460 (626) 10 140 (190) 170 (231) 30 105 (143) 12 140 (190) —170(231) 1 36 1 105 (143) * Torque values are for reference only and based on a nitrile binder synthetic gasket, 1/16" thick and unlubricated threads Notes: • When installing Model 7628 in the horizontal position, the eccentric portion of the housing must be positioned upward (See Page 8). In this position condensation will tend to move in the direction of flow and not collect in the element. • Leave space behind mating pipe flange for insertion of studs, as there may not be sufficient space to insert studs from the flame arrester side. (Models 7618 & 7628). 8. Torque all fasteners to half the value listed in Table 1 in a staggered, alternating pattern to provide an evenly compressed gasket joint. FLAME STUDS WITHOUT SPREADER NUTS E 9. Make up the final torque and check that no further nut rotation occurs at the specified torque value. L LL�'ILIV I 1 IU V.�IIVU LIFTING HANDLE(S) MAINTENANCE BA Fig. 1- Typical Model 7618 Flame Arrester For maximum operating efficiency the element of a flame arrester must be inspected for clogging at regular intervals. Frequency of inspection and maintenance should be based on the experience gained in each application. For ease of service, the flame element housing can be easily removed for inspection and maintenance without removing the arrester from the line. It is recommended that the arrester be removed for inspection of the element at least once per year or any time that one of the following conditions occurs: 3 HOUSING NUTS SPREADER NUTS RAIN OR STRUMENT JNECTIONS 1 4 supporting grids for damage or corrosion build- up from both sides. If the flame element appears to be damaged, it should be replaced immediately. 11. Make up the final torque and check that no further nut rotation occurs at the specified torque value. The torque values are based on original gaskets supplied by Groth Corporation and unlubricated studs. Table 3: Housing Bolt Torque Chart (*) Ft. Lb. (Nm) Size Model 7618 Model 7628 2 60 (82) 40 (54) 3 1 60 (82) 40 (54) 4 60 (82) 40 (54) 6 105 (143) 105 (143) 8 105(143) 105(143) 10 170 (231) 220 (300) 12 170 (231) 220 (300) 14 40 (54) 40 (54) 16 40 (54) 40 (54) 18 40 (54) 40 (54) 20 40 (54) 40 (54) 24 40 (54) 40 (54) 30 40 (54) 40 (54) 36 60 (82) 60 (82) * Torque values are for reference only and based on a nitrile binder synthetic gasket, 1/16" thick and unlubricated threads Table 4: Element Housing Weight - [Lb. (kg)] Models 7618 / 7628 Size Aluminum Alum/SS (+) Steel 2" 5. (2) 10 (5) 15 (7) 3" 10 (5) 10 (5) 20 (9) 4" 15 (7) 20 (9) 35 (16) 6" 30 (14) 45 (20) 75 (34) 8" 45 (20) 70 (32) 115 (52). 10" 70 (32) 110 (50) 175 (80) 12" 95 (43) 160 (73) 250 (114) 14 Consult Factory 575 (261) 16 745 (339) 18 890 (405) 20 1135 (516) 24 1805 (820) 30 3095(1407) 36 4315(1961) (+) = Aluminum construction with SS flame element. 5 Table 5: Flame Arrester Assembly Weight - [Lb. (kg)] Models 7618 Size Aluminum Alum/SS (+) Steel 2" 15 (7) 20 (9) 45. (70) 3" 25 (11) 30 (14) 75 (34) 4" 40 (18) 45 (20) 105(48) 6" 80 (36) 100 (45) 225 (102) 8" 130 (59) 155 (70) 360 (164) 10" 200 (91) 245 (111) 555 (252) 12" 285 (130) 345 (157) 795 (361) 14 Consult Factory 1110 (505) 16 1535 (698) 18 1765(802)_ 20 2240(1018) 24 3360(1527) 30 5730(2605) 36 9240(4200) Models 7628 Size Aluminum Alum/SS (+) Steel 2" 25 (11) 30 (14) 70(32) 3" 35 (16) 40 (18) 95 (43) 4" 50 (23) 60 (27) 105(48)_ 6" 85 (39) 100 (45) 225.(102) 8" 150 (68) 175 (80) 360 (164) 10" 235 (107) 280 (127) 555 (252) 12" 320 (125) 385 (175) 795 (361) 14 Consult Factory 1110(505)_ 16 1535 (698) 18 1765 (802) 20 2240(1018) 24 3360(1527) 30 5730(2605) 36 9240(4200) To order original Groth general purpose replacement gaskets (#), select the corresponding Part Number for the arrester size from the table below: Table 6: Gasket Part Number Size Part No. 2 80018020 3 80018030 4 80018040 6 80018060 8 80018080 10 80018100 12 80018120 Size Part No. 14 80018123 16 80018126 18 80018127 20 80018135 24 80018136 30 Teadit 24B 36 Teadit 24B (#) = Synthetic Non -Asbestos Fiber sheet material with a nitrile binder. For special applications or chemical compatibility please contact factory. NU ON (UP I1UNAL) Groth Model 7618 Flame Arrester with Steam Jacket Groth Model 7618 Flame Arrester 6 LE USED 2' UNITS TYPICAL :AL :OND HANDLE USED 6' THRU 12' UNITS. 1/2" NPT TYPICAL (OPTIONAL) Groth Model 7628 Flame Arrester ITEM DESCRIPTION CARBON ALUMINUM STAINLESS 1 Base CS Aluminum 316 SS 2 Handle CS Aluminum 316 SS 3 Hex Nut 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS 4 Stud 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS 5 Plug SS SS 316 SS 6 Rod SS SS 316 SS 7 Grid SS Aluminum 316 SS 8 Housing CS Aluminum 316 SS 9 Coupling (optional) CS Aluminum 316 SS 10 Plug (optional) CS Aluminum 316SS 11 Gasket (*) Non -Asbestos Compressed Fiber 12 Flame Element SS Aluminum 1 316 SS (*)= Spare parts (See Table 6). Groth Model 7618A Flame Arrester Groth Model 7628A Flame Arrester l 8 Groth Model 7648 Flame Arrester ITEM DESCRIPTION CARBON ALUMINUM STAINLESS 1 Base CS Aluminum 316 SS 2 Grid SS Aluminum 316 SS 3 Flame Element SS Aluminum 316SS 4 Plug SS SS 316 SS 5 Rod SS SS 316 SS Groth Model 7618 Flame Arrester w/ Weatherhood HANDLE USED HRU 12' UNITS. " NPT TYPICAL 'TIONAL) ITEM DESCRIPTION CARBON ALUMINUM STAINLESS 1 Base CS Aluminum 316 SS 2 Handle CS Aluminum 316 SS 3 Hex Nut 304SS 304 SS 316 SS 4 Stud 304 SS 304 SS 316 SS 5 Plug SS SS 316 SS 6 Rod SS SS 316 SS 7 Grid SS Aluminum 316 SS 8 Housing CS Aluminum 316 SS 9 Coupling (optional) CS Aluminum 316 SS 10 Plug (optional) CS Aluminum 316SS 11 Gasket (*) Non -Asbestos Compressed Fiber 12 Flame Element SS Aluminum 316 SS 13 Weatherhood Post 304 SS 304 SS 316 SS 14 Eye Nut CS CS SS 15 Hex Nut 304 SS 304 SS 316 SS 16 Weatherhood CS Aluminum 316 SS 17 Screen SS PVC SS 18 Adapter Plate Aluminum CS SS (*)= Spare parts (See 'fable 6). 10 The nameplate on the flame arrester contains the Model Number, Serial Number and additional information about materials of construction and options. The following chart will assist in relating the Model Number to the characteristics of your equipment: •t M --M 1 7618 7628 7648 SIZE MATERIAL OPTIONS ------ Co ------------- 02 03 04 06 08 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 36 1=A 1=Aluminum Element 5=316 SS Element Z=Special Element , 3=Carbon Steel Body 5=316 SS Body Z=Special Body O = No Specials Z = Special Options O = No Jacket J = Steam Jacket I F = Flanged Outlet I W = Weatherhood EXAMPLE: 7,618 -02 -35 -FOO indicates a 2" Model 7618 with Carbon Steel body, 316SS flame element winding and no special options. PRODUCT LIMITED WARRANTY A. Seller warrants that products which are marketability, merchantability, for a particular manufactured by Seller, are manufactured in purpose or ust;, or against infringement of any accordance with published specifications and free patent of products. In no event shall Seller be from defects in materials and/or workmanship for liable for any direct, incidental or consequential a period of (12) twelve months. Seller, at its damages of any nature, or losses or expenses option, will repair or replace any products resulting from any defective new product or the returned intact to the factory, transportation use of any such product, including any damages charges prepaid, which Seller, upon inspection, for loss of time, inconvenience, or loss of use of shall determine to be defective in material and/or any such product. workmanship. The foregoing shall constitute the sole remedy for any breach of Seller's warranty. C. The original Manufacturer shall be solely responsible for the design, development, supply, B. THERE ARE NO UNDERSTANDINGS, production, and performance of its products AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS, OR hereunder, and the protection of its trade name or WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, names, if any. It assumes no responsibility, for (INCLUDING MERCHANTABILITY OR products modified or changed in any way by its FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE agent or customer. Any such modifications or REGARDING PRODUCTS) UNLESS changes to products sold by Seller hereunder shall SPECIFIED IN THE SALES CONTRACT. THIS make the product limited warranty null and void. CONTRACT STATES THE ENTIRE OBLIGATION OF SELLER. D. The Manufacturer shall be under no obligation to Seller makes no warranties, either express or manufacture, sell, or supply, or to continue to implied, except as provided herein, including manufacture, sell or supply any of the Products. without limitation thereof, warranties as to 11 INLINE FLOW METER Kurz Instruments, Inc. 831-646-5911 2411 Garden Road www.kurz-instruments.com t Monterey, CA 93940 Quick Start Guide Models 155, 452, 454FT, 502, 504FT, and 534FT. October 2003 155 Line and Flow Elements MFT Line 360206C Models 155, 452, 454FT, 502, 502FT, 504FT, 534FT Kurz Instruments, Inc. 831-646-5911 2411 Garden Road www.kurz-instruments.com Monterey, CA 93940 The following information is an abbreviated list of what you need to do for your flow meter to achieve maximum possible repeatability and accuracy. Most of the steps will be required for all products. Please read this before you start. You will ultimately need to refer to the product manual, which is found on the attached CD. Given the Model number of your product, you can find the manual you require. + Kurz Model # _ Unpacking/Expected Content Your flow meter has been shipped to you with the following items. Please make sure you have them and contact us if this is incomplete. 1. Flow element or Flowmeter, compare the packing list against your order. 2. Calibration certificate of the above 3. Flow Computer Input Configuration Sheet 4. Manual on CD Mounting of the equipment (see guidelines sheet) You will need to remove the protective shipping covers from the sensor or flowbody before installing the unit. A thermal meter must have direct contact with the process fluid to work. The meter will need to be mounted in accordance to safe design practice accounting for the process pressures, corrosion, temperature and any potentially hazardous area requirements. The electronics head needs to be in an accessible area so you can do wiring to it or perhaps use the local keypad LCD. Some models have remote electronics heads, which must be mounted/wired too. Most units can be programmed with a Laptop portable computer or even a PDA using the RS -232 port. For best results, please carefully look over the installation guidelines sheet for more on the sensor placement criteria. Insertion Meters must be mounted with a compression fitting to the duct/pipe or flange mounted then checked for leaks. Make sure the insertion depth is adequate to get into the center 1/3 of the diameter where the flow profiles are the most stable. The distance from profile disruptions needs to be adhered to for the best repeatability/accuracy.(see the guideline sheet) In -Line Meters have similar requirements for undisrupted straight runs except for the 534FT line. Check for process fluid leaks. 360206C Models 155, 452, 454FT, 502, 502FT, 504FT, 534FT 2 X 9 w U O rl- 1-4 o U M i w d' M tI'1 H w O w N O N O w d' Izi N d' tr cn N O PC A � U M � 0 f.J J X 9 w U O rl- 1-4 o U M i w d' M tI'1 H w O w N O N O w d' Izi N d' tr cn N O PC A �A O O '�" ° a� ° Y N O U y o U Y � Y � ° N ° •Y U� � b d � > p o _ ' ° � ° • U � N �" 'S"^4 •}' ° U � CC it i -i Y ,�" G O Y a> O U ON O Y ¢ U Y N 0 C >-I cd + fi- 1 Y Sr• 4) •3 U .moi W im-cd N V1 .'ray •� '� U �F4 C�3cli `-I�..i-Y y � • U � • iy �--' U y° nti � tV U � i-' r- N `C'. $. °b - °: o ami 0y z to Vl o .� m Y !„ r. � (�"� U In m N 0 w CIS " C? �ti • - "O V] U o L -i > O '� N cC C,3 •�j c% �1 V s'y ^p O N on ° � ° n � a � o o > 3 Vi ?C cd� ami am�•i• N V � U r. � O cd bA (d n (d O �y MCC • Q" a� '�"� �' � Q M v •Y � � o° ,.� 4-� N O 4-i i Y N � -a � 3� 00 Ooo 3 o o �: v o N, 0 o- lu c�3 o0 cd YS3. '� of''T O o CC aO� .0 t3 aSUC� Qio.,yn , oUa� y.•SraJ O 4•� 0U cdY- y M== 0 > O °iji Nobn 'L�° P. Q. C� J O, 'd Y� 5I—C11I']1 O U A V�. ai U %•1 .0aLR''ii ' Cd° aCoCGd •b�n ~(DU YY 0cq0 c/) u U Ho OU •�' ° CC�• •~ U 4-1 V1 U C ¢0 = = Y Q ° O'O C 0 cd to .+ U • CIS +Yti O oY i U � ttw Da3 .0- N �, U A emi ' ,y.. s y s;' to H+sNp N°Yo •ti+U'' 0 .0 CC U W t. C13 N Y33° teN , t. Y 'O o N cd NY y ° o cd cY 3O 'n 0 -00 C�3 O O YObn w cN"bn O N ^ bq NO0s. zn�y �. bb cd amcC ��cd`d� o,w u$.. _ O >,3 o o.-0 > 4. O U C,3 (C V E . V U p , � o • Y Mr> OU U Cr O .D O U Con •.. U N I--1 O/cVwt > a>' O E o A y Z- C --= °0= 0 N _ O "�O O '0U .•o a c° N , y SO".� U) = Q> N �O O CC -boA ° ^Q0 .Y - O cd O OoY •O U Y > W W LC �'�-+ > U :fl U Fi Y N •>f Y Y N 03 („J O cC 6' cci Cc '� ~ o '•„ � O ;� ani 75w° a� U � O d' U a3 p 4 N Q C 4.1 N N rA Zo E O N Q X L..— H I tn � O � U M sem, 0 N s., J U � O d' U a3 p 4 N Q C 4.1 N N rA Zo E O N Q X L..— H I tn 3 03 .., o C�3 �, 3 C) o � Cd p. ° o U m N 3 I too~ on O o -o Sa ai c a o o p o bJD y � ch Cd o � cd U U Cd Q cd Q A..bb 3 U Om m 00 CIS Cd N U cd 03 ', � s.. N U U cd O U� •.��, b�A N N � •�,, . � � � � N � y O In N � CZ3 '0 N > 80 o N cl63 cn C6 O y N cd �; N O N cdrA N O � E cn cn a) OU Con V) O is rA ... N bbA U lc� ccn 30. U te+ cnEn N O �S" �3 cC3 O. sU O4. _� O _ N IR H w M V"1 w d - O H w N O N O kn H w kn d - N tI) cl' kn O 9 i O �I � a� O a o� w I I � U U i v] � o Q M � h N N � O N � � o � r fu U -o w O to N O n O �I d - OC> 0 a, c W Cd on cl Q O � a� O a o� w I I d F� U � � o Q M � h N � O N � � o � r fu U -o w O to O n w � N rf • • • � t b d' U � N d � O N C> N p o U b � u N O M wAll u tk t M 4 er w d - OC> 0 a, c W Cd on cl Q O � a� O a o� w I I d � � U � ME > n u w � � U � � o Q > � M � h N � � N � � o � r fu w -o O O n rf • • • � t b d' C> p o U 0 N O M e N 00 � O U _ U � � U 00 O 'N d O O O (� O 0 P� o � o 00 O a3 U O r3 O O O (� O 0 P� U U�4W Q O � O a o� w I I U O a d d �y O N cF 00 O-� U O N p O i%] U U�4W I 00 Kurz Instruments, Inc. 831-646-5911 2411 Garden Road www.kurz-instruments.com Monterey, CA 93940 Wiring, Sensor, Power and Signals The thermal flow meter uses several watts of power to measure flow, so requires more than a simple 4-20 mA loop powered connection for operation. In general our products are know as a "4 -wire" device, power (2) and signal (2). The exact wiring diagram for your meter can be looked up on the provided CD manual using the model number of the meter. Potentially Hazardous Area Use and EMI Compliance Please consult the full manual on the provided CD for safety and EMI related issues. Sensor For "Remote Electronics" you need to run five wire cable for each sensor between the sensor J -box and Flow Computer. The wire gage/length and conduit/shielding requirements are found in the manual and on the field wiring diagrams. The transmitter attached versions have no sensor wiring requirements. 15 5J I/O board photo (155A/B,155C-2/E-2 are not shown). 360206C Models 155, 452, 454FT, 502, 502FT, 504FT, 534FT Kurz Instruments, Inc. 2411 Garden Road Monterey, CA 93940 831-646-5911 www.kurz-instruments.com 454FT/504FT/534FT: I/O board major connections. Power Most units are available with either 115/230 VAC or 24 VDC depending on which version you purchased. Both types require a ground wire for product safety compliance. Switching between 115 and 230 VAC requires a solder jumper setting change. Analog Output This is an optional feature which can be wired two ways but you still need the 24 VDC power (or AC power option) to operate the unit as a "4 -wire" connection: 1. The 4-20 mA interface can be optically isolated (also known as loop powered). In this case your 4-20 mA input circuit is providing the excitation voltage. 2. You can self power the 4-20 mA circuit from the flow meter where Kurz provides the 24 VDC excitation voltage. The output is not isolated in this case. Here your 4-20 mA input will need a differential current receiver or other method to accept the current signal which is ground referenced at the flow transmitter. Digital Communications Some of the flow meters support RS -232 point-to-point connections and/or RS -485 multipoint connections. The RS -485 can be full or half duplex (4 wire or 2 wire plus ground). See the Modbus section for multi -point configurations. The 155 flow computers have a fixed 9600 baud rate connection via a straight though DB -9 connector to a PC. The 454FT, 504FT & 534FT have a default 9600 baud but are programmable from 1.2 k baud to 38.4 k baud. They too use a straight though RS -232 connection to the PC on a DB -9 cable. Alarms fl 360206C Models 155, 452, 454FT, 502, 502FT, 504FT, 534FT 10 Kurz Instruments, Inc. 2411 Garden Road Monterey, CA 93940 831-646-5911 www.kurz-instruments.com Discrete contacts for closure or open on event are optionally available. These are isolated relays or SSRs. The maximum current, voltage and isolation specs are on the brochure/ product manual. Display Orientation The keyboard/display on the 454FT/504FT/534FT may be mounted in any 90 ° orientation for optimum viewing and keyboard access when mounted in the process. Disconnect the power first then open the explosion proof lid. You simply unscrew the cross point screws (2 or 4), move spacers as required then tighten back down (see photo below). The ribbon cable for the display is long enough if not twisted up too much to rotate into any of the four positions. Navigating Menus All flow meters and their optional flow computers (Models 155) use a similar menu system for their operation. The picture below is for the 454FT/504FT/534FT and shows a 2x16 character display and 20 key data entry pad. D = Display Mode P = Program Mode L= Forced Log on the serial port. E = Entry C = Clear H = Hold, HH = help ^ = increment, yes etc. v = decrement, no etc. User access code 123456 in Program Mode When in a menu area, you can advance with D or P and sometimes you need to use E to select the area your want to enter. If typing data on the keypad, you can use D to backup one character or C to clear the whole entry. You can select items in a choice menu with the ^ v keys. You can exit menus or Program Mode by pressing C several times progressively leaving the menu tree you are in. If you are using a laptop with HyperTerminal or PDA (Palm, etc.) with a terminal emulator program you can also enter letters by just typing them (helpful for doing meter tags using the meter ID parameter). Remote Keyboard commands are lower case, d, p, 1, enter(for E), c and h with v and ^ being down and up. When entering meter IDs or tags, use the shift lock so only upper case characters are used (otherwise they are interpreted as commands). 360206C Models 155, 452, 454FT, 502, 502FT, 504FT, 534FT 11 Kurz Instruments, Inc. 831-646-5911 2411 Garden Road www.kurz-instruments.com Monterey, CA 93940 Insertion Meter Programming The insertion meters, 410, 452, 454FT all have a low up -front cost but require more work on the part of the user to achieve an accurate measurement whereas the 502, 504FT and 534FT are already calibrated for flow and need a minimum of field adjustments to read accurately. The in-line meters only need the output range to be specified (see following sections) For all insertion meters do the following: Area. The duct inside flow area must be entered in the meter section of the flow computer. Depending on your units (English or International) this must be entered as ft2 or m2 respectively. D <7_�) Area = D2Tc/4 -------- ---------------------------; W H Area = HW You press the P key to enter Program Mode, then the 123456 access code and E. Now press P to advance to the "Set Meter Data" menu then press E and select which meter (^v on the 155) then using P advance to the screen "Set Meter Area" where you just type the value followed by E. It will say new value accepted if you make a change. Last press the C key a few times to exit Program Mode. More extensive programming instructions and the Menu state diagram are found in the manual. Sensor or Probe Blockage. The duct/pipe area blocked off by the insertion of the sensor/probe, accelerates the flow reading. This can be adjusted using the Sensor Blockage Correction Factor (SBCF) on the 454FT but is not critical as this effect is measured during the field calibration. Other insertion devices (410, 452, 452FT) can skip this step and will make this adjustment during the field calibration. SBCF = (A 1-A2)/A 1 360206C Models 155, 452, 454FT, 502, 502FT, 504FT, 534FT 12 Kurz Instruments, Inc. 831-646-5911 2411 Garden Road www.kurz-instruments.com Monterey, CA 93940 SBCF is performed by simply entering the following data: 1. Insertion depth (L) in ft or meters from the end of the probe window to the duct inside wall. 2. Probe diameter (d) in inches. The 454FT comes in %2, 3/4 and 1 inch versions and the 454PFT or purge version is a 1 inch unit but must be selected as such because of its higher blockage. You press the P key to enter Program Mode, then the 123456 access code and E. Now press P to advance to the "Set Meter #1 Flow" menu then press E then using P advance to the screen "Next Sens Dia ^ v" where the ^ v arrows are used to choose the value followed by E. It will say "new value accepted" if you make a change. Last press the C key a few times to exit Program Mode. More extensive programming instructions and the Menu state diagram are found in the manual. Flow/velocity Units. The engineering units displayed by the unit are extensive and can be programmed for the following partial list (please refer to the appropriate product for more info). Note that actual velocity or flow is not available. 454FT/504FT/534FT you have these options: Velocity SFPM, SMPS (only 454FT) Flow Rate SCFM, SCFH, SCMM, SCMH Mass Rate PPM, PPH, KGM, KGH Temperature DEGF, DEGC 410/452/502/510 with 155 Flow Computer Velocity SFPM, SMPS (only 410/452) Flow Rate SCFM, SCFH, SCMM, SCMH Mass Rate PPH, KGM Temperature DEGF, DEGC (only on T versions or K -BAR -2000 elements) To change the type of units you press the P key to enter Program Mode, then the 123456 access code and E. Now press P to advance to the "SET METER #1 FLOW" menu then press E then using P advance to the screen "DISPLAY NEXT ^v FLOW IS XXXX" where the ^v arrows are used to choose the value XXXX followed by E. It will say new value accepted if you make a change. Last press the C key a few times to exit Program Mode. r-F� o t�ozis ou see for t epe ds on 3. 360206C Models 155, 452, 454FT, 502, 502FT, 504FT, 534FT 13 Kurz Instruments, Inc. 2411 Garden Road Monterey, CA 93940 831-646-5911 www.kurz-instruments.com Reference Temp and Pressure for Standards. The selected standard flow or velocity is the same as actual at the temperature and pressure known as the "standard." Typical standards are 77 °F, 14.69 PSIA, or 0 °C, 760 mmHg. With the 155 flow computer the reference conditions are determined at the factory and are not field programmable. With the MFT line, 454FT, 504FT, 534FT you can separately set the temperature and pressure of the standard conditions. After you have done so it will compute the new standard density then modify all the calibration data so it reads the same flow rate as before but now referenced to a new standard density. To change the standard conditions, you enter Program Mode and advance to the "SET METER DATA" menu, scroll down to the menu "NEW TEMP REF" or "NEW PRESS REF." After making changes you press E. It will confirm the change and show the new reference density in this menu. Last you press C a few times to exit Program Mode. Field Calibration. This is the most difficult part of setting up an insertion flow meter. On the other hand, an In -Line meter does not needed this step as it is already calibrated to read flow with its area, blockage and correction factors built in already. To perform a Field Calibration, a reference flow method is used to know the true flow while noting the indicated flow from the meter. This is best left to experienced users or professionals who know how to do it. See the manual if you want more information on this. Tag/Labeling of the Meter The best way to change a meter's label is to use the Keyboard on your Laptop or PDA because non -numeric characters are hard to do with the Kurz 4x5 numeric keyboard. (see manual if you are using the local keypad/display). You connect your computer via the RS -232 port to the flow computer's serial port. The default baud rate is 9600 but can be changed on the MFT line via its local keypad. Use HyperTer Serial Ports 360206C Models 155, 452, 454FT, 502, 502FT, 504FT, 534FT 14 Kurz Instruments, Inc. 2411 Garden Road Monterey, CA 93940 831-646-5911 www.kurz-instruments.com On the PC or PDA you start a terminal emulator program like HyperTerminal, then you can use the lower case c, d, p, enter and other keys to navigate the menus and make changes. You start/stop the communications with the + key and will see a dialog like shown below on a MFT unit. The unit shown below had its Echo turned on where a list of terminal commands was shown then it started scrolling its meter data with their tags. p :program h :hold - :terminal echo d display :up arrow ? :help <BkSpc> :backspace U :down arrow 1 :dump log to terminal <CR> :enter c :clear q :query TERMINAL ECHO IS STARTED KURZ INSTRUMENTS 9:40 6/17/2002 PRESS H FOR HOLD HH FOR HELP METER #1, FLOW ID: FIT89 26.65436 SCFM 12944.61 SCF 26.65436 SCFM 12944.61 SCF METER #2, TEMP ID: METER 00002 587.1 DEGF 587.1 DEGF KURZ INSTRUMENTS 9:40 6/17/2002 PRESS H FOR HOLD HH FOR HELP METER 41, FLOW ID: FIT89 26.35618 SCFM 12951.66 SCF 26.35618 SCFM 12951.66 SCF METER #2, TEMP ID: METER 00002 To change a meter's label, using HyperTerminal you follow the example shown below. 360206C Models 155, 452, 454FT, 502, 502FT, 504FT, 534FT 15 Kurz Instruments, Inc. 831-646-5911 2411 Garden Road www.kurz-instruments.com Monterey, CA 93940 Pressed p Then the 123456 access code followed by enter. NFttt LM m I lJ i t I Y- u,21,Ur Uf+ll�El �Fi .0 't...... Then you press p several times to PRESS E TO RESET TOTALIZED advance to: PRESS E TO SET TIME & DATES PRESS E TO SET ADO SAMPLE RATE PRESS E TO SET FLOW CAL DATA PRESS E TO SET METER #1, FLOW Set Meter ENTER METER ID METER 01 followed by ENTER METER ID METER 01 '` enter. ENTER METER ID F Then you shift to ENTER METER ID FI caps -lock and ENTER METER ID FIT type the"tag" ENTER METER ID FIT$ and enter. ENTER METER ID FIT89 ENTER METER ID FIT9 NEW VALUE ACCEPTED You should see NEW VALUE ACCEPTED NEXT TYPE —v IN—LINE FLOW � Now turn off PRESS E TO SET METER H2, TEMP 9:44 6/13/2002 caps -lock and KURZ INSTRUMENTS P press c several PRESS H FOR HOLD HH FOR HELP "�' times to exit �, _ �r z A. N_ _. :a ,--�-_ program mode. 360206C Models 155, 452, 454FT, 502, 502FT, 504FT, 534FT 16 Kurz Instruments, Inc. 2411 Garden Road Monterey, CA 93940 Output Setup 831-646-5911 www.kurz-instruments.com The meter output can be analog via the 4-20 mA or digital via the RS -232 or RS -485. The 4-20 mA hardware is pre -calibrated at the factory so when it thinks 12 mA is being generated that it is. You may optionally re -calibrate with a 4 %2 digit multi -meter. This procedure is described in the manual. The output range of the 4-20 mA needs to be specified. If the Digital output is used you must program the protocol, baud rate, device address and set the proper hardware jumpers. Analog Output Range. The analog output range (4.00 mA = yy flow, 20.00 mA = zz flow), is programmed using the following sequence from the keypad: You will need to program your receiving device for the same range. Enter Program Mode by pressing P then the access code 123456 and E then advance the major menus using the P key till you see the menu "SET ANALOG OUTPUTS" now your press E to enter, then select the output channel to program, by typing the number or use the ^ v keys then press E. Now you assign the meter # you want to this output channel. For the MFT line, #I meter is the flow and #2 is the temperature. In the 155 Flow Computer, you have up to 16 meters that are completely programmable to their output being, velocity, flow, temperature, average of other meters etc. Next you see the menu "OUT # NEXT TYPE ^ v " Flow or VELOCITY on an insertion meter. The screen will show "LOW = 0.000 SCFM AT 4 mA" and you can enter whatever value you like followed by the E key for the low current value which will state new value accepted if you make a change. The next menu will read: "HIGH = YYY.YY SCFM AT 20 mA". Again you enter the new value followed by E to make a change. The next analog output channel will come up and your can select this with the E or escape using the C key multiple times. Summary of Maior Configuration Menus Field Operations in Program MFT Line, 454FT, 504FT, 155 Line Mode 534FT, K -BAR -2000 Enter Data from a Calibration PRESS E TO SET PRESS ENTER TO Certificate (pre done by Kurz) FLOW CAL DATA SET LINEARIZERS Change Range of Analog PRESS E TO SET PRESS ENTER TO Output (page 17) ANALOG OUTPUTS SET ANALOG OUT Change Area or Correction PRESS E TO SET PRESS ENTER TO Factors (page 11) METER #1, FLOW SET METER DATA Change Response Time PRESS E TO SET PRESS ENTER TO METER FILTER TC SET INPUT FILTER 360206C Models 155, 452, 454FT, 502, 502FT, 504FT, 534FT 17 Kurz Instruments, Inc. 2411 Garden Road Monterey, CA 93940 831-646-5911 www.kurz-instruments.com Digital Output. The most common digital communications protocol used today is Modbus. It has been around for decades and still selling strong, and is well supported with many third party OPC servers that can be configured to read parameters from our flow meters that are then used by client HMI or SCADA programs on the same computer or network like Excel, Lookout, Wonderware and Fix32 to name a few. Please see the manual for more on OPC and the Modbus register assignments to read data out of the MFT product line. The 155 Flow Computer does not have Modbus available. To setup the digital output we need to choose the protocol, baud rate and serial port type. A. Protocols: 1. Remote Terminal Mode is where you talk to the meter from a Laptop using HyperTerminal. Both the MFT line and 155 Flow Computers support this. 2. Plus Logging is the command that provides a meter summary and can be generated from an internal timer or external "1" command. For the 155 Flow Computer this is the "x" command. 3 Modbus, which is a multi -point protocol that can be used on one device via the RS -232 or many devices on the RS -485 port. Both the Modbus ASCII or RTU protocols are supported. The device address may be any number between 1 and 247.: B. Baud Rate: This can be 1.2 k to 38.4 k with the MFT line and is set from the local keypad. This is fixed to 9.6 k baud on the 155 Flow Computers. C. Serial Port Type: This is limited to RS -232 or RS -485. It is jumper selected as there is only one port, which can be either logic level standard. RS -232 is convenient for talking to PCs but the RS -485 is designed for long distances and addressing multiple devices. When using the RS -485 connection there are bus loading resistors and other issues that are needed for reliable operation defined on the field wiring diagrams that need to be consulted. Glossary See CD manual for glossary. 360206C Models 155, 452, 454FT, 502, 502FT, 504FT, 534FT 18 H2S SENSOR LL � esc i t on Features 139nefilts • Solid-state, not wet cell, • Functions in the harshest operation environments • Highly selective to H2S • Low risk of false alarms • Long service life, typically • Maximum reliability and low 3 to 5 years cost of ownership • Not affected by over -range • Durable in all applications exposure or continuous exposure to H2S • Temperature controlled • Copes with low temperatures well above ambient and high humidity • Robust mechanical design • Vibration and shock resistant General Monitors' hydrogen sulfide (H2S) sensor is a solid state semiconductor, diffusion, adsorption device, designed and manufactured to the highest quality standards. It is specifically sensitive to H2S and remains unaffected by high concentrations of other gases such as methane and hydrogen, which are often present in the same areas. A high tolerance to ambi- ent temperature variations (temperature range of -40°F to +195°F (-40°C to +900C)) and extreme humidity conditions is an outstanding feature of this sensor, as is the ability to withstand exposure to extremely high H2S concentrations without any harmful effects. The operating principle is based on the fact that the semiconductor will preferentially adsorb H2S, in which the resistance across its surface is reduced at a rate proportional to the concentration present. This signal is fed to the controller where it is linearized to drive a display and provide alarm outputs. The sensor substrate is maintained at an elevated temperature by means of a thermistor and a potted temperature control circuit, thus negating any effects caused by variations in ambient temperature and humidity. Often called a "MOS" (metal oxide semiconductor) sensor, it is the key part of all General Monitors' smart and control card -based H2S detection systems. With many advantages over the alternative electrochemical cell - based instruments, it is the heart of plant safety systems throughout the world. The sensor is safely and conveniently calibrated using a single ampoule method provided. Disposable canisters of pre -mixed H2S with air are also available. The key design features, with the corresponding benefits, are summarized above. There are small design differences according to the approval type and junction box used, but all General Monitors plants and sales offices can provide all types on demand. All have the same outstanding properties and a typical operational life of 3-5 years. Approvals range from FM to CSA in North America to ATEX and GOST for Europe and Russia, in addition, the MOS sensors meet the stringent performance standards of ISA S92.0.01 Part 1 1998 requirements as verified by FM. Sensor bodies are in corrosion resis- tant aluminum alloy or a 316 grade stainless steel. A wide variety of accessories are available to provide additional protection against airborne contaminants or for mounting in ducts or sample lines. Al;licctions • Oil Refining • Oil and Gas Exploration and Production • Sulfur Recovery Plants • Chemical Plants • Compressor Stations • LNG Plants • Sewage and Water Treatment Plants • Gas Turbines Sensor ° soca"oda,` : There are no standard rules for sensor placement, since the optimum sensor location is different for each application. Evaluation of facility conditions should make this determination. Generally, sensors should be: Sensor Housings: Type: Continuous diffusion, adsorption type Response Time: Wire screen flame arrestor version: T50 < 1 min. of full scale with full scale concentration applied " With sintered stainless steel flame arrestor: T50< 2 min. of full scale with full scale concentration applied Temperature Range: Standard Sensor: -65°F to +167°F (-55°C to +75°C) High Temperature Sensor to +195°F (90°C) FM Approved: -40°F to +140°F (-40°C to +60°C) Life: Three to five years, normal service Electrical Classification: FM and CSA, Class I, Div. 1, Groups B, C and D; or ATEX and GOST Ex ds IIC T6 Warranty: Two years Mikh P/N 10252-1, CSA, FM approved, P/N B14-020 ATEX approved, explosion -proof housing polyester housing MZIIIIMM� 7p -7 T- ME 50445-1 0-100 ppm, aluminum body, CSA, FM 50445-5 0-50 ppm, aluminum body, CSA, FM 50445-9 0-20 ppm, aluminum body, CSA, FM High Temperature 50448-1 HT 0-100 ppm, stainless steel body, CSA, FM High Temperature 50448-5HT 0-50 ppm, stainless steel body, CSA, FM High Temperature 50448-9HT 0-20 ppm, stainless steel body, CSA, FM 51457-1 0-100 ppm, sintered screen, stainless steel body, ATEX, CSA, GOST" 51457-5 0-50 ppm, sintered screen, stainless steel body, ATEX, CSA, COST" 51457-9 0-20 ppm, sintered screen, stainless steel body, ATEX, CSA, GOST" Sensor Housings: Type: Continuous diffusion, adsorption type Response Time: Wire screen flame arrestor version: T50 < 1 min. of full scale with full scale concentration applied " With sintered stainless steel flame arrestor: T50< 2 min. of full scale with full scale concentration applied Temperature Range: Standard Sensor: -65°F to +167°F (-55°C to +75°C) High Temperature Sensor to +195°F (90°C) FM Approved: -40°F to +140°F (-40°C to +60°C) Life: Three to five years, normal service Electrical Classification: FM and CSA, Class I, Div. 1, Groups B, C and D; or ATEX and GOST Ex ds IIC T6 Warranty: Two years Mikh P/N 10252-1, CSA, FM approved, P/N B14-020 ATEX approved, explosion -proof housing polyester housing Splash Guard Dust Guard Splash Guar (Plat 1,0395-1 The Splash Guard prevents water from entering the sensor cavity and affecting the element response and also acts as an effective windscreen. Constructed of rugged ABS plastic and threaded for simple screw -on installation, the Splash Guard has a series of internal baffles to deflect water down and away from the sensor. Dust Guard' (PIN 10110-1) The General Monitors Dust Guard Assembly prevents dust and other particulate matter from reaching the sensor flame arrestor and affecting the sensor response. The Dust Guard is also available in a kit with twelve disposable screens (P/N 10044-1). Ampoules € f H2S These glass ampoules are manufactured under strict quality control for use with the field calibrator and are available in a range of concentrations. Field Calibrator and Ampoules Duct Mounting Plate kit r Sta hose Steel Dust ? ur r (Plies 1800822) The General Monitors Sintered Stainless Steel Dust Guard protects the sensor from fine particulates. It should be used only in dry environments because the sintered disc has a tendency to absorb water and act as a gas diffusion barrier until it dries out. For accurate calibration, the sensor should be calibrated with the guard in position. Sensor Olcna Cl -amber (P/N 1000-) The Sensor Flow Chamber is constructed of aluminum (optional stainless steel) and is designed to be inserted into a sampling system. Duct Moue l Plate (PILI 10041-x) The Duct Mounting Plate is ideally suited to mount sensors for the monitoring of ducted air for living quarters in large offshore modules. Reld Calibrator (PION 00000) The General Monitors Field Calibrator (also referred to as a breaker bottle) provides a simple and efficient means of calibrating H2S in the field. It consists of a plastic jar fitted with a removable lid and a seal which fits over the sensor. After an H2S ampoule is placed in the ampoule holder, the screw assembly acts as a vice and breaks the ampoule releasing the gas for calibration purposes. portabl Frorge Calibrator [PIS! 11400250-x) The H2S Portable Purge Calibrator is a compact, practical, accurate and safe system for field calibration of H2S sensors. The cylinder is filled with an H2S in air mixture in one of seven separate parts per million (ppm) levels of concentration (10, 20, 25, 35, 50, 70 or 100). Using a known air/gas mixture reduces the possibility of error in field calibration. " The Portable Purge Calibrators are light- weight assemblies that are easy to carry. However, an optional carrying case is available for those desiring to carry more than 1 assembly at a time. The case can hold up to 2 complete assemblies and facilitates trans- porting them in the field. Note: General Monitors recommends using ampoules for calibrating H2S gas detection _ instruments. The H2S Portable Purge Calibrator is available for applications where a calibration method of flowing H2S gas to the sensor might provide a better calibration source (e.g. high humidity environments). S ecHic tions Regulator Flow Rate: 200 milliliters per minute Specifications subject to change without notice. Represented by. Publication # DS-h2s_sensors-D0705 (12.2 cubic inches per minute) Temperature Range: -40°F to 130°F (-40°C to 54°C) Storage Humidity Range: 5% to 100% RH non -condensing Weight: Assembly 5lbs. Cylinder 3lbs. Case 4lbs. Cylinder Length: 13.5 inches Cylinder Diameter: 3.5 inches Specifications subject to change without notice. Represented by. Publication # DS-h2s_sensors-D0705 METHANE SENSOR .,.. .. GENERALmom Im Imm am Im UK am MONITORS Protection for life. Des rl tl n F' e wires Benefits • Extra Strong Support Post • Large Active Bead Surface Area • Precious Metals Used for All Components Mounted in Teflon Body • Active and Reference Beads Matched by Size and Resistance • Teflon Barrier Protects Active and Reference Beads • Ultra Poison Resistant Active Bead • Glass Coated Reference Bead General Monitors' electrocatalytic gas sensors are supplied as original equipment on all of our products worldwide. The sensor's sensitivity, reliability and longevity make it the first choice for most users of the catalytic oxidation gas detection principle. The electrocatalytic sensor forms one half of a Wheatstone Bridge circuit where the change in resistance of a platinum coil within a catalyst -impregnated ceramic bead indicates the presence of flammable gas. It achieves the measurement by a proportional change in the resistance of the coil as the coil temperature rises. The other arm of the Bridge circuit is part of the control electronics; (either control card or field transmitter type) so it is important that the two arms be carefully matched. It is therefore our policy to supply our catalytic sensors, and our replacement sensors, only for General Monitors' equipment. Failure to adhere to this policy can lead to incorrect use and could cause devastating equipment malfunctions. Every component of our catalytic sensors is manufactured in-house to ensure optimum performance. Careful matching of the active and reference elements ("beads") result in a sensor that has negligible zero drift with respect to changes in humidity, pressure and temperature. Consequently, we can offer sensors which maintain base -line stability over a temperature range of -65°F to 400°F (-55°C to 200°C) and have negligible zero drift over a 12 -month period. • Protects beads from shock and vibration, avoiding damage • Large signal-to-noise ratio for stable performance and long sensor life • Functions well in corrosive and aggressive environments • Eliminates signal drift due to temperature and humidity changes • Eliminates heat transfer maximizing output signal • Long sensor life in poisonous atmospheres • Eliminates open drift due to reference bead detecting gas The key design features, with the corresponding benefits, are summarized above. There are small design differences according to the approval type and junction box used, but all General Monitors plants and sales offices can provide all types on demand. All have the same outstanding properties and a typical operational life of 3-5 years. Approvals range from FM to CSA in North America to CENELEC/ATEX and Gosstandart for Europe and Russia. Sensor bodies are in corrosion resistant aluminum alloy or a 316 grade stainless steel. A wide variety of accessories are available to provide additional protection against airborne contaminants or for mounting in ducts or sample lines. Applications • Gas Processing Plants • Oil and Gas Exploration and Production • Ethylene Processes • Vinyl Chloride Monomer Processes • Hydrogen Detection • Compressor Stations • LNG Plants • Sewage and Water Treatment Plants • Gas Turbines • Solvent Extraction Plants . • Ammonia Detection T, ie do of Cnrrect Sensor Teciinclogy Measuring range: 0-100% LEL Type: Continuous diffusion, low temperature catalytic bead; hydrocarbon sensors; high temperature hydrocarbon sensors Response Time: Typically 6 -second time constant when exposed to 50% LEL of methane gas. (CSA) T50 < 10 seconds for ATEX & European Flame Arrester type. Zero Drift: Less than 5% per year Temperature: -65°F to +200°F (-55°C to +93°C) High temperature sensor to +400°F (200°C) (CSA) -40°F to + 248°F (-40°C to + 120°C) High temperature sensor up to + 356°F (+180°C). ATEX Sensor Drive: 300mA DC Life: Three to five years, normal service Elechical Classification: NEC and CSA, Class I, Div. 1, Groups B, C and D; or ATEX IIG EEx d IIC Warranty: Two years Sensor Housings: P/N 10252-1, CSA approved, explosion -proof housing �Pw P/N B13-020 polyester housing P/N B13-021 High temperature housing M 10001-1 General Purpose, Aluminum body, CSA, FM approved 10102-1 Sensor Simulator 10001-1 R General Purpose, Poison Resistant, 10164-1 Hydrogen specific, Aluminum body, CSA approved Aluminum body, CSA, FM approved 10014-1 General Purpose, High temperature to 400°F 11159-1 Stainless steel body, (max. 120°C) (200°C), Aluminum body, CSA, FM approved ATEX, GOST, CSA approved. 10014-1 R General Purpose, Poison Resistant, High temper- 11159-2 Stainless steel body, (max. 180°C) High ature to 400°F (200°C), Aluminum body. CSA, FM temperature. ATEX, GOST, CSA approved. 10015-1 Aluminum body, High temperature (max. 120°C) 11159-3 Stainless steel body, (max. 120°C) Super poison CSA approved resistant. ATEX, GOST, CSA approved. 10022-1 Aluminum body, sintered. CSA approved, 11159-1 L Stainless steel body, (max. 120°C) Group A ATEX, COST, CSA approved. (With lugs) 10058-1 Stainless steel body, CSA approved 11159-2L Stainless steel body, (max. 180°C) High temp- erature. ATEX, GOST, CSA approved. (With lugs) 10058-1 R Stainless steel body, Poison Resistant, 11159-3L Stainless steel body, (max. 120°C) super poison CSA approved resistant. ATEX, GOST, CSA approved. (WAugs) Measuring range: 0-100% LEL Type: Continuous diffusion, low temperature catalytic bead; hydrocarbon sensors; high temperature hydrocarbon sensors Response Time: Typically 6 -second time constant when exposed to 50% LEL of methane gas. (CSA) T50 < 10 seconds for ATEX & European Flame Arrester type. Zero Drift: Less than 5% per year Temperature: -65°F to +200°F (-55°C to +93°C) High temperature sensor to +400°F (200°C) (CSA) -40°F to + 248°F (-40°C to + 120°C) High temperature sensor up to + 356°F (+180°C). ATEX Sensor Drive: 300mA DC Life: Three to five years, normal service Elechical Classification: NEC and CSA, Class I, Div. 1, Groups B, C and D; or ATEX IIG EEx d IIC Warranty: Two years Sensor Housings: P/N 10252-1, CSA approved, explosion -proof housing �Pw P/N B13-020 polyester housing P/N B13-021 High temperature housing -ortable Pure t aftrater (2/ '14V_ 150 }) The Portable Purge Calibrator is a compact, accurate and safe system containing no explosive gas. The lecture bottle is filled with a gas/air mixture below the Lower Explosive Limit (Standard mixture is 50% LEL). Using a known gas/air mixture reduces the possibility of error in field calibration, and the hose and cup adapter permits calibration without removing sensors or their attachments. Please refer to the appropriate General Monitors Instruction Manual for calibration procedures. The following pre -mixed calibration gases at approximately 50% LEL are available at 1200 psia, 8.3 MPa maximum pressure. Butadiene (BD) CA Butane (B) CAO Ethane (E) C2H6 Hydrogen (H) H2 Methane (M) CH, Propane (PR) C,H$ Other gases and concentrations are also available. Please consult your local General Monitors representative for further information. Senis r 1�1ow Shan',her (P/N 10088) The Sensor Flow Chamber is constructed of Aluminum (optional stainless steel) and is designed to be inserted into a sampling system. This allows a sample to be drawn to the sensor when it is not possible to mount it directly in the monitored area. Reasons include: high temperature, pressure, fast air flow or inaccessibility. Dust Guard ( 10110-1) The General Monitors Dust Guard Assembly prevents dust and other particulate matter from reaching the sensor flame arrestor and affecting the sensor response. Comprising a simple threaded stainless steel cylinder with a wire screen at one end, the dust guard assembly is easily removed for cleaning or replacement of the disposable screen. The Dust Guard is also available in a kit with twelve disposable screens (P/N 10044-1). It can act as a wind -screen and is recommended for corrosive, windy or high temperature environments, with typical applications being in areas surrounding vinyl chloride plants or drying ovens. Shhere Stainless Steel Dust Guard (PIN 1800522) The General Monitors Sintered Stainless Steel Dust Guard protects the sensor from fine particulates and is designed for use in windy conditions. It should, however, be used only in dry environments because the sintered disc has a tendency to absorb water and act as a gas diffusion barrier until it dries out. For accurate calibration, the sensor should be calibrated with the guard in position. In construction, the sintered stainless steel Dust Guard, is similar to the Dust Guard Assembly, but has a 3mm thick sintered stainless steel disc at one end with the other end threaded for easy installation. Splash Guard (PIN 111205-1) The General Monitors Splash Guard prevents water, in the form of rain or equipment washes, from entering the sensor cavity and affecting the element response and also acts as an effective windscreen. It is recommended for use in any outside environment involving high winds or rain or where frequent hosedowns are practiced, as on offshore platforms. Constructed of rugged ABS plastic and threaded for simple screw -on installation, the Splash Guard has a series of internal baffles to deflect water down and away from the sensor. Duct 10o tip date (PIN 10211-x) The Duct Mounting Plate is ideally suited to mount sensors for the monitoring of ducted air for living quarters in large offshore modules. 411 Dust Guard - Sintered Stainless Steel Dust Guard ot_ Test Gas applicator "'PIN 10460=2 The remote test gas applicator, TGA -1, is designed to be permanently installed on a combustible gas sensor. The TGA -1 provides protection from outside elements, and it allows the user to apply a test gas to the sensor from a remote source. Sensor Housing Sensor' TGA -1 Customer' Supplied Tubing Flow Meter --:0 Needle Valve — 0 w L 50% LEL Gas Supply> Customer Supplied Conduit Smart E Transmitter or Controller ps)itable Callbraflon Cts - iber PIN 10543-1) The Portable Calibration Chamber is a practical and safe instrument for the field calibration of combustible gas monitoring systems. Sensors can be calibrated in place with a known liquid/air mixture, reducing the possibility of calibration error. The Portable Calibration Chamber is a 3 -liter sample chamber with an intrinsically safe battery powered mixing fan. For our catalytic bead sensors, a porthole allows the chamber to be placed on the sensor for calibration. Represented by: Publication #: DS -Sensors -D0306 AUTO - SUMP 7000 F,:?,, t- - AUTON"UMP 7000 0 & M M AkNUAL m sl - COSTS THE KEY TO LOWER O&M iict'l®ns Vault: All operating components of the condensate pump and control assembly are located in a polyethylene vault that is integrally mounted on flop of condensate liquid sump. Service connections, including the liquid discharge, pressure balance line, and high-pressure air inlet are grommet or bulkhead mounted on a common wall of the vault. Connections: The AUTO -SUMP 7000 has the follbvAng sizes and types: Service Size Connections Furnished Compressed Air Inlet Y2- inch Condensate Liquid Discharge -%- inch_ _ __ FNPT Pressure Equalization Line %- inch FNPT , The condensate liquid inlet to the sump is 3 -inch diameter rated for at least 29.8 inches mercury vacuum. No PVC Pipe is used in the Auto -Sump assembly. The compressed air, liquid and equalizing tube inside the sump is constructed of nylon tube. Liquid Pumix A pneumatic, submersible, AP -4 short body pump manufactured by QED is used to transfer liquids from the sump. Pump seals, which contact liquid, shall be Viiton or Teflon - Level Control: Internal switches in the submersible pump accomplish level control. Compressed Air System The .compressed air system includes an inlet block valve, filter with automatic drain valve, and regulator with removable seat. All components are rated for 150 PSIG. Salts: All bolts, nuts, and washers in contact with LFG are stainless steel type 304. .v ca ti d LD 4 �C� 9 o z I I z p Y ^� o U p o z CQ t44 o CIO ra U-1 F- J O N � N O E— Q J D L7 W W H W Q Q O F- W D L3 w 2 U N p q I W D F- 7 Q W n - Z W J Z W U U Z Q Q 1" J a Q a' u N z U Z N W U J d f Q I aai 3 2 z a- 0 W N O U v ti o Z W q J WI - W i Z 0] S v I-- ¢ a Q f W 2 L'i a J uu to a Z II i II itljll II I I III 1111 I III � SII 111 I III III --------- ------ u'rl --1-- i 6 JI I I -I--- --------------------------------- �QJ O O O 711 ---------------yJ O ��� 1. Stainless Steel Ball Valve, Air Inlet. 2. Condensate Discharge Stainless Steel Ball Valve 3. Isolation Well Balance Line Shut off. 4. Sump Balance Line Shut Off. 5. Stainless Steel Locking Latch (Typ.2) 6. Threaded Plug for Sounding. 7. Auto Drain Filter Regulator. �. Air Quick Disconnect. 9. Drain Plug (into surnp). 10. Stainless Steel Hydraulic gdiok disconnect (condensate discharge). F,f FIGURE #1 2. 3. 4 10. eal 15,�nviro=ental J ]Products AUTO SUMP 7000 1 1-----7-6/6/07 1 M. PR Step 1. 9. Turn the Air Shut Off valve to the of position. See # 1 Fig. 1 - - 2. Turn the Condensate Discharge valve to the off position. See # 2 Fig. 1 Step 3. 3. Turn the Isolation Well Balance valve to the off position. See # 3 Fig. 1 4. Turn the Sump Balance valve to the off position. See # 4 Fico. 1 ftftn Turning the Sump Balance Line to the off position may prevent condensate from, draining into the sump from the header and may cause condensate in the sump to be dram back into the header. This condition will occur if the negative pressure of the header is greater than the distance from the flow line of the header to the top of the water level in the sump. This valve can be left open while servicing the pump and not allow oxygen to enter the system if the water level is higher than the drain holes in the isolation vvel.! Step 5. 5. Disconnect the Air Quick Disconnect. See # 8 Fig. I Step 6. 6, Disconnect the Condensate Quick Disconnect. See# 10 F40. I Step 7. 7. Release the stainless steel quick latches. See # 5 Fig. I ME 8. Carefully pull the Well Head off the Isolation well, and pull the pump from the Isolation well. Installation of BacLuLEgM2 Follow Steps 8. —1. ;, 13 gprn (49 Bpm) 3.5 in (8.9 cm) 41 in. (104 cm) 1. The original automatic air - powered well pump, proven worldwide over 18 years 2. The highest flow rates and deepest pumping capabilities in the industry 3. Patented, proven design for superior reliability and durability, even in severe applications 4. Dandles solids, solvents, hydrocarbons corrosive conditions, viscous fluids and high temperatures (beyond the limits of electric pumps 5. five-year warranty "Consult QED for higher fiovd requirements tr,____ ____ _..._.. The AP4 Bottom Inlet Short AutoPump provides maximum: capabilities and flow in a bottom inlet pump for 4!'(100 mm) diameter and larger wells with shorter water columns and/or the need to pump down to lower water levels, compared to full-length pumps. it is offered in optional versions to handle even the most severe remediation and landfill pumping applications, and delivers flow rates up to 13 gpm (49 Ipm)* The AN Short Bottom Inlet AutoPump is complemented by the most comprehensive selection of accessories to provide a complete system to meet site specific requirements. Call QED for prompt, no -obligation assistance on your pumping project needs. The AM Bottom Inlet Short AutoPump is part of the famous AutoPump family of original automatic air -powered pumps, developed in the mid 1980s specifically to handle unique pumping needs at remediation and landfill sites. Over the years they've proven their durability at thousands of sites worldwide. AutoPumps are designed to handle difficult pumping challenges that other pumps can't, such as hydrocarbons, solvents, suspended solids, corrosives, temperature extremes, viscous fluids and frequent start/ stop cycles. Beyond just the pump, AutoPump systems offer the most complete range of tubing, hose, connectors, wellhead caps and accessories to help your installation go smoothly. This superior pumping heritage, application experience and support back up every AutoPump you put to work on your project. AP4 AutoPumps are designed to handle the application ranges described below. For applications outside these ranges, consult QED about AP4 upgrades. Model 4" - Short AP4 Bottom Inlet Liquid Inlet Location Bottom OD 3.5 in. (8.9 cm! Length Overall (pump & fittings) 41 in. (104 cm) Length Overall, w / Extended Screen 44 in. 1112 cm) Weight 13 lbs. (5.9 kg) Max. Flow Rate 13 gpm (49 Ipm)' _ See flow Rate Chart Pump Volume / Cycle 0.22 - 0.36 gal (.83 -1.36L ) Min. Actuation Level 27 in. (69 cm) Standard Pump Max. Depth 250 ft. (76 m) Air Pressure Range 5 120 psi (0:4 $.4 kg/cm2) Air Usage 0.4-1.5 scf / gal. (1.5 - 5.7 liter of air/ fluid Titer) - See air usage char High Pressure Pump Max. Depth 425 ft. (130 m) Air Pressure Range 5 - 200 psi .(0.4-14.1.kg/cm2) Min. Liquid Density 0.7 SO (0.7 g/cm3) Standard Construction Materials, Pump Body Fiberglass or Stainless Steel Pump Ends Stainless Steel, UHMWPE3, Brass Internal Components Stainless Steel; Viton, Acetal, PVDP' rube &'Hose Fittings Brass or Stainless Steel Fitting Type Barbs or Quick Connects Tube & Hose. Options Tubing Material, Nylon sizes - Liquid Discharge 1 in. (25 mm) or 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) OD Pump Air Supply 1/2 in. (13 mm) OD Air Exhaust 5/8 in. (16 mm) OD Hose Material Sizes - Liquid Discharge Nitrile 3/4 in. (19 mm) or 1 in. (25 mm) ID Pump Air Supply 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) ID Air Exhaust 1/2 in. (13 mm) ID , Material upgrades available 3 UORE - Ultra High Molecular Weight Polyethy)ene 2 Applies to QED supplied tubing; ° PVDF - PoWnylidene.Ruoride other tubing sources may not conform to QED flings. Long and short AP -4 AutoPumps are warranted for five (5) years: 100% materials and workmanship first three (3) years; 50% materials and workmanship for the fourth (4th) and fifth (5th) years. Low -Drawdown for the AutoPumps are warranted for one (1) year. Maximum Temperature: 150°F (65°C) pH Range: 4-9 Solvents and Fuels: diesel, gasoline, JP1-JP6, #2 heating oils, BTEX, MTBE, landfill liquids *Consu6t QED for higher flow requirements - — P.O. Box 3726 Ann Arbor, MI 48106.3726 USA 1.800.624.2026 F 1.734.995.1170 infoQgedenv.com www.qedenv.com 11 3/4 inch (19 mm) Inside Diameter Discharge Hose (Equivalent to 1 -Inch O.D. Tubing) I inch (25.4 mm'j Inside Diameter Discharge Hose (Equivilant to 1.25 -Inch O.D. Tubing) 68.1 60.6 16 53 14 45.4 12 - iriC 37.9 10 - 30.3 22.7 :j 6 7.6 2 0 20 40 60 Bo ioo 120 140 160 180 200 fT. DEPTH 6j 12.2183 24.4 30.5 36.6 42.7 48.8 54.9 61 Meters IN WELL 18 63.1 16 60.6 14 53 1 MINI A 12 45 0 37.9 6 22.7 4 15.1 2 7.6 13 a -T DEPTH 20 40 60 80 100 120 1 1 11 00 -L F 6.1 12.218,324.430-536.642.748.8 54.9 261 Meters _j IN WELL 18 16 60.6 53 14 12 t7� 4 ;E 45.4 L 37.9 10 1^v- 8 30.3 6 22.7 4 2 7.6 0 0 ji 20 40 6o so 100 120 140 160 180 200 FT. DEPTH 6.1 12.2 18.3 24.4 30.5 36.6 42.7 48.8 54,9 61 Meters IN WELL ,j 68.1 is ■ 60.6 16 53 14 - 12- -:31 i 45.4 37.9 10- 303 8 :6 22.7 4 7.6 2 J,:! J ^D 0 120 140 160 180 200 Fr. DEPTH 20 60 SU t00 6.1 12. 18 24A 3 )_5 36.6 42.7 48.8 54.9 151 Meters IN WELL is - 68.1 16- 60.6 14- 53 i. 12- 45A ji E 10- 37.9 r. 303 nd J 22.7 6 71 77,17- 15.1 4 7.6 2 0 0! 60 B - 140160 180 200 0 FT. DEPTH 6.1 122 183 24A 30-5 36.6 42.748.8 54-9 61 Meters j IN WELL 71 18 68.1 16 60.6 r� V; C.: r 14+ 53 45.4 Orri 12 "ifiM it 10 37.9 I. A-11 : 8 303 ITN' �A!22.7 6 15.1 4 27.6 0. 20 40 6 So 100 120 140 0 160 IPO 2oF r. DE PTH 6.1 12.2180324.430536.642748.8 54.9 61o Meters NEWELL _j I inch (25.4 mm'j Inside Diameter Discharge Hose (Equivilant to 1.25 -Inch O.D. Tubing) 68.1 60.6 16 53 14 45.4 12 - iriC 37.9 10 - 30.3 22.7 :j 6 7.6 2 0 20 40 60 Bo ioo 120 140 160 180 200 fT. DEPTH 6j 12.2183 24.4 30.5 36.6 42.7 48.8 54.9 61 Meters IN WELL 18 63.1 16 60.6 14 53 1 MINI A 12 45 0 37.9 6 22.7 4 15.1 2 7.6 13 a -T DEPTH 20 40 60 80 100 120 1 1 11 00 -L F 6.1 12.218,324.430-536.642.748.8 54.9 261 Meters _j IN WELL 18 16 60.6 53 14 12 t7� 4 ;E 45.4 L 37.9 10 1^v- 8 30.3 6 22.7 4 2 7.6 0 0 ji 20 40 6o so 100 120 140 160 180 200 FT. DEPTH 6.1 12.2 18.3 24.4 30.5 36.6 42.7 48.8 54,9 61 Meters IN WELL ,j ■ 'FLOW RATES MAY VARY WITH SITE CONDITIONS. CALL QED FOR TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE. pr -p 1.6 12 3/4 inch (19 mm) 11.2 Inside Diameter Discharge Hose 1.5 (Equivalent to 1 -Inch O.D. Tubing) 10.5 1.4 9.7 13 7 9.0 1.2 7 -7 7-5 1.0 6.7 iF... .9 Y '7 - 7- 7 E3-- 7 52 .6 -i 4.5 3.7 .4 3.0 3 2.22 .21.5 20 40 60 so loo 120 140 160 180 200 Fr. DEPTH 6.1 12.2 183 24.4 30-5 36.6 42-7 48,8 54.9 61 Meters IN WELL L !ncn (e -5."t Mro1I Inside Diameter Discharge Hose (Equivalent to 1.25 -Inch O.D. Tubing) 10.5 3,7 3.0 9.2 7.5 6.7 6.0 5.2 4-5 33 3.0 .4 2.2 .3 MtHE[fi 9 1.5 .220 40 60 so loo 120 140 . DEPTH 160 180 200 FT 6.1 121 183 24.4 30.5 36.6 42.7 482 54.9 61 Meters INWELL --- P.O. Box 3726 Ann Arbor, MI 48106-3726 USA 1.800.624.2026 F 1.734.995.1170 info@aedenv.com www.qedenv.COM z: I I N D U S T R I E S L L C 1160 Nicole Cour Glendora. CA 91746 800-735-5566 9 909-592-627_2 Fax. 909-592-7971 wvvw.carsonind.com 23-511 _w -- Optional Water Meter Reader _--1 5-3/8" 24-5/8" 2-1/4" L -Bolt Option 4-1/4" R II MY u 1 if ry Bolt Down Loc-iKffm (Patent Pending) �s 2" Included FLUSH H CCVER A B fl_ F G253/B" Balt Down 1324-3L — 15-15/16 12" 22-518" 35116" 19-12"(645 (8mm) (495 mm)1324-15 Imm), Bolt Down with Plastic Reader mm) (405 mm) (305 mm) (575 mm) Bolt Down with: Cast Iron Reader 25-114" 15.314' 15-114" 23-5116" 351 20-3116" I (641 mm) (400 mm) (387 mm) (592 mm) (8mm) (513 mm) FLUSH H CCVER Models: 1324-313 Balt Down 1324-3L Captive L -Bolt Lock 1324-5B Bolt Down with Plastic Reader 1324-5L L -Bolt with Plastic Reader 1324-6B Bolt Down with: Cast Iron Reader 1324-61- L -Bolt with Cast Iron Reader T -COVER Moellells: 1324-4B Bolt Down 1324-4L Captive L -Bolt Lock GRADE RONG Model: 1324**2RH Green/Gray BODIES Models: 1324-12 1324-15 COLORS AVAILABLE- Green, Gray, Black, Tan or Violet/Levender Note: For use in non -vehicular traffic situations only. We do not recommend installation in concrete or asphalt. Weights and dimensions may vary slightly. All information contained in this brochure was current at the time of printing. Because of Carson Industries' policy of ongoing research and development, the Company reserves the right to discontinue or update product information without notice. RAW MIATEREA . SPIECI)FIICWTEON S SHIIPPoNG ONFO zMATOON All information contained in this brochure was current at the time of printing. Because of Carson Industries' policy of ongoing research and development, the Company reserves the right to discontinue or update product information without notice. Carson 6ndustries7 LLC 1160 Nicole Cour- Glendora. ourGlendora. CA 91740 800-735-5566 ® 909-592-6272 Fax: 909-592-7971 www carsonind.com HDPE Structural Foam ASTM Test Material Property Method Typical Value' Type, Class, Category D 1248 III, A, 3 Density, g/ cm3 D 1505 0.950 min_, not to exceed 0.965 Tensile Strength, at break, psi D 638 3,000 to 4,400 Elongation, at break, % D 638 400 Tensile impact, ft-lbAn2 D 1822 27 Flexural Modulus, psi D 790 120,000 min., not to exceed 240,000 Low Temperature Brittleness. D 746 <-78 F50. at°C Hardness, Shore 'D D 2240 66 Deflection temperature, at D 648 1501, min., not to exceed 2001, 66 psi -_._.-...-..... ._ Electrical Dielectric Strength, D 949 400 min., not to exceed 600 V/mil Molded Product/ Chemical Resistance D 543 Very Resistant Water Absorption D 570 Less than I% weight change 'The values listed for physical property measurements are nominal values only. Certain physical property measurements are subject to variations consistent with the test methods and are wit'nin a generally accepted range for such values. Test reports available on request. 12118102 Weigh 1324 -3B, -3L, -4B, -4L Covers 6 lbs. 1324* 2RH Grade Ring 4 lbs. 1324-12 Body 16 lbs. 1324-15 Body 20 lbs. ShipDing Configuration 1324-12: Unit, 16 assemblies = 42.6 cu. ft.: 413.0 lbs. 1324-15: Unit, 16 assemblies = 49.75 cu. ft.; 430.0 lbs. METHANE AND 112S MONITOR CONNECT ❑ Connect Inputs ❑ Connect Battery ❑ Connect AC power ❑ Connect Phone Line Procedure Clear Memory: use code 935911 Enter Phone Numbers (you must enter at least 1 phone number) Set Touch Tone dialing (recommended setting) Section 2.2 of Owners Manua! i To program dialer at the front panel press PROGRAM. Put in program code followed by ENTER for each instruction. Press NORMAL to exit program mode. Set alarm Criteria for all channels: with inputs connected and all points being monitored in their normal condition, enter code 500.This tells the dialer that the pre- sent condition is normal, and the opposite condition is the alarm condition. Enter Speech if desired: 1 ZZ enters alarm speech 2ZZ enters. normal speech Remember: hold the Record button while you are speaking. 0 Example 935911 ENTER Section 3.1 701 658 6713 ENTER (phone #1) Section 3.2 9011 ENTER Section 3.2 500 ENTER Section 3.3 Alarm Speech for Channel 1: 101 ENTER Press and hold RECORD "High Level Alarm' Release RECORD button Section 4.3 ❑ Verify that each sensing device will trip the dialer ❑ Verify that the dialer will reach each phone number on call out ❑ Clear dialer of all test alarms Section 3.4 SINCE 1948 o a REMOTE ALARMS AND CONTROLS * This diagram is intended to be used as a guide for the initial installation and program- ming of your Verbatim. For complete instructions, you must reference your Verbatim owner's manual. RACO Manufacturing and Engineering Co., 1400 62nd Street, Emeryville, CA.94608 (800) 449-4539 FAX(510)658-3153 Website: www.racoman.com Email: customerservice@racoman.com Single -Channel Combustible Gas Monitor Description Features • Continuous diffusion, electro - catalytic sensor • High visibility LED status indicators • Stable operation over wide ambient temperature and humidity ranges • Provides visual indication of fault and alarm status at the detector location • Adjustment -free calibration • Lower calibration costs • Low power consumption -7 watts • Lower operating costs • Wide variety of relay options • Two year warranty The General Monitors Model 480A is a single -channel system specifically designed for continuous monitoring of combustible gas concentrations. The system consists of a remote sensing assembly and solid-state controller. The controller can be wall, panel or rack mounted in a non -hazardous area. The system operates in the range of 0-100% LEL (Lower Explosive Limit) and is calibrated to a particular gas or vapor. User interfaces are provided so that the operator may interpret and direct the Model 480A in the performance of its various functions. User interfaces consist of a digital display, status indicators, a mode button, and a reset button. The system operates on 117 VAC, 50-60 Hz (optional 220 VAC, 50-60 Hz), or 24 VDC primary input power with the capability of 24 VDC battery backup. Nominal power consumption is 7 watts. Applications • Provides choice to meet specific customer requirements • User protection • Fuel Loading Facilities • Compressor Stations • LNG Processing and Storage • Oil Well Logging • Sewage Plants • Gas Turbines • Drilling Platforms and Rigs • Gas and Oil Production Platforms • Solvent Vapors a� Description Features • Continuous diffusion, electro - catalytic sensor • High visibility LED status indicators • Stable operation over wide ambient temperature and humidity ranges • Provides visual indication of fault and alarm status at the detector location • Adjustment -free calibration • Lower calibration costs • Low power consumption -7 watts • Lower operating costs • Wide variety of relay options • Two year warranty The General Monitors Model 480A is a single -channel system specifically designed for continuous monitoring of combustible gas concentrations. The system consists of a remote sensing assembly and solid-state controller. The controller can be wall, panel or rack mounted in a non -hazardous area. The system operates in the range of 0-100% LEL (Lower Explosive Limit) and is calibrated to a particular gas or vapor. User interfaces are provided so that the operator may interpret and direct the Model 480A in the performance of its various functions. User interfaces consist of a digital display, status indicators, a mode button, and a reset button. The system operates on 117 VAC, 50-60 Hz (optional 220 VAC, 50-60 Hz), or 24 VDC primary input power with the capability of 24 VDC battery backup. Nominal power consumption is 7 watts. Applications • Provides choice to meet specific customer requirements • User protection • Fuel Loading Facilities • Compressor Stations • LNG Processing and Storage • Oil Well Logging • Sewage Plants • Gas Turbines • Drilling Platforms and Rigs • Gas and Oil Production Platforms • Solvent Vapors Digital Readout: 0-99% LEL Accuracy: ±3% LEL:r 50% LEL gas 5% LEL > 50% LEL gas Electrical Classification: General purpose for mounting in non -hazardous areas, indoors. Warranty: Two years Approvals: CSA n-".Onme t i Specifications Temperature Range: 32°F to 140°F (0°C to 60°C) Storage Temperature: -4°F to 149°F (-20°C to 65°C) Humidity: 15-95%, non -condensing Mounting: Panel or wall Dimensions: 2.1" W x 6.9" H x 11.5" D (53mmW x 175mmH x 292mmD) Weight: 3.8 lbs. (1.8 kg) Electrical SpecificatHons Power: 105-130 VAC (205-255 VAC optional), 50-60 Hz, 22-30 VDC, 7 watts nominal (117 VAC) Output: Analog 4-20mA (300 ohm load max.) Accuracy ±5%, 1.5-20mA Alarm Circuits: 4A/117 VAC, resistive LED Status Indicators: AO - Analog output malfunction SE - Sensor malfunction HI - High line voltage LO - Low line voltage Standard Configuration: 480A-1-1-01-1 (110 VAC / 24 VDC, latch alarm, non -latch warn, de -energized, standard sensor, 1 -active channel) General Monitors' sensors are designed for reliable performance and long life. Each sensor must undergo extensive burn -in and rigid quality control procedures before shipment. The sensors consist of two catalytic bead elements in a balanced Wheatstone bridge circuit. These low temperature catalytic bead -sensing elements require minimal sensor excitation current, greatly increasing sensor life. Sensor Specifications Type: Continuous diffusion, low temperature catalytic bead. Standard Industrial Hydrocarbon Sensor. High Temperature Standard Industrial Hydrocarbon Sensor. Temperature Range: -65°F to +200°F (-55°C to +93°C) High Temperature Sensor to 400°F (200°C) Response Time: T50 typical 6 seconds Zero Drift: Less than 5% per year Life: 3 to 5 years, normal service Electrical Classification: Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups B, C and D Cable Length: Three conductor cable. Maximum length of cable between controller and sensor assembly with loop resistance of 20 ohms NOTE: Shielded cable is recommended Wire Size Length AWG Meters Feet 14 2,320 7,600 16 1,460 4,800 18 910 3,000 20 580 1,900 Warranty: Two years Approvals: CSA and/or FM Specifications subject to change without notice. Represented by: Publication #: DS -480A-60806 IT - Single -Channel 1-12S Gas Monitor Features • Continuous diffusion, solid-state sensor • High visibility LED status indicators e &Its • Stable operation over wide ambient temperature and humidity ranges • Provides visual indication of fault and alarm status at the detector location • Adjustment -free calibration Lower calibration costs • Low power consumption -7 watts Lower operating costs • Wide variety of relay options • Two year warranty The Model 2180A is a single -channel system specifically designed for continuous monitoring of Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) gas in the ppm (parts -per - million) range. The 2180A controller is a microprocessor -based instrument, which features recent advancements in electronic circuitry and packaging techniques. User interfaces are provided so that the operator may interpret and direct the Model 2180A in the performance of its various functions. User interfaces consist of a digital display, status indicators, a mode button and a reset button. The digital display provides the user with the gas concentration at the sensor site, fault diagnostic codes, calibration prompts and setup parameters. The controller should be mounted in a weather protected non -hazardous area. Several GMI accessories are available for panel, wall or 19 -inch rack installation. For hazardous areas an explosion proof housing is available for Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D. • Provides choice to meet specific customer requirements • User protection • Compressor Stations • Drilling Platforms and Rigs • Gas and Oil Production Platforms • Fuel Loading Facilities • Gas Turbines • LNG Processing and Storage • Oil Well Logging • Solvent Vapors • Wastewater Treatment Plants ''�em p =cap ons Sensor Specw ficaflo' s Digital Type: Continuous diffusion, adsorption Readout: 0-20, 0-50, 0-99 ppm type Accuracy: 2 ppm or 10% of applied gas, Temperature whichever is greater Range: Standard Sensor: -65°F to +167°F Electrical (-55°C to +75°C) Classification:. General purpose for mounting in High Temperature Sensor to +195°F (90°C) non -hazardous areas, indoors. FM Approved: -40°F to +140°F (-40°C to +60°C) Warranty: Two years Response Approvals: CSA Time: T50 < 1 minute with full-scale gas applied (screen) Tw < 2 minutes with full-scale gas E �ro.,nrne µal Spec Uimafi ans applied (sintered) Temperature Zero Drift: Less than 5% per year Range: 32°F to 140°F (0°C to 60°C) Repeatability: 2 ppm or 10% of reading, Storage whichever is greater Temperature: -4°F to 149°F (-20°C to 65°C) Life: 3 to 5 years, normal service Humidity: 15-95%, non -condensing Electrical Classification: FM and CSA, Class I, Division 1, jmec Sts mcal SEe"= fa a- n r' Groups 6, C and D; - ATEX and GOST, Ex ds IIC T6 Mounting: Panel or wall Specificity: HzS specific Dimensions: 2.1" W x 6.9" H x 11.5" D (53mmW x 175mmH x 292mmD) Warranty: Two years Weight: 3.8 lbs. (1.8 kg) Cable Length: Four conductor cable. Maximum length of cable between controller and sensor assembly Electrical Specifleati ns with loop resistance of 20 ohms NOTE: Shielded cable is Power: 105-130 VAC (205-255 VAC recommended optional), 50-60 Hz, 22-30 VDC, 7 Wire Size Length watts nominal (117 VAC) AWG Meters Feet Output: Analog 4-20mA (300 ohm load 14 1,029 3,375 max.) Accuracy ±5%, 1.5-20mA 16 686 2,250 18 411 1,350 Alarm 20 274 900 Circuits: 4A/117 VAC, resistive Status Indicators: AO - Analog output malfunction SE - Sensor malfunction HI - High line voltage LO - Low line voltage Standard Configuration: 2180A-1-1-01-1-1 (110 VAC / 24 VDC, latch alarm, Specifications subject to change without notice. non -latch warn, de -energized, 100 ppm standard sensor, 99 ppm Represented by: meter scale, 1 -active channel) Publication #: DS -2180A -B0806 interactive monitoring, reportii and control system, RACO Verbatim, the long-standing first choice of the industry, offers pace- setting functionality and expandability— It's an autodialer alarm system, a remote monitoring system, a supervisory control system, a SCADA system, and a PLC net- work interface -in one compact package. With an expandable, modular bus architecture and up to 32 digital inputs, 16 analog inputs, and 8 digital control outputs, the system can monitor flow, level, pressure, temperature, pH, and other types of sensors, as well as control remote electrical devices. ■ Alarm Autodialing The system is designed to continu- ously monitor preset alarm points. If an alarm condition is sensed at a moni- tored point, the Verbatim System will automatically dial a list of 16 pre-pro- grammed emergency telephone num- bers, calling until it gets an answer. When the call is answered and acknowl- edged, the system reports the alarm location and status via pre-recorded voice messages. Communicating over standard land- line or wireless telephone networks, the Verbatim delivers alarm messages to standard phones, cell phones, numeric or voice pagers, and voice mail systems, and talks just as easily with computers. D The voice messages are digitally pre-recorded by the user. Anything that can be spoken is accurately stored in memory—from names and numbers to technical terms and detailed instruc- tions. Messages are delivered with maxi- mum clarity, lessening the chance for misunderstanding or error. And, you can easily enter or change your messages over the phone or at the front panel. ■ A FullyInteractive With Verbatim, you're never out of touch with your monitoring system. With any standard touch-tone phone, you can call in for a status report, review and change programming, or control a re- mote device. With the touch of a key, you can listen to local sounds or talk to per- sonnel using the unit's built-in speaker- phone. When calling for status report, you hear a comprehensive summary of all conditions monitored by the system, in- cluding internal power. Hard copies of event data—alarms, acknowledgements, inquiries, and programming changes— can be printed out at any time using the system's data logging capabilities. Controls and indicators are provided on the Verbatim's front panel for on-site pro- gramming and review of system opera- tion, alarm status, and battery condition. ■ supervisory Control A Verbatim System can be equipped with up to 8 digital control outputs to remotely actuate HVAC systems, pumps, compressors, and other electrical devices from a standard phone, the Verbatim front panel, or a PC. ■ SCADA System RACO MMUSCADA Systems provide monitoring and control of up to 200 RACO Verbatim Remote Terminal Units (RTUs) over the standard dial-up tele- phone network. Each RTU has full alarm monitoring, reporting, and autodialing capabilities, and because Verbatim sys- tems report by exception, they do not need to be polled. When an alarm is sensed, the RTU reports to the central computer. If the computer operator does not acknowledge the alarm, the RTU will commence autodialing. ■ PLC NetworkInterface Offering alarm and monitoring for as many as 96 remote channels, the Verbatim can use RS232 commu- nications to work with any PLC or other device using Modicon's Modbus protocol. ■ Take Control Remote Equipment A Verbatim System can be used with a RACO Responder or another Verbatim to actuate pumps, compres- sors, gates, or other electrically oper- ated equipment over the dial-up tele- phone network. Upon receipt of an alarm signal—low water level, for exam- ple—the Verbatim issues a command to activate an output relay in the Res- ponder or other Verbatim unit, which initiates an action such as turning on a pump motor. ■ Memory Retained During r Failure Verbatim systems incorporate a non-volatile memory. Recorded alarm messages and user -entered program- ming is retained indefinitely in the event of a power loss. r r { A rechargeable gel -cell battery pro- vides up to 20 hours of continuous oper- ation in the event of power loss. And because the system uses a precision regulated charger instead of the tradi- tional "trickle" charger, the time re- quired for charging is minimized and battery life is significantly extended. m Built for Long Term Survival the .e Toughest Environments Verbatim is designed and built for superior performance -year after year. The system's rugged durability is evi- dent in its heavy-duty metal enclosure, carefully selected and proven solid- state components, and sealed mem- brane keyboard. Heavy-duty solid state and gas tube surge protection is pro- vided on all power, phone, and signal lines. Typical Monitoring Applications: 11 Boilers FM Chemical Plants Computer Rooms Facility Security Fish Hatcheries Frozen Food Storage HVAC Systems Hydroelectric Power Stations Pipeline & Compressor Stations Remote Pump Stations IS Storage Tanks • Telephone Switchgear • Unattended SCADA Systems • Water & Wastewater Treatment Plants Typical Sensors: $ Flow , Power 15. Leak M Pressure Level 0 Temperature Motion F3 Vacuum pH Standard Specifications: ELECTRICAL ❑ Power requirement. 105-135 UAC, 50/60 Hz, 15 watts maximum or 8-14 VDC at 500 mA maximum. D Battery charging. Precision voltage controlled, including automatic rapid recharge after drain. J Battery backup: 20 hours 1 Input sensing. Four unpowered con- tact inputs standard. Open contacts see 5 volts DC; closed contacts see 10 ma DC. _! Standard Centronics parallel printer port. Literature Code #118 PHYSICAL I Surge protection: Integral gas tube and solid-state protectors on all phone, power, and signal lines. Accommodates field -installed upgrades. Rugged metal indoor enclosure. J Weight. 8 lbs. (3.6 kg). • Dimensions: 11-7/8" H x 9-3/4" W x 5" D. Mounting Centers: 113/8" vertical x 6" horizontal. ENVIRONMENTAL • Temperature range. 20° to INK ❑ Humidity: 0 to 95%, noncondensing. TELEPHONE • Rotary pulse or tone dialing, keyboard selectable • Dials up to 16 different numbers, each up to 60 digits long. • Allows programming of PBX delays in 1 second increments. ❑ FCC Registered Part 68, "Ringer Equivalence": 0.3A. • Alarm Acknowledgement is by TouchTone key or by calling back. • Built-in speaker phone allows two-way conversation a Compatible with most cellular telephone systems. SPEECH MESSAGES ❑ Users record their own messages. Also includes resident vocabulary for program- ming guidance and for default "alarm/ normal" speech if no user messages are recorded. UL STANDARD J Verbatim complies with UL Standards: 1459,1950. WARRANTY 0 Five year parts and labor warranty. See our separate warranty card for details. SINCE 1948 FAM 0 REMOTE IS- AND CONTROLS MODULAR OPTIONS J Channels. Upgradeable to 8, 16, 24 or 32 contact channels. • Analog. Custom scaled in the units of measurement required for your job. Analog alarms on a high and a low alarm setpoint. Upgradeable to 1, 4, 8 or 16 analog channels. • Remote Supervisory Control. The operator can turn equipment on or off via any telephone. Upgradeable to 4 or 8 outputs. ❑ Modbus Interface. In addition to physi- cal inputs, the unit is upgradeable to 32, 64 or 96 additional alarms of any type via RS232 and Modbus RTU master protocol. :1 Cellular Telephone. Our CellularmTl System provides temporary or permanent alarm autodialing over the cellular tele- phone network when conventional tele- phone lines are disabled or unavailable. Furnished in a rugged, weather -resistant housing that's easy to transport and set up. FACTORY OPTIONS J Enclosure. System available in NEMA 4X enclosure, which is corrosion proof and sealed against 12 feet of water. :1 Environmental. Thermostatically con- trolled heater available, suggested for operation below 20°F or where condensa- tion may occur. CCl Local Alarm Relay Output. Relay activates during unacknowledged alarm conditions. L) Secure Front Panel. Verbatim System furnished without front panel program- ming controls and indicators. Restricts access to unsupervised or remotely located units, as well as reducing the initial purchase price. U Solar Electric Generator Systems. Ideal for remote location applications where conventional power and telephone services are not available or too costly. Provides steady, clean power and has sufficient storage capacity for overcast and inclement weather conditions. RACO MANUFACTURING AND ENGINEERING CO. 1400 -62nd Street, Emeryville, CA 94608 • (510) 658-6713 - FAX: (510) 658-3153 1-800-722-6999 m www.racoman.com Represented in your area by: ©Copyright 1989 Raco Manufacturing and Engineering Co. Specifications subject to change without notice.Touch Tone is a registered trademark of AT&T. • Printed in U.S.A. 3M 10104 RACO Manufacturing and Engineering Co., 1400 62nd St., Emeryville, CA 94608 (510) 658-6713 800-722-6999 FAX (510) 658-3153 111 F.11 in 01 1=3 0XIMURN N 11111mvi DI 14 "Aly N 10 EMMA to] 11 Description and Phone Number Dialing: 1. The dialer shall be a solid state component capable of dialing up to 16 telephone numbers, each up to 60 digits in length. Phone numbers and Standard pulse dialing or Touch Tone DTMF dialing are user programmable via the system's keyboard or remotely via Touch Tone telephone. In addition, the dialer shall: ** Group Alarm Calls - On alarm, system shall selectively call the correct phone number according to the specific alarm(s). ** Detect Telephone Line Fault and indicate condition with Front Panel LED. ** Automatically select Tone versus Pulse Dialing. ** Monitor Call Progress - Detect Busy and Ringing Signals, Abandon Call if Busy, Wait until phone is answered to Annunciate Voice Reports. ** Provide Numeric Pager Support ** Provide PBX Support Solid State Voice Message Recording & Playback: 2. The unit shall have two different categories of speech message capability, all implemented with permanent non-volatile solid state circuitry with no mechanical mechanisms. The unit shall allow for message recording from a remote telephone as well as from the front panel. * * User Field Recorded Messages: The user may record and re-record his own voice messages for each input channel and for the Station ID. a. There shall be no limit on the length of any particular message within the overall available message recording time, which shall vary from 26 to 635 seconds, depending upon the number of input channels selected, and the recording rate used. b. The unit shall allow selective recording of both Normal and Alarm advisory messages for each input channel. c. The unit shall provide for automatic setting of the optimum speech recording rate for the total set of messages recorder, in order to achieve optimum recording sound quality. d. Circuit board switches or jumper straps shall not bean acceptable means of manipulating message length or recording rates. ** Permanent Resident Non -Recorded Messages: Permanent built-in messages shall be included to support user programming operations, to provide supplemental warning messages such as advising that the alarms have been disabled, and to allow the unit to be fully functional even when the installer has not recorded any messages of his own. Installation If there are any green grounding wires in place on TS3 originating from plug-in expansion cards, leave those green grounding wires in place on the terminal marked GRN (Green). If the Verbatim autodialer turns on when power is applied, turn it off with the red POWER ON/OFF key. 4. Connect dry (unpowered) contacts to the terminal strip connection points. The connection point for basic four -channel units is terminal strip TS 1, located on the lower left of the main circuit board. Note that there are four common return terminals marked "C"; any combination of these internally grounded terminals may be used. Terminal strip TSI may be unplugged for convenience. All terminal points are screw clamp type, eliminating the need for wire termination lugs. The contact input wires should ideally be light (18 to 24 gauge) signal wire rather than heavy power wire. This reduces problems of bulk and stiffiiess. 5. If your unit has 8 or more inputs, the VX32 Channel Expansion Card should be plugged into connector J4. If your unit has this card installed, then use TS 1 for common return connections only, and connect one side of each contact to the appropri- ately marked channel input number on the VX32 card. Leave T S 1 terminals 1,2,3 and 4 disconnected. Notes: ♦ The common return side of the contacts will need to be consolidated into not more than four wires coming into the TSI terminals marked "C". ♦ Route the wires to the VX32 card so that they do not protrude above the top of the card, other wise they will interfere with the front panel board when the door is closed. ♦ Terminal strip TSI, and the terminal strips on the VX32 card if any, are not removable terminal blocks. Be sure that the terminal strips do not become unplugged due to wires being stressed when the door is closed. tl Caution: NO 120 VAC INPUT CIRCUITS! Please verify that the circuits you connect to these inputs are "dry" (unpowered) and are not directly connected to 120 VAC power. Connecting such circuits will damage the unit. Exception: If your inputs are coming from a logic controller with TTL, CMOS or 5 -volt DC logic outputs, direct connection may be made as long as the controller has j the same electrical ground as the Verbatim autodialer. 2-2 Verbatim Owner's Manual Electrical Connection Diagram For Dry Contact Inputs VSP SPEECH CARD 0 VOEWER O o VOLUME cp O 1234CC C R G Y B Om F- ----------------- aI This connection is not U made if a VX32 card is I U 1 12 13 1 14 _ Z_ Q \� VX 32 CHANNEL EXPANSION CARD / O�NMV'Nc0 NMQN(0 r�00 p>�� �� 000�oRo�000 da000��� Is coOIOv NM'MWI-NWO—N r NNNN7 N NNMMM �0+5�000�0: 00000�oo�o ` Expansion Input Slot m a JB3 = Connect Grounded 120 VAC Power T S 3 Installation VX 32 GROUND WIRE Connect common return of all contacts to point(s) "C" on TS1. The common returns for all inputs are connected to TSI terminals marked "C". These four "C" terminals are connected together and to electrical ground. 4 Channel Verbatim: Connect one side of each contact to the corresponding numbered terminals on TSI. The other side of each contact connects to the common return (the "C" terminals on TS 1). S Or More Channel Verbatim: Connect one side of each contact to the corresponding numbered terminals on the VX32 expansion card. Connect the other side of each contact to the common return (the "C" terminals on TSI of the main board). Note that TSI terminals 1 through 4 are not used in this case. Verbatim Owner's Manual 2-3 00,01000 OOOO 1234CC C R G Y B m 7 ' ------------------------- ----------------- This connection is not made if a VX32 card is I resent. 1 12 13 1 14 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ �32 Installation VX 32 GROUND WIRE Connect common return of all contacts to point(s) "C" on TS1. The common returns for all inputs are connected to TSI terminals marked "C". These four "C" terminals are connected together and to electrical ground. 4 Channel Verbatim: Connect one side of each contact to the corresponding numbered terminals on TSI. The other side of each contact connects to the common return (the "C" terminals on TS 1). S Or More Channel Verbatim: Connect one side of each contact to the corresponding numbered terminals on the VX32 expansion card. Connect the other side of each contact to the common return (the "C" terminals on TSI of the main board). Note that TSI terminals 1 through 4 are not used in this case. Verbatim Owner's Manual 2-3 Verbatim Floobydust 11-3/8" Verbatim Enclosure Diagram 6" 9-3/4" 11-7/8" RECTANGULAR MOUNTING CENTERS: 6" W x 11-3/8" H OVERALL DIMENSIONS: 9-3/4" W x 11 7/8"H x 5" D H-24 Verbatim Owner's Manual 12.5" Verbatim Floobydust NEMA 4XEnclosure Diagram 11.5" RECTANGULAR MOUNTING CENTERS: 8" W x 12.5" H OVERALL DIMENSIONS 11.5" W x 13.5" H x 5.5" D 13.5" Verbatim Owner's Manual H-25 industrial Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPS) Features Rugged, Industrial Design The 1609can bomounted touDIN rail mtothe back of the panel. Elevated Temperature Performance 4high temperature batturyuptiunuUnwmoperabonupto5O"C. Comprehensive Network Management The optional Network Management Card (NK8C)iumonitored via RSView,mvia the on -board web browser, and provides alarms that indicate the status of the UPS. "Dry contact" VQ allows additional UPS data to be communicated. Rockwell gg Automation '.1 FF 7 Remote Monitoring andemote Configuration Monitor via Serial Cable / PowerChute' UPS Status is logged Monitor via Ethernet Web Browser/RSVieW' (Requires NMC) ra«k•^. The optional networking capabilities of the 1609 UPS allow the end user to remotely configure and monitor the status of individual or multiple UPS devices. 1609- it 500 N H C Rated Output Power Input/Output Voltage Special Functions 500 = 500VA (325W) N =115V AC S = Standard Battery Power Supply Type Network Management U = Uninterruptable Power Supply Can be left blank www.rockwellautomation.com Corporate Headquarters Rockwell Automation, 777 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1400, Milwaukee, WI, 53202-5302 USA, Tel: (1) 414.212.5200, Fax: (1) 414.212.5201 Headquarters for Allen-Bradley Products, Rockwell Software Products and Global Manufacturing Solutions Americas: Rockwell Automation, 1201 South Second Street, Milwaukee, WI 53204-2496 USA, Tel: (1) 414.382.2000, Fax: (1) 414.382.4444 Europe: Rockwell Automation SA/NV Vorstlaan/Boulevard du Souverain 36 -BP 3A/B, 1170 Brussels, Belgium, Tel: (32) 2 663 0600, Fax: (32) 2 663 0640 Asia Pacific: Rockwell Automation, 27/F Citicorp Centre, 18 Whitfield Road, Causeway Bay, Hong Kong, Tel: (852) 2887 4788, Fax: (852) 25081846 Headquarters for Dodge and Reliance Electric Products Americas: Rockwell Automation, 6040 Ponders Court, Greenville, SC 29615-4617 USA, Tel: (1) 864.297.4800, Fax: (1) 864.281.2433 Europe: Rockwell Automation, BrOhlstrage 22, D-74834 Elztal-Dallau, Germany, Tel: (49) 6261 9410, Fax: (49) 6261 1774 Asia Pacific: Rockwell Automation, 55 Newton Road, #11-01/02 Revenue House, Singapore 307987, Tel: (65) 351 6723, Fax: (65) 355 1733 Publication 1609-PP001A-EN-P — October 2004 Copyright 0 2034 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in USA. Input Monitoring Function: 3. The basic unit shall continuously monitor the presence of AC power and the status of four (4) contact closure inputs. AC power failure, or violation of the alarm criteria at any input shall cause the unit to go into alarm status and begin dial -outs. The unit shall, upon a single program entry, automatically accept all input states as the normal non -alarm state, eliminating possible confusion about Normal Open versus Normally Closed inputs. Further, as a diagnostic aid, unit shall have the capability of directly announcing the state of any given input as currently "Closed Circuit" or "Open Circuit" without disturbing any message programming. Each input channel shall also be independently programmable, without the need to manipulate circuit board switches or jumpers, to any of the following: ** Normally Open, Normally Closed, or for No Alarm (Status Only). ** Run Time Meter - to accumulate and report the number of hours a particular input circuit has been closed. Any channel so configured will never cause an alarm call, rather, on inquiry will recite it's message according to the status of the input and then report the closed circuit time to the tenth of an hour. The input will accumulate and report in tenths of hours up to a total accumulated running time of 99,999.9 hours. The initial value of the Run Time Meter shall be programmable in order to agree with existing electromechanical Run Time Meters. Up to a total of 8 Run Time Meters may be programmed. ** Pulse Totalizer - to count the accumulated number of pulses (momentary contact closures) occurring at the input so programmed. Any input channel may be programmed for a Totalizer Function, up to a maximum of 8. Maximum Input pulse rate is 100 Hz, with a 50% Duty Cycle. The spoken scaled value will not "roll-over" to zero until a value of 4,294,967,294. has been exceeded. Input/Output Expansion Capability: 4. The standard unit shall be modular in design, permitting it, therefore, to accept "plug-in" expansion circuit boards to incorporate any of the following: ** Contact Closure Expansion Capability to a total of 8, 16, 24, or 32 total dry contact inputs. ** Analog Input Capability to a total of 1, 4, 8, or 16 total analog inputs. * * Remote Supervisory Control Outputs to manipulate 4 or 8 output relays. Modbus Communications: 5. The unit shall accept an expansion card which enables it to communicate directly with devices utilizing Modbus RTU Protocol. A unit so configured shall be capable of "reading" and "writing" to 32, 64, or 96 data registers via Touch Tone Telephone. No modem or host computer shall be required. Interface shall consist of a single RS -232 Serial Cable. Printer/Computer Communications: 6. The unit shall be equipped with a centronics parallel printer port, enabling the user to print alarm reports, download programming data, and generate scheduled status reports as required. Alternatively, the unit shall be able to accept an optional modular, plug-in asychronous communications card to permit any of the following: ** Local Data Logging - Permits a single dialer to communicate with a local Serial printer to log routine status reports, alarm reports, and programming data. ** Central Data Logging - Permits one or more dialers to communicate with a single centrally located Serial printer equipped with a suitable modem to log routine status reports, alarm reports, and programming data. ** Data Acquisition and Control - Permits one or more dialers to communicate with a centrally located Computer/Printer System equipped with a SCADA software package, thereby functioning as a stand alone SCADA system. Alarm and Inquiry Messages: 7. Upon initiating an alarm call, the system is to "speak" only those channels which are currently in "alarm status". Inquiry phone calls can be made directly to the unit at any time, for a complete status report. Acknowledgement: 8. Alarms are acknowledged either by pressing a Touch Tone "9" as the call is being received, or by calling the unit back after having received an alarm call. Nonvolatile Program Memory Retention: 9. User -entered programming and voice messages shall be kept intact, even during power failures or when all power has been removed, for up to ten (10) years. This shall be accomplished through inclusion in the system of a lithium battery separate from the unit's backup rechargeable gel cell battery. Local and Remote Programming Capabilities: 10. The user may optionally elect to alter the following parameters from their standard normal default values via keyboard entry or remotely from any Touch Tone telephone. ** Alarm Response Delay: 0.1 to 999.9 seconds, with different delays being assignable to different alarms. ** Delay Between Alarm Call outs: 0.1 to 99.9 minutes. ** Alarm Reset Time: 0.1 to 99 hours, or "No Reset". ** Incoming Ring Response Answer Delay: 1 to 20 Rings. ** Number Of Message Repetitions: 1 to 20 Repetitions. ** Autocall Test: When enabled, the unit shall place a single round of test calls, both at the time this function is enabled, and also at regular subsequent intervals until this function is disabled. ** Remote System Microphone Activation. Remote Arming and Disarming of System. Phone Line: 11. The dialer is to use a standard "dial-up" telephone line (direct leased line is not required), and is to be F.C.C. approved. Connection to the telephone is through a 4 -pin modular jack (RJ 11). Speakerphone: 12. The unit shall be capable of dialing any phone number on command and functioning as a speakerphone. Real Time Clock: 13. The unit shall be equipped with a real time clock thereby making it possible to: ** Alarm Ready Schedule - The dialer shall be user programmable to follow a specific schedule of operations. This shall include the flexibility to set a weekday, weekend, and holiday schedule. With this feature the dialer shall arm and disarm itself according to the schedule programmed. ** In the event any of the printer configurations outlined in Section 6, are utilized, all alarm reports will be time and date stamped. Routine scheduled status reports can also be programmed. Power/Battery Backup: 14. Normal power shall be 105-135 VAC, 15 watts nominal. The product is to contain its own gel cell rechargeable battery which is automatically kept charged when AC power is present. The system shall operate on battery power for a minimum of 20 continuous hours in the event of AC power failure. A shorter backup time shall not be acceptable. The built-in charger shall be precision voltage controlled, not a "trickle charger", in order to minimize recharge time and to maximize battery life available. Integral Surge Protection: 15. Allon wer,i hone line dry contact and analog �signa-- 1 inputs shall be protected at the circuit board to IEEE Standard 587 category B(6,000 volts open circuit/3,000 amps closed circuit). Gas tubes followed by solid state protectors shall be integral to the circuit board for each line. Technical/Customer Support: 16. All users shall be provided and/or shall have access to the following support resources. ** Each autodialer shall be shipped with a VHS Format Video Tape which details all features of the product and provides an in-depth step-by-step programming: ue guide. A superficial marketing overview will not be acceptable. ** A Fax -on -Demand System which allows any user to call the manufacturer and retrieve copies of all technical information available directly into his own fax system. This service shall be available on a 24 hour basis. ** A toll free 800 number shall be available during manufacturer's normal working day to permit users to talk directly with technical service personnel and resolve problems not solved by either the Video Instruction Tape or the information provided via Fax -on -Demand. Warranjy 17. The dialer shall be covered by a FIVE (5) YEAR warranty covering parts and labor performed at the Factory. Additional Features: Sealed Switches TED Indicators Alarm Disable Warning Talkthrough: 18. All keyboard and front panel switches shall be sealed to prevent contamination. Front panel LED's shall ' indicate: Normal Operation, Program Mode, Call in Progress, Status for each Channel, AC Power present, AC Power failure, and Low, Discharging, or Recharging Battery. On any inquiry telephone call, or On -Site status check, the voice shall provide specific warning if no dialout phone numbers are entered, or if the unit is in "alarm disabled" mode, or if AC power is off or has been off since last reset. A built-in microphone shall allow anyone at a remote site to listen to Local sounds and to have a two-way conversation with personnel at the dialer. Miscellaneous Special Order Items: 19. The following options shall be available on specific order: ** Radio Communications Interface ** Various NEMA 4X (sealed) Enclosures ** Thermostatically Controlled Heater ** UL Approved Power Supply ** Cellularm Communications Systems FORM 116 2.1 2.2 Installation This section describes how to install the Verbatim autodialer and how to install a parallel printer to use the Parallel Printer Local Data Logging feature. Location and Mounting Choose a mounting location which is not exposed to condensing humidity or temperatures beyond the limits of 20°-130°F. This location should ideally be within 5 feet of a standard RJ -11 phone jack and a grounded 120 VAC power outlet. 1. Mount the Verbatim autodialer on centers of 6" x 113/8" using the external mounting ears on the enclosure. #10 or 3/16" bolt sizes are best. 2. Install the NEMA 4X weatherproof outer enclosure, (optional purchase). This allows the Verbatim autodialer to be mounted outdoors as long as temperature limits are not violated. It is best to provide at least an over- head shelter to minimize direct precipitation and solar heating effects. 3. Install the heater/thermostat for cold or humid environments, (optional purchase). The 120 VAC heater dissipates 75 watts, providing a temperature rise of approximately 30 degrees, or 60 degrees when enclosed in the optional NEMA 4X enclosure. Wiring Refer to the diagram on page 2-3 for an example of the wiring connections. 1. Inspect and remove any foreign materials which might create short circuits. 2. Connect the red (positive) battery lead to the positive terminal on the gel - cell battery. 3. Plug the power cord into a grounded 120 VAC outlet. Or, remove the power cord from the Verbatim autodialer and install well- grounded 120 VAC power to terminal strip TS3, located on the lower right of the main circuit board. Verbatim Owner's Manual 2-1 M1 OLl 0— OGAS BLOWER 230V, 1—PHASE 1 0 FROM CUSTOMER SUPPLIED 0,1141i1---�U 230V 70A BREAKER I 3-PHASE 0—----J SEE NOTE QB CBI IDA - \ CONTROL CIRCUIT 0� 115V POWER CB3 10A 115V, 1—PHASE �^ g FROM CUSTOMER SUPPLIED — — — L �--0 0� CONTROL CIRCUIT LJ IiSV POWER 15A BREAKER �I( M2 OL2 The Information contained in this BISCO Environmental and the only BISCO g is intended for use only by ization listed below. The Inforn) on b confidential and any copying, distribution or dissemination without the consent of BISCO Environmental 230V, 1—PHASE 0- Oi r GAS BLOWER 1 HP FROM CUSTOMER SUPPLIED BLOWER #3 GWL 9/19/07 70A BREAKER 1 I—PH E JOB NO. ` 31 FLA 17 SEE NOTE o -Z ----J 33 --o_-- REVISIONS BLOWER FAIL SEE NOTE I STROBE LIGHT CB2 IDA 2 --------- � NEUTRAL FROM CUSTOMER SUPPLIED 2 CONTROL CIRCUIT 115V POWER BREAKER PANEL CB3 10A 115V, 1—PHASE �^ g FROM CUSTOMER SUPPLIED — — — L �--0 0� CONTROL CIRCUIT LJ IiSV POWER 15A BREAKER NOTE a. REMOVE JUMPER IF OPTIONAL THERMISTER IS TO BE INSTALLED NOTE @. BASED ON THE 2005 NEC - ACTUAL RATINGS MAY VARY. SET OVERLOADS ACCORDINGLY PANEL LISTED UL508A 3 1 2 5 2 BLOWER #3 STARTER COIL BLOWER #3 RUN LIGHT BLOWER #3 ELAPSED TIME METER BLOWER #3 CONTROL RELAY BLOWER #3 FAULT LIGHT BLOWER #4 STARTER COIL BLGWER #4 RUN LIGHT BLOWER #4 ELAPSED TIME METER BLOWER #4 CONTROL RELAY BLOWER #4 FAULT LIGHT CYCLE TIMER POWER BLOWER #3 STATUS RELAY BLOWER #4 STATUS RELAY ALARM STROBE POWER DONFIDENTWITY NOTE NON—IS TERMINAL CONNECTIONS The Information contained in this BISCO Environmental and the only BISCO g is intended for use only by ization listed below. The Inforn) on b confidential and any copying, distribution or dissemination without the consent of BISCO Environmental TB2 is STRICTLY PROHIBITED. 6 THERMISTER OWN By DATE BLOWER #3 GWL 9/19/07 SEE NOTE CHK BY DATE 16 THERMISTER JOB NO. BLOWER #4 NEWPORT LANDFILL 17 SEE NOTE SCALE SIZE DWGN0. SHEET REV 33 --o_-- REVISIONS BLOWER FAIL I STROBE LIGHT 2 --------- � NOTE a. REMOVE JUMPER IF OPTIONAL THERMISTER IS TO BE INSTALLED NOTE @. BASED ON THE 2005 NEC - ACTUAL RATINGS MAY VARY. SET OVERLOADS ACCORDINGLY PANEL LISTED UL508A 3 1 2 5 2 BLOWER #3 STARTER COIL BLOWER #3 RUN LIGHT BLOWER #3 ELAPSED TIME METER BLOWER #3 CONTROL RELAY BLOWER #3 FAULT LIGHT BLOWER #4 STARTER COIL BLGWER #4 RUN LIGHT BLOWER #4 ELAPSED TIME METER BLOWER #4 CONTROL RELAY BLOWER #4 FAULT LIGHT CYCLE TIMER POWER BLOWER #3 STATUS RELAY BLOWER #4 STATUS RELAY ALARM STROBE POWER DONFIDENTWITY NOTE 1 The Information contained in this BISCO Environmental and the only BISCO g is intended for use only by ization listed below. The Inforn) on b confidential and any copying, distribution or dissemination without the consent of BISCO Environmental _— V Environmental Soil & Groundwater Remediation Equipment Taunton, Massachusetts 02780 is STRICTLY PROHIBITED. TITLE OWN By DATE CONTROL PANEL GWL 9/19/07 CHK BY DATE ICS JOB NO. DESCRIPRON GATE APPR. NEWPORT LANDFILL 12416 SCALE SIZE DWGN0. SHEET REV APPR BY DATE REVISIONS N/A B 12416TMS H2S 1 OF 2 PRELIM 0 COMPONENT QTY TYPE MODEL # DESCRIPTION Duplex Motor Control 1 Square D 8941 UBW 10V02Y68 NEMA 4, Single door, 35"H x 20.5"W x 9.5"D ® ®_ Thermal Overload 6 Square D B 11.5 7.08 - 8.05 FLA Circuit Breaker (CB1-3) 3 Allen Bradley 1492-MCAA110 15A, 115V, 1 Pole o HOA Switch (SS1-3) Reset Button 3 2 Allen Bradley Square D 800FM-SM32 Selector switch operator, 3-position INCL. Included with Duplex Controller Latch Mech. (SS1-3} 3 Allen Bradley 800E-ALM Latch Switch contact (SS1-3) 6 Allen Bradley 800E-X10 Normally open contact Pilot Light (PL1,3) 2 Allen Bradley 800FP-P4 Pilot Light LED, Red ® en a< aw Pilot Light (PL1,3) 2 Allen Bradley 800F-PNSR Pilot Light LED, Red ® Pilot Light (PL2,4) 2 Allen Bradley 800FP-P5 Pilot Light LED, Yellow ENM T50B212 120V, 99,999.9 hours Pilot Light (PL2,4) 2 Allen Bradley 800E-PN5Y Pilot Light LED, Yellow Terminal Blocks, Wire, Labels, etc. Remote Strobe 1 Allen Bradley 855BM-S10FH5 YELLOW Surface Mount Strobe MI Control Relay (CR1-4) 4 Idec SY4S-05 Control relay socket Timing Relay (TR1) 1 Grasslin Talento 472 2 Channel Programmable Timer Time Meter (ETM 1-2) ® ❑�' ® IaJ a a CONFIDENTKM NOTE %��® The Information contained In this — / �^B .} drawing Ie Intended for use only by Environmental . viro! �•g��ey tat RISCO EnWronm the oorrgga�n- l ! ®H GH I law. and I ®V i E IzaOon listed below. The Infonna0on Is confidential and any copying, Soil & Groundwater Remediation Equipment distribution or dissemination without Taunton, MOSSOChusettS 02780 NOTE ® - REMOVE JUMPER IF OPTIONAL THERMISTER IS TO BE INSTALLED the consent of RISCO Emrironmental b STRICTLY PROHIBRFD. TfTI.E NOTE ®, BASED ON THE 2005 NEC - MAY VARY. SET OVERLOADS ACTUAL RATINGS ACCORDINGLY - DRWN BY DATE CONTROL PANEL GWL 0/19/07 PANEL LISTED UL508A REV. OESCRIPnON CHK BY DATE ICS JOB NO. GATE APPR. NEWPORT LANDFILL 12416 REVISIONS APPR BY DATE SCALE SIZE DWG N0. SHEET REV N/A B 12416TMS H2S 2 OF 2 PRELIM 2 ENM T50B212 120V, 99,999.9 hours Misc. 1 lot Varies Varies Terminal Blocks, Wire, Labels, etc. \1 Ml OLI C, T 0; r . GAS BLOWER 230V,1 -PHASE - HP FROM CUSTOMER SUPPLIED o- �p I Z- M1 23I -PHASE 70A BREAKER I 31PH o- I —-- --� 31 FLA SEE NOTE Q CBI 10A �. >CONTROL CIRCUIT 115V POWER O 230V, 1 -PHASE FROM CUSTOMER SUPPLIED O 70A BREAKER O GAS BLOWER 5.5 HP 230V 1 -PHASE 31 FLA SEE NOTE NEUTRAL CONTROL CIRCUIT FROM CUSTOMER SUPPLIED — — — N 2 115V POWER BREAKER PANEL CB3 10A 115V, I -PHASE FROM CUSTOMER SUPPLIED — — — -j L I --O 0 > CONTROL CIRCUIT LJ ISSV POWER 15A BREAKER NON -IS TERMINAL CONNECTIONS TB2 6 THERMISTER 77 BLOWER #1 SEE NOTE 16 THERMISTER BLOWER #2 17 SEE NOTE 33 --o---� I BLOWER FAIL 2 I STROBE LIGHT ---------J NOTE ® REMOVE JUMPER IF OPTIONAL THERMISTER IS TO HE INSTALLED NOTE ® BASED ON THE 2005 NEC - ACTUAL RATINGS MAY VARY. SET OVERLOADS ACCORDINGLY PANEL LISTED UL508A 3 1 2 5 NOIE _Ep®sc® The infonnaY The Information contained In this Yp ¢ drawing Is Intended for use only by yyf iron ental RISCO Environmental and the orrggan- ® ®®I ® I 5 Izacon dents below. The Irdormatton to confidential and any copytny Soil & Groundwater Remediation Equipment distribution dlssemmatton or wkhout Taunton, Massachusetts 02780 the consent of BISCO Environmental Is STRICTLY PROHIBITED. 7TLE DRwN ar DATE CONTROL PANEL 5 MI 30 CHK B/ DATE ICS JOB NO. NEWPORT LANDFILL 12416 DESCRIPTION DATE APPR. 5 M2 'r o 31 N/A B 12416TMS LANDFILL I 1 OF 2 1 1 PRELIM 5 CRI 32 CR3 33 5 CR2 36 CR4 2 BLOWER #1 STARTER COIL BLOWER #1 RUN LIGHT BLOWER #1 ELAPSED TIME METER BLOWER #1 CONTROL RELAY BLOWER #1 FAULT LIGHT BLOWER #2 STARTER COIL BLDWER #2 RUN LIGHT BLOWER #2 ELAPSED TIME METER BLOWER #2 CONTROL RELAY BLOWER #2 FAULT LIGHT 5 TRI 2 CYCLE TIMER POWER 30 CR3 2 BLOWER #1 STATUS RELAY 31 CR4 2 BLOWER #2 STATUS RELAY 33LB2 2 ALARM STROBE Of POWER NOIE _Ep®sc® The infonnaY The Information contained In this Yp ¢ drawing Is Intended for use only by yyf iron ental RISCO Environmental and the orrggan- ® ®®I ® I Izacon dents below. The Irdormatton to confidential and any copytny Soil & Groundwater Remediation Equipment distribution dlssemmatton or wkhout Taunton, Massachusetts 02780 the consent of BISCO Environmental Is STRICTLY PROHIBITED. 7TLE DRwN ar DATE CONTROL PANEL OWL 9/17/07 CHK B/ DATE ICS JOB NO. NEWPORT LANDFILL 12416 DESCRIPTION DATE APPR. APPR BY DATE SCALE SQE DWG NO. SHEET 1 REV REVISIONS N/A B 12416TMS LANDFILL I 1 OF 2 1 1 PRELIM M NOTE ® REMOVE JUMPER IF OPTIONAL y THERMISTER IS TO BE INSTALLED NOTE BASED ON THE 2005 NEC — ACTUAL RATINGS MAY VARY. SET OVERLOADS ACCORDINGLY PANEL LISTED UL508A co COMPONENT QTY TYPE MODEL # DESCRIPTION Duplex Motor Control 1 Square D 8941UDW30VO2Y68 NEMA 4, Single door, 35"H x 20.5"W x 9.5"D Thermal Overload 6 Square D B 56.0 30.7-32.4 FLA Circuit Breaker (CB1-3) 3 Allen Bradley 1492-MCAA110 15A, 115V, 1 Pale HOA Switch (SSI -3) 3 Allen Bradley 80OFM-SM32 Selector switch operator, 3 -position Reset Button 2 Square D INCL. Included with Duplex Controller Latch Mech. (SS1-3) 3 Allen Bradley 80OF-ALM Latch Switch contact (SS1-3) 6 Allen Bradley 80OF-X10 Normally open contact Pilot Light (PL1,3) 2 Allen Bradley 800FP-P4 Pilot Light LED, Red Pilot Light (PL1,3) 2 Allen Bradley 80OF-PN5R Pilot Light LED, Red Pilot Light (PL2,4) 2 Allen Bradley 800FP-P5 Pilot Light LED, Yellow Pilot Light (PL2,4) 2 Allen Bradley 800F-PN5Y Pilot Light LED, Yellow Remote Strobe 1 Allen Bradley 855BM-S10FH5 YELLOW Surface Mount Strobe Control Relay (CR1-4) 4 Idec SY4S-05 Control relay socket Timing Relay (TR1) 1 Grasslin Talento 472 2 Channel Programmable Timer Time Meter (ETM 1-2) 2 ENM T506212 120V, 99,999.9 hours Misc. 1 lot Varies Varies Terminal Blocks, Wire, Labels, etc. DESCRIPTION REVISIONS CONFlDENMIM NOTE: The information contained In t drawing Is intended for use only RISCO Environmental and the o ization listed below. The InfortnR 1. conndenUo' and anY �PYing, distribution or dissemination with 1.1.SRRIWY PROHIBRTED�ronmei DRWN BY 0.47E OWL 9/17/07 �A.-PpKR8.YY DATE DATE APP DATE AZISCO Environmental— Soil nviron anfa®Soi! & Groundwater Remediation Equipment Taunton, Massachusetts 02780 Tn1.E CONTROL PANEL ICS NEWPORT LANDFILL JOB NO. 12416 SCALE SIZE I DWG NO. SHEET I REV N/A I B 12416TMS LANDFILL 12 OF 21 PREUM CBI IOAA 1A ^Iif CUSTOMER SUPPLIED a NOTEQA - REMOVE JUMPER IF OPTIONAL THERMOSTAT IS TO BE CONNECTED NOTE(g), BASED ON THE 2005 NEC, ACTUAL RATINGS MAY VARY SET OVERLOAD RELAYS ACCORDINGLY UL LISTED 692A PANEL AUTO -DIALER 115V POWER MAIN POWER PILOT LIGHT CONTROL POWER COMPONENT TEST CONTROL RELAY METHANE GAS ALARM STROBE H2S GAS ALARM STROBE METHANE MONITOR FAULT STROBE H2S MONITOR FAULT STROBE GAS ALARM STROBE .POWER METHANE ALARM DIALER RELAY H2S ALARM DIALER RELAY REV. NON -IS TERMINAL CONNECTIONS TB2 0 �o- SZ GAS ALARM 2 I STROBE LIGHT VERBATIM 300VSS-4C METHANE GAS HIGH LEVEL CONTROL RELAY METHANE GAS HIGH LEVEL CONTROL RELAY H2S GAS HIGH LEVEL CONTROL RELAY H2S GAS HIGH LEVEL CONTROL RELAY METHANE GAS MONITOR FAULT CONTROL RELAY H2S GAS MONITOR FAULT CONTROL RELAY ❑1 G❑ 0 K n E F11 I 30I 3�30 CR6 CR7 CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE: The information contained in this drawing is intended for use only by BISCO Environmental and the organ— ■ ®® ®w v/ ization listed below. The information is confidential and any copying, Soil & Groundwater Remediation Equipment distribution or dissemination without - Randolph, Massachusetts 02368 the consent of BISCO Environmental is STRICTLY PROHIBITED. TITLE CONTROL PANEL DRWN BY DATE GWL 9/21/07 CHK BY DATE ICS NEWPORT LANDFILL JOB NO. 12416 DESCRIPTION DATE APPR. APPR BY DATE SCALE N/A I SIZE B I DWG NO. 12416TMS MONITOR SHEET 1 OF 2 REV 1 PRELIM PRELIMINARY 31 M'Oi NOTE @ - REMOVE JUMPER IF OPTIONAL THERMOSTAT IS TO BE CONNECTED NOTE & BASED ON THE 2005 NEC, ACTUAL RATINGS MAY VARY SET OVERLOAD RELAYS ACCORDINGLY UL LISTED 698A PANEL tali a ol• �I 0 F — -I COMPONENT � 1 1 TYPE MODEL # DESCRIPTION Control Enclosure 1 I^ I I I" � Fr FF L01u `01 M NEMA 4X, Single door, 30"H x 24"W x 16"D Control Enclosure 1 M'Oi NOTE @ - REMOVE JUMPER IF OPTIONAL THERMOSTAT IS TO BE CONNECTED NOTE & BASED ON THE 2005 NEC, ACTUAL RATINGS MAY VARY SET OVERLOAD RELAYS ACCORDINGLY UL LISTED 698A PANEL tali a ol• �I 0 F — -I COMPONENT QTY TYPE MODEL # DESCRIPTION Control Enclosure 1 Hammond 1418NSSK16 NEMA 4X, Single door, 30"H x 24"W x 16"D Control Enclosure 1 Hammond 1481WN4SS1308 NEMA 4X Window Kit Control Enclosure 1 Hammond ESP3024 30"H x 24"W Swing panel Control Enclosure 1 Hammond 2QPL Padlock Kit Circuit Breaker (CB1) 1 Allen Bradley 1492-MCAA110 Circuit Breaker, 120V, 10A, 1 -Pole Methane Gas Monitor 1 General Monitor 480A-1-1-07-1 Single Channel LEL - Methane H2S Gas Monitor 1 General Monitor 218OA-1 -1 -06-3-1 Single Channel LEL - H2S UPS 1 Allen Bradley 1609-U500NS 500VA Battery Back -Up Auto -Dialer 1 RACO 30OVSSAC Verbatim 4 Channel Dialer w/NEMA 4X Encl. Switch contact (SS1) 1 Allen Bradley 800FP-SL32 3 Position Selector w/Spring Return Left Switch contact (SS1) 2 Allen Bradley 80OF-X10 Normally open contact Pilot Light (PL1) 1 Allen Bradley 800FP-P7 Pilot light, LED, white Pilot Light (PL1) 1 Allen Bradley 80OF-MN5W Pilot light, LED, white Pilot Light (PL2-3) 2 Allen Bradley 855PS-B10SE422 Panel Mount Strobe, Red Pilot Light (PL4-5) 2 Allen Bradley 855PS-BlOSE522 Panel Mount Strobe, Yellow Remote Strobe 1 Allen Bradley 855BM-S10FH4 RED Surface Mount Strobe Control Relay (CR1-7) 9 Idec RU4S-A110 Control relay, 120V, 4 -pole Control Relay (CR1-7) 9 Idec SY4S-05 Control relay socket Reset Button (PB1) 1 Allen Bradley 800FP-F2 Pushbutton, momentary, black, flush Reset Button (PB1) 1 Allen Bradley I 80OF-ALM Latch Reset Button (PB1) 1 1 Allen Bradley I 800F -X01 I Normally closed contact CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE: The information contained in I drawing is intended for use only BISCO Environmental and the org ization listed below. The informat is confidential and any copying, distribution or dissemination with the consent of BISCO Environme is STRICTLY PROHIBITED. DRWN BY DATE GWL 9/21/07 CHK BY DATE REV. I DESCRIPTION I DATE I l APPR BY DATE PRELIMINARY is nvironmental Soil & Groundwater Remediation Equipment Randolph, Massachusetts 02368 TITLE CONTROL PANEL ICS JOB NO. NEWPORT LANDFILL 12416 SCALE I SIZE I DWG NO. SHEET REV N/A B 12416TMS MONITOR 2 OF 2 PRELIM Atlas Copco Stationary Air Compressors GX2 - GX3 - GX4 -GXSC ATLAS COPCO AIRPOWER B.V. Type: GX4 FF CSA/UL Product nr:8152101310 Year:2007 Weight: 224 Kg Serial nr : AII653656 Dryer/Secheur/Trockner/Essiccatore 115 V 60Hz0,23 KwlPh Compressor/Compresseur/Kompressor 230 V 60Hz4 Kw1Ph :':3... , @SSJrE: — 'gar Max Tniat Temp. '�'. rJ Max Pressure 10 bar Max Ambient Temp.: 40 C Refrigerant Type: R134A Quantity 0,18 Kg ia�4 iC :3.e a � �. V - F}a}a }a}} tg}f} alts} 3.7 ! i! a}}3■ }}}}} a}!31 d} l �1}} 5 ill1191913 mil 11111 fill 111l111111111111!11111111fill l9ll &I C1YT:112 11 -7 -All tr_1 Compressor type: ........................................ Unit serial No. compressor:................................... . Air dryer type: .......................................... Unit serial No. dryer: ......................................... Motor type: ....................................... ..... Motor serial No.:............................................ Delivery date: ........................................... First start-up date:...........................................: ... Service Plan:............................................ Service Owner's machine No.:....................................... Selected lubricants Compressor: ............................................ Capacity:.................................................. Bearing grease type, electric motor: ......................... Dryergearbox ........................................... Capacity................................................... Printed Matter Nos. Atlas Copco compressor instruction book: .................... Atlas Copco air dryer instruction book:......................... . Atlas Copco compressor parts list: .......................... Atlas Copco air dryer parts list: ................................ AtlasCopco logbook: .................................................................................................... Local Atlas Copeo Representative Name: ............................................................................................................... Address: .............................................................................................................. Telephone: ................................... Contact persons: Service:............................................. Telex: ...................................... Parts:............................................... E-mail............................................................................................................... SAFETY PRECAUTIONS To be read attentively and acted accordingly before installing, operating or repairing the unit. These recommendations apply to machinery processing or consuming air or inert gas. Processing of any other gas requires additional safety precautions typical to the application which are not included herein. In addition to normal safety rules which should be observed with stationary air compressors and equipment, the following safety directions and precautions are of special importance. When operating this unit, the operator must employ safe working practices and observe all related local work safety requirements and ordinances. The owner is responsible for maintaining the unit in a safe operating condition. Parts and accessories shall be replaced if unsuitable for safe operation. Installation, operation, maintenance and repair shall only be performed by authorized, trained, competent personnel. Normal ratings (pressures, temperatures, time settings, etc.) shall be durably marked. Any modification on the compressor or air dryer shall only be performed in agreement with Atlas Copco and under supervision of authorized, competent personnel. If any statement in this book, especially with regard to safety, does not comply with local legislation, the stricter of the two shall apply. These precautions are general and cover several machine types and equipment; hence some statements may not apply to the unit(s) described in this book. Installation Apart from general engineering practice in conformity with the local safety regulations, the following directives are specially stressed: 1. A compressor or air dryer shall be lifted only with adequate equipment in conformity with local safety rules. Loose or pivoting parts shall be securely fastened before lifting. It is strictly forbidden to dwell or stay in the risk zone under a lifted load. Lifting acceleration and retardation shall be kept within sale limits. Wear a safety helmet when working in the area of overhead or lifting equipment. 2. Any blanking flanges. plugs, caps and desiccant bags shall be removed before connecting up the pipes. Distribution pipes and connections shall be of correct size and suitable for the working pressure. 3. Place the unit where the ambient air is as cool and clean as possible. If necessary, install a suction duct. Never obstruct the air inlet. Care shall be taken to minimize the entry of moisture with the inlet air. 4. The aspirated air shall be free from flammable filmes or vapours, e.g. paint solvents, that can lead to internal fire or explosion. 5. Air-cooled units shall be installed in such a way that an adequa; flow of cooling air is available and that the exhausted air does nu, recirculate to the inlet. 6. Arrange the air intake so that loose clothing of people cannot be sucked in. 7. Ensure that the discharge pipe from the compressor to the aftercooler, air dryer or air net is free to expand under heat and that it is not in contact with or close to flammable material. 8. No external force maybe exerted on the air outlet valve; the connected pipe must be free of strain. 9. If remote control is installed, the unit shall bear an obvious sign reading: DANGER: This machine is remotely controlled and may start without warning. As a further safeguard, persons switching on remotely controlled units shall take adequate precautions to ensure that there is no one checking or working on the machine. To this end, a suitable notice shall be affixed to the start equipment. 10. On units with automatic start -stop system, a sign stating "This machine may start without warning" shall be attached near the instrument panel. 11. In multiple compressor systems manual valves shall be installed to isolate each compressor. Non -return valves (check valves) shall not be relied upon for isolating pressure systems. 12. Never remove or tamper with the safety devices. guards or insulations fitted on the unit. Every pressure vessel or auxiliary installed outside the unit to contain air above atmospheric pressure shall be protect, by a pressure -relieving device or devices as required. 13. Pipework or other parts with a temperature in excess of 80 degrees celsius and which may be accidentally touched by personnel in normal operation shall be guarded or insulated. Other high-temperature pipexvork shall be clearly marked. J SAFETY PRECAUTIONS (continued) 14. If the ground is not level or can be subject to variable inclination, consult Atlas Copco. 15. The electrical connections shall correspond to the local codes. The units shall be grounded and protected against short circuits by fuses. Operation 1. Air hoses shall be of correct size and suitable for the working pressure. Never use frayed, damaged or deteriorated hoses. Use only the correct type and size of hose end fittings and connections. When blowing through a hose or air line, ensure that the open end is held securely. A free end will whip and may cause injury. Make sure that a hose is fully depressurized before disconnecting it. Never play with compressed air. Do not apply it to your skin or direct an air stream at people. Never use it to clean dirt from your clothes. When using it to clean equipment, do so with extreme caution and use eye protection. 2. The compressor is not considered as capable of producing air of breathing quality. For breathing air quality, the compressed air must be adequately purified according to local legislation and standards. 5. Never use flammable solvents or carbon tetrachloride for cleaning parts. Take safety precautions against toxic vapours of cleaning liquids. 6. Scrupulously observe cleanliness during maintenance and repair. Keep dirt away by covering the parts and exposed openings with a clean cloth, paper or tape. 7. Never weld or perform any operation involving heat near the oil system. Oil tanks must be completely purged, e.g. by steam -cleaning, before carrying out such operations. Never weld on, or in any way modify, pressure vessels. Whenever there is an indication or any suspicion that an internal part of a machine is overheated, the machine shall be stopped but no inspection covers shall be opened before sufficient cooling time has elapsed; this to avoid the risk of spontaneous ignition of the oil vapour when air is admitted. Never use a light source with open flame for inspecting the interior of a machine, pressure vessel, etc. 8. Make sure that no tools, loose parts or rags are left in or on the unit. 3. Never operate the units when there is a possibility of taking in flammable or toxic fumes. 9 4. Never operate the units at pressures below or in excess of their limit ratings as indicated on the Principal Data sheet. 5. Keep all bodywork doors shut during operation. The doors may be opened for short periods only, e.g. to carry out checks. Wear ear protectors when opening a door. 6. People staying in environments or rooms where the sound pressure level reaches or exceeds 90 dB(A) shall wear ear protectors. 7. Periodically check that: a. All guards are in place and securely fastened b. All hoses and/or pipes inside the unit are in good condition, secure and not rubbing c. There are no leaks d. All fasteners are tight e. All electrical leads are secure and in good order f. Safety valves and other pressure -relief devices are not obstructed by dirt or paint g. Air outlet valve and air net, i.e. pipes, couplings, manifolds, valves, hoses, etc. are in good repair, free of wear or abuse 8. If warm cooling air from compressors is used in air heating systems, e.g. to warm up a workroom, take precautions against air pollution and possible contamination of the breathing air. 9. Do not remove any of, or tamper with, the sound -damping material. Maintenance Maintenance and repair work shall only be carried out under supervision of someone qualified for the job. 1. Use only the correct tools for maintenance and repair work. 2. Use only genuine spare parts. 3. All maintenance work, other than routine attention, shall only be undertaken when the unit is stopped, the main power supply is switched off and the machine has cooled down. Take positive precaution to ensure that the unit cannot be started inadvertently. Before clearing the unit for use after maintenance or overhaul, check that operating pressures, temperatures and time settings are correct and that the control and shut -down devices function correctly. If removed, check that the coupling guard of the compressor drive shaft has been reinstalled. 10. Every time the separator element is renewed, examine the discharge pipe and the inside of the oil separator vessel for carbon deposits; if excessive, the deposits should be removed. 11. Protect the motor, air filter, electrical and regulating components, etc. to prevent moisture from entering them, e.g. when steam -cleaning. 12. Make sure that all sound -damping material, e.g. on the bodywork and in the air inlet and outlet systems of the compressor, is in good condition. If damaged, replace it by genuine Atlas Copco material to prevent the sound pressure level from increasing. 13. Never use caustic solvents which can damage materials of the air net, e.g. polycarbonate bowls. 14. The following safety precautions are stressed when handling refrigerant: a. Never inhale refrigerant vapours. Check that the working area is adequately ventilated; if required, use breathing protection. b. Always wear special gloves. In case of refrigerant contact with the skin, rinse the skin with water. If liquid refrigerant contacts the skin through clothing, never tear off or remove the latter; flush abundantly with fresh water over the clothing until all refrigerant is flushed away; then seek medical first aid. c. Always wear safety glasses. 15. Protect hands to avoid injury from hot machine parts, e.g. during draining of oil. Note: With stationary machine units driven by an internal combustion engine, allowance has to be made for extra safety precautions, e.g. spark arrestors, fuelling care, etc. Consult Atlas Copco, In addition, a warning sign bearing a legend such as "work in All responsibility for any damage or injury resulting from neglecting progress; do not start" shall be attached to the starting equipment. these precautions, or by non -observance of ordinary caution and due care required in handling, operating, maintenance or repair, even if 4. Before removing any pressurized component, effectively isolate the not expressly mentioned in this book, will be disclaimed by Atlas unit from all sources of pressure and relieve the entire system of Copco. pressure. 2920 1377 03 1/2 (continued on inside of cover) 2920 137703 2/2 Atlas Copco Stationary Air Compressors GX2 - GX3 - GX4 - GX5C Instruction book From following serial number onwards: All -641 500 Copyright 2003, Atlas Copco Airpower n.v., Antwerp, Belgium. Any unauthorized use or copying of the contents or any part thereof is prohibited. This applies in particular to trademarks, model denominations, part numbers and drawings. This instruction book meets the requirements for instructions specified by the machinery directive 98/37/EC and is valid for CE as well as non -CE labeled machines. Note: The PED instructions for this machine are included at the end of the book. No. 2920 1494 00 Registration code: APC GX 2001 / 38 / 996 2003-06 www.atlascopco.com This instruction book describes how to handle the machines to ensure safe operation, optimum efficiency and long service life. Read this book before putting the machine into operation to ensure correct handling, operation and N. iper maintenance from the beginning. The maintenance schedule comprises measures for keeping the machine in good condition. Keep the book available for the operator and make sure that the machine is operated and that maintenance is carried out according to the instructions. Record all operating data, maintenance performed, etc. in an operator's logbook available from Atlas Copco. Follow all relevant safety precautions, including those mentioned in this book. Repairs must be carried out by trained personnel from Atlas Copco who can be contacted for any further information. In all correspondence always mention the type and the serial number, shown on the data plate. For all data not mentioned in the text, see sections "Preventive maintenance schedule" and "Principal data". The company reserves the right to make changes without prior notice. 1 General description............................................................................................................................ 4 1.1 Options........................................................................................................................................... 6 i 1.2 Air flow - oil system (Fig. 1.4)........................................................................................................ 7 1.2.1 Air flow..................................................................................................................................... 7 1.2.2 Oil flow..................................................................................................................................... 7 1.3 Regulating system......................................................................................................................... 8 1.3.1 Main components (Fig. 1.5).................................................................................................... 8 1.3.2 Operation................................................................................................................................. 8 1.4 Control panel.................................................................................................................................. 9 1.5 Protection of compressor............................................................................................................. 10 1.6 Air dryer on GX Full-Feature........................................................................................................ 10 2 Installation.........................................................................................................................................11 2.1 Dimension drawings..................................................................................................................... 11 2.2 Installation proposal..................................................................................................................... 12 2.2.1 Recommendations................................................................................................................ 12 2.3 Electric cable size........................................................................................................................ 13 2.4 Electrical connections.................................................................................................................. 14 2.5 Pictographs.................................................................................................................................. 16 3 Operating instructions.....................................................................................................................17 3.1 Initial start-up (Fig. 3.1)................................................................................................................ 17 3.2 Checking the motor rotation direction (Fig. 3.2).......................................................................... 17 3.3 Starting the air dryer (Full -Feature units only) (Fig. 3.2).............................................................. 18 3.4 Starting the compressor............................................................................................................... 18 3.5 Stopping the compressor and dryer............................................................................................. 18 4 Maintenance......................................................................................................................................19 4.1 Maintenance schedule................................................................................................................. 19 4.2 Oil specifications.......................................................................................................................... 19 4.2.1 Atlas Copco Roto-injectfluid.................................................................................................. 19 4.2.2 Mineral oil.............................................................................................................................. 19 4.3 Service kits................................................................................................................................... 20 5 Adjustments and servicing procedures.............. ........................................................................... 21 5.1 Changing the air filter................................................................................................................... 21 5.2 Safety valve................................................................................................................................. 21 Testing............................................................................................................................................ 21 5.3 Adjusting the tension of the drive belt (Fig. 5.1).......................................................................... 21 5.4 Replacing the drive belt (Fig. 5.1)................................................................................................ 22 5.5 Changing the oil (Fig. 5.2)........................................................................................................... 22 5.6 Changing the oil filter and oil separator (Fig. 5.2)........................................................................ 23 5.7 Drive motor.................................................................................................................................. 23 5.8 Storage after installation.............................................................................................................. 23 5.9 Coolers......................................................................................................................................... 23 6 Problem solving................................................................................................................................ 24 6.1 Compressor................................................................................................................................. 24 6.2 Air dryer....................................................................................................................................... 24 7 Principal data.................................................................................................................................... 26 7.1 Readings on control panel........................................................................................................... 26 7.2 Settings of overload relay and fuses............................................................................................ 26 7.3 Reference conditions................................................................................................................... 27 7.4 Limitations...............................................................................:.................................................... 27 7.5 Specifications 1)........................................................................................................................... 28 7.5.1 50 Hz..................................................................................................................................... 28 7.5.2 60 Hz..................................................................................................................................... 28 7.6 Conversion list of SI units into US/British units............................................................................ 28 1 General description GX2 to GX5C are single -stage, oil -injected screw compressors. They are air-cooled and belt-drivei ) an electric motor. The compressors are enclosed in a sound -insulated bodywork. An easy -to -operate control panel (4 -Fig. 1.1) is provided, including a combined compressor start/stop - emergency switch. A cabinet housing the motor starter is integrated in the bodywork behind this panel. The Full -Feature variant of the compressor is provided with an integrated air dryer (5). The air dryer removes moisture from the compressed air by cooling the air to near the freezing point and automatically draining the condensate. The compressors are mounted on a large 200 1 air receiver (10). 2 13 12 11 1 3 4 5 6 10 8 Fig. 1.1 Front side of GX2 Full -Feature 1 Oil cooler 2 Safety valve 3 Oil filter 4 Compressor control panel 5 Dryer 6 Dryer on/off switch 7 Condensate drain valve 8 Condensate outlet, receiver 9 Label, drain condensate weekly 10 Receiver 11 Safety valve 12 Oil level sight -glass 9 13 Oil separator/tank 7 Atlas Copco Airpower N.V. ./d4MIndustrial Air P.O box 104, Boomsesteenweg 957, B-2610 Wilrijk-Antwerpen Belgium 55305F PED (Pressure Equipment Directive) Product: GX2-5C Components subject to 97/23/EC Pressure Equipment Directive Components subject to 97/23/EC Pressure Equipment Directive greater than or equal to Category II Part number Description PED Class 2200 9507 74 SafetV valve IV 2200 9507 75 Safety valve IV Overall rating The compressors are conform to PED smaller than category I. 7.5 Specifications 1) 7.5.1 50 Hz Compressor type GX2 GX3 GX4 GXSC Frequency Hz 50 50 50 50 Motor size kW 2 3 4 5 Capacity FAD I/s 4 5.3 7.8 10 Maximum pressure bare 10 10 10 10 Temperature of air leaving receiver (approx.), Pack °C 33 33 33 33 Oil capacity 1 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 Sound pressure level dB(A) 61 61 62 64 7.5.2 60 Hz Compressor type GX2 GX4 GXSC Frequency Hz 60 60 60 Motor size hp 3 5 7.5 Capacity (FAD) cfm 8.5 16.6 21.2 Maximum pressure psig 150 150 150 Temperature of air leaving receiver (approx.), Pack °C 33 33 33 Oil capacity 1 2.5 2.5 2.5 Sound pressure level dB(A) 61 62 64 7.6 Conversion list of SI units into US/British units 1 bar = 14.504 psi 1 g = 0.035 oz 1 kW = 1.341 hp (UK and US) 1 I = 0.264 US gal 1 1 = 0.220 Imp gal (UK) 1 1 = 0.035 cu.ft 11/s=2.117 cfm 1 mm = 0.039 in 1 mbar = 0.401 in water column 1 N = 0.225 Ibf 1 Nm = 0.738 Ibf.ft x °C=(32+1.8x)°F 2) Footnotes chapter 7 1) At reference conditions. 2) A temperature difference of 1 °C = a temperature difference of 1.8 °F. 16 15 14 13 1 2 3 4 12 11 1 Oil filter 2 Oil separator 3 Air inlet valve 4 Air filter 5 Belt tensioning bolt 6 Screws, fixation of compressor element 7 Belt 8 Fan 9 Motor 10 Receiver 11 3-phase voltage supply to compressor 12 Single-phase voltage supply to dryer 13 Timer, dryer condensate outlet 14 Compressor element 15 Air outlet 16 Data plate Fig. 1.2 Rear side of GX2 Full -Feature 5 6 6 7 8 9 10 1 Air outlet Fig. 1.3 Front view of GX2 1.1 Options Description Remarks Electronic condensate drain on air receiver PDx Filter Kit Only for Full -Feature Transformer Kit OnIV for Full -Feature PDx are high -efficiency filters. The filters trap solid particles down to 0.01 micron with a max. oil carry-over of 0.01 mg/m'. 7.3 Reference conditions Air inlet pressure (absolute) bar 1 Air inlet temperature °C 20 Relative humidity % 0 7.4 Limitations Maximum working pressure bar(e) See maximum values below Minimum working pressure bar(e) 4 Maximum air inlet temperature °C 40 Minimum ambient temperature °C 0 7 Principal data 7.1 Readings on control panel Air outlet pressure Modulates between preset unloading/stopping pressure and loading pressure 7.2 Settings of overload relay and fuses 50 Hz Compressor type Supply voltage Max. Fuses, setting 3-phase of relay compressor Q21 supply Fuses, 1 -phase dryer supply (V) (V) (A) (A) (A) GX2 230 13.9 16 10 GX2 400 8 10 10 GX3 230 17.4 16 10 GX3 400 10 10 10 GX4 230 19.1 20 10 GX4 400 11 16 10 GXSC 230 23.5 25 10 GXSC 400 13.5 16 10 60 Hz Compressor Supply type voltage Max. Fuses, setting 3-phase of relay compressor Q21 supply Fuses, 1 -phase dryer supply B Air flow (V) (A) (A) (A) GX2 200 11.6 20 10 GX2 220/230 10.7 20 10 GX2 380 6.4 20 10 GX2 440/460 5.4 20 10 GX2 575 4.3 20 10 GX4 200 15 20 10 GX4 220/230 13.8 20 10 GX4 380 10.6 20 10 GX4 440/460 6.9 20 10 GX4 575 5.5 20 10 GXSC 200 21.5 32 10 GXSC 220/230 19.6 32 10 GXSC 380 11.8 20 10 GXSC 440/460 9.8 32 10 GXSC 575 1 7.8 20 10 1.2 Air flow - oil system (Fig. 1.4) 1.2.1 Air flow Air drawn through the air filter (1) and open inlet valve (2) into compressor element (3) is compressed. Compressed air and oil flow into oil separator/tank (4) where most of the oil is removed. The air is discharged via a minimum pressure valve (5) into the air receiver (6) and, depending on the model, into the air dryer (7). 1.2.2 Oil flow Air pressure forces the oil from oil separator/tank (4) through oil cooler (8) and filter (9) to compressor element (3) and the lubrication points. In the oil separator/tank (4), most of the oil is removed centrifugally; the balance is removed by separator (10). The oil system has a thermostatic by-pass valve (11). The oil cooler is by-passed until the oil reaches the correct operating temperature. A Air inlet C Compressed air outlet B Air flow D Oil flow 1 Air filter 8 Oil cooler 2 Inlet valve 9 Oil filter 3 Compressor element 10 Oil separator 4 Oil separator/tank 11 Thermostatic by-pass valve 5 Minimum pressure valve 12 Belt 6 Receiver 13 Motor 7 Dryer 14 Fan Fig. 1.4 Flow diagram h� 11 1.3 Regulating system 1.3.1 Main components (Fig. 1.5) - pressure switch (PSR11), which opens and closes at preset pressure limits blow -off valve (Y1) PSR11 52879F Fig. 1.5 Regulating system components Y1 1.3.2 Operation The pressure switch opens and closes its contacts at pre-set pressures. During loaded operation, the c cts are closed: the motor is running. If the working pressure reaches the maximum limit, the contacts of the pressure switch open: the motor will stop. The blow -off valve opens and the pressure in the air/oil separator is released. When the working pressure decreases to the pre-set minimum pressure, the contacts of the pressure switch close and the motor restarts. The blow -off valve closes and compressed air is supplied to the receiver again. b Haves stem checked for leaks or refilled 4 The motor hums and does not start a Line volts a too low a Check power supply b The machine was switched off and on again too rapid) (not enough time for the pressure equalization) b Wait a few minutes before starting the machine again Footnote chapter 6 1) See section 1.5 to reset/restart 6 Problem solving Attention 1. Apply all relevant safety precautions, including those mentioned in this book. 2. Before carrying out any maintenance or repair on the compressor, move compressor start/stop switch (3 - Fig. 1.6) to position 0 and dryer on/off switch (15 -Fig. 1.6) to position 0. Wait until the compressor has stopped. Open the isolating switch(es) to prevent an accidental start. 3. Close air outlet valve (15 -Fig. 1.2 or 1 -Fig. 1.3). Depressurize by unscrewing plug (6 -Fig. 3.1) one turn and by opening condensate drain valve (7 -Fig. 1.1). 6.1 Compressor 1 The machine does not start a No power a Check power supply b Fuse F1 blown b Replace fuse c The main motor thermal protection has tripped c Check and let motor cool down; to reset/restart, move compressor on/off switch to 0 then to 1 b The dryer is working outside its rating 2 The machine does not start, high oil temperature lamp is on (temperature switch tripped) 1 a Oil cooler is dirt a Clean cooler b Ambient temperature too high b Improve ventilation in compressor room c Oil level too low c Top up oil tank 10 Pictograph 3 The compressor does not reach working pressure a Blow -off solenoid valve remains open a Check; replace valve if necessary Indicates oil level 13 4 Excess oil consumption a Oil separator clogged a Replace oil separator b Oil level too high b Drain to correct level 6.2 Air dryer 1 No compressed air passes through the dryer a Pipes are frozen inside a Hot- as by-pass valve malfunctioning; consult Atlas Copco 2 Pictograph 2 Condensate in the piping a Insufficient condensate drain a Check the operation of timer b The dryer is working outside its rating b Check room temperature - air temperature at dryer. Clean the condenser and check operation of fan 6 Alarm lamp 3 The compressor head is very hot above 55 °C — motor overload a See 2b a See 2b b Insufficient refrigerant in dryer 1.4 Control panel 14 13 `Pa 11 Fig. 1.6 Control panel 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 7 10 52860F 15 16 17 Reference Designation Function 1 Working pressure The pointer indicates the actual working pressure 2 Pictograph Working pressure 3 Compressor start/stop - emergency switch Starts and stops the compressor. Also used to stop the compressor in case of emergency and to reset the thermal overload of the electric motor by switching it to 0 and back to 1 4 Hourmeter Indicates the total running time 5 Pictograph Hourmeter 6 Alarm lamp Lights up in case of high oil temperature shut -down 7 Pictograph Hi h oil temperature shut -down 8 Reset button Reset button (after unscrewing cover) for high oil temperature shut -down. See section 1.5 9 Pictograph Reset 10 Pictograph Switch off the voltage and depressurize before starting any maintenance or repair 11 Label Warning: unit may start automatically 12 Oil level sight -glass Indicates oil level 13 Picto raph Maximum - minimum oil level 14 Picto raph Warning: voltage 15 D er on/off button Button to switch on/off the dryer 16 Pictograph Voltage off 17 Pictograph Volta e on 1.5 Protection of compressor Reference Designation Function Q21 -Figs 2.3/2.4 Motor overload relay To shut down the compressor in case the motor current is too high TSHH11-Figs. 2.3/2.4 Temperature shut -down switch To shut down the compressor in case the outlet temperature of the compressor element is too high 2/11 -Fig. 1.1 Safety valves To protect the air outlet system against too high a pressure Remark After tripping of the temperature protection: switch off the voltage and depressurize (see section 4), check and remedy (see section 6). Wait a few minutes to let the machine cool down. To reset and restart, switch on the voltage and press the red reset button (8 -Fig. 1.6) after unscrewing its cover: the machine will restart. 1.6 Air dryer on GX Full -Feature Wet compressed air enters the dryer. The air then flows through a heat exchanger where refrigerant evaporates withdrawing heat from the air. The cold air then flows through a condensate trap which separates condensate from the air. The condensate is automatically drained (regulated by timer 13 -Fig. 1.2). The dried air is then discharged from the dryer. 5.6 Changing the oil filter and oil separator (Fig. 5.2) 1. Stop the compressor and dryer, open the isolating switches and close the air outlet valve. Remove the front panel of the compressor. 2. Loosen filler plug (3) one turn to permit any pressure to escape. 3. Unscrew the oil separator element (1) and the oil filter (2). 4. Slightly lubricate the filter/separator seals before installing. 5. Tighten the new filter and separator by hand. 6. Re -install the front panel. 5.7 Drive motor The motor bearings are greased for life. 5.8 Storage after installation If the compressor is stored without running from time to time, consult Atlas Copco as protective measures may be necessary. 5.9 Coolers Keep the coolers clean to maintain the cooling efficiency. Stop the compressor, close the air outlet valve and switch off the voltage. Remove any dirt from the cooler with a fibre brush. Never use a wire brush or metal objects. Then clean by air jet. Remove the roof panel if access to the back of the cooler is required. 5.4 Replacing the drive belt (Fig. 5.1) 1. Stop the compressor and dryer, open the isolating switches and close the air outlet valve. 2. Open the front panel of the compressor enclosure. 3. Remove the side, back and roof panels of the compressor enclosure. 4. Loosen the 4 bolts (2) by half a turn. 5. Release the belt tension by loosening the tensioning bolt (1). 6. Remove the fan cowl. 7. Remove the belt via the fan cowl opening. Install the new belt via the same opening. 8. Tension the belt as described in section 5.3. 9. Re -assemble the fan cowl. 10. Re -install the bodywork panels. 5.5 Changing the oil (Fig. 5.2) Attention Never mix oils of different brands or types. If the compressor is subject to external pollutants, being used at high temperatures (oil temperature above 90 °C) or in severe conditions, it is advisable to change the oil more frequently. Consult Atlas Copco. 1. Run the compressor until warm. Stop the compressor and dryer, open the isolating switches and close the air outlet valve. Remove the front and roof panels. 2. Loosen filler plug (3) one turn to permit any pressure to escape. Drain the oil by opening valve (9 -Fig. 3.1). Remove the plug and fill the oil reservoir to middle of the sight -glass. 3. Unscrew the air filter cover, remove the filter element and carefully pour approx. 0.1 1 of oil into the compressor element. Do not overfill. 4. Re -assemble the inlet filter and re -install the filler plug. Fit the bodywork panels. 5. Run the compressor for approx. 1 minute. 1 3 2 Fig. 5.2 Oil system components 1 Oil separator 2 Oil filter 3 Oil filler plug r 1 2 Installation 2.1 Dimension drawings G 112" COMPRESSED 2 AIR OUTLET :......... .......... .......... CONDENSATE DRRIN PIPE 3i8 -F. 175 750 175 132 1100 132 1420 111 COOLINGOUTLET 111 F COOLING RIR (2) OUTLET �4 le (4) COOLING RIR INLET FR j -1 (4) COOLING RIR ,INLET 386 1 990 L CABLE ENTRY (3) 2202 2609 58 52847D COOLING RIR a1�m1 COOLING RIR CUTLET FM (2) Fig. 2.1 Dimension drawings (3) (4) COOL I 2202 2609 59 52848D (1) Condensate drain pipe (2) Cooling air outlet (3) Electric cable entry (4) Cooling air inlet (5) Compressed air outlet 2.2 Installation proposal 1 Isolation switch, compressor (1) Minimum 1.5 m 2 Isolation switch, dryer (2) Space for maintenance, minimum 2 m 3 Front panel, compressor (3) Single-phase dryer supply 4 Dryer (4) Three-phase screw compressor supply (5) Power cable should be protected so that it Fig. 2.2 installation proposal complies to local code 2.2.1 Recommendations Important To prevent the compressor from falling over during transport by a pallet truck ensure that the forks of the pallet truck are fully inserted. Raise the pallet slowly and move the compressor smoothly. 1 Install the compressor on a solid, level floor suitable for taking the weight. The recommended minimum distance between the top of the unit and the ceiling is 1.5 m; the minimum distance between the back of the unit and the wall is 200 mm. 2 Install the air outlet valve. See Figs. 1.1 and 1.2. Close the valve and connect the air net to the valve. 3 The pressure drop over the delivery pipe can be calculated as follows: dp = (L x 450 x Qc1-") / (d5 x P) 3 dp = pressure drop (recommended maximum= 0.1 bar) L = length of delivery pipe in m d = inner diameter of the delivery pipe in mm 5 Adjustments and servicing procedures 5.1 Changing the air filter 1. Stop the compressor and switch off the voltage. 2. Remove the front panel of the compressor enclosure. Remove the roof panel of the compressor enclosure. 3. Unscrew the cover of the air filter (1 -Fig. 3.1) and remove the filter element. 4. Fit the new air filter element and screw on the filter cover. 5. Re -install the roof and front panels. 5.2 Safety valve Testing The valves (2/11 -Fig. '1.1) can be tested on a separate compressed air line. Important Before removing the valves: - Stop the compressor and dryer, open the isolating switches and close the air outlet valve. - Depressurize the air system by unscrewing filler plug (6 -Fig. 3.1) one turn and open valve (7 -Fig. 1) to permit any pressure in the system to escape. If the valves do not open at the set pressure stamped on the valves, consult Atlas Copco. After testing, re -install the valves, re -install plug (6 -Fig. 3.1) and close valve (7 -Fig. 1.1). Warning No adjustments are allowed. Never run the compressor without safety valve. 5.3 Adjusting the tension of the drive belt (Fig. 5.1) 1. Stop the compressor and dryer, open the isolating switches and close the air outlet valve. 2. Remove the front panel of the compressor enclosure. 3. Remove the side, back and roof panels of the compressor enclosure. 4. Loosen the 4 bolts (2) by half a turn. 5. Adjust the belt tension by turning the tensioning bolt (1). 6. The tension is correct when a force of 50 N applied at the midpoint of the belt causes a deflection of 6 mm. 7. Retighten the bolts (2). 8. Re -install the bodywork panels. 5288OF 1 2 2 1 Belt tensioning bolt 2 Screws, fixation of compressor element 3 3 Belt Fig. 5.1 Belt tensioning components 4.3 Service kits Service kits are available offering the benefits of genuine Atlas Copco parts while keeping the mainto, lance budget low. The kits comprise all parts needed for servicing. Service kits Content Ordering number Filter kit Air filter, oil filter and oil separator 2901 109400 Air filter Filter cartridge 1622 0658 00 Oil filter Filter cartridge 1513 0337 01 Oil separator Filter cartridge 1622 0623 01 PDx filter kit Filter cartridge 2901 0867 00 Roto -Inject fluid 5 -litre can 2901 0245 01 Roto -Inject fluid 20 -litre can 2901 052200 R P = absolute pressure at the compressor outlet in bar(a) Qc = free air delivery of the compressor in I/s 4 The fan for compressor room ventilation should be installed in such a way that any re -circulation of cooling air to the compressor or dryer is avoided. 5 Lay out the condensate drain flexible from the timer (13 -Fig. 1.2) as well as a flexible from condensate valve (8 -Fig. 1.1) towards a drain collector. The drain flexibles should not dip into the water of the drain collector. It is recommended to provide a funnel for visual inspection. 2.3 Electric cable size The following cable sizes are valid for the 3-phase voltage supply towards the compressor. 50 Hz Compressor type Supply voltage Cable size (V) (V) mm2 GX2 230 2.5 GX2 400 1 GX3 230 2.5 GX3 400 1 GX4 230 4 GX4 400 1.5 GXSC 230 4 GXSC 400 1.5 60 Hz Compressor Supply type voltage Cable size (V) mm2 GX2 200 1.5 GX2 220/230 1.5 GX2 380 1.5 GX2 440/460 1.5 GX2 575 1.5 GX4 200 2.5 GX4 220/230 2.5 GX4 380 1.5 GX4 440/460 1.5 GX4 575 1.5 GXSC 200 4 GXSC 220/230 4 GXSC 380 1.5 GXSC 440/460 1.5 GXSC 575 1.5 Attention Local regulations remain applicable if they are stricter than the values proposed. The voltage drop must not exceed 5% of the nominal voltage. It may be necessary to use cables with a larger section than those stated to comply with this requirement. 2.4 Electrical connections Electrical connections should be carried out by professionally skilled people to ensure compliance with local electrical codes. Ensure that the supply voltage matches the voltage shown on the data plate. Provide an isolating switch for the compressor power supply and for the dryer power supply. Provide fuses in the incoming wiring. Check the condition of all incoming wiring and connect them as shown on Figs 2.3 or 2.4. Customer's Installation (1) 3phase 230-400V 50-60Hz (2) LI --------Y------------ L2 ______= Jt__________— L3----- hT—_—_------ PE — — —I I , 1 , I I I I I I I I I I I -- 021 6t Compressor DUL Ti I 1 (4) r ov n SETTING I 230V 400V - X11'�� I [bI MI 1 3'V 1i I(Customer's Installation) (1) (phase 230V 50-60Hz (3) LI-------t------------ -- _=r--------- IPE 1 1 I ' I MAX. FUSE [a) I 1 � 1 ]EC Class V G 10 F1 I , IL I — I' I Dryer I S1 _3 1 (5) I ' I I P42131 In a L� I I I I I fQ I'V PE KJ I M PE I I 4 Maintenance Attention 1. Apply all relevant safety precautions, including those mentioned in this book. 2. Before carrying out any maintenance or repair on the compressor, move compressor start/stop switch (3 - Fig. 1.6) to position 0 and dryer on/off switch (15 -Fig. 1.6) to position 0. Wait until the compressor has stopped. Open the isolating switch(es) to prevent an accidental start. 3. Close air outlet valve (15 -Fig. 1.2 or 1 -Fig. 1.3). Depressurize by unscrewing plug (6 -Fig. 3.1) one turn and by opening condensate drain valve (7 -Fig. 1.1). 4.1 Maintenance schedule Every 50 working hours Drain condensate from the receiver Check the oil level Every 500 working hours Clean the air filter Check that condensate from the dryer is drained automatically (Full - Feature) Clean the condenser of the dryer (Full -Feature) Check the belt tension Every 2000 working hours Change the air filter Change the oil Change the oil filter Every 4000 working hours Clean the finned surface of the oil cooler Change the oil separator 4.2 Oil specifications Attention Never mix oils of different brands or types. 4.2.1 Atlas Copco Roto-injectfluid It is strongly recommended to use Atlas Copco Roto-injectfluid. This is special oil for screw compressors which keeps the compressor in excellent condition. 4.2.2 Mineral oil 9820 3888 01 52849D (1) Customer's installation Although Roto-injectfluid is strongly recommended, mineral oil can be used after taking following precautions: (2) 3-phase 230-400 V 50-60 Hz - the previously used oil should first be drained and the system flushed (3) 1 -phase 230 V 50-60 Hz - the oil filter and oil separator should be replaced (4) Compressor - the oil must meet the requirements as specified below (5) Dryer Properties: high-quality, mineral oil with oxidation inhibitors and anti -foam and anti -wear properties. The viscosity grade must correspond to the ambient temperature and ISO 3448, as follows: Fig. 2.3 Electrical diagram, DOL starter Ambient temperature Viscosity rade Viscosity index Consistently above 25 °C ISO VG 68 Minimum 95 Between 25 and 0 °C ISO VG 46 Minimum 95 Attention All electrical work should be carried out by professionally qualified people. - There is generally no need to open the electrical panel of the compressor. 3.3 Starting the air dryer (Full -Feature units only) (Fig. 3.2) Switch on the voltage to the dryer and start it by moving switch (3) to I. Attention Switch on the dryer before turning on the compressor. The dryer must be kept running while the air compressor is operating to ensure that the air piping remains condensate -free. If the dryer is switched off, wait at least 5 minutes before restarting the dryer; this allows for balancing of the internal pressure in the dryer. vw 1 2 Compressor 1 Fig. 3.2 Compressor on/off and dryer on/off switches 3.4 Starting the compressor Dryer 1. Check the oil level sight -glass (10 -Fig. 3.1). The oil level should be in the middle. If it is below the minimum level, top up to the middle. Do not overfill 2. Open the air outlet valve (15 -Fig. 1.2) or (1 -Fig. 1.3). 3. Move switch (1 -Fig. 3.2) to I. 4. For Full -Feature compressors, regularly check that condensate is drained during running (13 -Fig. 1.2). Attention (Fig. 3.2) In case the compressor has been exposed to low temperatures (below 0 °C), it may have difficulty starting due to high oil viscosity. In this case, depress the yellow button (2) while starting using button (1). Important (Fig. 3.2) - Button (2) should only be depressed for a few seconds while starting. - Button (2) should only be used if experiencing difficulty due to low temperatures. 3.5 Stopping the compressor and dryer 1. Move switch (1 -Fig. 3.2) to 0. On Full -Feature compressors, move switch (3 -Fig. 3.2) to 0. 2. Close the air outlet valve (15 -Fig. 1.2) or (1 -Fig. 1.3) and switch off the voltage to the compressor . On Full -Feature compressors, also switch off the voltage to the dryer. 3. Open the condensate drain valve (7 -Fig. 1.1) for a few seconds to drain possible condensate ana"then close the valve. 4. Wait at least 30 seconds before re -starting the machine. Gust—'s Installation (1) Customer's Installation (1) 3phase 230-40GV 50-60Nz (2) Iphase 230V 50-60Rz (3) Ll.______Y-_--_______ tl ._--___ I I I - — I I I I MW(. R05E Ia7 III , I I IE[ Cl.zs Y r- - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - SETTING Compressor 021 V 4) �i4Hll SIE I TI (1) Customer's installation (2) 3-phase 230-400 V 50-60 Hz (3) 1 -phase 230 V 50-60 Hz (4) Compressor (5) Dryer Fig. 2.4 Electrical diagram, Y/D starter I T- — _ Oryer (5) 1 9820 3888 02 52850D 2.5 Pictographs 1 =, 6 A 2 L A 7 3 a 8 4 %' - 9 5 1 C; 10 6 Warning: pressure 7 52871 P Fig. 2.5 Pictographs (typical examples) U_ 0 co N LO 7 6 5 Fig. 2.6 Pictographs 1 Warning: possible air/fluid discharge 2 Warning: voltage 3 Warning: air not suitable for breathing 4 Warning: wear ear protectors 5 Warning: machine may start automatically 6 Warning: pressure 7 Warning: hot parts 8 Warning: moving parts 9 Warning: rotating fan 10 Drain condensate weekly 11 Read the Instruction book 7 Oil cooler 1 1 Working pressure 2 Warning: voltage 3 Hourmeter 4 Reset of temperature protection 2 5 High temperature at outlet of compressor element 6 Read instruction book before maintenance or repair 3 7 Lightly oil gasket of oil filter, screw filter on and tighten by hand 4 3 Operating instructions Safety The operator must apply all relevant safety precautions, including those mentioned in this book. 3.1 Initial start-up (Fig. 3.1) Check the oil level sight -glass (10). If the oil level is below the minimum level, top up to the middle. Do not overfill. Always use the same type of oil. See section 4.2. If more than 3 months have passed between assembly and installation, be sure to lubricate the compressor element before starting up: 1. Remove the front panel. 2. Unscrew the fixation bolts in the roof panel and remove the panel. 3. Unscrew the cover of the air filter (1) and remove the filter element. 4. Open valve (9) and drain approx. 0.2 1 of oil into a clean receptacle. Carefully pour this oil through the filter housing into the compressor element. 5. Fit the air filter element and screw on the filter cover. 6. Re -install the roof and front panels. 7 6 5 10 9 1 2 3 PSL12 PSR11 4 F1 Fig. 3.1 Front view F1 Fuse PSL12 Switch to prevent starting against backpressure PSR11 Unload/stop switch Y1 Blow -off valve Y1 1 Air filter 2 Oil separator 3 Oil filter 4 Oil drain flexible 5 Oil separator/tank 6 Oil filler plug 7 Oil cooler 8 Button (use only if starting compressor at very low temperatures - see section 3.4) 8 9 Oil drain valve 10 Oil level sight -glass 3.2 Checking the motor rotation direction (Fig. 3.2) 1. Check that all panels of the compressor enclosure are installed and that the label explaining the procedure to check the motor rotation direction is correctly stuck on the grating of the compressor roof. 2. Switch on the voltage to the compressor. 3. Run the compressor for 1 second by briefly toggling switch (1) to position I. Turn the switch back to position 0 after 1 second. If the rotation direction is correct the label on the roof grating will be blown up. In case the sheet remains in place, switch off the voltage to the compressor, open the isolating switch and reverse two incoming supply lines to the compressor.